Agenda Item 13 Appendix 1

Mayor’s Question Time – Thursday 25 February 2021

Transcript of Item 4A – Report of the Mayor

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Good morning. I am pleased to be able to present my Final Draft [Consolidated] Budget for approval today.

The Budget has been put together under very difficult circumstances. We have had to contend with the perfect storm of increased costs associated with responding to the pandemic combined with a significant drop in revenue from local business rates and council tax; the immense financial pressures facing (TfL) due to its fares income falling off a cliff over the last year; the economic and social impact of Brexit; the unprecedented challenges facing central London due to shops and offices, cultural venues and hospitality having to close; and an absence of visitors from both around the United Kingdom (UK) and overseas. On top of all this, the new era of austerity in our public services that our Government seems determined to usher in at the worst possible time.

Despite these huge challenges, I remain optimistic about London’s future. We can start rebuilding London so that it is an even better city after the crisis than it was before. This is exactly what this Budget sets out to help deliver.

I want to focus, Chair, my opening remarks on the changes in the Final Draft Budget, as you have asked for.

As Mayor, my top priority is and always will be the safety of Londoners. I remain particularly concerned about the impact of the Government’s continued underfunding of the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS). That is why, on top of all the funding I have already announced, I am allocating a further £13 million to support frontline policing. This will ensure that we can keep 1,000 additional police officers on our streets for the next four years. I am also investing an extra £8 million in violence prevention programmes to make sure we are doing everything we can to tackle the root causes of crime, too.

Another change is that we are now planning to invest a further £5 million to support jobs, businesses and growth. We know that a crucial part of getting central London firing on all cylinders again will be attracting people back to our amazing restaurants, cultural venues and major shopping districts. Working with businesses, we plan to develop new initiatives to encourage Londoners and tourists to return to central London. This will include putting on major events that showcase our amazing public spaces and cultural riches.

Over the last five years, we have ensured that London has led the way in tackling air pollution and the climate emergency. I want this to continue. That is why, on top of everything we are already doing to make London a greener, cleaner, healthier place, we also now plan to allocate an additional £700,000 to the Green New Deal mission, which is on top of the £20 million already allocated in each of the next two years, and an extra £4.2 million to the London Vehicle Scrappage Scheme, which is helping to replace older, polluting vehicles with newer, less polluting ones, taking the total committed to nearly £53 million.

The better-than-expected tax returns from local authorities have enabled me to reduce the savings required of all the Greater London Authority (GLA) Group organisations. I am particularly pleased to remove the London Fire Brigade’s (LFB) £15 million savings target for next year, sending it on a path to break even over the next

Page 1 two years. The savings required of the [London] Assembly have also been reduced by two thirds, with money set aside so that this can last for two years.

As ever, I would like to thank Assembly Members for their input and advice throughout this difficult budget process. I also want to say a special thank you to our finance officers. They have all had to work extremely hard whilst dealing with a great amount of uncertainty, including the late confirmation of final income levels, something which I am afraid could not be helped.

Let me finish, Chair, by saying this. There is no getting away from the fact that our city is facing a staggering financial challenge and that the way the Government is implementing yet more austerity means that we are being forced to work with one hand tied behind our back. However, I am convinced that with the right approach we can engineer a great recovery for our city, and that this Budget will serve London well.

Thank you very much, Chair. I look forward to answering questions from colleagues in the Assembly during the course of this morning.

Page 2 Appendix 2

Mayor’s Question Time – Thursday 25 February 2021

Transcript of Item 4B – Questions to the Mayor

Navin Shah AM (Chair): We now move on to item 4b, which is questions to the Mayor. Assembly Members will now put questions to the Mayor on the seven sections of the Budget section by section in the order set out in the Budget document. We will start with the Mayor’s section of the Budget. Questions are largely focused on seeking updates or clarification on matters arising in the Final Draft Consolidated Budget.

The first question is from the Labour Group. Can I invite Assembly Member Len Duvall to start with a lead-off question on section 1 on the Mayor of London?

GLA:Mayor Component Budget

Len Duvall AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. You rightly highlighted that one of the challenges is about the projected loss of business rates and council tax income, but we are also due to lose millions, really, with the Government’s refusal to step in to cover the cost of COVID-19. Councils across London are facing a similar financial challenge. What has been the impact of this on our ability to help our local community recover from the pandemic? Equally, in terms of transport, where are we on these negotiations between the Government and TfL for a sustainable arrangement to take us out of the pandemic and also set us on course in terms of contributing to an economic recovery?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Good morning. Thank you for your question. You will remember that back in March last year [2020] the Government said it would do whatever it takes to support local authorities and communities up and down the country. There is a lot of anger amongst council leaders in relation to that promise not being kept. As it is, you are right. Put aside for a second the loss of revenues because of obvious reasons with council tax and business rates. City Hall has about £70 million of unmet costs of COVID, which the Government is not supporting us with. Local councils across London estimate that there are £350 million plus worth of expenses they have incurred due to COVID, which they have not yet recovered from the Government. Unless the Government steps in to support them, I am afraid that means a reduction of services that councils can provide. You are well aware of the savings we are required to make as well.

In terms of TfL, unlike the privatised train operating companies, which were given a blank cheque for 18 months, the Government gave TfL the ability to borrow, with some grant, and there were many strings attached. We were given two six-month settlements, as you will remember, for the financial year we are currently in. The team at TfL is speaking to the team at the Department for Transport (DfT) and Treasury and negotiations are ongoing.

The Government knows that the deal we have with the Government runs out on 31 March [2021] and the Government also knows that the TfL Board meets on 16 March when it is required to sign off the budget for next year. It is really important that a deal is made before that Board meeting. What we do not want is an eleventh-hour, last-minute deal being made. I am hoping that the Government reaches a deal with us far sooner than the deadline of the 16 March TfL Board meeting.

Len Duvall AM: It is quite clear that our budget over the years has become really interlinked with local government. What happens at City Hall has an impact on what they can do. On the issue of the Government

Page 3 not picking up some of the bills of COVID-19 for local government, does that inhibit their ability to contribute to the Economic Recovery Strategy for London?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Absolutely. What we have done from City Hall over the last period - and the Assembly is well aware of this from the work it has done in the Budget and Performance Committee and elsewhere - is to try to pivot our Budget towards the nine recovery missions that we have worked so hard with London to come up with. That includes councils, civic society, the business community and others. You will be aware, Assembly Member Duvall, that our Budget is focused towards those nine recovery missions.

The challenge councils have is that they are required to provide statutory services. They have a big issue in relation to lack of money for the reasons you have said. Their ability to contribute is less than it otherwise would be. We understand that. They are doing what they can, but it is in their interests to have more assistance towards us. For example, there is a big concern in relation to high streets. Unless we have our high streets firing on all cylinders, that affects our ability to provide business rates. We are doing what we can and we continue to work with them.

Len Duvall AM: Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): We now have supplementary questions from Members on this particular section. We will start with Assembly Member Cooper.

Léonie Cooper AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. I wondered if you could just pull out for us how the Final Budget will be providing support for London’s economy and businesses in the next year. I know you have tweaked it and made some changes there.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, thanks for your question. There are a number of changes we have been able to make.

The first is, as I said in my opening, we have £5 million now we are using to promote in particular the Central Activities Zone (CAZ). That is crucial to our city and our country’s wellbeing. You will be aware that the collapse of tourism, for example, last year has led to a reduction of £11 billion in our economy that those sectors contribute. It has also led to a huge drop in the fares box. We are trying to use some of this Budget to stimulate people returning to the West End, Canary Wharf, the South Bank and so forth.

Separately, we have been able to allocate some money towards the Green New Deal. We want a green recovery. We will also put more money into the London [Vehicle] Scrappage Fund in the absence of the Government doing so because we want a green recovery, rather than people returning to their cars, replacing one health crisis with another.

Also, we are stimulating our high streets as well, as I said to Assembly Member Duvall. Our high streets are really important and we want them to be a key part of the recovery going forward.

Léonie Cooper AM: I have spoken to most of the Labour leaders around London - in fact, most of the leaders around London - and there has been a lot of gratitude and, in fact, delight at the support that your teams have been giving to councils around London over this joint work as we, hopefully, come out of the crisis.

I just wanted to draw your attention to a report, which was published yesterday, which you might not have seen of course. A colleague from a different political party claims that you have failed to talk up London and that London has in fact received a really good deal from the Government.

Page 4

I wondered if you would like to give everybody a bit of a reality check as to how this Government has been handling the pandemic and the economic crisis that has, unfortunately, followed? There has been a whole bunch of U-turns and delayed decisions. It has made it really difficult for City Hall, London authorities and of course businesses with lots of very last-minute decisions.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I would be astonished if anybody was claiming with a straight face that London has had a good deal from the Government. If you look at the amount of pots of money available that we contribute towards that we cannot bid for, whether it is high streets funds or town centre funds, we have had anything but a good deal, as I would remind anybody claiming that we have a good deal.

I have no problems with London contributing more than £38 billion net over what we receive and I am really happy for us to fund public transport in other parts of the country and high streets in other parts of the country, but we need to get a decent share if we are going to stimulate the recovery of our country and our city. That is why it is really important that the Government recognises the central activities zones in the City of Westminster, the boroughs of Kensington and Chelsea (K&C), Camden and Southwark and the City of London. They are crucial.

Some of the Government’s policies, for example, in relation to removing the value-added tax (VAT) relief from international tourists and some of the Government’s policies in relation to the changes it has made in the last period are not helping our recovery. An integral part of our recovery is TfL, yet the Government seems determined to do down one of the world’s greatest transit authorities.

It is really important that we persuade the Government to do right by London. If the country is going to recover, we need London to be recovering. That is why it is really important for the Government to work with us to get a decent recovery.

Léonie Cooper AM: That view is very widely shared by all those I have spoken to from the business sector as well.

I wanted to put another point to you from this rather odd report that came out yesterday: you were too cautious when telling Londoners to Eat Out to Help Out and to get onto the Tube, campaigns of course that were coming from the Government and were supported by some Members in this Chamber. We now know that Eat Out to Help Out caused a significant rise in new coronavirus infections.

Would you say that spreading a deadly virus is really good for London’s economy? Would you be encouraging that at any time?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): All I say, with respect to you, Assembly Member Cooper, is to be careful what you read. It is bad for your health. Reading fake news, misinformation and lies is not good for one’s blood pressure, which is important for one’s health. I am hoping that you will recycle the rubbish you are reading from this Assembly Member. I am hoping that Londoners will do right by us who are truthtellers by rejecting his proposition on 6 May [2021].

Léonie Cooper AM: Absolutely. I am looking forward to reading some welcome news from the Government to say that our Vehicle Excise Duty (VED) is going to be kept by us and that we are going to have access to the Clean Air Fund and all the things that at the moment are flowing out of this city to other parts of the country. Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. That was very helpful.

Page 5 Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Berry?

Siân Berry AM: I have a brief question for the Mayor, but also to thank you for your responses to the issues we raised in questions at the last meeting, which we have received as an Assembly, too.

You will have seen from our earlier amendment to the Draft [Consolidated] Budget that we were finding specific funding for spaces for young homeless people. In our new amendment later, we have put together more money for this from the higher-than-expected council tax returns. That is up to £3 million now there.

Now, I know from talking to your Deputy Mayor for Housing [and Residential Development] that this is something you are now working on, which is great. You have the whole Assembly’s backing to do this. Since our last meeting you have announced in Mayoral Decision (MD) 2740 how you are spending the Government’s Ministry for Housing, Communities and Local Government (MHCLG) grants, including a dedicated space for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, intersex, queer, asexual, plus (LGBTIQA+) homeless people, which is also fantastic.

When will you be announcing and releasing funds for specific accommodation for homeless young people under 25?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): As you are well aware, we are working closely with specialist charities that work with young people who are sleeping rough and who are homeless. Depaul is one such charity.

I do not have the exact figures we have been giving to various groups. Separately, we have been giving monies raised from Londoners’ generosity on the scheme we have from Londoners. The last figure I saw was £66,000 that they have raised. As soon as we can, we allocate it quickly.

To reassure you, Assembly Member Berry, we are not sticking by having to spend this money in this financial year. You will be aware that the financial year ends at a certain time, but rough sleeping does not and so there will be some carryover as well, to reassure you. We are not going to stop spending the money for this financial year when the financial year ends. You will be aware that we are publishing, in the second week of March, allocations for the financial year 2021/22 and there will be more details set out there.

Siân Berry AM: That is really good. I really appreciate you listening on this issue and I look forward to seeing the announcement when it comes. I hope there is not too much of a delay because the situation is so urgent. That is my time for now. Thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is a good point well made. Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Assembly Member Dr Sahota?

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. The COVID pandemic has affected the world all over and London’s economy has suffered as a result of this. How will your Budget drive London’s economy post- COVID?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you for your question. Because it is you speaking, it reminded me, Onkar, that we have to make sure the Government understands that the health of individuals is linked to the health of the economy. They are intertwined.

Page 6 One of the things we have tried to do in the Budget I am publishing today, in final draft form, is to support the recovery of our businesses. I have been chairing a COVID Business Forum for some time now, which prepared a roadmap some time ago, which is iterative and changes going forward. The publication by the Prime Minister of his roadmap helps us because we now have staging posts along the way.

We also have a London Recovery Board that I co-chair with the Chair of London Councils, which has nine recovery missions. You will see, Onkar, that our budget has now been pivoted towards those nine recovery missions on top of the core functions we have to provide to support and stimulate our economy. Part of that, by the way, is having a good recovery that understands the importance of health and addressing health inequalities that I am afraid have been exposed and exacerbated by this pandemic.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Has your spending across the recovery missions and foundations changed since your Draft Budget that you presented to the Assembly in January [2021]?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, there have been a number of additions and changes. I mentioned the £5 million we have been able to announce for promoting the CAZ. I have announced the additional monies we are going to give towards the [London] Vehicle Scrappage Scheme. That has been so successful with people wanting to do the right thing that it is in danger of finishing. We have more money, and that will take us to the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) expansion in the absence of a national scrappage scheme.

We are also spending money to help the green recovery, which is really important as well. Further allocations will be made over the next couple of weeks and I will make sure that it is shared with the Assembly, which is the proper thing to do, in due course.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: That is very welcome, Mr Mayor. The other thing of course is that the pandemic has shone a light on the health inequalities in society, and of course this has been very much true also in London. How will your Budget work to reduce health inequalities in line with your Health Inequalities Strategy? How will this Budget support that?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I know, Onkar, that my [Statutory] Health Advisor really appreciates the dialogue he has with you and some of the representations you have made in relation to the importance of a ‘health in all policies’ approach. We have taken your advice on board. My Health Advisor is meeting all the Deputy Mayors to really test that there is health in all the policies we are pursuing from City Hall. We need to integrate that horizontally in all our policies.

You will be aware that the London Health and Care Vision has a number of issues there that you have been lobbying for, which will be an integral part of our recovery missions. Also, the Health Inequalities Strategy has additional funding to support the work they are doing. There is £1.6 million in additional money going towards mental health and wellbeing, and there is an additional £1.4 million going towards healthy food. The Public Health and Care Foundation has an additional £1.4 million in its budget, which is really important.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. May I finally also thank you for all the hard work you have been doing in getting the vaccination rates up in London and addressing the hesitancy in London? Thank you very much, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you, Onkar.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Arnold?

Page 7 Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. Mr Mayor, can you tell me how your adult education budget will look to get young Londoners into good work as soon as possible as the recovery starts?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks for your question. The recovery has started, as far as we are concerned. We are getting people trained now to avoid them being made redundant and, if they are in minimum-wage jobs, to skill them up to get higher-paid jobs. We are particularly, Jennette, targeting those communities in London that I am afraid are also suffering as they have suffered in previous downturns: black Londoners, women and those for whom English is not a first language.

We have additional monies being ringfenced towards those communities to support them during this difficult period. I have launched the adult education budget Good Work for All Fund, which is £32 million made available for two years to enable those who need to upskill and to get the work that is out there.

Also, to reassure you, the £332 million adult education budget will be spent to make sure it meets London’s needs. I want to tell you that there has been a really good response from the further education (FE) sector, which is really motivated to help Londoners. We want to make sure that the courses they are providing help people either get into work, stay in work or get better jobs.

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor, for that. It is worthwhile putting on the record - people sometimes forget - that London is a young city. Almost a third of Londoners are aged under 25. You talked about London having one of the most diverse populations in the UK and the challenges that that brings, but I would urge you to stay focused on this area, especially as more than a quarter of those aged 16 to 25 feel that their future career prospects have been damaged by the pandemic. In a recent survey carried out, almost half said that finding new jobs now feels impossible and, sadly, a third feel that everything they have worked for is now going to waste. They are looking to you, Mr Mayor, as their champion.

Sadly, I will not be here after 6 May [2021] to urge you, but I shall be writing you letters as the aunty for young Londoners to ask what you are doing and whether you are staying focused. Do I have your promise that you will stay focused on this issue to ensure that we do not have a lost generation of young people from our great city? Thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Can I place on record my thanks for the constant chivvying you are doing of me and chasing to make sure this is a priority for my administration? It has been.

You will be aware that one of the reasons why we announced the Young Londoners Fund of now £70 million is because of your lobbying to give young people constructive things to do. One of the reasons why we have a New Deal for Young People as one of our recovery missions is because of the lobbying from people like you as well, Jennette.

To reassure you, I experience on a daily basis at home from my two daughters the sorts of issues you are raising and so it is personal to me. I am sure that the fact that you are no longer a Member of the Assembly will not stop you from continuing to chivvy and lobby me after 6 May [2021].

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you, Aunty Arnold. Assembly Member Cooper?

Léonie Cooper AM: Mr Mayor, you touched briefly earlier on how you are budgeting for a greener, better London. I wondered if you could unpack a bit more for us, in more detail, how the Green New Deal funding is

Page 8 going to build back better by encouraging job creation and growth. In particular, when will Londoners, particularly those who already face inequalities, which you have already touched on, going to start seeing the benefit of this funding? It is really important that there is social justice in there as well. I know you think so, too.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, a cracking question. Basically, the financial year begins in April and the money is going to be out the door pretty quickly. One of the things that the Chief of Staff and David Gallie [Executive Director of Resources, GLA] have done is to make sure with the Chief Officer Mary Harpley that there is better control of monies going out the door when they are supposed to, rather than what normally happens in not just the public sector but the private sector: a rush in the fourth quarter. That will make sure that the money goes out the door when it should do. I know that the Budget and Performance Committee and the [GLA] Oversight Committee with the key performance indicators (KPIs) and the milestones will be keeping an eye on this.

In relation to the Green New Deal, it is one of the nine missions and we will make sure that from April [2021] you will start seeing evidence of that. The monies in adult education, for example, in skilling people up in the green area will start in April. I know Jules Pipe [Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills] has been meeting principals to make sure that FE colleges are doing their work already. Of the Green New Deal Fund that I have announced of £22 million, the first £10 million leaves the door in the next financial year. I have announced an additional sum today.

To reassure you, Assembly Member Cooper, one of the reasons why I announced an additional £4.2 million on the [Vehicle] Scrappage Scheme, which is to help us move from polluting vehicles to cleaner vehicles or walking and cycling, which is even better, is to ensure that people are not perversely still keeping polluting vehicles because they cannot afford to move over or to give it up. That money is leaving now in advance of the year ending because the money is being used up.

We are getting the money out the door quickly because we do want a green recovery. We do not want a return to business as usual. That is why I am really proud that, for example, we have had a fivefold increase in segregated cycling since I became Mayor. That will carry on.

Léonie Cooper AM: Thank you. I spoke earlier about the relationship between City Hall and the boroughs, and how much borough leaders value the support that City Hall has given to the boroughs. I wondered how much support the Government is giving through the delivery of its 10-point plan, for example, to us in terms of that job creation in this building back better area. Are they helping at all?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): We are looking forward to the Chancellor’s Budget on 3 March [2021] to see what he announces. One of the things we have tried to get across to the Government - and [The Rt Hon] Boris Johnson [Prime Minister] knows this, and [The Rt Hon] Rishi Sunak [Chancellor of the Exchequer] knows this, because they are Londoners - is that, if the country is going to recover properly, they need London firing on all cylinders. They should be helping us, not hindering us. That is why it is really important.

That is why I am pleased the Chancellor is trying to ensure that they make progress on no-deal for financial services with the memorandum of understanding. I have been speaking to colleagues in the City who are really worried about the downsides of lack of equivalence and financial passporting and also the nature of our relationships. We have seen examples of euro trading leaving London and going to Amsterdam. We saw today’s front page of the Financial Times with the Governor of the Bank of England being concerned about derivatives potentially leaving London as well. Professional services make up 92% of our economy and so we have to make sure the Government understands that levelling up does not mean making London poorer.

Page 9

Léonie Cooper AM: No, absolutely. The Economy Committee has been focusing on this area quite strenuously because in one sense you could say that it was a no-deal Brexit for financial services because it was not covered in the 31 December [2020] deal.

I wanted to turn to whether or not you thought there was going to be any news about the Clean Air Fund, which so far London has been totally excluded from. You have made amazing strides in cleaning up London’s air quality. Is there any chance that London is going to be given access to the Clean Air Fund, considering how much VED we do pay in and get nothing back from?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I almost fell off my chair when you said that a Member of the Assembly claims that London is getting a fair deal from this Government. Where is the evidence? That is one example where we put into this fund but we cannot take out. When you bear in mind that our population is north of 10 million - on pre-pandemic figures - and you consider the size of our country, we contribute to pollution. We contribute to carbon emissions. It makes sense to support us to reduce carbon emissions and to reduce toxic air.

It appears that the Government at the moment is not interested in helping London. The idea that we will get more support from the Government by being sycophants is not the case. We have to be lobbying and championing for more resources for our city. We are working really well with not just non-governmental organisations (NGOs) but the business community, councils and others to also be voices for our city.

Léonie Cooper AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. I am sure there are many businesses across the city that hope that the Government will look favourably on us next week. Thank you, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Qureshi?

Murad Qureshi AM: Mr Mayor, I would like to ask a few questions about the Affordable Homes Programme budget. You have two programmes that will fund 82,000 affordable homes until the end of March 2026.

Can you tell me: without further Government funding, is it possible to provide another 100,000 shared ownership homes with that money, as some of your opponents suggest?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No. Anybody who claims that we can is just talking nonsense.

Murad Qureshi AM: That is my understanding. I also understand that the cost to provide these 100,000 homes is £3.2 billion, which assumes a fixed grant rate of £32,000 compared to your current rate of £28,000. What effect will ringfencing £3.2 billion for shared ownership have on the current programme in terms of the total number of homes to be provided?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am not sure if those are the figures that I have. Those work on the basis of £32,000 in fixed grant. It is actually £38,000 in fixed grant. It is actually £3.8 billion. Basically, if these fantasy figures from whoever is claiming that they can do this were to be believed, it would mean all the money we have is used on these shared ownership homes, which means no money available - or very little - for social rent homes and very little money available, if any, for London Affordable Rent homes. You will be aware that the Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA) estimate is that our focus should be on social rented homes, council homes and London Affordable Rent homes, not on the priorities that the person you are quoting is claiming the money should be spent on.

Page 10 Murad Qureshi AM: Yes, I am going to go on to that. It will be interesting to see if the Chancellor comes up with an additional £3.8 billion, as you have suggested would be required for an additional 100,000 homes. You are right.

You have said before that the first priority must be building homes for social rent. Can you explain a bit more about why Londoners need more homes at social rent over the ones to buy?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): We rely upon the same assessment process that was undertaken by the previous Mayor. The previous Mayor used the SHMA to assess what London’s needs were.

You will be aware of particular challenges we have with homelessness, with overcrowding and with high private rents, particularly from private landlords. The SHMA estimates according to the calculations done that London needs 31,000 new homes that are low-cost, social rent, council homes or London Affordable Rent, and about 12,000 intermediate homes that are shared ownership or London Living Rent per year. That is why I have been lobbying for £4.5 billion a year rather than £4 billion over four years. You will see the work we did with experts around that.

That is the need experts say we have, which is why it beggars belief that somebody is talking about 100,000 shared ownership homes. It shows that that person does not understand our city’s need and has not read the assessment done by experts used by the previous Mayor, and is playing fantasy politics.

Murad Qureshi AM: Indeed. It certainly would mean that we would not be able to deal with the housing overcrowding problems that the Housing Committee has highlighted over most of this year.

The final area I wanted to ask about is -- the highest number of affordable starts in London was last year with just over 17,000 and the highest completions was about 18,000 in 2014/15. How realistic is it to promise 100,000 homes over the next mayoral term of just three years?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is literally unbelievable. It is pie-in-the-sky promises and I would discourage anybody from reading some of this nonsense. I would caution against doing too much work on those figures because they do not add up. The idea you could, over three years, start and build 100,000 homes is astonishing, even if the money were available. It is not a priority for our city. The idea that a rough sleeper can afford a £5,000 deposit and to have that said with a straight face by a mainstream politician shows how out of touch he is.

Murad Qureshi AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor, for confirming that this 100,000 promise of shared ownership over three years just does not have any legs. I hope Londoners hear it loud and clear and do not fall for this. Thank you very much.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Bailey.

Shaun Bailey AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Good morning.

Shaun Bailey AM: Can you confirm for me the cost of your Diversity Commission?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): There has been no cost.

Page 11 Shaun Bailey AM: There is no cost to you to have this Commission happen at all? You are not paying any money into it at all?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, none of the Commission members receive a salary. There is money set aside for a Community Fund. The purpose of the Community Fund will be to support local people to begin to make changes to their public realm. This could be by supporting new representations in our streets and spaces through artworks, murals, plaques or other methods. The programme will be designed by the Commission. As and when money needs to be spent, there will be MDs signed by the Mayor. The idea is to work with a Partners Board and a Borough Working Group. Clearly, if a building owner wants to change the name of a building or if a council wants to do a piece of work based on the advice from the Commission, or a landowner wants to put up a statue to represent the diversity of our great city, they may contribute towards that.

You will be aware, as somebody whom I know claims to be interested in gender equality, that the statue we placed in Parliament Square in 2018 was paid for mainly by the Government. In relation to new pieces of work that may appear across our city, there are a number of potential funding sources. That could be the Government, councils, landowners or the community raising funds as well.

Shaun Bailey AM: Thank you. Do you think you should have spent some of that money that is available on vetting the people who are your Commissioners?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): We had a proper process of appointing people on our Commission, which the Government could learn from in relation to giving Government contracts. Nobody who is in my WhatsApp group has been appointed to this Commission. No money has gone to any of my friends or to anybody on the Commission. No landlord of a pub that I drink at is on the Commission. Nobody I go horse riding with is on the Commission. No spouse of a peer in the House of Lords has been appointed on this Commission. There is no friend of the Prime Minister on this Commission.

There was a proper process and a review panel that went through a proper open process. The position was advertised. People could apply. There were almost 300 applications made to the Commission. The good news is that nobody on the Commission has a company listed in Mauritius or has prepared equipment that cannot be used as personal protective equipment, as has happened over the last year.

When I think about the billions of pounds wasted by the Government on procurement, the idea that a Conservative would lecture me about the process frankly beggars belief.

Shaun Bailey AM: I am glad to hear that none of those people were on your Commission --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Are you really? Are you glad?

Shaun Bailey AM: Yes, I am very glad, but of course there is some --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Will you join me in criticising the Government for the procurement process for personal protective equipment?

Shaun Bailey AM: Mr Mayor, I am sure you are aware --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Will you join me in saying that the Government should not be giving money to their friends?

Page 12 Shaun Bailey AM: I am fairly sure, Mr Mayor, you are aware that this is Mayor’s Question Time (MQT) --

Keith Prince AM: I thought it was MQT, not Assembly Member’s Question Time.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Here we go. Here we have another member of the Conservative Group --

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Running to his defence.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): -- coming to Shaun Bailey’s defence. Chair, are you going to protect Assembly Member Bailey as well? Everyone else appears to be trying to defend him.

Shaun Bailey AM: Mr Mayor, just let me ask the question and you can answer it. It is simple. Are you going to answer the question or are you going to continue with this?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, let me try. The processes that we have in place are far more robust than those the Government has in place.

The other reason I would say that I am surprised you do not want to criticise the Government’s process is that we have not spent billions of pounds on the Commission or the appointment process or on giving money to individuals or groups. That is useless. What we have done is to have a proper process of recruitment. People have been able to apply. The Review Panel looked into everyone’s application based upon a number of criteria, which were set out in the specification for Commission members. There were criteria set out and an open and transparent process that has been followed.

My point to the Assembly Member is that we have heard during the course of this morning that my budgeting is made really difficult because of austerity from the Government. If there is money the Government has, rather than using the money on friends of politicians in the Government, I would rather it was spent on London to help with the recovery.

Shaun Bailey AM: Mr Mayor, where to start? You have great confidence --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Sorry, Chair, I cannot see the Assembly Member.

Shaun Bailey AM: Can you hear me, Mr Mayor?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No.

Shaun Bailey AM: You cannot hear me but you have just answered my question when I have asked if you can hear me?

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Bailey, to be fair, the network is not that great --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I cannot see you. I know you are reading. Shaun, I know you are reading. That is why you do not want your screen on. Turn your screen on so that we can see you.

Shaun Bailey AM: Mr Mayor, I can see you. Everybody can see me. I am not reading anything.

Keith Prince AM: His screen is on, Mr Mayor. It is your end that has the problem.

Page 13 Léonie Cooper AM: Your screen has gone off, Assembly Member Bailey. We have your little roundel with a picture of you.

Susan Hall AM: I can see him and so perhaps be quiet.

Léonie Cooper AM: Can you? No one else can. Both my screens --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, can I just check? Can you see me, Chair?

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Let me intervene. I cannot see Assembly Member Bailey but Rebecca [Arnold, Assistant Director of Committee and Member Services, GLA] can.

Shaun Bailey AM: Can you hear me, Chair?

Navin Shah AM (Chair): This is more to do with the network than anything else. If we can hear Assembly Member Bailey clearly, can we get on with the questions, please?

Shaun Bailey AM: I would love to, but the Mayor keeps interrupting. Mr Mayor, you have great confidence in your process that selected a racist, someone who compared Britons to Nazis, who has said many anti-semitic comments, and who also is an anti-vaxxer? You are very confident in that process?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I have just seen the comments today made by Assembly Member Bailey about girls and women. I find it astonishing that a Member of this Assembly, somebody in a glasshouse should not be throwing the first stone --

Shaun Bailey AM: Answer the question, Mr Mayor. Answer the question.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I would reflect on some of the comments attributed to you before you criticise comments attributed to somebody else who is not here to defend himself.

Shaun Bailey AM: Answer the question.

Keith Prince AM: Why are you defending him, Mr Mayor? Why are you defending him?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Here we go, Chair. Another example of other members of the Conservative Group trying to help Assembly Member Bailey.

Shaun Bailey AM: The only help I need --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look, Assembly Member Bailey, I am sure, is able to defend himself. Can we not have any other Member intercepting, please? Assembly Member Bailey?

Shaun Bailey AM: Thank you, Chair. I do not need defence. I just need the Mayor to answer the question. Are you comfortable with your process that gave you a person who is an anti-vaxxer at this time, when we are fighting a pandemic?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Well, Chair --

Page 14

Léonie Cooper AM: Chair, are we not talking about the Budget? I am sorry but we seem to have --

Shaun Bailey AM: Yes, and I asked him about the cost of the Budget and he refused and he went elsewhere.

Léonie Cooper AM: This just seems like a complete diversion. I am sorry, Chair, but it really seems like a diversion.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look, there is a fine line here. Can we stick to Budget questions? Mr Mayor, you have a question on the cost of vaccination or something along those lines. Could you answer that, please?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am not sure, Chair, if there was a question about the Budget.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: No, there was not. There was not.

Shaun Bailey AM: There absolutely was. Chair, I will hand it back to you because the Mayor is obviously going to be childish and is dodging the question.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): In that case, can I have Assembly Member Hall, please?

Susan Hall AM: Thank you. Good morning, Mr Mayor. The point that was being made before is that it is a horrendous waste of time to stick to this Commission when we have so many other things that are of importance.

My question to you is this. The January [2021] figure of £27 million of programme savings within the missions and the foundations has now been replaced with a more general commitment to carry out detailed work and to report back on stopped programmes. What level of cuts are you currently thinking may be likely in terms of missions and foundations budgets?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Do you mean on the [London] Recovery Board missions and foundations?

Susan Hall AM: The missions and foundations Budget. I am talking specifically about your Budget, which we seem now to have found millions more for, but you actually said that you have been looking at this. On those particular two terms, the missions and the foundations budgets, when will this detailed work be completed? How much money do you think is going to come off those stopped programmes?

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Assembly Member, what the --

Susan Hall AM: No, I would like the Mayor to answer, if that is all right with you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am surprised that the Assembly Member, who is the Chair of the Budget and Performance Committee, does not realise that the budget allocations are done in the second week of March.

Susan Hall AM: To confirm, I did know but I was waiting for you to say, because we are supposed to be voting on this Budget. I know that my Labour colleagues are happy to give you a blank cheque but the Conservative colleagues are not. Now, going forward --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): That is not --

Page 15

Susan Hall AM: No, I am talking now. You talked over my colleague. You are not talking over me.

The Budget and Performance Committee is holding two dates clear so that we can have a look at what you suddenly change after today’s Budget. We are hoping that you will attend those meetings to explain to us how you are then going to change what certain of your colleagues are going to vote on today.

Would you commit to coming to a Budget and Performance meeting before we go into purdah at the end of March [2021]?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Sorry, I missed the beginning of that question.

Susan Hall AM: All right. I will help you out so that somebody can tell you the answer. We have two dates in March for the Budget and Performance [Committee] that we are keeping so that you can come and explain to us how you are changing the Budget. Will you commit to coming to one of those meetings?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I will give the same commitment I have given in previous years, and previous Mayors have given, and so the same amount of scrutiny that has happened in the past should happen this time.

Susan Hall AM: You have been a missing Mayor, Mr Mayor. I want to make sure you do come to the Budget and Performance meeting. You will commit to that, will you?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): My Chief of Staff will be responding directly, but I will give the same commitment that has been given by previous Mayors in this process. I am really surprised you do not know this as the Chair of the Budget and Performance Committee, which is --

Susan Hall AM: You are constantly surprised by me, which surprises me in itself. I am asking you to come and be scrutinised at a final meeting, before we go into purdah, of Budget and Performance. You are clearly not prepared to give an answer, which is shocking. Thank you, Chair. I have finished.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Whittle?

Peter Whittle AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Good morning.

Peter Whittle AM: This is a question going right back to your original statement about wanting to lead the recovery for London. I wanted to ask you very specifically - you talked about services being the lifeblood of London. We all know that they are. If people do not go back to work, then whole economic ecosystems are going to collapse, as you know. In fact, they have already collapsed.

My question is a very specific one. Will you ensure that you are on the side of people calling for people to go back to their offices? There has been this huge lobby and I would say, I am afraid, from more privileged people in society who have very comfortable places and love working at home and all the rest of it. It is almost like to hell with the rest of the people. I am so alarmed now that whole parts of this city are laid waste. I am asking. I assume you want people to go back to work but it almost has to be more than that. You cannot say, “Hey, it is a nice option to go back”. They have to go back. I am sorry, I am going on a bit now, but people who work in cafés or delivery things and all of that stuff are going to lose their jobs permanently.

Page 16 Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I share your passion for the importance of understanding that ecosystem and getting footfall back. You are spot on. One of the reasons why, Assembly Member Whittle, we have already ringfenced £5 million at least around promoting that part of London that you are talking about with the unique ecosystem - the cultural districts, the pubs, the bars, the restaurants, live music and all the rest of it - is for the reasons you have said. It is an ecosystem that relies upon each other. I am at City Hall, Peter, and it is a ghost town. All the businesses around here rely on footfall. What is going to happen to them? You are spot on.

To reassure you, we also have a piece of work commissioned from Arup, Gerald Eve and the London School of Economics (LSE) to look into our city going forward. We are looking at Paris and New York as comparators. They are a bit different, though, Peter, for the reasons you have said. Our centre is different and, also, we rely upon more international and domestic tourism and we have a low density. That is why your point about footfall is so important.

That is why, by the way, again, making sure people are confident in TfL is really important. It is safe. The vaccine rollout is really exciting. That gives hope. You make the point really well, although I would not have used the direct language you have, but I share your passion.

Peter Whittle AM: That is great. The point is really this, Mr Mayor. Going forward, the point has to be made, I would say, that working in places is preferable. That is what has to happen in the future, not at home. That is preferable.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I also agree about the workspace because that is how we inspire youngsters and mentor them and that is how we get ideas. As great as working from home may be, I am sure you miss the conversations and sharing ideas, particularly with young people. Think of the young people starting work and how much we relied upon mentors and shadowing somebody. Your points are powerfully made and I agree with many of them.

That being said, some people will want to spend a few days at home, not all the time at home. It is getting that mix right that is really important.

Peter Whittle AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Boff?

Andrew Boff AM: How much have you allocated to encourage the building of family-sized properties?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Do you mean the £4 billion to do with the Government? The way it works is that there is a deal we do with MHCLG. There are two tranches now. There is the money that goes to 2023 and the money from 2021 to 2026. That is set out in the agreement with MHCLG, which I can arrange to send to you. Those are there. Separately, we publish a prospectus, which developers, registered social landlords and councils apply to. The prospectus was published in November [2020]. We are going through the process now. I am really happy that once we have that in, we can share it with you.

Andrew Boff AM: That is fine, but how much have you allocated to encourage the building of family-sized properties? What sum of money have you allocated to encourage the building of family-sized properties?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It does not work like that.

Page 17 Andrew Boff AM: It does not work like that because you do not make it work like that, Mr Mayor, and so can I take from your question --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, that is not right. The deal with the Government is for a sum of money as a grant per housing start. That is the way it works. There is a separate process we have tried to work on with the Government so that we can negotiate rather than have fixed tariff rates, but there are fixed tariffs for housing starts. If he has a problem with that, he should speak to MHCLG rather than making points that are factually incorrect.

Andrew Boff AM: You have not allocated any specific money. Is that correct? You have not allocated any specific money to family-sized properties?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The way that MHCLG fixed tariff works is per unit --

Andrew Boff AM: I am not asking them. I am asking you. Have you --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): We cannot change the tariff from the Government.

Andrew Boff AM: You can, Mr Mayor, because you are the Mayor of London. You can do whatever you like.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am really sorry. I cannot do anything I like. That is not how it works. There are rules, and we have to follow the rules.

Andrew Boff AM: I am assuming you have not allocated anything because you are telling me you have not allocated anything because you reckon you cannot. How much have you allocated specifically to resolve the overcrowding crisis in London?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): That is not quite right. For the next phase of money, the £4 billion, we have published a prospectus and so we are waiting to see what comes back with the prospectus. We are talking about two separate things.

Andrew Boff AM: In that prospectus, Mr Mayor, how much have you allocated specifically to resolve the overcrowding crisis in London?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): In the prospectus, we are moving towards a grant model under which we can negotiate with the developer depending on where it is. In some parts of London, negotiations for family homes will be different than in other parts of London. Where you live will be a different rate to negotiate than where somebody lives in Camden, for argument’s sake.

Andrew Boff AM: How much of that is specifically allocated on the basis of resolving the overcrowding crisis in London?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The overcrowding crisis in London is caused ostensibly by the reasons I said to Assembly Member Qureshi: the high cost of private rents because of private landlords, and not enough council homes; secondly, overcrowding because adult children are living with their parents in homes that are too small; and, thirdly, homelessness.

Andrew Boff AM: How much have you, recognising that, Mr Mayor --

Page 18 Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I have to be able to answer the question --

Andrew Boff AM: You can but you are not really answering the question because it is a very specific question. How much have you allocated specifically to resolving the overcrowding crisis in London? What budget line is there? What proportion of the funds that you will be allocating will go towards encouraging the resolution of the overcrowding crisis? I just want to know how much you have allocated. If it is zero, that is fine. You can answer, “Zero”. If it is not, then just tell me what the number is, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Those allocations have not been made yet, Chair. As I have explained --

Andrew Boff AM: You have not made those allocations. You have not said that there should be a priority for resolving the overcrowding crisis. Is that --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Can you allow the Mayor to answer your questions, please, Assembly Member Boff?

Andrew Boff AM: Thank you for your intervention. It seems like the Mayor needs saving occasionally by the Chair of the Assembly.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): No. Look, do not accuse me --

Andrew Boff AM: Mr Mayor --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Boff, can I chair this meeting? Look, do not accuse me of taking any sides, OK? You have made a lot of assertions. You had lots of questions and comments that you made. The Mayor is trying to answer your question. Obviously, you do not like some of the stuff that he says and so you intervene again.

Andrew Boff AM: Chair, I do not need to make accusations when --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): This is not taking us anywhere. Can you allow the Mayor to answer the question? Mr Mayor, over to you. Thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The allocations have not been made yet, Chair, because we published a prospectus in November. Once we get the responses back and we make decisions in relation to individual allocations, we will have an idea. I am more than happy to let the Member know, once that has happened, how many of the allocations are to do with family-sized homes.

I will make this point, though, Chair. When it comes to family-sized homes, there is really no point building market-value family-sized homes. The average cost of a property in London is now £667,000. We need to have social rent or genuinely affordable homes. That is why we rely upon the formulae from the councils in relation to the family-sized homes they think their areas need, which is reflected both in the allocation of money and also in the planning decisions made as well.

Andrew Boff AM: We have had two answers now, which basically say you do not consider overcrowding a priority enough to allocated funding to it and nor do you need to allocate funding to the building of family-sized homes.

Let us move on to my final question, then, Mr Mayor. Can you guarantee that your programme will not fund any scheme that includes luxury penthouses?

Page 19

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, there are two points to make to that. One of the things I am keen to avoid is the situation that occurred in the previous eight years, before I became Mayor, which had homes that were deemed to be affordable when they cost £450,000 to buy or when the rent was 80% of market value. Those are not affordable.

We have ditched that dodgy definition and have a definition that really reflects Londoners’ needs: either a council home, a home where you pay a London Living Rent of a third of average earnings, or a home that is in shared ownership or part buy/part rent. We have seen too many luxury flats built that are bought by foreign investors to be used as gold bricks. The deal that we have for the money we have is looking towards genuinely affordable homes. Some of those genuinely affordable homes could be on the top floor and they could have a balcony, but they should be genuinely affordable rather than gold bricks bought by investors that are sitting empty.

Andrew Boff AM: They are great words, Mr Mayor. Can you guarantee that your programme will not fund any scheme that includes luxury penthouses?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No. The money --

Andrew Boff AM: You cannot?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The grant that we are giving goes towards genuinely affordable homes. By definition, the allocation of our grant will not lead to any luxury penthouse flats. This is one of the reasons why I am surprised that the question is being asked. If the question is how much of the money allocated from City Hall towards genuinely affordable homes will be used towards luxury penthouse flats, the answer is zero.

Andrew Boff AM: Mr Mayor, if we are asking surprising questions, then we are doing our job. Are you saying that no amount of GLA money will be allocated to any scheme that includes luxury penthouses?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, that is a separate point. Some of the schemes that the developers bid for could be part private and part genuinely affordable. On the private part of the scheme a developer has, I have no control over what happens in relation to individual allocations. What we have to make sure is that half of those homes are genuinely affordable. At the moment, we have moved from 13% in the pipeline when I became Mayor to approaching 36%. We want to get that up to 50%.

A good example of progress being made is around the Olympic Park. When I became Mayor, the number of affordable homes was 23% under the dodgy definition. We have got that up to 35% on private land and 50% on the public land that we own. That is 50% genuinely affordable stuff. None of the 50% will be luxury penthouse flats. Of the 35% of genuinely affordable flats, that 35% will be genuinely affordable stuff. The private developer may decide with the other part of the allocation, the 50% or the 65%, to do things differently.

The point is we need to have homes for Londoners and that has what happened over the last five years and will happen going forward. That was not happening in the previous eight years with [The Rt Hon] Boris Johnson [MP] as Mayor.

Andrew Boff AM: These rather tortuous replies that you have made to my three questions we can basically sum up as --

Page 20 Navin Shah AM (Chair): All right. Thank you. We do not need this summing up.

Léonie Cooper AM: Chair, this is not a question.

Andrew Boff AM: I am sorry, Chair. I will finish, if you do not mind.

Léonie Cooper AM: Chair, this is not a question.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): This is about questions. It is not about summing up.

Léonie Cooper AM: Why should he get to sum up? I did not sum up my question. This is ridiculous.

Andrew Boff AM: Sorry, I am making a question, Chair. It is obvious that the Mayor needs a lot of help today.

Léonie Cooper AM: At least he --

Keith Prince AM: No, they are all piling in to defend --

Andrew Boff AM: Basically to say --

Léonie Cooper AM: Why is this man being allowed to sum up? It is not fair that this Assembly Member sums up and does not ask a question.

Andrew Boff AM: Shut up, Léonie. It is like a constant whine in the background. To sum up, Mr Mayor --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look, there is whining from every side here. I can see that from where I am. Let us move on to the next question and that is from Assembly Member Duvall.

Andrew Boff AM: I am still on my questions, Chair. Are you shutting me down?

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Duvall, thank you.

Andrew Boff AM: You are shutting me down, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): I am not. No, you were summing up --

Andrew Boff AM: Is it too uncomfortable for the Mayor that you have to come in --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look, Assembly Member Boff, let me speak. Have that much courtesy at least.

Peter Whittle AM: How embarrassing for people watching. This is just so embarrassing.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): No. Assembly Member Boff, your intervention is what is embarrassing. You were summing up. This is not about summing up. This is about questions and answers. You did not say you had any more questions and that is when I stopped you.

Andrew Boff AM: Anyone, Chair, would think there is an election coming up.

Page 21 Navin Shah AM (Chair): Wonderful. Thank you for that contribution. Assembly Member Duvall, thank you.

Len Duvall AM: Thank you very much, Chair. Look, can we just talk about council [tax] levels? My understanding is the Government’s strategy on council tax levels is to put them up not just for us but also in terms of other councils. The particular areas where the Government is being very clear about this are transport and policing.

Can you explain to some Members of the Assembly that the alternative to not putting them up, which the Government is really forcing councils and you to do, is further cuts?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Firstly, it is really important for me to put on record that I think council tax, as you believe, is a regressive tax. It affects the poorest more than it affects those who have the means to pay.

What the Government has made clear is that additional resources will only come through council tax. The Institute of Fiscal Studies has said that more than 90% of monies announced by the Government for the fire service, police and local authorities is coming through council tax.

When I became Mayor, in my first year the Government reduced our police funding because, the year before, the previous Mayor had not raised council tax up to the precept allowed by the Government. If I do not raise council tax by £15 for the police precept, not only will we lose £43 million from that, over the next four years we will lose £172 million, but the Government will punish us and give us less money for police funding next year. Anybody who votes against my Budget to increase council tax is cutting police funding for the coming year and subsequent years.

In relation to TfL, the Secretary of State [for Transport] has made it quite clear that London needs to increase council tax to pay for the consequences of the pandemic on TfL. The Government has also said that it will not pay for - and we should remove - free travel for children and free travel for those over the age of 60, but that I can pay for that by keeping the £15 Congestion Charge forever, seven days a week until 10pm, or reduce it. I am not willing to make the Congestion Charge £15 forever, nor am I willing to take away free travel for children under the age of 18. If you vote against the £15 increase for the TfL element, you are removing free travel for children and removing free travel for over-60s or making the £15 Congestion Charge seven days a week until 10pm permanently.

The third element of the council tax increase is the £1.59 for our fire services. You cannot on the one hand say our firefighters are brave and heroic and on the other hand that [the] Grenfell [Tower fire] must not happen again, and then vote against the increase for the fire service that is in the Budget today. I say that in the context of the vote last night when the Government voted against implementing recommendations from Phase 1 of the public inquiry.

Anybody who votes against my Budget is voting for cuts in the police, removing free travel for under-18s and those over the age of 60, and cuts to the fire service. You will remember, Len, when there was a previous Mayor running City Hall, we lost fire stations, we lost fire engines and we lost firefighters.

Len Duvall AM: Thank you.

GLA:Assembly Component Budget

Page 22 Navin Shah AM (Chair): All right. I have no further indications for this section. We move on to the next section, which is on the London Assembly. You will be pleased to know there are no questions indicated for this section.

We will move on to section 3, which is on the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC). Can we have a lead-off question from Assembly Member Berry?

MOPAC Component Budget

Siân Berry AM: Last week you announced an extra £38.1 million into MOPAC from the allocation of additional council tax and business rates income in your Final Budget. Within that, we have £30.1 million for the MPS, which the table says is funding 1,000 police officers.

It is important to note that this is not adding new officers. Section 4.6 of the Budget is very clear. It says that these are much-needed officers committed to in 2019 and the extra funding simply reduces the need to draw down reserves, which the earlier budget had already set aside for this while we wait for the longer-term Government settlement in the Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR).

Alongside that, the other £8 million is going to violence reduction and victim support initiatives, with £3 million to the Violence Reduction Unit (VRU).

In terms of reducing violence, there needs to be the right balance of enforcement versus prevention work, but in the context of this additional funding and how you have distributed it, is this in fact the right balance?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you for your question. The £38 million is because that is recurring, which is really important. The business rates that I gave to the police were non-recurring. That is growth. You have seen the consequences of the pandemic on our business rates. Three quarters of the money we receive is business rates. I am really concerned about our ability to continue the officers that we are funding from City Hall. If you remember, we funded about 1,300, some through council tax and some through business rates. Because of our concerns about the predictability of business rates - and you will be aware also, Siân, of the revaluation concern we have around business rates - there is a lack of confidence in our ability to have recurring funding. The £38 million gives us confidence that for four years we can pay for the additional officers from City Hall. That is good. We are not making any reductions. If you remember again, when I became Mayor, we were managing a decline because of Government cuts in relation to police officer numbers. The £38 million must be used for policing functions. The £8 million goes towards prevention, which is the maximum we can really do safely. Again, by the second week of March [2021] I will be able to allocate the rest of that. The two things I have announced already are the electronic tagging of those who have been convicted of --

Siân Berry AM: OK, I need to interrupt because I do need come back on that. Those officers and that use of reserves was absolutely secure until at least 2023 in your Draft Budget. We know there is a gap of £9 million coming up next year in a big reduction in the VRU budget. It seems to me that we can differ on the issues, but the balance of enforcement versus primary prevention should mean that you are putting equal effort into securing the future of the VRU as well as making sure that we can afford to keep paying these officers. You are talking about four years into the future when the VRU has a gap next year. Do you see my point?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, the VRU --

Page 23 David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Assembly Member, the challenge with the VRU budget is that the Home Office only confirms the Government funding allocation in February and on a one-off basis.

Siân Berry AM: Yes, for one year.

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): We saw that this year when £7 million was announced by the Government in February [2021] and so it was not in earlier stages of the Budget process, but obviously now that is there. This is the problem for the VRU in future years. We do not have that certainty of Government funding.

Siân Berry AM: Excuse me. That is exactly my point. I am afraid I am running out of time to go into this more, but I will continue to look into the VRU and the gap it faces and how we can rebalance things. Thank you very much.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Assembly Member Desai.

Unmesh Desai AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. Mr Mayor, your Police and Crime Plan has five top priorities. They are all equally important. They all complement one another. In terms of your Budget proposals, which areas of the Plan have you prioritised funding for?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The good news is, Unmesh, because of the funding I have announced, all the priority areas in the Police and Crime Plan will get the benefits of the additional funding.

I put on record my thanks to you because you have always voted for my Budgets over the last five years. That has meant an additional £1 billion for the police. Anybody who has voted against any one of my Budgets has voted for cuts. No Mayor has invested more in policing than I have.

Also, I have announced an additional £38 million. The £30 million part of it helps those five priority areas in the Police and Crime Plan.

Unmesh Desai AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Mr Mayor, one of your Police and Crime Plan priorities is standing together against extremism, hatred and intolerance. I welcome the launch of the app earlier this week. I must say I have not yet had time to look into it but it is a great step forward. At the Police and Crime Committee yesterday we talked about online harm.

Talking about extremism, we know that the attackers in the terrorist incidents at London Bridge and in had both been newly released from prison. A man currently on trial accused of plotting terror against London says he was radicalised by an inmate at Wandsworth Prison.

Whilst the prison system is not something that you have direct influence over, will you be prioritising working with London’s prisons and with prisons releasing terror offenders who are due to return to London as part of your work to counter violent extremism?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks for your question. I am really pleased the Government took on board our lobbying in relation to the changes made in relation to those who are in prison for terrorism-related offences.

Page 24 There is a chronic shortage of funding in our prisons. There is a lack of prison officers and a lack of support for them to do their job. If we are not careful, prisons will simply be places where people are temporarily stored and then released to reoffend. It is already a concern many people have that our prisons are warehouses rather than places that properly punish and/or reform.

We are working with the police where we can but, as you say, I have no direct locus in relation to this area. It is a big concern that we have. I met, to reassure you, the head of the counterterror team last week and this is one of his core priorities.

Unmesh Desai AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. I know that you have committed to fighting extremism no matter where it comes from.

Mr Mayor, on a slightly different note, is the MPS having to put resources into reconfiguring its databases now that we have left the European Union (EU)? What impact and cost has the huge loss of criminal records from the police computer by the Home Office had on the work of the MPS?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): This was raised yesterday at the Police and Crime Committee and the Commissioner [of Police of the Metropolis] dealt with this in relation to the data lost and also the impact of a no-deal Brexit.

The International Crime Coordination Centre is doing work in relation to the EU issue, which the MPS is clearly a key part of, and the National Police Chiefs Council is doing work on this as well. As you will appreciate, there are 43 police forces, the MPS being the biggest one, and they work collegiately with other police forces across the country. It is a concern. It is a distraction. Also, it makes the process very clunky and cumbersome going to 27 countries rather than using the EU systems we had in place.

We are where we are, but the police will continue to be flexible and adapt to the evolving changes.

Unmesh Desai AM: Finally, Mr Mayor, on the £8 million you are devoting to violence reduction programmes, I know you are prioritising all five areas of the Plan but can I draw your attention in particular to an area that I know that you put resources into already and are committed to, helping victims of rape and sexual assault, given the current issues of court delays and the appallingly low rate of convictions?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes. Let me take on board your points, Unmesh. When it comes to the allocations in March [2021], hopefully you will hear some good news.

Unmesh Desai AM: Mr Mayor, can I thank you for all the work you are doing to keep London and Londoners safe.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you.

Len Duvall AM: May I indicate? I have some time. Mr Mayor, in terms of policing, if you are fortunate to be re-elected in this position again, will the focus continue to be on driving down violent crime in all its forms?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, it has to be for the foreseeable future. You will be aware that serious youth violence began going up in 2013, and youth violence in 2014 across the country, including in London.

All I would say to you, Len, is that my ability to fight violent crime, should I be successful in being re-elected, will be made much tougher if you vote against this Budget. It will be £43 million less next year and

Page 25 £160 million less over four years. Also, we will be punished next year by the Government in relation to the police funding allocation. Please support the Budget we have published today.

Len Duvall AM: In terms of the balance between police enforcement and prevention, I do believe you are the only Mayor who has been able to do that, in terms of the previous administrations, in a very dramatic way with the interventions you have made. Of course, you will continue to do that but, in terms of monitoring the outcomes of that preventative work, to make sure it is in the right balance, it must be about reducing violence and it must be about stopping reoffending and it must be about supporting victims, it seems to me, in many ways.

Do you agree that that is where you will be focusing your energies around some of that preventative work in the next administration?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes. I was disappointed by [Assembly Member] Siân Berry’s line of questioning because she has to accept that I am the first Mayor who has invested in the Young Londoners Fund. We set up England’s first VRU. We have had a public health approach towards dealing with violent crime. You are right that we have to be helping young people and also dealing with the victims, which is a big issue as well.

These are qualitative metrics rather than quantitative ones. Of course we have to drive down violent crime, but also we have to make sure that we get greater trust and confidence amongst young Londoners in the police. We have to make sure the attrition rates improve, as Unmesh [Desai AM] referred to as well. Those are all part of the challenges. When we will be working on the next Police and Crime Plan, clearly your expertise will feed into that.

Len Duvall AM: One of the issues raised yesterday at the Police and Crime Committee was around online harm in all its forms, but in terms of the pernicious nature of some of that sexual online harm. Some of the Members of that Committee raised a number of interesting things that would not have a massive impact on next year’s Budget but that we have asked you to consider.

Would you be happy to receive representations around the extension of some of your ideas and how they can be used in other areas? It was about the hate crime app and about reporting online sexual abuse to the police in a different way. It was making some of your work slightly broader into other areas and using new technology on that. Would you be supportive of that direction of travel if it did not have a massive impact on your budgetary position next year, and introduce that if you could?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am always more than happy to listen to Members of the Assembly with expertise in a variety of areas. The concern, clearly, the police would have is the impact on operational issues, which I know you are not talking about. The other concern is the issue of finances. I am more than happy to speak to you and listen to any ideas you have.

Len Duvall AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor.

London Fire Commissioner (LFC) Component Budget

Navin Shah AM (Chair): All right. We are ready to move to the next section, which is on the LFC. The lead- off question is from Assembly Member Hall.

Page 26 Susan Hall AM: The LFC’s original budget submission included a significant recruitment freeze in 2021/22. Does this funding effectively stop this freeze needing to go ahead?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, the establishment numbers are at capacity. It is less than 1% difference. There is no change in relation to the issue of the establishment numbers. You will be aware there is work, though, taking place in relation to transformation. If that leads to issues in relation to staffing, of course, you know the Commissioner is very assiduous and very diligent. He will make recommendations around that.

The key thing is in relation to the use of reserves. You will be aware of the big concern you had as a [Budget and Performance] Committee, which I understand, was earmarked reserves being used to balance the budget. This gives us more time to reach a balanced budget stage.

The other thing to throw into the equation, Susan, do not forget, is the Government is having reviews in relation to the CSR and also the funding formula review. We are hoping this gives the London Fire Brigade (LFB) time to lobby the Government about the additional needs it has. One final thing is about fire inspections as well. That is the other unknown need of the LFB.

Susan Hall AM: What is the really up-to-date status of the remaining Grenfell Inquiry Phase 1 recommendations? Have any more been completed or implemented?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Not since we last met that I have briefings on, but after today I can speak to --

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): I believe we have published - it may have been yesterday or today - the Mayor’s monthly update on progress, which I believe confirms that one more recommendation is complete. It also forecasts that the LFB is still expecting a number to be completed in March [2021]. That is on the GLA website for Members to review.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks, David.

Susan Hall AM: I am just highlighting this, Mr Mayor, and I am sure you will be watching it as well as I am. Only four had been completed out of the 29. That was a couple of weeks ago. Perhaps you will look at it again or keep an eye on it because these things --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes. I know you take an interest in this. To reassure you, the [London Fire] Commissioner did say that 17 more would be completed by the end of March, but I will follow this up after today’s meeting.

Susan Hall AM: OK, thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Dismore?

Andrew Dismore AM: Mr Mayor, the additional £15 million funding for the LFB you have announced for next year is very welcome because it will mean the LFB can avoid cuts when facing ever-growing pressures dealing with the consequences of Grenfell and the cladding crisis, the long-overdue new legislation at last coming through, and the impact of the COVID pandemic. However, in the medium term, serious budget pressures remain, as you know. International comparisons show that the LFB is underfunded when looking at similar world cities with complex built environments, for example, Tokyo, New York, Toronto

Page 27 or Paris. The LFB receives £43 per head of population each year, less than half the international average of £91.

Do you think the Government understands the risks caused by poor building regulations that compromise safety in London’s built environment? Do you think the Government is serious about keeping London safe?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Let me unpack the three questions you have there. Yesterday’s vote in Parliament gives the impression that it does not, because yesterday was an opportunity to put in statute recommendations for Phase 1 of the Grenfell Inquiry. It chose not to do so.

Also, we have a situation where we have leaseholders who simply cannot afford to continue to live in potential death traps. They cannot afford the costs of remediation. The Government’s announcement of help with cladding above 18 metres is welcome. The loan system for that between 11 metres and 18 metres does not work for many leaseholders. Also, we experienced in the Assembly - I know Andrew Boff [AM] had personal experience, I am afraid - of the awful fire at Barking Riverside, which was not a tall building. That adds additional pressure on the LFB. They do not have confidence that the built environment is the built environment. If the Government got it, there would be additional funding to address and ameliorate that, more support for the fire service in relation to dealing with that and also help in relation to inspection, which is a big part of the job now more than before.

Andrew Dismore AM: Thank you for that. It is also the case that the Government has made promises to other parts of the country about levelling up, promising them the same funding and opportunities as in London. However, when it comes to fire and rescue, London has 0.52 firefighters per head of population compared to the national average of 0.58. As well as receiving comparatively low levels of funding globally, the LFB is also receiving comparatively low levels of funding nationally. If London were to be operating at the national average, it would have 535 more firefighters than at present, which coincidentally is almost the exact number of firefighter posts cut by [the Rt Hon] Boris Johnson [MP] when he was Mayor.

How much extra funding should the Government provide to level London up to the national average for firefighter numbers?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks for your question and the way you have phrased it. We are doing some work in relation to our needs post-transformation, which will give us a better number in relation to what we need. Also, the Commissioner is speaking regularly to the Fire Minister’s team in relation to the secondary legislation because that has knock-on impacts on the additional needs of the fire service, over and above what you say and the underfunding that we receive.

Levelling up means different things to different people, but I do like your definition of it, which shows that not only are we poorly funded compared to other global cities but we are poorly funded compared to other fire services across the country.

Andrew Dismore AM: Thank you very much.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Pidgeon?

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Mr Mayor, you have said in your opening statement that your priority is the safety of Londoners and you have joined me in expressing disappointment at the inadequacies of the Government’s latest set of measures to tackle the cladding and fire safety crisis. Given you have additional

Page 28 money available through council tax and business rates returns, there are a number of measures that you could have taken to support London’s leaseholders at a small cost.

Why have you not taken up in your Budget my suggestion of trialling a public register of fire risk assessments in London so that would-be renters and owners can check the fire safety status of their potential new home, such as those provided for Energy Performance Certificates?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): We will continue to explore this. It is not us saying no to that idea. It is about us working through what is practical. You will be aware that we were told we could not, for example, have a rogue landlord register but we did it. I am not saying that we cannot do it. It is a question of what is realistic in the time we have been given, and also the accessibility of some of that information. The LFB has written to all the landowners to try to explain to them the importance of doing this and it continues to work with them. There could be some good news in the Fire Safety Bill as well.

I do not want you to think we have closed the door on this, Caroline. We will continue to explore anything we can do within the resources we have to improve fire safety in London. Please do not think it is a no. I cannot announce it now, but we are working on whatever we can do to help the situation.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Great. I am also interested to know why you have not used this Budget as an opportunity to lead where the Government is failing by offering to be the insurer of last resort for fire safety engineers in London, qualified to understand the External Wall System (EWS) 1 [form] surveys to help with the delays that are building up in this area. Is this also something you will consider going forward, please?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, this will be harder, I am afraid, with the whole issue of professional indemnity. We have raised it with the Fire Minister. I had a call with the Fire Minister. This was one of the issues raised by council leaders as well. You will be aware that councils have additional concerns around this whole issue and their homes.

I am afraid I cannot be as promising as I was with the last question, but we continue to lobby the Government because this needs the Government to step in and provide the reassurance that you were asking for. We simply cannot do it in relation to the resources we have and the concerns about the liabilities potentially rising. We continue to lobby the Government.

Again, there is a possibility of good news around the legislation going through Parliament, if not primary then secondary.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor.

TfL Component Budget

Navin Shah AM (Chair): We now move on to section 5, which is on TfL. Can we have a lead-off question from Assembly Member Kurten?

David Kurten AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Good morning, David.

David Kurten AM: With your TfL budget, you say on page 66 of your Budget that the gross revenue expenditure for the next financial year is going to be £7.531 billion. That is an increase of £415 million over

Page 29 last year, which is an increase of 5.5%. That is well over inflation. How can you justify an increase of 5.5% in your gross revenue expenditure for TfL?

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Assembly Member, it is simply a consequence of the extraordinary impact of the crisis last year and the funding settlement with the Government, which required TfL to make emergency cuts in expenditure.

David Kurten AM: You are saying there was a cut in expenditure this year and you are going to then re-increase it next year?

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Essentially, yes. It is TfL back doing what it does fully. I am just looking for the table while we talk.

David Kurten AM: That is fine. I understand. That answers the question. I will go on to my next one.

Mr Mayor, there is an itemised table of your operating costs on page 68 of your Budget for TfL. Now, you are suggesting that the revenue generated from the Congestion Charge, the ULEZ and the Low Emission Zone is going to go up from £408 million to £763 million. That is a huge increase of 87% in the next financial year. How can you justify such a massive increase in revenue from those sources?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I do not know where you are. There are two things. Do not forget that one of the reasons why we are having to raise council tax by £15 is to avoid the Congestion Charge of £15 carrying on for the entire year or permanently. That is something the Government wanted us to do. Just to reassure you, David, it is not the intention to have a permanent Congestion Charge increase of £15. The ULEZ extension does come in in October [2021]. The idea is not to raise money from polluting vehicles. The idea is, by then, people might have changed their vehicles to a less-polluting vehicle, or using other forms of getting around London. Just to reassure you, in relation to monies raised from the ULEZ in central London, it has been going down, which is good news, because it is not to raise money; it is to change people’s habits and behaviour.

David Kurten AM: Yes, but it is going to affect businesses, for example, with Euro 5 diesel engines, for example, who may have just restocked their vehicles. What do you say to those kinds of business owners who have maybe bought a fleet from 2015 or something who are going to be hit by this?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, we continue to lobby the Government for a national diesel scrappage scheme. You will be aware, we announced diesel in our policy in 2017 to give people time to factor in fleet and so forth, and there is some grace period as well. We are working with colleagues across London to lobby the Government to have a national diesel scrappage scheme. The potential good news again is because the 26th United Nations Climate Change Conference (COP 26) is coming to Glasgow in the UK because there is now a full-time chair of COP 26 in [The Rt Hon] Alok Sharma [MP] that the Cabinet will be announcing hopefully some good news in this area as well. You are right that there are businesses who need to do well to help us in the recovery who may be badly affected by some of our policies. Therefore, we continue to lobby the Government for more assistance for those sorts of businesses. I have announced today an extension of the scrappage scheme with an additional £4.2 million to help.

David Kurten AM: I am glad you do recognise that it is going to hurt a lot of businesses. It might hurt a lot of individual motorists as well, particularly people like carers and so on. Perhaps the thing to do would be to have an extension of the implementation of this so that they have more time to adjust. Given that we are in very difficult circumstances financially, all of us, at the moment.

Page 30

Anyway, there is another question I want to ask you. In the same table are operating costs for buses, streets and other surface areas, say there is going to be operating costs of £2.962 billion. Even before the COVID situation, we had for many years in TfL, London Underground made a profit and it cross-subsidised the buses and surface operations. What long-term plans do you have, if any, to bring buses and other surface services into profit so that they do not rely on a cross-subsidy from London Underground?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Buses will always be subsidised. Across the country they are subsidised. There is a Bus Services Operations Grant the central Government gives to those who administer the contracts and therefore it is the reality of public transport in London. It is poorer Londoners, David, who ride on buses in outer London and it is just the way London Underground over the last 200 years has been built. In more affluent parts of our city there are more tube stations on the north of the river than the south of the river, for example. One of the reasons why we are keen to have a tram in Croydon and Sutton is to help in relation to movement and invest in infrastructure. One of the reasons I was keen for Crossrail 2 is to address the lack of tubes in some parts of London.

I am afraid I do not see a situation during the next term, at least thereafter, where buses can wash their face. They will always need to be subsidised. That is why the lack of an operating grant from the Government is nonsensical. When I speak to colleagues in Singapore, Paris, Madrid and New York, they cannot believe that 72% of our services come from fares. It is not sustainable.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you, Mr Mayor. We will move on to supplementary questions. We have the first one from Assembly Member Dr Moore.

Dr Alison Moore AM: It is good to see you, Mr Mayor. You have rightly talked about how important TfL is to the recovery, economic and cultural, of London and the importance of that going forward. Part of that is going to be securing a funding deal.

When do you expect the funding and financing agreement between the Government and TfL covering 2021/22 to be agreed?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is 25 February [2020] today. The TfL Board meets in just over two and a half weeks’ time or three weeks’ time. I would have hoped a funding deal to be done by now so that we can work on it and present it to the TfL Board. That has not happened I am afraid. We are talking. It is very amicable. The officials are brilliant in the DfT, Treasury and TfL. I am hoping the deal is done well in advance of the TfL Board meeting on 16 March. Just to remind you, the money runs out on 31 March and the pre- election period begins on 22 March, so there is some urgency to resolve this as soon as possible.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Absolutely. The current agreement requires TfL to assess service levels in a post-COVID world. TfL’s view is that reducing service levels significantly at this time will not realise large savings quickly. Does the Government accept this argument or is it pushing TfL to make big cuts in service levels from April onwards?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It depends on who you speak to in Government. Some parts of Government recognise that when you have a pandemic that spreads when people cannot do their social distance, the idea to have fewer trains, the Tube, buses and trams, leading to more congestion is not a sensible thing to do. Also, they realise that if we are going to encourage, as Peter Whittle [AM] asked in a previous question, people back to the centre of London, we need to make it attractive, both the experience and getting there. Therefore, reducing services does not make sense.

Page 31

There is also experience from other cities around the world, Madrid being the best example, which, during the worldwide economic crash in 2008, it did cut service levels. It was, in hindsight, a bad decision to make because when things started recovering you cannot bring them back as quickly and you do not make the savings you expect to make. It does not make sense economically. We do not get the savings we want. It also does not make sense in the middle of a pandemic, either.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Yes. Extending that a little, are you concerned that if the cuts are made now, rather than encouraging passengers back on to public transport, it will be seen as a less attractive option? It could push people into cars with the environmental impact of that.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Absolutely. The Prime Minister has now published a roadmap, which I welcome, in relation to the next few phases. 12 April will be a big day for London central retail. 7 May will be a big day for indoor restaurants and all the rest of it, leading up to 21 June. We have to be enticing people back to the centre of London and enticing people out of their homes. You will be aware that the good news is many Londoners have managed to save some money. We want them to be spending it sensibly on the businesses that are desperate for them to come back. Retail, culture, leisure and domestic tourism, are really important. Good public transport that is safe, is reliable and has capacity is crucial as well.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Thank you. That is really important in terms of the recovery. We heard at the Transport Committee ten days ago from people about how a high-quality public transport system that was affordable was really important to businesses and to culture. The current agreement also requires TfL to review its long-term capital plan and model the effect of a 30% cut in capital budget. Will the transport network stay safe after such a cut to the maintenance budget?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am old enough to remember transport in London before 2000, before there was a TfL. We had a situation where the Northern line was called the ‘Misery line’. We had the situation with the King’s Cross fire and with the lack of integration. Since 2000, under successive Mayors, TfL has done a great job. It is the envy of the world, when I speak to Mayors across the world. The idea to cut our capital expenditure, which is not just important for planning for the future and growth, but for renewals and safety for the reasons you say, is to me an unwise requirement from the Government.

We are doing the work, as it has asked us to do. It has an impact on the green recovery as well and so forth. We will carry on talking to the Government. We understand, by the way, that it has to make savings. We understand the Government has had a big shock to its own monies coming in because of the collapse of the economy over the last year. We need to try to persuade it that TfL is a route out that will help with the recovery rather than being a hindrance.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Absolutely. Transport in London is fundamental. Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. I will leave it there.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Russell.

Caroline Russell AM: Mr Mayor, just before I ask my question, I wanted to thank you for asking your Deputy Mayor to take up the suggestion in our budget amendment to make Red Route Penalty Charge Notice charges match those for the Congestion Charge. Thanks for that.

Page 32 Over the past year we have discussed the potential black hole in the long-term Healthy Streets funding for much-needed walking and cycling improvements across London. Are you confident you will have the budget to realise your ambitions for Healthy Streets?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks for your question and what you said. In the conversations we have had with [The Rt Hon] Grant Shapps [MP, Secretary of State for Transport] - he is an advocate of active travel - I have been impressed with his keenness for us not to move from one health crisis to another. Healthy Streets is a big part of that. It also has to do with safety, as you know, around junctions and stuff. We carry on talking. It is all contingent on what happens with the next deal we have with the Government. So far, it understands this is a priority across the country, by the way, not just for London. I keep my fingers crossed. Officers are talking and it is all very amicable. Just wait and see.

Caroline Russell AM: Mr Mayor, your Final Budget says that local borough funding for 2021/22 is planned to stay at the same level as in 2019/2020 but that this is dependent on the TfL funding settlement with the Government. The negotiations are the end of March. Are you able to commit to protect this walking and cycling funding, and even expand it?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I cannot. We have no idea what the Government is going to give us in relation to either loan or grant or what savings requirements they are going to make on us. You know what my hope and my ambition is. The good news is, it makes sense in relation to the concern the Government has around carbon emissions, in relation to toxic air and also in relation to active travel. The Prime Minister himself has talked about the importance of being fit and the challenges around obesity. You will have seen the work that the Department of Health is doing around foods not high in fats, sugar and salt. It all joins up. It looks good, but until we have signed the deal we do not know.

Caroline Russell AM: Yes, and the issue is this long-term Healthy Streets funding, which tackles the really hostile, dangerous junctions, those places in outer London where there is just no way of getting across a road and where there is no phase to the signals to help people. It is that funding that is so crucial to delivering your ambitions in your Transport Strategy. Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Pidgeon.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Mr Mayor, you have already talked about this a bit this morning, but you have allocated £4.2 million extra for vehicle scrappage schemes. Will the van scrappage scheme for small businesses be restored? It is currently suspended.

Will you look at specifically ensuring small businesses in outer London are able to apply? Even before it abruptly ended, very few outer London businesses could qualify because one of the conditions of the grant was that you had to show that you regularly entered the Congestion Charge Zone. Given you are going to have the wider ULEZ, there is an opportunity there to amend the criteria.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I had the figures before me this morning. The answer is yes. I had the figures for how much per each item of scrappage scheme. You are right that it has been such a success. We are also looking into those parts of London where it appears there have been fewer applications successful. You are spot on. We need to make sure those who will be suffering in relation to the ULEZ extension get the benefit of the scrappage scheme. That work is being done, to reassure you. I do have the figures somewhere and I will make sure we email you later on after this meeting about the proportion of the £4.2 million going to each one.

Page 33 Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Lovely, thank you. It is really important that all of London is able to apply for this.

Will you also look at modifying the car scrappage scheme, which is for people on lower incomes, but towards a form of mobility credit? Instead of encouraging people to switch from polluting to less-polluting vehicles, we encourage them to have membership of car clubs, membership of cycle hire schemes or perhaps to buy credit on their Oyster cards. Can we look at that to really encourage modal shift?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, for the £4.2 million additional money, it will be the same schemes as we have in place. I am with you in relation to not necessarily having one form of vehicle replaced with another one. Why not use it as an opportunity to go to walking, cycling or to use public transport? We continue to lobby the Government in relation to a national scrappage scheme and those are some of the conversations we are having with the Government in relation to whether you could, for example, get X number of pounds on your Oyster card for public transport or for cycling, or towards getting a bike or whatever. Those are the conversations we are having. Our officials are working with the Government. We are hopeful, if there is new money, it will take our experience. The other advantage, Caroline, is we have now been a pilot for a national scrappage scheme. We are talking to the Government and hoping that it takes on board some of the points you are making.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Thank you very much indeed.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Prince.

Keith Prince AM: Mr Mayor, good morning. Just to help Caroline Pidgeon, it is a very interesting line of questioning and so can we just continue on that scrappage point? Can I just know that you would be prepared to look at some of those suggestions that Caroline Pidgeon has made in relation to alternative uses of the scrappage money rather than replacing one vehicle with another vehicle?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes. I am annoyed I cannot find that paper. I will email you as well. The short answer is that the £4.2 million of additional money that I have announced today; that will be under the current schemes. I am attracted to - and Caroline has raised this before, to be fair to Caroline - the issue of not simply incentivising going from one vehicle to another, but other forms of transport as well like walking, cycling and use of public transport. That is a vision for our city where everyone is reliant upon vehicles to get around our city.

Keith Prince AM: Thank you. I just thought that was a good point. Mr Mayor, do you agree that, throughout your mayoralty, you have been saying - in fact, you have a little poster there behind you - that London is open and, if you do, how do you square that with your future proposals to introduce a boundary tax?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Firstly, just for accuracy, there is not a poster behind me saying that London is open. There are two posters --

Keith Prince AM: Behind your head. I read it the other time.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It says, “Everyone welcome”, and it has street names in London. This is a really important question raised by a previous Assembly Member. It shows the diversity of our city with street names and that is why it is really important. There are some Members of the Assembly who do not realise how wonderfully diverse our city is and our public realm reflects that diversity. There are some of us who love our

Page 34 diversity and think it is a strength and not a weakness. That poster reflects some of the street names already reflecting the diversity.

Keith Prince AM: I think you know, Mr Mayor, that --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It does not make you less English, Keith. You can be safe in your identity. That is the point.

Keith Prince AM: You know that I am into diversity, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, I very much believe that, just because we left the EU, it does not mean that we are going to stop being pluralist, welcoming and open-minded.

Keith Prince AM: Good. Can you answer the question now then, please?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I do believe London to be open, yes.

Keith Prince AM: No, no, yes and no. How do you square that with your future proposal for the boundary tax?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is not a proposal that I have to bring in a boundary tax. It is one of the recommendations made by the independent panel that looked into TfL. By the way, I published the report, unlike your Government, which shows the transparency that we have. We published the report and one of the recommendations it had was to persuade the Government to give London the VED we raise in London of £500 million. I thank you, by the way, for the cross-party way we wrote to --

Keith Prince AM: Yes, you knifed me, though, did you not? You cut me out of the letter. I am not stressed about it, Mr Mayor. I forgive you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): That is something you should raise with the group leader, not with me. They made other recommendations in relation to other ways of supporting TfL’s finances in the absence of an operation grant. One of the options they had was a Greater London charge and TfL is looking into the feasibility of the Greater London charge.

Keith Prince AM: You appreciate, Mr Mayor, how damaging that would be to the outer London boroughs. Will you rule it out?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): TfL is looking into the feasibility of that. It is not a proposal that we have. I know it is a great way to harvest data with petitions, but there are no plans to bring in a Greater London charge.

Keith Prince AM: Will you rule it out, Mr Mayor?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): There are no plans to rule out. There is work being undertaken by TfL into the feasibility of a recommendation made by an independent panel.

By the way, there could be very good recommendations from a secret confidential KPMG report but it has been hidden away by the Government and so we do not know what recommendations it has. Maybe there are

Page 35 better recommendations there. If you could persuade the Government to publish that report, it would mean that we could explore all options rather than just the ones made by the independent panel.

Keith Prince AM: You will not rule it out, Mr Mayor. That is fine. You will not rule it out. Thank you. Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Devenish.

Tony Devenish AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Good morning, Tony.

Tony Devenish AM: Will you include the Hammersmith Bridge temporary ferry as a Hopper fare? Will you please expedite the service start date, which, as you know, was meant to be starting in March, which has now been put back by TfL to the summer? Can you define when summer is in terms of the ferry service starting, please?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks for your questions. It is a really important issue that I know affects your constituents so hugely. The Government taskforce meets every two weeks and these are issues raised at the taskforce. As you will be aware, Heidi Alexander [Deputy Mayor for Transport] sits on the taskforce with TfL officials on my behalf. Baroness Vere [of Norbiton] is there making the key decisions. I will make sure your points are relayed to the taskforce.

In relation to the start of the ferry, that is the procurement exercise TfL is undertaking. There are now two short-listed companies bidding for the ferry. It all depends, Tony, when the respective winner can start the service and what their requirements are, depending on the need. Some may start sooner than others. That will be one of the things I am sure that is looked into. I agree that we should try to persuade the Government to make the ferry fee free and, if not persuade the Government to make it free, at least have the upper fare applying. I will make sure, Tony, your points are taken on board by the taskforce.

Tony Devenish AM: Would you mind writing back to me as soon as possible before the purdah?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am very happy to, Tony, yes.

Tony Devenish AM: Thank you very much, Chair. I will leave it there.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am happy to do that, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Berry.

Siân Berry AM: I just want to ask quickly about Silvertown Tunnel, which I would drop for a number of reasons but, in Budget terms, as you know, Mr Mayor, TfL is still yet to publish a report from its external auditor and risk concerns have been raised at the [GLA] Oversight Committee. It is true we may be set to bear construction risks and the proposed tolls may pose a risk to the implementation of wider road charging and the amount we can get from that. Is Silvertown not a greater risk to your Budget than you acknowledge?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No. The way the Silvertown Tunnel is funded is very different to other infrastructure across our city. The contract that has been agreed is one where it is a build contract, it is a finance contract, it is a maintenance contract, it is a design contract. Therefore the tolls from the Silvertown Tunnel and from Blackwall Tunnel help contribute towards the cost of the Silvertown Tunnel, not in our

Page 36 Budget this year. You will be aware that with the extension of the ULEZ and with the tolls, it will alleviate both the congestion in that part of London and improve the air quality as well.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you, Mr Mayor. I am afraid the Green Group is out of time, thank you. Assembly Member Sahota.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Thank you, Chair. Mr Mayor, as you know, Londoners have been punished for their good behaviour in the funding arrangement for TfL. I note that you have been working very hard to negotiate a deal with the Government and it has kept the KPMG report hidden from all Londoners and not even sharing it with the Commissioner for Transport. That is really unfair. It should be in the public debate so that we can have a proper debate with Londoners and with the Government on how the funding of TfL is. I know that some Members have raised the issue about the boundary tax and that I know is not an option that is a favourable option but it is something for you to consider. I know there is consensus right across the Assembly that the VED should be kept in London.

Can you tell us how the Government can be cooperating better with Londoners to make sure we are not being punished for our good behaviour in terms of COVID-19 pandemic to say we have a good strong footing for TfL funding for the future, please?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, the genesis of our problems is a combination of the original grant decision made in 2015, the deal made in 2015, and the pandemic. Londoners did the right thing, as you said. They stayed at home. They did not use public transport and go to work. It appears they are being punished for that. Why? Because 72% of the services we provide are provided by the fares of our commuters. When you include a Congestion Charge and advertising and some of our property, it goes up to 86%. That is far more than Singapore, Madrid, Paris or New York. We are far more reliant upon our fares.

What is frustrating is not just that the Government will not give us what we need, but it has given the support to the privatised train operating companies who have more expensive fares, more cancellations and more delays, and they are being rewarded. We have these huge draconian conditions being attached to us. By the way, the Government wanted me to extend the Congestion Charge, not just increase to £15 seven days a week, but up to the North Circular and South Circular.

It is really important that the Government does not try to punish Londoners but works with us. Why? Because TfL is crucial for our country’s recovery. Why? Because London businesses rely upon it. That is why it is so important that we work together on a cross-party basis to persuade the Government to do a good deal with us rather than punish us.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor.

London Legacy Development Corporation (LLDC) Component Budget

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. We now move to the next section. It is on the LLDC.

I have a lead-off question, Mr Mayor. What are the prospects of the LLDC becoming self-financing? How are you ensuring that the LLDC regains control of its East Bank costs, given that it has already increased by just over £240 million over the last two and a half years?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am not sure that figure is right, by the way, Chair, but I will let one of the Davids respond to the figure.

Page 37

In relation to the LLDC, a big part of the cost is the Stadium. You will be aware, Chair, that the previous Mayor entered into a contract with West Ham, which, frankly speaking, does not serve London taxpayers well. It serves the owners of West Ham very well, but not the London taxpayers. A big part of the challenge we face is because of that deal made with West Ham.

In relation to the LLDC, we already are seeing benefits of the work of the LLDC, both in relation to council tax receipts for the homes that are there and business rates receipts for the businesses that are there as well. You are right, though. There has been an increase in costs of East Bank, not the number you say, but ostensibly for two reasons. One is design and construction and the second is the pandemic. We are working with partners on the LLDC. We have a brilliant Chair and a brilliant Chief Executive, who are doing a good job. We are trying to bear down on those costs, including speaking to the Government who - to give it credit - has in the past funded this East Bank operation as well.

David, do you have the figure in relation to the increase in cost?

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Yes, Mr Mayor. The increase in anticipated costs including risk provision is £114.7 million. The issue that the Chair has is that the previous analysis from the Budget and Performance Committee was comparing apples and oranges. It is a complicated project in terms both of funding sources and of how that is allocated with, for instance, Government funding contributions to the university coming through the GLA books. It is necessary to take care in working out the figures.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): I have a couple of indications for supplementaries on the LLDC. Can I invite Assembly Member Prince, please?

Keith Prince AM: Mr Mayor, I am sure you are aware it has been five years since West Ham and London Stadium started working and it is five years since we have had a sponsor for the Stadium. Is there any sight or sign of a sponsor taking up the naming rights of the Stadium?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): We have an expert looking into this. Just to explain the context, there are other brilliant stadiums in London that also do not have a sponsor. The new Tottenham Hotspur Stadium is probably the best in the world. It does not have a sponsor in relation to naming rights. You will be aware Chelsea tried its best as well. That is the context. It is not just us having challenges.

Also, we have to recognise that in the current climate, in relation to advertising generally, it is difficult to get a sponsor on terms we would find favourable. What you would not want to do is do a deal with a sponsor when the market is at its worst and, when things recover over the course of the next period, we kick ourselves for doing a bad deal. That is why anybody who claims they can fill the challenges TfL has by advertising is living in a fantasy world.

Keith Prince AM: Having spent many years in advertising, I get what you are saying, but surely some money is better than no money. Surely the problem is - and it has been demonstrated - that the organisation itself does not have the expertise, the skillsets, it does not have the contacts, and it does not really have the offer. When it comes to naming rights - and if I can mention a south London team that moved to north London - it has the Emirates brand. The reason it has that naming right of the Emirates is because it not only has the naming rights of the stadium, but has the shirts as well. That is usually quite a key point.

Page 38 Surely only that could be done if there was coordination between the naming rights for the Stadium and the shirts that really belong to West Ham. There is also the other issue around television rights as well. Surely it makes far more sense to just hand over the negotiations to West Ham and say, “Look, West Ham, we want X amount out of this deal, either a fixed sum or a percentage. You take the responsibility for doing it. You do whatever deal you want, which may or may not include your shirts and around the outside of the pitches, all tied in with the television contracts. We will take our cut but you get on and do it”. Surely, one, you would not have to pay for all the investment in looking for it and, two, you would get far more certainty of delivering the sponsorship and you would get the money from the sponsorship. I cannot see why someone cannot add those two things together.

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Assembly Member, having spent lots of time talking on this topic, I can understand the perspective there. The reality is firstly, of course, we are bound by the concession agreement put in place by the previous Mayor, which impacts on these matters.

Secondly, it is not as straightforward as you say because, were that approach to be taken, then you have to apportion the benefit from the sponsorship between the club, which has the shirts and many of the advertising hoardings and so on and so forth, and the name of the Stadium. Inherently, that is something where West Ham will want to say, “The benefit overwhelmingly is from the shirts”. We would want to say, “It is from the Stadium”. It is not a straightforward process at all.

As the Mayor said, it is a really difficult market for these things at the moment. There are a number of firms who have been spoken to who were interested but have put everything on hold because the world is just so financially uncertain for them at the moment. We will certainly keep up the work and with the LLDC’s new Chief Commercial Officer that is exactly what we are doing.

Keith Prince AM: All I can say is that at the moment we are getting no money whatsoever. A percentage of something must be better than nothing.

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): No, you have to be careful with that, Assembly Member, because there is real commercial value in the fact that the stadium has yet to be named. What we are advised by experts is that there is a premium on the first name. If you name it on the cheap and get some money in now, you are doing yourself down for money in the future. Therefore, we have to be very careful before we --

Keith Prince AM: There is a cumulative effect of not having any money at all, and you would have to sell the rights now for an extremely large amount of money to make up for the amount of money that is currently being lost.

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): I am not sure that is accurate.

Keith Prince AM: Do the numbers. Five times nought.

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): We do the numbers.

Keith Prince AM: Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Devenish.

Page 39 Tony Devenish AM: Mr Mayor, one of the great ideas from the 2012 Olympics has been borrowed by Westminster City Council with the Marble Arch mound to drive footfall within the West End. Jobs, jobs, jobs. Are there any other ideas from the Olympics or anywhere else that you can steal, Mr Mayor, to help get jobs, jobs, jobs and footfall going up in central London? Thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks for raising this. I had a very good meeting with the leader of Westminster Council and also with the leaders of K&C, Camden and the City of London. You are spot on. We all to all work together to try to make sure that the CAZ really recovers quickly. It is a conversation we had at previous MQTs about which sectors may rapidly recover. Therefore, we have to work together and we should put aside any subjective views on individual projects and just promote them and amplify them.

I had a meeting yesterday - you will be pleased to know - with the New West End Company about other ideas and about events we can have in central London. It is central London in particular where we need to attract people in and the footfall is really important and, clearly, events in Covent Garden and other events. To reassure you, Tony, I meet regularly with business groups. We are doing this work. London & Partners is also speaking to the Business Improvement Districts, councils, business reps and others to try to harvest the best ideas.

Also, the good news, Tony, is we have brilliant well-respected theatres, light music venues, galleries and so forth. Some of the roadmap allows them to open sooner than others. The commercial galleries open a bit earlier than the other ones. We are making sure that we explore everything. The good news is a lot of the expertise around the cultural Olympiad is still in City Hall. Justine Simons [OBE, Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries] worked on some of the exciting plans around 2012. If you have any ideas, please do not think it has been thought of. Let us have them because we have to work together to have a proper recovery for our city.

Tony Devenish AM: Mr Mayor, for once we agree 100%. Can I ask you when you will be starting the publicity that London is open again as these 118 days flow through?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, good question. We are waiting for the Prime Minister’s roadmap, which we have on Monday now. We have the timelines along the roadmap. Non-essential goes first on 12 April, 7 May indoor restaurants, and 21 June other events. There are different events being planned before each one. Just to reassure you as well, Tony, we want to make sure TfL is plugged into this because it is crucial for obvious reasons. We will also be speaking to the Government.

The first phase has to be domestic tourism and Londoners going back into the centre, but also people from around the country. The other thing just to make a note in your diary, Tony, is Euro 2020 begins in June 2021. That could be quite good as well. The group games will take place with a 10,000 capacity. We think, in talking to the Union of European Football Associations (UEFA), probably just - for obvious reasons - domestic fans. The semi-finals and final are after 21 June, and again we are talking to the Department for Digital, Culture, Media, and Sport (DCMS) and others, as you would appreciate, about that, just to reassure you.

Again, any ideas you have, do not be shy. Come forward because we have to work together to really use this summer as a way of lifting spirits but also turbocharging our recovery.

Tony Devenish AM: I agree 100%. Thank you, Chair.

Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation (OPDC) Component Budget

Page 40 Navin Shah AM (Chair): We now go to the last section, section 7, which is on the OPDC. The lead-off question is from me to the Mayor.

What progress have you made in overseeing the OPDC’s work in developing and publishing a timetable for a credible and sustainable revised local plan that will deliver the scale of housing and the jobs as set out in the vision for this major regeneration project?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thanks for the question, Chair. I know that the Chair and Chief Executive came to see the Assembly not too long ago. The key focus now is - you are right, absolutely - the new local plan. It focuses more on the West End rather than the built part of the site. At the same time, from talking to landowners, the good news is most of the landowners affected are public landowners, which is good, to make sure we get good deals with landowners. The third party is working with the Government around infrastructure funding as well. On the new local plan, lots of work has been undertaken. They are in a good position. David, do you have any idea of the latest in relation to the draft local plan?

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Yes, Mr Mayor. It was considered by the OPDC Planning Committee on Tuesday and should be going forward to the OPDC Board for sign-off on 4 March, after which any modifications will be submitted to the planning inspector.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): I have Assembly Member Hall, who has indicated.

Susan Hall AM: Mr Mayor, do you have confidence in the OPDC to successfully bid for the level of funding, given the only comparable sum it has ever successfully bid for, which was the housing and infrastructure money fund, had to be declined in less-than-ideal circumstances?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I do have confidence, yes.

Susan Hall AM: Good. I am glad somebody absolutely does. If the OPDC fails in these endeavours over the next few months, what will be the next step? Are you going to consider the Committee’s recommendation that you consider a review examining if the OPDC should continue in its current form?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, we discussed that the last time I was before you. My view is that in a year’s time we will be in a better position in relation to all three of the issues I have raised: the status of the London Plan; in relation to how successful we have been in speaking to Government about infrastructure funding, we cannot really do much without that; and a third leg to the stool is in relation to conversations with landowners, not just those in the private sector, but also in the public sector. The good news is, with the plans for this part of the site, more of the landowners are public landowners rather than private ones.

Susan Hall AM: The trouble is that it was such a disaster last time and they wasted so much taxpayer money last time. Certainly on the Budget and Performance Committee we are concerned that it will all go the same way, but I will listen to your words and I hope I do not throw them back at you because we all want this to work. Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Duvall. Len Duvall AM: Mr Mayor, this can equally apply to the last section on the LLDC. Would you say that the relationship that we have with central Government on these two projects is probably one of the best relationships that we have on regeneration projects?

Page 41 Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, we have good relationships on these projects. It does help having people in Government who understand these projects. Also, the Government realises that it is investing a huge sum of money in High Speed 2 and you have a world-class new station in Old Oak Common. There is no point having that investment with derelict land around it. They can see the importance of investment, but also they understand that none of this is short term; it is long term. Homes, jobs, businesses and so forth. The same goes for the LLDC and for Old Oak Common as well. There are going to be concerns around lack of progress. There are going to be plans that do not bear the full rate we would like, but in 12 months’ time will have a better idea about the development corporations that are Old Oak Common and Park Royal.

Len Duvall AM: It is fair to say that there have been no ministerial concerns about progress on these projects. That is a testament to the way that these agencies have started to work with Government. Is that fair to say? You have not seen anything on your desk. There have been other questions, let us be honest, whether it is right or wrong, where Government has raised concerns around housing targets but not on these specific projects in terms of progress.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): That is right. Just to reassure you, Len, if people have confidence in the team, the chairs of both these development corporations are respected not just around the country, but around the world. Both of them are really highly respected and they have good teams there now and the expertise now as well.

Len Duvall AM: It seems very clear that Government is intending that projects such as these - and other issues - are going to be a kickstart for the economic recovery. All the mood music seems to be working in that direction. These sites and other great opportunities that we have in London - I can think of Thamesmead as being one; I can think of some smaller sites that are quite large, like Charlton in my constituency, and Thamesmead straddles the constituency with Bexley with Assembly Member Bacon [MP] - are huge opportunities in the future that all need unlocking in some ways. The GLA has capacity to try to help with that because of Government support for the GLA work.

Do you see a role for Homes for England working in London in conjunction with the GLA and local councils in delivering sites such as this, even faster progress, as well as other sites across London?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): We will work with anybody if it leads to a better London. We are not precious about that. The problem is, after we put forward schemes to the Government according to pots of funds it has and were successful, we put forward to the Government many examples of shovel-ready projects that fitted with the Government’s agenda and were readily knocked back. The Government’s agenda in relation to the green economy fits perfectly with TfL’s agenda going forward. One of the things that TfL’s Commissioner has done time and time again is explain that the Government supporting TfL is the Government supporting the Government’s agenda.

I will give you a simple example. These trains that are being built for the Piccadilly line, where are they being built? The signalling for the Piccadilly line, where will that work be done? The buses we need, the electric buses, where will they be built and so forth? There is a lot of synergy between London’s needs and the Government’s agenda. Frustratingly, there is not more of that taking place.

I fully accept, by the way, levelling up, but levelling up cannot mean making London poorer. Also, I want politicians to be brave enough to say that London is an asset for the country. London benefits the country. Yes, we have Manchester and Sheffield; Liverpool and Bristol and Glasgow and Cardiff and other parts of the country, urban and rural, getting more support, but not at the expense of London.

Page 42

Len Duvall AM: Of course, one of those shovel-ready projects, just to paint a picture, would be the Docklands Light Railway (DLR) extension to south of the River Thames into Thamesmead and Riverside, going into Conservative Bexley Council’s patch, to open up future home developments as well, in terms of transport infrastructure. That is relatively cheap. Do you see such projects as that with really what you are saying about we can get better co-ordination? Are you optimistic that, because of the economic recovery, we start to see that better coordination maybe between spending departments in Government and other departments that ought to matter like Homes for England talking to the DfT to make sure it understands what those opportunities are in Bexley to open up?

Or the business side, we are talking about Old Oak Common. There is a real issue about where the Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS) could work in Old Oak in developing those businesses and attracting new businesses, even from abroad. There is capacity in Old Oak that there might well be some people that want to relocate to this country. If they think creatively, there are landing stages that could happen around that support to business.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The other indirect benefit is more housing. Infrastructure before housing is crucial. One of the things I am lobbying the Government for is a Minister for Recovery, because we need somebody who is like a quarterback, organising things, holding the ring. You have seen the huge, fantastic achievement in relation to vaccine rollout. A lot of that credit is because the Government appointed a Minister for Vaccines in Nadhim Zahawi [MP], one person whose job is operationally to make sure that the vaccine is being rolled out, rather than as part of their job. Nadhim has been a great success and I wish him well and have wished him well. I work collegially with him.

With one Minister for Recovery in charge of this, we could do a real good job in the recovery and they would know the sort of points you are making because we would be making these points to them. They would understand the joined-upness and so they could persuade DfT, the new business department and Treasury to support it, as indeed is one of the functions of the Minister for Vaccines in relation to the rollout. You make really powerful points. However, that does not come at the expense of other parts of the country. It helps other parts of the country in relation to job creation.

Len Duvall AM: Perhaps we could nudge the Minister of London, who is in an excellent coordinating role but sometimes not seen by other departments as relevant to issues. Maybe we could start in London. I know it will not be vogue or fashionable because of the levelling-up discussion that we are having, but you need to start somewhere and there are willing partners, it seems to me, in Government and externally, us as well as local councils, as well as regional business, willing to sit down, talk, exchange ideas and move forward on that. Could that be a role for the London Minister?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The key thing is them having the power given to them by the Prime Minister. I just say this as somebody who has been a Minister before. There is no point having just the name without the patronage from the Prime Minister, just like he gave the Minister for Vaccines. It was quite clear to every Government department that the Minister for Vaccines had been asked by the Prime Minister to do this work. We want a Recovery Minister whom everyone knows the Prime Minister has asked to do this work so that they have the powers to do the stuff we need. The Minister for London is fine, and it is not a discourtesy to him at all, but the Minister for London has no power.

Len Duvall AM: In terms of accelerating schemes like Old Oak, we just need to think a little bit more differently. Your earlier answer says we are back on track and we need to keep pushing forward, and of course

Page 43 we are going to explore all those opportunities with potential partners to accelerate some of this regeneration package here in Old Oak and along in other parts of London.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, in Old Oak the big change is High Speed 2. As long as that stays on track, we can be optimistic.

Len Duvall AM: Thank you.

Andrew Boff AM: Can you guarantee that your plans for the OPDC will not include luxury penthouses?

David Bellamy (Chief of Staff, Greater London Authority): Only if the Government can.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): One of the challenges we have, Chair, is when Members do not hear answers to previous questions. In answer to a previous question, the Chief of Staff explained that we do not yet have the London Plan signed off by the Board. They are the processes we go through before you can get decisions being made on applications made for homes that are being built on the Old Oak Common and Park Royal Development Corporation. At some stage we will be able to publish the draft local plan, but more importantly at some stage it will go before an inspector for the draft local plan to be made into a local plan and then there will be a planning process.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. The Conservative Group is out of time. That does indeed conclude all the sections in this session.

Once again, can I thank the Mayor as well as his officers for answering our questions today? Please feel free to leave the Teams call now. Thank you very much. The Assembly will now be adjourning and we will return to continue with the meeting in 45 minutes. Thank you very much.

Page 44 Appendix 3

Report to the Assembly on the Mayor’s Final Draft Consolidated Budget for 2021-2022

Report to: London Assembly

Date: 25 February 2021

Report of: GLA Conservatives

Proposed by: Susan Hall AM

Seconded by: Andrew Boff AM

PART A: INTRODUCTION & COMMENTARY1

Introduction

Over the past year London has, like the rest of the UK, faced its greatest challenge in generations. The coronavirus pandemic has taken over 17,0002 lives in London – each one a tragedy – and it has also hit London’s economy hard. Even with hundreds of billions of pounds of economic support from the Government, over 70,000 small and medium businesses in London have closed permanently3, and the employment rate is up by half since the start of 2020. Over half a million Londoners have been supported by the Government’s job retention (furlough) scheme.

At a time when London is facing not just a public health emergency, but an economic one – with Londoners struggling to make ends meet – the Mayor is proposing to increase his portion of council tax by 9.5%. This is the second largest increase in the precept since the foundation of the GLA, and would hit Londoners’ pockets hard even during the best of times. But London is not experiencing the best of times, with hundreds of thousands of people struggling.

Therefore, we propose a twofold solution; ensuring that City Hall and its various functional bodies do not cost Londoners a penny more by freezing the Mayoral precept in its entirety, and ring-fencing £50 million of funding to help London’s businesses and employers bounce back from the pandemic.

1 This report is made up of two Parts, A and B. The text in Part A does not form part of the formal budget amendments, which are set out in Part B. 2 https://twitter.com/RossLydall/status/1364184398640332800 3 https://www.mylondon.news/news/business/over-76000-small-london-businesses-18481123

Page1 45

Precepts

In this final draft budget, the Mayor has confirmed he intends to increase the total precept by £31.59 at band D – an uplift of 9.5%. This is comprised of a £15 increase in the policing precept, a £15 increase to part-fund London’s concessionary fares, and £1.59 in precept growth the Mayor is proposing to direct to the London Fire Commissioner’s budget, as he has done in previous years.

We fully support the police and fire services receiving an uplift in their funding, and concessionary fares ultimately have to be paid for. But we believe the Mayor can pay for these things without passing the bill onto Londoners. Therefore, we propose freezing the entire precept and finding the £95.3 million to pay for the increase elsewhere. To be absolutely clear, the Metropolitan Police and the London Fire Brigade will receive all the money they were expecting to receive, and Londoners’ concessionary fares will be protected – but through a combination of savings and redirected funding allocations, rather than increasing council tax.

Savings Proposals – GLA Mayor

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm

The Mayor established the Commission in June 2020 with the purpose of reviewing diversity across London’s public realm – from statues and plaques to street names. A budget of £250,000 for 2020-21 was established in November4, and the Commission’s work was expected to continue for two years. The budget allocation for 2021-22 has not yet been confirmed, but it is reasonable to presume it will be funded to a similar level or greater next year.

The Commission has attracted controversy ever since it was established, with many Londoners finding it divisive. The Commission also includes several far-left figures and activists amongst its members – one of whom has already resigned5 after expressing what the Mayor’s spokesman described as “racism and prejudice” – raising questions over whether it can be balanced or reasonable its conclusions and findings.

We do not believe this should be a priority for London, during a time of great challenge for our city. Nor indeed is it the place of the Mayor or his Commission to redefine London’s history. Therefore, we propose abolishing the Commission and removing its assumed £250,000 of funding from the Good Growth directorate and contributing this to the precept freeze.

4 https://www.london.gov.uk/decisions/md2689-commission-diversity-public-realm-work-programme 5 https://order-order.com/2021/02/24/sadiqs-queen-yelling-statue-guru-sacked-for-antisemitism/

Page2 46

External Relations

External relations spending has increased since the Mayor entered office, including but not limited to his own press office – which in 2019-20 cost just shy of £1 million6, representing around a 30% increase7 in the cost of this function since he became Mayor.

We appreciate that during a pandemic ensuring the GLA and the Mayor can communicate effectively is important, but given the growth that has already taken place under the Mayor we would propose a £1 million reduction to external affairs funding. This will include at least £250,000 to come specifically from the Mayor’s press office, located in the Strategy and Communications directorate. This saving will contribute to the sum required to freeze the precept.

London & Partners and Promotional Spend

London & Partners is the Mayor of London's ‘official promotional agency.’ The London Assembly have longstanding concerns about the large annual GLA contribution to London & Partners, which is due to be £11.1 million in 2021-22. London & Partners was also originally intended to move towards self-sufficiency, requiring less taxpayers’ money over time – but this has never come to fruition. Including the funding for London & Partners, a total of £16.8 million was provisionally earmarked for promotional bodies in the Mayor’s draft budget submission in December.

The Mayor considers promotional work and London & Partners as central to his plans for London’s economic recovery, but we question such a high spend of on such activities. Given this, we propose reducing the total promotional body spend by £5.6 million – redirecting this sum as a contribution towards the precept freeze.

Savings Proposals – Transport for London

There is no doubt that the pandemic had a significant impact on Transport for London’s (TfL) finances, particularly early on when passenger levels plummeted across the network. However, delays in delivering major project projects such as Crossrail, and decisions taken by the Mayor (his fares freeze cost £640 million in lost fare revenue) have also taken a toll on TfL’s financial health in the longer term.

Against this backdrop, TfL continues to operate an exceptionally generous scheme of benefits, rewards and perks for its employees. Nobody doubts the contribution many TfL staff have made to keeping London moving during the pandemic, but many of these benefits were

6 https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2020/2733 7 https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2019/19736

Page3 47

unsustainable and unjustifiable during the good times – never mind now, with TfL relying on a £3 billion ‘extraordinary grant’ from the Government to balance their budget in 2021-22.

As an example, we have long objected to TfL nominee passes. Though we generally support TfL staff making use of the network themselves, this perk allows TfL employees to offer free and non-taxable travel to people in their household.

In calculating the revenue this perk loses TfL, in previous years we have traditionally made the conservative assumption that the average journey undertaken by commuters is between zones 1 and 3, and that only half of those with a nominee pass would buy a travelcard or undertake a similar proportion of journeys if this perk were removed. Based on the current number of these passes in circulation (53,0248), and the value of a zone 1-3 travelcard (£1,740 a year from 1 March9), this lost revenue would potentially total £46.1 million in normal times.

We accept TfL’s budget shows an anticipated reduction in fare income for 2021-22 from what they forecast in February 2020. However, even factoring in the 39% reduction from the £5.4 billion TfL forecast last year for 2021-22, to the £3.5 billion forecast in the Mayor’s final draft budget this year, this is still a potential £28.1 million in lost revenue.

TfL also operate a discretionary ‘Performance Award’ performance-related pay scheme, which for 2019-20 was due to pay out a total of £15.8 million, including £9.5 million to senior management and above10. Though some of these payments have been deferred by the pandemic, the continuation of such a generous scheme cannot be justified given TfL’s wider financial problems.

TfL make a generous provision for facility time, which is time allocated to employees by an employer to undertake trade union activities. The annual cost to TfL of financing this has increased from £4.9 million in 2016-17 to £8.9 million in 2019-2011. This figure is significantly out of proportion with other large organisations which receive public funds. For example, the entire Civil Service facility time bill last year was £10.112 million, when the Civil Service has sixteen times more employees than TfL.

Finally, TfL has an incredibly generous pension scheme which its recently published Financial Sustainability Plan13 states costs £370 million a year to service – with TfL making contributions of 33% of pensionable pay. The Plan also suggests that ongoing funding discussions between TfL and the Department for Transport may need to include an assessment of the potential impact of the costs of the scheme, which seems particularly prudent as some alterations to the scheme may require legislative changes.

8 https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/sites/default/files/4159%20-%20Nominee%20Passes%20- %20attachment.pdf 9 md2730_appendices.pdf (london.gov.uk) 10 Figures provided by TfL to GLA finance. 11 https://content.tfl.gov.uk/tfl-annual-report-2019-20.pdf 12 https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-8975995/We-pay-81m-union-reps-time-off.html 13 https://content.tfl.gov.uk/financial-sustainability-plan-11-january-2021.pdf

Page4 48

The Mayor has previously commissioned work on this; his Independent Review of TfL14 claimed the pensions scheme is “outdated and must be reformed”, and stated that its cost could be reduced by up to £100 million per year through proper modernisation. It concluded that a Commission should be established to provide options to modernise the scheme, and the Financial Sustainability Plan further recommended that “any review of the Reward package is considered holistically, and the scope of any review includes all elements of the base pay, pensions and benefits offering”. A strong case for reforming TfL’s pension (and rewards) scheme has therefore been made by both TfL and the Mayor’s own review – what is needed now is the willpower to achieve it.

In his final draft budget, the Mayor allocated an additional £88.5 million of business rates to TfL, slightly reducing the amount of extraordinary grant it will require in 2021-22. We propose using this £88.5 million to fund the majority of the precept freeze, and will instead require TfL to make equivalent savings by urgently bringing forward and implementing proposals to reform its rewards, perks and pension scheme.

London Recovery Fund

The Mayor has made much of his efforts to support London’s businesses and employers during the pandemic, and themed his budget around London’s economic recovery; but we believe he can do much more. His Back to Business Fund was created with only £1 million of funding, and he also set up a £1 million resilience fund to complement his Business Hub15.

However, with the GLA’s finances for 2021-22 looking more promising than they did in the Mayor’s draft budget in January, we believe there is scope within his existing funds to make a real difference for London’s businesses. Since January, the amount expected to remain in the Business Rate Reserve (BRR) by March 2023 has almost doubled, from £67 million to nearly £127 million. Though reserves should be used cautiously, these are challenging times and the healthier picture in his reserves affords the Mayor more flexibility.

Therefore, we propose ring-fencing £50 million of the BRR to create a new ‘London Recovery Fund’; helping businesses back on their feet with the very rates they have paid. We would recommend the Mayor consults with organisations such as the Federation of Small Businesses and the Confederation of British Industry, as well as individual businesses across London, to establish terms of reference for this fund that is built around what businesses and employers in London need and want.

This approach should also be extended to whichever schemes the fund supports – rather than the Mayor and his team deciding which are worthy businesses and programmes, let the experts tell him what works and what doesn’t. At a time when there is hope on the horizon for getting London’s economy moving again, this funding would provide a hugely deserved helping hand for businesses across our city – protecting, supporting and creating jobs, and aiding London’s recovery.

14 TfL Independent Review - December 2020 15 https://www.london.gov.uk/press-releases/mayoral/mayor-unveils-new-support-for-londons-businessesm

Page5 49

Summary of Council Tax Proposals

GLA: Mayor £ (m) Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm -0.250 External Relations -1.000 London & Partners and Promotional Spend -5.572 Total GLA -6.822 Transport for London (TfL) Savings from review and reform -88.500 Total TfL -88.500

Total savings -95.322 Reduction in council tax 95.322

Page6 50

PART B: Proposal to approve, with amendments, the Final Draft Consolidated Budget for the 2021-22 financial year for the Greater London Authority and the Functional Bodies RECOMMENDATIONS: FORMAL BUDGET AMENDMENT 1. The Mayor’s Final Draft consolidated budget (together with the component budgets comprised within it) for 2021-22 be amended by the sum(s) shown in column number 3 of the table for each constituent body, as set out and in accordance with the attached Schedule. (These sums are the calculations under sections 85(4) to (8) of the Greater London Authority Act 1999 (as amended) (‘The GLA Act’) which give rise to each of the amounts mentioned in recommendations 2 and 3 below.) 2. The calculations referred to in recommendation 1 above, give rise to a component council tax requirement for 2021-22 for each constituent body as follows: Constituent body Component council tax requirement Greater London Authority: Mayor of London £56,956,078.58 Greater London Authority: London Assembly £2,598,361.32 Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime £759,713,257.45 London Fire Commissioner £167,020,248.45 Transport for London £5,952,060.23 London Legacy Development Corporation £0 Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation £0

3. The component council tax requirements shown in recommendation 2 above, give rise to a consolidated council tax requirement for the Authority for 2021-22 (shown at Line 99 in the attached Schedule) of £1,001,240,006.03.

BUDGET RELATED MOTIONS 4. [WHERE APPLICABLE, INSERT ANY OTHER BUDGET RELATED MOTIONS REQUIRED]

Page7 51

______NOTES: Assembly’s powers to amend the Mayor’s Final Draft consolidated budget a. The Mayor is required to set a consolidated and component council tax requirement and it is this amount which the Assembly has the power to amend. The council tax requirement equates to the amount which will be allocated to the Mayor, the Assembly and for each functional body from the Mayor’s council tax precept. These individual functional body requirements are consolidated to form the consolidated council tax requirement for the GLA Group. b. A two thirds majority of votes cast by Assembly Members is required to approve any amendment to recommendations (1) to (3) above concerning the Final Draft Consolidated Budget; abstentions are not counted. c. If a two thirds majority to approve an amendment is not achieved then the Mayor’s Final Draft Consolidated Budget, is therefore approved without amendment. d. The income estimates calculated under section 85 5(a) of the GLA Act are presented in five parts within the statutory calculations:

- Income not in respect of Government grants, business rates retention or the statutory council tax precept. This includes fare revenues; congestion charging income; the Crossrail Business rate supplement; and all other income not received from central government, through the council tax precept or for retained business rates. (line 6 for the Mayor, line 20 for the Assembly, line 34 for MOPAC, line 48 for LFC , line 62 for TfL, line 76 for the LLDC and line 90 for the OPDC);

- Income in respect of specific and special government grants but excluding grants received in respect of the business rates retention system to compensate for the GLA’s share of income losses arising from any Government funded reliefs or related support granted to business ratepayers. This includes those grants which are not regarded as general grants and are nominally paid for specific purposes and must generally be applied and allocated to the GLA or relevant functional body. This includes Home Office specific grants for MOPAC, including counter-terrorism funding, and other grants paid for specific purposes to the GLA, including for adult education, and the other functional bodies (line 7 for the Mayor, line 21 for the Assembly, line 35 for MOPAC, line 49 for LFC, line 63 for TfL, line 77 for the LLDC and line 91 for the OPDC);

- Income in respect of general government grants. In 2021-22 this includes for MOPAC only its general Home Office grant comprising the core Home Office police, National and International Capital Cities, council tax legacy support and principal police formula component funding streams (line 8 for the Mayor, line 22 for the Assembly, line 36 for MOPAC, line 50 for LFC, line 64 for TfL, line 78 for the LLDC and line 92 for OPDC). The Home Office policing and principal police formula grant reported within line 36 can only be applied to the MOPAC component budget. It also includes for TfL (line 64) its estimated income in extraordinary grant support from the Department of Transport which is expected to be payable through GLA Transport Grant under section 101 of the GLA Act 1999;

- Income in respect of retained business rates, including estimated related section 31 grant income payable by the Secretary of State under the Local Government Act 2003 received to compensate for the GLA’s share of any income losses arising from any Government funded

Page8 52

reliefs or related support granted to business ratepayers (line 9 for the Mayor, line 23 for the Assembly, line 37 for MOPAC, line 51 for LFC, line 65 for TfL, line 79 for the LLDC and line 93 for OPDC); and

- The GLA’s estimated share of the aggregate forecast net collection fund deficit at 31 March 2020 reported by the 33 London billing authorities in respect of council tax which is recoverable in 2021-22 having regard to the requirements of the Local Authorities (Collection Fund: Surplus and Deficit) (Coronavirus) (England) Regulations 2020 (line 10 for the Mayor, line 24 for the Assembly, line 38 for MOPAC, line 52 for LFC, line 66 for TfL, and line 80 for the LLDC).

e. A subtotal for income items before the use of reserves (line 11 for the Mayor, line 25 for the Assembly, line 39 for MOPAC, line 53 for LFC, line 67 for TfL, line 81 for the LLDC and line 95 for the OPDC) is included in the proforma and must also be amended to reflect the sum of any amendments made to the income items listed in paragraph d above. f. The proposed use of reserves to meet expenditure is recorded in lines 12 (Mayor), 26 (Assembly), 40 (MOPAC), 54 (LFC), 68 (TfL), 82 (LLDC) and 96 (OPDC). The overall income total including the use of reserves and the sum of the income items from paragraph e is recorded in lines 13 (Mayor), 27 (Assembly), 41 (MOPAC), 55 (LFC), 69 (TfL), 83 (LLDC) and 97 (OPDC) – and again this must also be amended to reflect the sum of any amendments made to the income items described in paragraphs d and e above.

Council tax base and GLA Share of Billing Authority Collection Fund Surpluses or Deficits g. For the purposes of the Final Draft Consolidated budget calculations the council tax requirements are calculated using the aggregated approved 2021-22 council taxbases for the 33 London billing authorities: 3,021,350.67 Band D equivalent properties for non-police services and 3,013,181.03 for police services (i.e. excluding the taxbase for the City of London). This Final Draft Consolidated budget also reflects the GLA’s forecast share of retained business rates income for 2021-22 alongside the forecast collection fund surpluses or deficits in respect of retained business rates and council tax for 2020-21 which are recoverable in 2021-22 through an adjustment to the instalments payable to the GLA by billing authorities having regard to the Local Authorities (Collection Fund: Surplus and Deficit) (Coronavirus) (England) Regulations 2020.

Compliance with Council Tax “Excessiveness Principles” set by the Secretary of State h. A Band D council tax for non-police services in the City of London (the unadjusted basic amount of council tax applying in the City) which exceeds £96.53 or a total council tax elsewhere (the adjusted basic amount applying in the 32 London boroughs) which exceeds £363.66 would be regarded as “excessive” under the council tax increases excessiveness principles published by the Secretary of State on 4 February 2021 which were approved by the House of Commons on 10 February 2021. This is because a higher Band D amount in either case will result in an increase at or above the thresholds set by the Secretary of State in the published principles, in which case the increase is regarded as “excessive,” thereby triggering (in either or both cases as applicable) the requirement to hold a council tax referendum of local government electors across the whole of Greater London (excluding electors in the City of London if only the adjusted precept is excessive). i. Assembly Groups should therefore seek advice should they wish to propose amendments which have the effect of increasing the precept compared to the figures proposed by the Mayor of £96.53 (the unadjusted amount of council tax in the City) and £363.66 (the adjusted amount in

Page9 53

the 32 boroughs), as it is possible that the amendment could breach the excessiveness principles depending on the apportionment of any additional council tax precept income raised between police and non-police services. j. If an amendment resulting in an “excessive” council tax is passed at the 25 February meeting at which the Final Draft Consolidated Budget is to be considered, the Assembly will also be required to approve an alternative default or ‘substitute’ budget that is compliant with the excessiveness principles and which would become the budget should any resulting referendum not be passed – in effect one consistent with an unadjusted council tax of £96.53 (in the area of the Common Council of the City of London) and/or an adjusted council tax of £363.66 (in the 32 London Boroughs) depending on which (or both) is/are “excessive”. Part 3 of the Mayor’s final draft budget provides advice to Assembly members on council tax referendum issues.

Page10 54

SCHEDULE Part 1: Greater London Authority: Mayor of London (“Mayor”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description Proposal amendment 1 £1,742,857,981 £1,736,036,068 estimated expenditure of the Mayor for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 2 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for the Mayor under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 3 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of the Mayor under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 4 £214,100,000 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of the Mayor under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act reflecting the collection fund deficit for retained business rates 5 £1,956,957,981 £1,950,136,038 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the Mayor (lines (1) + (2) + (3) + (4) above) 6 -£231,100,000 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 7 -£363,400,000 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 8 -£100,000 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 9 -£1,180,639,774 -£1,173,425,091 estimate of the Mayor’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 10 £545,102 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 11 -£1,774,694,672 -£1,767,479,989 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (6) + (7) + (8) + (9) + (10)) 12 -£116,700,000 -£ estimate of Mayor’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 5 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 13 -£1,891,394,672 -£1,884,179,989 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for the Mayor (lines (11) + (12) above)

Page11 55

14 £65,563,309.54 £65,956,078,58 the component council tax requirement for the Mayor (being the amount by which the aggregate at (5) above exceeds the aggregate at (13) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for the Mayor for 2021-22 (line 14 col 3) is: £65,956,078.58

Page12 56

Part 2: Greater London Authority: London Assembly (“Assembly”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 15 £8,000,000 £ estimated expenditure of the Assembly for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 16 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for the Assembly under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 17 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of the Assembly under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 18 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of the Assembly under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 19 £8,000,000 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the Assembly (lines (15) + (16) + (17) + (18) above) 20 £0 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 21 -£500,000 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 22 £0 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 23 -£4,871,425 -£4,901,639 estimate of the Assembly’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 24 £0 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 25 -£5,371,425 -£5,401,639 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (line (20) + (21) + (22) + (23)+ (24)) 26 £0 -£ estimate of Assembly’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in lines 19 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 27 -£5,371,425 -£5,401,639 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for the Assembly (lines (25) + (26) above) 28 £2,628,575.08 £2,598,361.32 the component council tax requirement for the Assembly (being the amount by which the aggregate at (19) above exceeds the aggregate at (27) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for the Assembly for 2021-22 (line 28 col 3) is: £2,598,361.32

Page13 57

Part 3: Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (“MOPAC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 29 £3,968,238,423 £ estimated expenditure of the MOPAC calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 30 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for the MOPAC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 31 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of the MOPAC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 32 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of the MOPAC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 33 £3,968,238,423 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the MOPAC (lines (29) + (30) +(31) + (32) above) 34 -£290,100,000 -£ estimate of the MOPAC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 35 -£612,900,000 -£ estimate of the MOPAC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 36 -£2,158,500,000 -£ estimate of the MOPAC’s income in respect of general government grants (including revenue support grant, core Home Office police grant and principal police formula grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 37 -£27,923,142 -£73,120,933 estimate of the MOPAC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 38 £6,295,768 -£ estimate of MOPAC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 39 -£3,083,127,374 -£3,128,325,165 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (34) + (35) + (36) + (37) +(38)) 40 -£80,200,000 -£ estimate of MOPAC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 33 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 41 -£3,163,327,374 -£3,208,525,165 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for the MOPAC (lines (39) + (40) above) 42 £804,911,048.54 £759,713,257.45 the component council tax requirement for MOPAC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (33) above exceeds the aggregate at (41) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for the MOPAC for 2021-22 (line 42 col 3) is: £759,713,257.45

Page14 58

Part 4: London Fire Commissioner (“LFC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description Proposal amendment 43 £489,349,507 £ estimated expenditure of LFC for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 44 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for LFC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 45 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of LFC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 46 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of LFC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 47 £489,349,507 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for LFC (lines (43) + (44) + (45) + (46) above) 48 -£41,200,000 -£ estimate of LFC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 49 -£40,200,000 -£ estimate of LFC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 50 £0 -£ estimate of LFC’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 51 -£228,108,154 -£232,912,119 estimate of LFC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 52 £1,380,359 -£ estimate of LFC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 53 -£308,127,795 -£312,931,759 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (48) + (49) + (50) + (51) + (52)) 54 -£9,397,500 -£ estimate of LFC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 47 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 55 -£317,525,295 -£322,329,259 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for LFC (lines (53) + (54) above) 56 £171,824,212.60 £167,020,248.45 the component council tax requirement for LFC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (47) above exceeds the aggregate at (55) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for LFC for 2021-22 (line 56 col 3) is: £167,020,248.45

Page15 59

Part 5: Transport for London (“TfL”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 57 £7,529,985,691 £7,441,485,691 estimated expenditure of TfL for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 58 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for TfL under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 59 £959,000,000 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of TfL under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 60 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of TfL under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 61 £8,488,985,691 £8,400,485,691 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the TfL (lines (57) + (58) + (59) + (60) above) 62 -£4,542,200,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 63 -£14,400,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 64 -£2,934,800,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant and the GLA Transport General Grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 65 -£862,100,000 -£819,282,823 estimate of TfL’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 66 £49,192 -£ estimate of TfL’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 67 -£8,353,450,808 -£8,310,633,631 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act for TfL (lines (62) + (63) + (64) + (65) + (66) above) 68 -£83,900,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 61 above under s85(5) (b) of the GLA Act 69 -£8,437,350,808 -£8,394,533,631 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act (lines (67) + (68)) 70 £51,634,882.95 £5,952,060.23 the component council tax requirement for TfL (being the amount by which the aggregate at (61) above exceeds the aggregate at (69) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for TfL for 2021-22 (line 70 col 3) is: £5,952,060.23

Page16 60

Part 6: London Legacy Development Corporation (“LLDC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 71 £59,300,000 £ estimated expenditure of LLDC for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 72 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for LLDC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 73 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of LLDC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 74 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of LLDC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 75 £59,300,000 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for LLDC (lines (71) + (72) + (73) + (74) above) 76 -£32,000,000 -£ estimate of LLDC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 77 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 78 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 79 -£27,300,000 -£ estimate of LLDC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 80 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 81 -£59,300,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (76) + (77) + (78) + (79) + (80)) 82 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 75 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 83 -£59,300,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for LLDC (lines (81) + (82) above) 84 £0.00 £ the component council tax requirement for LLDC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (75) above exceeds the aggregate at (83) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for LLDC for 2021-22 (line 84 col 3) is: £0 (NIL)

Page17 61

Part 7: Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation (“OPDC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 85 £6,700,000 £ estimated expenditure of OPDC for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 86 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for OPDC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 87 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of OPDC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 88 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of OPDC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 89 £6,700,000 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for OPDC (lines (85) + (86) + (87) + (88) above) 90 -£300,000 -£ estimate of OPDC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 91 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 92 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 93 -£6,400,000 -£ estimate of OPDC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 94 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 95 -£6,700,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (90) + (91) + (92) + (93) + (94)) 96 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 89 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 97 -£6,700,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for OPDC (lines (95) + (96) above) 98 £0.00 £ the component council tax requirement for OPDC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (89) above exceeds the aggregate at (97) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for OPDC for 2021-22 (line 98 col 3) is: £0 (NIL)

Page18 62

Part 8: The Greater London Authority (“GLA") final draft consolidated council tax requirement calculations

NOTE: Amendments to the final draft consolidated council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 99 £1,096,562,028.72 £1,001,240,006.03 the GLA’s consolidated council tax requirement (the sum of the amounts in lines (14) + (28) + (42) + (56) + (70) + (84) + (98) calculated in accordance with section 85(8) of the GLA Act)

The final draft consolidated council tax requirement for 2021-22 (line 99 col 3) is: £1,001,240,006.03

Page19 63 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 64 Appendix 4

Report to the Assembly on the Mayor’s Final Draft Consolidated Budget for 2021-2022

Report to: London Assembly

Date: 25 February 2021

Report of: City Hall Greens

Proposed by: Caroline Russell AM

Seconded by: Sian Berry AM

PART A: INTRODUCTION & COMMENTARY1

SUMMARY

Each year City Hall Greens present a practicable amendment to the Mayor’s budget and seeks to fund programmes and projects that would improve the lives of Londoners, especially those in marginalised or overlooked groups.

This year has been uniquely challenging for London as the city’s economy was paused as Londoners were put under lockdown measures and non-essential shops and services closed to prevent the spread of coronavirus. These moves to protect our health have drastically impacted the funds available to the Mayor and GLA programmes, both in-year and for future budgets, to an extent not seen since the depths of the Great Recession of 2008 – 2013 and accompanying austerity policies.

In that recession, people in the lower socioeconomic brackets suffered the worst outcomes. And as data is being gathered on the impact of the coronavirus crisis we can see the same pattern emerging. Not only is the evidence showing that existing inequality has worsened health outcomes of people who contracted coronavirus, but the resulting impact on our economy is disproportionately affecting people in lower income industries and trades.

This budget amendment focuses mainly on a number of smaller interventions using existing reserves to direct money towards practical help for those most in need Where we have proposed larger investment plans, we have created new income streams rather than removing money from any of the Mayor’s recovery missions.

Today, we are putting forward a proposed amendment with six parts.

1 This report is made up of two Parts, A and B. The text in Part A does not form part of the formal budget amendments, which are set out in Part B.

Page 651 1. Providing a new pathway to move London’s zero carbon target from 2050 to 2030 2. A package of measures to make our city better for people who walk, especially in outer London, including improvements to junctions, more crossings to cross the road safely and better learning and engagement on new plans 3. The purchase of new London Living Rent homes owned by the GLA to help key workers 4. Dedicated funding for youth homelessness services and beds 5. A road charging study that focuses on engagement with Londoners and explores preferred schemes, outcomes and mitigation measures 6. Funding grants for London’s independent renters’ rights groups Our proposals will be funded using a total of £425.15 million, including drawing down £400 million in total from funding unallocated in the 2016-23 affordable housing grant programme funding and the portion available for acquisitions within the 2021-26 affordable housing grant programme, £1.85 million from the £176.5 million business rates reserves, £3 million by diverting some of the proposed transfer to the MDC reserve, and £20.3 million over two years raised by increasing Transport for London (TfL) traffic enforcement notices on red routes.

1. Plans for a zero carbon city by 2030 The London Assembly unanimously declared a climate emergency in December 2018 and urged the Mayor to make specific emergency plans for the actions needed to make London carbon neutral by 2030.2 Although the Mayor joined with us in declaring a climate emergency, these specific new plans have not yet emerged. His report, Zero carbon London: A 1.5ºC compatible plan, published the same month as the declaration of the climate emergency was still working on an assumption of achieving zero carbon by 2050, rather than 2030.3

Even with this degree of warming, London schools, hospitals, and tube stations are all at serious risk.4 We could expect even hotter heatwaves than we experienced in 2018, higher chances of flooding for thousands of homes and hundreds of schools, and extreme strain on emergency services trying to cope with adverse events.

Compared with other cities in western Europe London is also highly exposed to the financial impact of climate change. For example, the 2018 report, Lloyd’s City Risk Index: Europe, highlighted that the amount of GDP at risk from flooding in London was £1.2 billion and the GDP at risk from droughts was £362 million.5

The Mayor’s Zero Carbon Pathways Tool still shows the ways that carbon emissions might be reduced to net zero by 2050 and it needs updating.6 This would provide evidence for both the Mayor and borough councils to build new 2030 compatible plans.

2 Assembly calls on the Mayor to declare a Climate Emergency, Dec 2018 https://www.london.gov.uk/press- releases/assembly/call-on-mayor-to-declare-climate-emergency 3 Zero carbon London: : A 1.5ºC compatible plan, Dec 2018 https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/1.5_action_plan_amended.pdf 4 Climate change risks for London: A review of evidence under 1.5°C and different warming scenarios, Apr 2019 https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/climate_change_risks_for_london_- _a_review_of_evidence_under_1.5degc_and_different_warming_scenarios.pdf 5 Data taken from Lloyd's of London, Lloyd’s City Risk Index:Europe, 2018, London. https://cityriskindex.lloyds.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Lloyds_CRI_Europe.pdf 6 London's Zero Carbon Pathways Tool, last updated two years ago https://data.london.gov.uk/dataset/london-s- zero-carbon-pathways- tool#:~:text=London's%20Zero%20Carbon%20Pathways%20Tool%20shows%20the%20ways%20that%20carbon,20 50%2C%20despite%20a%20growing%20population

Page 662

While the Pathways Tool would inform public bodies in London, it would also show where efforts are needed by Government to achieve the target. It would give London’s local authorities evidence to use to lobby the Government for further powers and support.

Our budget amendment allocates £100,000 to updating the Pathways Tool to support 2030 zero carbon plans. This part of our amendment is funded by using £100,000 from the business rates reserve.

2. Great strides for outer London

Coronavirus restrictions dramatically changed travel patterns and how Londoners get around. The latest data shows that during the first lockdown, from April to June, 46 per cent of journeys were walked or cycled compared with an average of 27 per cent in 2018 and 2019.7

The National Travel Attitudes Study (NTAS) from the Department for Transport (DfT) found that 39 per cent of people are walking more, 94 per cent expect this to continue and 65 per cent of people expect to avoid crowded public transport in future.8 Although London is already one of the world’s most walkable cities, it still has huge unmet potential.9 In outer London five million trips each day that could be walked or cycled are being made by motorised modes. Outer London has 64 per cent of the city’s unmet potential for walking, and 61 per cent of its unmet potential for cycling.10 Londoners need to walk in the open air to be safer from airborne transmission of coronavirus and to do this they need to be safe from road danger. But safety alone isn’t enough: roads and streets should also be appealing to walk and cycle along. The Streetspace programme has shown that rapid change is possible, and now we need to invest further, to make the temporary changes permanent. Maintaining wider pavements that allow proper social distancing in two-way foot traffic and new pedestrian crossings, are simple interventions that have a huge impact on the way Londoners feel about their safety on their streets. We have a once in a generation chance to enable more walking in our city, an opportunity to trial new ways of using our streets and re-prioritising people rather than motor vehicles – if we enable it. There are not enough formal crossings which creates barrier for disabled people who need carefully designed features like drop kerbs. We propose investing in walking schemes, primarily in outer London. In year one of the programme we would fund:

7 Nearly half all London journeys walked or cycled during lockdown. Caroline Russell, Nov 2020 https://www.london.gov.uk/press-releases/assembly/caroline-russell/half-of-london-journeys-walked-or-cycled 8 The National Travel Attitudes Study (NTAS): Wave 4 (provisional). The Department for Transport, Oct 2020 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/924959/nati onal-travel-attitudes-study-wave-4-provisional.pdf 9 Study reveals world’s most walkable cities. The Guardian, Oct 2020 https://www.theguardian.com/cities/2020/oct/15/study-reveals-worlds-most-walkable-cities 10 Hostile Streets Walking and cycling at outer London junctions. Caroline Russell on behalf of the London Assembly Transport Committee, Dec 2017 https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/hostile_streets_- _final_report_for_print.pdf

Page 673 • 40 new zebra crossings with £2 million11 • 25 light-controlled pedestrian crossings with £2.5 million • five basic safe junctions programmes with £2.5 million • 10 pavement widening schemes with £1 million.

A further £1.41 million would be spent in 2021-22 on studies and support, including a GLA-led information and engagement programme with learning from low traffic neighbourhoods.

In 2022-23, £10.92 million would be used to continue works across London where there is acute local focused on inclusion and access improvements.

This part of our amendment is funded by increasing the cost of Penalty Charge Notices (PCNs) that TfL use for enforcement of traffic (Traffic Enforcement Notices). These are the fines that are given to people using the roads who park blocking a bus lane or red route, or who contravene restrictions on loading or parking, and the level of fine has not increased since 2011.

We would bring the charge for illegally parking or loading in line with the penalty charge for the Congestion Charge which was increased to £160 in January 2018. These fines are currently £130 and we would raise them to £160, with an expected increase in revenue of around £10 million per year, based upon existing collection rates and net revenue after bad debt.

The increase in fine from £130 to £160 is a 23 per cent increase but we have conservatively modelled the increase in revenue at only 20 per cent. This would result in a surplus income of £9.41 million in 2021-22 and £10.92 million in 2022-23 above the forecasts of £93.1 million and £105.7 million respectively.

3. New London Living Rent homes for key workers

The coronavirus pandemic has further exposed the inequality at the heart of the housing crisis and there is acute need for affordable rented homes. London suffers from a huge disproportionality between average rents and average wages, which means most housing costs in the private rented sector (PRS) are unaffordable to the average worker.

The largest proportion of households supported by local authorities are also placed in the private rented sector. This is not sustainable.

One of the crushing outcomes of the lack of affordable homes in London is that many emergency ‘blue light’ workers cannot afford to live in the city. A report by London Chamber of Commerce in 2016 found that the majority of emergency service workers live outside of London and tasked the Mayor and Assembly to comprehensively examine this issue.12 Similarly, research by Assembly Member Sian Berry found that almost half of all police officers live outside of London.13,14

11 Question to the Mayor 2020/3838 Cost of new pedestrian crossings. Caroline Russell, Nov 2020 https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2020/3838 12 Living On The Edge – Housing London’s Blue Light Workers. London Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Jun 2016 https://www.londonchamber.co.uk/LCCI/media/media/Reports%20and%20Surveys/Living-on-the-Edge- Housing-London-s-Blue-Light-Emergency-Services-Report.pdf?ext=.pdf 13 Where do our police officers live? Sian Berry AM, Jun 2016 https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/sian_berry_police_housing_report_jun2016.pdf 14 Commuting Cops – Where do our police officers live in 2018? Sian Berry, Oct 2018 https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/2018_10_24_sian_berry_commuting_cops_fact_sheet.pdf

Page 684 The first two recommendations of the Harris report into London’s preparedness to respond to a major terrorist incident are also about the three main ‘blue light’ emergency services workers living outside of London, and the need to have them housed in London.15

In January 2021 the Mayor declared a major incident as rapid spread of Covid-19 threatened to overwhelm London hospitals.16 With healthcare capacity reaching its limits it is vital that its most important resource – healthcare staff – can quickly respond to major incidents.

The Royal College of Nursing investigated how London’s cost of living impacts on nursing staff working in the capital. Their report, Living in the Red, found that: “London’s high cost of living is forcing nursing staff out of the capital due to high accommodation and travel costs.”17

Our amendment would release funds to acquire 1,919 new London Living Rent homes primarily aimed at key workers and people earning an average wage, providing a significant new supply of homes that are affordable to average families.

We propose to work with councils and housing associations to purchase 1, 2, and 3-bed homes across London, which will be owned by the GLA, managed by these registered providers, and rented out at London Living Rent rates. We would seek mainly to purchase homes in new developments that are currently intended for market sale.

This part of our amendment is a phased programme funded: using £400 million taken from unallocated funds in the 2016-23 Affordable Housing Grant settlement from Government and from the new 2021-26 settlement, where the terms of the funding agreement allow for ten per cent of the overall funding to be used for acquisitions.18

Stage 1 would use this grant money to purchase homes, Stage 2 and Stage 3 would use the surplus rental income to finance further borrowing.

• Stage 1 - Q1 and Q2 2021-22 Using housing grant money, we will use £400 million to purchase 907 homes at an average cost of £441,000. These will be managed under agreements with councils and housing associations and rented as London Living Rent homes to key workers.

• Stage 2 - Q3 and Q4 2021-22 By Q3, rental income from these homes will be able to sustainably finance further borrowing of £447 million (at current PWLB borrowing rates of 1.84 per cent).

We propose to borrow half this amount, £223 million, in 2021-22 and estimate a 506 LLR

15 London’s preparedness for a major terrorist incident, Lord Harris, Oct 2016 https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/londons_preparedness_to_respond_to_a_major_terrorist_incident_ -_independent_review_oct_2016.pdf 16 ‘Major incident’ as rapid spread of Covid-19 threatens to overwhelm hospitals in the capital. Mayor of London, Jan 2021 https://www.london.gov.uk/press-releases/mayoral/hospitals-at-risk-of-being-overwhelmed-in-capital 17 Living in the Red, The cost of living crisis for London's nursing workforce. Royal College of Nursing, Jan 2020 https://www.rcn.org.uk/professional-development/publications/pub-009012 18 2021-26 funding agreement for acquisitions, as per the terms of the agreement here: MD 2707 – AH 21-26 Programme: https://www.london.gov.uk/decisions/md2707-homes-londoners-affordable-homes-programme- 2021-26; MD 2124 – AH 16-21 Programme initial settlement: https://www.london.gov.uk/decisions/md2125- homes-londoners-affordable-homes-programme-2016-21;.MD 2282 – AH 16-21 Programme additional funding: https://www.london.gov.uk/decisions/md2282-additional-funding-affordable-homes

Page 695 homes for key workers will be added to the GLA key worker housing stock in the second half of 2022.

• Stage 3 - 2022-23 In 2022-23, further borrowing on the strength of the rental income from the Stage 1 homes will finance borrowing of another £223 million to purchase a further 506 homes.

• Stage 4 This key worker homes scheme will break even in revenue terms in 2021-22 and will generate a surplus income of around £11.9 million during 2022-23 from rental payments after management and finance costs are met.

Additional income would be transferred to the Key Worker Homes Finance Reserve.

Table A: Financial year 2021-22 Item Number of Income Spending Borrowing homes acquired Stage 1: AHG funding 907 £-400,000,000 released and spent Gross rental income £5,477,551 Q3 and Q4 2021-22 Less contract and -£1,369,388 management costs at 25 per cent Stage 2: Borrowing 506 -£223,269,743 £223,269,743 against Stage 1 rental income Financing costs in- £-4,108,163 year for Stage 2 homes

Table B: Financial year 2022-23 Item Number of Income Spending Borrowing homes acquired Stage 3: borrowing 506 -£223,269,743 £223,269,743 against Stage 1 rental income Gross rental income £10,955,102 during 2022-23 from Stage 1 homes Gross rental income £6,114,857 during 2022-23 from Stage 2 homes

Gross rental income £6,114,857 during 2022-23 from Stage 3 homes

Less contract and -£3,057,429 management costs at 25 per cent Finance costs in year -£4,108,163 for Stage 2 borrowing

Finance costs in year -£4,108,163 for Stage 3 borrowing

Page 706

Net revenue surplus £11,911,061

4. Dedicated youth homelessness funding

Young people now make up 11 per cent of London’s rough sleepers. This historic high was revealed by two leading youth homelessness charities, Centrepoint and New Horizons Youth Centre.19, 20 The latest data collected by New Horizons, from October to December 2020, investigated this further and found that 35 per cent of under-25s sleeping rough were just 18 or 19 years old, up 13 per cent on the previous year.21 They also found that 46 per cent of young people sleeping rough have additional needs, the most common are related to emotional wellbeing and mental health. The number of young women sleeping rough has also doubled. Charities that cannot access youth-specific beds are now paying for young people to stay in back-packing hostels. This follows from data collected from July to September 2020, which showed a rise from 250 under-25s rough sleeping in 2019 to 368 this year, an increase of 47 per cent. The previous quarter saw a similar increase of 48 per cent. Charities have urgently called for more youth specific bed-spaces for under-25s and the London Assembly unanimously passed a motion backing this ask in December 2020.22 The combination of the coronavirus restrictions and a deficit of specific support for homeless people under 25, means young people are stuck between spending a night in age-inappropriate emergency accommodation, sleeping rough or asking friends to break the law to allow them to stay the night. Londoners have always battled the housing crisis by opening their doors to shelter those in need: research from April 2019 found 1 in 4 Londoners have offered up space to homeless friends and family.23 However, since restrictions on households mixing were introduced, new research discovered that four per cent of Londoners – approximately 146,000 households – said they had had to turn someone away to whom they usually would have offered a bed or sofa in a crisis.24 While the drivers of youth homelessness have become stronger and young people forced into rough sleeping remain uniquely vulnerable, they need specific support and dedicated provision.

19 Covid restrictions push more under-25s than ever to sleep rough in London, charities say. The Guardian, Oct 2020 https://www.theguardian.com/society/2020/oct/30/covid-restrictions-push-more-under-25s-than-ever-to-sleep- rough-in-london-charities-say 20 Rough sleeping in London (CHAIN reports). GLA, https://data.london.gov.uk/dataset/chain-reports 21 At risk and uncertain, A winter snapshot of young people sleeping rough during the pandemic. New Horizons Youth Centre, Jan 2021 https://nhyouthcentre.org.uk/news/2021/02/02/winter-snapshot 22 Dedicated fund needed to protect young people on the streets. London Assembly, Dec 2020 https://www.london.gov.uk/press-releases/assembly/dedicated-fund-needed-to-protect-young-people 23 1 in 4 Londoners have offered up space to homeless friends and family. Sian Berry, Apr 2019 https://www.london.gov.uk/press-releases/assembly/sian-berry/londoners-shouldering-burden-of-the-housing- crisis 24 Sofa-surfing Londoners shut out by coronavirus rules. Sian Berry, Oct 2020 https://www.london.gov.uk/press- releases/assembly/sin-berry/lockdown-warning-sofa-surfing-londoners-shut-out

Page 717

Our amendment would invest directly in specialist programmes to alleviate youth homelessness and provide as many youth-specific bed-spaces as possible. This part of our amendment is funded by using £3 million taken from the balance of additional council tax and business rates income, reducing the amount transferred to reserves to £6.6 million.

5. Engaging with Londoners on road charging

Transport for London has suffered a catastrophic financial year due to the necessary drop in fare- paying passengers. Since the removal of its operating grant from Government, TfL is heavily reliant on fares, a situation that leaves it exposed to adverse events.

City Hall Greens have supported the introduction of the ULEZ, while cautioning that it is only an intermediary step.25 The innovation that London really needs – to both reduce traffic volumes and diversify its income – is a city-wide road pricing scheme.

The independent review of TfL finances concluded that smart road user charging schemes should be used to rebalance income by 2025.26 The introduction of a road charging scheme was first outlined in a 1999 report – which was prepared by a panel of independent experts for the Mayor and London Assembly as they took over their new powers – Road charging options for London (ROCOL). Now is finally the time to embrace this concept but any scheme must be done right. It is essential that issues of fairness and privacy are addressed to create a policy that Londoners can support.

Developing a smart, fair, privacy-friendly, road pricing scheme that bases charges on distance travelled and polluting emissions produced is a sophisticated upgrade from the blunt charges of the ULEZ and congestion charge. But Londoners must be fully consulted so any concerns can be addressed.

Our amendment proposes spending £250,000 to engage Londoners in a series of consultations, involving a) a citizens’ assembly, and b) a thorough consultation with Londoners about specific aspects of a road charging scheme. This consultation would be an in-depth discussion of the schemes’ terms and conditions, asking Londoners for their thoughts on fairness, privacy and what mitigation measures and incentives they would like to see. We also intend that this consultation process asks Londoners what projects they would like surplus revenue spent on. This part of our amendment is funded using £250,000 from the business rates reserves.

6. Provide grants to support independent renters' rights organisations

Independent renters’ rights organisations are needed now more than ever.

25 Response to the consultation on the Congestion Charge. Caroline Russell, Sep 2018 https://www.london.gov.uk/about-us/london-assembly/assembly-members/publications-caroline- russell/publication-caroline-russell-caroline-russell-response-consultation-congestion-charge 26 TfL Independent Review, Dec 2020 https://content.tfl.gov.uk/tfl-independent-panel-review-december-2020.pdf

Page 728 Renters have been left exposed to being evicted during lockdown as eviction bans have been time-limited, weakened, and only extended each time at the last minute.

Meanwhile Government has delayed a ban on section 21 no fault evictions, which pre-lockdown were the leading cause of homelessness.27 And the Renters’ Reform Bill has been pushed back indefinitely.

While homeowners were offered mortgage holidays of up to six months, no such relief was offered to renters or landlords dependent on rental income.28 While repayment terms on mortgage holidays run into decades, with an average tenancy of just 14 months, London renters do not have the luxury of time to pay off arrears.29

Renters today are not just young people in houseshares, but increasingly families and older people, who spend a large percentage of their take-home pay or pension on rent. We need better and more comprehensive renters’ rights now.

While the Mayor has introduced a rogue landlord database that lists landlords who have criminal convictions,30 the GLA does not have the power to intervene in private cases, and local authorities do not have the resources to provide assistance in every case. With potential new legislation, this is a crucial time of change to renters’ rights and they need new ways to support each other and organise.

The London Renters’ Union, the London Tenants Federation, Acorn, Generation Rent, and local groups such as the Camden Federation of Private Tenants, are rightly independent of City Hall. The advocacy and services these organisations provide for London’s private renters are more important than ever. These groups are already giving practical support for renters, advocating for Londoners who have been subjected to unfair rent rises and unfair evictions, and providing essential and clear information on tenant rights.

These organisations are largely funded by small grants and membership subscriptions. Our amendment proposes using £1.5 million to boost the reach of these groups. Grants could be offered to help organisations employ more community organisers and advocates across London, bring more cases to test and improve the way new and current laws are applied, and support them to advertise their services to attract more members.

This part of our amendment is funded using £1.5 million from the business rates reserve.

27 No-fault evictions drive up homelessness. Generation Rent, Aug 2018 https://www.generationrent.org/no_fault_evictions_drive_up_homelessness 28 Guidance for landlords and tenants Updated 21 December 2020. Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Dec 2020 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/covid-19-and-renting-guidance-for- landlords-tenants-and-local-authorities/coronavirus-covid-19-guidance-for-landlords-and-tenants 29 New index measures rents, voids, tenancy length for England & Wales. Letting Agent Today, Mar 2019 https://www.lettingagenttoday.co.uk/breaking-news/2019/3/new-index-measures-rents-voids-tenancy-length- for-england-and-wales 30 Rogue landlord checker. Mayor of London https://www.london.gov.uk/rogue-landlord-checker

Page 739 PART B: Proposal to approve, with amendments, the Final Draft Consolidated Budget for the 2021-22 financial year for the Greater London Authority and the Functional Bodies RECOMMENDATIONS: FORMAL BUDGET AMENDMENT

1. The Mayor’s Final Draft consolidated budget (together with the component budgets comprised within it) for 2021-22 be amended by the sum(s) shown in column number 3 of the table for each constituent body, as set out and in accordance with the attached Schedule. (These sums are the calculations under sections 85(4) to (8) of the Greater London Authority Act 1999 (as amended) (‘The GLA Act’) which give rise to each of the amounts mentioned in recommendations 2 and 3 below.)

2. The calculations referred to in recommendation 1 above, give rise to a component council tax requirement for 2021-22 for each constituent body as follows: Constituent body Component council tax requirement Greater London Authority: Mayor of London £65,563,309.54 Greater London Authority: London Assembly £2,628,575.08 Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime £804,911,048.54 London Fire Commissioner £171,824,212.60 Transport for London £51,634,882.95 London Legacy Development Corporation £0 (NIL) Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation £0 (NIL)

3. The component council tax requirements shown in recommendation 2 above, give rise to a consolidated council tax requirement for the Authority for 2021-22 (shown at Line 99 in the attached Schedule) of £1,096,562,028.72.

BUDGET RELATED MOTIONS

4. [WHERE APPLICABLE, INSERT ANY OTHER BUDGET RELATED MOTIONS REQUIRED]

Page 7410 ______NOTES: Assembly’s powers to amend the Mayor’s Final Draft consolidated budget a. The Mayor is required to set a consolidated and component council tax requirement and it is this amount which the Assembly has the power to amend. The council tax requirement equates to the amount which will be allocated to the Mayor, the Assembly and for each functional body from the Mayor’s council tax precept. These individual functional body requirements are consolidated to form the consolidated council tax requirement for the GLA Group. b. A two thirds majority of votes cast by Assembly Members is required to approve any amendment to recommendations (1) to (3) above concerning the Final Draft Consolidated Budget; abstentions are not counted. c. If a two thirds majority to approve an amendment is not achieved then the Mayor’s Final Draft Consolidated Budget, is therefore approved without amendment. d. The income estimates calculated under section 85 5(a) of the GLA Act are presented in five parts within the statutory calculations:

- Income not in respect of Government grants, business rates retention or the statutory council tax precept. This includes fare revenues; congestion charging income; the Crossrail Business rate supplement; and all other income not received from central government, through the council tax precept or for retained business rates. (line 6 for the Mayor, line 20 for the Assembly, line 34 for MOPAC, line 48 for LFC , line 62 for TfL, line 76 for the LLDC and line 90 for the OPDC);

- Income in respect of specific and special government grants but excluding grants received in respect of the business rates retention system to compensate for the GLA’s share of income losses arising from any Government funded reliefs or related support granted to business ratepayers. This includes those grants which are not regarded as general grants and are nominally paid for specific purposes and must generally be applied and allocated to the GLA or relevant functional body. This includes Home Office specific grants for MOPAC, including counter-terrorism funding, and other grants paid for specific purposes to the GLA, including for adult education, and the other functional bodies (line 7 for the Mayor, line 21 for the Assembly, line 35 for MOPAC, line 49 for LFC, line 63 for TfL, line 77 for the LLDC and line 91 for the OPDC);

- Income in respect of general government grants. In 2021-22 this includes for MOPAC only its general Home Office grant comprising the core Home Office police, National and International Capital Cities, council tax legacy support and principal police formula component funding streams (line 8 for the Mayor, line 22 for the Assembly, line 36 for MOPAC, line 50 for LFC, line 64 for TfL, line 78 for the LLDC and line 92 for OPDC). The Home Office policing and principal police formula grant reported within line 36 can only be applied to the MOPAC component budget. It also includes for TfL (line 64) its estimated income in extraordinary grant support from the Department of Transport which is expected to be payable through GLA Transport Grant under section 101 of the GLA Act 1999;

- Income in respect of retained business rates, including estimated related section 31 grant income payable by the Secretary of State under the Local Government Act 2003 received to compensate for the GLA’s share of any income losses arising from any Government funded reliefs or related support granted to business ratepayers (line 9 for the Mayor, line 23 for the Assembly, line 37 for MOPAC, line 51 for LFC, line 65 for TfL, line 79 for the LLDC and line 93 for OPDC); and

- The GLA’s estimated share of the aggregate forecast net collection fund deficit at 31 March 2020 reported by the 33 London billing authorities in respect of council tax which is recoverable in 2021-22 having regard to the requirements of the Local Authorities (Collection Fund: Surplus

Page 7511 and Deficit) (Coronavirus) (England) Regulations 2020 (line 10 for the Mayor, line 24 for the Assembly, line 38 for MOPAC, line 52 for LFC, line 66 for TfL, and line 80 for the LLDC).

e. A subtotal for income items before the use of reserves (line 11 for the Mayor, line 25 for the Assembly, line 39 for MOPAC, line 53 for LFC, line 67 for TfL, line 81 for the LLDC and line 95 for the OPDC) is included in the proforma and must also be amended to reflect the sum of any amendments made to the income items listed in paragraph d above. f. The proposed use of reserves to meet expenditure is recorded in lines 12 (Mayor), 26 (Assembly), 40 (MOPAC), 54 (LFC), 68 (TfL), 82 (LLDC) and 96 (OPDC). The overall income total including the use of reserves and the sum of the income items from paragraph e is recorded in lines 13 (Mayor), 27 (Assembly), 41 (MOPAC), 55 (LFC), 69 (TfL), 83 (LLDC) and 97 (OPDC) – and again this must also be amended to reflect the sum of any amendments made to the income items described in paragraphs d and e above.

Council tax base and GLA Share of Billing Authority Collection Fund Surpluses or Deficits g. For the purposes of the Final Draft Consolidated budget calculations the council tax requirements are calculated using the aggregated approved 2021-22 council taxbases for the 33 London billing authorities: 3,021,350.67 Band D equivalent properties for non-police services and 3,013,181.03 for police services (i.e. excluding the taxbase for the City of London). This Final Draft Consolidated budget also reflects the GLA’s forecast share of retained business rates income for 2021-22 alongside the forecast collection fund surpluses or deficits in respect of retained business rates and council tax for 2020-21 which are recoverable in 2021-22 through an adjustment to the instalments payable to the GLA by billing authorities having regard to the Local Authorities (Collection Fund: Surplus and Deficit) (Coronavirus) (England) Regulations 2020.

Compliance with Council Tax “Excessiveness Principles” set by the Secretary of State h. A Band D council tax for non-police services in the City of London (the unadjusted basic amount of council tax applying in the City) which exceeds £96.53 or a total council tax elsewhere (the adjusted basic amount applying in the 32 London boroughs) which exceeds £363.66 would be regarded as “excessive” under the council tax increases excessiveness principles published by the Secretary of State on 4 February 2021 which were approved by the House of Commons on 10 February 2021. This is because a higher Band D amount in either case will result in an increase at or above the thresholds set by the Secretary of State in the published principles, in which case the increase is regarded as “excessive,” thereby triggering (in either or both cases as applicable) the requirement to hold a council tax referendum of local government electors across the whole of Greater London (excluding electors in the City of London if only the adjusted precept is excessive). i. Assembly Groups should therefore seek advice should they wish to propose amendments which have the effect of increasing the precept compared to the figures proposed by the Mayor of £96.53 (the unadjusted amount of council tax in the City) and £363.66 (the adjusted amount in the 32 boroughs), as it is possible that the amendment could breach the excessiveness principles depending on the apportionment of any additional council tax precept income raised between police and non-police services. j. If an amendment resulting in an “excessive” council tax is passed at the 25 February meeting at which the Final Draft Consolidated Budget is to be considered, the Assembly will also be required to approve an alternative default or ‘substitute’ budget that is compliant with the excessiveness principles and which would become the budget should any resulting referendum not be passed – in effect one consistent with an unadjusted council tax of £96.53 (in the area of the Common Council of the City of London) and/or an adjusted council tax of £363.66 (in the 32 London Boroughs) depending on which (or both) is/are “excessive”. Part 3 of the Mayor’s final draft budget provides advice to Assembly members on council tax referendum issues.

Page 7612 SCHEDULE Part 1: Greater London Authority: Mayor of London (“Mayor”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description Proposal amendment 1 £1,742,857,981 £1,753,185,532 estimated expenditure of the Mayor for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 2 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for the Mayor under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 3 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of the Mayor under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 4 £214,100,000 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of the Mayor under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act reflecting the collection fund deficit for retained business rates 5 £1,956,957,981 £1,967,285,532 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the Mayor (lines (1) + (2) + (3) + (4) above) 6 -£231,100,000 -£236,577,551 estimate of the Mayor’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 7 -£363,400,000 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 8 -£100,000 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 9 -£1,180,639,774 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 10 £545,102 -£ estimate of the Mayor’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 11 -£1,774,694,672 -£1,780,172,223 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (6) + (7) + (8) + (9) + (10)) 12 -£116,700,000 -£121,550,000 estimate of Mayor’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 5 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 13 -£1,891,394,672 -£1,901,722,223 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for the Mayor (lines (11) + (12) above) 14 £65,563,309.54 £ the component council tax requirement for the Mayor (being the amount by which the aggregate at (5) above exceeds the aggregate at (13) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for the Mayor for 2021-22 (line 14 col 3) is: £65,563,309.54

Page 7713 Part 2: Greater London Authority: London Assembly (“Assembly”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 15 £8,000,000 £ estimated expenditure of the Assembly for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 16 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for the Assembly under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 17 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of the Assembly under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 18 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of the Assembly under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 19 £8,000,000 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the Assembly (lines (15) + (16) + (17) + (18) above) 20 £0 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 21 -£500,000 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 22 £0 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 23 -£4,871,425 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 24 £0 -£ estimate of the Assembly’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 25 -£5,371,425 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (line (20) + (21) + (22) + (23)+ (24)) 26 £0 -£ estimate of Assembly’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in lines 19 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 27 -£5,371,425 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for the Assembly (lines (25) + (26) above) 28 £2,628,575.08 £ the component council tax requirement for the Assembly (being the amount by which the aggregate at (19) above exceeds the aggregate at (27) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for the Assembly for 2021-22 (line 28 col 3) is:

Page 7814 Part 3: Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (“MOPAC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 29 £3,968,238,423 £ estimated expenditure of the MOPAC calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 30 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for the MOPAC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 31 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of the MOPAC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 32 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of the MOPAC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 33 £3,968,238,423 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the MOPAC (lines (29) + (30) +(31) + (32) above) 34 -£290,100,000 -£ estimate of the MOPAC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 35 -£612,900,000 -£ estimate of the MOPAC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 36 -£2,158,500,000 -£ estimate of the MOPAC’s income in respect of general government grants (including revenue support grant, core Home Office police grant and principal police formula grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 37 -£27,923,142 -£ estimate of the MOPAC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 38 £6,295,768 -£ estimate of MOPAC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 39 -£3,083,127,374 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (34) + (35) + (36) + (37) +(38)) 40 -£80,200,000 -£ estimate of MOPAC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 33 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 41 -£3,163,327,374 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for the MOPAC (lines (39) + (40) above) 42 £804,911,048.54 £ the component council tax requirement for MOPAC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (33) above exceeds the aggregate at (41) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for the MOPAC for 2021-22 (line 42 col 3) is:

Page 7915 Part 4: London Fire Commissioner (“LFC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description Proposal amendment 43 £489,349,507 £ estimated expenditure of LFC for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 44 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for LFC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 45 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of LFC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 46 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of LFC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 47 £489,349,507 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for LFC (lines (43) + (44) + (45) + (46) above) 48 -£41,200,000 -£ estimate of LFC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 49 -£40,200,000 -£ estimate of LFC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 50 £0 -£ estimate of LFC’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 51 -£228,108,154 -£ estimate of LFC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 52 £1,380,359 -£ estimate of LFC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 53 -£308,127,795 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (48) + (49) + (50) + (51) + (52)) 54 -£9,397,500 -£ estimate of LFC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 47 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 55 -£317,525,295 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for LFC (lines (53) + (54) above) 56 £171,824,212.60 £ the component council tax requirement for LFC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (47) above exceeds the aggregate at (55) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for LFC for 2021-22 (line 56 col 3) is:

Page 8016 Part 5: Transport for London (“TfL”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 57 £7,529,985,691 £7,539,395,691 estimated expenditure of TfL for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 58 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for TfL under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 59 £959,000,000 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of TfL under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 60 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of TfL under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 61 £8,488,985,691 £8,498,395,691 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for the TfL (lines (57) + (58) + (59) + (60) above) 62 -£4,542,200,000 -£4,551,610,000 estimate of TfL’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 63 -£14,400,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 64 -£2,934,800,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant and the GLA Transport General Grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 65 -£862,100,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 66 £49,192 -£ estimate of TfL’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 67 -£8,353,450,808 -£8,362,860,808 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act for TfL (lines (62) + (63) + (64) + (65) + (66) above) 68 -£83,900,000 -£ estimate of TfL’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 61 above under s85(5) (b) of the GLA Act 69 -£8,437,350,808 -£8,446,760,808 aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act (lines (67) + (68)) 70 £51,634,882.95 £ the component council tax requirement for TfL (being the amount by which the aggregate at (61) above exceeds the aggregate at (69) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for TfL for 2021-22 (line 70 col 3) is: £51,634,882.95

Page 8117 Part 6: London Legacy Development Corporation (“LLDC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 71 £59,300,000 £ estimated expenditure of LLDC for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 72 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for LLDC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 73 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of LLDC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 74 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of LLDC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 75 £59,300,000 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for LLDC (lines (71) + (72) + (73) + (74) above) 76 -£32,000,000 -£ estimate of LLDC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 77 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 78 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 79 -£27,300,000 -£ estimate of LLDC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 80 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 81 -£59,300,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (76) + (77) + (78) + (79) + (80)) 82 £0 -£ estimate of LLDC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 75 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 83 -£59,300,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for LLDC (lines (81) + (82) above) 84 £0.00 £ the component council tax requirement for LLDC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (75) above exceeds the aggregate at (83) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for LLDC for 2021-22 (line 84 col 3) is: £0 (NIL)

Page 8218 Part 7: Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation (“OPDC”) final draft component budget NOTE: Amendments to the final draft component council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 85 £6,700,000 £ estimated expenditure of OPDC for the year calculated in accordance with s85(4)(a) of the GLA Act 86 £0 £ estimated allowance for contingencies for OPDC under s85(4)(b) of the GLA Act 87 £0 £ estimated reserves to be raised for meeting future expenditure of OPDC under s85(4)(c) of the GLA Act 88 £0 £ estimate of reserves to meet a revenue account deficit of OPDC under s85(4)(d) of the GLA Act 89 £6,700,000 £ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in s85(4) of the GLA Act for OPDC (lines (85) + (86) + (87) + (88) above) 90 -£300,000 -£ estimate of OPDC’s income not in respect of Government grant, retained business rates or council tax precept calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 91 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s special & specific government grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 92 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s income in respect of general government grants (revenue support grant) calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 93 -£6,400,000 -£ estimate of OPDC’s income in respect of retained business rates including related section 31 grant income calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 94 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s share of any net council tax collection fund surplus for the 33 London billing authorities calculated in accordance with s85(5)(a) of the GLA Act 95 -£6,700,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5)(a) of the GLA Act (lines (90) + (91) + (92) + (93) + (94)) 96 £0 -£ estimate of OPDC’s reserves to be used in meeting amounts in line 89 above under s85(5)(b) of the GLA Act 97 -£6,700,000 -£ aggregate of the amounts for the items set out in section 85(5) of the GLA Act for OPDC (lines (95) + (96) above) 98 £0.00 £ the component council tax requirement for OPDC (being the amount by which the aggregate at (89) above exceeds the aggregate at (97) above calculated in accordance with section 85(6) of the GLA Act)

The final draft component council tax requirement for OPDC for 2021-22 (line 98 col 3) is: £0 (NIL)

Page 8319 Part 8: The Greater London Authority (“GLA") final draft consolidated council tax requirement calculations

NOTE: Amendments to the final draft consolidated council tax will take effect as follows. Where a figure is shown in column 3, the figure in column 2 is amended to the figure in column 3. If no figure is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 shall be taken to apply un-amended. If “nil” or “£0” is shown in column 3, then the figure in column 2 is amended to nil.

1 2 3 4 Line Mayor’s Budget Description proposal amendment 99 £1,096,562,028.72 £ the GLA’s consolidated council tax requirement (the sum of the amounts in lines (14) + (28) + (42) + (56) + (70) + (84) + (98) calculated in accordance with section 85(8) of the GLA Act)

The final draft consolidated council tax requirement for 2021-22 (line 99 col 3) is: £1,096,562,028.72

Page 8420 Appendix 5

Questions to the Mayor

25 February, 2021

WRITTEN ANSWER REPORT

Subject: MQT on 25 February, 2021 Report of: Executive Director of Secretariat

Police National Computer Question No: 2021/0394 Peter Whittle I note the report in The Times on 15 January 2021 that nearly 150,000 DNA, fingerprint and arrest records have been wiped off the Police National Computer (PNC). ‘Sources said that more than 150,000 arrest records were accidentally deleted during a weekly “weeding” session to expunge data. Thousands of DNA and fingerprint records were also removed because the databases holding them were connected to the PNC, which is owned by the Home Office.’1 I am assuming that by now the Metropolitan Police has carried out a damage assessment. What is the likely impact of this development on their work? 1 https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/150-000-arrest-records-wiped-in-tech-blunder- krhlf302h Police National Computer The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This was clearly a serious and unacceptable error on the part of the Home Office. The National Police Chiefs’ Council (NPCC) is working directly with the Home Office on this issue and the MPS are cooperating and supporting the NPCC. Officials from my Office for Policing and Crime are regular contact with MPS colleagues as work continues to understand the operational impact of the loss of this data.

Page 85

Violence Reduction Unit (1) Question No: 2021/0395 Peter Whittle What was the cost of the GLA’s Violence Reduction Unit in the Financial Year 2019/20? Violence Reduction Unit (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The overall spend for the Violence Reduction Unit in the financial year of 19/20 was £10.4m and included in this figure is £0.7m for staffing costs which represents 6.7% of the overall expenditure.

Violence Reduction Unit (2) Question No: 2021/0396 Peter Whittle In 2018, you established the Violence Reduction Unit at City Hall to bring together specialists from across the UK to tackle violent crime and its root causes. Could you quantify for me in practical terms the results delivered by the VRU since its establishment? Violence Reduction Unit (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In 19/20 the VRU invested £15m in projects and programmes designed to stop the spread of violence which included putting youth workers in hospitals across London, tackling school exclusions across 16 boroughs, training doctors to better identify and support victims of domestic violence, supporting grassroots organisations across London and funding to help all 32 boroughs reduce violence.

In 20/21 the VRU developed their work further and commissioned 126 programmes and projects which have reached around 80,000 people and invested £19.7m into interventions, expanding its programme of work with parents and families, in schools and PRUs, with hospitals and the police, with local authorities through localised violence reduction plans, with young people themselves, and with the youth practitioners that support them.

The VRU will be publishing its first Annual Report in late spring 2021 which will provide a comprehensive update on the work of the Unit since its inception.

Page 86

Covid-19 and Policing Question No: 2021/0397 Peter Whittle How many Metropolitan Police officers have been fined in 2020 and 2021 for breaching Covid-19 legislation while on duty? Covid-19 and Policing The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officer breaches of Covid related regulations are not yet searchable on MPS data systems. The Directorate of Professional Standards is currently undertaking work to provide this and enable the identification of covid related incidents and officer conduct.

Gang Violence Matrix Question No: 2021/0398 Peter Whittle I note the report in The Guardian on 3 February 2021, ‘One thousand young, black men have been removed from an allegedly discriminatory gangs database used by police in London, after a review found they posed no or little risk of committing violence.’1 Why were these individuals on the Gang Violence Matrix in the first place, if they represented no threat to others? 1 https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2021/feb/03/a-thousand-young-black-men- removed-from-met-gang-violence-prediction-database Answer for Gang Violence Matrix The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Gang Violence Matrix The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Gang’s Violence Matrix (GVM) is a dynamic intelligence tool the police use to identify and risk-assess gang members across London who are involved in gang violence. People are added to the GVM when the police have current intelligence that shows they are part of a gang. They are removed after six months when there has been no further [and current] intelligence. The 1000 people removed as referenced by MOPAC have been removed since 2018, when the Met reviewed the GVM and removed all those where there was no intelligence within six months. This is now standard practice as a result of the Met’s improved strict auditing practices. The GVM is reviewed on a regular basis by each BCU to ensure the cohort is as accurate and current as possible.

Page 87

Further detail about how the GVM operates can be found at: https://www.met.police.uk/police-forces/metropolitan-police/areas/about-us/about-the- met/gangs-violence-matrix/

Uber Question No: 2021/0399 David Kurten Since Uber London were granted a Private Hire operator’s licence at Westminster Magistrates Court, 16 drivers have been revoked for alleged fraudulent login offences. Is the Mayor confident all instances have been identified and there is no continued widespread problem? Answer for Uber The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Uber The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Licensed private hire operators must notify Transport for London (TfL), as the licensing authority, in writing, if they have had cause to dismiss a driver because of his or her unsatisfactory conduct. TfL then takes appropriate licensing action. TfL continually monitors and liaises with all private hire operators to seek ways to enhance safety and security and reduce the opportunities for fraudulent activity.

Unconscious Bias Training Question No: 2021/0400 David Kurten The Government’s Equalities Office ‘Unconscious bias and diversity training – what the evidence says’ report published 15 December 2020, concluded that there: “is currently no evidence that this training changes behaviour in the long term or improves workplace equality in terms of representation of women, ethnic minorities or other minority groups”. It also states that there is emerging evidence of unintended negative consequences. As a result, it is being phased out in the Civil Service1. Given this damning conclusion, will you instruct City Hall, Metropolitan Police Service, London Fire Brigade and Transport for London to cease all unconscious bias training? 1 https://www.gov.uk/government/news/written-ministerial-statement-on-unconscious- bias-training

Page 88

Answer for Unconscious Bias Training The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Unconscious Bias Training The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There are currently no plans to instruct GLA bodies to cease all unconscious bias training. Through my Leading by Example group, the GLA group bodies will continue to review and share best practice and to implement evidence-based Diversity and Inclusion initiatives which aim to challenge structural inequalities and bring about lasting change. At the GLA we have a comprehensive approach to creating a more diverse and inclusive culture, led by the Chief Officer. In 2019/20 we delivered Inclusive GLA which was a cultural change programme incorporating elements of unconscious bias learning. It was designed in the light of Equality and Human Rights Commission guidance on how to ensure such interventions are as effective as possible. The programme was delivered within teams, grounded in the context of the GLA, and any unconscious bias content within the programme was linked to taking individual and collective action to mitigate bias and create a more inclusive culture. Such interventions have been found to lead to behavioural change. The evaluation showed participants increased their awareness of how to mitigate bias and challenge others. We have also seen positive increases in workforce representation and staff survey indicators relating to inclusion. For example, in 2020 we reached the highest levels of representation for disabled, and Black Asian and other ethnic minority staff since reporting began. The programmes have concluded and the training is now incorporated into our induction, professional development and management development training. It will continue to be updated to reflect best practice, evidence and research. Investing, in high-quality learning and development and other diversity initiatives which help to create an inclusive culture is central to all of the GLA Group bodies, including the GLA, Metropolitan Police Service, London Fire Brigade and Transport for London.

Unconscious Bias Training in the Metropolitan Police Service Question No: 2021/0401 David Kurten According to answers to Mayor’s Questions MQ 2019/4137 and MQ 2020/1644, approximately 23,000 Metropolitan Police Service officers and staff have been given unconscious bias training1. 2How much did this cost? 1 https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2019/4137 2 https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2020/1644

Page 89

Answer for Unconscious Bias Training in the Metropolitan Police Service The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Unconscious Bias Training in the Metropolitan Police Service The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The approach taken to training in the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) means that the complex subject of unconscious bias is embedded into a range of training interventions where the concept can be contextualized in situation. As such it is not possible to provide a specific cost from within the overall training budget.

Unconscious Bias Training at City Hall, LFB, TfL Question No: 2021/0402 David Kurten Since you came to office in 2016, how many employees in a) City Hall b) London Fire Brigade, and c) Transport for London has been given unconscious bias training. How much did this cost? Answer for Unconscious Bias Training at City Hall, LFB, TfL The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Unconscious Bias Training at City Hall, LFB, TfL The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 a) City Hall In 2018 the GLA launched the Inclusive GLA programme, which covered unconscious bias learning as one element of the programme, to help build a more inclusive culture. In line with best practice the programme involved multiple learning interventions including e- learning, manager training and team workshops, and senior leadership coaching, so some staff will have completed more than one type of learning intervention. As the various learning interventions contained some elements covering unconscious bias and others exploring different topics related to creating an inclusive GLA, it is not possible to isolate the cost of providing just unconscious bias training. From 2018 to October 2020 when the programme concluded, 2,176 participants had attended the separate learning interventions (many participants attended more than one intervention). The total spend on the programme to date is £130,987.

Page 90

b) London Fire Brigade At the London Fire Brigade approximately 30 people participated in a pilot in February 2019 costing £1,620. c) Transport for London The first Unconscious Bias course at Transport for London (TfL) was completed in 2017. Since then, the total number of TfL employees who have completed Unconscious Bias training is 5,014. Unconscious Bias training at TfL is delivered on an ‘in house’ basis using an online e- learning system. TfL pays £5,000 per annum for the license to use a suite of training materials including Unconscious Bias training. Additionally, in the last two years, four trainer-led Unconscious Bias workshops were run, at a cost of £1,127.

Arrest and Fine of Mayoral Candidate in London Bridge Street Question No: 2021/0403 David Kurten A highly irregular incident occurred on Sunday 24th January, when City of London Police attended a political campaign recording in the Borough of Southwark. This was on London Bridge Street. According to mayoral candidate Brian Rose, he and his crew were arrested and issued penalty notices for breaching lockdown regulations. Two officers of City Police intervened as Rose began a speech to camera. On request by the officers, Rose’s campaign manager produced documents that he claimed were permits from councils. Why were City of London Police operating outside their area, in the jurisdiction of the Metropolitan Police, and what knowledge did the Metropolitan Police have of this operation? Additionally, do you know why City of London Police intervened to stop a legitimate political activity in the jurisdiction of the Metropolitan Police in the Borough of Southwark? Arrest and Fine of Mayoral Candidate in London Bridge Street The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 It would be inappropriate for me to address a specific case, clearly there are legal processes in place where the facts and legality can be properly established. However, I can confirm that City of London Police officers do have the right to exercise their powers across the whole of England and Wales. Canvassing for political purposes does not bring with it any exemption to the Regulations in place to control the pandemic. I am aware that the Cabinet Office has written to all political parties providing guidance to them regarding canvassing in these challenging times.

Page 91

Questioning of Mayoral Candidate in London Bridge Street Question No: 2021/0404 David Kurten Do you know why a City of London Police officer asked a London Mayoral candidate for permits for filming on a public street within the jurisdiction of the Metropolitan Police? Questioning of Mayoral Candidate in London Bridge Street The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please refer to response to 2021/0403.

London’s Private Housing Sector Question No: 2021/0405 David Kurten In recent weeks, it has been reported by a number of newspapers and media outlets that during the Coronavirus pandemic London has lost anywhere between half a million and more than a million residents, who have returned to their countries of birth. An estimate by the Economic Statistics Centre of Excellence has warned that London’s population may have plunged by 8 per cent, the first drop in more than 30 years. If this estimate is accurate, what do you estimate the effect will be on the private housing sector? London’s Private Housing Sector The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 There are as yet no firm estimates of population change caused by the pandemic, and as some of its impact is likely to be transitory any such estimate may not provide an accurate picture of lasting impacts. There has been a reported fall in average advertised rents in Inner London, but this fall is likely to be a result of a combination of factors including increased supply and employment losses as well as any change in population. Again, some of these changes may also turn out to be transitory, and it is too early to say what the long-term effect on London’s private housing sector will be.

Low Traffic Neighbourhoods and Streetspace Legal Implications Question No: 2021/0406 David Kurten TfL’s Streetspace for London programme has reduced arterial road space for motorised vehicles. The extensive rollout of so-called Low Traffic Neighbourhoods (LTN) has displaced traffic into surrounding and arterial roads. As a result of these two measures implemented in 2020, traffic gridlock has become a regular feature on many roads. Countless videos show stranded police cars, ambulances and fire engines, or they are forced

Page 92

to take time-consuming diversions to reach people in urgent need of attention. Have you considered the potential legal implications of Streetspace for London and LTNs in directly or indirectly delaying the responses of emergency services? Answer for Low Traffic Neighbourhoods and Streetspace Legal Implications The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Low Traffic Neighbourhoods and Streetspace Legal Implications The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Early data from schemes in Hackney and Lambeth shows that traffic levels in the LTNs have fallen and have not increased on boundary roads as you suggest. Boroughs are primarily responsible for Low Traffic Neighbourhoods (LTNs) on their roads, but Transport for London (TfL) is continuing to support and encourage appropriate liaison with the emergency services to ensure these schemes can meet their objectives with minimal impact on response times. TfL also collaborates with boroughs on a mapping application to share information. TfL takes into account the impacts on emergency services as part of its decision making process, and reviews and modifies schemes as appropriate in response to feedback. LTNs are a long-standing transport planning tool to encourage walking and cycling. I am pleased to say that initial evidence shows that LTNs are changing travel choices and enabling more walking and cycling, but the wider monitoring should capture a fuller picture. TfL looks forward to working closely with boroughs to improve the quality of life for millions of Londoners through the delivery of these schemes.

Bishopsgate Traffic Order and Streetspace Question No: 2021/0407 David Kurten Responding to a legal challenge by Licensed Taxi Driver Association (LTDA) and United Trade Action Group (UTAG) the High Court, on 20 January 2021, ruled that the Mayor’s Streetspace Plan, Interim Guidance to Boroughs and A10 Bishopsgate Traffic Order that effectively excludes licensed taxis, were unlawful. The judgement noted the following: • “decision-making processes for the Plan, Guidance and A10 Order were seriously flawed, and the decisions were not a rational response to the issues which arose as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.” (ref: Para 275 of High Court Judgement). • “flaws identified were symptomatic of an ill-considered response which sought to take advantage of the pandemic to push through, on an emergency basis without consultation” (para 266).

Page 93

• “failed to distinguish taxis from “general traffic” and relevant consideration of their role “in facilitating accessible public transport for those with mobility impairments” (Para 278). • “no evidence that the public sector equality duty was applied prior to the announcement of the Plan. In my judgment, the proposals to prevent or restrict vehicular access widely across London’s streets plainly had potential adverse impacts upon people with protected characteristics, namely, the elderly and disabled, who rely on taxis and private cars to make door-to-door journeys, and could not reasonably be expected to cycle, walk or use public transport” (para 179). • “Most worryingly of all, the EqIA [a comprehensive equality impact assessment] read as if its purpose was to justify the decision already taken” (Para 193). In light of this damning judgement, will you instruct TfL to reverse and abolish, implemented and planned measures including pop-up cycle lanes, brought in under the Streetspace Plan and A10 Bishopsgate Traffic Order? Answer for Bishopsgate Traffic Order and Streetspace The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bishopsgate Traffic Order and Streetspace The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am disappointed by the judgment in the Streetspace case and Transport for London (TfL) is seeking permission to appeal it. The challenge was against the A10 Bishopsgate scheme and TfL’s interim Streetspace guidance to boroughs. No findings were made about the lawfulness of other schemes, which can remain in place as appropriate. The coronavirus pandemic remains a significant public health risk, and it is vital that TfL works with the boroughs to implement temporary projects that reduce pressure on public transport by providing safe and attractive alternatives for cycling and walking. TfL issued new consultation guidance in December 2020, and continues to review temporary schemes in line with the changing picture of travel demand, public health guidance and national government guidance on appropriate transport responses.

Low Traffic Neighbourhoods and Crime Question No: 2021/0408 David Kurten According to Daily Telegraph article ‘Low traffic neighbourhoods could become crime ’hot spots’, police warn’ on 19 December 2020: “The Metropolitan Police Service has written to councils expressing “concerns” that street closures introduced to create low traffic neighbourhoods could slow 999 response times and even encourage criminals to favour those areas because they can more easily escape pursuing officers1. A letter from a senior

Page 94

transport officer sent to Harrow Council in North London says: “The Metropolitan Police Service have concerns over these types of closures where bollards or planters are used. They can cause congestion on the main roads surrounding these closures and therefore cause an increase in response times for emergency calls. They have the potential to create crime ‘hot spots’ as suspects will use them to evade police.” Which other London councils has the Metropolitan Police Service written to regarding their concerns about Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, started in 2020 or due to be implemented? 1 https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2020/12/19/low-traffic-neighbourhoods-could- become-crime-hot-spots-police/ Answer for Low Traffic Neighbourhoods and Crime The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Low Traffic Neighbourhoods and Crime The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS Roads and Transport Policing Command (RTPC) is coordinating feedback from the MPS on the temporary schemes that have been implemented in the urgent response to the pandemic. The RTPC has invited frontline officers to provide feedback on schemes so that they can liaise with TfL or the local authorities on any specific issues relating to the schemes. Please see response to MQ 0409. The RTPC does not have a central log for all feedback as this is done as part of regular liaison with the highway authorities and it can be an iterative process. At this stage, the MPS local BCU’s have engaged in the consultation process to ensure their feedback has been engaged with.

Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and Emergency Services Question No: 2021/0409 David Kurten TfL’s Streetspace for London programme has reduced arterial road space for motorised vehicles. The extensive rollout of so-called Low Traffic Neighbourhoods (LTN) has displaced traffic into surrounding and arterial roads. As a result of these two measures implemented in 2020, traffic gridlock has become a regular feature on many roads. Countless videos show stranded police cars, ambulances and fire engines, or having to take time-consuming diversions to reach people in urgent need of attention. What specific concerns or warnings has a) London Fire Brigade b) London Ambulance Service, and c) Metropolitan Police Service made to the Mayor of London and TfL about these?

Page 95

Answer for Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and Emergency Services The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and Emergency Services The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Early data from schemes in Hackney and Lambeth shows that traffic levels in the LTNs have fallen and have not increased on boundary roads as you suggest. Transport for London (TfL) continues to engage with the emergency services and the boroughs throughout the delivery of the temporary projects which are being delivered in line with government guidance as an urgent response to the pandemic. Although Low Traffic Neighbourhoods (LTNs) have been in use in London for many years, TfL has acted to strengthen the liaison between boroughs and emergency services through joint working. This has allowed any specific local issues to be raised and addressed, and has led, for example, to the much more widespread use of camera enforcement with easy access for blue light response vehicles. TfL continues to work with the boroughs on monitoring, and meets with the emergency services regularly, ensuring early resolution of concerns as they arise, and that liaison between all parties remains strong and active.

Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and the London Risk Register Question No: 2021/0410 David Kurten As you will be aware, the London Risk Register provides a summary of the main risks affecting Greater London. The last online version published in February 2020 was prior to TfL’s Streetspace for London programme and the extensive roll out of so-called Low Traffic Neighbourhoods (LTN)1. As these are contributing, causing traffic gridlock and thus hindering and possibly delaying emergency service responses, has an evaluation of the risks been undertaken. If so, will you make this available? 1 https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/london_risk_register_v9.pdf Answer for Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and the London Risk Register The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 96

Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and the London Risk Register The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The impact of traffic affecting emergency services is not a risk on, or for, the London Risk Register. TfL continues to work with the emergency services and boroughs to resolve any local issues that arise. Please also see my answer to your question Mayor’s Question 2021/0409.

Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and Demoralised School Staff Question No: 2021/0411 David Kurten According to a Daily Telegraph article ‘Road closures lower teacher morale and affect the quality of education’ on 23 January 2021, teachers who drive to work due to having heavy bags of schoolwork, or moving between sites, have their journeys dramatically increased as a result of pop-up cycle lanes, road closures causing bottlenecks and gridlock on main roads1. One head of an Academy Trust has written to Croydon Council to scrap its Low Traffic Neighbourhoods because of “enormous impact” with some staff “now seeking work elsewhere as they cannot manage the extended journey to and from work.” What is your response to the schools and teachers who are facing the bitter realities of your Streetspace Plan and Low Traffic Neighbourhoods? 1 https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2021/01/23/road-closures-lower-teacher-morale- affect-quality-education/ Answer for Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and Demoralised School Staff The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Low Traffic Neighbourhoods, Streetspace and Demoralised School Staff The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Low Traffic Neighbourhoods (LTNs) are created in order to reduce through traffic or ‘rat- running’ on local streets to make them safer for people to walk and cycle. Schemes delivered under the London Streetspace Programme in 2020, to encourage walking and cycling and reduce pressure on public transport during the pandemic, were delivered in line with government guidance as a rapid response to the imperative of the public health crisis, with very limited opportunities for consultation. Nonetheless, Transport

Page 97

for London (TfL) and boroughs continued to engage with key stakeholders, including local schools, in order to modify schemes post-implementation. All of these schemes are temporary and will be reviewed. I understand that the London Borough of Croydon has since carried out a consultation exercise looking at options to amend the Low Traffic Neighbourhood in question. Other boroughs have also made changes to schemes based on local feedback, with TfL support. Evidence from previous LTNs shows that the improved environment for walking and cycling supports people to reduce their car use, and increase their levels of walking and cycling. However as with all changes to the transport network, it takes time for people to adjust to new road layouts. Evidence from other LTNs shows people adjust their routes, the times they travel and the way they travel. Therefore, any increases in congestion are unlikely to be permanent. Traffic levels and patterns also change for other reasons, and will not necessarily be as a result of LTNs. The true traffic impacts of LTNs cannot be known until schemes have been in place for a while, which is why TfL is paying close attention to changes in traffic levels and bus journey times in and around the trial schemes, and comparing them with changes in areas where LTNs have not been introduced.

Crossrail verification of infrastructure and rolling stock by the Office of Rail and Road Question No: 2021/0412 Caroline Pidgeon Please set out a monthly timetable for 2021 showing the remaining authorisation submissions Crossrail will be required to make for verification of their infrastructure and rolling stock to comply with all relevant standard requirements, showing: 1. Crossrail’s planned submissions to their approval body Ricardo Rail 2. Crossrail’s planned submission of the 18 chapters of their Technical File to ORR. Crossrail verification of infrastructure and rolling stock by the Office of Rail and Road The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Crossrail is in continuous dialogue with the appointed Approved Body, Ricardo Rail, and submissions are made progressively. There are monthly technical meetings with the Office of Rail and Road’s (ORR’s) assessors set up by Crossrail and with Ricardo Rail in attendance, at which the scope of individual parts of the Technical File are discussed in detail. This is beneficial to both the ORR and Crossrail, as it allows early engagement and de-risks the program for authorization for entry into passenger service. The table attached outlines the submission timetable for the Technical File Chapters

Page 98

Ernst and Young investigation into Silvertown Tunnel Project Question No: 2021/0413 Caroline Pidgeon Will you make a commitment to ensure that the Ernst and Young investigation into the value for money of TfL’s Silvertown Tunnel Project is published in full as soon as it is completed? Ernst and Young investigation into Silvertown Tunnel Project The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has not yet received a report from Ernst and Young. Once TfL receives the report it will be reported to the next scheduled meeting of the Audit and Assurance Committee. TfL will, as always, follow the Local Government Act 1972 requirements with regard to the publication of papers. TfL is unable to consider whether the document is suitable for publication in full until it has had an opportunity to review it. There may be specific aspects that, subject to the decision of the Committee, are exempt and require consideration in private.

Riverlinx consortium contract with TfL for the Silvertown Tunnel Project Question No: 2021/0414 Caroline Pidgeon Prior to Transport for London completing the contract for the Riverlinx consortium to design, build, finance and maintain the Silvertown Tunnel please set out in detail what briefings and information you received about the estimated costs of cancelling the project. Answer for Riverlinx consortium contract with TfL for the Silvertown Tunnel Project The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Riverlinx consortium contract with TfL for the Silvertown Tunnel Project The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have been kept briefed about the Silvertown Tunnel scheme through my regular meetings with the TfL Commissioner and other TfL officers. The decision to award the contract was taken by TfL’s Programmes and Investment Committee meeting on 9 May 2019. Committee agendas and papers are published on TfL’s website as you know, and further information has recently been provided to the GLA Oversight Committee. The termination provisions in the contract followed standard market practice for contracts of this type.

Page 99

I would like to reiterate that TfL has no intention of cancelling this contract. Such conjecture is damaging to TfL’s relationships with its supply chain and to general market confidence.

Staffing of London Overground stations Question No: 2021/0415 Caroline Pidgeon Following your response to my Question 2021/0083 about future platform leasing arrangements, please could you confirm that there are no plans for TfL to withdraw London Overground platform staff from West Brompton, Highbury & Islington or Blackhorse Road stations? Staffing of London Overground stations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London’s (TfL) contract with Arriva Rail London (ARL) for the London Overground includes a requirement to provide staff at these locations. These staff work closely with colleagues from London Underground to provide an integrated service at these interchanges. There are no plans to modify the contract in this regard.

Rezoning of tube stations Question No: 2021/0416 Caroline Pidgeon The Financial Sustainability Plan published by TfL on the 11 January 2021 put forward the recommendation of extending zone 1 to Canary Wharf, suggesting this would generate around £25m per annum beyond 2021/22. Please state whether this proposal would include bringing other stations into zone 1 such as Bermondsey and Canada Water stations and if this is being investigated further by TfL. Answer for Rezoning of tube stations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Rezoning of tube stations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Financial Sustainability Plan mentioned the extension of Zone 1 to Canary Wharf as one possible option for generating additional revenue. However, revenue generation is clearly not the only factor taken into consideration when setting fares policy. Should this policy be taken forward, it would form part of a wider set of changes that aim to provide a

Page 100

coherent fares offer, which would likely involve a review of the fares structure that applies to stations in and around the Isle of Dogs.

Electric rapid charging points Question No: 2021/0417 Caroline Pidgeon While welcoming TfL meeting the target of reaching 300 rapid charging points by the end of 2020, what is your target for increased provision of rapid charging points by the end of (a) 2021, (b) 2022 and (c) 2023 and (d) 2024. Answer for Electric rapid charging points The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Electric rapid charging points The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2019, Transport for London (TfL) published the London Electric Vehicle Infrastructure Delivery Plan, which forecast that the capital could need between 2,300 to 4,100 rapid charge points and 33,700 to 47,500 slow to fast charge points by 2025, made up of a mix of public and private sector supported charge points, based on electric vehicle (EV) uptake in line with my Transport Strategy. The forecast years for this piece of work were 2020 and 2025. Projections for intervening years were not included. London currently has 450 rapid charge points and over 5,500 slow to fast charge points, the majority delivered by TfL and boroughs, which goes well above my Delivery Plan’s forecasted charge point needs for 2020 of between 200 to 400 rapid and 3,400 to 4,700 slow to fast charge points. Details of the modelling can be found in Appendix A of the Delivery Plan. However, the recent announcement from Government that new car sales for petrol and diesel cars and vans would be banned from 2030 – a policy change I called for – will further stimulate electric vehicle demand. TfL will be updating its forecasts accordingly. While TfL has met the target of delivering 300 rapid charging points by the end of 2020, the pace of private sector delivery has been slower than anticipated. TfL will draw on the expertise of my EV Infrastructure Taskforce and other stakeholders to further explore this and other issues, including the best mechanism for delivery. Public sector delivery of rapid charging points in the years in question will depend on funding. I will continue to make the case to Government for further investment to enable London to retain its leading edge in delivery of charge point connectors and achieve my ambition to be a zero-carbon city by 2030.

Page 101

Bus route changes coinciding with the opening of the central section of Crossrail Question No: 2021/0418 Caroline Pidgeon What consultations will TfL carry out during 2021 ahead of potential changes to bus routes to match travel pattern changes caused by the central opening of Crossrail? Bus route changes coinciding with the opening of the central section of Crossrail The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Consultation on changes to bus services in line with the opening of Crossrail were carried out in 2017. At that time, Transport for London (TfL) concluded that, following feedback there would be several changes to the proposals. These are outlined in the consultation report that was published https://consultations.tfl.gov.uk/buses/elizabeth-line/ Some of these have already been implemented and the rest will follow when the various sections of the Elizabeth Line become operational. As is normal with bus service changes, TfL will continue to monitor travel demand.

Chalfont and Latimer signal passed at danger Question No: 2021/0419 Caroline Pidgeon TfL’s Safety, Sustainability and Human Resources Panel on the 10 February 2021 reported on the incident on the 21 June 2020 where a Chiltern Rail passenger train passed a signal on the Metropolitan line at danger. Please state when TfL will publish its review into its interfaces and protocols. Answer for Chalfont and Latimer signal passed at danger The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Chalfont and Latimer signal passed at danger The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Following this incident, Transport for London (TfL) commissioned an internal review to consider its approach where London Underground (LU) operates on Network Rail Infrastructure and where other train and freight operating companies operate on LU infrastructure. The purpose of the review was to ensure TfL has a clear understanding of the safety risks associated with these interfaces and how these risks are currently managed, and to identify recommendations, where required, for managing risks better and for ensuring there is a clear framework for managing interface risks. The report has been drafted and

Page 102

recommendations are being finalised. TfL expects to complete this review by the end of April. While internal reviews of this nature are not normally published, TfL will discuss any relevant recommendations with stakeholders as appropriate.

Operational Incidents on the Tram Network (1) Question No: 2021/0420 Caroline Pidgeon TfL’s Safety, Sustainability and Human Resources Panel on the 10 February 2021 reports that on 14 September 2020 a tram travelled through tram stop at 41km/h, failing to call at the tram stop. The report further states that the full seriousness of the incident was not made clear to TfL until the end of November 2020. What assurances can be provided that the full reporting by TOL to TfL of further incidents immediately occurs? Answer for Operational Incidents on the Tram Network (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Operational Incidents on the Tram Network (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Following the incident at Mitcham, a new reporting procedure has been introduced which clearly lays out the requirements for the reporting of operational incidents. This includes when such incidents need to be reported to the appropriate regulatory authorities and Transport for London.

Operational Incident on the Tram Network (2) Question No: 2021/0421 Caroline Pidgeon Please set out the expected completion date of each recommendation made by TfL following the three operational incidents highlighted by TfL’s Safety, Sustainability and Human Resources Panel on the 10 February 2021? Answer for Operational Incident on the Tram Network (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 103

Operational Incident on the Tram Network (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Of the follow up actions detailed in the Safety, Sustainability and Human Resources Panel paper on 10th February 2021, the current status is as follows: (a) Action 1 – review current arrangements for regulatory reporting. Status: Complete. New reporting procedure is in place and it complies with the current advice with respect to regulatory reporting issued by the Office for Rail & Road (ORR). (b) Action 2 – review data going back five years to ensure regulatory reporting has been undertaken correctly. Status: Complete. This work has been completed and a submission sent to the ORR. (c) Action 3 - review the risk model, especially in relation to the Mitcham incident. Status: Complete. A risk review has been undertaken, and the ORR informed. In addition, the full annual review of the risk model has been completed and will be submitted to the Light Rail Safety and Standards Board for peer review. (d) Action 4 - develop a Joint System Safety Improvement Plan to identify key priority risk areas. Part of this work involves TOL and LT reviewing their Safety Management System. Status: Work is underway and the plan will be submitted to the ORR by 31st March.

Ventilation on public transport Question No: 2021/0422 Caroline Pidgeon To mitigate transmission of Covid-19 and to improve public confidence in the use of public transport what steps are TfL taking to investigate greater ventilation on all forms of public transport. Has TfL undertaken any investigation of the technology operated by CleanAir Spaces operating on the Panama City subway? Answer for Ventilation on public transport The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Ventilation on public transport The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) regularly reviews the latest Government, Public Health England and SAGE guidance, best practice advice from heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) industry bodies, and other relevant research to better understand how ventilation can be used as a mitigating factor against the transmission of the coronavirus.

Page 104

All of TfL’s existing ventilation systems in both public and non-public areas, vehicles and buildings – and across all transport modes – have been reviewed against the currently available advice. This has resulted in changes being made to infrastructure where required (for example, changes made to bus drivers’ cabs). TfL will be further improving air flow onboard buses by fitting a new part to windows to keep them permanently open. TfL has considered whether a number of new, emerging, re-purposed technologies (such as the use of CO2 sensors, ultraviolet light lamps, HEPA filters and portable air purifiers) might deliver potential benefits if used in conjunction with existing ventilation infrastructure. So far, these have all been discounted as either impractical to implement or of little additional value. TfL has not specifically considered the technology operated by CleanAir spaces on the Panama subway. Although ventilation has been identified as a key factor in mitigating the risk of coronavirus, particularly in indoor spaces, the prevailing advice is that it should be used alongside other mitigations, such as the wearing of face coverings, social distancing, sanitisation of surfaces, effective communication, and hand hygiene, all of which TfL is encouraging, and where appropriate mandating, on its services.

Ventilation at stations Question No: 2021/0423 Caroline Pidgeon I understand that Network Rail and train operators have put in place various improvement measures to address the air quality issues in stations included establishing an ‘intelligent’ ventilation system at Birmingham New Street, where air quality data feeds directly into managing the ventilation system. What steps is TfL taking to learn from these innovations and adopt them across London Underground stations? Answer for Ventilation at stations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Ventilation at stations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is not aware of the ‘intelligent’ ventilation system you describe as being operated at Birmingham New Street station. It does, however, actively collaborate with other transport operators and infrastructure managers through bodies such as the Rail Delivery Group, where matters including new technologies, risk assessment methods and innovations from the supply chain are discussed. Having read your description of the Birmingham New Street station intelligent ventilation system, TfL believes it would be supporting the non-public area of the station. Currently, the ventilation equipment on London Underground stations, which forms the significant

Page 105

part of the TfL building ventilation infrastructure, is conservatively designed in excess of statutory minimum requirements with an adequate provision of fresh air. This approach aligns with the current Government guidance to mitigate against aerosol transmission. I will ask TfL to contact Network Rail to learn more about the system being operated in Birmingham.

NHS patients being reimbursed for the Ultra Low Emission Zone charge Question No: 2021/0424 Caroline Pidgeon Will the current reimbursement scheme for NHS patients of the ULEZ charge be extended to match the extension of the ULEZ from the 25 October 2021? Answer for NHS patients being reimbursed for the Ultra Low Emission Zone charge The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response NHS patients being reimbursed for the Ultra Low Emission Zone charge The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I recognise that some NHS patients may have a greater need to travel to hospital by car where they have been clinically assessed as being too ill, weak or disabled to use public transport. This is why both the Congestion Charge and central London Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) have reimbursement arrangements for NHS patients, which will remain in place when the ULEZ expands to inner London on the 25 October 2021.

Healthy Streets schemes Question No: 2021/0425 Caroline Pidgeon In answer to Question 2021/0084 you stated that: “A number of other Healthy Streets schemes were similarly paused in 2020, while TfL focused on the rapid delivery of my London Streetspace programme to provide safe alternatives to private car use during the pandemic. TfL is currently remobilising the majority of these Healthy Streets projects”. Please list in full the projects that TfL is now remobilising. Healthy Streets schemes The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021

Page 106

Transport for London (TfL) has remobilised Healthy Streets schemes. A list of these can be found in the attached. In addition, TfL has been able to reinstate funding to boroughs for Healthy Streets projects that they are developing under the LIP Corridors, LIP Major schemes, Bus Priority, Liveable Neighbourhoods and Cycle Parking programmes. Healthy Streets schemes The Mayor Last updated: 26 February, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has remobilised Healthy Streets schemes. A list of these can be found in the attached. In addition, TfL has been able to reinstate funding to boroughs for Healthy Streets projects that they are developing under the LIP Corridors, LIP Major schemes, Bus Priority, Liveable Neighbourhoods and Cycle Parking programmes.

Step free access plans at Burnt Oak, Northolt and Hanger Lane Question No: 2021/0426 Caroline Pidgeon Burnt Oak, Northolt and Hanger Lane underground stations were scheduled to have step free access delivered last year, but work is currently “paused.” Please provide an update on the current timetable for step free work commencing at these three stations. Step free access plans at Burnt Oak, Northolt and Hanger Lane The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please see my response to your previous question 2020/4266. Unfortunately, Transport for London (TfL) is still not able to provide a specific timetable due to its ongoing uncertain funding situation. Work at these stations is still paused pending further discussions with the Government on the funding support TfL needs following the impact of coronavirus on its finances.

Rephasing of traffic lights on the A316 Question No: 2021/0427 Caroline Pidgeon I have received reports that insufficient traffic is allowed to enter the A316 from Hospital Bridge Road, creating significant issues from Percy Road and Powdermill Lane. When was an examination of this issue last undertaken and will TfL consider a new review of the traffic light phasing to help reduce the backing up of traffic from Hospital Bridge Road? Rephasing of traffic lights on the A316 The Mayor

Page 107

Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The last full review of signal timings at this junction was in 2016. There are currently major gas main works on the A316 Great Chertsey Road in the vicinity of Hospital Bridge Roundabout, which are due to finish in early May. These works and the associated traffic management has resulted in a significant reduction in capacity on all approaches to the roundabout, which is also affecting Percy Road and Powdermill Road. Transport for London (TfL) has changed traffic light timings with the aim to reduce delays as far as possible and the area is monitored 24/7 by TfL’s Network Management Control Centre. However, TfL is unable to fully mitigate the impacts of these works at this junction. Once the works have been completed and the traffic management removed from street, the traffic signal timings at this location will be reviewed to ensure they are still appropriate.

Dial-a-Ride booking system Question No: 2021/0428 Caroline Pidgeon Further to your answer to Question 2020/4267 on intended improvements to the new booking and scheduling system for users of Dial-a-Ride, will the new booking system be able to recognise group bookings in real-time? I have received reports that at present the current Trapeze system has difficulties recognising group bookings, leading for example to two buses being sent to two Dial-a-Ride members living in the same household. Dial-a-Ride booking system The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Dial-a-Ride is a door-to-door membership service open to individuals experiencing barriers to travel due to disability or age. It does not offer membership to groups as this is primarily provided already by many borough-based community transport operators in London. Before the coronavirus pandemic, the multi-occupancy nature of the Dial-a-Ride buses centred on grouping together individuals, particularly where they were travelling to common locations. Since March last year, the service has operated on a single-occupancy basis (individual or single household) to facilitate social distancing between passengers and the driver. As mentioned in my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/4267, one objective of procuring a new Assisted Transport booking and scheduling system is to enhance the efficiency and responsiveness of Dial-a-Ride scheduling, including an aspiration to introduce real-time scheduling capabilities afforded by the technological advancements that have taken place since the last procurement exercise. The scheduling efficiency requirements for the new system do specifically cover the problem that you refer to in your question, which was sometimes experienced from the time the current booking system was introduced 15 years ago. The scheduling system did not always identify the most efficient solution for individuals traveling from the same address.

Page 108

The problem was addressed by Dial-a-Ride through a manual process at the time, which can be subject to human error occasionally. One new system requirement will be to replace such manual workarounds with more efficient automated processes to deliver an increasingly consistent excellent customer experience.

Income from Oyster and contactless payment Question No: 2021/0429 Caroline Pidgeon What would be the estimated extra income that would have been generated by TfL for each year since the start of 2018 if every journey paid for by Oyster had instead been made by contactless payment? Income from Oyster and contactless payment The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London is not able to provide the cost of running Oyster and the contactless systems independently of each other as there are a lot of shared costs. The total cost of revenue collection in 2017/18 was 7.1 per cent. This includes all activities associated with revenue collection including for example staff time, customer support, cash collection, issuing and accepting printed tickets and revenue protection in addition to the costs of running the Oyster and contactless systems.

Cost of fare collection from Oyster and contactless payment Question No: 2021/0430 Caroline Pidgeon What is the percentage cost of fare collection for TfL from payments by (a) Oyster, (b) contactless payment? Answer for Cost of fare collection from Oyster and contactless payment The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Cost of fare collection from Oyster and contactless payment The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to MQ 2021/0429

Page 109

H37 and 493 bus service Question No: 2021/0431 Caroline Pidgeon What assessment has TfL undertaken of the recent reduction in frequency of the H37 bus service and the decision to stop using Manor Circus for the terminus for the H22 and 493. Will TfL consider restoring these services if evidence of demand exists? H37 and 493 bus service The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In December 2020, Transport for London (TfL) introduced a package of changes to routes in the Richmond, Twickenham and Whitton area to improve links and better match capacity to demand. Route H37 was reduced in frequency from 10 to 8 buses per hour, with additional peak trips retained. Route 110 was restructured to run via St Margaret’s between the A316 Chertsey Road and Richmond town centre, covering the busiest section of route H37. This provides a net frequency increase of 2 buses per hour during the peaks where it is most needed. Routes 493 and H22 were also restructured and no longer serve Manor Circus, which continues to be served by three terminating routes and four through routes. This location had been served by 50 buses per hour towards Richmond town centre compared to the 10 required during the AM peak. Following the changes the location is served by 40 buses per hour in the AM peak. Although it is too early to determine new patterns of demand given social distancing restrictions, TfL is confident there is ample capacity available to meet future demand from development. TfL will continue to keep services under review as demand recovers.

Bus services matching increased demand from the Homebase development on Manor Road in Richmond Question No: 2021/0432 Caroline Pidgeon What assurances can be given to local residents that bus services will be reviewed and set to match increased demand from the significant housing development on the Homebase site on Manor Road in Richmond? Answer for Bus services matching increased demand from the Homebase development on Manor Road in Richmond The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 110

Bus services matching increased demand from the Homebase development on Manor Road in Richmond The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There are three routes that terminate at Manor Circus in addition to four through routes that all stop within 300 metres of the Homebase site. This area is currently served by 40 buses per hour compared to the 10 required. The development will increase demand up to 12 buses per hour based on its size but, given the current service levels, there is every prospect there will be plenty of remaining capacity. Transport for London will continue to keep services under review.

Pave The Way report by Transport for All Question No: 2021/0433 Caroline Pidgeon Please set out TfL’s planned response to each recommendation relating to Low Traffic Neighbourhoods made in the report Pave The Way produced by the organisation Transport for All? Answer for Pave The Way report by Transport for All The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Pave The Way report by Transport for All The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Deputy Mayor for Transport and Walking and Cycling Commissioner recently met with Transport for All (TfA) to discuss the report. I understand that senior officers at Transport for London (TfL) have also met with TfA and will be providing a response to the report in the coming weeks

Thames Barrier pedestrian and cycle bridge Question No: 2021/0434 Caroline Pidgeon What consideration is TfL giving to the proposal for a 530-metre multi-span, double-leaf bascule bridge immediately next to the Thames Barrier? Thames Barrier pedestrian and cycle bridge The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021

Page 111

Transport for London is not currently involved in any proposal for such a bridge, but would be happy to provide advice to its promoters should they wish to discuss their proposals

Rotherhithe to Canary Wharf ferry Question No: 2021/0435 Caroline Pidgeon Further to question 2020/2555 when do you expect clarity of TfL’s finances will be reached to finally enable development on proposals for a Rotherhithe to Canary Wharf ferry? Rotherhithe to Canary Wharf ferry The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Discussions between Transport for London (TfL) and Government officials are underway ahead of the current funding and financing agreement expiring on 31 March 2021. Subject to the agreement reached, TfL will review its budget and prioritise its capital investment as appropriate at that time. At present, there remains continued uncertainty over TfL’s long- term financial position, and so my response to MQ 2020/2375 (referenced in MQ 2020/2555) remains the current position.

Planning application of land east of Montford Place Question No: 2021/0436 Caroline Pidgeon What assurances can you provide local residents that the proposed planning application to the east of Montford Place, as set out in this planning application report by Lambeth Council https://moderngov.lambeth.gov.uk/documents/s123219/PAC%20REPORT%20MONTFO RD%20PLACE%2020.01086.FUL%20Final.pdf will fully observe all planning policies as set out in the London Plan and that due process will be fully upheld in every part of the planning process, considering the concern that some people might have that this application will be treated favourably due to the land being owned by Transport for London? Planning application of land east of Montford Place The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 All planning applications have to be decided in line with the relevant planning policies in the development plan. In London the development plan comprises the relevant local planning authority’s local plan and my London Plan. In relation to referable planning applications where TfL is the applicant or landowner, I am acutely aware of any perception of conflict between my statutory planning role and my TfL responsibilities. I therefore

Page 112

delegate the decision making to Jules Pipe, Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills.

Payments to the Canary Wharf Group for delayed opening of Crossrail Question No: 2021/0437 Caroline Pidgeon What would be the compensation payments that Crossrail would have to pay to the Canary Wharf for each month in 2022 that Canary Wharf Crossrail station is not connected to the Crossrail line? Payments to the Canary Wharf Group for delayed opening of Crossrail The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In 2019, Transport for London and Canary Wharf Group agreed that 31 December 2022 is the earliest date on which any payment would become payable for the station not being operational.

Payment of the ULEZ charge by MPs Question No: 2021/0438 Caroline Pidgeon Do you consider it acceptable that MPs can claim back payments of the ULEZ charge through the Independent Parliamentary Standards Authority scheme of expenses for MPs? Will you consider making representations to ensure that such payments are not an entitlement for MPs and that the imposition of the ULEZ charge applies equally to MPs as to all other drivers? Answer for Payment of the ULEZ charge by MPs The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Payment of the ULEZ charge by MPs The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) is improving London’s air with fewer dirty, polluting vehicles on our roads. The central London ULEZ has already led to immediate health benefits for Londoners with significant reductions in pollution. In the first ten months of operation, there was a 44 per cent reduction in roadside concentrations of NO2 in the zone. More than four in five vehicles that travel in the ULEZ already meet the ULEZ emission standards and I would hope that our elected politicians could lead by example and, where they must drive in London, ensure that their vehicles are part of the large proportion which

Page 113

meet the ULEZ standards. All drivers have a role in cleaning up London’s air and I do not think it is acceptable that MPs should be able to claim back payments for the ULEZ charge when there are many alternative options available to driving a polluting vehicle.

Proposed London Boundary Charge Question No: 2021/0439 Caroline Pidgeon Has TfL obtained any legal advice on whether under the 1999 GLA Act (as amended) there is the potential without primary legislation to introduce a greater London boundary charge for vehicles entering London. If legal advice exists that such a charge could legally be introduced without primary legislation, please set out the statutory requirements for consultation and other measures that would need to be taken before such a scheme could be introduced. Answer for Proposed London Boundary Charge The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Proposed London Boundary Charge The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London and the Mayor have broad road user charging powers under the GLA Act 1999 which enable a new charging scheme such as the potential Greater London Boundary Charge to be established. Preliminary legal advice has been provided on the initial proposal and more detailed advice will be sought and reflected in the feasibility study that I have asked TfL to undertake. Once I have reviewed the feasibility study that Transport for London has been asked to undertake, I will take a decision on whether to proceed further and legal advice will be sought and provided at every stage of the process. Any proposal to introduce a new road user charging scheme such as a boundary charge is subject to public consultation in line with the requirements of the GLA Act. As part of the consultation process, the impacts of the proposal are assessed and the findings made available for comment. The proposed scheme is set out in an order which is made by TfL and published alongside other consultation materials. There is a suitable period of consultation of at least 10 weeks for the public and stakeholders to have their say on the proposals.

Page 114

Police Estate Disposals Question No: 2021/0440 Caroline Pidgeon On 11 December the Deputy Mayor for Policing and Crime told me that said she would have a list of police estate disposals for the next financial year (2021-22) “prepared by February.” Please can you update me on the progress with this work? Police Estate Disposals The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) has worked up a list of sites which are expected to be surplus to operational need and available for disposal during 2021/22. Subject to the MPS governance to finalise this selection of sites I anticipate being able to consider the request to dispose of these sites in March. The formal approval to dispose of sites will be published on the MOPAC website.

Using ‘Bait Bikes’ to Tackle Increasing Bicycle Thefts Question No: 2021/0441 Caroline Pidgeon I am aware that over the last ten years the Met Police has periodically tried using the tactic of ‘bait bikes’ to catch bicycle thieves and infiltrate theft networks. Alongside an increase in cycling, we are now seeing an increase in cycle thefts. What is the Met doing to reduce bike theft, and will you look at tactics used by other forces such as Lancashire and Hampshire Police where they have used ‘bait bikes’ as a tool? Using ‘Bait Bikes’ to Tackle Increasing Bicycle Thefts The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Bicycle theft is investigated locally by BCUs, with a range of both proactive and reactive tactics. This may include the use of decoy bicycles (bait bikes) where it is deemed an appropriate tactic. The MPS is fully engaged with the national cycle working group which includes representation from police forces and cycle partners from across the UK, where we seek and share best practice to reduce cycle crime. This includes working with Secured by Design on promoting the use of approved bike locks. BCUS are also supported by Designing Out Crime Officers (DOCOs) who work with developers to ensure that new housing developments are designed with safety and security in mind, including secure bike storage within buildings which meet minimum specifications. This team also work with local authorities to provide advice on secure bike storage in existing locations for local residents and commuters.

Page 115

Increasing Online Literacy Skills, particularly around Online Hate Question No: 2021/0442 Caroline Pidgeon What provision are you making in your Adult Education Budget for the improvement of online literacy skills – crucially, empowering people to use a wide range of online platforms and teaching key skills including how to report hate online? Increasing Online Literacy Skills, particularly around Online Hate The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since September 2020, the delegated Adult Education Budget (AEB) has enabled Londoners aged 19+ with no to low digital skills to access fully funded training through the Essential Digital Skills Entitlement (EDSE). Prior to that, I used part of the AEB to launch a £6.4 million Skills for Londoners (SfL) Innovation Fund to support priority skills in London, including improving digital skills and access for Londoners facing digital exclusion. In addition, in May 2020, the GLA launched a £9m Skills for Londoners COVID-19 Response Fund supporting adult learners to access online learning by providing devices and digital skills support. We have also set up a Skills and Employment Hub, collating learning resources for Londoners during the pandemic, including digital skills training that includes a focus on how to recognise and avoid online harm.

Digital Training for New and Existing Met Officers Question No: 2021/0443 Caroline Pidgeon What investment is being made by the Met in digital training for new and existing officers, particularly given the huge rise we have seen in online hate and extremism in recent years and with the new responsibilities that are likely to be placed on the police in the Online Harms Bill? Answer for Digital Training for New and Existing Met Officers The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Digital Training for New and Existing Met Officers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2019, the MPS commissioned the ‘Improving Digital Investigation Project’ to upskill officers, enabling them to better recognise and exploit digital investigative leads.

Page 116

Starting from January 2021, student constables on the new recruit pathways receive support that focuses on digital & online policing. A Lead Responsible Officer for Digital Investigation will also work with national partners to ensure digital investigation is adequately represented in corporate training pathways. Specialist MPS officers in Forensics and Intelligence are building digital investigation training modules and a cloud-based App to provide frontline officers with immediate access to digital investigative training and support. In addition, as part of the officer uplift programme for 2021/22, the project is also reviewing options for officers to be trained as Digital Media Investigators, a nationally accredited role

Tackling Vaccine Fraud Question No: 2021/0444 Caroline Pidgeon How are you working with the Met, the NHS in London and others to tackle the concerning issue of vaccine fraud, including the offering of false appointments to steal personal and financial information? Tackling Vaccine Fraud The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The latest National data indicates Vaccine related frauds have increased but remain a very small proportion of overall fraud. A joint MPS/City of London Police unit has conducted 29 search warrants resulting in 12 arrests, 7 charges and 15 ongoing investigations linked to fake covid grants or vaccine messages. The MPS has created and publicised a short video on how to avoid becoming a victim of vaccine fraud. https://news.met.police.uk/videos/vaccine-fraud-information- video-111068 City Hall is working with the NHS and other pan-London partners to ensure that Londoners have the information they need to avoid scams and fraud. The NHS have reinforced messages that they will never ask for bank details to register for the vaccine, nor is any payment required. City Hall amplifies these lines through its vaccine communications, for example on the GLA website and in public correspondence.

Independent Custody Visitors (1) Question No: 2021/0445 Caroline Pidgeon There are concerns over the way the Independent Custody Visitors scheme is being managed in certain parts of London. Given the understandable challenges the pandemic has presented, is MOPAC actively engaging and listening to feedback from ICV Panels

Page 117

across the capital to ensure the scheme can continue to run as effectively as possible during this period? Independent Custody Visitors (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 MOPAC officers are in regular contact with Independent Custody Visitors through both formal and informal communications and meetings. Feedback is welcomed and acted upon when reasonably practicable and appropriate in the circumstances and context of a Pan- London Scheme, which needs to maintain consistency across areas.

Independent Custody Visitors (2) Question No: 2021/0446 Caroline Pidgeon Are there any dedicated staff within MOPAC dealing with ICVs and queries and engagement with ICVs and ICV Panels? Independent Custody Visitors (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Independent Custody Visitors (ICV) form a vital part of MOPAC’s oversight of Met Police custody. In total, seven MOPAC officers work to ensure delivery of the ICV Scheme. This includes two full-time dedicated staff whose sole role is to support the Scheme.

Independent Custody Visitors (3) Question No: 2021/0447 Caroline Pidgeon I have been made aware that concerns have been raised regarding the reliability of the ICV database software, including that it regularly times out in the middle of ICVs submitting their reports and that the necessary information needed is often not stored on the system. Is MOPAC working with the Met and getting feedback from ICVs to look at the way the ICV database works with the aim of improving it? Independent Custody Visitors (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The ICV database is a bespoke system for the collation of visit reports that was introduced to replace an impractical paper-based system. The system is kept under review and user feedback is collated and considered as part of the overall maintenance of the system.

Page 118

Independent Custody Visitors (4) Question No: 2021/0448 Caroline Pidgeon Will MOPAC and the Met work to improve communications with ICVs, especially on important information such as custody suites that may be closed? Independent Custody Visitors (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Independent Custody Visitors (ICVs) provide an important function in ensuring detainee welfare, rights and entitlements are met by the Met Police. MOPAC officers are in regular contact with Met Detention, who will advise MOPAC and ICVs directly in cases of planned closures. There may be occasions when unplanned closures are necessary and that may lead to delays in notification. MOPAC officers will continue to work with Met Detention to maintain an effective service to ICVs.

Independent Custody Visitors (5) Question No: 2021/0449 Caroline Pidgeon What preparatory work is being undertaken within MOPAC and the Met to ensure in- person ICV visits can take place again as soon as it is safe to do so? Independent Custody Visitors (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 It is vital that Independent Custody Visitors (ICVs) are able to conduct their role safely. In response to the pandemic, MOPAC officers have worked with ICVs and with the Met Police to put in place new procedures to maintain oversight of detainee welfare, including developing virtual visiting processes. To facilitate continued visiting for those who have opted to do so throughout the pandemic and a future return to physical visiting across the Scheme, all ICVs have been offered a COVID risk assessment and the police have ensured that appropriate personal protective equipment is provided to ICVs within custody suites. These arrangements are kept under review by MOPAC officers and Met Detention, and further advice has been sought from health and justice professionals to ensure they remain in line with best practice.

Following Covid-19 Guidelines at Met Driver Training Centres Question No: 2021/0450 Caroline Pidgeon What measures are in place at Met driver training centres across London to ensure the safety of officers and staff against the risk of Covid-19?

Page 119

Following Covid-19 Guidelines at Met Driver Training Centres The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) regularly issues guidance to its officers and staff on how to stay safe during the pandemic. This guidance is based on the advice of the National Police Chiefs’ Council (NPCC). Officers and staff are advised to maintain social distancing (at least 2metres) wherever possible. Where this is not possible, such as in an enclosed space like a vehicle, officers and staff are expected to wear facemasks. It is vital that police training can continue, and additional measures have been implemented in all training centres – including increased cleaning and sanitisation, removal of some elements of training which were deemed to be high risk for contamination between groups and, where possible, ensure people are training with their teams and limiting contact between training groups. The MPS will continue to review these measures to ensure they are appropriate and fit for purpose.

Increase in Online Child Sexual Abuse and Imagery Question No: 2021/0451 Caroline Pidgeon The Chief Executive of the Internet Watch Foundation (IWF) recently warned that children were at greater risk of being approached or groomed by strangers online than ever before and this has been supported by the evidence of increased grooming and abuse online, with the IWF itself receiving a 15% increase in reports from 2020 compared with the previous year. How are you working with the Met and others to step up the response to child sexual abuse and grooming online given the growing risk to children across London? Increase in Online Child Sexual Abuse and Imagery The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) remain committed to tackling online child sexual abuse and exploitation (OCSAE) in all its forms. In January 2020, my Budget provided funding for the MPS to increase the number of specialist investigators tackling OCSAE offences from 76 to 184. A specialist 2-week intensive OCSAE training course has been developed to ensure these officers are equipped with the right skills to undertake these specialist investigations. Over 100 investigators have successfully completed this course within the last 8 months. The MPS also continue to work closely with the Home Office, law enforcement partners and child protection charities to prevent and detect the sharing of child sexual abuse material

Page 120

Supporting a Public Inquiry into why London has been Hit Particularly Hard by the Covid-19 Pandemic Question No: 2021/0452 Caroline Pidgeon Will you join calls for a national public inquiry into the handling of Covid-19, and importantly, will you commit to using your position as Mayor to support a London-focussed inquiry into how the pandemic was handled in the capital too to ensure lessons are learnt? Answer for Supporting a Public Inquiry into why London has been Hit Particularly Hard by the Covid-19 Pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting a Public Inquiry into why London has been Hit Particularly Hard by the Covid-19 Pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have been calling for a national public inquiry in to the handling of the pandemic since May 2020. A national public inquiry into the handling of Covid-19 is essential if those who have lost friends and relatives in the pandemic are to get the answers they deserve and if the country, including London, is to develop its resilience to future emergencies. Any national enquiry should look at the handling of the pandemic in all regions, including London. In the last year, the London Resilience Partnership has used its learning process to adapt its structures to meet the needs of this long-running response. The experience is the basis of a review by the Resilience Forum of London’s arrangements to respond to a chronic emergency. These actions allow London, without undermining any Public Inquiry, to implement learning at the earliest opportunity and ensure that the capital continues to survive, adapt, and prosper in the face of shocks like public health emergencies, extreme weather or the longer-term stresses of climate change.

Support for the Relocation of Displaced Traders at Elephant and Castle Question No: 2021/0453 Caroline Pidgeon I understand that the displaced market traders at Elephant and Castle have had productive discussions with Southwark Council around alternative spaces but that there are still unresolved issues, including around funding of kiosks and storage issues. Will you join these discussions and consider helping in any way you can to ensure these traders can continue to trade and their livelihoods are protected?

Page 121

Support for the Relocation of Displaced Traders at Elephant and Castle The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have always been clear that the small traders at the Elephant and Castle shopping centre should get a fair deal. Whilst the Delancey planning application was still subject to my consideration, my officers worked hard with Southwark Council and the developer to negotiate an enhanced business relocation strategy including on-site affordable retail space, business advice, financial support and a database of relocation opportunities within the surrounding area. These are now planning obligations which are secured and governed by a Section 106 legal agreement. Southwark Council is party to that agreement, and as the appropriate public authority I would expect it to broker on-going detailed discussions on these matters.

Contracting of Private Companies to Support Building Control Sign- Off Question No: 2021/0454 Caroline Pidgeon Can you confirm reports that the GLA is using a contracted private company to support applicants to the Building Safety Fund in getting the building control sign-off required for remedial works? If this is the case, can you please provide details of how much the private company in question is being paid for this work and why it was not deemed more appropriate for the GLA to instead use such money to support the building control departments of borough councils in getting these approvals more swiftly? Contracting of Private Companies to Support Building Control Sign-Off The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The GLA has not contracted a private company to support Building Safety Fund applicants in obtaining building control sign off for remedial works. The Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government (MHCLG) has, however, made advice and support from consultants and construction experts available to those applicants who may benefit from it, to drive forward the pace of remediation.

Tackling Anti-Semitism Question No: 2021/0455 Caroline Pidgeon The Community Security Trust’s (CST) Anti-Semitism Incident Report 2020 shows that last year the CST recorded 1,668 antisemitic incidents across the UK, with 56% of these being in London. Do you share my concern that, even with the Covid-19 restrictions that were in place during 2020, these figures represent the third highest year for anti-Semitic incidents

Page 122

the CST has ever recorded, and what further action will you be taking to tackle anti- Semitism in our city? Answer for Tackling Anti-Semitism The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Tackling Anti-Semitism The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I share your concern at the levels of hate crime targeted at London’s Jewish communities. Both the Commissioner and I take anti-Semitism very seriously and have taken significant steps to address it. The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS), working with organisations such as the Community Security Trust (CST) and the Shomrim, have developed reassurance and preventative policing plans across London. This includes recognition by Local Policing Teams of the dates of Jewish High Holy days to heighten awareness for the potential of hate crime incidents, enabling an increased police presence and outreach in vulnerable locations, such as places of worship and transport hubs. At the same time, I have invested more than any other Mayor to tackle hate, intolerance and extremism. My Shared Endeavour Fund supports projects delivered by civil society groups including The Anne Frank Trust UK, The Union of Jewish Students, Maccabi GB, Salaam Peace and The Arc Theatre Ensemble, who specifically cover anti-Semitism in their projects. I’ve also increased the investment in supporting victims of hate crime when it does occur, including specialist support for victims of anti-Semitic hate crime.

Support for London’s rough sleepers [1] Question No: 2021/0456 Siân Berry How much of the additional £10 million in funding for extra support to help protect rough sleepers and renters from the effects of the coronavirus crisis, announced on 8 January 2021 by the Ministry for Housing, Communities and Local Government, will be allocated to London? Support for London’s rough sleepers [1] The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The GLA received £512,000 of the Government’s ‘Protect Plus’ funding announced on 8 January 2021, which is being used to continue the provision of support and accommodation for homeless people otherwise unable to self-isolate during the pandemic. Individual London boroughs also received funding from ‘Protect Plus’, although the MHCLG has not published these allocations.

Page 123

Support for London’s rough sleepers [2] Question No: 2021/0457 Siân Berry One of the recommendations in the London Assembly Housing Committee letter to you, after its review of affordable home ownership in March 2020, was that you: “should urgently expand specialist, pan-London services for groups such as young people, BAME people, veterans, LGBT+ people, and people escaping domestic abuse.” We have yet to hear back from you on these recommendations. Could you provide an update on what additional support you have given to these groups during the coronavirus crisis? Support for London’s rough sleepers [2] The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I am doing everything I can with the limited resources available to me to contribute to the provision of specialist services. During the pandemic, I launched a bespoke service for young rough sleepers, in the hotel for people coming through my new triage hubs. I am also grant-funding Veterans Aid’s Welfare to Wellbeing service and the Stonewall/Outside Project shelter for homeless LGBT+ Londoners. In addition, through my Move On Programme, I am delivering homes and specialist support including, through my Casa Project, to victims of domestic abuse – with the forthcoming duty on the GLA to provide support to victims in safe accommodation giving me the opportunity to much-enhance my work in this area. I completely recognise the desperate need for more to be done. But with the bulk of my rough sleeping budget dedicated to major services such as London Street Rescue, No Second Night Out and the Tenancy Sustainment Teams, we need to look to Government for the funding needed.

Older person’s action plan Question No: 2021/0458 Siân Berry We were expecting an older person’s action plan this year, but the draft has not yet been published because of delays caused by the coronavirus crisis. Could you tell me when you expect it will be published? Older person’s action plan The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes. Since September I have been calling for a two-year rent freeze to be applied in London to protect renters from volatility in the market as a result of Covid-19. This would allow rents to fall but not rise and would be an interim stabilisation measure to complement the longer-term proposals for a system of rent control laid out in my Blueprint for rent reform. However, I have been clear that a rent freeze will only help to protect renters alongside a much more generous package of financial support for this group, including grants to pay down arrears and keep people in their homes, making the uplifts to LHA and Universal Credit permanent and, above all, scrapping the benefit cap which is preventing Londoners

Page 124

from accessing these benefit increases. Freezing rents would help to minimise the impact of these measures on taxpayers, and prevent landlords from taking advantage.

Data collation and transparency on social housing stock Question No: 2021/0459 Siân Berry Could you start collating and publishing figures for all changes in social housing stock in London every year, including new build occupations, demolitions, acquisitions, right to buy sales, and other sales including housing association sell-offs? Data collation and transparency on social housing stock The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This data can already be freely obtained online, largely from statistics published by the Ministry for Housing Community and Local Government or the Regulator of Social Housing.

Developers of buildings with unsafe cladding Question No: 2021/0460 Siân Berry In your answer to my question 2020/4315, you told me that the majority of building owners your officers are in touch with were due to have begun remediation work by the end of 2020. Can you tell me if this is the case, and if not, how many buildings are outstanding? Developers of buildings with unsafe cladding The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My building safety team is only in contact with building owners applying the cladding remediation funds administered by the GLA. Your previous question referred to building owners with unsafe aluminium composite material (ACM) cladding across both the social and private sectors. At the end of 2020, 27 buildings had not started ACM remediation out of a total of 129 buildings in London within the scope of either the Social Sector ACM Cladding Remediation Fund or the Private Sector ACM Cladding Remediation Fund (SSCRF / PSCRF). As of 25 February 2021, this had reduced to 24 out of 130 (since the end of 2020 the number of buildings under the PSCRF has increased by one).

Page 125

Leasing of vacant social rent homes by housing associations Question No: 2021/0461 Siân Berry Currently, housing associations lease social rent voids to councils at Local Housing Allowance (LHA) rates instead of at social rents, which increases tenants’ rents and the cost to councils for housing the homeless. Will you look at introducing measures to stop housing associations leasing voids to councils ‘temporarily’ at LHA rents instead of at social rents? Leasing of vacant social rent homes by housing associations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Housing association stock that can no longer be let as long term tenancies can be a useful source of temporary accommodation for councils searching for affordable options to meet their statutory duties towards homeless households. The government and Regulator of Social Housing set the framework for the rents that can be charged by registered providers of social housing and it would therefore not be within my power to introduce the measure you suggest. However, I encourage councils to work with housing associations to secure suitable accommodation that is affordable, while recognising the management demands of temporary accommodation and the need for a sustainable supply to accommodate London’s disproportionate need. In order to move people out of temporary accommodation for good – and to prevent households from needing to access it in the first place – my priority is to use my investment and planning powers to increase the supply of social rent homes. Over half of the funding available in my new Affordable Homes Programme will be for social rent homes.

PLACE update Question No: 2021/0462 Siân Berry Is PLACE (Pan-London Accommodation Collaborative Enterprise), the scheme for London boroughs to use modular housing units to increase the supply of high-quality, temporary accommodation options for people needing a home, on target to start installation works for all initial sites on 19 February 2021? PLACE update The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Initial PLACE prototypes were successfully assembled in Tower Hamlets in October 2020 and remain in place. Due to the delivery challenges arising from Covid-19 PLACE Ltd. has confirmed that the target date of 19 February 2021 for installation works of modular units on all other meanwhile sites can no longer be achieved. Officers will continue to work with PLACE and Tower Hamlets to secure delivery of these units after this date.

Page 126

Mayor’s Action Plan for improving transparency, accountability and trust in policing (1) Question No: 2021/0463 Siân Berry Your new Action Plan says: “London’s Independent Victims’ Commissioner, Claire Waxman, will launch a new consultation with Black women and the End Violence Against Women (EVAW) coalition to understand their specific needs and experiences. Out of this, any recommendations directed at the wider criminal justice organisations in London will be pursued. This work will begin in November 2020 and will report in early 2021.” When will this report be available? Answer for Mayor’s Action Plan for improving transparency, accountability and trust in policing (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Action Plan for improving transparency, accountability and trust in policing (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s Independent Victims’ Commissioner, Claire Waxman, has launched a new consultation with Black women alongside the End Violence Against Women (EVAW) coalition to understand their specific needs and experiences, with an event on 21 January 2021. Follow up events are being planned and the outcome of this work will be made available in due course.

Mayor’s Action plan for improving transparency, accountability and trust in policing (2) Question No: 2021/0464 Siân Berry Your new Action Plan says: “MOPAC will scrutinise the MPS (Metropolitan Police Service) to ensure that Authorised Professional Practice (APP) is followed around searches based on multiple objective factors, and that officers ensure that where searches are based only on the smell of cannabis that their grounds and rationale are clear and fully documented. However it also says: “The IOPC [Independent Office for Police Conduct] follows the APP in recommending that the MPS ensures officers are not relying on the smell of cannabis alone when deciding to stop and search someone, and use grounds based on multiple objective factors.” Will the next Police and Crime Plan fall in line with the IOPC and ensure that MPS officers are not searching Londoners only on the smell of cannabis?

Page 127

Mayor’s Action plan for improving transparency, accountability and trust in policing (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 MOPAC fully supports the College of Policing Stop and Search Authorised Professional Practice (APP) that sets out that searches are more likely to be effective and legitimate when their grounds are based on multiple objective factors. The MPS has accepted the IOPC’s recommendation that officers should not be relying on the smell of cannabis alone when deciding to stop and search someone, and use grounds based on multiple objective factors.

Mayor’s Action plan and the Metropolitan Police Service Handbook of Engagement Question No: 2021/0465 Siân Berry Your new Action Plan says: “The MPS (Metropolitan Police Service) is working to develop a ‘Handbook of Engagement’ which will be shared with communities.” When will this be published? Answer for Mayor’s Action plan and the Metropolitan Police Service Handbook of Engagement The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Action plan and the Metropolitan Police Service Handbook of Engagement The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS Handbook of Engagement will be published this summer.

Metropolitan Police Service London residency criteria and key worker homes Question No: 2021/0466 Siân Berry As announced in your new policing Action Plan, the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS): “will imminently re-introduce the London residency criteria for most new recruits.” Have these criteria now been re-introduced, and what work is your office, MOPAC and the MPS doing specifically to support new affordable homes for key workers including police officers, to support this policy?

Page 128

Answer for Metropolitan Police Service London residency criteria and key worker homes The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Metropolitan Police Service London residency criteria and key worker homes The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) reintroduced the London Residency criterion in November 2020. I am committed to ensuring there is a systematic housing offer across London for those key workers who are essential to the resilience of the city and are most affected by high housing costs in the capital. I have recently invited the public to respond to a Consultation on Intermediate Housing, which considers what more can be done to support London’s key workers to access intermediate housing. A Consolidated Consultation Response Report has been published on the GLA’s website: www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/housing-and- land/buying-home/intermediate-homes-london MPS officers receive additional London weighting and allowances to their salary and also benefit from free travel on the London underground and buses.

Drone use by the Metropolitan Police Service Question No: 2021/0467 Siân Berry Has the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) used drones to monitor gatherings of Londoners in the last twelve months? Could you provide details of the legal basis, safety policies and risk assessments, and the policies for image collection and retention for any such uses. Answer for Drone use by the Metropolitan Police Service The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Drone use by the Metropolitan Police Service The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Met drones have been deployed for coverage of crime scenes, providing aerial support for pre-planned operations, surveying premises and providing live footage of operational deployments to assist command decision making and therefore support a wider policing plan. However, this has not included monitoring of gatherings of Londoners outside of protest or public order events.

Page 129

Regarding the legal basis, safety policies and risk assessments; the Met complies with the law, as determined by the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA). The Met has a permission to fly from the CAA and operational deployments comply with strict rules set and governed by the CAA. With regard to safety policies and risk assessments, the Met use of drones has a comprehensive corporate risk assessment in accordance with the Health & Safely legal framework. This risk assessment is also contained within their Operational Authorisation for deployment from the CAA. All Met pilots have passed a CAA accredited qualification, have completed further extensive training, maintain minimum flight hours to retain pilot flight status, and undertake yearly continued professional development. With regard to the policies for image collection and retention, any drone data is handled in accordance with existing data handling laws and Met policies. Videos and photographs are retained for the duration of the investigation or as mandated by other relevant legislation or regulations.

London Fire Brigade carbon reduction strategy Question No: 2021/0468 Caroline Russell Providing switches to disable automatic heating at Greater London Authority (GLA) operated buildings is a good way to reduce carbon. The London Fire Commissioner (LFC) Andy Roe has written to the Budget & Performance Committee on 10 January 2021 saying that budget savings mean no further controls will be installed, even though only one site of eight has completed their trial. Are you concerned that investigation of and investment in carbon reduction measures are being compromised by reduced budgets? Answer for London Fire Brigade carbon reduction strategy The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London Fire Brigade carbon reduction strategy The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade has installed eight ‘switch off controls’ across its estate. A decision has been taken not to roll this out further as the trial has indicated that these local controls are unlikely to achieve the estimated carbon saving. The use of automatic controls through the Building Energy Management System (BEMS) is expected to have a much greater impact. This controls 70 per cent of the carbon producing equipment. Optimising its use is estimated to result in a minimum of 20 per cent carbon reduction.

Page 130

London Sustainable Drainage Action Plan Question No: 2021/0469 Caroline Russell Your Sustainable Drainage Action Plan had a final action which was to produce an annual monitoring report. On your webpage summarising the action plan, published 13 December 2016, it was stated this was changed to a webpage because: “progress can be monitored closer to real-time and so anyone can see the SuDS retrofit activities currently underway and recently completed.” Will you commit to annual updates now that your guidance is fully issued and there is a need to track progress on the ground? London Sustainable Drainage Action Plan The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have made good progress on the London Sustainable Drainage Action Plan and have recently updated the webpage accordingly. Examples of LSDAP actions delivered of late include: the production of guidance for schools, social housing, hospitals, commercial and retail buildings, parks and green spaces, which can all be found online at https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/environment/climate-change/surface- water/suds-sector-guidance; the training of over 300 highway officers on the benefits of sustainable drainage systems; and the development of road runoff water quality mapping and climate vulnerability mapping for all of London, to help identify areas where sustainable drainage will deliver the greatest benefit. My officers are monitoring the sustainable drainage improvements delivered by new development through the new Planning London Datahub. Over the past two years our strong London Plan policy and officer input has seen an average 87% reduction in discharge rates compared to pre-development, reducing surface water flood risk to London’s communities. In order to monitor progress of sustainable drainage retrofit, my officers are currently developing a comprehensive map that shows where all sustainable drainage interventions have been delivered within the public realm. Once complete this live map will be made publicly available on the GLA website.

Highbury Corner (4) Question No: 2021/0470 Caroline Russell Constituents have complained to me about a consistent puddle at Highbury Corner’s new pedestrianised area, recently frozen over, requiring gritting to prevent slips and falls. This has left two new saplings sitting in two inches of salty water. Are you concerned for the wellbeing of these trees, and when will the drainage issues related to the sustainable drainage tanks at Highbury Corner be fixed?

Page 131

Answer for Highbury Corner (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Highbury Corner (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London’s (TfL) Arboriculture team will be visiting the site to survey the trees to check that they are in good health. TfL has also investigated the drainage issue but was unable to find any faults with the system itself. During January 2021, rainfall levels in England were at 150 per cent of the normal average according to the Met Office January 2021 Climate Summary. This put significant pressure on drainage systems across London.

Pave the Way Question No: 2021/0471 Caroline Russell The pan-impairment organisation Transport for All has published a thoughtful piece of research, Pave the Way, which hears the voices of disabled people and their experiences with Streetspace schemes. It is clear that: “‘Normal’ – what we had before – wasn’t accessible enough,” and that: “active travel must be accessible travel,” and the report calls for a new model of consultation to be undertaken, which involves disabled experts from the outset. What changes will you make to consultation processes for Healthy Streets so that they are inclusive? Answer for Pave the Way The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Pave the Way The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Problems of poor air quality, traffic congestion and collisions in which people are killed or seriously injured affect us all. Consultations on schemes which seek to address these serious issues should therefore clearly be accessible to everyone. Transport for All’s ‘Pave the Way’ report provides clear recommendations for engaging and consulting disabled people. Transport for London is looking very carefully at the report will share their thoughts with Transport for All in due course. I recommend that Boroughs do the same.

Page 132

Oxford Street district Question No: 2021/0472 Caroline Russell Through the pandemic, Westminster Council has made changes to widen pavements on Regent Street, ahead of work on Oxford Street, which may be similar in scope. What discussions have you had with Westminster Council about their plans for Oxford Street and, given that the opening of Crossrail should come after these works, do you consider it will make the street ready to handle anticipated future levels of visitors to the area? Oxford Street district The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 It is clear that businesses on Oxford Street have really struggled during the coronavirus pandemic. My view remains that the full pedestrianisation of Oxford Street would transform it and secure its long-term future as an international destination alongside the opening of the Elizabeth line. Westminster City Council (WCC) has recently launched its new Oxford Street District framework and has been discussing a temporary Regent Street-style intervention along Oxford Street, which will deliver some increases in footway space, with Transport for London (TfL). This is due to be implemented this spring and discussions are also underway on two small temporary pedestrianisation schemes on Oxford Street on either side of Oxford Circus. WCC aims to complete these projects by the end of this calendar year and TfL is involved in the assessment, including traffic signal changes and potential bus route changes. The increase in visitors brought by the opening of the Elizabeth stations at Tottenham Court Road and Bond Street is well known and TfL will continue to work with WCC on its plans for a permanent scheme to ensure that the forecast onward journeys from Elizabeth line stations can be safely accommodated and is factored into the design approach.

Direct Vision permits (2) Question No: 2021/0473 Caroline Russell Thank you for your answer to my question 2019/17396. How many HGV Safety Permits have you issued by month since the launch of the Direct Vision Standard (DVS), and how many do you expect to have issued when enforcement commences on 1 March 2021? Answer for Direct Vision permits (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 133

Direct Vision permits (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The total number of Direct Vision Standard (DVS) permits issued by Transport for London (TfL) when enforcement of the scheme went live on 1 March 2021 was 98,108. A breakdown of this figure by vehicle star rating and multi- vs single-vehicle permits is shown in the attached table. As of 11 March the total number of permits issued had increased to 106,278. In addition, a total of 37,634 vehicles rated zero star are on the 90-day grace period list for fitting of the required safe systems.

Star rating system for lorries and Vision Zero action plan (5) Question No: 2021/0474 Caroline Russell Thank you for your answer to my question 2019/17397. How many HGVs operating in London do you currently estimate to be achieving each of the ratings, from zero stars to five stars, of your Direct Vision Standard (DVS)? Answer for Star rating system for lorries and Vision Zero action plan (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Star rating system for lorries and Vision Zero action plan (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In recent weeks Transport for London (TfL) has seen a significant increase in the volume of applications received for the Direct Vision Standard (DVS) scheme as vehicle operators prepare for enforcement of the scheme from 1 March 2021. TfL issues a permit to all vehicles that are compliant with the DVS scheme. Up to 11 March 2021, 106,278 permits have been issued which is equivalent to an average of 60 per cent of HGVs seen in the zone on a daily basis. However, the monitoring system used to gather vehicles identified in the zone tracks whether the vehicle has a permit or not and does not hold information on the specific star rating of the vehicle. TfL holds the star rating information on a separate database and the table below shows a breakdown of the star rating for all permits issued. Permits issued as at 11 March 2021

DVS Star Rating 0 1

Page 134

2 3 4 5 Total Permits

HS2 non-disclosure agreement Question No: 2021/0475 Caroline Russell I understand that the GLA and Transport for London (TfL) have signed a non-disclosure agreement with High Speed Two limited (HS2). Can you explain the limitations of this agreement, and indicate where material that is not covered by this agreement would be published? HS2 non-disclosure agreement The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has a Confidentiality Agreement in place with High Speed 2 Limited (HS2), which governs the exchange of confidential information and data relating to the project. TfL is involved in the design and delivery of numerous aspects of HS2, particularly where the project interfaces with TfL assets and operations. TfL also works with HS2 Limited and its supply chain to minimise disruption in London during construction. TfL therefore has access to confidential information provided by HS2 Limited. TfL activity and progress on HS2 is published as part of the TfL Commissioner’s Reports and the quarterly Investment Programme Reports. There are also updates on HS2 available directly from the Government at: https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/high- speed-two-limited. Further information can also be requested from HS2 Limited.

Winter snow and ice removal (1) Question No: 2021/0476 Caroline Russell The Walking and Cycling Commissioner heralded a new gritter, Chris Gritty, as part of the machinery necessary to support London’s cycle network on Friday 5 February. However, it seems from reports on the ground and images from the Transport for London (TfL) traffic camera network that major new cycleways such as Cycleway 4 were left with snow and ice in place. Can you explain the frequency and level of treatment you are using on cycleways in London, and confirm which routes are covered?

Page 135

Winter snow and ice removal (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) cycle lanes are treated at the same frequency as the nearby carriageway. TfL uses three cycleway mini-gritters, including Chris Gritty, which are fitted with liquid de-icer spreaders, brushes and ploughs. TfL cycle lanes can sometimes appear not to have been treated because they do not experience heavy vehicle tires turning fresh snow into slush and instead are only used by lightweight thin bicycle tires. TfL does use brushes to help with this perception issue but it is not always possible to keep them fully brushed. However, routes are always well treated for icy conditions, with the de-icer working to around -20 degrees. The liquid de-icer used is Safecote SupaMix Clear which is over 50 percent less corrosive than rock salt.

Winter snow and ice removal (2) Question No: 2021/0477 Caroline Russell What assessment do you have of the environmental impact of chemicals used to remove ice and snow in London, and have you explored any options to reduce these impacts? Answer for Winter snow and ice removal (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Winter snow and ice removal (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) generally uses natural rock salt on its roads to help prevent icy conditions and keep roads safe for use. This is standard practice in the UK. In addition, a liquid de-icer product called ‘Safecote SupaMix Clear’ is used on some bridges, structures and cycle lanes. This product is blended from natural, environmentally friendly ingredients and is used because it limits corrosion on metal structures. It also works better for cycle lanes, where vehicle tyres are less able to rub grit into the road surface. The Department for Transport recommends the use of salt on roads in the UK and TfL has not explored other products.

Page 136

Winter snow and ice removal (3) Question No: 2021/0478 Caroline Russell What are the chemicals Transport for London (TfL) is using to grit and de-ice London’s transport network, and what quantities of each chemical has been used in each of the past five winters? Winter snow and ice removal (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The chemicals Transport for London (TfL) uses are rock salt for the carriageway and footways and Safecote SupaMix Clear for the cycleways. TfL does not keep records of liquid de-icer use. TfL’s salt use in the last five years is shown in the table below.

2016-17 4339t 2017-18 10994t 2018-19 6226t 2019-20 2734t 2020-21 6695t Total 30988t

Highbury Corner (5) Question No: 2021/0479 Caroline Russell Constituents tell me that lights controlling traffic near the pedestrian crossing of St Paul’s Road at Highbury Corner are not functioning effectively and that queueing eastbound traffic is flowing through the crossing while the green signal is shown for pedestrians. Will you urgently check the performance of pedestrian crossings at Highbury Corner to ensure they are safe? Answer for Highbury Corner (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Highbury Corner (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since the upgrade of Highbury Corner, Transport for London (TfL) has been working closely with the London Borough of Islington and other stakeholders to ensure safe and efficient

Page 137

operation of the network. TfL has checked to make sure these junctions are operating without any faults and site visits have confirmed they are operating safely. Following your enquiry, TfL met with borough officers who are now reviewing the loading restrictions and design for the Highbury Grove junction. TfL has been closely monitoring the site using CCTV and its engineers have been on site to observe the operation of the signals. As a result, TfL has identified some potential changes to the signal timings that will improve the overall operation and will implement changes in the coming weeks. It will also continue to monitor the site and update Islington accordingly.

Intelligent Speed Assistance (2) Question No: 2021/0480 Caroline Russell Intelligent Speed Assistance (ISA) is a core part of your bus safety standard. How many buses in London now have ISA fitted, what proportion of the fleet does this cover, and how many do you expect to fit with it each year until they all have this system in place? Intelligent Speed Assistance (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Intelligent Speed Assistance (ISA) is now fitted on 1,643 buses, which is about 18 per cent of London’s bus fleet. It is a standard requirement on all new buses coming into service and Transport for London (TfL) is also planning to fit it on some of the current fleet to accelerate rollout further. TfL cannot forecast how fast this total will rise each year as the number of new buses depends on policy decisions like the electrification of the fleet and on TfL’s current and future funding agreements with Government. Similarly, on the retrofitting front, this will depend on the funding situation, technical feasibility and the capacity of bus manufacturers and operators to fit the equipment without adversely affecting operations. I continue to be committed to improving the safety of London’s bus fleet through the Bus Safety Programme. This includes the roll out of ISA and other technologies that form part of the wider Bus Safety Standard.

Speed Compliance Tool (1) Question No: 2021/0481 Caroline Russell The Speed Compliance Tool is your interim alternative to Intelligent Speed Assistance (ISA) to control the speed of buses. What is the extent of the usage of this tool and can you provide a report that explains its operation?

Page 138

Speed Compliance Tool (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 All of Transport for London’s (TfL’s) bus operators have been provided with this tool to assist them with speed compliance and are using this as part of their normal operations. TfL also uses this tool to assist in answering enquiries and to understand the impact of the introduction of Intelligent Speed Assistance technology into London’s bus fleet. I have asked TfL to send you some information about how this bus operator tool can be used to assist with fleet speed compliance.

Speed Compliance Tool (2) Question No: 2021/0482 Caroline Russell The Speed Compliance Tool is your interim alternative to Intelligent Speed Assistance (ISA) to control the speed of buses. Given that operators such as Uber are publishing data that shows they know the speeds that vehicles under their operator license are reaching – have you reached out to operators licensed by Transport for London (TfL) to encourage them to use similar technology to reduce road danger in London? Speed Compliance Tool (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Speed Compliance Tool has been rolled out to London bus operators. It allows them to carry out targeted analysis of routes, look at where compliance issues may be occurring and put in place ways to combat this to reduce potential road danger in London.

Supporting London’s musicians post-Brexit Question No: 2021/0483 Caroline Russell Recently The Independent reported that the Government has misled the UK music industry over the issue of visa-free travel for musicians to/from the EU. It was in fact the UK Government who rejected the EU offer of reciprocal visa free travel for touring musicians. UK Music in their 2020 report, Music by Numbers, found that the total export revenue of the music industry was £2.9 billion in 2019. Do you agree with me that musicians being able to tour the EU is vital for our economy and vital for cultural exchange, and will you call on the Government to get round the table again with the EU to commit clearly to visa-free touring?

Page 139

Supporting London’s musicians post-Brexit The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes, I completely agree that EU touring is vital for both the UK economy and cultural exchange. On 3 February, I wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, about the UK Government’s failure to come to a deal with the EU. In the letter, I confirmed my support of industry and cross-party calls for the UK and the EU to come back to the negotiating table with immediate effect to ensure a deal is done. The UK music industry is worth £5.8bn to the economy. Up to 80 per cent of UK musicians tour to the EU, and half of the revenue of UK orchestras’ international touring comes from EU tours. In addition, our opera houses call upon EU-based performers at short notice to cover absences. Without an agreement on smooth travel, international touring will be prohibitive, expensive and will result in fewer cultural exchanges and tours between the UK and EU. This would be devastating for the UK’s music industry and for talent development.

Financial impacts of the coronavirus crisis Question No: 2021/0484 Caroline Russell I have been hearing from organisations including Fair Finance, Toynbee Hall and Impact on Urban Health about the impact that the coronavirus crisis is having on the financial health of Londoners. One of the worst effects is debt. What work is the London Recovery Board doing to support Londoners who have been forced into debt over the last year? Financial impacts of the coronavirus crisis The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Supporting Londoners at risk of, or experiencing, financial hardship is at the heart of the work of the London Recovery board, and in particular, the work to develop a Robust Safety Net for London. . The goal of this work is to ensure that every Londoner can access the support they need to prevent, or escape, financial hardship. A critical part of this is signposting Londoners with trusted information about their rights and entitlements and connecting them with free sources of social welfare legal advice - including debt advice. Jim Minton, the CEO of Toynbee Hall, has been appointed as mission co-chair to help us develop and deliver meaningful interventions that work towards this goal. To start this work I am working to support Londoners in debt by promoting and signposting to the Debt Free London Partnership and funding their free debt advice helpline to be delivered 24 hours a day, seven days a week throughout February

Page 140

Rent controls Question No: 2021/0485 Caroline Russell In my research into the impact of the coronavirus crisis on the financial health of Londoners, the problem that Universal Credit and Local Housing Allowance doesn’t cover the cost of housing was raised. Will you increase your efforts to call for rent controls as part of the recovery effort? Rent controls The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In line with my commitment to make London an age-friendly city, my officers were working hard last year in collaboration with Age UK London and members of my Equality, Diversity & Inclusion Advisory Group to produce an action plan setting out how the work of the GLA Group could respond to the priorities of older Londoners. That work involved an extensive process of engagement with older Londoners that helped reveal their priority concerns at the point when the pandemic began to take hold. These included concerns relating to the inclusiveness of the built environment, digital exclusion, travel housing, as well as issues relating to physical and mental wellbeing. I know that both the pandemic and the resulting lockdown have hit older Londoners particularly hard, creating new priorities and challenges. Responding to these challenges has been a priority for the GLA during the response to the pandemic and will continue to be so as we move into recovery. The work on the original action plan has fed directly into the design of the nine recovery missions and the specific projects that will underpin them. Equality, diversity and inclusion has been adopted as a cross-cutting principle for the recovery programme, and we will be making clear how this work will deliver for a number of different groups – including older Londoners – later in the year.

Jobs losses due to the pandemic Question No: 2021/0486 Caroline Russell In your interim report, published in January 2021, on the economic future of the Central Activities Zone (CAZ), it states that: “The impact of COVID-19 is severe and far reaching, with a loss of almost a quarter of a million workplace jobs in London between March and the end of 2020, the highest fall in the UK.” In a real-world example of this, a CWU representative has written to tell me that as many as 4,000 BT desk-based jobs in London and the south east of England are being lost under BT’s plans to close sites and move work abroad and to other parts of the UK. What action are you taking to stop this loss of jobs within London?

Page 141

Answer for Jobs losses due to the pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Jobs losses due to the pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have been engaging London’s businesses to understand the challenges they face with to retain and growing their workforce. The London Recovery Board has developed recovery missions to ensure that by 2025 every Londoner can access the support they need to prevent hardship and support Londoners into good jobs. I am also working with Jobcentre Plus, London Councils, Sub-Regional Partnerships, boroughs and local stakeholders to coordinate careers and employment support so there is no wrong door for Londoners who need help accessing learning, work or advice. With the right support in place further mass unemployment is not inevitable. I am working to prevent job losses through a number of schemes including the £2.3 emergency Culture at Risk fund, supporting SMEs in the culture and creative sector; the Pay It Forward London (PIFL) scheme, which has raised over £1.8m for SMEs; and the £1m Back to Business fund, providing additional match-funding to businesses on PIFL. I have also called on government to provide the support that employers and workers need following the UK’s exit from the EU and as the pandemic continues. I have announced an additional £5m to encourage people to return to central London.

Food delivery company commission rates Question No: 2021/0487 Caroline Russell A landlord of a pub in south London has written to me expressing concern about delivery companies potentially profiteering from the coronavirus restrictions pubs and restaurants find themselves under. According to them, just after London was put into a Tier 4 lockdown forcing pubs and restaurants to close to in-house dining, a mainstream delivery company increased its commission for new accounts from 25 per cent to 35 per cent. When VAT is factored in, this commission works out at 42 per cent per order, leaving pubs and restaurants relatively little to cover their outgoings as they struggle to stay afloat. What work have you done to ensure food delivery companies are not profiting unfairly at the expense of London’s hard-hit hospitality sector? Answer for Food delivery company commission rates The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 142

Food delivery company commission rates The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Delivery companies have been a lifeline for the struggling hospitality industry throughout the pandemic, but the fees charged for these services do add to the costs of the hospitality industry during these tough times. I have been engaging with the hospitality industry and am doing all that I can to support our pubs and wider hospitality industry through the pandemic and into recovery. I have stressed in my engagement with the delivery sector that it is important that independent businesses be treated fairly, particularly at the current time, when many depend on online delivery services to survive. I also launched the London Business Hub which provides advice, resources and funding opportunities for small businesses dealing with the challenges of the pandemic. My Pay It Forward Scheme also provides a means through which Londoners can buy goods and services in advance directly from their favourite local and independent businesses struggling with Covid-19.

London Fire Brigade youth outreach Question No: 2021/0488 Siân Berry In the London Fire Commissioner Andy Roe’s response letter, dated 10 January 2021 responding to questions from the Budget & Performance Committee on 10 December 2020, he provided more detail on changes to community outreach and youth services provided by the London Fire Brigade. Can you tell me what work you have carried out to ensure that GLA youth programmes are fulfilling their aims? Answer for London Fire Brigade youth outreach The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London Fire Brigade youth outreach The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) is carrying out ongoing work with the GLA and its large network of youth organisations to ensure that referral pathways are in place to mitigate the impact of the Local Intervention Fire Education (LIFE) programme disbanding. This is so that young people can be referred to a wider provision of organisations that address anti-social behaviour, other than fire and related risks, such as road and water safety. This includes working with the Mayor’s Peer Outreach Team to introduce an online referral pathway with over 500 organisations that work with children and young people across London to ensure that LFB is able to refer any young people they interact with to receive appropriate support from specialist youth organisations. Fire Cadets has also recently launched virtually in all 33 London Boroughs for the first time.

Page 143

Coronavirus vaccinations for prisoners Question No: 2021/0489 Siân Berry According to figures reported by HM Prison and Probation Service, it appears that the number of prisoners contracting coronavirus doubled during January 2021. Given the infection risk posed to prisoners, staff, and subsequently the families of staff, do you agree it would be efficient and effective to vaccinate all members of a prison population at the same time, and will you lobby the Government to vaccinate prisoners in this way? Answer for Coronavirus vaccinations for prisoners The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Coronavirus vaccinations for prisoners The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I continue to support the JCVIs recommendation to prioritises groups which at most at risk of serious illness or death of Covid-19 The JCVI recommends that phase two includes the roll out of the vaccine to others delivering key public services, which I welcome, and which should include prioritisation of key workers, who might be more vulnerable to infection due to the public-facing nature of their work and because they cannot work from home. In order to protect our key workers, we need the Government to rapidly accelerate the vaccine roll-out.

However, given the exceptional circumstances of a closed detained setting, I support the HMPPS, NHSE and PHE advocacy to JCVI of the importance of a whole prison approach to vaccination, which should include all staff and all residents, to mitigate health inequalities and ensure clinical time is used efficiently in administration of the vaccine.

Housing size mix (1) Question No: 2021/0490 Andrew Boff Will you please provide a breakdown by number of bedrooms for the number of GLA- funded social rented homes started and completed in each financial year from 2016/17 onwards?

Page 144

Answer for Housing size mix (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Housing size mix (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We are unable to provide the information in the format requested. However, the London Plan Annual Monitoring Reports provide the most comprehensive picture of affordable housing supply in London by number of bedrooms, and a more holistic picture of the number of affordable homes of each size being built within London. The accompanying table shows the number of social rented homes completed in each year between 2015/16 and 2018/19 (the latest available) by the number of bedrooms. My new London Plan requires London boroughs to define what size mix of social housing they want to see in their local area, which will help ensure that the right homes for households in need are built in each part of London.

Social rent 1b / studio 2b 3b 4b+ Total 3b+ % 2015/16 1,020 1,284 882 310 3,496 34% 2016/17 1,018 1,120 814 283 3,235 34% 2017/18 373 648 496 99 1,616 37% 2018/19* 787 1,058 968 306 3,119 41% * provisional data

Housing size mix (2) Question No: 2021/0491 Andrew Boff Will you please provide a breakdown by number of bedrooms for the number of GLA- funded London Affordable Rent homes started and completed in each financial year from 2016/17 onwards? Answer for Housing size mix (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 145

Housing size mix (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We are unable to provide the information in the format requested. However, the London Plan Annual Monitoring Reports provide the most comprehensive picture of affordable housing supply in London by number of bedrooms, and a more holistic picture of the number of affordable homes of each size being built within London. The accompanying table shows the number of Affordable Rent homes completed in each year between 2015/16 and 2018/19 (the latest available) by the number of bedrooms. This category includes London Affordable Rent but also other Affordable Rent homes. My new London Plan requires London boroughs to define what size mix of social housing they want to see in their local area, which will help ensure that the right homes for households in need are built in each part of London.

Housing size mix (3) Question No: 2021/0492 Andrew Boff Will you please provide a breakdown by number of bedrooms for the number of GLA- funded London Living Rent homes started and completed in each financial year from 2016/17 onwards? Answer for Housing size mix (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Housing size mix (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We are unable to provide the information in the format requested. However, the London Plan Annual Monitoring Reports provide the most comprehensive picture of affordable housing supply in London by number of bedrooms, and a more holistic picture of the number of affordable homes of each size being built within London. The accompanying table shows the number of intermediate homes completed in each year between 2015/16 and 2018/19 (the latest available) by the number of bedrooms. This category includes London Living Rent, other intermediate rent, shared ownership and other intermediate homes.

Intermediate 1b / studio 2015/16 1,268

Page 146

2016/17 1,151 2017/18 1,183 2018/19* 1,423 * provisional data

Housing size mix (4) Question No: 2021/0493 Andrew Boff Will you please provide a breakdown by number of bedrooms for the number of GLA- funded intermediate rent homes started and completed in each financial year from 2016/17 onwards? Answer for Housing size mix (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Housing size mix (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to MQ 2021/0492.

Affordable housing targets Question No: 2021/0494 Andrew Boff Given that you now plan to start 10,300 GLA-funded affordable homes in the financial year 2020/21, what are your targets for starting the remaining 46,740 funded homes in the financial years 2021/22 and 2022/23? Affordable housing targets The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My team are working with partners to maximise delivery and hit this year’s target of 10,300 affordable home starts. Information related to targets for future years will be reviewed after the end of March when delivery for 2020-21 is confirmed.

Page 147

Housing restarts Question No: 2021/0495 Andrew Boff How many GLA-funded affordable homes started between April and September 2020 were restarts from a previous year? Please provide a breakdown of these by the financial year when the original start took place. Housing restarts The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Provisional analysis indicates that my team does not expect any restarts in the current or future financial years. However, information will be finalised at the end of the financial year, when reported starts and completions will be reviewed and confirmed in line with my commitment to achieve full compliance with the ONS Code of Practice on Use of Statistics

TfL Land (1) Question No: 2021/0496 Andrew Boff How many homes have been started on TfL land since April 2020? Please provide a breakdown by site. TfL Land (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) and its partners have started construction on two sites since April 2020. This includes 86 affordable homes at Woodside Park, and 92 homes at Dean Street above and around the new western entrance to Tottenham Court station. This brings the total number of homes built or under construction on TfL land to 1,567 homes. With no certainty of funding beyond the end of the current financial settlement with Government which ends in March 2021, TfL is unable to commence construction on other sites. This issue has been raised with Government as part of discussions about TfL’s Financial Sustainability Plan.

TfL Land (2) Question No: 2021/0497 Andrew Boff How many homes have been completed on TfL land since May 2016? Please provide a breakdown by site.

Page 148

TfL Land (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In total 266 homes have completed since May 2016. This comprises 86 homes at Holloway Road, and 180 homes at Aviator Place next to the A40 in Ealing. TfL has started construction on a further 1,301 homes, including 350 at Blackhorse Road in Waltham Forest with its partner Barratt London. TfL and Barratt London expect the first people to move in later this year.

Housing Question No: 2021/0498 Andrew Boff Will you ban unaffordable penthouses from all GLA funded schemes? Housing The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Affordable Homes Programmes places strict conditions on the types of affordable housing development that are eligible for grant funding. Over half of all new homes funded through my £4 billion Affordable Homes Programme 2021-2026 will be at social rent and the remainder will be used to support new London Living Rent and shared ownership homes. Research undertaken by the GLA shows that London needs £4.9 billion each year to deliver the number of affordable homes that London needs – including homes at social rent levels, where there is the most pressing need. Due to wholly inadequate levels of capital investment from central Government, it is necessary for developers and housing providers to cross-subsidise affordable housing through other means, including through development of homes for market sale. In these instances, the planning system will grant permission for these mixed developments only where these meet local planning requirements.

London Plan Annual Monitoring Report (1) Question No: 2021/0499 Andrew Boff The London Plan Annual Monitoring Report for the period 2018/19 was due to be published in Autumn 2020 but is now long overdue. Can you please confirm the reason for the delay, whether the report has yet been produced, and when it will be published? Answer for London Plan Annual Monitoring Report (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 149

London Plan Annual Monitoring Report (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The reason for the delay to the 16th Annual Monitoring Report were some delays in data and also capacity issues arising from the Coronavirus pandemic. The report has now been published.

London Plan Annual Monitoring Report (2) Question No: 2021/0500 Andrew Boff Do you consider it acceptable for your Deputy Mayors or Advisers to quote figures in Assembly committee meetings from GLA reports that have not yet been published? Answer for London Plan Annual Monitoring Report (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London Plan Annual Monitoring Report (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We have a principle of transparency and openness of information and I agree that information should be publicly accessible wherever possible. In addition to publication of the 16th AMR, we are also looking at what additional, more up to date information can be put into the public domain prior to the 17th AMR being published. Officers would be happy to work directly with you to publish any other information where possible, such as data quoted in Assembly committee meetings or similar public fora. You will also be aware that there is a significant amount of data available beyond the AMR, such as separate housing reporting (Housing in London 2020) and the London Datastore. In future this will also include information from the new Planning London Datahub which is now accessible in through the website.

Disabled Representation on the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm Question No: 2021/0501 Andrew Boff What representation is there for disabled people on the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm?

Page 150

Disabled Representation on the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm The Mayor Last updated: 18 March, 2021 London is one of the most diverse cities in the world, but many Londoners do not see themselves or their histories reflected in our public realm. The Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm is set up to celebrate the rich diversity of London. Following an open recruitment process the Commission brings together a diverse range of people with proven leadership ability and influence across a range of fields including the arts, public art, broadcast, built environment, architecture, community engagement and business. 15 members have been selected to form the Commission, bringing a wide range of experience to lead its work. One of the appointed Commission members identifies as disabled. The Commission will be supported by a Partners Board, which includes disability arts charities Action Space and Shape Arts. Answer for Disabled Representation on the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Disabled Representation on the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am unable to publish this information as this would be in contravention of the Data Protection Act 2018.

Signalling works Question No: 2021/0502 Gareth Bacon MP For each year of your mayoralty, please provide details of how many planned signalling works there have been on each TfL line, and how many planned signalling works have been postponed, cancelled or yet to take place. Answer for Signalling works The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 151

Signalling works The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The below table shows the number of times each line has been affected by a closure that has been planned specifically to allow signalling works, rather than the total number of closures (for example, one closure can affect the Circle, Hammersmith & City and Metropolitan lines). The 2021 numbers include closures planned up 6 May 2021.

Circle District Hamm. & City Jubilee Metropolitan Northern 2016 2 2 2017 7 1 7 2 2018 16 4 16 3 2019 19 10 16 13 2020 5 5 1 1 2021 3 3 3 3 5 1

The majority of planned closures for signalling work, including those on the Jubilee line, have been for the ‘Four Lines Modernisation’ programme (4LM), which is introducing automatic train operation to the Circle, District, Hammersmith & City and Metropolitan lines. While no signalling upgrade closures have been cancelled, some dates have moved in light of changes to the delivery programme and to integrate closures with external factors, such as sporting events. Closures have also been impacted as a result of the coronavirus pandemic in the last year. The current programme shows that there are 38 planned closures for 4LM after 6 May 2021. In addition to 4LM works, the completion of Whitechapel station for Crossrail has caused the occasional suspension of the London Overground’s East London line. During these closures, TfL has taken the opportunity to undertake signalling work to facilitate a service increase from 16 trains per hour (tph) to 18tph. A closure of the Northern line is planned during this year’s Easter weekend to integrate the Northern Line Extension signalling with the rest of the Northern line. TfL also undertakes a large number of planned signalling works each year that do not require line closures. The majority of the London Overground and whole of the TfL Rail service operates on tracks owned by Network Rail, which would hold the data related to any signalling upgrades on those lines.

Page 152

Signalling failures Question No: 2021/0503 Gareth Bacon MP For each year of your mayoralty, please provide details of how many tube signal failures there have been on each TfL line. Signalling failures The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since May 2016, there has been a year on year reduction in signal failures on the Tube, and Transport for London (TfL) continues to work towards further reductions to ensure Londoners can get to their destinations as quickly as possible. The attached document provides a breakdown of signal failures by year since 2016. Most signal failures were for short durations, and TfL worked to resolve the issues as quickly as possible to ensure Londoners could get to their destinations. TfL is modernising the Tube with unprecedented levels of investment to drive further reliability improvements. The Four Lines Modernisation Programme is one of the most important upgrades in the history of the network, introducing new technology that will reduce journey times and allow TfL to run more trains. TfL has also increased service frequencies on the Jubilee, Northern and Victoria lines following significant investment on the lines, including the signalling systems. In May 2017, the Victoria line started operating a world-class service of 36 trains per hour during peak services. More robust parts are being introduced at points and crossings, as part of a wider track improvement programme across the Northern, Jubilee and Piccadilly lines. TfL has also introduced monitoring equipment that detects deterioration of track, so that mitigation work can be carried out early before signal failures take place. TfL is also committed to upgrading the whole Deep Tube network, starting with trains on the Piccadilly line, to deliver increased service frequencies and capacity with new trains and signalling to support London’s recovery. TfL will continue to make the case to Government for long term investment in London to allow this vital work to continue.

Boundary charge (1) Question No: 2021/0504 Gareth Bacon MP When will TfL’s feasibility study on the proposed boundary charge be published? Boundary charge (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have asked Transport for London (TfL) to undertake a feasibility study into a potential Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents. As part of this, TfL will undertake an

Page 153

initial assessment of the impact of options on traffic, emissions, health, equality and the economy. The full findings of the study are expected later in the year.

Boundary charge (2) Question No: 2021/0505 Gareth Bacon MP Aside from the future TfL feasibility study on the proposed boundary charge, what initial assessment have you made on who would be affected by these plans? Boundary charge (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has undertaken an initial traffic assessment of a Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents using a transport demand model and analysis. The impact on journeys was assessed for overall and cross-boundary trips and was estimated to reduce the total number of weekday car trips across the GLA boundary by 10-15 per cent. I have asked TfL to undertake a feasibility study into a potential Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents which will assess impacts of a potential charge in more detail. As part of this work, TfL will undertake an initial assessment of the impact of options on traffic, emissions, health, equality and the economy.

Boundary charge (3) Question No: 2021/0506 Gareth Bacon MP When do you envisage the full public consultation for the boundary charge to take place, and how long is it due to last? Boundary charge (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have asked Transport for London to undertake a feasibility study into a potential Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents. The full findings of the study are expected later in the year. Once the feasibility study has been completed, further consideration will be given to its findings and I will take a decision on whether to proceed with further work. Any proposals would be subject to the usual statutory procedure including a full public consultation.

Page 154

Crossrail (1) Question No: 2021/0507 Gareth Bacon MP How many Network Rail Crossrail stations are still yet to be completed? Crossrail (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 National Rail’s ‘On Network Works’ is delivering station enhancement works to surface stations on the eastern and western section of the Elizabeth line. Major upgrade work is being undertaken at Romford and Ilford stations in the east. In the west enhancement and upgrade work is progressing at Acton Main Line, Ealing Broadway, West Ealing, Southall, Hayes & Harlington, West Drayton. All of the ‘On Network Works’ are due to be completed throughout 2021.

Crossrail (2) Question No: 2021/0508 Gareth Bacon MP When will trial running for Crossrail finally be complete? Crossrail (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Crossrail Ltd is seeking to start intensive operational testing, known as Trial Running, by the second quarter of 2021. From the start of Trial Running, it takes a number of months to fully test the railway before Trial Operations can begin, providing no issues arise during this period. Trial Operations will then test real-time service scenarios on trains and stations with volunteers to ensure the readiness of the railway before it opens to the public.

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (1) Question No: 2021/0509 Gareth Bacon MP Who conducted the interviews for the members of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm? Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The interview panel included the Co-Chairs of the Commission, Justine Simons OBE, Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries and Debbie Weekes-Bernard, Deputy

Page 155

Mayor for Social Integration, Social Mobility and Community Engagement, GLA Officers from the Communities and Social Policy and Culture & Creative Industries Units and an independent observer engaged by GLA Human Resources.

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (2) Question No: 2021/0510 Gareth Bacon MP Question 2020/3631 stated that, “Commission members are being recruited through an open selection process to provide independent input, expertise and challenge.” Can you confirm that you are satisfied that all members of your Commission will provide “independent input”? Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes, I am satisfied that members of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm will provide independent input, expertise and challenge to the matters brought before them. Commission members are independent from both the Mayor’s Office and Greater London Authority and carry with them a valuable and diverse range of expertise including the arts, public art, broadcast, built environment, architecture, community engagement and business, that will help shape the vital work of the Commission. The Commission will be supported and informed by a Partners Board and a Boroughs Working Group.

Covid Marshalls (1) Question No: 2021/0511 Keith Prince Given we have Covid Marshalls on TfL rail, do you have plans to put them on the rest of the Transport network? Covid Marshalls (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Face covering compliance and enforcement activity is being undertaken across of all of Transport for London’s (TfL) network. This activity is being undertaken by over 500 TfL enforcement officers or by TfL-contracted operators on DLR, London Overground, TfL Rail and trams. TfL Rail uses these same resources. In addition to this, the British Transport Police and the Metropolitan Police (for the bus network) undertake their own compliance and enforcement activity.

Page 156

Covid Marshalls (2) Question No: 2021/0512 Keith Prince Do you feel that the Covid Marshalls are fully enforcing their current powers? Covid Marshalls (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The pandemic has shown how resilient Londoners are, I want to commend everyone who has come forward to help during this difficult time. Local Authorities are responsible for the Covid Marshalls and it is not my place to comment.

Cultural Quarter in Ilford Question No: 2021/0513 Keith Prince A resident has contacted me to ask what is your justification for spending £500,000 on the creation of a Cultural Quarter in Ilford? Answer for Cultural Quarter in Ilford The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Cultural Quarter in Ilford The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Ilford faces a variety of challenges. It has relatively high levels of deprivation as well as a growing residential community yet a town centre that has a lack of social and cultural infrastructure. The town centre has a number of dated and disconnected cultural spaces such as the town hall, theatre, cinema and library that provide an opportunity to be activated during the day and evening. LB Redbridge’s Spark project started in 2018 and consists of several parts. The first element saw the refurbishment of the Town Hall building into artist workspaces and providing flexible spaces for businesses and communities. Today, all workspaces have been taken up by Ilford’s artist community The second part of the project is currently under construction and will be a temporary covered market on the council owned car park to the rear of the town hall. More recently, funding of £500K from my Good Growth Accelerator programme, has been provided to support Mercato Ilford’s public programme to provide educational events and activities for the local community. The funding will also support high street and wider town centre improvements including urban greening. This will allow the council to work with local businesses and shop owners to enhance retail and business activity as well as activate the

Page 157

high street. Overall, the project will foster the community spirit of Ilford, bringing people together through art, enterprise, events and food.

Boundary Charge (1) Question No: 2021/0514 Keith Prince What assessment has TfL done on the extent to which London businesses – particularly Outer London businesses - rely on customers from outside of London driving to them? Boundary Charge (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have asked Transport for London (TfL) to undertake a feasibility study into a potential Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents. As part of this, TfL will undertake an initial assessment of the impact of options on traffic, the environment, health, equality and the economy, including Outer London businesses. The full findings of the study are expected later in the year.

Boundary Charge (2) Question No: 2021/0515 Keith Prince What impact would you expect a £3.50 - £5.50 boundary charge to have on those businesses which rely on customers driving to them from outside Outer London? Boundary Charge (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have asked Transport for London (TfL) to undertake a feasibility study into a potential Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents. As part of this, TfL will undertake an initial assessment of the impact of options on traffic, the environment, health, equality and the economy, including local businesses. The full findings of the study are expected later in the year.

Boundary Charge (3) Question No: 2021/0516 Keith Prince How many jobs in London are performed by people living outside London without decent alternatives to driving to get to and from work?

Page 158

Answer for Boundary Charge (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Boundary Charge (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Neither Transport for London (TfL) nor the Greater London Authority (GLA) have access to data to readily answer the question of how many jobs in London are performed by people living outside London “without decent alternatives to driving”. However, as part of the feasibility study into a potential Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents that I have asked TfL to undertake, TfL will carry out assessments of the impact of options on traffic, the environment, health, equality and the economy, including the impact on commuters living outside of London. The full findings of the study are expected later in the year.

Boundary Charge (4) Question No: 2021/0517 Keith Prince On a daily basis, how many nurses, teachers, cleaners, carers and Police Officers drive to work in London from outside the Greater London boundary? Answer for Boundary Charge (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Boundary Charge (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Neither Transport for London (TfL) nor the Greater London Authority (GLA) have access to data to readily answer this question. However, as part of the feasibility study into a potential Greater London Boundary Charge for non-residents, that I have asked TfL to undertake, TfL will carry out a assessments of the impact of options on traffic, the environment, health, equality and the economy, including the impact on commuters living outside of London. The full findings of the study are expected later in the year.

Page 159

VED Funds Devolution Question No: 2021/0518 Keith Prince In order to strengthen the case for the devolution of VED funds, will you commit to spending any funds that are devolved on maintaining and improving London’s roads and on the full restoration of LIP (Local Implementation Plans) funding? VED Funds Devolution The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Londoners currently pay around £500m of Vehicle Excise Duty (VED) annually, almost all of which is used to fund roads outside of London. If London could retain this sum it could cover the net cost of operations for buses and streets. Whilst the income from VED retention would mean that Transport for London (TfL) could fund the maintenance and renewal of the TfL road network, TfL’s Financial Sustainability Plan is clear that it does not address the full funding requirement that London boroughs have to fund their strategic highway assets. The Plan sets out how London’s boroughs need to be able to access the funding streams for highways that are available outside of London to ensure their often nationally important infrastructure is maintained in a good state of repair.

Special Privileges for Taxi Drivers Question No: 2021/0519 Keith Prince Given your manifesto promise to ensure “special privileges” for licensed London taxi drivers, why did you remove taxi drivers from consideration as public transport in your Transport Strategy? Answer for Special Privileges for Taxi Drivers The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Special Privileges for Taxi Drivers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Transport Strategy states that taxis are an important mode of transport that provide an accessible, door-to-door service for Londoners and visitors, and that’s why Policy 20 of my Transport Strategy seeks to ensure London has a safe, secure and accessible world-class taxi service. Policy 1 of my Transport Strategy sets out my aim for 80 per cent of trips in London to be made by walking, cycling or public transport by 2041 and it would be inappropriate for taxis

Page 160

to be included in this target for the reasons set out in my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/4623. My Taxi and Private Hire Action Plan sets out a range of actions that have been delivered by Transport for London (TfL) to support the industry, including the provision of more taxi ranks, access to the majority of bus lanes, taxi-dedicated rapid charge points and the taxi delicensing scheme. I also recognise the detrimental effect the coronavirus pandemic has had on taxi and private hire drivers in terms of both their personal health and wellbeing and the financial losses they have suffered. This is why TfL and I have taken a range of measures to help support taxi and private hire drivers in London as detailed in my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/4262.

Taxis in Bus Lanes Question No: 2021/0520 Keith Prince Do you believe your actions as Mayor have lived up to your answer to question 2016/1804, in which you told Assembly Member Eshalomi MP “This expectation was supported by TfL’s own Bus Lane Policy, which asserts that taxis ’fulfil demands that cannot be met by the bus, train or tube”, and by previous Mayoral statements on the importance of taxi access to bus lanes? Answer for Taxis in Bus Lanes The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Taxis in Bus Lanes The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I did not make the statement quoted in your question. My response to Mayor’s Question 2016/1804 makes clear that taxis are an integral part of London’s transport network for residents, visitors and businesses and highlights the special status and privileges that they enjoy. My Transport Strategy also highlights the importance of taxis and my commitment to ensuring that London continues to have a safe, secure and accessible world-class taxi service. It remains the case that taxis can access more than 90 per cent of bus lanes in London. As you may be aware, TfL has also recently introduced a trial for 24-hour bus lanes, and existing access for taxis is being retained as part of this trial.

Page 161

Blue Badge Holders (1) Question No: 2021/0521 Keith Prince In the light of the Streetspace High Court ruling, how does the Mayor plan to uphold the rights of blue badge holders? Answer for Blue Badge Holders (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Blue Badge Holders (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Accessibility is a key decision-making and design consideration in all schemes and all TfL schemes are informed by an equality impact assessment, which identifies impacts (and mitigations) on people with protected characteristics, including those with accessibility needs. On the TLRN, TfL has ensured that Blue Badge parking bays are maintained wherever possible and remain available exclusively for Blue Badge holders. In addition, Blue Badge holders can apply for a 100 per cent discount for the Congestion Charge for up to two vehicles they use, even if they don’t own a vehicle or drive. TfL will continue to engage with its Independent Disability Advisory Group and key accessibility stakeholders as plans are developed and delivered. For temporary schemes, TfL and boroughs can and will make appropriate changes quickly where they are not working as intended.

Blue Badge Holders (2) Question No: 2021/0522 Keith Prince Can you provide the same ‘reasonable adjustments’ to disabled Blue Badge holders for the expanded ULEZ zone that you currently provide for the congestion charging zone in London? Answer for Blue Badge Holders (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 162

Blue Badge Holders (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Blue Badge holders receive a 100 per cent discount to the Congestion Charge in recognition of the fact they may be dependent on using a private vehicle and therefore cannot avoid the Congestion Charge. The Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) only charges vehicles that do not meet the minimum emission standards, and four out of five vehicles seen in the expanded ULEZ zone are already compliant. Moreover, drivers of vehicles with a disabled or disabled passenger vehicle tax class will have until October 2025 to meet the ULEZ standards, as these vehicles have often been modified for use by disabled people and so are more difficult to replace. Blue Badge holders do not receive a discount for ULEZ because while Blue Badge holders may need to use a private vehicle, they do have a choice over using or nominating a ULEZ- compliant vehicle. Nearly all petrol vehicles from 2005 are compliant with the ULEZ standards meaning there are affordable second-hand options available. Blue Badge holders may also be eligible to apply for my ULEZ Car and Motorcycle Scrappage Scheme, if they wish to scrap a non-compliant vehicle. They may use the grant to help purchase a compliant one. This scheme is open to Londoners who receive certain means-tested benefits or non-means tested disability benefits. Further information can be found here: www.tfl.gov.uk/modes/driving/ultra-low-emission-zone/car-and-motorcycle-scrappage- scheme

2019 TPH Journey-Related Sexual Offences Question No: 2021/0523 Keith Prince Why has the Mayor failed to publish 2019 TPH journey-related sexual offences? Answer for 2019 TPH Journey-Related Sexual Offences The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response 2019 TPH Journey-Related Sexual Offences The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Due to the coronavirus pandemic, the 2019 Taxi Private Hire journey-related sexual offence data publication has regrettably been delayed and will be published on Transport for London’s website in spring 2021. The data for the 2020 publication is scheduled for later this year.

Page 163

Review of Past Taxi Exclusions Question No: 2021/0524 Keith Prince Will the Mayor review past taxi exclusions from bus lanes to ensure correct and lawful decisions were taken? Review of Past Taxi Exclusions The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Taxis are able to use the vast majority of bus lanes on the Transport for London Road Network, in line with the Bus Lane policy. Exclusion is only considered because of safety concerns or significant operational issues for buses. Transport for London (TfL) has successfully worked with taxi trade bodies over the years on improved bus lanes access, which has further increased the proportion where taxi access is already allowed. TfL is confident that past decisions have been made in accordance with the policy. The recent Judicial Review judgment did not consider the 2007 Bus Lane policy unlawful or question the criteria for allowing taxi access as set out in the policy. TfL will keep the issue of taxi access in bus lanes under review including after the final outcome of the appeal against the Judicial Review judgement.

High Court Streetspace Judgement Question No: 2021/0525 Keith Prince In her recent High Court judgment on Streetspace, the judge referred to taxis as a form of public transport. Will the Mayor now confirm his target of 80% trips by foot, bicycle or public transport by 2041 includes taxis? Answer for High Court Streetspace Judgement The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response High Court Streetspace Judgement The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Transport Strategy is focused on reducing Londoner’s use of cars in favour of walking, cycling and public transport use. The 80 per cent mode share does not include cars, Private Hire Vehicles (PHV) or taxis. Taxis and PHVs have an important role to play in London’s transport network, particularly in terms of accessibility, but cars are inefficient users of road space, whether they are privately owned or shared and however they are powered.

Page 164

This does not limit the ability of the taxi trade to provide the ‘safe, secure, accessible world-class taxi and private hire service’ envisaged by my transport strategy.

TPH Financial Summary Question No: 2021/0526 Keith Prince The TPH financial summary for 2019/20 showed an overall regulatory deficit of £31m. It is claimed a concerted effort will be made to ultimately balance licensing income and expenditure. This will primarily be delivered by regulatory expenditure savings. Will the Mayor elaborate on those expenditure savings? Answer for TPH Financial Summary The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TPH Financial Summary The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The TPH financial summary for 2019/20 shows a 10 per cent increase in the income Transport for London (TfL) received and a 5 per cent decrease in its expenditure compared to the previous year. As a result, TfL’s in-year regulatory position has improved significantly, from a £9m deficit in 2018/19 to a £3.7m deficit in 2019/20. TfL made significant savings in several areas last year, as highlighted in the summary, and will continue to find opportunities to reduce its regulatory expenditure in these areas. However, the publication of the Department for Transport’s new Statutory Standards for licensing authorities will undoubtedly lead to additional costs to licensing authorities and licensees. TfL is seeking to implement these in the most cost-efficient way possible. TfL continues to focus on delivering a balanced licence income and expenditure, however it will need to assess the impact of the pandemic and the new Statutory Standards on these plans. In the meantime, TfL will continue to focus on providing an effective and safe licensing regime during these difficult times.

Transport Workers and Covid 19 Question No: 2021/0527 Keith Prince Your partial response to Question 2021/0127 contained even less information than your response to 2020/2533. Please provide me with a breakdown of Bus Driver deaths from Covid-19 by Bus Operator and explain why this requested information was not included in your latest response.

Page 165

Answer for Transport Workers and Covid 19 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Transport Workers and Covid 19 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Tragically, we have lost a total of 51 bus drivers to coronavirus-related illness as of 9 March. Transport for London is unable to provide a line by line account of each death due to data protection and out of respect to the privacy of the affected families. A summary of the information requested has been provided in the table below. It is important to note that the operators vary in size and in the proportion of routes that they operate on TfL’s network. Operator Total Bus Driver Deaths (9 March 2021) Abellio 3 Arriva 5 Go-Ahead 9 HCT 1 Metroline 15 RATP 5 Stagecoach 6 Tower Transit 7 Total 51

Covid-19 Deaths and Bus Depots Question No: 2021/0528 Keith Prince In your partial responses to Questions 2021/0127 and 2020/2533, you state that “TfL is unable to provide a line –by-line account of each death in service due to data protection and out of respect for the privacy of the families of the deceased” but that is not the information I requested. I have requested that you provide bus driver deaths from Covid-19 by “place of work” which includes both the Bus Operator and the Bus Operator’s Depot associated with the victims. Given that the Bus Safety Data TfL publishes every quarter shows the month, location, Bus Route Number, the garage the bus operated from and sex, age and severity of injury details for the thousands of victims killed or injured in Bus Safety Incidents involving TfL buses since January 2014, do you accept that TfL must be in a position to provide the information I’ve asked for about the deaths of bus drivers from Covid-19 without violating any data protection provisions or the privacy of the families of the deceased and will you instruct it to do so?

Page 166

Answer for Covid-19 Deaths and Bus Depots The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Covid-19 Deaths and Bus Depots The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/0527 for a summary of bus driver deaths broken down by operator. As stated in that response, Transport for London is unable to provide a line by line account of each death in service from illness rather than road safety due to data protection and out of respect for the privacy of the families of the deceased.

Letter from TfL Commissioner to Bus Operators re ’Special Leave for Vulnerable Bus Drivers’ Question No: 2021/0529 Keith Prince In your response to 2021/0130, you appear to suggest that the Transport Commissioner hasn’t received any formal written confirmation from Bus Operators that they’ve agreed to his ‘urge’ that they give special leave for vulnerable Bus Drivers. Kindly provide me with any written confirmation that TfL has received from each Bus Operator confirming that the Commissioner’s ‘urge’ has been accepted and is being implemented by them. Accordingly, please also provide details as to how TfL are monitoring the conduct of that process. Letter from TfL Commissioner to Bus Operators re ’Special Leave for Vulnerable Bus Drivers’ The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Formal confirmation was provided at conference calls as this was a much quicker way of providing assurance to Transport for London and the Transport Commissioner. The bus operators gave verbal assurances this would happen, as mentioned in my answer to your previous question 2021/0130. Since then, conference calls with bus operators and Unite the union have been used to track progress on furloughing and obtain further assurances on workforce safeguards.

IA 15738 Question No: 2021/0530 Keith Prince Please provide me with a copy of IA 15 738 “Tram Infrastructure Safety Management” published on 18 April 2016.

Page 167

Answer for IA 15738 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response IA 15738 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please find attached Internal Audit Report IA 15 738 issued on 18 April 2016. Please note that the cover page of the report has the incorrect issue date of 18 April 2018.

IA 15738 and the Croydon Tram Crash Investigations Question No: 2021/0531 Keith Prince Was Internal Audit 15738 provided to the Croydon Tram Crash Investigators (RAIB, SNC Lavalin, the Police), the ORR and the Coroner? If so, on what dates? Answer for IA 15738 and the Croydon Tram Crash Investigations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response IA 15738 and the Croydon Tram Crash Investigations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 No, a copy of Internal Audit Report IA 15 738 was not provided. This was an audit of the TfL team that managed the maintenance of the track and lineside infrastructure and their management of the safety risks associated with this. It was not an audit of FirstGroup or Tram Operations Ltd.

IA 16760 Question No: 2021/0532 Keith Prince Please provide me a copy of IA 16760 “Surface Transport Health and Safety Competence Management” published on 14 October 2016. Answer for IA 16760 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 168

IA 16760 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please find attached Internal Audit Report IA 16 760

IA 16760 and the Croydon Tram Crash Investigations Question No: 2021/0533 Keith Prince Was IA 16760 provided to the Croydon Tram Crash Investigators (RAIB, SNC Lavalin, the Police), the ORR and the Coroner? If so, on what dates? Answer for IA 16760 and the Croydon Tram Crash Investigations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response IA 16760 and the Croydon Tram Crash Investigations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 No, a copy of Internal Audit Report IA 16 760 was not provided. This was an audit of the health and safety training provided to TfL employees in Surface Transport. Trams were not included in the directorates sampled. The audit is not applicable to FirstGroup or Tram Operations Ltd.

Adequately Controlled” Conclusions of Safety Audits IA 15738, IA 16760 and IA 16767 shortly before the Sandilands Tragedy Question No: 2021/0534 Keith Prince Do you believe the fact that 3 Safety Audits concerning the Croydon Tram — IA 15738, IA 16760 and IA 16767 —published by TfL before 9 November 2016 each showed the conclusion “Adequately Controlled” suggests that TfL’s Internal Audit Process overseen by TfL’s General Counsel was seriously compromised in the run-up to the Sandilands Crash? Seeing that there have been no changes in that division’s leadership under your watch as TfL Chair, have you ordered any actions since November 2016 that might restore the public’s faith in the accountability and competence of TfL’s Internal Audit processes? Answer for Adequately Controlled” Conclusions of Safety Audits IA 15738, IA 16760 and IA 16767 shortly before the Sandilands Tragedy The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 169

Adequately Controlled” Conclusions of Safety Audits IA 15738, IA 16760 and IA 16767 shortly before the Sandilands Tragedy The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The audit reports you refer to do not give any basis upon which to assert that Transport for London’s (TfL) audit process was “seriously compromised”. You will note that IA 15 738 was an audit of the TfL team that managed the maintenance of the track and lineside infrastructure and their management of the safety risks associated with this. It was not an audit of FirstGroup or Tram Operations Ltd. You will also note that IA 16 760 was an audit of the health and safety training provided to TfL employees in Surface Transport. Trams were not included in the directorates sampled. The audit is not applicable to FirstGroup or Tram Operations Ltd. As previously explained (including in my responses to Mayor’s Questions 2020/4094, 2020/4095, 2020/4096, 2020/4097, 2020/4098, 2020/4099, 2020/4628), IA 16767 was not published by TfL.

Misleading Statement about Croydon Tram Safety Audits Question No: 2021/0535 Keith Prince After TfL had been compelled to publish IA 13744 (“Competence and Fitness of Tram Operations Limited (TOL) Tram Operators”) and IA 17780 (“Management of Fatigue in Tram Operations Limited”), on 26 June 2018 in response to Question 2018/1315 you stated: “There are no other audit reports on this subject.” Yet the existence of IA 16767 (and IA 15738 and IA 16760) appears to show your response was misleading. Your response to Question 2020/4628 suggests you were ignorant of the existence of IA 16767 at the time you responded to Question 2018/1315. Were you similarly ignorant of the existence of IA 15738 and IA 16760 18 months after Sandilands when you responded to Question 2018/1315? Answer for Misleading Statement about Croydon Tram Safety Audits The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Misleading Statement about Croydon Tram Safety Audits The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please refer to my responses to Mayor’s Questions 2020/4094, 2020/4095, 2020/4096, 2020/4097, 2020/4098, 2020/4099, and 2020/4628 regarding IA 16 767. Please refer to my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/0534 in relation to IA 15 738 and IA 16 760.

Page 170

IA 15 738 was an audit of the Transport for London (TfL) team that managed the maintenance of the track and lineside infrastructure and their management of the safety risks associated with this. It was not an audit of FirstGroup or Tram Operations Ltd. IA 16 760 was an audit of the health and safety training provided to TfL employees in Surface Transport. Trams were not included in the directorates sampled. The audit is not applicable to FirstGroup or Tram Operations Ltd.

Deputy Mayor’s misleading statements to London Assembly on 11 September 2019 Question No: 2021/0536 Keith Prince Further to your response to Question 2020/4629: (a) on what exact date was the Deputy Mayor informed about the existence of IA 16767 and (b), since all the evidence files contained within your response to 2019/17340 were created on 14 February 2020, why did you not respond to Question 2019/17340 until 5 October 2020, over a year after the question was asked? Answer for Deputy Mayor’s misleading statements to London Assembly on 11 September 2019 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Deputy Mayor’s misleading statements to London Assembly on 11 September 2019 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There is no note of the exact date that the Deputy Mayor for Transport was informed about the existence of IA 16 767, but it will have been in the first weeks of March 2020. Mayor’s Question 2019/12001 sought “all communications concerning [the] circulation [of a draft] of Fatigue Audit IA 17 780 which was first sent to First Group on 11th July 2019” and First Group’s response.” Mayor’s Question 2019/17340 extended that request to “any emails between TfL Executives about Fatigue Audit IA 17780 sent between 19 May 2017 and 7 July 2017”. I understand that Transport for London has apologised to you for the length of time it had taken to respond to your question. In order to respond in a proportionate way, an automated search was made of selected email accounts which were probable repositories of emails to which the request applied, for the period requested, using the search terms “fatigue” or “FirstGroup”. A considerable amount of TfL staff time was then spent in reviewing and sorting the extensive amount of material produced in those search results, identifying relevant emails and attachments, omitting duplicates and making the necessary GDPR-related redactions.

Page 171

TfL’s failure to report cancellation of IA 16767 to Audit and Assurance Committee Question No: 2021/0537 Keith Prince Following up on your partial response to Question 2021/4627 (“Discontinued Internal Audits from 1 January 2014 to present”) and your failure to respond to Question 2020/4626 (“Protocols for Undertaking or Discontinuing Internal Audits”), Agenda Item 48/10/16 in Internal Audit Quarter 1 Report 2016/17 presented to TfL’s Audit & Assurance Committee on 11 October 2016 states “it was agreed future reports include the reasons for audits cancelled and postponed”. Why doesn’t TfL’s cancellation of IA 16767 appear in any subsequent “reasons for audits cancelled and postponed” reports provided by Internal Audit to TfL’s Audit & Assurance Committee? How can you explain the apparent disappearance from the public record of a TfL Safety Audit that is directly related to a catastrophic safety incident that took place while IA 16767 was being completed? TfL’s failure to report cancellation of IA 16767 to Audit and Assurance Committee The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please find attached Transport for London’s Audit Manual for undertaking Internal Audits that was in place at the time of audit IA16767. TfL’s failure to report cancellation of IA 16767 to Audit and Assurance Committee The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I refer to my answer to MQ 2020/4096. IA 16 767 was an audit of ‘Trams Management of Operational Risk’ and evidence gathering was nearing completion with report drafting underway when work was paused. In light of the tragic event of 9 November 2016, it was decided that it would not be appropriate to continue with finalising the report at that time. The audit was never completed as the work was superseded by the vital investigations into the Sandilands tragedy. In order for the report to be meaningful, further work would have had to have been carried out in relation to the incident itself. On that basis, it was not sensible for Transport for London (TfL) auditors to try to do this at a time when that work might hamper the internal and external investigations into the Sandilands tragedy or pre- judge the investigations findings. The RAIB and SNC Lavalin were informed of the uncompleted audit. Work on IA 16 767 was placed “on hold” (the audit database category for work that is paused) in November 2016. Following a reorganisation in October 2017, the audit database was updated between July 2017 and April 2018 to reflect a division of the work across the new organisational structure with separate Internal Audit and Integrated Assurance audit teams. IA 16 767 was allocated to the new Integrated Assurance team. During the administrative process the status of IA 16 767 in the audit database was changed from ‘on hold’ to ‘cancelled’. This reflected the time that had elapsed and that, had Integrated Assurance decided to resume the audit, it would have been started from scratch, and so IA 16 767 was being taken off a list of pending work. Integrated Assurance audits are not

Page 172

reported to the Audit and Assurance Committee in the same level of detail as Internal Audits. As IA 16 767 had been allocated to the Integrated Assurance team, when it was moved from ‘on hold’ to ‘cancelled’, this was not included in the reporting to the Audit and Assurance Committee as currently happens for Internal Audits. During this time, in addition to TfL continuing to take action in response to the conclusions and recommendations made in the RAIB and SNC Lavalin reports, the approach to the prioritisation of audit reviews of tram safety and of fatigue-related matters continued as normal. Since the incident, TfL has been working continually to introduce additional safety measures to the tram network and to ensure that such a tragedy never happens again. All the TfL-specific recommendations set out by the RAIB have now been completed. These include an in-cab driver protection device, better signage and warning systems for drivers, additional speed restrictions, an automated braking system across the whole London Trams fleet, enhanced speed monitoring and an upgrade of the CCTV recording system. TfL also continues to work with the wider tram industry to ensure that lessons are learned from this incident and that any further measures that could improve the safety of trams across the UK are introduced.

TfL Internal Communication about decision to modify IA 17780 sent on 27 July 2017 between 0801-0928 Question No: 2021/0538 Keith Prince Evidence you released in Question 2020/0023 clearly shows that TfL Internal Audit watered down a safety audit that showed serious Fatigue Management problems at the Croydon Tram 7 months after the Sandilands Disaster in order to ‘placate’ TfL’s Tram Operator First Group TOL. Yet, in your response to 2020/4633 you state that further investigation of this decision by TfL’s Internal Audit executives “would not be an appropriate use of public resources”? Will you undertake to explain your response directly to the families of the Sandilands Crash victims? Answer for TfL Internal Communication about decision to modify IA 17780 sent on 27 July 2017 between 0801-0928 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL Internal Communication about decision to modify IA 17780 sent on 27 July 2017 between 0801-0928 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please refer to my previous answers on this topic. In terms of the appropriate use of public resources, Transport for London is focusing its resources and efforts on providing every

Page 173

support and assistance that it can to HM Senior Coroner for South London’s Inquest, which is due to commence on 17 May 2021. It is my strong hope that the professional expertise of those with the statutory authority and responsibility for identifying the cause or causes of the tragedy at Sandilands will provide the conclusion that is needed, including all and any information which will assist in preventing such a tragedy happening again.

Fitness and Competence of Unite the Union Safety Representatives implementing and monitoring Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions during the Pandemic Question No: 2021/0539 Keith Prince In your responses to Questions 2020/3659, 2020/2541, 2020/2119 and 2020/1623 you have repeatedly underscored the important role of Unite the Union representatives ‘stood down from their normal duties’ by Bus Operators to ensure that Covid-19 Risk Reduction actions were being carried out and monitored in Bus Depots and on Buses. Given that ONS Data shows that the death rate from Covid-19 among TfL Bus Drivers is over twice that of UK Bus Drivers, what evidence does TfL have that (a) these Unite representatives were trained and competent to carry out the safety critical tasks they were ‘stood down’ for and/or (b) these Union representatives carried out these tasks at all? Answer for Fitness and Competence of Unite the Union Safety Representatives implementing and monitoring Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions during the Pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Fitness and Competence of Unite the Union Safety Representatives implementing and monitoring Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions during the Pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am not clear what datasets you are comparing to make the assertion that the death rate amongst London bus drivers is twice as high as that of bus drivers nationally. The ONS data for COVID deaths by occupation was not broken down by region and, as the ONS website makes clear, comparisons should not be made using their data with data published elsewhere. A sophisticated piece of statistical analysis would need to be carried out to make the assertions you are making. I also do not accept that the role of the Trade Union representatives has in any way contributed to an increase in the number of bus driver deaths. The legal duty to ensure that each bus depot is a safe place to work rests entirely with the employer, not with Trade Union representatives. Formal assurance processes have been put in place by operators to ensure standards are adhered to. This has been supported, but not led by stood-down Trade Union representatives, giving an additional level of assurance that Public Health

Page 174

England guidance is being followed. Trade Union representatives work with the operator’s health and safety managers and have had formal safety training. The first phase of the UCL research into the pattern of COVID deaths and infection amongst London’s bus drivers made clear that the majority of bus driver deaths resulted from infection before the first lockdown began, when the prevalence of the virus in London was much higher than the rest of the country. It also confirmed that lockdown was the most effective measure for reducing mortality among bus drivers. I have left no stone unturned in the last year in my efforts to protect staff and customers on TfL services and I would like to thank the Trade Unions and Bus Operators for working tirelessly with TfL to improve safety for all of our frontline staff.

Fitness and Competence of Bus Operator and Unite the Union Safety Representatives implementing and monitoring Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions during Pandemic Question No: 2021/0540 Keith Prince Following up your responses to Questions 2020/3659, 2020/2541, 2020/2119, and 2020/1623, did TfL request that its Bus Operators and Unite the Union provide the names and CVs of any of the Bus Operator and Unite the Union representatives TfL executives contacted ‘in regular telephone calls’ to ensure Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions were being carried out competently in Depots and on Buses? If such information was ever requested and provided, could you provide me with an anonymised version of it? Answer for Fitness and Competence of Bus Operator and Unite the Union Safety Representatives implementing and monitoring Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions during Pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Fitness and Competence of Bus Operator and Unite the Union Safety Representatives implementing and monitoring Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions during Pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s bus operators are ultimately responsible for the health, safety and wellbeing of their staff as well as the safe operation of their depots and buses. Transport for London (TfL) works collaboratively with operators to advise and support them in ensuring best practice and has also provided insight through independent research by University College London, to help mitigate risk and manage the pandemic. From this regular dialogue, TfL is confident operators are undertaking their activities as envisaged.

Page 175

TfL health and safety managers continue to assist their counterparts at bus garages as much as possible through regular conference calls so that the key requirements of a physical visit are covered. At garages, there are also designated health and safety union representatives who are employees of the bus operators. They work with the operator’s health and safety managers and have had formal safety training, giving an additional level of assurance that Public Health England guidance is being followed. Employee data is protected by the employer, and TfL does not hold details of CVs of these workers.

Minutes of Regular Conference Calls about Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions TfL held with Bus Operator and Union Officials, March 2020 to present Question No: 2021/0541 Keith Prince Further to your responses to Questions 2020/1623 and 2020/2119, from March 2020 can you provide me with all the minutes of the “regular conference calls” TfL held with Bus Operators and Unite the Union representatives concerning the implementation and monitoring of Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions by them? Answer for Minutes of Regular Conference Calls about Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions TfL held with Bus Operator and Union Officials, March 2020 to present The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Minutes of Regular Conference Calls about Covid-19 Risk Reduction Actions TfL held with Bus Operator and Union Officials, March 2020 to present The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since the coronavirus pandemic began, there have been regular online conference calls involving Transport for London (TfL) and its contracted bus operators, and separately with TfL, bus operators and Unite the Union. Minutes are not taken at these conference calls.

TfL’s ‘scaling back’ on Physical Site Visits and Bus Driver Covid-19 Deaths Question No: 2021/0542 Keith Prince Following up your response to Question 2020/3659, do you accept that TfL’s decision to ‘scale back on physical site visits at the height of the lockdown’ might contribute to why ONS Data shows that the death rate of London Bus Drivers is twice that of UK Bus Drivers?

Page 176

Answer for TfL’s ‘scaling back’ on Physical Site Visits and Bus Driver Covid-19 Deaths The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL’s ‘scaling back’ on Physical Site Visits and Bus Driver Covid-19 Deaths The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Every death from coronavirus is a tragedy and my thoughts remain with the friends and families of our colleagues who have died. We will continue to do everything possible to protect bus drivers. However, I do not accept that the reduction in the number of physical visits by TfL staff would have contributed to an increase in the number of bus driver deaths. The first phase of the research undertaken by University College London was clear that the majority of bus driver deaths resulted from infection before the first lockdown began, when the prevalence of the virus in London was much higher than the rest of the country. The study also confirmed that lockdown was the most effective measure for reducing mortality among bus drivers. As described in my answer to MQ 2020/3659, Transport for London scaled-back on physical visits at the height of lockdown in accordance with the prevailing Government advice. At a fundamental level, it stands to reason that minimising the number of people on any particular site, at any particular time, was and is both a significant mitigation, and a pragmatic one. The Office for National Statistics (ONS) data for COVID deaths by occupation was not broken down by region and, as the ONS website makes clear, comparisons should not be made using their data with data published elsewhere. Nevertheless, in the first phase of the pandemic, London bus drivers were worse affected than those in other areas. This is for a number of reasons, including the extent to which the first wave of COVID hit London very hard, the high numbers of older bus drivers and the high proportion of drivers from a black and ethnic minority background in London.

Unite the Union’s suspension of Arriva’s BAME Health & Safety Representatives Question No: 2021/0543 Keith Prince In your response to Question 2020/2529, you state that Unite the Union’s decisions to suspend 7 BAME Health and Safety Representatives working for Arriva during the height of the pandemic were “internal matters for Unite the Union to deal with as they consider appropriate, and not for TfL or me to comment on”. Yet in your responses to Questions 2020/3659, 2020/2541, 2020/2119, and 2020/1623 you have repeatedly underscored the

Page 177

important role of Unite the Union Health and Safety representatives in ensuring Covid-19 Risk Reduction actions were carried out. If Unite the Union’s decisions to remove important safety resources were not agreed with TfL in advance, do you not agree that this action exposes a huge flaw in TfL’s pandemic response? Do you have confirmation that these suspended Representatives were replaced? What actions have you taken since April 2020 to ensure this perilous situation has been rectified? Unite the Union’s suspension of Arriva’s BAME Health & Safety Representatives The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I do not accept that the suspension of these Unite representatives is a flaw in the coronavirus pandemic response or represented a perilous situation. They would have been providing an extra layer of assurance on top of the operator’s health and safety arrangements. Transport for London (TfL) also understands that interim representation was arranged, and day-to-day supervision continued uninterrupted to maintain a strong presence on site. The main responsibility for the site rests with the garage’s management team, supported by communications and posters. At an individual level, safety arrangements also require every member of staff to take personal responsibility for their actions. TfL’s health and safety managers are also in regular contact with their bus operator counterparts to share best practice and lend expertise. These reps were bus operator employees, not Transport for London’s (TfL), and their withdrawal was an internal matter for Unite, as stated in previous answers, and not something TfL could direct or influence.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (1) Question No: 2021/0544 Keith Prince From bus drivers, I’ve learned that bus garages directly employ ferry drivers who are responsible for transporting starting bus drivers in a car or a minibus from the bus garage to a change-over point and who also sometime return with drivers who are finishing. Phase 1 of the UCL Initial Assessment of London Bus Driver Mortality from Covid-19 published in August 2020 stipulated that “TfL’s occupational risk assessment tool should be used by London bus companies to identify those most vulnerable—with the oversight of TfL—to reduce the risk of employee’s exposure to and acquisition of Covid-19’. Was the ferry driving of bus drivers from depots to change-over points (and vice versa) ever covered by TfL’s or Bus Operators’ Covid-19 Risk Assessments? If so, please provide me with copies of each of these Risk Assessments for each Garage where they were carried out. Answer for Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 178

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Ferry driving is not tendered by Transport for London (TfL). It is a local arrangement for the employees of the bus operating companies, which manage the health and safety risks in accordance with Public Health England advice. For this reason, TfL does not hold this kind of risk assessment document. TfL has provided its occupational risk tools to operators so they may choose to use these for all operational matters. Many drivers make their own arrangements for getting to and from the start and end point of their duties, and this will be managed differently by each company.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (3) Question No: 2021/0545 Keith Prince Please publish the number of ferry drivers working on TfL’s Bus Operation by Bus Garage by month starting from March 2020. Answer for Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London does not hold data on the number of ferry drivers working across London’s bus operators as these are not contracted services, but rather bespoke transit arrangements organised locally within bus operating companies. Please also see my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/0544. Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (3) The Mayor Last updated: 05 May, 2021 Transport for London does not hold data on the number of ferry drivers working across London’s bus operators as these are not contracted services, but rather bespoke transit arrangements organised locally within bus operating companies. Please also see my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/0544.

Page 179

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (4) Question No: 2021/0546 Keith Prince What is the average number of total jobs carried out by a ferry driver on a daily basis? Answer for Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London does not hold data on the jobs carried out by ferry drivers on a daily basis as these are not contracted services, but rather bespoke transit arrangements organised locally within bus operating companies. Many drivers also make their own arrangements for getting to and from the start and end points of their shifts. Please also see my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/0544.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (5) Question No: 2021/0547 Keith Prince Is the driving compartment used by ferry drivers sealed from Bus Drivers? Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) does not hold information on ferry vehicles to determine whether they are sealed or not. This is because the transit arrangements are arranged locally by bus operators and are not contracted services. TfL has, however, shared the learnings from the University College London cab protection work to help inform the way companies safeguard their staff. Operators must also meet Public Health England guidance on coronavirus-safe practices and, as employers of ferry and bus drivers, make operating decisions that reflect their health and safety responsibilities.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (6) Question No: 2021/0548 Keith Prince How many Bus Drivers ride in the ferry vehicles? Can they maintain social distancing while being transported by a ferry vehicle?

Page 180

Answer for Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (6) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (6) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) does not hold information on the number of drivers carried to and from work by ferry drivers as these are localised transit arrangements that vary across operators. Regardless of this, operators and their employees must follow Government guidance on coronavirus restrictions such as social distancing. TfL has also shared the outcomes of University College London’s work on cab protection with bus operating companies to help inform their operating decisions.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (7) Question No: 2021/0549 Keith Prince Are ferry drivers required to wear masks in the ferry vehicle? Answer for Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (7) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (7) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes, I understand bus operators require face masks to be worn on ferry vehicle transits to and from drivers’ remote work locations unless exempt. As these internal travel arrangements are locally managed and the staff involved are employees of the operators, the companies manage this directly and make their staff aware of their personal responsibilities to help keep themselves and others safe.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (8) Question No: 2021/0550 Keith Prince Are Bus Drivers required to wear masks in the ferry vehicle?

Page 181

Answer for Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (8) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (8) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/0549.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (9) Question No: 2021/0551 Keith Prince Given the concentration of Covid-19 deaths among Metroline and Tower Transit Bus Drivers, has TfL considered the possibility of a “Super-Spreader” event might have originated with ferry drivers working for those companies’ Bus Garages? Answer for Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (9) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (9) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Every death from coronavirus is a tragedy and my thoughts remain with the friends and families of our colleagues who have died. We will continue to do everything possible to protect bus drivers. Transport for London (TfL) and the bus operators have consistently relied on the health information available to inform the safeguards put in place to minimise risks linked to COVID-19. The University College London report on bus driver fatalities considered the range of cleaning and safety measures put in place by the bus companies. It concluded that it was the introduction of lockdown that had the most significant impact on reducing infection rates. This research, along with Public Health England advice, has been informing the bus services operations. The same guidance is being applied by bus operators on ferry vehicles to help minimise the risk of transmission events. Cleaning regimes of ferry vehicles have been enhanced, and steps have been taken to reduce their capacities and ensure staff sit apart. Wherever a positive coronavirus test result is identified, contact tracing is undertaken to identify those who may have been in close contact with the individual. The same process would be applied if a ferry vehicle driver tested positive.

Page 182

Phase 2 of the UCL Initial Assessment of London Bus Driver Mortality from Covid-19 (1) Question No: 2021/0552 Keith Prince Ostensibly, the UCL report on Bus Driver Mortality was to be published in December 2020. Why has it been delayed? What date did UCL sign off on the report? Answer for Phase 2 of the UCL Initial Assessment of London Bus Driver Mortality from Covid-19 (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Phase 2 of the UCL Initial Assessment of London Bus Driver Mortality from Covid- 19 (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Phase 2 research by the UCL Institute of Health Equity has been ongoing through the winter. There was an initial delay in UCL receiving ethical approvals sign off to enable the work to commence in the autumn followed by a further slight delay during the survey period to ensure that an adequate response rate was received. The survey was sent to the bus operators on 20 October 2020 and closed on 4 January 2021. The findings have been analysed and the report is in the final stages of drafting and preparation. Transport for London anticipates that the report will be published this spring.

Phase 2 of the UCL Initial Assessment of London Bus Driver Mortality from Covid-19 (2) Question No: 2021/0553 Keith Prince Following up your lack of response to Question 2020/2697, please provide me with all final copies and drafts of presentations and steps to communicate phase 2 findings plus copies of any communications (emails, handwritten notes) associated with these including early drafts of presentations, press releases and plans to communicate phase 2 findings. Answer for Phase 2 of the UCL Initial Assessment of London Bus Driver Mortality from Covid-19 (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Phase 2 of the UCL Initial Assessment of London Bus Driver Mortality from Covid- 19 (2) The Mayor

Page 183

Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I understand Transport for London sent you this documentation on Thursday 4 March.

TfL’s Concession to Unite the Union on Face Masks Question No: 2021/0554 Keith Prince In June 2020, Unite the Union published a notice entitled “Government guidance for face coverings on public transport” which, inter alia, claimed “TfL and the Bus Operators agreed to Unite’s demand that the use of face coverings should remain optional for the driver…you choose if you want to wear a face covering.” Do TfL and the Bus Operators still agree to Unite’s June 2020 demand? What justification did Unite the Union provide for making the wearing of masks by bus drivers optional? Please provide any evidence that TfL used to rebut Unite arguments to relax safety measures recommended by Public Health England (PHE) on the travelling public and on its contractors? Under what authority or legislation does TfL have legal powers to relax (as in this case) or impose safety measures beyond those recommended by PHE on the travelling public and on its contractors? Answer for TfL’s Concession to Unite the Union on Face Masks The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL’s Concession to Unite the Union on Face Masks The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Trade Unions have worked tirelessly with TfL and bus operators to improve safety for all of our frontline staff. However, I do not accept the premise of your question. Over the past year, TfL has been guided by official advice when taking decisions and issuing guidance to operators regarding the safety of bus workers. In the early stages of the pandemic, the advice from Public Health England (PHE) and the World Health Organisation was against mask wearing - and that instead masks should be reserved for medical professionals. TfL and the bus operators followed and responded to the official advice, which primarily focused on hand hygiene. As PHE advice changed over time, TfL guidance to operators reflected this. The requirement to wear a face covering when on public transport under ‘The Health Protection (Coronavirus, Wearing of Face Coverings on Public Transport) (England) Regulations 2020’ applies to passengers who travel on a bus but not to public transport employees acting in the course of their employment.

Page 184

Drivers continue to be able to choose to wear a face covering in the cab. This is consistent with current PHE guidance and the independent safety assurance work conducted by University College London (UCL). This report can be viewed at: http://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/london-bus-drivers-review There continues to be many important safeguards in place to protect bus drivers, including a relentless focus on cleaning and limits on the number of passengers onboard to allow for social distancing. Bus ventilation systems have been improved and drivers’ cabs have been fully sealed-up to reduce the risk of transmission.

TfL Report on 3rd Quarter 2020 Croydon Tram Safety Incidents Question No: 2021/0555 Keith Prince A 10 February 2021 meeting of the Safety, Sustainability and HR Panel report shows that the First Group Croydon Tram was involved in 3 significant safety incidents in the third Quarter of 2020, all of which had the possibility of being catastrophes. Given these recent incidents and reiterating my unanswered Question 2020/4111 “what gives you confidence that First Group is cooperating with TfL on Tram Safety now?” Answer for TfL Report on 3rd Quarter 2020 Croydon Tram Safety Incidents The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL Report on 3rd Quarter 2020 Croydon Tram Safety Incidents The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There have been a number of positive examples demonstrating that TOL is co-operating with Transport for London (TfL) on Tram Safety issues. The work to implement the Rail Accident Investigation Branch (RAIB) recommendations have required a high degree of collaborative work between the TOL and TfL teams. For example, the industry leading Physical Prevention of Overspeed system, now in service across the whole network, required close co-operation to ensure the system could be introduced effectively. Further, the teams work closely together on a daily basis in responding to things like instances of trespass and vandalism, with TOL ensuring that the response received from the British Transport Police is appropriate and targeted to the right areas. Local specific safety campaigns to reduce instances of things like slips, trips and falls in depots and on the network are also carried out to make sure the possibility of staff and passengers being injured are eliminated. There is no complacency. TfL takes its safety responsibilities seriously. TfL expects TOL to do the same and will take such steps in the day to day working relationship with TOL, pursuant to the contract with TOL and in relation to the Office of Rail and Road as are appropriate to promote and ensure co-operation and compliance.

Page 185

TfL’s 30 Year Contract with First Group TOL Question No: 2021/0556 Keith Prince Following up on the contents of my Question 2020/4107, given the 3 nearly catastrophic Safety Incidents on the Croydon Tram that took place on 5 August 2020, 14 September 2020 and 21 October 2020 coupled with First Group TOL’s failure to report the 14 September incident to TfL, will you now give serious consideration to terminating First Group TOL’s 30 Year Contract for ‘serious and material default’ on safety? Answer for TfL’s 30 Year Contract with First Group TOL The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL’s 30 Year Contract with First Group TOL The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has raised these incidents at the most senior level within FirstGroup and with the regulator, the Office of Rail Regulation. TfL has also issued a contract notice to TOL highlighting the serious nature of the Mitcham incident and the breach of subsequent provisions regarding regulatory reporting, and will continue to take appropriate steps in accordance with the contractual arrangements.

Transparency about Nearly Catastrophic First Group Croydon Tram Safety Incidents Question No: 2021/0557 Keith Prince Three nearly catastrophic safety incidents involving the First Group Croydon Tram took place between August and October 2020 but didn’t become known to the public until February 2021. Given the upcoming inquest and the public’s interest in Croydon Tram Safety issues, will you undertake to ensure that all such future incidents are reported by TfL through press releases as soon as TfL officers are made aware of them? Answer for Transparency about Nearly Catastrophic First Group Croydon Tram Safety Incidents The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 186

Transparency about Nearly Catastrophic First Group Croydon Tram Safety Incidents The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 All incidents which occur within the TfL network have strict reporting requirements, which form part of the Operators Contractual Requirements. As such, these incidents, when reported, follow Tranpsort for London’s (TfL’s) due process for Incident Investigation and Governance for reporting. This question is mistaken as regards the public reporting of these incidents. The New Addington incident on 5 August 2020 was reported in TfL’s Safety, Health & Environment quarterly report in November 2020. The Commissioner’s verbal report to the TfL Board in December 2020 (as recorded in the minutes of the meeting) also noted that TfL had been notified by FirstGroup of a number of incidents in recent months and that, while none of these resulted in harm to customers or staff, TfL was taking them extremely seriously and following up with the operator and regulator to understand the reasons for each incident and to ensure that corrective mitigative action had been taken. The Commissioner’s report to the TfL Board on 3 February 2021 refers to this, stating that, as mentioned in the update to the Board in December, TfL noted with concern that there have been three operational incidents across the tram network in a short period of time. All had been reported to the Office of Rail and Road. The report advised that a full paper on the matter would be provided to the Safety, Sustainability & Human Resources Panel meeting on 10 February 2021. This meeting was held in public, and a Managing Director at FirstGroup also attended to provide an update.

TfL’s Implementation of RAIB’s Croydon Tram Crash Investigation Recommendations Question No: 2021/0558 Keith Prince Under the “Investigation updates and conclusions in Quarter 3, Croydon tram overturning” section of TfL’s 10 February 2021 Report to the Safety, Sustainability and HR (SSHR) Panel it is stated “The RAIB investigated the incident, as well as the BTP and the ORR. The RAIB issued its report in 2017 and updated it in 2018. The report made 15 recommendations, which we have now implemented.” Kindly note that RAIB has made 2 additional updates to its investigation since 2018, one in November 2019 when it corrected errors discovered by former TfL Board Director and Safety Panel Chair Michael Liebreich and again in October 2020, when RAIB corrected an error discovered by me. If RAIB’s 15 recommendations have indeed been implemented, how you explain the 3 nearly catastrophic Tram safety incidents that occurred in Q3 2020?

Page 187

Answer for TfL’s Implementation of RAIB’s Croydon Tram Crash Investigation Recommendations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL’s Implementation of RAIB’s Croydon Tram Crash Investigation Recommendations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has worked with FirstGroup and industry partners to ensure that the 15 Rail Accident Investigation Branch (RAIB) recommendations are fully implemented, especially those that were specific to the London Tram network where, in some cases, industry-leading technology has been installed on the network. The Office of Rail and Road is responsible for monitoring all tramways’ compliance with the RAIB recommendations, and it has confirmed that it considers the recommendations to have been implemented on the London Trams network. With respect to the three separate incidents to which you refer, these have all been fully investigated and responded to and appropriate actions taken. They do not affect the work already undertaken following the Sandilands RAIB recommendations.

TfL’s Failure to Publish Timely Bus Safety Data Question No: 2021/0559 Keith Prince 1 February marked the fifth anniversary of TfL’s ‘world’ leading Bus Safety Programme launched by London’s previous Mayor. One of the key features of this programme was TfL’s commitment to publishing the number of people killed or seriously injured in bus safety incidents each quarter. In 2019, TfL failed to publish any data after March 2019 (Q1) until August 2020 and in 2020, June 2020’s (Q2) data has just been published. Will you commit TfL to publish its Quarterly Bus Safety Data within 30 days of the previous Quarter’s end? Answer for TfL’s Failure to Publish Timely Bus Safety Data The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL’s Failure to Publish Timely Bus Safety Data The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 TfL’s safety performance is analysed and considered each quarter in the published Safety, Health & Environment Quarterly Report. This report includes the number of people killed or

Page 188

seriously injured in bus safety incidents each quarter (currently available up to the 12th December 2020). With regards to detailed Bus Safety data, I understand that the delays in publication have largely been due to resource constraints, particularly during 2020 when Transport for London (TfL) quite correctly prioritised its response to the coronavirus pandemic.

Unfortunately, the compilation of this data has historically been a resource-intensive task, but TfL is examining ways in which the process can be simplified, while retaining the appropriate level of detail. These changes, which TfL will complete in the coming months, will address this matter.

Vaccinating Bus Drivers Question No: 2021/0560 Keith Prince Given that analysis of ONS data shows that TfL Bus Drivers have a risk of dying from Covid- 19 that is more than twice that of UK Bus & Coach Drivers and UK Nurses, will you undertake to work with Government and Local NHS Trusts to ensure that all TfL Bus Workers (a) are placed on the Priority Group 2 List for Vaccines once Priority Group 1 distribution is completed and, b) are given Priority Access to any “back up” vaccines that become available during Priority Group 1’s implementation (replicating the Isle of Wight’s successful programme allocating such surplus to its local Bus and Ferry Workers)? Answer for Vaccinating Bus Drivers The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Vaccinating Bus Drivers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am pleased that over 1.7 million doses of the vaccine have now been given to Londoners. This is an incredible achievement by the NHS, but we are all aware that we cannot be complacent. There is ongoing work to do to ensure that all vulnerable people in the capital have access to the vaccine and are encouraged to take up the offer. There are groups of Londoners who will need additional support to access the vaccine, and we know from ongoing insight that there are communities who have doubts about having it. Local authorities continue to be at the forefront of our pan-London work to support the roll out. We continue to work with them closely, alongside PHE and the NHS, to develop messaging and resources that will reach our diverse communities. Many boroughs are also hosting direct conversations with their local communities, and the partnership is supporting and complimenting this work with a number of pan-London events.

Page 189

The NHS has just started to publish vaccine numbers at a CCG level, and this information will be useful in helping partners across London target their messaging, resources, and support.

Croydon Tram Crash: Timing of Inquest Question No: 2021/0561 Keith Prince For the period January 2020 to the present, please provide me with all TfL correspondence (internal and external) detailing the arguments used by TfL to justify the postponement of the Inquest until after the Mayoral election in May 2021. Answer for Croydon Tram Crash: Timing of Inquest The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Croydon Tram Crash: Timing of Inquest The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The listing of the Inquest has been determined solely by the Senior Coroner. Transport for London had no role in this decision and therefore did not make any arguments “to justify the postponement of the Inquest until after the Mayoral election in May 2021”. The Senior Coroner wrote to all interested persons on 4 November 2020 confirming that the Inquests due to commence on 16 November 2020 would not go ahead but instead would be heard in spring 2021, not before 1 March. This was due to the national lockdown that commenced on 5 November 2020. The Senior Coroner requested all parties’ advocates to send their dates to avoid between 1 March and 30 June 2021. Having received information as to availability from all parties’ advocates, the Senior Coroner wrote on 20 November 2020 confirming that the Inquests would commence on 17 May 2021.

TfL Debt Question No: 2021/0562 Shaun Bailey What does TfL debt currently stand at? TfL Debt The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Total nominal borrowing is reported on a quarterly basis in Transport for London’s (TfL) quarterly performance reports, published on TfL’s website and considered by the Assembly’s Budget and Performance Committee as monitoring reports. This can be found

Page 190

at https://tfl.gov.uk/corporate/publications-and-reports/quarterly-progress…. At the end of quarter 3, 2020-21, the total nominal value of borrowing outstanding was £12,697m. Prudent borrowing is an important source of financing and supports our capital investment programme. Borrowing allows TfL to spread the upfront cost over several years, tailor the repayment to the economic life of the asset and, in some circumstances, tailor the repayment to TfL’s operating income and future revenues generated by the investment. TfL regularly reviews the amounts it can borrow to support capital investment, ensuring that it is prudent, affordable and sustainable. Borrowing has been increasing gradually over the last decade and allowed TfL to progress a significant number of vital infrastructure projects, including DLR extensions, development of the London Overground network, Crossrail and station and signalling upgrades on London Underground. TfL’s Financial Sustainability Plan outlines that TfL has now reached its borrowing cap and there will be no further borrowing beyond 2020/21. TfL proposes to begin to re-build essential cash reserves to near pre-pandemic levels and pay down debt in order to ensure it has the financial resilience that corresponds to its size and risk profile.

City Hall Housing Grants Question No: 2021/0563 Shaun Bailey Please provide a list of all housing developers who have received grants from City Hall since May 2016 and the amount they have each received? City Hall Housing Grants The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Details of all approvals for grant funding approved for housing providers is available at under the “Affordable Housing Delegated Approvals” section on the GLA website. https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/housing-and-land/increasing-housing- supply/affordable-housing-statistics Further specific Mayor’s approvals are available through Mayoral Decisions available on the GLA website

City Hall Housing Loans Question No: 2021/0564 Shaun Bailey Please provide a list of all housing developers who have received loans from City Hall since May 2016 and the amount they have each received?

Page 191

Answer for City Hall Housing Loans The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response City Hall Housing Loans The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since May 2016, 19 developers have received a commitment totalling £607m from GLA. Of this, a total of £465m has been drawn by the developers to date. Details of the amount drawn by each developer is commercially sensitive and therefore cannot be provided. This investment will enable the delivery of approximately 25,300 homes, 52% of which will be affordable. Total Loan Committed Counterparty (£) Anthology Development 6 Ltd 27,905,000 Anthology Kennington Stage Limited 21,854,000 Anthology Development 4 Ltd 55,159,294 Anthology Wembley Parade Ltd 34,500,000 Apex Airspace Ltd 10,000,000 Barking Riverside Ltd 48,000,000 Central Harrow LLP 25,501,000 City & Docklands 27,000,000 Citystyle Living 2,773,535 Countryside Property 5,000,000 Mount Anvil 50,000,000 Network Homes Ltd 21,037,590 Origin Housing 27,086,956 Peabody 41,636,000 Pocket Living 56,300,000 South Harrow LLP 15,250,000 Swan New Homes Limited 50,000,000 Swan New Homes Limited and Swan Housing Association 50,000,000 Limited Waterside Places Limited Partnership 38,183,235 Total 607,186,610

Page 192

GLA Contracts with Chinese Companies Question No: 2021/0565 Shaun Bailey How many contracts does the GLA have with companies that are based in China and please list them? Answer for GLA Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response GLA Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The GLA has no direct contracts with Chinese companies. We do not hold records of the ultimate ownership of all companies we contract with. We are however aware that ABP (London) Investment Limited is a subsidiary of a Chinese property company. We have the following core agreements with them: -Development Agreement for the Royal Albert Dock, which is between GLA Land & Property Limited (GLAP), ABP (London) Investment Limited and Dauphin Holdings Group Limited – this provides ABP with the development rights for GLAP-owned land in the Royal Docks. It was signed in May 2013. - Lease relating to Phase 1 of Royal Albert Dock, which is between GLAP, ABP (London) Investment Limited and Royal Docks Management Authority Limited – this lease covers the completed first phase of the development and was signed in March 2017.

There are other leases between GLAP and ABP (London) Investment Limited in the Royal Docks relating to: Compressor House – this is a lease over a small existing building in the Royal Albert Dock site which was signed in October 2013; a Temporary Car Park – this lease covers an area of the site that is being used temporarily as a car park to serve phase 1 – it was signed in October 2019; Plots 10C and 10D – these two leases cover plots within the Royal Albert Dock development site which are permanent landscaped areas – they were signed in December 2019;

Page 193

a Temporary Energy Centre – this lease covers part of the Royal Albert Dock development site being used temporarily for an energy centre that powers phase one – it was signed in March 2017.

TfL Contracts with Chinese Companies Question No: 2021/0566 Shaun Bailey How many contracts does TfL have with companies that are based in China and please list them? Answer for TfL Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) currently has one direct contract with a company based in China: CRRC CORPORATION LIMITED for the Manufacture and Supply of New Twin Bogied Wagons with a current value of £9.4m

Hammersmith Bridge Question No: 2021/0567 Shaun Bailey How much money has TfL and City Hall given to Hammersmith Council each year since 2008 in relation to Hammersmith Bridge? How was this money spent? Hammersmith Bridge The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 A summary of the financial commitments made by Transport for London towards Hammersmith Bridge is set out in the table below, together with an explanation of the work.

Amount Year (£m) Reason 2007/08 £0.08 Bridge assessment 2008/09 £0.13 Bridge assessment 2010/11 £0.15 Investigation of weight limit enforcement and barrier/width restriction enhancement/improvements

Page 194

2011/12 £0.34 Barrier/width restriction enhancement/improvements 2014/15 £0.20 Panels design 2015/16 £0.55 Reactive deck panel replacement 2016/17 £0.79 Reactive deck panel replacement / Pathway Stage 1 – Outcome definition, surveys and data collection 2017/18 £1.02 Pathway Stage 2 – Feasibility of options for repairing the bridge 2018/19 £1.70 Pathway Stage 2 – Feasibility of options for repairing the bridge 2019/20 £5.80 Pathway Stage 3 - Concept design for main bridge, investigation and early works on pedestals, design of temporary bridge and ongoing monitoring and inspections. 2020/21 £5.90 in Pathway Stage 3 - Concept design for main bridge, detailed H1 £4.0 in design for stabilisation works to make the bridge safe for the H2 main works, investigation and early works on pedestals, concept design of temporary bridge and inspections and assessments.

Hammersmith Bridge 2 Question No: 2021/0568 Shaun Bailey What are the realistic current proposals for Hammersmith Bridge and what is the total cost of each one? Hammersmith Bridge 2 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London has developed plans for how the bridge could be repaired, which involves first stabilising the bridge to make it safe for pedestrians, cyclists and river traffic and then strengthening it to allow for general traffic (up to 7.5 tonnes) and buses. The total cost of progressing the works are estimated at c.£130m (including allowances for risk and inflation). An alternative repair methodology has been proposed by Fosters + Partners / COWI and is being promoted by Hammersmith & Fulham Council. It entails building a temporary structure within the existing bridge, and refurbishing pats of the existing bridge off site. Hammersmith & Fulham Council has commissioned Foster + Partners / COWI to develop this option, and its estimated cost, further. An outcome of this work is expected to be reported to the Hammersmith Bridge Taskforce within the next few weeks.

Page 195

Met Police Contracts with Chinese Companies Question No: 2021/0569 Shaun Bailey How many contracts does the Metropolitan Police Service have with companies that are based in China and please list them? Answer for Met Police Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Met Police Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service does not have any direct relationships with any companies based and headquartered in China.

London Population Question No: 2021/0570 Shaun Bailey What is the current population of London? Answer for London Population The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London Population The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The most recent official estimate of London’s resident population is 8,962,000. This figure relates to the population as it was at the mid-year point of 2019. Official estimates for mid- year 2020 are scheduled for release in June 2021. Measuring recent population change has been made more difficult by disruption caused by the pandemic to the methods used to monitor migration flows, particularly the suspension of the International Passenger Survey. While there have been a number of recent reports in the media about a large fall in London’s population since the start of the pandemic, there remains a lack of reliable evidence to support such claims and the GLA’s City Intelligence Unit has advised that these be treated with great caution at this time.

Page 196

LFB Contracts with Chinese Companies Question No: 2021/0571 Shaun Bailey How many contracts does the London Fire Brigade (LFB) have with companies that are based in China and please list them? Answer for LFB Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response LFB Contracts with Chinese Companies The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade does not have any contracts with companies that are based in China.

London and Partners Question No: 2021/0572 Shaun Bailey What is the total amount of GLA funding for London and Partners in the 2021/22 year? Answer for London and Partners The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London and Partners The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have allocated £11.17 million of GLA funding to London & Partners in my budget submission for 2021/22, which was approved by the London Assembly on 25th February.

City Hall Delegations to China Question No: 2021/0573 Shaun Bailey How many City Hall delegations to China have there been since May 2016? Answer for City Hall Delegations to China The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 197

City Hall Delegations to China The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London has a long-standing relationship with the Chinese people, and not just because of the Chinese community we have here in London. In keeping with this history and the GLA’s statutory duty to promote economic development, the GLA has long worked to promote London overseas, attract inward investment and share knowledge with the Chinese people for the benefit of Londoners. This includes our knowledge sharing around the Olympic Games and Paralympic Games ahead of 2012 and more recently around responding to the pandemic.

Since 2000, when the GLA was established, there have been 27 official visits at Deputy Mayor or senior Mayoral adviser level to China, as follows:

• January 2005: John Ross, Director for Economic and Business Policy • June 2005: John Ross, Director for Economic and Business Policy, and Judith Woodward, Senior Policy Advisor – Culture Strategy • September 2005: Judith Woodward, Senior Policy Adviser – Culture Strategy • April 2006: Ken Livingstone, Mayor of London • June 2006: Judith Woodward, Senior Policy Adviser – Culture Strategy • October 2006: John Ross, Director for Economic and Business Policy, and Judith Woodward, Senior Policy Advisor – Culture Strategy • May 2007: Judith Woodward, Senior Policy Advisor – Culture Strategy

• July 2008: Ian Clement, Deputy Mayor for Government and External Relations • August 2008: Ian Clement, Deputy Mayor for Government and External Relations • August 2008: Boris Johnson, Mayor of London • September 2008: Boris Johnson, Mayor of London • October 2008: Munira Mirza, Director of Arts, Culture and the Creative Industries • July 2010: Richard Barnes, Statutory Deputy Mayor of London • September 2011: Nicholas Griffin, Mayoral Adviser - Budgets and Performance • November 2011: Richard Barnes, Statutory Deputy Mayor of London • June 2013: Sir Edward Lister, Deputy Mayor for Policy and Planning • September 2013: Sir Edward Lister, Deputy Mayor for Policy and Planning • October 2013: Boris Johnson, Mayor of London • July 2014: Sir Edward Lister, Deputy Mayor for Policy and Planning • October 2014: Matthew Pencharz, Environment and Political Adviser • January 2015: Matthew Pencharz, Environment and Political Adviser • October 2015: Richard Blakeway, Deputy Mayor for Housing, Land and Property

Page 198

• April 2016: Matthew Pencharz, Deputy Mayor for Environment & Energy • April 2018: James Murray, Deputy Mayor for Housing • July and November 2018, and May 2019: Rajesh Agrawal, Deputy Mayor for Business and Chair of London & Partners As you will note, of the 27 of delegations from City Hall to China since the GLA was created, four have been since May 2016.

Affordable homes Question No: 2021/0574 Shaun Bailey How many affordable houses have you completed in each year since 2016/17 and to date? Affordable homes The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Details of all housing delivery in London from 2016-17 onwards are shown in the “Affordable Housing statistics” GLA webpage: https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/housing-and-land/increasing-housing- supply/affordable-housing-statistics

London & Partners Delegations to China Question No: 2021/0575 Shaun Bailey How many London and Partners delegations to China have there been since May 2016? Answer for London & Partners Delegations to China The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London & Partners Delegations to China The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London has a long-standing relationship with the Chinese people, and not just because of the Chinese community we have here in London. In keeping with this history and the GLA’s statutory duty to promote economic development, the GLA has long worked to promote London overseas, attract inward investment and share knowledge with the Chinese people for the benefit of Londoners.

Page 199

London & Partners has undertaken 60 Mayor’s International Business Programme (MIBP) trade missions to promote London’s businesses and secure inward investment since May 2016. Five of these 60 delegations from London & Partners have been to China. Between 2013-2015, there were three trade missions to China, including the delegation led by the former Mayor, Boris Johnson. London & Partners Delegations to China The Mayor Last updated: 05 May, 2021 London has a long-standing relationship with the Chinese people, and not just because of the Chinese community we have here in London. In keeping with this history and the GLA’s statutory duty to promote economic development, the GLA has long worked to promote London overseas, attract inward investment and share knowledge with the Chinese people for the benefit of Londoners. London & Partners has undertaken 60 Mayor’s International Business Programme (MIBP) trade missions to promote London’s businesses and secure inward investment since May 2016. Five of these 60 delegations from London & Partners have been to China. Between 2013-2015, there were three trade missions to China, including the delegation led by the former Mayor, Boris Johnson.

Healthy Streets Programme Question No: 2021/0576 Shaun Bailey What is the total budget for the Healthy Streets Programme and how much of this has been spent? Answer for Healthy Streets Programme The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Healthy Streets Programme The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The 2020-21 Healthy Streets budget is £149m. At the end of period 11, £116m has been spent, across Transport for London and borough activities.

Page 200

Deputy Mayor for Business Overseas Trips Question No: 2021/0577 Shaun Bailey Can you provide me with a list of all dates since May 2016 where the Deputy Mayor for Business went on an overseas trip? Please also provide the locations and the purpose of those trips. Answer for Deputy Mayor for Business Overseas Trips The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Deputy Mayor for Business Overseas Trips The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Deputy Mayor for Business undertakes foreign trips in both his capacity as Deputy Mayor for Business and as Chair of London & Partners in order to promote London for investment, trade, tourism and international students. Such visits include a busy schedule of high-profile speaking events, meetings with business leaders, and in particular those considering investing in London. The Deputy Mayor is in most cases accompanied by a trade delegation of fast-growing London businesses seeking to internationalise, drawn from the Mayor’s International Business Programme, run by London and Partners. With the lack of certainty being created by the chaotic Brexit negotiations, such activities are more important now than ever. He has also supported the Mayor on several trade missions helping to show the world that London is open to business, visitors and students. Since the start of the pandemic the Deputy Mayor has engaged overseas virtually, including participating in virtual trade missions. Mission Purpose Sao Paulo and Spoke at the Global Investment Conference, at the invitation of Rio – August Department of International Trade, and undertook other business 2016 engagement as part of the British House programme at the Rio 2016 Olympic Games which GLA delivered in partnership with HM Government and Team GB as outlined in MD1601. Engaged with business leaders and entrepreneurs in Sao Paulo to reassure them that London remains open for business. Chicago & New Supported the Mayor on his official visit to North America. Led the York – Mayor’s International Business Programme (MIBP) Trade Mission September 2016 with 26 high growth technology companies. Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients. Delhi and Invited by Department of International Trade and Confederation of Mumbai – Indian Industry to speak at the UK - India Tech Summit, India’s November 2016 largest knowledge and technology conference and exhibition, the UK

Page 201

was India’s partner country in 2016. Held a series of meetings and events to promote London to fast growth tech companies, investors and multipliers. Barcelona – Invited to deliver a key note speech at the Smart Cities Expo World November 2016 Congress. As the world’s leading event for cities, Smart City Expo exists to empower cities and collectivise urban innovation across the globe. Through promoting social innovation, establishing partnerships and identifying business opportunities the world congress is dedicated to creating a better future for cities. He also led a MIBP trade mission with 9 companies and met with key FDI clients. Davos - January Attended the World Economic Forum in Davos. Met with key FDI 2017 clients and promoted London Is Open to senior international business and political stakeholders. Berlin, Paris and Led MIBP Trade Mission with 15 high growth companies from Madrid – March Technology and Life Science sectors to Berlin. Led MIBP Trade 2017 Mission with 17 high growth companies from the technology sector to Paris and 22 high growth companies from the technology sector to Madrid. Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients and gave a keynote speech at the Paris Fintech conference. Due to the Westminster terrorist attacks the Mayor was unable to attend meetings and events in Berlin & Madrid, so Rajesh stepped in. San Francisco – Led joint MIBP/Silicon Valley Comes to the UK with 15 female June 2017 founders of high growth companies. Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients. SVC2UK is an initiative that brings together investors, serial entrepreneurs and first-time CEO’s to help high growth companies to become world beaters and grow their companies. One of the companies went on to raise $8m in US funding. Mumbai and Undertook meetings and events to promote London as the pre- Delhi – eminent business destination to potential investors and fast growth September 2017 tech companies. Held preparatory meetings ahead of the Mayor’s visit to India later in the year. Lille – November Led a MIBP Mission with 14 high growth companies from the retail 2017 technology sector. Also held a range of meetings with key FDI clients. India & Pakistan Supported the Mayor on his official visit to India and Pakistan. Led – December 2017 the simultaneous MIBP Mission with 17 high growth companies from the technology sector to India. Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients. Vienna – March Led MIBP Mission with 12 high growth companies from the financial 2018 services technology and Life Sciences sectors. Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients and met with the Mayor of Vienna.

Page 202

Amsterdam – Led MIBP Mission with 18 high growth companies from the financial June 2018 services technology sector. Invited to give a keynote speech at Money2020 Europe, which is where the smartest visionaries and innovators in payments, FinTech and financial services industries come together and build the future of money. Met with the organisers and key FDI clients. Shanghai, Undertook meetings and events to promote London as the pre- Shenzhen & eminent business destination to potential investors and fast growth Beijing – July tech companies. Led MIBP Mission with 10 high growth companies. 2018 Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients; and opened London & Partners’ Shenzhen office. Frankfurt – Led MIBP Mission with 15 high growth companies from the financial October 2018 services technology sector. Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients and met with the Deputy Mayor of Frankfurt. Shanghai, Invited to give a keynote speech at Money20/20 China in Hangzhou. Hangzhou & Money20/20 China brought a senior audience of key stakeholders Beijing – from established multinational organisations to the earliest stage November 2018 start-ups as well as retailers, investors, analysts, media, regulators and more. Led MIBP Mission with 12 high growth companies and met with key FDI clients. Berlin – March Office Launch for L&P’s new Germany office in Berlin. Met with key 2019 FDI clients and promoted London to a number of media outlets. Met with Door2Door, Berlin Partners, Senator Frau Ramona Pop. Also had an afternoon tea business round table meeting with 10 scale ups. Mumbai – April Visited Mumbai for one day on the 18th April and during this time he 2019 met with: Ms Alice Vaidya, Chairperson General Insurance Company and Mr Deepak Parekh, Chairperson HDFC Ltd and London Ambassador. He also had a potential investors lunch meeting with 10 FDI clients and the Trade Commissioner DIT. Hong Kong, Led a Trade Mission to China with 12 high-growth companies from Shenzhen & the creative sector. Undertook meetings and events to promote Shanghai – May London as a leading business destination to potential investors and 2019 fast growth tech companies. Held a range of meetings with key FDI clients.

Running a ‘Saturday Service’ Question No: 2021/0578 Shaun Bailey Since the pandemic began, how many times has TfL run a ‘Saturday service’ and for how long did it last? Please provide the dates it began and ended. Answer for Running a ‘Saturday Service’ The Mayor

Page 203

Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 204

Running a ‘Saturday Service’ The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In addition to the usual Saturday timetables, Saturday service schedules were introduced during weekdays on some Transport for London (TfL) services in response to the outbreak of the pandemic. This helped TfL to maintain a reliable service at a time when many staff were unable to work because they were self-isolating, ill or clinically extremely vulnerable. • On TfL Rail, a Saturday service was in operation from Monday to Friday from 23 March 2020 – 1 May 2020 on the eastern section and from 23 March 2020 – 5 June 2020 on the western section. • On the DLR, a reduced Saturday service operated between 23 – 27 March 2020. From 30 March, TfL introduced a special timetable, which was a 10 min service on all routes. • On the bus network, day-time routes were switched to mostly Saturday service schedules from 23 March 2020. This was continuously adapted over the following months according to passenger numbers, running times and driver availability. The final routes returned to their pre-COVID schedules by 7 September 2020. • On the London Overground, a Saturday service operated during the week on the West Anglia line between 19 May 2020 until 6 July 2020, when a revised timetable was introduced. Saturday services also operated, as per usual, across some TfL services on Bank Holidays and some of the weekdays over the festive period.

Key Worker ULEZ Exemptions (1) Question No: 2021/0579 Shaun Bailey Which key workers are exempt from ULEZ while on duty? Answer for Key Worker ULEZ Exemptions (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Key Worker ULEZ Exemptions (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Thousands of deaths in the capital each year are attributed to poor air quality, while emerging evidence suggests there is a link between pollution, higher rates of infection and a worse recovery from coronavirus. We already know how polluted air stunts the growth of children’s lungs and worsens chronic illness, such as asthma, lung and heart disease. In order to maximise the air quality benefits of the scheme it is imperative that all drivers play their part and any discounts, exemptions and reimbursements are minimised. As such, there are no exemptions to the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) for key workers.

Page 205

However, I recognise that some drivers, including key workers, may find it difficult to meet the ULEZ standards with their own vehicles, which is why in October 2019 I launched the ULEZ Car and Motorcycle Scrappage Scheme for low income and disabled Londoners. To date nearly £8m of grant payments have been made and over 3,600 people have been helped to take their dirty vehicles taken off the roads.

Key Worker ULEZ Exemptions (2) Question No: 2021/0580 Shaun Bailey Which key workers are exempt from ULEZ whilst off duty? Answer for Key Worker ULEZ Exemptions (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Key Worker ULEZ Exemptions (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see response to question 2021/0579.

Covid-19 Death Rate in London Question No: 2021/0581 Shaun Bailey Please provide a table of the death rate from Covid-19 in London, by profession? Answer for Covid-19 Death Rate in London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Covid-19 Death Rate in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Office for National Statistics conducted an analysis of the 7,961 deaths involving COVID-19 in the working age population of England and Wales registered between 9 March and 28 December 2020. The age-standardised mortality rate of death involving COVID-19 was statistically significantly higher in men than women. In men the major occupational groups with the highest rates of death involving COVID-19 were men who worked in elementary occupations (66.3 deaths per 100,000 males; 699 deaths) and men in caring, leisure and other service occupations (64.1 deaths per 100,000

Page 206

males; 258 deaths). The analysis was adjusted for age, but not for other factors such as ethnic group, place of residence, deprivation, or occupations of others in the household. A table of mortality rates from COVID-19 in London, by profession has not been published.

Dangerous Cladding Question No: 2021/0582 Shaun Bailey How many Londoners are impacted by dangerous cladding? Dangerous Cladding The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The precise number of Londoners, homes and indeed buildings affected is unknown. Information released by MHCLG in January 2021 states that 250 high-rise residential and publicly owned buildings over 18 metres in London have, or have had, unsafe aluminium composite material (ACM) cladding systems. The number of buildings under 18 metres with unsafe ACM cladding is not known. With regard to unsafe non-ACM external wall systems, as at 5 February 2021 the Building Safety Fund had received 1,628 registrations for buildings over 18 metres in London, though not all of these will be eligible. The number of buildings under 18 metres with unsafe non-ACM cladding is not known. In a letter to the Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government in September 2020, I called on the Government to establish a much more comprehensive method for tracking and enforcing building owners’ responsibility to inspect and, if necessary, remediate their external walls. Three and half years on from Grenfell, it is unacceptable that the extent of the building safety crisis is still unknown. Sources: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachmen t_data/file/960212/Building_Safety_Data_Release_January_2021.pdf https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachmen t_data/file/959906/BSF_Data_Release_Stats_11_February_2021.pdf

MSG Sphere Light and Noise Concerns Question No: 2021/0583 Shaun Bailey Are you aware of the views of local residents in New Garden Quarter, Stratford who have light and noise concerns in relation to the MSG Sphere? Will you make representations to the local council on this matter?

Page 207

MSG Sphere Light and Noise Concerns The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This planning application is referable and so, following consideration of the application by the LLDC (as the local planning authority), it will be referred to me for my final stage 2 decision. As part of the referral process LLDC will send all comments and representations they received on the application. I will consider the application in line with the relevant planning policies in the development plan. In London the development plan comprises the relevant local planning authority’s local plan and my London Plan.

Streetspace Budget Question No: 2021/0584 Shaun Bailey How much of the Streetspace budget have you spent and how much remains? Streetspace Budget The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Of the £85m funding allocated to the London Streetspace programme in 2020-21, £65m has been spent, and Transport for London (TfL) is forecasting to spend £71m by the end of the financial year. In line with agreement with the Department for Transport, TfL will carry forward any underspend from the £20m Active Travel fund into 2021-22.

Covering the Cost of Concessions Question No: 2021/0585 Shaun Bailey Will the Council Tax and Congestion Charge increases be sufficient to cover the cost of concessions? How much do you estimate you will raise from each one and how much does each concession cost? Covering the Cost of Concessions The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) forecasts that the cost of relevant travel concessions for 2021- 22 is between £110m and £130m. The proposed council tax increase will raise in the region of £43m, leaving between £67m and £87m to be covered by projected Congestion Charge income. TfL estimates that the June 2020 changes to the Congestion Charge would raise an additional £140m in 2021-22 if in place for the full year, compared to what would have been raised had the charge level and scope not be widened. The Congestion Charge

Page 208

increase was required by the Government in its agreement to fund TfL for the first half of the current financial year 2020-21. Also, please see my response to MQ 2020/0148

Revenue Raised by Your Congestion Charge Increase Question No: 2021/0586 Shaun Bailey How much additional revenue will be raised due to the increase in the Congestion Charge? Answer for Revenue Raised by Your Congestion Charge Increase The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Revenue Raised by Your Congestion Charge Increase The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As a consequence of the increase in the Congestion Charge and other temporary changes imposed by the Government in the TfL funding agreement, the actual net revenue from 22 June to end February 2021 was £106 million. Transport for London (TfL) forecasts show that the expected net budgeted revenue for the Congestion Charge as a whole is £232 million for this financial year. Within that, the net revenue TfL forecasts it will receive as a consequence of implementing the temporary changes to the Congestion Charge imposed by the Government, if they were to be in place for the rest of the financial year, is £113 million. This takes into account the increased cost to TfL of operating the scheme as well as the reduction in traffic volumes and temporary suspension due to the pandemic.

Alternatives to Raising Council Tax Question No: 2021/0587 Shaun Bailey Why did you raise your share of Council Tax by almost 10% instead of proposing other ways to raise money which do not impose such a burden on Londoners? Answer for Alternatives to Raising Council Tax The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 209

Alternatives to Raising Council Tax The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I recognise that in many households, finances are more stretched than ever before because of the pandemic. With a lot of hard work, I managed to limit the council tax increase to less than half of what my opponents expected, despite huge pressure from Government Ministers. The Transport Secretary personally told me that council tax would have to go up in London and the Home Secretary assumed a huge increase to keep police recruitment flowing. In these circumstances, I had to do the right thing for Londoners, and every penny of this money will be put to good and efficient use keeping our public transport system running and keeping Londoners safe.

Electric Bike Thefts Question No: 2021/0588 Steve O’Connell For each year 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many Electric Bikes have been reported stolen? Electric Bike Thefts The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 We are unable to provide this specific data. In the calendar year of 2020, over 23,600 bicycles were stolen. However, there is no unique property code on the Crime Recording System that records a property type as an ‘electric bike’, so no further breakdowns are possible.

Forensics Wait Times Question No: 2021/0589 Steve O’Connell For each month from January 2018 to January 2021, what is the average Forensics Wait time and have there been any related Covid issues? Please break down by digital and non- digital forensics. Answer for Forensics Wait Times The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 210

Forensics Wait Times The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS Forensic Services continue to work on introducing a new case management system that will enable the reporting of consistent monthly information. In order to migrate to this new way of reporting, a decision was made within the MPS that historic data would not be transferred as this would result in inconsistent datasets. I have therefore been advised that at this time it is not possible to provide the information as requested. However, the MPS have provided the following information which you will find on the attached spreadsheet: • Biology and Trace – average per year 2018-2020 • DNA – monthly Feb 20 – Jan 21 • Digital -monthly Jan – Dec 20 • Fingerprints – 2020/21 (April 20 to January 21) A recent audit reported that MPS Forensic Services were quick to adapt to the pandemic utilising remote working and altered working patterns very early on. As such, while the pandemic has had an impact on MPS forensics, the service has been able to adjust its working processes accordingly.

Doorstep thefts Question No: 2021/0590 Steve O’Connell For each year 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many doorstep thefts of packages were recorded by the MPS? Doorstep thefts The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 We are not able to answer this question. There is no unique code on the Crime Recording System that records doorstep thefts of packages.

Motoring fines and postal delays Question No: 2021/0591 Steve O’Connell What consideration has the MPS taken of the issuing of fines for motorists by post in regard to the recent issues with Royal Mail deliveries? Have any fines been cancelled, if so, how many?

Page 211

Motoring fines and postal delays The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The current situation with reduced Royal Mail staff may delay delivery of post but the timescales allowed for people to reply are such that no cases have had to be cancelled due to late delivery. Met Prosecutions Traffic have an arrangement with Royal Mail that their post is treated as Business Mail; this means that it is collected from their premises each evening and taken to the Medway sorting office. Checks are made each year by sending letters to nominated addresses to ensure that Royal Mail adhere to the arrangement and on all occassions post has been received the next day.

Thames policing Question No: 2021/0592 Steve O’Connell For each year 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many times were the police called to boats on the Thames and how many arrests were made? Answer for Thames policing The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Thames policing The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Marine Policing Unit (MPU) record of attendances at vessels and arrests is shown in the table below. If the MPU attends to support another branch of the MPS, that unit would generally make any arrest and deal with subsequent investigations. There is currently no code for MPU attendance to support other MPS branches on the MPS call recording system and therefore such deployments are not reflected in the table. In addition, it is important to note that there are many tasks the MPU regularly perform which are not captured in the data shown, such as searches for missing persons, rescuing people in the river and safeguarding checks.

Vessel Attendance Arrests 2018 89 4 2019 113 10 2020 95 3

Page 212

Knife Crime Prevention Orders Question No: 2021/0593 Steve O’Connell Since 6th April, how many Knife Crime Prevention Orders have issued by the MPS? Knife Crime Prevention Orders The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The commencement of Knife Crime Prevention Orders (KCPOs) has been paused by the Home Office due to the COVID-19 crisis. This is being reviewed regularly by them so that the pilot can be commenced when appropriate.

Young Londoners’ Fund (1) Question No: 2021/0594 Susan Hall Further to your press release dated 13/02/18 entitled “Mayor announces a brand new £45m fund to help young Londoners”, could you detail how sport, culture, citizenship, environment, education & volunteering have since been central to successful bids, as advised in your press release? Young Londoners’ Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Across Round 1 and Round 2 of the Young Londoners Fund there were a total of 214 successful applications. Of the funded projects, 57 per cent identify education and skills development as a core activity, 30 per cent arts and culture, 20 per cent sport or physical activity, 11 per cent citizenship and 6 per cent volunteering. Many projects use a combination of activities, providing both diversion and personal support to vulnerable young Londoners. For example, Newham All Star Sports Academy’s ‘Carry a Basketball Not a Blade’ project uses basketball to engage young people and facilitates links with staff at London’s Air Ambulance Service to educate young people on the realities of knife crime. The Young Londoners Fund had lower numbers of bids that focused on environmental awareness and improvement with seven funded projects including this within their activities. A list of funded projects can be found at: https://data.london.gov.uk/dataset/young-londoners-fund-projects.

Young Londoners’ Fund (2) Question No: 2021/0595 Susan Hall Further to the launch of your £45m Young Londoners Fund in 2018, could you please outline how disadvantaged & vulnerable young people in London – particularly those at risk of being caught up in crime – have benefitted.

Page 213

Young Londoners’ Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 So far, over 65,000 young Londoners have participated in Young Londoners Fund (YLF) projects. These benefit disadvantaged and vulnerable 10 to 21 year olds in a wide range of ways: from improving mental health (for example, Harrow Association for Somali Voluntary Organisation’s Youth Quake mentoring project), increasing young people’s physical health and well-being (for example, Football Beyond Borders’ The Positive Choice, Different Paths project), to gaining work-related learning skills and raising young people’s confidence in accessing employment (for example, Team London’s Headstart Action programme). All YLF Round 1 and 2 projects have been supported to gain Project Oracle Standard 1 evaluation validation which gives them the tools to measure the impact of their projects. A detailed meta-evaluation of the YLF programme has been commissioned which will provide further information about the benefits to participants.

Young Londoners’ Fund (3) Question No: 2021/0596 Susan Hall Since the launch of your £45m Young Londoners Fund in 2018, please detail how the fund has helped to provide services supporting and helping young people in London to develop, particularly those left behind or marginalised. How has the fund protected & helped children and young adults to avoid being drawn into a life of crime? Young Londoners’ Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since 2018, the Young Londoners Fund has supported over 65,000 young people identified as at risk of exclusion or involvement in crime, or those involved in crime. As part of the programme, those young people who have been left behind and marginalised are targeted and provided with support and opportunities to reach their potential.

An example of this is the work being delivered by New Horizon. This project is providing a holistic intensive programme delivered across custody and the community, addressing the needs of young people at risk, involved in and impacted by gangs and serious youth violence. The project addresses the underlying and unmet mental health needs of this group, whilst providing support on practical issues like housing and employment in order to prevent engagement in crime. A list of projects funded by the Young Londoners Fund can be found at https://data.london.gov.uk/dataset/young-londoners-fund-projects

Page 214

Young Londoners’ Fund (4) Question No: 2021/0597 Susan Hall Could you please provide evidence of how your £45m Young Londoners Fund has since helped to build aspiration & progression in under-achieving groups in London. What diversionary activities have been derived from the fund to keep young Londoners away from crime & to provide support to address childhood mental health & untreated trauma? Young Londoners’ Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The building of aspirations is an important aspect of keeping young people diverted from crime. The Young Londoners Fund supports a range of projects addressing this issue. For example, work being delivered by the Baytree Centre and IRMO (Indoamerican Refugee Migrant Organization) partnership, is providing positive opportunities to migrants and refugees. These young people, who are isolated and may have missed school, are being supported not only academically, but also through mentoring to tackle some of their mental health issues. Another example is Southwark Inclusive Learning Service’s wellbeing project which aims to address the underlying emotional needs of the female pupils who attend their Alternative Provision. Many of the young women have experienced early trauma related to domestic violence, substance misuse and/or poverty. One aspect of this project is the delivering of targeted case work with the young person (and their mum) to build resilience and improve emotional health and relationships within the family. A list of funded projects can be found at: https://data.london.gov.uk/dataset/young-londoners-fund-projects.

Skills for Londoners Strategy (1) Question No: 2021/0598 Susan Hall Further to your press release on 07/02/18, entitled “Mayor invests £25m to help build the workforce for London’s future”, can you please outline how your Skills for Londoners Strategy has since empowered all Londoners to access the education & skills to participate in society & progress in education & work, one of the key priorities at the heart of your strategy? Skills for Londoners Strategy (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The delegation of £320m Adult Education Budget has allowed me to extend full funding to Londoners earning below the London Living Wage, Deaf Londoners training for a first qualification in British Sign Language, and fully funding Level 3 qualifications for unemployed Londoners and those on low wages. I have also introduced flexibilities to better support SEND learners.

Page 215

Skills for Londoners capital funds have helped to improve London’s FE sector by providing industry relevant facilities that are accessible for learners. I have spoken to thousands of young Londoners at Skills London, which I have supported for the past three years, and enabled the expansion of the London Enterprise Advisor Network, which is now delivering in over 500 schools. My Construction Academy has supported over 10,000 underrepresented Londoners to complete construction training gaining the skills they need to work in this growing sector. And my European Social Fund programme has supported nearly 1,000 participants into employment and over 200 Londoners to gain a unit or qualification at Level 3 or higher.

Skills for Londoners Strategy (2) Question No: 2021/0599 Susan Hall Following on from your press release announcing your £25m investment to help build the workforce for London’s future on 07/02/18, please provide details of how your Skills for Londoners Strategy is currently meeting one of your key priorities i.e. to meet the needs of London’s economy and employers and how it will continue to do so in the future. Skills for Londoners Strategy (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have established both the SfL Board and SfL Business Partnership to help ensure my skills & employment programmes reflect the needs of business, employers and other stakeholders. This board leads on distributing SfL capital funds which have helped to improve London’s FE sector by providing industry relevant facilities that are accessible for learners. My skills & employment programmes are directly supporting London’s economy and employers; over 3,000 Londoners have been supported into employment across my Construction Academy Hub areas; my Digital Talent Programme has supported over 250 SMEs and 3,000 young people; and my apprenticeships programme has raised over £3.5m to support opportunities for London’s employers. In 2020, I appointed the SfL Board as London’s Skills Advisory Panel and they will publish an annual report on skills provision and industry requirements in the capital by April 2021. In February 2021 I launched a grant award process to specifically support London’s skills providers to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Page 216

Skills for Londoners Strategy (3) Question No: 2021/0600 Susan Hall In relation to your investment of £25m into London’s workforce in 2018, please explain how one of your key priorities for your Skills for Londoners Strategy is delivering a strategic city-wide technical skills & adult education offer. Skills for Londoners Strategy (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In 2019, London Councils and I jointly published our ‘Call for Action’, setting out the steps needed to allow London government to create a joined up, city-wide technical skills and adult education offer. Since then, I have improved access to information to support learners and employers and improved progression pathways; my Digital Talent Programme (DTP) has signposted nearly 2000 young Londoners to access information, events and guidance for digital, technology and digital-creative roles. My Apprenticeship pilot has raised £3.5m of unspent levy, which is now being used to create new apprenticeships and upskill the workforce. SfL capital funds have helped to improve London’s FE sector to provide industry relevant and accessible facilities for learners which includes 3000m2 of new or improved learning floorspace supported by my MCA Capital Fund. Over 800 educators have been supported to deliver qualifications through the DTP. I have extended funding and introduced flexibilities to support more Londoners through the devolved Adult Education Budget

Reduce Plastic Waste (1) Question No: 2021/0601 Susan Hall Further to your press release dated 14/02/18, entitled “Mayor’s £6m fund to boost green spaces & reduce plastic waste”, please provide an update relating to your collaboration with Thames Water & City to Sea since, with the aim of introducing a Refill scheme, enabling Londoners to reuse their bottles & cups to top up free tap water from local shops & businesses. Reduce Plastic Waste (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 To reduce single-use plastic bottle waste in London, I entered partnerships with Zoological Society of London (ZSL) and Thames Water to install a network of drinking fountains across London. I installed 28 drinking fountains with ZSL and have agreed to install over 100 more with Thames Water, 53 of which have been installed to date.

Page 217

Advice from the NHS and the World Health Organization is that COVID-19 is not a waterborne virus and that the risk of catching it from a public drinking fountain is very low. However, as a precaution, the Thames Water and ZSL drinking fountains are temporarily closed and new installations have been paused. Local authorities have also temporalily closed their drinking fountains as a precaution. I have also partnered with City to Sea to support the Refill London campaign, a water refill scheme where people can go into shops and businesses and ask for a free water refill instead of buying one. There are now over 3,300 refill points across the city, up from approximately 200 when the programme started in March 2018.

Reduce Plastic Waste (2) Question No: 2021/0602 Susan Hall Please provide an update on coffee cup collection schemes as well as a plastic bottle deposit return scheme, as referred to in your 2018 press release “Mayor’s £6m fund to boost green spaces & reduce plastic waste”. Are “bottle banks” or “reverse vending schemes” where consumers get a voucher when they return bottles, now in operation in London? Reduce Plastic Waste (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Reducing London’s waste is a key aim of my environment strategy and I am keen to see our reliance on single use plastic reduced. Through the London Waste and Recycling Board (LWARB) Advance London programme I am supporting CupClub which aims to reduce the use of disposable cups by offering a returnable service for both hot and cold drinks containers. I am also leading by example on reducing disposable coffee cups and introduced a charge for disposable coffee cups in the café at City Hall. However, industry is now taking action on this issue with most chains offering reductions for people using reusable cups and some London landlords, such as Canary Wharf, having installed bins which facilitate recycling by allowing people to segregate their coffee cups from other waste. I also supported the Hubbub Cup Fund, which installed coffee cup recycling facilities at five locations across London (Bankside, London Bridge, Camden, Brixton and Mayfair) with the aim of recycling 4 million cups a year. Costa Coffee are now running a national coffee cup recycling scheme with the necessary infrastructure in place which will accept disposable coffee cups from any vendor. A plastic bottle deposit return scheme has been considered for London but in order for such a scheme to be successful it will have to be implemented on a national scale. Following the publication of their Resources and Waste Strategy in December 2018 the government ran consultations on a number of measures in 2019, one of which was a national Deposit Return Scheme (DRS) for plastic bottles. I strongly supported this proposal

Page 218

and urged the government to go further to include the widest possible range of items and materials. I stated that London’s local authorities should be seen as a key partner in the development and operation of any DRS scheme, both for the hosting of reverse vending machines and in public engagement activity. Government have stated that they plan to introduce a DRS from 2023, subject to further consultation and analysis. Plans for the further consultation have been delayed but GLA officers are ready to engage with government when this takes place to ensure that London is at the forefront of planning and that any DRS scheme introduced has the greatest possible impact.

London waste to landfill Question No: 2021/0603 Susan Hall As referenced in your 2018 press release “Mayor’s £6m fund to boost green spaces & reduce plastic waste”, are you on track to meet your ambition for London to send no biodegradable or recyclable waste to landfill by 2026? London waste to landfill The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In 2018/19, only 7% of London’s waste was sent to landfill, down from 13% in 2016/7. The proportion of waste sent to landfill in London is lower than the average for England (11% in 2018/9, down from 16% in 2016/7). In order to support my ambition for London to send no biodegradable or recyclable waste to landfill by 2026, my London Environment Strategy sets out minimum standards for recycling that boroughs need to meet, so that the 6 main dry recycling materials plus food waste can be recycled wherever you live in London. All boroughs have produced a Reduction and Recycling Plan to set out how they will not only meet but go beyond these minimum standards and contribute to my London-wide targets. Twenty nine boroughs now meet the minimum standards for dry recycling, and twenty four provide separate food waste collections. Where boroughs are not already meeting my minimum service level my officers have worked with them to set out in their RRPs and contract procurement documents a commitment and clear road map of how and when they will do so. Achieving this ambition will also require improvement in recycling from businesses. I have no powers to direct businesses to deliver my strategy but if the RRPs are implemented the number of boroughs providing commercial waste recycling services will increase from 29 to 31. This includes 18 boroughs looking to grow their commercial waste service offering. Additionally, through the London Waste and Recycling Board (LWARB), I am supporting boroughs in developing their commercial waste services by offering individual support and service reviews and establishing a commercial waste forum for the exchange of knowledge and good practice. LWARB are also developing support for commercial food waste services within boroughs and launching a commercial waste section of the London Recycles website.

Page 219

However, we still need government to provide more support. I estimate that London requires a minimum of £100m of investment in local recycling services to reach my targets and have requested this money from the UK Government. The upcoming budget will be an opportunity for the Government to provide its fair share of funding for investment in local authority services to drive up recycling performance.

1st National Park City Question No: 2021/0604 Susan Hall As referred to in your 2018 press release regarding your £6m fund to boost green spaces & reduce plastic waste, how far away are you from your goal for London to become the first National Park City, by funding more tree planting & green spaces? 1st National Park City The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This goal was achieved in July 2019, when the National Park City Foundation confirmed London as the world’s first National Park City, endorsed by the International Union for Nature Conservation (Urban Alliance), ICLEI and World Urban Parks. The funding for tree planting and green spaces announced in 2018 was part of my Greener City Fund, which in total has invested £13 million in over 300 projects that have enhanced more than 400 hectares of green space. This includes planting over 280,000 trees, more than the previous Mayor planted over his two terms. Funding has also been allocated for a further 140,000 trees to be planted by March 2022, including creating 85 hectares of newly accessible woodland in the Green Belt. My funding has supported over 200 community green space projects focused on improving access in areas of highest need, most recently through my Grow Back Greener Fund. I have also funded 6 major capital schemes including a new swimming lake at Beckenham Place Park, restoring the Turkey Brook in Enfield, and creating new habitats to improve biodiversity at Brent River Park in Ealing.

Fountains for London Question No: 2021/0605 Susan Hall Following on from your funding announcement to boost green spaces in 2018, how successful was your work with the #OneLess campaign in finding suitable fountain sites in London? Have all 20 fountains now been installed?

Page 220

Fountains for London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes. This was achieved in May 2019, partnering with Zoological Society of London (ZSL), 28 water fountains were installed as part the #OneLess campaign. Since February 2018 these fountains have dispended 413,790L of water (the equivalent of 827,580 half litre plastic water bottles). Locations that were highly accessible, with high footfall were selected including green spaces like Highbury fields, Islington Green, Paddington Recreation Ground and Camberwell Green. The full list of ZSL fountain locations is available here - https://www.london.gov.uk/what- we-do/environment/waste-and-recycling/single-use-plastic-bottles#acc-i-56178 Advice from the NHS and the World Health Organization is that COVID-19 is not a waterborne virus and that the risk of catching it from a public drinking fountain is very low. However, as a precaution, the drinking fountains have been temporarily closed.

Additional Payments Question No: 2021/0606 Susan Hall Could the Mayor state how much has been spent on discretionary payments to staff broken down per department from May 2016 to date? Answer for Additional Payments The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Additional Payments The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Discretionary payments can be awarded to GLA staff via acting up allowances, honoraria and recognition payments. The policy on such payments was amended in June 2020 and sets out the circumstances in which each type of payment can be applied: Acting up allowances are payable when an employee is taking on responsibilities at a higher level for a temporary period. Allowances are paid with monthly salary payments and the level of payment takes account of the difference between the employee’s existing job and their new responsibilities. Honoraria are one-off payments to recognise temporary additional work outside an employee’s usual job. This work may not fall within an existing role description. An assessment is made of the level of higher responsibility involved, and the proportion of time an employee spends on this higher-level work.

Page 221

Recognition payments reward exceptional performance. Payment relates to the way in which somebody carries out their role as well as what they do. There are four levels of payment under the recognition payment scheme, with the lowest set at £350 and the highest set at £1500. A summary of the payments awarded, by directorate, from 2016 is set out below in calendar years. This information is presented in line with the directorate structure in place within each calendar year, reflecting the current structure, implemented in January 2019 from that point onwards. Payments are funded through local staffing budgets. Acting Up Allowances (by calendar year)

Directorate 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Assembly £24,385.40 £8,262.00 Secretariat Chief Officer £3,796.92 £6,460.20 Communities £8,056.88 £19,793.80 £32,607.60 £31,343.00 and Intelligence Communities £36,592.50 and Skills Development, £3,485.00 £19,540.00 £104,767.34 £101,497.90 Enterprise and Environment Good Growth £99,356.60 Housing and £7,894.00 £37,628.30 £61,327.86 £78,685.60 £29,923.00 Land Mayor’s Office £5,193.66 £24,811.02 Resources £11,280.63 £4,058.00 £32,079.00 Strategy and £49,030.25 Communication s Total £35,910.1 £81,020.1 £198,702.8 £271,787.8 £254,435.5 7 0 0 2 7

Honoraria (by calendar year)

Directorate 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Assembly £12,114.0 £38,335.01 £24,894.12 £17,772.96 £15,213.80 Secretariat 0 Chief Officer

Page 222

Communities £18,724.6 £84,669.03 £131,661.9 £134,876.7 and 7 1 0 Intelligence Communities £31,263.80 and Skills Development, £5,814.00 £77,277.29 £110,594.3 £192,108.9 Enterprise and 6 4 Environment Good Growth £223,113.8 7 Housing and £18,803.0 £30,050.10 £57,631.94 £37,282.84 £16,672.96 Land 0 Mayor’s Office £2,190.00 £10,041.00 £9,068.00 £47,961.80 Resources £18,748.0 £47,160.92 £22,164.00 £21,352.10 £14,071.00 0 Strategy and £39,758.00 Communication s Total £74,203.6 £279,682.3 £356,987.3 £412,461.5 £388,055.2 7 5 3 4 3

Recognition payments (by calendar year)

Directorate 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Assembly £2,247.00 £3,150.40 Secretariat Chief Officer £1,650.00 £4,200.00 Communities £8,208.60 £5,047.90 £11,373.35 and Intelligence Communities £30,550.00 and Skills Development, £8,816.20 £18,449.10 £26,758.42 £7,250.00 Enterprise and Environment Good Growth £44,612.35 Housing and £5,583.00 £13,900.00 Land Mayor’s Office £14,765.00 £10,300.00 Resources £7,459.00 £5,005.44 £1,500.00 £4,550.00

Page 223

Strategy and £33,300.00 Communications Grand Total £8,816.20 £54,464.70 £39,058.76 £21,773.35 £144,562.75

Home Office Furniture Question No: 2021/0607 Susan Hall Could the Mayor state how many staff have taken up the offer of funding for home office equipment to support them working from home from January - December 2020? Answer for Home Office Furniture The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Home Office Furniture The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 760 GLA staff members utilised the offer to claim up to £250 towards home office equipment, up to the end of December 2020.

Home Office Equipment Question No: 2021/0608 Susan Hall Could the Mayor state how much money has been spent on funding home office equipment to support staff working from home from January - December 2020? Answer for Home Office Equipment The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Home Office Equipment The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 £163,319 was spent funding the claims made for home office equipment by staff, up to December 2020. This equates to an average claim of £216.21.

Page 224

Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (1) Question No: 2021/0609 Susan Hall Can you provide a month-by-month breakdown of the number of enquiries both received and dealt with by the Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit since the start of the pandemic, including a breakdown of format - email, phone calls, webform etc? Answer for Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Public Liaison Unit (PLU) received and dealt with over 114,000 pieces of correspondence from the start of the pandemic in January 2020 to January 2021. PLU Officers review every piece of correspondence received to make sure it is dealt with in an appropriate and timely manner. A table is attached that shows monthly volumes over this period for emails received via [email protected] and enquiries via the contact us form on the London.gov website (these cannot be separated), letters (post) sent to City Hall and phone calls taken by the PLU.

As a result of the Covid-19 pandemic and associated remote working, the decision to close PLU phone lines was taken on 25 March 2020. The PLU takes customer service calls rather than enquiries regarding critical service provision and call volumes were relatively low. Therefore, Londoners are currently being directed to the contact us form on the London.gov website. Post to City Hall is checked periodically.

Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (2) Question No: 2021/0610 Susan Hall What is the current budget/cost of the Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit, and can you provide the figures for the last 3 years? Answer for Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 225

Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The budget for the Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (PLU) for the current financial year (1 April 2020 – 31 March 2021) is £602,000 and the cost from 1 April 2020 to date is £498,862.87. For financial year 2019/20, the budget was £595,000 and the cost was £645,093.98. For financial year 2018/19, the budget was £569,000 and the cost was £617,330.47. For financial year 2017/18, the budget was £532,000 and the cost was £562,421.99. Overspend in financial years 2019/20, 2018/19 and 2017/18 can be attributed to staffing, including maternity leave, paternity leave and sickness leave costs and temporary staff costs.

Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (3) Question No: 2021/0611 Susan Hall How many staff work in the Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit, and can you provide the figures for the last 3 years? Answer for Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Public Liaison Unit (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There are currently 13 staff in the Public Liaison Unit (PLU) which supports the Greater London Authority, including the London Assembly. Last financial year (2019-20), there were 13 staff and in financial year 2018-19, there were 14 staff.

Safety of women & girls in London (1) Question No: 2021/0612 Susan Hall With reference to your mayoral press release on 09.03.18 entitled “Mayor’s record £44m commitment to make London safe for women & girls”, could you please advise as to whether all of the money has since been spent? If so, please provide headline figures showing where & when it was spent. Answer for Safety of women & girls in London (1)

Page 226

The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 227

Safety of women & girls in London (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My £44m investment has funded a range of services and programmes. Since 2018, £13m was spent on supporting victims of sexual violence through specialist services, and over £8m on pan-London Domestic Abuse services. I have invested over £7m in programmes tackling stalking and domestic abuse perpetrators; £5m on services to divert women away from the criminal justice system and into appropriate support; and over £800,000 on awareness raising and prevention programmes. In addition, via the London Crime Prevention Fund and the Small Grants Fund I have provided over £9m to London boroughs and specialist grassroots VAWG agencies. In 2019, I announced a further £15m investment in critical VAWG services through the Mayor’s VAWG Fund. In 2020, I provided an additional £1.5m for emergency accommodation and wraparound support for victims fleeing domestic abuse during the pandemic and have leveraged substantial funding from Government for a range of VAWG services.

Safety of women & girls in London (2) Question No: 2021/0613 Susan Hall With reference to your mayoral press release on 09.03.18 entitled “Mayor’s record £44m commitment to make London safe for women & girls”, could you please outline how your aim to tackle violence against women & girls & also misogynistic attitudes has been achieved to date, by your £44m investment up to 2020? Answer for Safety of women & girls in London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Safety of women & girls in London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have delivered London’s most comprehensive Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy, seeking to tackle these societal issues by working with a wide range of partners and stakeholders, focusing on prevention, tackling perpetrators and protecting and supporting victims of VAWG. I remain committed to this issue and whilst significant progress has been made there is still more to be done and that is why I continue to lobby government, including on the development of their own VAWG Strategy and to seek much needed changes to the Domestic Abuse Bill currently going through Parliament. Please see the response to 0612 regarding what the £44m investment has achieved.

Page 228

Safety of women & girls in London (3) Question No: 2021/0614 Susan Hall By how much has your £44m funding to make London safe for women & girls reduced the number of women & girls raped or sexually assaulted in each of the capital’s 32 boroughs every week (reported to be 11 women & girls each week in 2018)? Please provide current data. Answer for Safety of women & girls in London (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Safety of women & girls in London (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since 2018 £13m has been spent on supporting victims of sexual violence via the Rape Crisis Centres, Havens and other specialist services. Unfortunately, this type of crime is very under reported and we continue to see increased volumes approaching services as we encourage victims/survivors to come forward. I am committed to doing all I can to support victims and survivors and that is why a significant portion of my £15m VAWG fund went to supporting sexual violence services to improve provision. It is equally important to tackle the root causes of these horrific crimes and that is why I continue to lobby government and have invested in prevention programmes such as the Whole Schools Approach pilot in Croydon. Please see the attached table for weekly averages by borough for total sexual offences.

Domestic Abuse Question No: 2021/0615 Susan Hall By how much has your £44m funding reduced domestic abuse since its launch in 2018 (reported to account for a tenth of the crimes reported to the MPS in 2018)? Please provide current data. Answer for Domestic Abuse The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Domestic Abuse The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021

Page 229

Please see the attached table for offence data. I am committed to doing all I can to support victims and survivors of domestic abuse (DA). That is why, since 2018, I have invested over £8m in pan-London DA services; a further £5m in specialist DA services through my £15m VAWG Fund and, in 2020, provided an additional £1.5m for emergency accommodation and wraparound support for victims fleeing domestic abuse in response to the pandemic. Unfortunately, this type of crime remains very under-reported, and I continue to work with the MPS and other partners to encourage victims/survivors to come forward. It is essential to support survivors, but we must also address perpetrators’ behaviour and prevent offences and victimisation occurring in the first place and that is why I have invested over £4m since 2018 in programmes to tackle domestic abuse perpetrators.

Women’s Night Safety Charter Question No: 2021/0616 Susan Hall Since your injection of £44m funding in 2018 to make London a safer place for women & girls, how effective has the Women’s Night Safety Charter been in tackling unwanted sexual behaviour on London transport networks? Answer for Women’s Night Safety Charter The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Women’s Night Safety Charter The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 All women and girls should be able to feel safe on London’s streets at all times, and the Women’s Night Safety Charter is a tool to help achieve this. The Charter includes seven pledges that organisations can sign up to in order to help tackle violence against women and girls. Both Transport for London (TfL) and the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) are signatories. They are working together with their partners in the British Transport Police (BTP) and my Night Czar to tackle unwanted sexual behaviour on London’s transport system and to improve the safety and confidence of women and girls travelling in the capital, both at night and during the day. In 2019/20, research commissioned by TfL to track levels of experienced and witnessed unwanted sexual behaviour and reporting showed that two per cent of respondents had experienced it in the last six months. Of those who had experienced it, around half reported it to police or a member of staff. Tackling unwanted sexual behaviour on public transport continues to be a priority for TfL and its policing partners. For example, TfL’s Project Guardian and the associated award-

Page 230

winning ‘Report it to stop it’ campaign worked to increase confidence in the reporting of sexual offences on public transport. This was done by making it easier for victims to report offences, enhancing police investigation and offender management and other targeted police activity, and improving support for victims via training and awareness-raising for transport staff and police officers. This work has led the way for many transport authorities around the world. TfL is currently working with the Rail Delivery Group to develop a national approach for tackling unwanted sexual behaviour on the rail network.

Sexism & Misogyny in London Question No: 2021/0617 Susan Hall What is the evidence that your campaign launched in 2018 to tackle attitudes of everyday sexism & misogyny has been successful? Please provide examples. Answer for Sexism & Misogyny in London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Sexism & Misogyny in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I launched the #BehindEveryGreatCity campaign in 2018 to mark the centenary of the first women in the UK winning the right to vote and to establish City Hall as a beacon for gender equality, encouraging Londoners and London’s businesses and organisations to act similarly. The campaign successfully engaged millions of Londoners on this important issue. The content we produced over the year received over 18 million views across social media. Over 3,000 people attended the unveiling of historic Millicent Fawcett’s statue. That moment alone drove over 4,350 media articles, 2,500 campaign mentions on social media, and 19,500 views of the video content, ensuring the history of suffrage was better understood and that key messages around the need to address gender inequality and increase representation landed with large numbers of diverse audiences. Because the campaign was about engaging partners across London in creating this change, we worked with over 170 key partners and public figures. This included Arts and Cultural, Technology, Science, Sport, Public Sector, Charity, Creative, Media and Advertising, Education, Fashion, Financial, Retail, TV and Music. A wide range of valuable partnerships were delivered through the campaign, including partnerships with Google Arts and Culture, Bloomberg, Wikimedia Foundation UK, Wikipedia, The FA, British Athletics, Chelsea FC Women, England Netball, England Hockey, London Sport, Athletics World Cup, Exterion, JC

Page 231

Decaux, UCL, Red Box, Allbright, The Ambassador Theatre Group, The Old Vic, Tate Collective, Southbank Centre, Westfields, the Fawcett Society. The campaign has delivered multiple legacies, that continue to tackle gender inequality issues. Highlights include: • The Our Time sponsorship programme I launched, that pairs talented women with champions at a senior management level. This has been adopted throughout the GLA family and is the largest scheme of its kind in the public sector. Over 50% of Cohort 1 were promoted within a year and multiple companies, not only in the city but nationwide, have adopted the model creating a long-term impact for gender equality in the workplace. • Introducing several measures to promote training and promotional opportunities for women, including creating and increasing flexible working options. • Reducing the gender pay gap. • Introducing a neonatal leave policy at City Hall for parents of babies who are born prematurely. On the issue of period poverty, the campaign has also been able to help drive real world change. Activist, Amika George, launched a legal campaign for free menstrual products to be provided in schools, citing the research City Hall released on World Menstrual Hygiene Day, outlining the scale of period poverty experienced by young women in London. Since the campaign launched, it has since been announced the Government will provide free menstrual products to English secondary schools. Finally, the campaign launched the TfL Diversity in Advertising competition. Informed by research undertaken by UCL, this set out to tackle everyday sexism by challenging the way women were being represented in Out of Home advertising. The inaugural competition was successful resulted in over 90 entries from major brands and high-profile advertising agencies. The winning Holland & Barratt’s Me.No.Pause, and runner up, Mothercare’s #BodyProudMums entries, generated significant interest amongst Londoners. Over the last three years this competition has continued to challenge both brands and advertising agencies so that Londoners feel they are represented in the advertising they see as they travel around the city.

UN Women’s Safer Cities & Safe Public Spaces Initiative Question No: 2021/0618 Susan Hall Since your £44m investment in 2018 to make London a safer place for women & girls, has London now achieved accreditation to the UN Women’s Safer Cities & Safe Public Spaces initiative?

Page 232

UN Women’s Safer Cities & Safe Public Spaces Initiative The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes. London achieved accreditation in 2018.

London Councils Harmful Practices Programme Question No: 2021/0619 Susan Hall Since your £44m commitment in 2018 to make London safe for women & girls, how successful has the London Councils Harmful Practices Programme been in training nurses, midwives & social workers to recognise abuses such as FGM and intervene? Please provide examples. London Councils Harmful Practices Programme The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Ascent Ending Harmful Practices Partnership project that was funded by London Councils and MOPAC trained 1,847 frontline professionals in total over two years (2018- 2020), of which 661 were from health and social care. This enabled them to better identify harmful practice cases and be able to provide intensive case work to women and girls who have been and, or were at risk of harmful practices. Frontline professionals included but were not limited to the police, social care officers, health visitors, teachers, housing officers and safeguarding leads. Evaluation of the training was through feedback from attendees after training sessions. Overall professionals reported that they had an increased understanding of harmful practices and improved confidence in identifying women at risk, referring to specialist organisations where appropriate. Participants also stated that they would undertake further research about how to apply the knowledge they learned and introduce it to their day-to- day role.

Victims’ Code of Practice Question No: 2021/0620 Susan Hall What were the findings of the complete review of adherence to the Victims’ Code of Practice, funded by your £44m commitment in 2018 to make London safe for women & girls?

Page 233

Victims’ Code of Practice The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The published review into compliance with the Victims Code of Practice can be found online at the following address: vcop_final_pages.pdf (london.gov.uk).

Online portal for victims of crime Question No: 2021/0621 Susan Hall Since your £44m investment in 2018 to make London a safe place for women & girls, how successful has the online portal for victims of crime & to facilitate the study into rape cases from the victim’s perspective been? Online portal for victims of crime The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see the response to 0612 regarding what the £44m investment has achieved. The online directory of services and the study into rape cases were two separate commitments in the Mayor’s Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy. The online portal for victims of crime is accessible through the London Victim and Witness Service website. It went live on 6th November 2020 and can be found here: https://www.londonvws.org.uk/directory. As of 31st Jan 2021, there have been 134 unique visits to the page. Further work to expand and promote the directory, and to collect user feedback on its use, is underway. The study into rape cases culminated in the London Rape Review which can be found here: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/rape_review_-_final_-_web.pdf. This review, led by London’s Independent Victims’ Commissioner, Claire Waxman, remains the most extensive review into rape cases ever conducted. It offers us the clearest picture to date as to why so few cases are making it to court and the evidence gathered has directly informed the Government’s work on rape.

Free Home Energy Improvements Question No: 2021/0622 Susan Hall Further to your press release dated 21/01/18, entitled “Mayor’s £34m Energy for Londoners’ Scheme”, what is the evidence that 335,000 households living in fuel poverty in London have since benefitted from free home energy improvements, including boilers, heating controls & insulation worth up to £4,000?

Page 234

Free Home Energy Improvements The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Warmer Homes 1 programme has already helped 1,157 fuel-poor homes with energy efficient improvements. My £4.95m Warmer Homes 2 programme will be helping a further 1,188 homes in 2021 in the same way. The pandemic has meant an extension to delivery as it would have been unwise to go into homes during the periods of highest infection rates. Shockingly, 11.4 percent of London households are living in fuel poverty. To address this issue at with the urgency it deserves, the government must provide more funding to allow these programmes to reach more households. The funding I have secured through the government’s Green Homes Grant Local Authority Delivery scheme is a good start and will help hundreds more households, but the government must give local authorities more time to spend their money in the most effective way possible. The pandemic has delayed delivery of Local Authority Delivery programmes across England as the majority of households are reluctant to allow non-essential works to take place, and government must be reasonable in these circumstances. The government must commit to a long-term funding package close to the £10bn that I outlined in my 1.5°C plan.

London-wide referral service Question No: 2021/0623 Susan Hall Following on from your “Mayor’s £34m Energy for Londoners Scheme” press release on 21/01/18, how effective has the London-wide referral service you funded been, so that people living in fuel poverty could be linked with organisations offering health, income & energy efficient support? Please provide examples. London-wide referral service The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Warmer Homes Advice Service is available to all low-income Londoners to help with accessing funding for heating and insulation improvements, dealing with energy debt, and accessing discounts on energy bills. Between February 2018 and December 2020, the service assisted 7,451 households, including by delivering 5,939 home energy advice visits. The advice visits included detailed tailored energy advice, small energy and water saving measures, identification of heating and insulation needs, and advice on dampness and condensation. The visits are a central part of identifying homes eligible for Warmer Homes retrofits. It did this by recruiting almost 290 referral partners across health and social care services, charities, housing providers and an array of community organisations. I initially funded the Warmer Homes Advice Service with over £690,000, and recently added another £100,000 to deal with increased demand.

Page 235

Fuel Poverty Partnership Question No: 2021/0624 Susan Hall Since your injection of £34m into your Energy for Londoners Scheme in 2018, how successful has the Fuel Poverty Partnership been in delivering long-term solutions to help Londoners out of fuel poverty? Please provide examples. Fuel Poverty Partnership The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Fuel Poverty Partnership has been a valuable alliance in supporting the delivery of my fuel poverty programmes, providing a route into and joining up of key sectors, and creating a collective voice to enable more effective lobbying of government. It has contributed to the development of my Warmer Homes and Warmer Homes Advice Service programmes and we have had successes in co-ordinated lobbying Ofgem for better protections for prepayment meter users, NHS engagement and community outreach through London Fire Brigade. The Partnership has contributed to all three objectives in my Fuel Poverty Action Plan. It supported the development of my Warmer Homes and Warmer Homes Advice Service programmes by helping to reach the most vulnerable amidst rising incidence of fuel poverty. NHS members of the Partnership promoted my programmes to at-risk Londoners through community pharmacies and respiratory services. Community outreach was improved through members such as the London Fire Brigade. Partnership members also successfully co-ordinated lobbying efforts at Ofgem to secure greater protections for prepayment meter users and at BEIS for improved energy efficiency standards in the private rented sector. The Partnership also supported the development of my Retrofit Accelerator which is delivering whole-house retrofit to thousands of London homes, and supported the development of London Power which is delivering fair, affordable and green energy to all Londoners, especially the fuel poor. As noted in MQ2021/0826 I am currently reviewing the future scope of the Partnership and how this work can be aligned with my Green New Deal mission.

Eco refurbishments Question No: 2021/0625 Susan Hall Since your £34m Energy for Londoners Scheme launch in 2018, how many “eco refurbishments” have been carried out via the Energy Leap project? Please provide evidence that these have reduced energy bills down to near zero.

Page 236

Eco refurbishments The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Energy Leap pilot project investigates the feasibility of performance-guaranteed, near- net zero energy standard home retrofit. Activities since launch have included identification of a social housing partner, a procurement process to select a contractor, tenant engagement, detailed design and planning consent. Barriers to implementation mainly centred around procurement delays, due to a lack of contractors capable of undertaking the work, and related supply chain issues (and latterly issues with residents and the Covid- 19 pandemic). Solutions identified to overcome these barriers have been taken forward through my Retrofit Accelerator-Homes programme, which now has supported a pipeline of 230 homes planned to be retrofitted to this standard over the next 18-24 months. The eight Energy Leap homes (the first in a capital city using the Energiesprong performance standard outside of the Netherlands), will be retrofitted in the coming months and so the effect on energy bills is not known yet. Design modelling indicates that typical consumers would save £200 a year from the works and those in fuel poverty would gain the equivalent of £200 or more in additional warmth.

Solar energy for London Question No: 2021/0626 Susan Hall Since the launch of your £34m Energy for Londoners Scheme in 2018, how far away are you now from achieving your goal for 1GW of London’s energy to be generated by solar by 2030? Solar energy for London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Solar Action Plan sets out five objectives that together will help us meet the 1GW by 2030 target. But it emphasises that meeting that target will require government to set a national policy framework that unlocks London’s solar energy potential. It will also need support from regulators and electricity network operators to ensure the accelerated roll out of solar projects, especially community-led schemes. I have set a target for my own programmes to almost double London’s current installed capacity, installing an additional 100 megawatts (MW) by 2030. My Solar together programme supported solar PV installations for nearly 1000 homes; London Community Energy Fund projects identified 81 buildings encompassing solar on schools, community centres, GP surgeries, churches, sports centres and other buildings used by local communities. In addition, since 2016 and up until the beginning of 2020, planning applications referable to the Mayor have secured around 21.7MW of London’s strategic solar PV panels.

Page 237

My Green New Deal fund has also funded three projects to increase take up of solar PV in London and one of those is also supporting the development of new business models for deployment of solar in strategic industrial estates. According to BEIS data, the installed capacity for solar PV in London by the end of 2019 was 128 MW. Publicly available Regional Renewable Statistics data can be accessed via : https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/regional-renewable-statistics

Community Energy Fund Question No: 2021/0627 Susan Hall Following on from the launch of your £34m Energy Scheme for Londoners in 2018, what has the uptake been for your Community Energy Fund? What is the evidence that this has assisted local groups to develop solar panel projects on schools, community halls, and sport centres? Community Energy Fund The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 To date I have held three rounds of my London Community Energy Fund, which has provided £500,000 development funding to get projects investment-ready with grants of up to £15,000. Community energy groups identified a need for project development funding following the withdrawal of such support from Government. Since its launch in 2017, the Fund has stepped in to supported 48 community energy projects, across 81 different buildings, and is estimated to have saved at least 1,500 tonnes of carbon per year. Importantly the fund has helped develop new community groups, often nurtured by more established groups. This has provided opportunities for new green skills and experience whilst supporting local jobs. Examples of funded projects are available at this link: https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/environment/energy/london-community- energy-fund I announced a fourth round of funding in November last year to provide up to £665,000 in grants across both project development and, for the first time, capital works. Community energy groups responded enthusiastically and we have had our largest number of applications (for project development support) to date. We aim to inform successful applicants in the coming weeks so that projects can commence as soon as possible to save carbon, aid communities and contribute to the green recovery.

Page 238

TfL’s solar power usage Question No: 2021/0628 Susan Hall As part of your £34m Energy Scheme for Londoners, launched in 2018, has all of the £4.5m allocated to TfL to install energy efficiency measures in their buildings since been spent? How far off are they from providing 1.1MW of electricity per year & in cutting their CO2 emissions by 480 tonnes per year? Answer for TfL’s solar power usage The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL’s solar power usage The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The initial value of Transport for London’s (TfL) project to install a combined value of 1.1MW solar PV on its rooftops, and delivered via the GLA’s Retrofit Accelerator Programme, was £4.5 million. This investment was not made from GLA funds but was allocated from within TfL’s own capital funds. However, as stated in my response to MQ 2020/3371, TfL reprioritised this budget to other areas last year due to the financial pressures caused by loss of fare revenue as a result of the coronavirus pandemic. The new Train Modification Unit that TfL is establishing in Acton will be completed in 2021, with 200kWp of solar generation capacity. In addition to this, TfL is seeking alternative funding and delivery models to facilitate wider delivery of solar PV and is currently undertaking early market engagement work to gauge the appetite for third-party investment in solar PV on TfL assets. TfL continues to invest in the energy efficiency of its buildings, for example through LED lighting upgrades to London Underground stations and depots.

Cleaner energy for TfL buildings Question No: 2021/0629 Susan Hall As a benefit of your 2018 £34m Energy Scheme for Londoners, are TfL buildings still being powered by locally generated cleaner energy, purchased by City Hall? Is this set to continue?

Page 239

Answer for Cleaner energy for TfL buildings The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Cleaner energy for TfL buildings The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 No, TfL buildings are no longer being supplied by locally generated decentralised energy through our Electricity Supply Licence Lite. Licence Lite was a 12-month pilot which ended in 2019. TfL has made good progress in devising and agreeing its strategy to transition to renewable energy via Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs) to enable the goal of running a zero carbon railway by 2030. During 2021, TfL will go to market for 20 per cent of its electricity supply to be sourced directly from renewable energy. The first of these contracts has a target supply date of March 2022 and the second during the financial year 2023/24. Together, these contracts will represent a major step towards meeting my ambition for TfL controlled rail services to be zero carbon by 2030. This is being looked at as part of the Mayor’s GLA Group PPA programme which is actively developing plans to switch to renewables including options for an innovative financing solution that would fund new renewable assets. The aim is to deliver a GLA group-wide approach to renewables that will be trialled in conjunction with TfL’s second PPA procurement in the summer.

Decentralised Energy Enabling Project Question No: 2021/0630 Susan Hall As a component of your 2018 £34m Energy Scheme for Londoners, what is the success to date, of the £35m Decentralised Energy Enabling Project in making London cleaner & smarter? Please provide evidence. Decentralised Energy Enabling Project The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Decentralised Energy Enabling Project (DEEP) provided £3.5m of public sector intervention to 19 organisations, supporting 44 clean and smart decentralised energy projects in London.. To date DEEP has successfully saved 880 tonnes of carbon dioxide per year from low carbon heat networks operating in Barking and Sutton. Through my support for low carbon heating, London boroughs and private sector projects secured £25 million of investment funding from government to connect more homes to London’s growing clean heat networks.

Page 240

DEEP has been superseded by the Local Energy Accelerator (LEA). Launched in November 2020, LEA is a major multi-million pound programme to extend and expand my support for clean, local and smart energy.

Supporting Croydon’s Community (1) Question No: 2021/0631 Susan Hall Following on from your press release date 12/03/18 and entitled “Mayor approves £750,000 of funding to support Croydon community”, could you please advise as to whether all of the money has been spent. If so, please provide headline figures showing where and when it was spent. Answer for Supporting Croydon’s Community (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting Croydon’s Community (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In March 2018, I announced that Transport for London (TfL) would provide £750,000 in support of Croydon Council’s community recovery activities. The initial period of three years has been extended to enable Croydon to continue to identify and propose suitable schemes. TfL has been in continuous contact with London Borough of Croydon to encourage proposals as to how the fund might be spent. No proposals have been declined and TfL stands ready to continue to contribute as and when called upon by London Borough of Croydon. To date TfL has paid £61,000 to Croydon. This relates to the provision of Mental Health First Aider training to primary care givers in Croydon. A further £100,000 is shortly to be paid for further Mental Health First Aider training. In January 2021, Croydon provided TfL with a plan to spend approximately £400,000 (including the £100,000 in process), which TfL is fully committed to and will fund once they have commenced. The activities include primary care mental health training, Mental Health First Aider and Youth Mental Health First Aider training and trauma informed training. Progress on these initiatives has unfortunately been delayed by the pandemic and the financial issues that Croydon has faced as a result. London Borough of Croydon would be best placed to advise on the benefits of and measuring the effectiveness of the projects which they have proposed and which have been supported by funding from TfL.

Page 241

Supporting Croydon’s Community (2) Question No: 2021/0632 Susan Hall Please outline how your injection of £750,000 of funding in 2018 has, in the ensuing three years, supported health & social services in New Addington & the surrounding community, both of which were directly affected by the Sandilands tram tragedy. Answer for Supporting Croydon’s Community (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting Croydon’s Community (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to 2021/0631.

Supporting Croydon’s Community (3) Question No: 2021/0633 Susan Hall Further to your £750,00 of funding in 2018 for the communities directly affected by the Sandilands tram tragedy, could you please advise as to whether counselling & resilience programmes for students at nearby schools were subsequently initiated. If so, what is the evidence that they have proved effective? Answer for Supporting Croydon’s Community (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting Croydon’s Community (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to 2021/0631.

Supporting Croydon’s Community (4) Question No: 2021/0634 Susan Hall Since your £750,000 of funding in 2018 to assist the Croydon communities affected by the Sandilands tram crash, could you please advise as to whether mental health services & alcohol & substance abuse programmes were introduced in those areas. If so, how helpful

Page 242

have these been in improving the quality of life for local communities? How do you measure this? Answer for Supporting Croydon’s Community (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting Croydon’s Community (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to 2021/0631.

Supporting Croydon’s Community (5) Question No: 2021/0635 Susan Hall Pursuant to your 2018 injection of £750,000 of funding to help alleviate the impact of the Sandilands tram crash on the local community, could you please advise as to whether local healthcare professionals were subsequently trained to better recognise trauma-based presentations in patients. If so, how effective has the training been in assisting victims to come to terms with the tragedy? How are you able to measure this? Answer for Supporting Croydon’s Community (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting Croydon’s Community (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to 2021/0631.

Supporting Croydon’s Community (6) Question No: 2021/0636 Susan Hall Following on from your £750,000 of funding in 2018 to help address the long-term repercussions of the Sandilands tram crash, has TfL since provided counselling, rehabilitation, financial compensation, free transport & any other support deemed relevant, to those residents directly affected by the Sandilands tram crash? How effective has the support been and how can this be measured?

Page 243

Answer for Supporting Croydon’s Community (6) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting Croydon’s Community (6) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to 2021/0631.

Supporting Croydon’s Community (7) Question No: 2021/0637 Susan Hall Since the tragic Sandilands tram crash in 2016 and your £750,000 of funding in 2018 to support the affected communities, has TfL worked proactively with all of those affected & their legal representatives, thereby progressing their civil claims speedily? How many civil claims were received by TfL and have all of them now been settled? Answer for Supporting Croydon’s Community (7) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Supporting Croydon’s Community (7) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has worked proactively to support the insurers and claims handlers to respond to claims and to enable claimants’ legal representatives to progress their claims speedily. TfL’s approach has been to be open to settlement proposals and to ensure that fair settlements are reached. There were 96 separate claims received, 84 of which have been settled. As at 31 January 2021, the amount paid in compensation, legal fees, interim payments, funeral expenses, medical, counselling and therapeutic treatments is £8,689,409.

The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 (1) Question No: 2021/0638 Susan Hall Further to your press release dated 01/02/18, entitled “Mayor invests £15m to buy homes for homeless Londoners”, could you please advise as to whether 330 properties have since been made available for homeless people across the capital at genuinely affordable rents?

Page 244

Answer for The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 has leased 308 properties within London to St Mungo Community Housing Association to house individuals and families who have been homeless or are at risk of homelessness. A further 13 properties within London will be leased to St Mungo Community Housing Association and are in the process of being purchased or refurbished. Properties are let to the tenant at the Local Housing Allowance rate.

The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 (2) Question No: 2021/0639 Susan Hall Based on your press release entitled “Mayor invests £15m to buy homes for homeless Londoners” in 2018, can you please give examples of “affordable” rent from these properties & details of the areas in which these properties are located. The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Properties within the Real Lettings Property Fund 2 are let to the tenant at the Local Housing Allowance rate. The attached table and map shows a breakdown of where properties are located as a percentage of the fund.

The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 (3) Question No: 2021/0640 Susan Hall Since your investment in 2018 of £15m to buy homes for homeless Londoners, have tenants been able to access wider support to assist them to move into training & employment? Please provide examples of the support provided and how effective it has been. The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 St Mungo Community Housing Association’s primary model for support for the Real Lettings Property Fund 2 focuses on signposting, supporting tenant engagement and

Page 245

making referrals to external providers of education, employment and training. Providers include colleges, community adult education and employment support services. Figures for 2019/2020 showed that the proportion of tenants unemployed within the Real Lettings Property Fund 2 had decreased by 9.6 per cent from the previous year. Figures for 2020/2021 have not yet been reported.

Rough Sleeping Fund Question No: 2021/0641 Susan Hall Please advise as to which projects have since benefited from your second round of grants from your Rough Sleeping Innovation Fund, announced on 01/02/18. Please demonstrate how the funding has assisted projects to help homeless people progress towards stable, paid work. Rough Sleeping Fund The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The projects grant-funded by the second round of my Rough Sleeping Innovation Fund were Change Please, Aneemo’s online rough sleeping and mental health training, Connections-at-St-Martin’s ‘Improving Services for Homeless Migrants’ project, TAP London’s contactless giving ecosystem, Stonewall Housing/the Outside Project’s LGBT+ homeless shelter, Housing Justice’s ‘More than Shelters’ project, Praxis’s immigration support service in hospitals and St Mungo’s ‘Couples Recovery’ project. Change Please had the greatest focus on supporting homeless people into paid employment. The aim of the project was to open two new cafés, which would provide rough sleepers and those at risk of rough sleeping with training and employment. Over the 18-month funding period, the project supported 45 homeless people into paid employment.

No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (2) Question No: 2021/0642 Susan Hall Please outline how the homeless charities which have benefited from your campaign, have since helped to prevent people from sleeping rough in London. Answer for No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 246

No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My rough sleeping campaign has raised over £635,000 for 30 homeless charities since 2017, which has been used on services and provisions for rough sleepers in the capital. Below are a few examples from the homelessness charities on how they used these donations to support rough sleepers, and helped prevent them from returning to the streets: • Helping over 5,000 young people via a helpline service solely dedicated to helping homeless and vulnerable young people. • Helping 211 mainly young homeless hostel residents via a counselling project, which provides counselling and therapeutic support. • Helping 239 homeless people, by giving them access to showers, a hot breakfast, computers, the Internet and a place to charge mobile phones while helping them find long term support. • Enhancing engagement and assessment services which include immediate and long- term solutions through mental health and resettlement support and housing advice. • Helping 300 homeless people with casework who regularly accessed services at their centre, with 99 homeless people also being helped off the streets and into accommodation. • Helping 191 young homeless people with ID, finding work and accommodation, using their funds to boost their work with non-UK nationals. • Providing 27 asylum seekers and forced migrants with accommodation in volunteer households while they await the outcome of their asylum application. • Increasing 1:1 support, group sessions and advocacy to help people moving off the streets and to address their root causes of homelessness. The campaign has also contributed to more than 41,000 StreetLink referrals over the last three winters, with Londoners connecting rough sleepers directly to outreach teams. This has allowed charities such as St Mungo’s, as well as my own Rapid Response team, to reach rough sleepers quickly and bring them into support services. The homelessness charities also benefited from the campaign in the form of volunteering resource. Since November 2018 has the campaign has driven over 6,900 sign-ups to hear about volunteering opportunities, providing charities with vital support that they require over the busy winter months.

2015 Homelessness Link Survey Question No: 2021/0643 Susan Hall Since the survey highlighted that those in London experience greater difficulty in moving on from hostels or B&Bs, with 51% of those ready kept waiting for 6 months, compared to 27% across England, has this figure now reduced?

Page 247

2015 Homelessness Link Survey The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Homeless Link survey no longer reports on how long people in London are waiting for move-on accommodation, so there is no comprehensive data on how that figure has changed. It is clearly detrimental and demoralising for people to stay in temporary accommodation, such as B&Bs or hostels, once they are ready to move-on. Both my Move On Programme and Rough Sleeping Accommodation Programme are substantially increasing the amount of move-on accommodation in the capital. For example, I have allocated funding for 900 longer-term homes and support from the funding I have secured from the Government for the first year of the four-year Rough Sleeping Accommodation Programme (RSAP). These will add to over 500 homes being delivered through my Move- on Programme, which provides homes for people leaving hostels, refuges and other temporary accommodation.

No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (3) Question No: 2021/0644 Susan Hall Which homeless charities have been beneficiaries of your campaign, launched in 2017 and referred to in your press release entitled “Mayor invests £15m to buy homes for homeless Londoners”? Answer for No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since 2017, there have been multiple charity beneficiaries of the Mayor’s homelessness campaign, with the coalition membership changing every year. The 2020-21 campaign has been focused on raising funds for youth-focused homelessness charities due to the particularly devastating impact COVID-19 has had on young people this year. They have been disproportionately affected by the loss of jobs, experienced a lack of opportunity within education and had to face the negative impact that the current climate has had on their mental health. They have also long-relied particularly on sofa-surfing, something that has become more challenging during the pandemic. These factors, amongst others, have contributed to an increase in youth homelessness. The charities we’ve focused on this year are: Depaul UK, akt, Centrepoint and New Horizon. Charities who were beneficiaries since 2017 are:

Page 248

The 999 Club and Lady Florence Trust, The Albert Kennedy Trust, Barons Court Project, Caritas - Anchor House, Centrepoint Soho, The Church Army, The Connection at St Martins-in the-Fields, Crisis UK, Depaul UK, Evolve Housing + Support, Glass Door Homeless Charity, Homeless Action in Barnet, Homeless Link, Housing Justice, Kingston Churches Action on Homelessness, LookAhead, New Horizon Youth Centre, Providence Row, The Salvation Army, Shelter, the National Campaign for Homeless People Limited, The Single Homeless Project, Spear Housing Association Limited, St Mungo Community Housing Association, Thames Reach Charity, The Big Issue Foundation, Passage 2000, West London Mission Methodist Circuit, National Council of Young Men’s Christian Associations, Veteran’s Aid.

Projects to prevent serious crimes Question No: 2021/0645 Susan Hall Further to your press release dated 16/02/18 entitled “Mayor provides £10m for new projects to prevent serious crimes”, please outline how your funding has, to date, helped to tackle: . child sexual exploitation; . female offending; . youth offending. Answer for Projects to prevent serious crimes The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Projects to prevent serious crimes The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since delivery began in Autumn 2018, the projects funded have, among other positive outcomes: Supported 398 vulnerable young people caught up in county lines activity and created regional intelligence hubs to identify those being exploited. Supported 168 young people to address their harmful sexual behaviours, with 70% of those completing the intervention reporting a reducing risk, and trained over 300 professionals to improve their understanding of harmful sexual behaviour. Over 3,300 women in contact with the criminal justice system have been supported to improve their health and wellbeing, safety from domestic abuse, and financial management. They have also reduced their substance misuse, all of which tackle the risk factors associated with female offending.

Page 249

Advance Women Centre (1) Question No: 2021/0646 Susan Hall In relation to your press release entitled “Mayor provides £10m for new projects to prevent serious crimes” dated 16/02/18, how has the £2,996,940 of funding given to Advance Women Centre & Advance Minerva Wrap Around Support Services helped female offenders? Please provide examples, to include how the funding has helped to prevent re- offending. Advance Women Centre (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My funding has enabled the delivery of gender-specific, tailored and trauma-informed specialist support to women offenders. It helps fund the provision of allocated 1-2-1 key worker support for up to 18 months, across 15 boroughs hubs and 2 regional women’s centres, that are women-only safe spaces - in addition to counselling, group work, and advocacy representation. The provision of these services, aim to address the often-complex underlying risks associated with women’s reoffending. Interim data analysis reveals that these women are experiencing improvements in leading crime free lives, mental health, substance misuse, relationships and family, accommodation and financial management. Research into the impact of this initiative is being conducted by Manchester Metropolitan University, with a final evaluation report due for publication in August 2022.

Advance Women Centre (2) Question No: 2021/0647 Susan Hall Following on from your injection of £10m funding in 2018 to help prevent serious crimes, how has your £2,996,940 of funding for Advance Women Centre & Advance Minerva Wrap Around Support Services helped to provide female offenders in 15 London boroughs with services including keyworker support groups, group-work, mentoring & other specialist support to tackle women’s offending & help prevent re-offending? Please provide examples and detail which boroughs have been beneficiaries. Advance Women Centre (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please see Mayor’s Question 2021/0646. The service involves providing one to one and group support that addresses needs relating to mental health, substance misuse, physical health and well-being, domestic abuse, parenting skills, employability, financial management, accessing appropriate accommodation and tenancy sustainment, all risk factors associated with women offending. Service user response has been overwhelmingly positive, with significant numbers reporting increased feelings of safety from violence and abuse; increased health and well-being, improvement in housing issues and financial

Page 250

management. During 2019/20 Advance supported 523 women, held 243 group work sessions and 2,196 women accessed the women’s centres and women hubs. 100% of women supported reported achieving a positive outcome against their needs. Beneficiary boroughs are Brent, Ealing, Hammersmith & Fulham, Harrow, Hillingdon, Hounslow, Kensington & Chelsea, Westminster, Barking & Dagenham, Camden, Haringey, Havering, Islington, Newham and Waltham Forest.

Taith (Journey) London (1) Question No: 2021/0648 Susan Hall Subsequent to your £10m investment in 2018 to combat serious crime, please outline the effectiveness of your £1,857,863 of funding for Taith (Journey) London over 3 years, to provide a specialist service targeted at perpetrators of harmful sexual behaviour in Barking & Dagenham, Greenwich, Hammersmith & Fulham, Havering, Kensington & Chelsea, Redbridge, Wandsworth & Westminster. Please provide examples. Answer for Taith (Journey) London (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Taith (Journey) London (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Taith (Journey) London has provided effective support to children and young people to address their harmful sexual behaviours.168 young people have been engaged since the service started in Autumn 2018. To date, 53 have completed their assessment and intervention with 70% reporting a reducing risk of abusive/offending behaviours and 60% improving their ability to develop healthy relationships. The final evaluation is due to be produced in Spring 2021. In addition to the specialist support provided to children and young people over 300 professionals have attended training, improving their knowledge and understanding of harmful sexual behaviour and raising the profile of harmful sexual behaviour in those boroughs.

Taith (Journey) London (2) Question No: 2021/0649 Susan Hall Please detail how your £1,857,863 of funding in 2018 for Taith (Journey) London has since helped to provide assessment & specialist intervention to child & young people displaying harmful sexual behaviour. What is the evidence that this support has since helped them to

Page 251

take responsibility for their behaviour & for them to be able to develop safe & healthy relationships? Answer for Taith (Journey) London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Taith (Journey) London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Taith has provided effective support to children and young people to address their harmful sexual behaviours.168 young people have been engaged since the service started in Autumn 2018. To date, 53 have completed their assessment and intervention with 70% reporting a reducing risk of abusive/offending behaviours and 60% improving their ability to develop healthy relationships. In addition to the specialist support provided to children and young people over 300 professionals have attended training, improving their knowledge and understanding of harmful sexual behaviour.

Out There Response & Rescue (1) Question No: 2021/0650 Susan Hall How has your £3,036,916 of funding over 3 years since 2016 helped the project Out There Response & Rescue to develop a pan-London service across the 32 London boroughs delivering support services for vulnerable young Londoners, exploited by criminal gangs, to sell drugs in other towns & cities, known as “county lines”? Please provide details. Out There Response & Rescue (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In 2018 MOPAC funding supported the launch of the first pan-London County Lines response service, to support vulnerable young Londoners caught up in ‘county lines’ drug distribution networks by: • Providing support and specialist interventions to young people identified as being involved in county lines activity • Creating regional intelligence hubs to bring together intelligence and data on county lines from across London; allowing for prioritisation of most harmful lines, quicker identification of those being exploited and helping to focus resources on those most in need • Upskilling front line professionals across London, through comprehensive training, to better identify and divert young people away from this kind of exploitation.

Page 252

As of February 2021, the service has received 1,452 referrals; accepted 595 for support and has seen 398 young people engage with the support offered.

Out There Response & Rescue (2) Question No: 2021/0651 Susan Hall How has your £3,036,916 of funding in 2016 to the project Out There Response & Rescue helped, in relation to “county lines”, to mitigate the violence, gangs, criminal & sexual exploitation, modern slavery & missing persons associated with this? Please provide evidence. Out There Response & Rescue (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please see answer to Mayor’s Question 2021/0650

Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (1) Question No: 2021/0652 Susan Hall What evidence is there that your £10m boiler scrappage scheme, launched on 30/07/18, has helped small businesses to save money on their energy bills, as well as helping to improve the capital’s air quality? Please provide examples. Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Nineteen small businesses were issued vouchers to replace their old heating system under the Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme before its closure on 31 March 2020. Of those 17 have now installed new heating systems and the remaining two are due to completed before end March. The scheme (including energy bill and air quality impacts for the small businesses that took part) is currently being evaluated and will be completed by the summer. My officers identified a low level of business interest early in the programme’s operation and acted to address this. Engagement showed that businesses were not taking up the programme due to lack of drivers to action such as regulation that existed for vehicle scrappage schemes. Businesses were also hesitant to prioritise energy efficiency measures in a challenging and uncertain economic climate as a result of Brexit and despite the energy savings it would bring. Due to slow take-up, officers acted quickly to ensure delivery of similar outcomes through different programmes and reallocated funds accordingly. Of the original £10 million budget, £8.95 million has been reallocated for air quality projects to help businesses and other organisations reduce emissions, through the successful Good Growth Fund and the

Page 253

Business Low Emission Neighbourhoods (BLENs) initiatives. So far 6 BLENs have been completed, providing electric vehicle infrastructure, improved public realm and support for businesses, and 20 further BLEN and Good Growth Fund air quality initiatives are in delivery.

Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (2) Question No: 2021/0653 Susan Hall How many small and medium-sized businesses in London have benefited from 30-40% cashback when replacing older, polluting boilers with new, cleaner heating systems, since the launch of your £10m boiler scrappage scheme in 2018? Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This question is answered in the response to MQ2020/0652.

Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (3) Question No: 2021/0654 Susan Hall Is there evidence that, since the launch of your Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme in 2018, London’s workplaces have been able to significantly reduce their greenhouse gas emissions, thereby reducing their harmful NOx emissions? Please provide data. Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This question is answered in the response to MQ 2020/0652.

Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (4) Question No: 2021/0655 Susan Hall How much of an effect, since 2018, has your Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme had on your ambition to make London a zero-carbon city by 2050? Please provide data. Cleaner Heat Cashback Scheme (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This question is answered in the response to MQ2020/0652.

Page 254

“TfL Go” App (1) Question No: 2021/0656 Susan Hall How much did it cost to build & launch the “TfL Go” app in 2020? Answer for “TfL Go” App (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response “TfL Go” App (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The TfL Go app launched on iOS in August 2020 and on Android in December 2020. The TfL Go app cost £1.9m to develop and launch as of the Android release.

TfL Go App (2) Question No: 2021/0657 Susan Hall Since the launch of the “TfL Go” app in 2020, how many downloads/uses has it had? Answer for TfL Go App (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL Go App (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since it launched for iOS in August 2020, the Transport for London (TfL) Go app has been downloaded more than 78,000 times. TfL’s second funding deal with Government required it to complete roll out of TfL Go for Android by the end of the 2020 to support real-time travel information for customers planning their journeys. The app uses the latest customer information to provide status updates and the features will continue to be improved in line with customer feedback. It provides real-time train times and information in a mobile-friendly way to enable customers to travel at quieter times outside peak hours – helping them maintain social distancing – as well as alternative routes and walking and cycling options as default for shorter journeys. The app also supports TfL’s continuing commitment to making journeys for those with accessibility needs as easy as possible. It includes a step-free mode and easy to navigate views of all stations which currently have street-to-platform accessibility.

Page 255

Over the course of the pandemic, TfL has made 70 updates to the Journey Planner dataset and issued up to 1,220 real-time messages per day dealing with busier periods, revised services, bus stop closures and diversions. However, there has been very limited TfL Go marketing activity during this period because of lockdown. A widespread marketing campaign will launch in the coming months, tied to TfL’s recovery plans and the phased lifting of Government restrictions.

Funding to boost London economy Question No: 2021/0658 Susan Hall Further to your press release on 15/02/18 announcing your £140m investment to boost the London economy, as a result of London’s newly won ability to keep a greater share of business rates, please advise as to how this funding has since helped projects in the capital to: • increase business space; • improve transport infrastructure; • bring new housing on stream. Funding to boost London economy The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 London’s retention of growth in business rates income has enabled significant strategic investment that is contributing to sustainable growth across the capital. Examples of where this funding has been deployed include support for transport infrastructure such as the £25m contribution to the upgrading of the Northern Line ticket hall at Elephant & Castle, support for affordable housing development in the form of the Homebuilding Capacity Fund and £11m of funding for full fibre connections to improve digital connectivity for businesses and communities using public assets in the most poorly connected parts of London. This funding has also supported investment in East Bank, which will form a significant part of London’s recovery from the impacts of Covid-19, given its impact on the creative industries and tourism sectors.

Collective Strategic Investment Question No: 2021/0659 Susan Hall Since the retention of 100% business rate growth from April 2018 & your subsequent £140m investment to boost the London economy, please detail how the “Collective

Page 256

Strategic Investment” pot, using 15% of the business rate growth, has benefitted every region of the capital. Collective Strategic Investment The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 With the agreement of the Government and alongside the London Boroughs and the City of London Corporation, I established the London Business Rates Pool for 2018-19. The main financial benefit of the pool was that London retained 100% of any growth in business rates income over and above the business rates baseline set by central government. It was agreed that 15 per cent of the additional income available from pooling would be used to establish a collective Strategic Investment Pot, used to fund strategic investment across the capital. I approved the recommendations for projects to be funded, put forward by local authorities in September 2018, as outlined in MD2358.

Office-space protection (1) Question No: 2021/0660 Susan Hall Since your press release dated 03/06/16, entitled “Mayor announces new office-space protection for new business”, could you please demonstrate how your subsequent amendments to the London Plan have since provided stronger protection for small businesses & start-up workspace in the capital? Office-space protection (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In my new London Plan I have introduced stronger protections for small business and start- up workspace by supporting the introduction of Article 4 Directions to remove permitted development rights; retaining existing viable office floorspace with strengthened tests to demonstrate surplus office space; supporting the delivery of affordable workspace, protecting and intensifying industrial-related business space in Strategic Industrial Locations and Locally Significant Industrial Sites; protecting cultural uses and promoting the growth of London’s creative industries. Evidence from the London Development Database shows that the rate of loss of office floorspace from all approved office to residential changes of use was approximately halved from 649,000 square metres per annum over the period 2013-2015 to 327,000 square metres per annum over the period 2016-2018. About two-thirds of these losses occurred through central government’s office to residential permitted development rights. Through my business-friendly London Plan policies, a net increase of over 1 million square metres of new office floorspace has been granted in planning approvals 2016-2018 providing space for businesses to start-up, grow and thrive.

Page 257

Office-space protection (2) Question No: 2021/0661 Susan Hall Further to the launch of your new office-space protection for new business in 2016, please detail the new spaces for small businesses, the creative industries, artists and the fashion industry - within new residential & mixed-use developments, which have been created in London. Office-space protection (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Evidence from the London Development Database shows that 380,000 square metres of gross new office floorspace was delivered as part of housing mixed-use development between 2016 and 2018. Prominent examples in the capital where new space is being created for SMEs, creative industries, artists and the fashion industry in mixed-use residential neighbourhoods include:

The Trampery - a 6-acre campus of creative studios in Hackney Wick; Bow Arts RAW Open Studios - affordable creative studios in a development with Notting Hill Housing at Royal Albert Wharf; Greenwich Peninsula Design District – providing 16 new permanent buildings for creatives, secured at affordable rents; Blackhorse Road - 3,000 square metres of new affordable workspace and artist studios and 330 affordable homes; Manor Road Quarter – delivering affordable housing with flexible commercial space; Poplar Works and The Makery – with over 40 studios and workshops across two sites; and BloQs Meridian Water - which will support a community of creative and talented makers to grow in Enfield.

Office-space protection (3) Question No: 2021/0662 Susan Hall Following on from the launch of your new office-space protection for new business in 2016, please outline which schemes have since provided linked affordable housing & business space in new London housing developments. Office-space protection (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My new London Plan promotes schemes that provide linked affordable housing and affordable workspace in new housing developments (paragraph 6.3.7) and I have been delighted to see examples of such developments being implemented in London in line with this approach.

Page 258

For example, the Lakeside Centre in Thamesmead includes 40 new affordable creative workspaces supported by linked provision of low-cost accommodation for cultural workers, helping the area become one of the capital’s newest cultural locations for emerging talented artists, designers, makers and food entrepreneurs. In Barking & Dagenham, Create London provides affordable, high quality residential units linked to affordable creative studios, with a dedicated public hall and new square. Going forward, I want to see more exemplar projects like these to create a replicable model for sustainable creative business space paired with affordable housing provision.

Office-space protection (4) Question No: 2021/0663 Susan Hall Since your new office-space protection for new business launch in London in 2016, please provide details of your progress on seeking & implementing changes to permitted development rights, in collaboration with the Government. Office-space protection (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have been working with local planning authorities to support the protection of business space at risk from the Government’s extension of national permitted development rights. I supported the boroughs in the Central Activities Zone by publishing strategic evidence to inform the introduction of Article 4 Directions to remove office to residential permitted development rights. This helped to safeguard central London’s nationally significant office locations. In my London Plan I also encourage boroughs to introduce Article 4 Directions to safeguard strategic office capacity beyond central London and industrial and logistics capacity across the capital where appropriate. I have also highlighted my strong concerns to the Government regarding their latest proposals for commercial to residential permitted development and continue to make the case that permitted development rights should be devolved to London government. This would ensure that appropriate flexibility can be provided – but in ways that deliver Good Growth for the capital and ensure higher quality development.

Page 259

Affordable Housing and Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (1) Question No: 2021/0664 Susan Hall Since the launch of your Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) in 2017, please demonstrate how this has since facilitated the increase in levels of affordable housing in the capital, as well as having speeded up the decisions in the planning system. Answer for Affordable Housing and Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Affordable Housing and Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Affordable Housing and Viability SPG has helped to increase affordable housing in new developments through the innovative ‘Threshold Approach’. This has incentivised developers to increase affordable housing above the low levels secured in previous years, enabling applications to progress faster. During the period 2018 to 2020 referable schemes that followed the Fast Track Route on average, progressed 30 per cent faster than viability tested schemes. Meanwhile, affordable housing levels across approved referable applications have risen from 25 per cent in 2016 to 35 per cent in 2020. The average level per scheme increased to 41 per cent by habitable room in 2020, with more than three quarters of referable schemes in 2019 and 2020 providing 35 per cent or more affordable housing. The SPG also includes detailed guidance to ensure that where lower levels of affordable housing are proposed, developers’ viability evidence is robustly assessed. This has helped to ensure that overpayments for land are no longer used as a reason for reducing affordable housing. Viability information is also now routinely published by boroughs, despite developers arguing for many years that this was confidential.

Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (2) Question No: 2021/0665 Susan Hall Please advise as to how many housing developments on private land in London have, since the launch of your Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) in 2018, met your threshold of delivering 35% affordable housing without public funding. How many homes has this delivered?

Page 260

Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since publication of my guidance in August 2017, 54 referable schemes on private land have met my 35 per cent threshold, providing 7,176 affordable homes. These figures exclude non-referable applications and so the actual number of schemes with 35 per cent or more affordable housing are higher. Information from the London Development Database (LDD) includes non-referable applications but does not record whether sites are in private or public ownership. For context, this indicates that 253 schemes with 35 per cent or more affordable housing on public and private land were approved between August 2017 and the end of 2019, providing 21,041 affordable homes. Following publication of my new London Plan on 2nd March 2021, my Threshold Approach to affordable housing will form part of the statutory Development Plan for London which will carry greater weight and help to ensure that more schemes provide 35 per cent or more affordable housing. Notes: The figures exclude estate regeneration schemes which do not follow the Fast Track Route (and for LDD data, sites with existing residential units), and schemes of less than 10 units. The time periods for the two datasets are different and so these are not directly comparable.

Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (3) Question No: 2021/0666 Susan Hall Please advise as to how many housing developments on public land in the capital have, since the launch of your Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) in 2018, been comprised of at least 50% affordable housing, thereby qualifying for the fast-track route. How many homes has this delivered? Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since publication of my guidance in August 2017, 18 referable schemes have met my threshold for public land, providing 3,033 affordable homes. 14 schemes provided 50 per cent or more affordable housing, and 4 provided between 35 and 50 per cent affordable housing because the sites were a mix of public and private land or were part of a public land portfolio. These figures exclude non-referable applications and so the actual number of schemes with 50 per cent or more affordable housing are higher. Information from the London Development Database (LDD) includes non-referable applications but does not record whether sites are in private or public ownership. For context, this indicates that 154 schemes with 50 per cent or more affordable housing on public and private land were approved between August 2017 and the end of 2019, providing 6,040 affordable homes. Following publication of my new London Plan on 2nd March 2021, my approach to public

Page 261

land will form part of the statutory Development Plan for London which will carry greater weight and help to ensure that more schemes follow the Fast Track Route.

Notes: The figures exclude estate regeneration schemes which do not follow the Fast Track Route (and for LDD data, sites with existing residential units), and schemes of less than 10 units. The time periods for the two datasets are different and so these are not directly comparable.

Affordable Housing and Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (4) Question No: 2021/0667 Susan Hall On the back of the launch of your Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) in 2018, please detail which London councils have since made use of your expert viability team, in instances of developers trying to reduce affordable housing levels, after planning permission has been granted. Please demonstrate how effective your expert viability team have been in ensuring developers have kept to their original agreed affordable housing levels. Affordable Housing and Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Between 2013 and 2016, legislation brought forward by the government gave developers an automatic right to apply for a reduction in the affordable housing that they had previously agreed to provide in planning permissions and to appeal to the Planning Inspectorate if this was not approved. This led to a significant reduction in affordable housing levels secured through the planning system. Since then this issue has lessened and, with the exception of Battersea Power Station, I am not aware of other more recent cases where this has arisen. My expert Viability Team and the wider Planning Team have played an important role in increasing affordable housing levels across London through developing and implementing my Affordable Housing and Viability SPG and affordable housing policies in the new London Plan and reviewing viability assessments and negotiating affordable housing obligations for referable applications – on which we have seen a significant increase in the levels of affordable housing. The team also support and provide resources to all boroughs through the London Authorities Viability Group, whose meetings continue to be very well attended.

Page 262

Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (5) Question No: 2021/0668 Susan Hall As referenced in your 2018 press release entitled “Mayor’s new planning rules to boost affordable housing”, have your key housing associations & council partners delivered programmes of 60% or more affordable housing, backed by funding from your £3.15bn investment deal with the Government? If not, what are the reasons for this failure? Answer for Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My team is in regular discussion with housing delivery partners to provide funding support from the AH settlement that will maximise pipeline housing programmes across London. Key Strategic Partners are expected to achieve 60% affordable homes in their wider development programmes to 2023 and my approach has seen a boost in the volume of genuinely affordable homes being delivered, with 2019-20 showing highest number of affordable homes started in London since GLA records began in 2002/3.

Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (6) Question No: 2021/0669 Susan Hall Further to the launch of your Supplementary Planning Guidance, have TfL followed through on their commitment to deliver 50% affordable housing across their development programme? If not, why have they failed to do so? Answer for Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (6) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Affordable Housing & Viability Supplementary Planning Guidance (6) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Across its portfolio Transport for London is achieving its target of 50 per cent affordable housing on the sites it has brought forward since May 2016.

Page 263

Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (1) Question No: 2021/0670 Susan Hall Has all of the £82m funding you announced in August 2018 since been awarded to further education colleges & training providers across the capital? Please provide headline figures showing where & when it was spent. Answer for Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes, all the £82m was awarded to further education and training providers. It has been allocated through my Skills for Londoners Capital Fund Round 2 (SFL R2), Mayor’s Construction Academy (MCA), Small Project and Equipment Fund Round 2 (SPEF R2), COVID-19 Emergency Recovery Support Fund (ERSF) and the COVID Contingency Fund. Breakdown of the headline figures shows what projects the fund has already been spent on and when it was claimed in the attached table.

Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (2) Question No: 2021/0671 Susan Hall Please detail how your £82m investment in 2018 in skills training for Londoners has helped Londoners of all ages & backgrounds to acquire the skills they need for employment. Answer for Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Skills for Londoners strategy and Skills for Londoners Capital fund serves Londoners of all ages and was open to all providers to take advantage of the investment opportunities. The funding was designed to respond to business and employer skills need, to create high- quality facilities and training programmes to establish a pipeline of talent both now and in the future. Alongside mainstream providers, Institutes of Adult Education (IAL’s) were targeted and they provide courses to reskill adults in a wide range of skills. The programme

Page 264

has committed to ensuring a diverse, inclusive workforce across different industries. Funded projects aim to increase employment opportunities for Londoners who may face barriers to entering the jobs market, including those with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND).

Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (3) Question No: 2021/0672 Susan Hall Which further education providers have worked with prisons or young offender institutions since your £82m injection into the Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund in 2018? Answer for Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 City Hall has no direct jurisdiction over the further education funding for prisons or young offender institutions, as this sits with the Ministry of Justice and outside the remit of the Adult Education budget. However, the Skills for Londoner Capital prospectus did include offenders among those disadvantaged groups with whom the fund recipients could work, and £145,000 has been awarded to HMP Brixton and HMP Wormwood Scrubs.

Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (4) Question No: 2021/0673 Susan Hall How has any further education since 2018, funded by your Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund, provided the skills offenders need to get jobs on release and reduce offending? Please provide data showing jobs obtained on release by offenders, also evidence that the training has reduced reoffending. Answer for Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 265

Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have invested £145,000 through my Skills for Londoners Capital fund across two prisons in London. This investment has been made via Novus, London’s lead Offender Learning provider. Brixton Prison has received funding which has contributed towards a state of the art bakery learning facility for offender learners. Wormwood Scrubs Prison has received funding to invest in the refurbishment of a canteen/restaurant whereby offender learners will access education and skills supporting their progression to employment. Both schemes enable learners to develop their skills in real life working environments, using industry standard equipment to achieve catering qualifications. Learners are also supported in finding employment ahead of release. Novus, London’s lead for Offender Learning collects data on employment and re-offending however this data is not yet available as Wormwood Scrubs is still in the construction phase and the bakery at Brixton Prison has been closed due to the pandemic. This data will be captured when available.

Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (5) Question No: 2021/0674 Susan Hall How effective has the £7.2m you invested in the Mayor’s Construction Academy been? Please provide data evidencing how many people have obtained employment in the construction industry as a direct result of the funding. Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The £7.2m Mayor’s Construction Academy funding was awarded in 2019 and two of the six successful projects were able to progress into grant and deliver planned capital works ahead of COVID-19 lockdown in March 2020. The two projects have claimed £1.545m against milestones achieved out of a total grant of £1,626m. To the end of March 2020 this investment has resulted in over 1,600 additional learners supported to achieve a qualification (which in some cases supports learners already in work), 70 learners to start apprenticeships and a further 41 learners to progress into employment in the construction industry. Whilst delivery timelines of the remaining projects have been considerably affected by events of the past year, planned delivery is progressing well, albeit later than originally planned. In the coming years Londoners will be able to gain the skills they need to access further opportunities for employment in the construction industry.

Page 266

Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (6) Question No: 2021/0675 Susan Hall How has the London Economic Action Partnership (LEAP) funding been meeting the skills gap in London created by the UK leaving the EU? Answer for Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (6) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Skills Training for Londoners Capital Fund (6) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Skills for Londoners Capital Fund which the LEAP supports the building and refurbishment of training facilities to support skills development, vocational training and adult learning across key skills sectors including digital, health and social care, science and technology and construction. The funding invests in physical spaces which are flexible and adaptive and are designed to meet the changing needs of the economy, as a result of Brexit.

Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (1) Question No: 2021/0676 Susan Hall Please advise which 33 projects across London were awarded funding via the second round of the Mayor’s Good Growth Fund, as referred to in your press release on 04/12/18, entitled Mayor backs projects with £30m to help reduce deprivation. Answer for Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please find below a list of the 33 projects that were funded as part of the Good Growth Programme round 2: Funding Project and applicant Description allocated

Page 267

A new parent-led childcare To deliver genuinely affordable £81,400 enterprise for local parents in workspace to address local childcare Deptford, Lewisham,New needs. Economics Foundation Affordable Artist Studios at To transform St Bernard’s Chapel to £533,713 St Bernard’s Chapel,Catalyst accommodate creative workspace and Housing Limited, Ealing studios. Community-Led Regeneration: Turn Bermondsey’s historic town £2,312,500 The Blue Market, London centre and street market into a Borough of Southwark thriving area, building on The Blue’s identity as the ‘Larder of London’. Boston Manor, Community Deliver affordable creative £490,000 and Creative Catalyst, London makerspaces and a marketplace as Borough of Hounslow part of an ambitious restoration of Boston Manor House and Park Bridging Neighbourhoods - Deliver a multi-disciplinary creative £1,000,000 Growing Talent,English National hub on the Lea River Estuary Ballet, Tower Hamlets promoting community programming and skills development. Centre 404 Build Our Future, Provide space for much-needed £640,000 Centre 404, Islington additional support and services for people with learning disabilities and carers from the LGBTQ+ community. Church Street Triangle, A range of high street improvements £977,000 Westminster City Council which set the tone for the delivery of the Church Street Regeneration programme. Enhancing Toynbee Hall’s Bolster wellbeing spaces for valuable £340,000 Spaces, Toynbee Hall, Tower support services for the local Hamlets community. Enterprising Tottenham High Transform Tottenham High Road into £2,000,000 Road, London Borough of a centre for local enterprise. Haringey Erith Regeneration Investment into Phase II of the £1,600,000 Programme Phase ll, London regeneration of Erith Town Centre Borough of Bexley which will provide a range of improvements, from business support to public realm interventions. Expanding Kensal’s Creative To support the Kensal Canalside £1,000,000 Economy,Royal Borough of Opportunity Area development and Kensington and Chelsea its local economy.

Page 268

FUTURE POLKA, Polka To create new and refurbished £1,200,000 Children’s Theatre Ltd, performance, rehearsal, learning and play spaces at The Polka Children’s Theatre. Grahame Park Life - ‘Bringing The “Old Library” will be transformed £200,400 the Old Library Back to Life’, into a dynamic multi-use enterprise, Notting Hill Genesis, Barnet skills and community hub in the heart of Grahame Park, Colindale. Grand Union Canal Activation, A range of interventions to promote £1,200,000 Old Oak and Park Royal better use of the Grant Union Canal. Development Corporation Harrow Arts Centre, Harrow To improve the civic and cultural £760,000 Arts Centre - Harrow Council infrastructure on the Harrow Arts Centre. Holloway Road – NYT, To transform NYT’s Holloway Road £2,000,000 National Theatre of Great building into a thriving cultural hub Britain, Islington for young people. Improving Public Assets in A range of investments across £350,000 Islington,London Borough of Caledonian Road to better Islington understand how the local community can benefit from the economy. Intensifying Barking’s To showcase how a 1.8-acre under- £1,000,000 Industry, Be First on behalf of utilised site in a Strategic Industrial London Borough of Barking Location (SIL) can be transformed and Dagenham into a model of how industrial land can be used. Kingsley Hall - at the heart of To transform the Kingsley Hall Church £1,500,000 community life,Livability, and Community Centre (KHCCC) into Barking and Dagenham a central space for skills training and lifestyle activities. New Creative and Future To deliver a multipurpose creative £418,500 Galleries (NCFG),British space and gallery which will support Academy of Film and Television underrepresented groups through (BAFTA), City of Westminster Learning and New Talent outreach programmes. Opening up 46-50 Deliver refurbishments to support the £300,000 Copperfield, Ragged School sustainable operations of a historic Museum, Tower Hamlets canal-side museum and learning environment. Project Beanstalk,Pursuing Open a new delivery centre offering £256,224 Independent Paths (PiP), City of independent living and vocational Westminster skills training to adults with learning disabilities.

Page 269

Rainham SIL - Access and To provide an Innovation Hub which £1,631,940 Innovation,London Borough of will boost productivity and skills in Havering Havering and across East London. Reigniting the Festival Deliver a state-of-the-art venue for £760,000 Church,St. John’s Waterloo, training and technological education, Lambeth economic development and arts and community events. Re-Imagining the Everyday To breathe life into South Norwood £1,161,426 Spaces in South High Street through a range of high Norwood,London Borough of street improvements. Croydon Ridley Road - Dalston Town To produce a regeneration strategy £770,000 Centre, London Borough of and delivery plan for Dalston town Hackney centre to ensure a clear vision is set for its future success. Securing Southwark To fit out a purpose-built theatre at £750,000 Playhouse’s Future, the Elephant and Castle into a new Southwark Playhouse Theatre home for Southwark Playhouse Company, Southwark Theatre. Securing the future of the Secure a long-term future for The £900,000 Yard Theatre and Hub67 in Yard Theatre and Community Centre Hackney Wick,The Yard Theatre in Hackney Wick. Limited, Tower Hamlets Studio 3 Arts - Changing the To transform Studio 3 Arts’ venue in £500,000 Boundary,Studio 3 Arts Ltd, Gascoigne Estate into a world-class Barking and Dagenham cultural venue. The Africa Centre Capital To redevelop a disused office building £1,600,000 Project, The Africa Centre, in Southwark to house the 21st Southwark century Africa Centre. The Bricklayers Arms Oasis, To transform an underused and gated £199,270 London Borough of podium space into an urban oasis for Southwark the wider community to use. The Gramophone, Really Local To transform the Gramophone into an £1,200,000 Group Limited, Hillingdon exciting new cultural and creative hub. Wandsworth Community Food To refurbish a bus that provides £120,950 Bus, Feeding Britain, access to low cost healthy fresh food Wandsworth in areas of high depravation in Wandsworth.

Page 270

Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (2) Question No: 2021/0677 Susan Hall Please advise as to whether the 33 London projects, awarded funding via the second tranche of the Mayor’s Good Growth Fund in 2018, focussed on supporting Londoners in areas with high levels of unemployment, youth violence & poor mental health. Please give examples of the work of the projects. Answer for Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Good Growth Programme has supported a number of projects that are located or operate within areas of London with high levels of multiple deprivation. The following projects provide examples of these projects.

Enhancing Toynbee Hall – Toynbee Hall (Tower Hamlets) Toynbee Hall has been providing services in the East End of London for over 130 years. The organization provides support and advice for those struggling with housing and homelessness, isolation, financial exploitation and debt. The organization has undertaken the regeneration of its estate in order to provide access to a multi-functional space for the community, while raising revenue from private hire of its traditional hall for reinvestment into its programmes and services. Good Growth Fund investment delivered enhanced design and fit-out for Toynbee’s new Centre for Wellbeing (WBC) and Centre for Advice (CA). The project has delivered over 800 m2 of improved public realm and over 350m2 of new community space. The project was completed in July 2020. Kingsley Hall – Liveability (Barking & Dagenham) Kingsley Hall Church and Community Centre lies at the centre of the Becontree Estate, one of the most deprived areas in London. The centre provides space for a wide range of community uses. The Good Growth Fund investment is supporting the transformation of the centre, providing flexible community spaces, theatre/rehearsal space, a healthy food cafe, sports hall, community training kitchen, makerspace/workshop and co-working area. The extension of the community centre will also free up space on the site for the delivery of new affordable housing.

Page 271

The project will support 50 businesses, serve over 1,000 young people through new programming and offer 50 training opportunities each year in the new training kitchen. The project commenced on site in October 2020 and is due to complete in August 2021.

Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (3) Question No: 2021/0678 Susan Hall Please advise as to whether the 33 London-based projects to benefit from the second round of the Mayor’s Good Growth Fund in 2018, have since supported the creation of new jobs, fuelled investment in community assets & driven sustainable economic growth in the areas exhibiting the highest levels of deprivation in London. Please provide examples. Answer for Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Good Growth Fund has awarded projects that are located or operate within areas of London with high levels of multiple deprivation. In Round 2 of the Good Growth Fund 44% of projects were in the 20% most deprived areas nationally. These projects received 57% of the total funding allocation. When we analyse GGF Round 2 allocations by income deprivation, 50% of projects and 59% of funding were allocated to the most income deprived areas nationally. The Round 2 projects are forecast to create over 4,000 jobs, Create or improve 285,000 sqm2 of public realm and over 50,000sm2 of new or improved commercial space. The following projects provide examples of these projects Kingsley Hall Church and Community Centre located within the Becontree Estate - one of the most deprived areas in London. The Project will focus on quality design to engage the local community; retain Providing flexible spaces, theatre/rehearsal space, cafe, sports hall, teaching kitchen, workshop, community shop and co-working area. Forecast outputs Volunteer opportunities 500 Jobs created 25 Training Opportunities

Page 272

Brixton Rec Quarter The grant will provide w provide affordable light industrial and laboratory spaces. Public realm and shopfront improvements to Brixton Station Road, Beehive Place Forecast outputs Volunteer opportunities 5,800 Jobs created 337 Commercial space 4,750 m2 Church Street is part of Westminster council most ambitious programme of estate renewal. It will deliver a high-quality workspace, gallery and meeting venue linking with other affordable workspace in the area to form part of an enterprise ecosystem. Forecast outputs Commercial space created 287m2 Community participation 300 Public realm created 127m2

Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (4) Question No: 2021/0679 Susan Hall Could you please confirm that two thirds of the second round of the Mayor’s Good Growth Fund in 2018 was invested in areas of London which ranked in the top 20% of the UK’s most deprived wards. Which wards were they and how have they since used the funding to alleviate severe levels of deprivation in their communities? Answer for Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Good Growth Programme has awarded projects that are located or operate within areas of London with high levels of multiple deprivation. We test the distribution of Good Growth Fund against the Indices of Multiple Deprivation, or IMD. This provides a range of indicators that include income deprivation, housing affordability, crime levels, access to local services and many other measures. In Round 2 of the Good Growth Fund, 44% of projects were in the 20% most deprived areas nationally. These projects received 57% of the total funding allocation. When we analyse GGF Round 2 allocations by income

Page 273

deprivation, 50% of projects and 59% of funding were allocated to the most income deprived areas nationally. The tables below provide a list of projects within the top 20% most deprived wards by multiple deprivation and income deprivation.

Indices of Multiple GGF LSOA Local Deprivation Round Project name identifier LSOA name authority - percentile Round Studio 3 Arts - E01033588 Barking and Barking and 18 2 Changing the Dagenham Dagenham Boundary 021F Round Enhancing E01004310 Tower Tower 16 2 Toynbee Hall’s Hamlets Hamlets Spaces 015E Round Intensifying E01000092 Barking and Barking and 19 2 Barking’s Industry Dagenham Dagenham 019E Round Kingsley Hall - at E01000078 Barking and Barking and 18 2 the heart of Dagenham Dagenham community life 007B Round Enterprising E01001979 Haringey Haringey 12 2 Tottenham High 011D Road Round Rainham SIL - E01002368 Havering Havering 14 2 Access and 028A Innovation Round Expanding E01002852 Kensington Kensington 12 2 Kensal’s Creative and Chelsea and Chelsea Economy 001A Round Grahame Park E01000151 Barnet 026B Barnet 14 2 Life - ‘Bringing the Old Library Back to Life’ Round Holloway Road - E01002786 Islington Islington 17 2 NYT 010D Round Church Street E01033602 Westminster Westminster 12 2 Triangle 009H Round Erith E01000431 Bexley 008D Bexley 17 2 Regeneration

Page 274

Programme Phase ll Round Regenerating E01003047 Lambeth Lambeth 13 2 Brixton’s Rec 011B Quarter Round A new parent-led E01003207 Lewisham Lewisham 16 2 childcare 005A enterprise for local parents in Deptford, Lewisham Round Re-Imagining the E01001145 Croydon Croydon 13 2 Everyday Spaces 008C in South Norwood Round Blue Market E01004042 Southwark Southwark 9 2 Community-Led 010D Regeneration Programme: Revitalising Bermondsey’s Historic Town Centre

Income GGF LSOA Local deprivation Round Project name identifier LSOA name authority - percentile Round Grahame Park Life E01000151 Barnet 026B Barnet 4 2 - ‘Bringing the Old Library Back to Life’ Round Church Street E01033602 Westminster Westminster 5 2 Triangle 009H Round Blue Market E01004042 Southwark Southwark 6 2 Community-Led 010D Regeneration Programme: Revitalising Bermondsey’s Historic Town Centre

Page 275

Round Expanding E01002852 Kensington Kensington 7 2 Kensal’s Creative and Chelsea and Chelsea Economy 001A Round Re-Imagining the E01001145 Croydon Croydon 10 2 Everyday Spaces 008C in South Norwood Round Enhancing E01004310 Tower Tower 12 2 Toynbee Hall’s Hamlets Hamlets Spaces 015E Round Wandsworth E01004567 Wandsworth Wandsworth 12 2 Community Food 002E Bus Round Erith E01000431 Bexley 008D Bexley 12 2 Regeneration Programme Phase ll Round Enterprising E01001979 Haringey Haringey 13 2 Tottenham High 011D Road Round Rainham SIL - E01002368 Havering Havering 13 2 Access and 028A Innovation Round Holloway Road - E01002786 Islington Islington 13 2 NYT 010D Round Regenerating E01003047 Lambeth Lambeth 14 2 Brixton’s Rec 011B Quarter Round Kingsley Hall - at E01000078 Barking and Barking and 15 2 the heart of Dagenham Dagenham community life 007B Round A new parent-led E01003207 Lewisham Lewisham 15 2 childcare 005A enterprise for local parents in Deptford, Lewisham Round Studio 3 Arts - E01033588 Barking and Barking and 17 2 Changing the Dagenham Dagenham Boundary 021F Round Intensifying E01000092 Barking and Barking and 18 2 Barking’s Industry Dagenham Dagenham 019E

Page 276

Round Centre 404 Build E01002764 Islington Islington 18 2 Our Future 010A Round Securing the E01004224 Tower Tower 20 2 future of the Yard Hamlets Hamlets Theatre and 001C Hub67 in Hackney Wick Round Grand Union E01001246 Ealing 015D Ealing 20 2 Canal Activation

Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (5) Question No: 2021/0680 Susan Hall Since the second round of the Mayor’s Good Growth Fund in 2018, has 20,000 square metres of new industrial space in Barking, as a means of supporting local jobs, been delivered? Answer for Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Industrial project (known as Intensifying Barking’s Industry) has recently secured planning permission (Feb 2021), following which the local authority has entered into a pre- construction Services Agreement. Construction is set to start later this year with an estimated opening in Autumn 2022. The project is well on its way to supporting the delivery of stacked commercial business space in line with original approvals and for the benefit of local businesses. Once finalised, an estimated 230-250 people will be employed on site.

Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (6) Question No: 2021/0681 Susan Hall As delivered via the 2018 second round of the Mayor’s Good Growth Fund, how successful have the new & refurbished performance, rehearsal, learning & play spaces at Polka Children’s Theatre in Wimbledon been, in providing opportunities for disadvantaged children and hard-to-reach families?

Page 277

Answer for Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (6) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (6) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Future Polka project at the Polka Theatre was funded in 2018 as part of round 2 of my Good Growth Fund. My regeneration officers are monitoring the project which is currently being constructed on site and is due for completion June 2021. It will provide new and refurbished performance, rehearsal, learning and play spaces and allow the site to be fully accessible to children with disabilities. The productions planned for summer 2021 for children age 5+ will provide 500 free tickets to schools and a community subsidised ticket programme. Additionally, programmes run over the opening period will engage specifically with children and families via referrals and through a community engagement programme working with the disadvantaged children in the local area. The completion of the project has been delayed because of restrictions in place during the pandemic. However, during the lockdown periods, and whilst the theatre is closed for refurbishment, Polka have adapted their community programming to meet COVID restrictions and are running events digitally. This digital offer has included, free health and wellbeing workshops for primary schools, their free intergenerational community choir continuing to run online with members aged 5 to 85 and the ‘Write Here Write Now’ literacy project connecting with five local schools from disadvantaged parts of Merton.

Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (7) Question No: 2021/0682 Susan Hall Since investment from the second round of the Mayor’s Good Growth Fund in 2018, how effective has Centre 404 been in providing support services for people with learning difficulties and carers from LGBTQ+ communities in Islington, Camden, Haringey, Enfield & Hammersmith & Fulham? Answer for Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (7) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Good Growth Fund (7) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021

Page 278

Centre 404 is a project that I’m proud to have supported via my Good Growth Fund. Centre 404 opened their doors in August 2020 having worked hard to keep their capital programme on track and to budget during the Covid-19 pandemic. Throughout this they continued to deliver front line support services to vulnerable children, adults and their carers. While some group activities and training events have been postponed in line with current restrictions, the centre is open and utilising its new and expanded spaces to provide daily face to face support and activities designed to include people with complex needs. For those who cannot attend in-person, the centre has kept in touch via telephone and video call, and moved some of their classes and training offers online, including hosting carers support networks, personal care and mental health workshops and weekly fitness classes. Centre 404 has proved an invaluable source of support to service users, their families and the wider community over the past year, and I have every confidence that as restrictions ease they will continue to deliver and expand their much needed services and support to vulnerable Londoners.

Mayor’s Housing Strategy (1) Question No: 2021/0683 Susan Hall Further to your intention in 2017 to earmark £250m for City Hall to use for buying & preparing new land for new & affordable housing, please demonstrate how the money made from selling land to homebuilders has been recycled to buy further land for new & affordable homes. Answer for Mayor’s Housing Strategy (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Housing Strategy (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 This £250m was combined with additional funding to create the £736m Homes for Londoners Land Fund to enable a more interventionist approach in London’s land market. To date approximately £390m has been committed to enable the delivery of approximately 15,200 homes. Of this committed amount, £292m has been invested in repayable investments. The first repayments are due in 2021/22. As reported at the Homes for Londoners board meeting in December, the Homes for Londoners Land Fund is performing very well against the targets set by MHCLG.

Page 279

Mayor’s Housing Strategy (2) Question No: 2021/0684 Susan Hall How has your Housing Strategy helped to tackle homelessness, with a way off the street for every rough sleeper? Answer for Mayor’s Housing Strategy (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mayor’s Housing Strategy (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The LHS, published in 2018, includes many policies which have since contributed toward reducing and alleviating homelessness in London. From house-building programmes to increase the supply of housing, to policies on social and affordable housing to improve the affordability of housing, to working to improve conditions and protections for London’s private renters. My Rough Sleeping Plan of Action builds on the policies specifically in relation to rough sleeping, setting out the steps that I would take, and those required of local and national government, in order to tackle this issue. A new Rapid Response outreach team, Floating Assessment Hubs, and the Rough Sleeping Accommodation Programme are just a few examples of the new services and initiatives that I have delivered since 2018. In addition, during the COVID-19 pandemic the GLA has played a vital role in ensuring that rough sleepers are supported and COVID-19 rates within the homeless population are kept as low as possible. Since last March, over 2,200 rough sleepers have been safely accommodated in GLA-procured hotels, over 800 of whom have positively moved on. Lives have been both turned around and saved by this incredible work. Each year over 80% of rough sleepers helped by my rough sleeping services exit rough sleeping permanently. Unfortunately, welfare cuts and other national government policies mean people continue to be pushed onto the streets, and I am concerned that the end of the furlough scheme and the ban on enforcing evictions will see these numbers rise further.

Mayor’s Building Council Homes for Londoners programme Question No: 2021/0685 Susan Hall Since the launch of the Mayor’s Building Council Homes for Londoners programme in May 2018, are 10,000 new council homes currently underway in the capital and by when will they be completed? Mayor’s Building Council Homes for Londoners programme

Page 280

The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Councils in London are on track to deliver against the Mayor’s target of 10,000 new council homes started by 2023. However, the Covid-19 pandemic has had an impact on the ability for some boroughs to meet delivery commitments, including against key programme milestones. GLA officers are working closely with borough partners to minimise the impact of Covid-19 on delivery targets. The Building Council Homes for Londoners programme does not set completion date milestones.

Homebuilding Capacity Fund (1) Question No: 2021/0686 Susan Hall Since the launch of your Building Council Homes for Londoners Programme in May 2018, which London councils have bid for up to £750,000, to boost their housing & planning teams? Please detail the positive effect the funding has had on their teams. Homebuilding Capacity Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Through the Mayor’s Homebuilding Capacity Fund, the GLA has allocated over £10 million in revenue funding to support 53 bids across 28 boroughs to boost skills and capacity within their in-house housing and planning teams. Boroughs in receipt of funding through this programme include: Barking & Dagenham; Barnet; Bexley; Brent; Camden; Croydon; Enfield; Ealing; Greenwich; Haringey; Islington; Hackney; Harrow; Hammersmith & Fulham; Hounslow; Kensington & Chelsea; Kingston upon Thames; Lambeth; Lewisham; Merton; Newham; Redbridge; Southwark; Sutton; Tower Hamlets; Waltham Forest; Wandsworth; and, Westminster. Boroughs have consistently provided positive feedback about the impact of the Homebuilding Capacity Fund on their delivery programmes and the fund was significantly oversubscribed. The GLA is commissioning an independent impact study of the Homebuilding Capacity Fund, which will be undertaken this year. The study will provide further detail about the impact of this funding on council housing delivery programmes in London.

Homebuilding Capacity Fund (2) Question No: 2021/0687 Susan Hall Which London councils submitted bids to your Homebuilding Capacity Fund, so that they could deliver a new generation of council homes in London. What is the progress to date in delivering the new council homes?

Page 281

Answer for Homebuilding Capacity Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Homebuilding Capacity Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Brent, Camden, Ealing, Enfield, Greenwich, Haringey, Harrow, Hounslow, Islington, Kensington and Chelsea, Lewisham, Newham, Redbridge, Southwark and Waltham Forest are the councils that have succeeded in obtaining funding from the Homebuilding Capacity Fund to set up projects aimed at delivering a new generation of council homes in London. Examples of projects include councils recruiting specialist housing and planning staff to accelerate the implementation of the Building Council Homes for Londoners initiative. Councils have consistently provided positive feedback about the impact of the Homebuilding Capacity Fund on their delivery programmes. The GLA is commissioning an independent impact study of the Homebuilding Capacity Fund, which will be undertaken this year. The study will provide further detail about the impact of this funding on council housing delivery programmes in London.

Homebuilding Capacity Fund (3) Question No: 2021/0688 Susan Hall Which London councils submitted bids to your Home Building Capacity Fund, so that more socially rented & genuinely affordable homes on small sites, could be delivered in London? Please detail the progress made to date, in achieving these aims. Answer for Homebuilding Capacity Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Homebuilding Capacity Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Barnet, Croydon, Enfield, Hackney, Harrow, Kingston on Thames, Merton and Tower Hamlets are the councils which have been provided with funding from the Homebuilding Capacity Fund to deliver more social rented and other genuinely affordable homes on small sites in London. Examples of projects include councils commissioning reports such as: small sites studies and implementation strategies, design codes and strategic planning documents.

Page 282

Councils have consistently provided positive feedback about the impact of the Homebuilding Capacity Fund on their delivery programmes. The GLA is commissioning an independent impact study of the Homebuilding Capacity Fund, which will be undertaken this year. The study will provide further detail about the impact of this funding on council housing delivery programmes in London.

Homebuilding Capacity Fund (4) Question No: 2021/0689 Susan Hall Which London councils submitted bids to your Home Building Capacity Fund, with the aim of delivering optimal density across new residential developments in an area? Please demonstrate how successful they have been since in achieving this. Answer for Homebuilding Capacity Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Homebuilding Capacity Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Real Lettings Property Fund 2 has leased 308 properties within London to St Mungo Community Housing Association to house individuals and families who have been homeless or are at risk of homelessness. A further 13 properties within London will be leased to St Mungo Community Housing Association and are in the process of being purchased or refurbished. Properties are let to the tenant at the Local Housing Allowance rate.

All-age careers information Question No: 2021/0690 Susan Hall How has your all-age careers information, advice & guidance offer for London assisted Londoners of all ages? All-age careers information The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I set out my vision for an all-age careers information and advice guidance offer for London in my Careers for Londoners Action Plan, which was published in November 2018 at Skills London. I continue to support this major careers event, which was successful in attracting over 34,000 young people annually to raise awareness of careers opportunities, before it moved to a virtual platform for schools and colleges in 2020.

Page 283

Since publication of the action plan, the London Enterprise Advisor Network (LEAN) has engaged 537 schools and colleges and recruited over 600 Enterprise Advisers from more than 370 different business organisations, and engaged over 1600 students and 1100 business volunteers through networking events.

We continue to work closely with the National Careers Service provider for London to ensure the service it offers for Londoners aged 19+ reaches as many priority groups as possible, including during the pandemic, during which time eligibility for the service was widened to reflect greater demand.

Fairer funding settlement for London (1) Question No: 2021/0691 Susan Hall Will Brexit speed up the delivery of a fairer funding settlement for London from the UK Shared Prosperity Fund? Answer for Fairer funding settlement for London (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Fairer funding settlement for London (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 No. Brexit has no bearing on delivery of a fairer funding settlement for London. Supporting economic development is - and always has been - an entirely domestic matter; although London continues to benefit enormously from the £1.1bn European Regional Development Fund and European Social Fund programmes that we manage in City Hall, and that close in 2023-24. The Government first announced its intention to introduce the UK Shared Prosperity Fund in 2017, with a ‘consultation’ paper to follow in early 2018. No paper was ever issued. Instead, a country-wide ‘pilot’ fund of £220m was only announced by Government late last year. I have written to the Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government to ask that London gets its fair share of that funding.

Fairer funding settlement for London (2) Question No: 2021/0692 Susan Hall Please outline how a fairer funding settlement from the UK Shared Prosperity Fund would benefit disadvantaged Londoners.

Page 284

Answer for Fairer funding settlement for London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 285

Fairer funding settlement for London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since 2017, I have been asking the Government to detail how it will devolve a fair share of its proposed new UK Shared Prosperity Fund (UKSPF) to London. The new fund should be at least the size of the £1.1billion European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and European Social Fund (ESF) programmes that we currently manage for London. I have yet to receive a response, and I wrote to the Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government again on this subject earlier this month. Were the Government to agree my proposal, hundreds of thousands of disadvantaged Londoners would benefit from business, skills and employment programmes that get people into work, training and support small businesses. But as things stand, the outgoing ERDF and ESF programmes that support this activity are now almost wholly committed; and there is nothing to replace them.

Programmes for disadvantaged Londoners (1) Question No: 2021/0693 Susan Hall Since the delivery of your Skills for Londoners Strategy what has, to date, been the impact of any programmes to target the most disadvantaged Londoners? Programmes for disadvantaged Londoners (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Between August 2019 and April 2020, nearly 200,000 learners benefited from funding through my Adult Education Budget programme. Of these, 70% were women, 56% were Black and ethnic minority Londoners, and 15% had a learning difficulty, disability and/or health problem. My Digital Talent Programme has supported over 2,000 young Londoners to access better careers education, information advice and guidance and helped 361 learners into work placements. My Apprenticeships Programme has raised £3.5m in pledges to help businesses to employ more apprentices. Over 17,500 learners have completed construction training and over 6,000 construction learners have sustained employment or an apprenticeship for at least six months across my Construction Academy Hub areas. Over 30% of the learners in sustained employment or training are Black and ethnic minority Londoners. My 2019-23 European Social Fund programme has committed over £60m to interventions targeting disadvantaged Londoners, including those at risk of being exploited by gang activity and homeless Londoners.

Page 286

Programmes for disadvantaged Londoners (2) Question No: 2021/0694 Susan Hall Which London boroughs have benefitted from any programmes specifically aimed at targeting the most disadvantaged Londoners? Programmes for disadvantaged Londoners (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 All boroughs have benefited from skills & employment programmes and interventions targeted at disadvantaged Londoners to varying levels. Between August 2019 and April 2020, 196,850 learners participated in the Adult Education Budget (AEB) programme. All Sub-Regional Partnerships and London Boroughs showed significant activity (above 2,000 learners). The top 5 London Boroughs with the highest number of learners were Newham (10,550), Haringey (8,890), Southwark (8,690), Lambeth (8,300), and Brent (8,300) (see AEB Academic Year 2019/20 data publication). Through my Construction Academy I have funded nine hubs which provide a coordinated approach to construction skills training, curriculum design and employment support. Hubs are operating in every London borough and over 17,500 learners have completed construction training and over 6,000 construction learners have sustained employment or an apprenticeship for at least six months across hub areas. My Digital Talent, Apprenticeships and European Social Fund programmes are pan-London and there are no restrictions on where learners live.

Programmes for disadvantaged Londoners (3) Question No: 2021/0695 Susan Hall How many programmes for disadvantaged Londoners have been implemented to date? Programmes for disadvantaged Londoners (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since publishing my Skills for Londoners Strategy (2018) where I set out my vision in which all Londoners have access to education and skills, I have implemented four core programmes supporting disadvantaged Londoners: Apprenticeships; Digital Talent; Construction Academy; and my programme of provision funded by the European Social Fund. In addition, the delegated Adult Education Budget (AEB) funds education and training for adults aged 19+ focusing on disadvantaged Londoners. I have implemented flexibilities to the AEB to support disadvantaged Londoners. All AEB data can be found here.

Page 287

Groups supported include young people who are Not in Education, Employment, or Training (NEET) or at risk of being NEET, those at risk of involvement in gang-related behaviour, people with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities, Londoners with English as a Second or Other Language, unemployed Londoners, Londoners who are in low paid work, Londoners lacking English and maths qualifications, and other groups facing disadvantage.

Post-16 SEND (1) Question No: 2021/0696 Susan Hall What did your pan-London review of post-16 SEND highlight? Post-16 SEND (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The post 16 SEND review highlighted a forecast increase in the number of 16 to 18-year olds with Education and Health Care Plans (EHCPs) to rise by 5% between 2018 and 2022. The volume of 19 to 24-year olds with EHCPs is to remain broadly static over the same period. Overall, in 2021 there will be an estimated gap of 8,950 places for young people with SEND in post-16 education in London, when comparing projected demand with estimated existing supply. This represents approximately 45% of the potential projected demand. Since publishing the report, I have introduced greater flexibility for London’s further education providers to train their staff to better support learners with SEND, to improve the participation, retention, and achievement rates of SEND learners participating in London’s Adult Education Budget.

Post-16 SEND (2) Question No: 2021/0697 Susan Hall How have you been filling in the gaps in education & training provision for young Londoners with SEND? Post-16 SEND (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Skills and Employment Unit has made flexibilities available in the Adult Education Budget (AEB) to support the upskilling of teaching staff to deliver improved specialist provision for learners with SEND. SEND careers staff training will be targeted at the transition stage from special schools to FE and the transition from FE to work. In September 2020, I extended the London Enterprise Adviser Network (LEAN) to include

Page 288

special schools. It now works with 60 special schools across London, linking them to business volunteers, offering continuing professional development for staff and access to adapted resources. So far, my Young Londoners Fund has supported just under 6,000 young people with SEND through projects that offer education and skills development and diversionary activities.

Work & Health Programme Question No: 2021/0698 Susan Hall How has your support for the Work & Health Programme resulted in better integration with skills provision in London? Work & Health Programme The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Work & Health Programme (WHP) has been devolved to the Boroughs via London’s four borough Sub-Regional Partnerships (SRP’s). I have worked closely with London Councils and the SRPs to ensure that London’s Adult Education Budget (AEB) is helping to respond to local need. From this academic year, and as part of the Skills Recovery Package awarded by the Government, I provided an additional £2m AEB to support Londoners newly unemployed or who are accessing the Work and Health Programme to get the skills they need to succeed. The London Recovery Programme, particularly through its mission to Help Londoners into Good Work, is facilitating greater coordination of DWP, GLA and London Councils skills and employment support services to ensure there is no wrong door for Londoners seeking support.

Flexible Support Funds (1) Question No: 2021/0699 Susan Hall How has your call on the Government to make use of Flexible Support Funds been advantageous for disadvantaged Londoners? Flexible Support Funds (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Flexible Support Fund (FSF) is a Government fund controlled by the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP). The Government’s use of its FSF has helped some Londoners with the extra costs associated with finding a job. Government officers have informed us that, since the

Page 289

outbreak of COVID-19, additional funding has been made available and the DWP has procured 150 Flexible Support Contracts in London, providing support to a range of groups, including lone parents, 18-24 year olds, older Londoners, people with disabilities, and ex- offenders. Whilst I support this, I would still like to see the FSF utilised more to assist disadvantaged Londoners in a coordinated way across London. This is why I have asked my officers to work closely with DWP and Jobcentre Plus to identify ways for the DWP Fund to support the priorities of the London Recovery Programme. Active discussions are currently taking place about how best this can be achieved.

Flexible Support Funds (2) Question No: 2021/0700 Susan Hall In which boroughs have disadvantaged Londoners benefitted from the Government’s better use of Flexible Support Funds? Flexible Support Funds (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Flexible Support Fund (FSF) is a Government fund controlled by the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP). All parts of London are able to benefit from the Government’s FSF. Government officers have informed us that, since the outbreak of COVID-19, the DWP has procured 150 Flexible Support Contracts across London, supporting a wide range of groups. My officers are actively liaising with DWP to identify ways for the DWP’s FSF to be used as effectively as possible, particularly to support London’s recovery. The London Recovery Programme, of which London Councils and boroughs are key partners, will continue to inform our discussions with DWP on how best to utilise its FSF.

Local first” approach Question No: 2021/0701 Susan Hall How has your support for London Councils calling for a “local first” approach improved Londoners’ skills? Local first” approach The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 As Mayor, I have strongly endorsed a locally led and devolved skills and employment support system. Although I continue to lobby the Government for greater powers and more

Page 290

funding to achieve this, local actors have already made a significant difference in helping more Londoners access training and job support that boosts their skills and employment prospects. I have worked with sub-regional partnerships (SRPs) and other partners to promote participation in adult learning and job support, linked to the delegated Adult Education Budget and Mayoral programmes. SRPs have achieved consistently high referral volumes for the devolved Work and Health Programme and surveys by London Councils also show that half of London boroughs are engaging in co-location with Jobcentre Plus. The vast majority are playing an active role in promoting multi-agency collaboration and bringing employers and skills providers closer together. The London Recovery Programme is further supporting local leadership and integration.

Adult Education Budget (AEB) (1) Question No: 2021/0702 Susan Hall Please demonstrate how you have managed to ensure that the devolved Adult Education Budget (AEB) has become adept at meeting the needs of Londoners attempting to improve their skills? Adult Education Budget (AEB) (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In my Skills for Londoners Strategy, I set out my plans for London’s skills system to have evaluation and evidence at its heart. As part of this approach, I commissioned an independent evaluation of the first year of delegated Adult Education Budget in London. The report found that the impact of delegation on provision was positive, despite only being in its first year and being impacted by the COVID-19 lockdown. Many AEB providers reported they had increased their provision in priority areas with the most common being support for learners on low incomes, courses relevant to the priority sectors, support for English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) learners and core skills such as English and maths. I also launched support funding at the start of the pandemic, enabling providers to purchase equipment and/or train staff so Londoners could still access learning during periods of classroom closure. My Learner Survey launching at Easter will also be used to measure outcomes.

Page 291

Adult Education Budget (AEB) (2) Question No: 2021/0703 Susan Hall Please detail how the AEB has been delivering flexible, inclusive & integrated skills & training provision for Londoners Adult Education Budget (AEB) (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The majority of provision funded by the Adult Education Budget (AEB) is targeted at meeting the needs of Londoners with low skills, the unemployed and those in low paid work. Often people in these groups have multiple and diverse needs. I have introduced a number of flexibilities to ensure AEB providers can be even more inclusive and flexible, ensuring Londoners who most need support are able to access learning opportunities. This has included fully funding courses for Londoners in low-paid work, enabling Deaf Londoners to access free British Sign Language provision, and introducing flexibilities to upskill the Further Education (FE) workforce to better support Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) learners and deliver provision online. Through AEB delegation, I have been able to unlock an additional £70 million of European Social Funding and design news skills, employment and youth programmes that link skills providers with employers, civil society and other support services.

Adult Education Budget (AEB) (3) Question No: 2021/0704 Susan Hall How has the AEB’s prioritisation of need improved progressive outcomes, employability & enterprise & skills for Londoners? Adult Education Budget (AEB) (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have prioritised the needs of Londoners by increasing the funding from the AEB going to Londoners on low incomes and those who face significant barriers such as English as a Second Language (ESOL). According to the independent evaluation of the AEB for 2019/20, this has resulted in providers focusing more of their provision on support for learners with low incomes, employability courses relevant to the GLA’s priority sectors and support for ESOL learners. Overall these changes have resulted in more support being available for employability in priority sectors as well as general employability, enterprise and skills support for those Londoners who need it most. In future years, the London Learner Survey that I am currently developing will provide more accurate data to measure all types of outcomes.

Page 292

ESOL for Londoners Question No: 2021/0705 Susan Hall How has your identification of new & more diverse sources of investment & innovative approaches to ESOL increased the participation & progression outcomes in the provision of English for Londoners? ESOL for Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since delegation of the Adult Education Budget (AEB) in September 2019 I have extended eligibility for AEB-funded courses to learners in low-paid work; data for the academic year 19/20 will soon be available to evaluate the impact of this policy. I have also increased the amount of funding available for provision at Level 2 and below by 10% from September 2021, which includes most AEB-funded ESOL provision. These measures seek to increase participation and progression for ESOL learners. I have invested £4.5m of European Social Funding to improve the quality of ESOL provision. To test innovative approaches, I have invested over £300k in three ESOL Plus pilot programmes and I am funding 17 projects delivering ESOL through my £7.3 million Skills for Londoners Innovation Fund. My £11m Skills for Londoners COVID-19 Response fund has helped providers support participation of ESOL learners during the pandemic, especially those facing digital exclusion.

Maths for Londoners Question No: 2021/0706 Susan Hall How have you increased the participation & progression outcome in the provision of maths for Londoners? Maths for Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 From the 2020/21 academic year I have introduced a £2.7m funding uplift through the Adult Education Budget for all fully funded maths and English qualifications at Levels 1 and 2. The uplift will mean a 10% increase in the total spend by grant-funded providers on English and maths legal entitlement qualifications at Levels 1 and 2. This additional funding is in line with my commitment to drive up maths and English participation and achievement rates. Innovative and effective English and maths provision is also a priority that is being supported through the Skills for Londoners Innovation Fund. Two of the successful projects

Page 293

involve innovative approaches to boosting English and maths participation, achievement and progression-related outcomes. To support this policy change, I have also commissioned research, reporting later this year, to identify best practice in delivering basic English and maths qualifications to support providers to boost participation, retention and achievement rates.

Digital Skills Entitlement for Londoners Question No: 2021/0707 Susan Hall How successful has your provision of a digital skills entitlement for Londoners been? Is there evidence that Londoners of all ages have benefitted? Digital Skills Entitlement for Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Adult Education Budget, devolved to the GLA in 2019, enables Londoners over the age of 19 years with no to low digital skills to access fully funded training through the Essential Digital Skills Entitlement (EDSE). This allows learners to gain entry and Level 1 digital skills vital for work and life. The EDSE was introduced in September 2020 and the first tranche of data on its impact will be published in Summer 2021. The EDSE is available to all adults aged 19 years or older. As part of the Mayor’s Digital Access for All recovery programme, the GLA will launch an awareness raising campaign for the EDSE. Working with partners across the voluntary sector, businesses and boroughs, we will ensure that adult Londoners of all ages have access to the digital skills training they need.

Devolved AEB Question No: 2021/0708 Susan Hall How has the devolved Adult Education Budget (AEB) made London adult learning provision more accessible & flexible? What is the evidence that disadvantaged Londoners have benefitted & in which boroughs? Devolved AEB The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 With the delegation of the AEB, I have made changes to ensure adult education is more accessible for disadvantaged Londoners whilst maintaining the stability of the sector in this period of transition. This has included extending full funding of training to those learners in work and earning less than the London Living Wage and has already seen a significant

Page 294

uptake in adult education from those in employment and led to delivery of new evening classes. This year I have also introduced flexibilities that allow AEB grant funded providers to use their budgets with more freedom and design training to respond to local skills needs by offering pre-employment, job-focused training focused on supporting those Londoners most at risk of long-term unemployment as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. We hope to show the impact of this flexibility with publication of the data for this academic year in December 2022. Data on AEB performance is published on the London Datastore.

Early Years Hubs Question No: 2021/0709 Susan Hall How has your continued funding for Early Years Hubs in London assisted the most disadvantaged families to obtain improved access, affordability & quality of early years’ provision? Early Years Hubs The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My three Early Years Hubs were established in January 2018 in Barnet, Newham and Wandsworth and Merton. They brought together local partners to improve the quality of early years provision and take up of free early education amongst the most disadvantaged two-year-olds. They also sought to improve early education as a career choice and support local parents into employment. The hubs’ funded activity came to an end in December 2020, when they had collectively supported 500 early years providers and over 3,000 practitioners. This support will have a real impact on local families, from improving the quality of early years provision on offer, to providing access to key skills and training opportunities for parents. We know that some hub activities, particularly around improving take-up of early education, were adversely affected by Covid-19; however, all three hubs adapted their work and continued to provide much needed local support throughout the crisis.

Availability of AEB Question No: 2021/0710 Susan Hall How are you ensuring that the devolved Adult Education Budget (AEB) continues to be made available to those Londoners who need it most?

Page 295

Availability of AEB The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Upon delegation of the Adult Education Budget (AEB) in September 2019, I have committed to ensuring that learning is accessed by Londoners who need it most. In particular, I have extended eligibility for AEB-funded courses to learners in low-paid work and fully funded Deaf Londoners’ first British Sign Language qualification. I have enabled AEB providers to spend more of their allocation on pre-employment and job-focused training to support those at risk of long-term unemployment. I have also allowed unemployed and low-paid learners who have already achieved a first level 3 to take a subsequent fully-funded level 3 qualification. Last summer, I launched an £11m COVID-19 Response Fund to enable providers to adapt to the pandemic, including supporting learners at risk of digital exclusion. Next academic year I am increasing funding for qualifications at Level 2 and below by 10% and I’m awarding up to £16 million through the Good Work for All Fund to help Londoners into work. To further target provision, I will be asking all providers of the AEB to set out how they will meet the objectives of London’s recovery programme in their delivery plans for the academic year 21/22.

Post-16 Pathways Question No: 2021/0711 Susan Hall How has the research that analysed the pathways young people from different backgrounds in London pursue post-16, informed your holistic & strategic approach to skills in London? How successful has this approach been? Post-16 Pathways The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 A range of recommendations were proposed in summer 2020 as a result of the quantitative and qualitative findings made in the research into the trajectories of post-16 learners in London, which was commissioned jointly by the Greater London Authority and London Councils. I have highlighted the recommendations in my response to the Government’s review of post-16 qualifications at level 3 and below in England, specifically around schools and further education colleges having sufficient resources to fulfil their statutory obligations to provide effective careers education, information, advice and guidance advice (CEIAG) to learners at all key stages of the learner’s journey, but also that the Government should consider the overall impact of study options available at post-16 as well as a review of qualifications.

Page 296

I will also continue to lobby central government about the importance of these recommendations to improve progression opportunities for younger learners through my officers working closely with the Young People’s Education and Skills Board at London Councils, on which the Directors of Children’s Services in London’s boroughs are represented.

London Mental Health Cultural Festival Question No: 2021/0712 Susan Hall What evidence is there that the Mental Health Cultural Festivals you have been delivering for young Londoners, have resulted in positive effects on their mental health? Answer for London Mental Health Cultural Festival The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London Mental Health Cultural Festival The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s World Mental Health Day festival is held annually, co-developed by my Peer Outreach Team and Thrive LDN to encourage young Londoners to discuss mental health, emotional wellbeing, and means of getting support, through workshops and creative activities. In October 2020, over 1,000 people viewed festival content, and took part in online discussions and workshops on the day. Feedback from participants across all festivals shows increased awareness of the support available for mental health and wellbeing and established a sense of community, positivity and resilience that combatted feelings of isolation, uncertainty and hopelessness.

Culture Seeds Funding Programme (1) Question No: 2021/0713 Susan Hall How effective was your Culture Seeds Funding Programme? Culture Seeds Funding Programme (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I am delighted with the success of my Culture Seeds programme. It has benefited 242 community-led projects in all London boroughs including in some of London’s least well- served communities.

Page 297

To date, completed projects have benefited almost 85,000 Londoners as participants and audiences and created over 1,200 volunteering opportunities. 39 per cent of funded projects took place in the 20 per cent most deprived areas of London. 40 per cent of projects focused on reaching Black Asian and Minority Ethnic participants, 21 per cent on older people and 15 per cent of projects aimed to address loneliness and isolation. 44 per cent of grant-holders had not received any grant funding before and a further 34 per cent had only received fewer than 3 small grants previously, delivering a key goal of the Fund to reach grassroots communities who may not ordinarily access grant funding in London.

Culture Seeds Funding Programme (3) Question No: 2021/0714 Susan Hall Which community-led cultural projects in London boroughs have benefitted from your Culture Seeds Funding Programme? Culture Seeds Funding Programme (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Culture Seeds programme has benefited 242 community-led projects across all London boroughs. A full list of all projects funded by Culture Seeds is available on the London.gov.uk website. https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/arts-and-culture/current-culture- projects/culture-seeds/projects-weve-funded

Culture-led approach to dementia Question No: 2021/0715 Susan Hall How has your culture-led approach to working with people living with dementia in London made cultural institutions across the capital more dementia friendly? Culture-led approach to dementia The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In my Culture Strategy ‘Culture for All Londoners’ I pledged to fund and support new culture-led approaches to working with those living with dementia.

Page 298

As part of my commitment to Dementia Friendly London, I have funded the Museum of London over the past three years to work in care homes with people with dementia. During the pandemic this programme has pivoted to support virtual reminiscence workshops and online resources. The museum established a network to help more cultural institutions become dementia friendly in collaboration with The Alzheimer’s Society. This includes 25 members from across arts and culture.

Cultural Infrastructure Plan Question No: 2021/0716 Susan Hall How is your Cultural Infrastructure Plan protecting & increasing cultural facilities in London? Cultural Infrastructure Plan The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Cultural Infrastructure Plan brings together a range of policies and programmes to support and grow cultural facilities and this approach has already been proven to work. My Culture at Risk Office was set up to safeguard and protect cultural infrastructure in London and has supported and protected over 715 cultural spaces and organisations during the COVID-19 pandemic alone. My London Plan includes explicit protection for existing cultural venues, facilities and uses. It includes a new Agent of Change and Public House policy. This has already benefitted threatened infrastructure such as the George Tavern in Stepney. The new Creative Enterprise Zones policy has supported the delivery of over 15,000sqm of affordable creative workspace in 6 boroughs. New Cultural Infrastructure has also been secured, resulting in over 13,000sqm of space. Provision for new cultural infrastructure is also embedded in the Opportunity Area Planning Framework for Abbey Wood and Thamesmead.

Support culture at risk (1) Question No: 2021/0717 Susan Hall What sectors have been helped by your support for culture at risk in London? Support culture at risk (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Culture at Risk Office was set up to safeguard and protect cultural infrastructure in London, supporting organisations across culture, creative industries and the night-time economy. This has included local arts centres, libraries, pubs, theatres, museums, community centres, legal street art walls, creative workspaces, rehearsal spaces, nightclubs

Page 299

and LGBTQ+ venues. COVID-19 has had a catastrophic impact on the culture, creative and night-time sectors. Since March 2020, my Culture at Risk Office has responded to over 715 new cases, compared to a previous average of around 150 cases a year. My £2.3 million Culture at Risk Business Support Fund provided emergency assistance to sustain spaces most vulnerable to the impacts of COVID-19. This included support for artists’ workspaces, grassroots music venues, LGBTQ+ venues and independent cinemas. To date, the fund has supported 301 culture and creative businesses and 11,500 artists. No grassroots music venues have closed in London since the start of the crisis.

Support culture at risk (2) Question No: 2021/0718 Susan Hall In what areas of London are the sectors helped by your support for culture at risk in London? Support culture at risk (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Culture at Risk Office has a remit to safeguard and protect cultural infrastructure across all London boroughs, supporting culture, creative industries and the night-time economy organisations. The office has supported cases in each of the 32 London boroughs and the City of London. My £2.3 million Culture at Risk Business Support Fund is providing emergency assistance to sustain cultural, creative and night-time businesses most vulnerable to the impacts of COVID-19. To date, the fund has supported 301 culture and creative businesses and 11,500 artists across 19 London boroughs.

LGBT+ Venues Charter (1) Question No: 2021/0719 Susan Hall Which developers, pubs & venues in London have shown their commitment to the LGBT+ community, by signing up to the LGBT+ Venues Charter? LGBT+ Venues Charter (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 LGBTQ+ venues are important community spaces for Londoners, providing safe and welcoming places to meet.

Page 300

28 venues and three pub companies have signed up to my LGBTQ+ Venues Charter. A full list of signatories can be found at https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/arts-and- culture/lgbtq-nightlife-venues

LGBT+ Venues Charter (2) Question No: 2021/0720 Susan Hall Has there been support for the LGBT+ Venues Charter in London from developers, pubs & venues in all London boroughs? If not, which boroughs have not signed up? LGBT+ Venues Charter (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 LGBTQ+ venues are important community spaces for Londoners, providing safe and welcoming places to meet. 28 venues and three pub companies have signed up to my LGBTQ+ Venues Charter. A full list of signatories can be found at https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/arts-and- culture/lgbtq-nightlife-venues London’s remaining 51 LGBTQ+ venues are located in a small number of boroughs, mainly in inner London. While the charter is not aimed at boroughs, I encourage all local authorities to work with developers and the community to support new venues opening in their area where there is demand. For example, my Night Czar and Culture Team are supporting Tower Hamlets, a developer and the community on reprovision of the Joiners Arms.

Creative Enterprise Zones (1) Question No: 2021/0721 Susan Hall What have been the measurable benefits to Londoners of delivering your Creative Enterprise Zones? Creative Enterprise Zones (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Creative Enterprise Zones are delivering benefits for Londoners including creating new affordable workspace, delivering skills and jobs and ensuring local communities benefit from the programme. Since launching in December 2018, Zones have already brought forward 15,669sqm of much-needed new, permanent, affordable creative workspace, and are on course to deliver an additional 25,000sqm.

Page 301

I have invested £2.2 million in skills funding within the Creative Enterprise Zones. This will improve career prospects for over 650 Londoners. At least 50 per cent will be individuals who are from Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic groups and 50 per cent will be women. Creative Enterprise Zones have been vital in sustaining local creative economies through the COVID-19 crisis. They have supported targeted rent relief and business rates grants, as well as dedicated funding programmes. Since the start of the pandemic, Creative Enterprise Zones have supported over 300 cultural organisations and businesses, and helped to protect over 1000 sector jobs. Answer for Creative Enterprise Zones (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Creative Enterprise Zones (2) Question No: 2021/0722 Susan Hall In which three London locations have your Creative Enterprise Zones been delivered? What was the criteria for choosing those locations? Creative Enterprise Zones (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In January 2018, 25 boroughs submitted expressions of interest to become Creative Enterprise Zones. Of these, 10 proposals were shortlisted and funded to develop a detailed action plan which was assessed against key criteria set out in the prospectus. I designated London’s first six Creative Enterprise Zones in December 2018 in: Croydon (Town Centre), Haringey (South Tottenham), Hounslow (Great West Corridor), Lambeth (Brixton Town Centre), Lewisham (Deptford and New Cross) and Tower Hamlets / Hackney (Hackney Wick & Fish Island).

Page 302

Creative Land Trust (1) Question No: 2021/0723 Susan Hall Are the creative workspaces, derived from the Creative Land Trust, located in all London boroughs? Creative Land Trust (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Creative Land Trust is a new independent charity that will secure workspace across London. This is now more urgent following the devastating impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the creative industries. This is why the Creative Land Trust has delivered my Culture at Risk Business Support Fund of £1.6 million to 82 studios, across 18 London Borough, benefitting more than 11,500 artists and in doing so has built a strong network of workspace operators across the city.

Creative Land Trust (2) Question No: 2021/0724 Susan Hall What is your progress in ensuring that more creative workspaces in London have secure freeholds? Creative Land Trust (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Over the last decade, creative workspace in London has been in rapid decline. I established a new charitable model, the Creative Land Trust to help address this. It has already raised an additional £3.5 million investment to acquire buildings and secure freeholds. The first acquisition has been announced and will be in Hackney Wick, one of my first Creative Enterprise Zones, and will create permanent space for up to 200 artists. My Creative Enterprise Zones also encourage boroughs to secure freeholds for affordable workspace like Second Floor Studios in Deptford.

Page 303

Culture Infrastructure Plan Question No: 2021/0725 Susan Hall How will new transport policies in the capital impact on culture/heritage places & spaces? Culture Infrastructure Plan The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Cultural and heritage places and spaces have been closed since March 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. It is, therefore, not possible to assess the impact of the Streetspace programme on them at this point in time. The programme provides investment in walking and cycling which will help everyone to access cultural institutions when they re-open, including those that are close to home. The incredible success of Santander cycles during recent travel restrictions and increasing use of new cycle lanes shows that people are making use of these new facilities. Enabling more people to access these places by foot or by cycle, especially if social distancing restrictions remain in place, will be crucial to a safe and successful re-opening of London’s cultural and heritage spaces this summer. We will continue to work with boroughs, institutions and organisations on this.

New cultural vision for the river Question No: 2021/0726 Susan Hall How has the Covid-19 pandemic impacted your cultural vision for the Thames River? In view of the economic damage caused by the pandemic, is it anticipated that your cultural vision will be completely fulfilled on time? New cultural vision for the river The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Thames River is a unique asset for Londoners. In September 2019 I published The Case for a River Thames Cultural Vision, calling on partners across the city to come together to create an ambitious, joined up cultural vision for the river. During the pandemic, partners including the GLA, Port of London Authority, riparian boroughs and cultural organisations linked to the river have continued to meet, whilst focusing on supporting Londoners through the crisis. Since the report was published Culture and Creative Industries team have secured £8.35 million from Government for the Thames Estuary Production Corridor to support jobs and growth and work on the next phase of the world’s longest artwork, Illuminated River has continued.

Page 304

Heritage plans & spaces at risk Question No: 2021/0727 Susan Hall Has your work with Historic England & the Heritage Lottery Fund identified heritage places & spaces at risk in London? What has been done to recognise & protect them? Heritage plans & spaces at risk The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Culture and Creative Industry Unit works closely with Historic England and the Heritage Lottery Fund to protect heritage across London including work with my Culture at Risk Office to secure at-risk heritage assets. For example, the Office worked with Historic England to secure the future of the Grade II listed Horse Hospital in Camden. My team works with Historic England’s Heritage at Risk programme to identify heritage at risk in London. My London Plan protects heritage assets and outlines that boroughs should set out strategies for heritage at risk, repair and re-use.

London & Partners Question No: 2021/0728 Susan Hall Please detail how, via your work with London & Partners, London’s heritage has been championed as the foundation of many of London’s tourist attractions. Answer for London & Partners The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London & Partners The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s heritage is indeed the foundation of many of the capital’s most popular tourist attractions. Millions of tourists choose to visit the capital for its cultural and heritage offer, with cultural tourists spending £7.3 billion a year before the pandemic, supporting 80,000 jobs in the capital. London & Partners champion London’s heritage across their leisure tourism activity including the Because I’m A Londoner campaign last summer which featured sites such as The National Gallery. The Visit London website has a huge variety of heritage and culture content such as a ‘Top Ten Attractions’ which features The Tower of London and St Paul’s Cathedral and a ‘Historic London’ hub, which promotes Roman London and the Royal Palaces. Together they attract almost a million views in a typical year.

Page 305

Deputy Mayors’ officers Question No: 2021/0729 Susan Hall Please provide a breakdown of the number of officers who work for each Deputy Mayor, including job titles, grades and political restriction status. Answer for Deputy Mayors’ officers The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Deputy Mayors’ officers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The question of the number of officers who work for each Deputy Mayor has been understood to mean those posts which are direct line reports to Deputy Mayors and/or are funded by the Mayor’s Office. An organisational chart which was previously shared with Assembly Member Hall has been attached to the response and the relevant posts marked in yellow. The Deputy Mayor Policing and Crime and their direct reports are MOPAC employees and therefore are not included in the organisational chart attached. As the question requested the information for all Deputy Mayors this has been included.

Direct reports - job title, grade and political Position restriction status Deputy Mayor for Social Senior Advisor to the Deputy Mayor Social Integration, Integration, Social Mobility Social Mobility and Community Engagement - 1 FTE- and Community Engagement Grade 11- Political restriction - yes Deputy Mayor Environment Senior Advisor to the Deputy Mayor, Environment and and Energy Energy - 1 FTE- Grade 11- Political restriction - yes Deputy Mayor for Planning, Senior Advisor to the Deputy Mayor Planning, Regeneration and Skills Regeneration and Skills - 1 FTE- Grade 11- Political restriction - yes Deputy Mayor for Culture Senior Advisor to the Deputy Mayor for Culture and and Creative Industries Creative -1 FTE Industries,- Grade 11- Political restriction - yesCzar- 1 FTE- Grade 13- Political restriction - yes Deputy Mayor Fire and Senior Advisor to the Deputy Mayor Fire and Resilience- Resilience 1 FTE- Grade 11- Political restriction - yes Direct reports - job title, grade and political Position restriction status Deputy Mayor Policing and Chief Executive Officer (MOPAC) - 1 FTE- fixed salary, Crime outside of grade structure- Political restriction – yes’

Page 306

Commissioner - 0.8 FTE- fixed salary, outside of grade structure- Political restriction - yes

Sustrans and TfL Question No: 2021/0730 Susan Hall Please provide the Assembly with details of all TfL contracts with Sustrans since May 2016, including the date each contract was signed, what each contract required Sustrans to do, how much Sustrans was paid to do it and either the date at which the work was completed or, if the work is ongoing, when TfL expect it to be complete. Answer for Sustrans and TfL The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Sustrans and TfL The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has awarded three contracts to Sustrans since May 2016 as set out below. Bike It Plus Contract Awarded 11/08/2016 Contract Value; £400,000 Contract expiry: 31/07/2017 This contract was put in place to deliver the Bike It Plus programme in 14 boroughs and to roll out the programme to new schools within these boroughs, with the aim of increasing levels of cycling in young people, specifically when they transition from primary to secondary school. The funding created 7 Bike It officer posts, supporting 81 schools and delivering over 3,000 cycle related activities such as Bikeability training, bike repair sessions, assemblies on safer cycling and mapping journeys to secondary school. Bike it Plus Contract Awarded 23/08/2017 Contract Value; £100,000 Contract expiry: 31/07/2018 This contract was put in place to support the continuation of the 16/17 Bike It Plus programme in 7 boroughs. Funding was used to employ half a Bike It Officer to deliver

Page 307

cycling services to schools and pilot a new multi-modal form of engagement in three boroughs. Healthy Streets Officers Contract Awarded 6/08/2019 Contract Value at Award: £3,700,000 Contract expiry: 06/08/2021 with an option to extend to 06/08/2022 This contract is for the provision of Healthy Streets Officers who liaise with boroughs and schools in order to promote and help deliver my healthy living initiatives. Priorities include: 1. Schools: supporting boroughs to promote active travel and school streets, as well as engagement with the Schools sustainable travel programme; 2. Streetspace: providing local engagement and communications support. This includes supporting engagement for, and set up of, school streets; 3. Cycle training: identifying and supporting key groups and areas that would benefit from a boost in cycle training once funding is confirmed, with a particular focus with groups and in areas where there are the biggest health inequality issues; and 4. Workplaces: ensure that people can get to work safely and sustainably, through workplace engagement, route planning, cycle skills training (when available) and more. This year the Healthy Streets Officers will also be supporting TfL’s activities to get Londoners back on public transport when it is safe to do so, road danger reduction and the expansion of the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) in October 2021.

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm remunerations Question No: 2021/0731 Susan Hall What is the total remuneration available to members of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm? Please give a breakdown by type. For example, expenses. Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm remunerations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The position of member of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm is honorary and unremunerated. Appointees will be entitled to be reimbursed, in accordance with the GLA’s Expenses and Benefits Framework, for travel and other expenses reasonably incurred in performing their role. https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/expenses_benefits_framework_- _apr_17_final.pdf

Page 308

I am committed to creating an inclusive structure. Support will be considered for those individuals working as independent practitioners or in small civil society organisations or charities whose capacity may be limited, to ensure that they are able to participate fully. This will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm Question No: 2021/0732 Susan Hall How were the members of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm selected and who had the final say on their appointment? Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Members of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm were recruited through an open and transparent process via the GLA vacancies portal on London.gov.uk. Nearly 300 applications were received. The applications were assessed against criteria outlined in the prospectus for the recruitment, which was published in October 2020. A total of 34 candidates were interviewed by a panel including the Co-Chairs of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm, Deputy Mayors Justine Simons OBE and Debbie Weekes-Bernard. It also included senior GLA officers from both the Communities and Social Policy and Culture and Creative Industries teams, and an independent panel member, following the best practice as set out in the Protocol on Mayoral Appointments https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/mayoral_appointments_-_july_2018.pdf The final list of appointed Commission members was agreed through a moderation meeting with all the panellists who provided recommendations to the Mayor.

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm Funding Question No: 2021/0733 Susan Hall How much funding have you allocated for the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm? Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm Funding The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 London is one of the most diverse cities in the world, but many Londoners do not see themselves or their histories reflected in our public realm. The Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm, working with London boroughs and partners across the city, will take forward a programme of work to address this.

Page 309

Funding of up to £247,000 has been allocated, including up to £110,000 towards a community fund, as set out in the Mayoral Decision 2689.

VRU 1 Question No: 2021/0734 Susan Hall Since its creation, how much funding has the VRU received broken down by funding sources and how much has it spent? VRU 1 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since its creation the VRU has received £34.7m, broken down as follows: • £17m Mayoral Funding • £14.6m Home Office • £1.6m London Crime Prevention Fund • £1.5m MOPAC Core Funding The VRU spent £10.4m in 2019/20, and due to the profiling of the committed programmes, forecasts to spend £17.3m in 2020/21 and the remaining £7m in 2021/22 and 2022/23.

VRU 2 Question No: 2021/0735 Susan Hall What are the current pays grades of the senior management of the VRU? VRU 2 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Director is at SMT grade. This was independently evaluated before the current director started in post. The Assistant Director is at Grade 1. The Head of Strategy and Partnerships is at Grade 3. The Head of Policy & Commissioning is at Grade 3.

Page 310

VRU 3 Question No: 2021/0736 Susan Hall Where will the VRU be based when City Hall moves? VRU 3 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 This is yet to be decided.

GLA restructure Question No: 2021/0737 Susan Hall For the GLA restructure, what is the number of posts being deleted and the number being created by each department? Answer for GLA restructure The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response GLA restructure The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Staffing implications and the detail of the GLA establishment, including the numbers of creations and deletions of posts, will be published in the final version of the GLA:Mayor budget following its formal sign off in March.

Suicide rates Question No: 2021/0738 Susan Hall For each year 2018, 2019 and 2020 how many suicides were recorded by the police in London? Suicide rates The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The MPS is unable to provide this information. The MPS records over 7,000 sudden deaths per year, which are investigated as appropriate or as directed by the Coroner. Cause of death is determined by HM Coroner.

Page 311

London Restorative Justice Programme Question No: 2021/0739 Susan Hall For each year 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many: • Victims were referred to Restorative Justice • Victims took up the offer of Restorative Justice • Victims got a successful Restorative Justice outcome • Declined the offer of Restorative Justice • Face-to-face meetings have there been between victims and offenders? And what was the budget for each of these years? London Restorative Justice Programme The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The budget for the pan-London Restorative Justice Service delivered by Restore:London for two years between 2017 and 2019 was £983,172. The budget for delivery of the pan- London Restorative Service delivered as part of the London Victim and Witness Service in 2019/20 was £206,000. All other elements of this question were answered in the November 2020 MQ 4190 Pan-London Restorative Justice programme | Mayor’s Question Time

Functional Body Boards (1) Question No: 2021/0740 Susan Hall Can you provide full membership lists of all GLA functional body boards? Functional Body Boards (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Membership of the Boards of the London Legacy Development Corporation, Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation, and Transport for London are detailed below. London Legacy Development Corporation Board Peter Hendy (Chair) Pam Alexander OBE Sonita Alleyne OBE

Page 312

Shanika Amarasekara MBE Cllr Rachel Blake Simon Blanchflower CBE Cllr Clare Coghill Nicky Dunn OBE Keith Edelman Rokhsana Fiaz OBE, Mayor of Newham Philip Glanville, Mayor of Hackney Baroness Grey-Thompson DBE Sukhvinder Kaur-Stubbs Jamie Kerr Jules Pipe CBE Geoff Thompson MBE Old Oak & Park Royal Development Corporation Board Liz Peace CBE (Chair) Cllr Julian Bell Cllr Muhammed Butt Natalie Campbell Cllr Stephen Cowan Rahul Gokhale William Hill Jules Pipe CBE Victoria Quinlan Shevaughn Rieck Michael Simms Helen Ward Transport for London Board

Page 313

Sadiq Khan (Chair) Heidi Alexander (Deputy Chair) Cllr Julian Bell Kay Carberry CBE Greg Clark CBE Bronwen Handyside Ron Kalifa OBE Dr Alice Maynard CBE Anne McMeel Dr Mee Ling Ng OBE Dr Nelson Ogunshakin OBE Mark Phillips Dr Nina Skorupska CBE Dr Lynn Sloman Ben Story

Functional Body Boards (2) Question No: 2021/0741 Susan Hall Can you provide the details of all remuneration for the members of GLA functional body boards for 2019-20? Functional Body Boards (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Remuneration for members of the London Legacy Development Corporation Board, for 2019/20, can be found on page 68 of the LLDC published accounts here: https://www.queenelizabetholympicpark.co.uk/-/media/201920-lldc-audited-statement- of-accounts-and-annual-report-final.ashx?la=en Remuneration for members of the Transport for London Board is published in TfL’s annual report on page 51, with individual remuneration per Member shown on page 68: https://content.tfl.gov.uk/tfl-annual-report-2019-20.pdf

Page 314

Remuneration for members of the Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation can be found on page 41 here: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/opdc_201920_audited_annual_report_an d_accounts_final_041220_signed.pdf

Insurance offences Question No: 2021/0742 Susan Hall For each year 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many motorcyclist and scooter drivers were caught with no or incorrect insurance? How many of these were for lack of business insurance? Answer for Insurance offences The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Insurance offences The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see the table below. Number of Motorcycles and Scooters stopped for No Insurance (where recorded)

Type 2017 2018 2019 2020 E-scooter 10 6 Motorcycle 323 397 646 173 Scooter 273 272 312 67

The above table shows the number of recorded motorcycles and scooters stopped for no insurance by the MPS in each of the years requested. For some records the type of vehicle is not shown and as such they are not included in the above table. In these cases, identification of vehicle type would require a manual search. The MPS records do not allow the disaggregation of business insurance from the total overall no insurance records.

Page 315

Air Quality Question No: 2021/0743 Tony Devenish Would the Mayor confirm how despite the introduction of the ULEZ, Park Lane, Kensington High Street and Brompton Road remain at the bottom 5% of areas in terms of air quality after nearly 5 years in office? Answer for Air Quality The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Air Quality The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Between 2016 and 2019, in London, there has been a 97 per cent reduction in the number of schools where pupils are exposed to pollution above legal limits, and a 94 per cent reduction in the number of people exposed to illegal levels of pollution at home. Over that time the reduction in annual average nitrogen dioxide (NO2) at roadside sites in central London was five times the national average reduction, showing that these gains are due to local action taken by Londoners in response to my policies. Roads like Park Lane, Kensington High Street and Brompton road have directly benefitted from my wider programme to reduce emissions from buses, heavy vehicles and other sources throughout London. They have also indirectly benefitted from the ULEZ: I have previously published a report showing that an estimated reduction of 13 per cent in NO2 at monitoring sites in inner London as a result of the ULEZ. However, there is more to be done and it is precisely these roads, which will be within the expanded zone from October 25 this year, that will see the biggest benefit from ULEZ expansion. These roads have also benefited from the introduction of tougher Low Emission Zone standards for heavy vehicles on 1 March this year.

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm Question No: 2021/0744 Tony Devenish How many of the 15 members of this commission are members of a political party? Please state which party and provide a breakdown. Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021

Page 316

The role of members of the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm is non- remunerated and is not politically restricted, as is the case for all Mayoral appointed boards. Applicants were not asked to disclose this information during the recruitment or interview process. Commission members are independent but will be subject to GLA governance and code of conduct protocols.

New Homes Quality Board Question No: 2021/0745 Tony Devenish How will you actively work with the newly-formed New Homes Quality Board, for the benefit of Londoners? New Homes Quality Board The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Independent Chair of the New Homes Quality Board, Natalie Elphicke MP, wrote to me this month to provide an update on the Board’s activities. I am glad that Government recognises the importance of driving better quality and standards in the private housebuilding sector and ensuring that owners of newly built homes are covered by the have the right consumer protections. I will be watching the progress of the Board and what it achieves with interest.

Right to Regenerate Question No: 2021/0746 Tony Devenish Once Covid is over, will you please consider publicising MHCLG’s revised “Right to Regenerate” - a reworking of the under-used Community Right to Contest - in plain English, to drive active community participation in public-owned land assets to help SMEs, CLTs and the wider community on the TfL bus and tube network? Answer for Right to Regenerate The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 317

Right to Regenerate The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We’re aware of the current consultation on the ‘Right to Regenerate’ and await the outcome of this with interest. Community ownership models and community participation have a role to play in ensuring assets work in the interests of the people they serve. The forthcoming ‘High Streets for All’ recovery mission proposes that vacant or underused town-centre assets should play a key role in recovery from Covid-19. My Regeneration Team is working with Power to Change to provide opportunities for local social enterprise to utilise community shares as a financing mechanism that can enable the purchase of local assets for community use. In due course we will assess how the ‘Right to Regenerate’ aligns with this work and whether the GLA or our Local Authority partners are best placed to disseminate guidance or raise awareness.

New homes in London Question No: 2021/0747 Tony Devenish How many new homes have been built in London by G15 housing associations between 2016-2020? Answer for New homes in London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response New homes in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The GLA does not hold this data.

Hammersmith Bridge Question No: 2021/0748 Tony Devenish Will you urge LBHF to stop their foot dragging on Hammersmith Bridge repairs? Hammersmith Bridge The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Discussions between Hammersmith & Fulham Council and the Department for Transport about how repairs to Hammersmith Bridge will be funded are still ongoing.

Page 318

As you know, the coronavirus pandemic has had, and continues to have, a devastating impact on Transport for London’s (TfL’s) income. TfL is currently reliant on financial support from the Government simply to run day-to-day services and it cannot therefore contribute to the cost of the repairs.

London Traffic Speeds Question No: 2021/0749 Tony Devenish Please provide the average annual speed of motorised traffic in London in 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020. Answer for London Traffic Speeds The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London Traffic Speeds The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The table attached contains the average weekday speeds and delay trends on the network of interest. The network of interest contains all the major roads, plus busy minor roads, and all roads that buses travel on. The average speed has been weighted by vehicle flow by time period and area of London for working days of the week only. The data is supplied to all London highway authorities from a Department for Transport (DfT) contact and consists of Traffic Master GPS processed/adjusted in accordance with DfT instructions issued in April 2009 and corrected for BST issue. The data is supplied by DfT to Transport for London six months in arrears so the full data for 2020 has not yet been processed. Footnotes: • Average speed weighted by vehicle flow means that more account is taken of speed on busier roads (for example, A406) than less busy roads that have fewer cars and lower speeds • Central area is based on links inside the Central cordon • Inner area is based on links outside the Central cordon and inside the Inner Cordon • Outer area is based on links outside the Inner cordon and inside the GLA Boundary • AM Peak 7-10am, Inter Peak 10am - 4pm, PM Peak 4pm - 7pm • Up until 2015-16 Annualised figures are based on academic years (Sep to Aug) to reflect frequency of the ITN base network update used to process TM data. From 2017 Annualised figures are based on calendar year.

Page 319

• Average speeds are normalised by prior year flows in accordance with the updating of the DfT annual traffic flow statistics.

Potholes on TfL Roads Question No: 2021/0750 Tony Devenish Please update the Assembly on all pothole statistics on TfL roads for each year from 2016 to 2021 inclusive. Potholes on TfL Roads The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The total number of pothole defects for each of the full years from 2016 to 2020 are below:

Year Number of Pothole Defects 2016 3790 2017 4787 2018 6809 2019 5444 2020 7181 Total 28011

Supporting the Children’s Commissioner Question No: 2021/0751 Tony Devenish What specifically have you done to support the excellent work of the Children’s Commissioner? Supporting the Children’s Commissioner The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Through the DfE’s Safeguarding and Young People’s board, on which the Children’s Commissioner and the Director of London’s Violence Reduction Unit VRU) sit, we share information and ideas on what support is most necessary for young people. We both have a focus on reducing exclusions and keeping vulnerable children in mainstream school. The London VRU is supporting children to remain in school through its inclusive schools programme, as well as providing extra support for pupils attending Pupil Referral Units. This is backed up by City Hall research around exclusions.

Page 320

Throughout her tenure the Children’s Commissioner has powerfully championed the voices of children in the care system. In March, my officers are convening the first meeting of the London Local Authority Network for Care Leavers, which will meet regularly to share best practice and work collaboratively. Finally, the Children’s Commissioner has prioritised youth workers, and alongside programmes such as MyEnds and the Young Londoners Fund, the VRU has funded the Rise Up Youth Practitioners Leadership Programme to support and professionalise the youth worker sector.

Adult Education Improvements Question No: 2021/0752 Tony Devenish You have now been responsible for adult education in London since April 2019 with a total budget of £625 million. What exactly have you achieved in terms of outcomes in this vital area of skills and education? Adult Education Improvements The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The successful delegation of the Adult Education Budget (AEB) allowed me to extend full funding to Londoners earning below the London Living Wage, Deaf Londoners training for a first qualification in British Sign Language, and fully fund Level 3 qualifications for unemployed Londoners and those on low wages. I have also introduced flexibilities to upskill the further education workforce to better support Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) learners. In the 2019/20 academic year, despite the COVID-19 enforced lockdown, there were nearly 200,000 GLA funded learners participating in my AEB programme. More detailed figures on AEB performance have been published on the GLA data store. Evaluation of the initial year of delegated AEB found that providers have increased their provision in priority areas with the most common being support for learners on low incomes, courses relevant to the priority sectors, support for English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) and core skills such as English and maths. Full performance figures for the 2020/21 academic year will be published in December 2022.

Challenges of Electric Transport Question No: 2021/0753 Tony Devenish Do you believe there will come a time when TfL will need to actively encourage more road traffic once the “step change” to electric transport occurs in order to keep London moving?

Page 321

Answer for Challenges of Electric Transport The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Challenges of Electric Transport The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My ambition is for London to be the greenest city in the world and to become a zero- carbon city by 2030. With cars contributing to almost 60 per cent of the total CO2 emissions from road transport in Greater London, reducing Londoners’ dependency on cars, both in terms of use and ownership, is an essential component in realising these aims. Although we have made real progress in encouraging Londoners to switch from using the car to more sustainable alternatives, more can be done to enable this modal shift. Indeed, one quarter of current car trips could potentially be walked and two thirds could be cycled. For these reasons, I remain committed to the central aim of my Transport Strategy of at least 3 million fewer daily car trips and one quarter of a million fewer cars owned in London by 2041. For unavoidable car trips, accelerating the switch to electric vehicles is critical to delivering a zero-carbon city.

TfL Organisation Charts Question No: 2021/0754 Tony Devenish Please provide the latest TfL organisation charts (from senior manager upwards), including names as well as job titles. Answer for TfL Organisation Charts The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL Organisation Charts The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see attached Transport for London’s latest senior manager organisational chart.

Page 322

Deep Cleaning TfL Transport Question No: 2021/0755 Tony Devenish Will you commit to retain the Covid level of cleaning in the tube and bus network post Covid which has been commented upon favourably by Londoners and may drive footfall back to the network once this pandemic is over? Answer for Deep Cleaning TfL Transport The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Deep Cleaning TfL Transport The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is committed to maintaining a clean and orderly network at all times. As you rightly point out, TfL’s cleaning regime across all its services has been enhanced in response to the pandemic. The effectiveness of the enhanced regime in keeping public transport, in particular the Tube and bus networks, free of coronavirus has and will continue to be verified through independent research undertaken each month on TfL’s behalf by researchers from Imperial College. TfL has no plans to remove the enhanced cleaning regime at the current time. It will keep the situation under review, taking into account the public health situation and any guidance from the Government and Public Health England. The safety of customers and staff remains TfL’s overriding priority.

Bus and Tube Frequency Question No: 2021/0756 Tony Devenish Do you accept that the frequency of some bus and Tube services pre-7am and post-8pm may well be increased or reduced in the coming months? Bus and Tube Frequency The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) keeps bus services under review and makes changes from time to time in response to demand and other external factors. TfL has been maintaining Tube service levels which is essential to enable customers to social distance. TfL will continue to monitor its services and make adjustments as appropriate, as it already does as a matter of course.

Page 323

As outlined on page 79 in its Financial Sustainability Plan, TfL’s view is that there is currently insufficient evidence to support large-scale reshaping in service levels. In the short term, TfL and I don’t want to see a car led recovery. If changes are made now, public transport will be viewed as a less attractive option and could push people towards car travel. In the short and medium term, public transport must be unfaltering.

Reduction in Operating Hours of Tube Stations Question No: 2021/0757 Tony Devenish Are the Tube stations you have closed at weekends and at certain times during Covid in danger of reduced hours of operation post Covid? Answer for Reduction in Operating Hours of Tube Stations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Reduction in Operating Hours of Tube Stations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) intends to operate a full service once the impact of coronavirus has receded. TfL currently operates as many stations on full hours as staff availability allows and has done so throughout the pandemic while managing the impact of coronavirus on its workforce. TfL always prioritises staff and customer safety and therefore mandates that staff self-isolate according to government guidance when they have coronavirus symptoms or if they are clinically extremely vulnerable. TfL also provides testing facilities to reduce the time it takes for staff to return to work. This means TfL does not always have the staff available to reach the mandated minimum numbers set out by fire regulations and must therefore close certain stations. Where possible, TfL prioritises keeping open stations which are in critical locations across London – for example, those close to hospitals, major education centres, and vaccination centres.

Page 324

TfL Consultations Question No: 2021/0758 Tony Devenish Are there any TfL public consultations you are willing to now undertake a year into Covid, using online tools, rather than wait until Covid is over? TfL Consultations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Consultation work resumed in September 2020 after a pause due to the pandemic. Every consultation has made use of Transport for London’s online consultation tool to allow people to respond.

Freight Consolidation Question No: 2021/0759 Tony Devenish Please update the Assembly on what progress has been made on freight consolidation work. Freight Consolidation The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) and the Greater London Authority (GLA) continue to support freight consolidation as per Question 2020/2891. The forthcoming London Plan supports consolidation as a means of reducing freight kilometres. TfL is looking at using vacant land resulting from the pandemic and potentially changing land use so it can be used for freight management and logistics opportunities as part of the green recovery. The GLA Collaboration Programme is working to reduce deliveries from functional bodies’ suppliers, including consolidation of contracts and shipments. TfL continues to work with London’s Business Groups to implement schemes that achieve a reduction in delivery and servicing trips through measures such as consolidation. A network provides those Groups involved opportunities to share best practice and lessons learned to enable initiatives to be replicated across London. As part of the Mayor’s Civic Innovation Fund and partnering with retailers, parcel carriers, and global innovators, TfL’s “FreightLab” trials also aim to develop innovative ways to move goods efficiently.

Page 325

Battersea Bridge Crossings Question No: 2021/0760 Tony Devenish Including step-by-step details, what is the timetable for TfL making Battersea Bridge safe to cross? Battersea Bridge Crossings The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My thoughts are with the family and friends of the man who was tragically killed on Battersea Bridge in January of this year. Every death on London’s streets is one too many and I am committed to making London’s streets safer for everyone. The junction of Battersea Bridge with Chelsea Embankment and Cheyne Walk is extremely busy and complex, making it challenging to develop a scheme that will protect the safety of all road users. Transport for London (TfL) has made this a top priority and is pushing ahead with a plan for a new signalised pedestrian crossing on the north side of the bridge, making it easier and safer to cross here. TfL plans to start construction on the crossing later this year, and will also reduce the speed limit on Chelsea Embankment from 30mph to 20mph to further reduce danger to vulnerable road users, including people walking and cycling. Following delivery of the crossing, TfL will continue to work closely with the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea and other key stakeholders on plans to deliver further pedestrian crossings on Cheyne Walk and Beaufort Street.

Inclusion London Question No: 2021/0761 Tony Devenish What measures are you taking in response to Inclusion London’s report “Locked Down and Abandoned: Disabled People’s Experiences of Covid-19”? Inclusion London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 It’s unacceptable that many of London’s 1.3 million disabled people have experienced health, social and financial challenges brought on by the pandemic. To tackle the immediate impact of the pandemic, I pledged nearly £10m to the London Community Response Fund for civil society organisations including frontline disability organisations supporting disabled Londoners. Addressing this must also be central to our plans for London’s recovery too.

Page 326

The report’s recommendations align with my ongoing work supporting and advocating for the needs of disabled Londoners. I’ve called for the £20 uplift in Universal Credit to be made permanent and extended to all benefits; I published advice through my Employment Rights Hub on London.gov.uk for disabled workers at risk of workplace discrimination; and I continue to call on Government to deliver a fit-for-purpose social care system which enables independent living and respects the rights of disabled people. We can and must do more for disabled people as we recover from this terrible pandemic. My officers are working with Inclusion London to ensure the voices and experiences of disabled Londoners shape and inform our work, learning from this report and the wider experiences of deaf and disabled people across London. The London Recovery Programme offers an opportunity for genuine action and meaningful change to address structural inequalities which create harmful and unfair barriers for disabled Londoners.

Underlying Health Issues in Londoners Question No: 2021/0762 Tony Devenish Public debate since March 2020 on COVID-19 has used the phrase “underlying health issues” a great deal. Can you please define this phrase, with a breakdown of how many Londoners suffer from “underlying health issues” and specifically how your policies have impacted these Londoners since May 2016. Answer for Underlying Health Issues in Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Underlying Health Issues in Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Underlying or pre-existing health conditions are chronic conditions which usually require long-term treatment. They include conditions which affect physical and mental health, such as diabetes and schizophrenia. They can weaken the immune system putting people at greater risk of serious complications and death from diseases like COVID. There is no publicly available data showing how many Londoners have underlying health conditions. At the start of February, there were 326,000 Londoners shielding from COVID due to a medical condition, but this is only a small subset of those with pre-existing health conditions. Many of these underlying health conditions are preventable, which is why my Health Inequalities Strategy focuses on tackling the determinants of poor health .One such example of action was the ULEZ, which has seen air pollution dramatically reduce which will have long-term impacts on preventing the development of, and mortality from, respiratory

Page 327

conditions. Progress in the first year of the Strategy implementation is outlined in the annual report. Supporting information: The list of groups seen to be clinically vulnerable and clinically extremely vulnerable to covid are published here https://www.nhs.uk/conditions/coronavirus-covid-19/people-at- higher-risk/whos-at-higher-risk-from- coronavirus/#:~:text=People%20at%20moderate%20risk%20(,(such%20as%20hepatitis) Data on the number of Londoners classified as clinically extremely vulnerable and being asked to shield is reproduced here https://digital.nhs.uk/dashboards/shielded-patient-list- open-data-set For more information about the Mayor’s Health Inequalities Strategy and the annual report refer to https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/health/london-health-inequalities- strategy For a recent report on the health impacts of the Mayor’s air quality policies refer to https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/london_health_burden_of_current_air_pol lution_and_future_health_benefits_of_mayoral_air_quality_policies_january2020.pdf

Palliative Care Question No: 2021/0763 Tony Devenish In light of the pandemic, how are you working with partners across London to improve palliative care? Answer for Palliative Care The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Palliative Care The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The NHS London Palliative and End of Life Clinical Network has led a range of initiatives to support London’s communities during the pandemic. These include developing: a pan- London electronic medication authorisation and administration record chart for symptom control in people’s homes; a systematic search tool to help GPs to identify people in their last year of life; a COVID-19 primary care toolkit with support for compassionate conversations, guidance from community specialist palliative care, assistance with care after death and information for care homes; a specialist palliative care peer support network to share challenges and learning; and the collation of innovative clinical practice and research which has been shared with stakeholders to spread and adopt across London.

Page 328

The GLA has worked collaboratively with the London Clinical Networks and other partners as part of a coordinated bereavement response.

Anti-Semitic incidents Question No: 2021/0764 Tony Devenish Daniel Kosky of the London Jewish Forum recently sent me statistics showing that London accounts for 56% of all recorded anti-Semitic incidents in the UK. What are you as Mayor doing to tackle this horrid issue? Answer for Anti-Semitic incidents The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Anti-Semitic incidents The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I share your concern at the levels of hate crime targeted at London’s Jewish communities. Both the Commissioner and I take anti-Semitism very seriously and have taken significant steps to address it. The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS), working with organisations such as the Community Security Trust (CST) and the Shomrim, have developed reassurance and preventative policing plans across London. This includes recognition by Local Policing Teams of the dates of Jewish High Holy days to heighten awareness for the potential of hate crime incidents, enabling an increased police presence and outreach in vulnerable locations, such as places of worship and transport hubs. At the same time, I have invested more than any other Mayor to tackle hate, intolerance and extremism. My Shared Endeavour Fund supports projects delivered by civil society groups including The Anne Frank Trust UK, The Union of Jewish Students, Maccabi GB, Salaam Peace and The Arc Theatre Ensemble, who specifically cover anti-Semitism in their projects. I’ve also increased the investment in supporting victims of hate crime when it does occur, including specialist support for victims of anti-Semitic hate crime.

Fraud Question No: 2021/0765 Tony Devenish Research published by the Police Foundation shows that fraud is estimated to make up 31 per cent of all crime in England and Wales, and that 45 per cent of victims felt that the financial loss they experienced had an impact on their emotional wellbeing and 37 per cent

Page 329

reported a significant psychological or emotional impact. What are you doing to give London victims of fraud justice and to prevent more people being victims of this crime? Answer for Fraud The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Fraud The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Action Fraud is the UK’s national reporting centre for fraud, run by The City of London Police. All fraud referrals disseminated from Action Fraud to the Met are initially investigated. The vulnerability of victims is considered alongside potential investigative opportunities. The Met provides pan-London specialist omni-competent investigators trained in fraud and financial investigation. The Met works with Action Fraud and the London Victim and Witness Service to ensure that the most vulnerable London victims receive the necessary support and safeguarding as well as to provide information and advice to prevent re-victimisation. In addition to this, the Met regularly create safety messaging related to fraud. A recent example being the creation and promotion of a video explaining what to look out for online to avoid becoming a victim of Covid vaccine fraud.

Criminal exploitation of children Question No: 2021/0766 Tony Devenish The report ‘Still not safe’ published in February 2021 states that 1 in 25 youths are at risk of exploitation. To tackle the consequences of criminal exploitation and serious violence on children, it recommends that there needs to be a significant expansion of early help services, which can identify emerging issues and prevent problems from developing. What are you doing in London to address this? Criminal exploitation of children The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 London’s Violence Reduction Unit has built a strategy centred around the influential relationships that can impact positively on a young person’s life - families, youth workers, teachers and peers. The Unit is supporting families through the development of a parents and carers network, has set up a Young Leaders Action Group, invested in a leadership programme for 100 youth sector workers and funded training for healthcare professionals to spot signs of domestic abuse.

Page 330

Furthermore, the VRU has recently funded mentoring support to disadvantaged young Londoners who attend London’s Pupil Referral Unit’s. This funding package of £2.38 million includes investment of £1.38 million for community-led after-school activity, which evidence shows is when young people are most at risk of becoming involved or being a victim of violence.

Bayonne Estate CCTV Question No: 2021/0767 Tony Devenish Will the Mayor intercede with the London Borough of Hammersmith & Fulham who appear not to be maintaining CCTV within and adjacent to the Bayonne Estate, which is fuelling criminality? Bayonne Estate CCTV The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 London Borough of Hammersmith & Fulham has 69 cameras on the Bayonne Estate to provide additional security and to assist in detecting and responding to crime and antisocial behaviour. In late December 2021, these cameras lost the ability to pan, zoom and tilt. Repairs are underway and it is expected that works will be completed and CCTV operational again shortly. In the meantime, the council’s Neighbourhood Warden Service have been asked to patrol the location to increase visibility and provide reassurance to residents. The Neighbourhood Warden Service are able to respond to low level anti-social behaviour and can be contacted 7 days per week. The Police Safer Neighbourhood Team have also undertaken increased patrols and engaged with local residents around any reported crimes.

Belgravia police station Question No: 2021/0768 Tony Devenish Can you please update me on plans to develop all or part of Belgravia police station? Answer for Belgravia police station The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 331

Belgravia police station The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There are no plans for MOPAC to develop all or part of Belgravia Police Station.

Ward panels Question No: 2021/0769 Tony Devenish The London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham plans to disband Ward Panels, will you intervene to save this vital link to the community? Ward panels The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The ward panels are key to the local police team’s engagement with their community. As recognised by the local authority in their response to the Commission, ward panels remain an important and ever relevant mechanism to facilitate two-way provision of information and consultation, and there are no plans to disband them.

Crime reporting Question No: 2021/0770 Tony Devenish The London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham plans to take reports of non-serious crimes instead of the police, do you agree that this will create confusion and lead to crimes not being investigated? Answer for Crime reporting The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Crime reporting The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The borough of Hammersmith and Fulham (LBHF) is not planning to take reports of non- serious crimes instead of the police. The Council is recommending setting up a new crime communication infrastructure for residents with clear links between the residents, the Council, Ward Action Groups and the Ward Police. I understand that the precise nature of LBHF’s plans to support the existing provision for ASB response are still under consideration. Central West BCU will continue to work closely with LBHF to ensure cohesive, supportive and dynamic partnership working.

Page 332

MPS Objection Question No: 2021/0771 Tony Devenish I understand that the MPS have objected to Hammersmith and Fulham Council disbanding Independent Advisory Groups and Ward Panels, please can you provide me with a copy of that objection? Answer for MPS Objection The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response MPS Objection The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Hammersmith and Fulham Policing and Crime Commission recommended that the Independent Advisory Group be retained, and that Ward Panels be disbanded. The Metropolitan Police Service’s response to the Commission’s recommendations were published as part of the local authority’s report to the Hammersmith and Fulham Community Safety and Environment Policy and Accountability Committee in September 2020. The report can be found here: http://democracy.lbhf.gov.uk/documents/s114409/CSE%20PAC%20PCC%20Report%20 16.09.20.pdf

Parks police Question No: 2021/0772 Tony Devenish Have the MPS considered granting parks police the office of special constable to ensure they can make arrests and tackle crime outside of their jurisdiction? Parks police The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 It would not be suitable for Parks Police to hold the position of Special Constable. Certain occupations are ineligible to be appointed as Special Constables due to legislation. Other occupations are also inappropriate because they perform public-facing uniformed roles. Occupations including security, crime prevention and those dealing with minor offences & bylaws are all ineligible, (National Policing Improvement Agency Circular 01/2011 - Eligibility for Recruitment) as being a special constable would provide a person with more power than was intended for that role.

Page 333

Ladbroke Grove and Royalty Studios police stations Question No: 2021/0773 Tony Devenish Please provide an update on the future of Ladbroke Grove and Royalty Studios police stations? Answer for Ladbroke Grove and Royalty Studios police stations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Ladbroke Grove and Royalty Studios police stations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Notting Hill Police Station (‘Ladbroke Grove’) was identified for closure and disposal in the Public Access Strategy in 2017. It is no longer required by the MPS for operational purposes and is amongst a number of assets that are being considered for disposal in 2021/22. Royalty Studios provides a temporary front counter facility for the Grenfell community and has been operational since March 2019. There is no decision on the future of the facility. Public consultation regarding its future is planned to take place in summer 2021.

Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (2) Question No: 2021/0774 Keith Prince How many ferry drivers are working across London’s Bus Operation? Bus Operator Ferry Driving and Covid-19 Risk (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 As these are bespoke arrangements made by bus operators to get their drivers to and from their places of work, and as many drivers make their own way to the garage or the start of the route, Transport for London does not hold data on the number of ferry drivers working across London’s bus operators. Please also see my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/0544.

Page 334

Good Work Standard Question No: 2021/0775 Susan Hall Has your 2018 £44m commitment to make women & girls safer in London resulted in the successful roll-out of the Good Work Standard, ensuring abuse is not tolerated in the workplace? How widespread has the roll-out been in London workplaces? Please provide current data. Answer for Good Work Standard The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Good Work Standard The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Good Work Standard was included in the Violence Against Women and Girls Strategy but is not funded by the £44m you reference. The Strategy asked businesses to sign up to the Standard and provide better workplace support for victims of violence against women and girls and set zero tolerance policies for abuse in the workplace. As part of the Strategy MOPAC provided advice and supported the development of my Good Work Standard and led by example in rolling out best practice approaches across the GLA Group. As a result, the Good Work Standard promotes night-time safety through the Women’s Night Safety Charter and adoption of policies on domestic violence and Violence Against Women and Girls. There are 93 accredited Good Work Standard employers employing 213,000 Londoners.

“No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (1) Question No: 2021/0776 Susan Hall Since the launch of your fund, referred to in your press release of 01/2/18, “Mayor invests £15m to buy homes for homeless Londoners”, how much money has been raised to date? Answer for “No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 335

“No-one needs to sleep rough in London campaign” (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My rough sleeping campaign has raised more than £635,000 from Londoners for 30 homelessness charities since 2017. This is through donations given through our online donation page and through a partnership with TAP London, which has enabled Londoners to give over 57,000 times at over 100 contactless donation points across the city in locations. The campaign has also contributed to more than 41,000 StreetLink referrals over the last three winters, with Londoners connecting rough sleepers directly to outreach teams. This has allowed charities such as St Mungo’s, as well as my own Rapid Response team, to reach rough sleepers quickly and bring them into support services.

Whole System Approach to Female Offending – South London Alliance Question No: 2021/0777 Susan Hall How has your £1,606,173 of funding from 2016 over 3 years helped to put in place, via the Whole System Approach to Female Offending – South London Alliance an approach to support female offenders & those at risk of offending in Croydon, Lambeth, Lewisham, Southwark, Sutton & Wandsworth? Please provide details. Answer for Whole System Approach to Female Offending – South London Alliance The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Whole System Approach to Female Offending – South London Alliance The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The funding of £1,606,173 over a three-year period, commenced in April 2018/19. It has helped put into place an innovative Whole Systems Approach model that tests a gender responsive multi-agency approach for women that are at risk of offending or are involved in the Criminal Justice System. The model seeks to address the multiple and complex needs these women often have by bringing together criminal justice, statutory and third sector agencies, to provide holistic support, which recognises and responds to women’s distinct needs, including experience of abuse. The model is using existing resources differently to target support more effectively, avoiding gaps or duplication in service provision, and supporting women to access provision successfully so that they can turn their lives around and reduce reoffending.

Page 336

London universities’ drop-out rates Question No: 2021/0778 Susan Hall What did your research, to better understand the higher drop-out rates from London universities, flag up? What measures have you since introduced to help mitigate this? London universities’ drop-out rates The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Research commissioned by the GLA delivered by the Social Market Foundation (Building on Success) identified the main drivers of non-continuation in London universities. It found that students at lower tariff Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) who had taken non-A level routes (e.g. BTECs) or lived with their parents or guardians while studying were more at risk of not continuing. Black students tend to be overrepresented in these groups compared with other ethnic groups. At medium and higher tariff universities students from lower socio-economic groups were more at risk of dropping out. The report recommended that the Office for Students explore alternative metrics to identify disadvantaged students in HE, which is something I have since called on the Office for Students to introduce. The existing measure, the Participation of Local Areas (POLAR), is likely to understate the numbers of students from less advantaged backgrounds in London progressing to higher education.

Culture Seeds Funding Programme (2) Question No: 2021/0779 Susan Hall Which London boroughs submitted bids for your Culture Seeds Funding Programme, which ones were successful, and how much were the successful bids for? Culture Seeds Funding Programme (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 London Boroughs were not eligible to apply for Culture Seeds. Grants were targeted at grassroots organisations and individuals representing their communities. Projects have been funded in all London Boroughs. Boroughs were also engaged through a programme of roadshows and outreach events with the aim of supporting community projects in all London boroughs to apply. Culture Seeds received 1,382 applications and £1.02m was awarded to 242 successful projects across all London boroughs. A list of all projects can be found on the London.gov.uk website. https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/arts-and-culture/current-culture- projects/culture-seeds/projects-weve-funded

Page 337

Historic England & Heritage Lottery Fund Question No: 2021/0780 Susan Hall Have you, in collaboration with Historic England & the Heritage Lottery Fund, supported many listings & funding applications in London? Historic England & Heritage Lottery Fund The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My teams have written supporting statements for listings and funding applications to Heritage England and the National Heritage Lottery Fund in each London borough. For example, my Culture team wrote in support of Alexandra Palace’s National Heritage Lottery Fund’s application in Haringey, and in support of listing the Royal Vauxhall Tavern in Lambeth. National Heritage Lottery Fund has invested in round one of the London Borough of Culture programme, with grants of £250,000 in both Waltham Forest (2019) and Brent (2020). In February 2019, City Hall hosted a High Street Network event in partnership with London Councils to encourage boroughs to apply for MHCLG’s Future High Streets Fund and Historic England’s High Street Action Zone’s fund.

Commonhold Policy for London Question No: 2021/0781 Caroline Pidgeon The recent cladding and fire safety scandal has further exposed the serious flaws in the leasehold model of home ownership. I believe a commonhold model could prevent many of the issues currently being faced by leaseholders in London and has been adopted across many European countries in recent years. What consideration have you given to a commonhold development policy requirement for residential developments in London, particularly those that require your direct approval and/or funding? Answer for Commonhold Policy for London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Commonhold Policy for London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As I have mentioned in the past, I support a move towards commonhold ownership. However, as the Law Commission’s investigation into leasehold reform has highlighted, any move towards commonhold needs to be backed by changes to the legislation and for that

Page 338

we need government to act. The current legislation, for example, has a strict ban on residential leases of longer than seven years. This would impact on my ability to fund shared ownership tenures within a commonhold system, and therefore also undermine my efforts to meet affordable home ownership targets. I am keen to explore how the GLA can use its powers and resources to support uptake of commonhold in London. But the Government must remove constraints limiting the widespread uptake of commonhold by carrying out a successful reform of the legislative system. We await the government’s full response to the Law Commission’s recommendations for reform made in July 2020.

Bus shelter at the “Southgate Road” stop on Balls Pond Question No: 2021/0782 Jennette Arnold OBE The bus shelter at the “Southgate Road” stop on Balls Pond Road has been replaced and the new one does not have Countdown. Now that buses to Highbury Corner are 15 minutes apart it is all the more necessary to know if you have just missed one! Could the Mayor confirm when a Countdown will be installed? Bus shelter at the “Southgate Road” stop on Balls Pond The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Countdown sign at the shelter at the Southgate Road bus stop (bus stop code 59415) was reinstalled 28 January 2021, following the completion of shelter works. Countdown signs are normally only removed during shelter works and are reinstalled once the shelter work is fully completed, including the electrical connection and final wiring.

Policing in supermarkets Question No: 2021/0783 Jennette Arnold OBE Can you tell me how many times Met Police Officers have been called to supermarkets to respond to COVID-19 rule breaking in 1) London Borough of Hackney and 2) London Borough of Islington and 3) London Borough of Waltham Forest? Policing in supermarkets The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Owing to the way premises information is recorded on its dispatch system, the MPS is unable to provide this data.

Page 339

Impact of school closures Question No: 2021/0784 Jennette Arnold OBE In October, the Education Panel recommended that you should inform the Education Panel about ongoing or planned data collection to understand the effect of the COVID-19 school closures on education inequality in London, including the collection of ethnicity data. In your response, you stated that “My team will analyse DfE statistical publications and present London-level comparisons of specific groups. This analysis includes a range of characteristics, including differences in attainment and progress by ethnicity, free school meal eligibility and special educational need status”. What has your monitoring and analysis of this data revealed about the effect of COVID-19 school closures on education inequality in London, and what actions will you be taking to address it? Impact of school closures The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 On 16 February 2021, the Department for Education published updated key stage 4 data for the academic year 2019/20. They caution that “2019/20 data should not be directly compared to attainment data from previous years for the purposes of measuring changes in student performance.” However, we have examined the differences in 2019/20 attainment in London between specific groups, including ethnicity, free school meal eligibility and special educational need status. These will be published on the London COVID-19 resilience dashboard and the London Education Report in March. My Education and Youth team support the collaboration and sharing of best practice by schools. Our Schools for Success webinars are focusing on techniques for supporting student wellbeing and how to help narrow the attainment gap. In partnership with the London South Teaching Schools Alliance we will bring together over 400 education professionals for March’s LondonEd 2021 conference. Such platforms allow educators to share strategies for addressing educational inequalities and mitigating the negative impact of Covid-19 and the time away from in-person teaching.

School signage Question No: 2021/0785 Jennette Arnold OBE Concerns have been raised with me about road safety around Hackney New Primary School in my constituency. I understand that the signage on Kingsland Road (cornered Downham Road) is very unclear and does not alert drivers to the fact there is a local primary school and will be children crossing. Can you assure me TfL will be amending this?

Page 340

School signage The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Thank you for bringing this to my attention. Transport for London road safety engineers will review the signage around the school during the week commencing 22 February and will make any necessary adjustments to ensure the safety of local school children. I have asked that they update you once the inspection has been carried out.

Long-term absence from school Question No: 2021/0786 Jennette Arnold OBE The Government does not record the data on the number of children and young people who are out of education due to long term medical conditions (aged 5-18). Will you write to the Secretaries of State for Health and Education to ask for this data for London? Long-term absence from school The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers from my Education and Youth team were pleased to join you at a meeting with Bright Futures UK to discuss their current research into the impact of children missing school due to long term illness. They discussed Bright Futures UK work and request for the Government to publish the number of children and young people who have taken time out of education because of serious illness or the threat of Coronavirus. As I said in MQ0787, the Government must do more to support our most vulnerable young people who are facing the greatest barriers to their learning. I have written to the Government with my concerns over learning loss and increased attainment gaps and urge them to commit further funding to catch-up support. I will raise your request for data on the number of children and young people out of education due to long term medical conditions with the Department for Education.

Education charities Question No: 2021/0787 Jennette Arnold OBE Due to the Government’s lack of support for young Londoners who have to miss education due to long-term illness or who are shielding from COVID, was the Mayor aware that charities such as Bright Futures UK have had to step in to ensure children are receiving the educational and well-being support they need? And can the Mayor offer his support to these organisations and ensure that our Government is giving them and local authorities the funding they need to deal with this important issue?

Page 341

Education charities The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers from my Education and Youth team were pleased to meet Bright Futures UK with you to discuss their current research into the impact of children missing school due to long- term illness and Covid-19. The work Bright Futures UK, and others, are doing to support children and young people is incredibly important. The Government must do more to support our most vulnerable young people who are facing the greatest barriers to their learning. I have written to the Government with my concerns over learning loss and increased attainment gaps and urge them to commit further funding to catch-up support. Collaborative working between local authorities, education and health agencies is key to supporting young people with long-term illness. I will continue to work with London partners to share best practice and connect services where possible.

Adult Education Budget Question No: 2021/0788 Jennette Arnold OBE What conversations have you had with providers about the changes to your Adult Education Budget and how this will impact them? Adult Education Budget The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Since delegation of the Adult Education Budget (AEB), I have consulted providers on potential policy changes to the AEB, running a formal annual consultation to gather feedback from providers and other key stakeholders in the skills and employment sector. I have personally held two roundtables with further education colleges, most recently to ask how we could support them during the pandemic. I appointed my Skills for Londoners (SfL) Board, which meets regularly to advise me on priorities for adult education in London and includes the Association of Colleges, HOLEX, and the Association of Employment and Learning Providers. I convene the SfL Business Partnership; advisory groups on higher education, outcomes, and apprenticeships; and a Task and Finish group on the London Recovery programme. To ensure providers views are heard, I commissioned an independent evaluation of the first year of AEB delivery which found that almost 90% of providers surveyed stating that they were ‘very’ or ‘fairly’ satisfied with the delegation of the AEB to London.

Page 342

Adult Education Budget Question No: 2021/0789 Jennette Arnold OBE What conversations are you having with providers about courses to focus on getting young Londoner’s into “good work” to aid London’s recovery? Adult Education Budget The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Adult Education Budget (AEB) aims to support young Londoners aged 19+ to get the skills they need to succeed and ultimately to enter into good work. I have enabled AEB providers to spend more of their allocation on pre-employment and job-focused training and have widened the funding to support unemployed and low-paid learners who have already achieved a first level 3 to take a subsequent level 3 qualification, enabling young people to retrain. For the 2021/22 academic year I am increasing funding for qualifications at Level 2 and below by 10% to improve outcomes for these learners, and I will award up to £16 million through the Good Work for All Fund to help Londoners particularly affected by the pandemic into work in sectors key to London’s recovery. I continue to work closely with providers to shape these policy changes. My Skills for Londoners Board and its Recovery subgroup meet regularly and include provider representative bodies, and I personally held a roundtable with Further Education Colleges on pandemic response. My officers are in continual contact with providers and I will be asking all providers of the AEB to set out how they will meet the objectives of London’s recovery programme in their delivery plans for the academic year 21/22.

Adult Education Question No: 2021/0790 Jennette Arnold OBE Your Adult Education Budget caters for those aged 19+. Are you concerned about those Londoner’s aged 16-19 falling through the cracks of the pandemic and if so, what are you doing as Mayor to support them? Adult Education The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I want to ensure all Londoners, regardless of their age, are able to access the education and skills they need to participate in society and progress in education and work. This is even more important in light of the city’s recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Page 343

However, we do know that many young Londoners in particular continue to face great uncertainty and instability. It is becoming increasingly clear that the pandemic is having a growing impact on young people’s opportunities, mental health and wellbeing. From City Hall, my Young Londoners Fund is making a difference for some of these young people affected by the pandemic, with over 300 projects supporting over 65,000 individuals to date. As you will be aware, I have written to the Secretary of State for Education to highlight my concerns for young people, whatever their age happens to be. I will continue to raise these concerns with the Department for Education to ensure that London’s schools have the resources they need to ensure the best outcomes are made possible.

Adult Education Recovery Fund Question No: 2021/0791 Jennette Arnold OBE Your Adult Education Recovery Fund is being launched this month. A) How long before applicants are notified of successful funding? And B) when will providers receive this funding? Adult Education Recovery Fund The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The AEB Good Work for All Fund was launched on 8 February 2021. Through the Fund, grants will be awarded to providers for the delivery of GLA AEB-funded adult education and training services, to support the London Recovery Programme in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Bidders are expected to be notified of the outcome in early June with delivery commencing from 1 August 2021.

Black curriculum Question No: 2021/0792 Jennette Arnold OBE What work is the London Curriculum doing to ensure teaching of the “Black Curriculum” is included by schools in online lessons during lockdown? Black curriculum The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers from my Education and Youth team were pleased to join you at a meeting with Bright Futures UK to discuss their current research into the impact of children missing school due to long term illness. They discussed Bright Futures UK work and request for the

Page 344

Government to publish the number of children and young people who have taken time out of education because of serious illness or the threat of Coronavirus. As I said in MQ0787, the Government must do more to support our most vulnerable young people who are facing the greatest barriers to their learning. I have written to the Government with my concerns over learning loss and increased attainment gaps and urge them to commit further funding to catch-up support. I will raise your request for data on the number of children and young people out of education due to long term medical conditions with the Department for Education.

Adult Education Budget Question No: 2021/0793 Jennette Arnold OBE Will you be continuing to fully fund year-long level 3 qualifications for unemployed Londoners and those in low pay? Adult Education Budget The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Adult Education Budget flexibility to fully fund year long level 3 qualifications for unemployed Londoners and those in low pay was introduced in 2020/21 to support the London recovery in the light of the COVID-19 pandemic. It is proposed that the flexibility is continued in 2021/22 in order to support Londoners to gain the skills they need for progression and employment.

Brexit on London’s music industry (1) Question No: 2021/0794 Leonie Cooper The music industry has raised concerns at the impact of the Brexit deal on their work. What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s music scene, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Brexit on London’s music industry (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The trade deal falls short of what’s best for London, the UK and our economy and it has not taken into account our important creative industries, including our £5.8bn music industry. For example, the UK government failed to reach an agreement with the EU on visas for touring which is vital for artists to showcase their talent and plays a major role in the music industry’s economy. Up to 80 per cent of UK musicians tour to the EU, and half of the revenue of UK orchestras’ international touring comes from EU tours. In addition, our opera houses call upon EU-based performers at short notice to cover absences.

Page 345

London’s music scene will play an important part in both our economic and social recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic. This is why I have joined industry and cross-party calls for the UK Government to urgently come back to the negotiating table with the EU to ensure a deal for touring is done.

Brexit on London’s music industry (2) Question No: 2021/0795 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for musicians? Brexit on London’s music industry (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes. On 3 February, I wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, about the UK Government’s failure to come to a deal with the EU. In the letter, I confirmed my support of industry and cross-party calls for the UK and the EU to come back to the negotiating table with immediate effect to ensure a deal is done. The UK music industry is worth £5.8 billion to the economy. Up to 80 per cent of UK musicians tour to the EU, and half of the revenue of UK orchestras’ international touring comes from EU tours. In addition, our opera houses call upon EU-based performers at short notice to cover absences. Without an agreement on smooth travel, international touring will be prohibitive, expensive and will result in fewer cultural exchanges and tours between the UK and EU. This would be devastating for the UK’s music industry and for talent development.

Business rates holiday Question No: 2021/0796 Leonie Cooper You have called for an extension to the business rates holiday for London’s businesses. How has the Government responded to this so far? Answer for Business rates holiday The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 346

Business rates holiday The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In his recent budget the Chancellor extended the business rates holiday until June. Whilst this was welcome news, the Government’s delay in confirming the extension of business support, including the business rates holiday, has undoubtedly cost jobs and made the life of businesses harder. The Government failed to offer any help to London to kick start domestic tourism and the city’s recovery once restrictions are lifted. London is being left to fend for itself. Many business groups were surprised and disappointed that the Business Rates Holiday has only been extended until June. Like many others, I have called for support for businesses to be extended for as long as it is needed – this is likely to be well beyond the summer, as we cannot expect the international tourism on which central London in particular is so dependent to return before then.

Furlough extension Question No: 2021/0797 Leonie Cooper What discussions have you had with the Government with regards to extending furlough for Londoners beyond April if COVID restrictions are still in place? Answer for Furlough extension The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Furlough extension The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have continually pressed Government to ensure sufficient support is in place to help businesses and workers in the hardest hit sectors, such as retail, culture and hospitality. Therefore, I was pleased the government announced an extension of the furlough scheme until the end of September in the recent budget. The Government’s delay in confirming the extension of the furlough, has undoubtedly cost jobs, made the life of businesses harder and caused unnecessary worry for furloughed Londoners. The economic case to continue to protect businesses and workers is overwhelming, particularly while social distancing restrictions remain in place. And whilst I hope that we are through the worse, the Chancellor must be willing to extend business support should the worst happen and there is a third wave.

Page 347

Digital divide Question No: 2021/0798 Leonie Cooper What programmes are in place at the GLA to support Londoners without access to a digital device or internet connection? Digital divide The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 As part of the London Recovery Programme, the Digital Access Mission for all includes ‘Ensuring that every Londoner has access to good connectivity, basic digital skills and the device or support they need to be online by 2025.’ In partnership with London Councils, I have launched a Digital Exclusion Taskforce, chaired by my Chief Digital Officer, which will help allocate significant investment in digital infrastructure – connecting areas of London currently struggling with poor connectivity – and support Londoners gain important digital skills. I have allocated £1.5 million over the next two years to work with the London Office of Technology and Innovation (LOTI) to understand fully the levels of digital exclusion across London and help Londoners access the devices and skills they need to get online. London has also secured £41m of grant funding to boost full fibre broadband coverage in poorly served areas by connecting public sector sites located within them. The GLA’s Connected London team is coordinating with Transport for London (TfL) to deliver the funding and working closely with London’s local authorities to identify priority sites.

Delivery drivers Question No: 2021/0799 Leonie Cooper Has London seen a growth in delivery drivers since the beginning of the pandemic in March 2020? Can you detail how many drivers have been taken on by a) hospitality; b) supermarkets, c) couriers? Answer for Delivery drivers The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Delivery drivers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My officers do not hold data on data on how many drivers have been newly employed by London’s sectors but do have data on the number of home deliveries. There has been a 30% increase in the number of home deliveries in 2020 as compared to 2019 (Home

Page 348

delivery volumes index, Mar-Sep 2020 https://content.tfl.gov.uk/travel-in-london-report- 13.pdf). It is not clear that there has been a commensurate increase in delivery drivers since the beginning of the pandemic. Based on jobs postings data from Emsi, job postings for delivery drivers were lower in 2020 than in 2019. 3,788 in 2020 compared to 4,243 in 2019. The data is published here - https://data.london.gov.uk/dataset/london-job-posting- analytics

Brexit on London’s small independent music venues (1) Question No: 2021/0800 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s small independent music venues, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Brexit on London’s small independent music venues (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The trade deal falls short of what’s best for London, the UK and our economy and it has not taken into account our important creative industries, including our important £5.8 billion music industry. The lack of a deal over touring visas between the UK and the EU will negatively affect London’s independent venues, limiting the opportunities for EU artists to perform in the capital. Without an agreement on smooth travel for musicians and support crew, international touring will be prohibitive, expensive and will result in fewer cultural exchanges and tours. This would be devastating for the music industry economy, for talent development and for independent venues. This is why I have joined industry and cross-party calls for the UK Government to urgently come back to the negotiating table with the EU to ensure a deal for touring is done. London’s music scene will play an important part in both our economic and social recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic. Although many venues remain at risk, London has so far not lost any during the pandemic.

Brexit on London’s small independent music venues (2) Question No: 2021/0801 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for small independent music venues?

Page 349

Brexit on London’s small independent music venues (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes. On 3 February, I wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, about the UK Government’s failure to come to a deal with the EU, which will impact heavily on our independent music venues. In the letter, I confirmed my support of industry and cross-party calls for the UK and the EU to come back to the negotiating table with immediate effect to ensure a deal is done. Without an agreement on smooth travel, international touring will be prohibitive, expensive and will result in fewer cultural exchanges and tours between the UK and EU. This would be devastating for the UK’s music industry and for talent development.

Brexit on London’s Art galleries (1) Question No: 2021/0802 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s art galleries, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Brexit on London’s Art galleries (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The trade deal falls short of what’s best for London, the UK and our economy and it has not taken into account our important creative industries. London’s art galleries, both in the public and commercial sectors, are at risk of losing their competitive advantage through new and restrictive regulations when transporting artworks, and increased VAT charges on imports. The impact on free movement of people and objects will also reduce opportunities for international collaborations. London’s world-leading cultural institutions are key to our economy, reputation and soft power across the world. Cultural exchanges amongst EU countries have been central to London and our position as a global capital for the arts, a position which is now under threat.

Page 350

Brexit on London’s Art galleries (2) Question No: 2021/0803 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for art galleries?

Brexit on London’s Art galleries (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes, I am. On 3 February, I wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, calling on the Government to return to the negotiating table with the EU. Without clarity on the extension of the Exhibition Tax Relief scheme, an agreement on smooth transport of artwork and free movement for all arts professionals, international collaborations may become prohibitive. This will result in fewer cultural exchanges between the UK and EU. Our art galleries and institutions have been saddled with new red tape, paperwork and customs checks, without adequate time to prepare. It is vital the government recognises the importance of London’s art galleries and institutions globally. I will continue to work with London’s cultural institutions continue to make the case to government for improvements to the Brexit trade deal that recognise the significant economic and social benefit London’s creative industries bring to the UK, and for continuation of Exhibition Tax Relief. This is due to come to an end in 2022 and will further negatively impact this important sector.

Brexit on London’s theatres (1) Question No: 2021/0804 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s theatres, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Brexit on London’s theatres (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The trade deal falls short of what’s best for London, the UK and our economy and it has not taken into account our important creative industries. The theatre industry will be particularly impacted, with new visa rules making it difficult and expensive for talent to move across borders, and increasing costs to tour productions in the EU, including additional red-tape to transport set, props and costumes across borders. Even whilst London’s theatres are closed due to the pandemic, the impact of the deal is being felt. The National Theatre announced in February it was postponing European tours

Page 351

of its internationally acclaimed productions, and Equity released figures showing a third of members reported adverts requiring EU passports. This threatens the future prosperity of London’s theatre, one of the cornerstones of Britain’s soft power internationally. The Government and EU must return to the negotiating table immediately to agree a deal for touring.

Brexit on London’s theatres (2) Question No: 2021/0805 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for theatres? Brexit on London’s theatres (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes I am. I wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, on 3 February calling on Government to return to the negotiating table with the EU to ensure visa free travel for creatives, including the actors, directors, writers and backstage crew who power London’s world-leading theatre scene. Hundreds of thousands of creative businesses have been saddled with new red tape, paperwork and customs checks, with no adequate time to prepare. I will continue to work with London’s cultural institutions to make the case to government for improvements to the Brexit trade deal that recognise the huge economic and social benefit that London’s theatre, and wider creative industries, bring to the UK.

Brexit on London’s Cinemas and film industry (1) Question No: 2021/0806 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s cinemas and film industry, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Brexit on London’s Cinemas and film industry (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The trade deal falls short of what’s best for London, the UK and our economy and it has not taken into account our important creative industries. The UK film industry is worth £3 billion a year and 100,000 jobs. Three quarters of the film industry is based in London so it is crucial to the capital’s recovery and must remain competitive.

Page 352

Though we have a trade deal with the EU, changing licensing rules as a result of Brexit could damage broadcasters, while skills shortages are a key challenge. That is why my new Adult Education Budget identifies the creative industries as a priority investment, and why I am investing in Film London who helped get the majority of £1 billion of film production up and running again last year. I will continue to work closely with Film London as they monitor the impact of Brexit and lobby Government for the support and investment film needs.

Brexit on London’s Cinemas and film industry (2) Question No: 2021/0807 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for cinemas and film industry? Brexit on London’s Cinemas and film industry (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes, I am. I wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, urging Government to address the impact of Brexit on culture and the creative industries. London’s film agency Film London, which I fund, is proactively engaging with Government to address the needs of London’s world-leading film industry. I will also continue to do everything I can to help businesses deal with this challenging new reality. Information and advice for businesses can be found on my Business Hub.

Brexit on London’s Non-Premiership football clubs (1) Question No: 2021/0808 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s Non-Premiership football clubs, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Brexit on London’s Non-Premiership football clubs (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The current Brexit deal falls short of what is best for London and key sectors of the economy. It does not come close to the benefits we enjoyed as members of the EU. Brexit has restricted the ability of players to move easily between European clubs. The Premier League players from European Union countries will not be allowed to be signed without a work permit while foreign players under the age of 18 cannot be bought at all as

Page 353

part of post-Brexit regulations. I am however not aware of any direct unique impact of the Brexit deal on non-premiership football clubs. The English Football League, Football Association and Premier League jointly agreed a Governing Body Endorsement plan with the Home Office. This will introduce a points system based on a player’s appearances and the quality of their league.

Brexit on London’s Non-Premiership football clubs (2) Question No: 2021/0809 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for Non-Premiership football clubs? Brexit on London’s Non-Premiership football clubs (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I am not currently lobbying for changes to the arrangements as the EFL and FA have agreed arrangements with the Home Office. Clubs and leagues have however expressed their concern about the vast impact of COVID-19 on non-Premier League clubs. I have been focusing on supporting and furthering the sustainability of grassroots sport during the COVID-19 pandemic. The inability of clubs to sign players under 18 will require greater investment in creating talent pathways for home grown talent. Many leading English players have developed through non-premier league academy systems. Over the last 12 months, I delivered the Football Unites programme with three Premier League clubs. This pilot worked to maximise the potential of academy players to impact their community and take ownership over their own sporting development. The learnings of this pilot are set to be shared amongst non- premier league clubs in 2021.

Brexit on London’s pubs (1) Question No: 2021/0810 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s pubs, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Brexit on London’s pubs (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The trade deal falls short of what’s best for London, the UK and our economy and it has not considered our important creative industries or night time economy businesses.

Page 354

London’s pubs play an important role in our city and our communities. The industry contributes £23 billion a year to the UK economy and supports 900,000 jobs. Pubs currently face an existential threat, with restrictions on hospitality due to the COVID- 19 pandemic. This is the biggest issue for the pub sector right now. It is still too early to say what the full impact of Brexit will be on London’s pubs, in part because the industry has been closed since we left the EU on 31 December 2020. However, we know that the sector relied on EU nationals throughout the workforce, from pub chefs to bar staff. I will continue to work with the industry to understand the risks from Brexit and to lobby government for the support it needs.

Brexit on London’s pubs (2) Question No: 2021/0811 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for pubs? Brexit on London’s pubs (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I continue to lobby government to offer more practical support to pubs including extending the business rates holiday beyond March and the furlough scheme beyond April. Without the certainty that support will remain in place, many more business owners will be forced to close permanently. It is still too early to say what the full impact of Brexit will be on London’s pubs, in part because the industry has been closed since we left the EU on 31 December 2020. I will continue to work with the industry to understand the risks from Brexit and to lobby government for the support it needs. The pub industry faces an existential threat due to unprecedented restrictions placed on hospitality during the COVID-19 pandemic. This is the biggest issue for pubs right now. I am doing all I can to ensure they survive to reopening, including supporting through my Culture and Community Spaces at Risk Office and Business Hub.

Page 355

Brexit on London’s Restaurants (1) Question No: 2021/0812 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s restaurants, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Answer for Brexit on London’s Restaurants (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Brexit on London’s Restaurants (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I recently published an independent study, which estimates London’s economy faces as potential loss of £9.5bn GDP per year as a result of the Brexit withdrawal agreement and trade deal. It is hard to accurately predict the likely impact of the trade deal with the EU on London’s restaurants given that since the deal came into effect, they have been closed due to lockdown except for delivery and takeaway. However, it is possible that there will be an impact on the cost of certain foods, which restaurants may have to absorb or pass on to the customer, if they wish to continue using them. Citizens from across the EU have also played an important role in London’s restaurant industry, and I hope they will continue to do so. The impact of Brexit on the economy could not have come at a worse time for the hospitality industry. It is likely to make our recovery from the pandemic much slower, when after the last year many of these businesses are struggling to survive as a result of social distancing rules. As I have repeatedly made clear to the Government many Londoners jobs are at risk if the furlough and business rates relief schemes end before these businesses can trade again as normal.

Brexit on London’s Restaurants (2) Question No: 2021/0813 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for restaurants? Answer for Brexit on London’s Restaurants (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 356

Brexit on London’s Restaurants (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am urging the Government to quickly close the gaps in the trade deal for our key export- orientated services sectors; which now face major barriers to doing business in Europe. If these businesses are prevented from growing and creating jobs here in the capital, it will impact a much wider range of sectors, including London’s hospitality industry.

Hundreds of thousands of businesses, including London’s restaurants and their suppliers, have been saddled with new trade and immigration rules; with no adequate time to prepare, while the covid pandemic is peaking. I will continue to do everything I can to help Londoners and these businesses to deal with this challenging new reality. Information on steps to take can be found on my Business Hub at https://www.businesshub.london/.

Brexit on London’s coffee shops (1) Question No: 2021/0814 Leonie Cooper What is the impact of the current Brexit deal going to have on London’s coffee shops, particularly in the context of London’s economic recovery? Answer for Brexit on London’s coffee shops (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Brexit on London’s coffee shops (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I recently published an independent study, which estimates London’s economy faces as potential loss of £9.5bn GDP per year as a result of the Brexit withdrawal agreement and trade deal. It is hard to accurately predict the likely impact of the trade deal with the EU on London’s coffee shops given that since the deal came into effect, they have been closed due to lockdown except for delivery and takeaway. However, it is possible that there will be an impact on the cost of certain products, which coffee shops may have to absorb or pass on to the customer, if they wish to continue using them. Citizens from across the EU have also played an important role in London’s hospitality industry, and I hope they will continue to do so.

Page 357

The impact of Brexit on London’s economy could not have come at a worse time for London’s coffee shops. It is likely to make our recovery from the pandemic much slower, when after the last year many of these businesses are struggling to survive as a result of social distancing rules. As I have repeatedly made clear to the Government many Londoners jobs are at risk if the furlough and business rates relief schemes end before these businesses can trade again as normal.

Brexit on London’s coffee shops (2) Question No: 2021/0815 Leonie Cooper Are you lobbying the Government for changes to the current arrangements with the EU for coffee shops? Answer for Brexit on London’s coffee shops (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Brexit on London’s coffee shops (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am urging the Government to quickly close the gaps in the trade deal for our key export- orientated services sectors; which now face major barriers to doing business in Europe. If these businesses are prevented from growing and creating jobs here in the capital, it will impact a much wider range of sectors, including London’s hospitality industry. Hundreds of thousands of businesses, including London’s coffee shops and their suppliers, have been saddled with new trade and immigration rules; with no adequate time to prepare, while the covid pandemic is peaking. I will continue to do everything I can to help Londoners and these businesses to deal with this challenging new reality. Information on steps to take can be found on my Business Hub at https://www.businesshub.london/.

PM2.5 and the Environment Bill (1) Question No: 2021/0816 Leonie Cooper Your work has brought significant improvements to the air quality in London over the last four years. What impact will the Government’s delay in bringing the Environment Bill to parliament and in failing to include WHO targets for PM2.5 have upon London’s ability to make further improvements?

Page 358

PM2.5 and the Environment Bill (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please see my response to 2021/0818. I have adopted a target of meeting the WHO PM2.5 guidelines by 2030 in my Environment Strategy and will continue to work toward this, including by introducing tougher standards for heavy vehicles operating in the London-wide Low Emission Zone in March and expanding the Ultra Low Emission Zone up to the North and South Circular roads in October. My policies have already helped improve London’s air quality. Since 2016 the scale of reduction in toxic NO2 has been five times greater in central London than the national average. But a national approach is needed to tackle PM2.5 emissions as nearly half of the PM2.5 measured in London comes from sources outside the city. In 2019 I published a report (https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/pm2.5_in_london_october19.pdf) outlining the additional actions and funding needed from Government for London make further improvements in reducing PM2.5 emissions. Including legally binding WHO targets for PM2.5 in the Environment Bill is a necessary first step. To then achieve these targets, Government must give cities additional funding through a national £1.5 billion Clean Air Fund, as well as powers over non-transport sources of pollution like construction, the river, buildings and wood-burning. Crucially, London must be given access to its fair share of funding from national funding pots, including Vehicle Excise Duty, which we are currently excluded from. If Government does not match my ambitions on WHO targets and continues to refuse to provide me with the powers I need to tackle all sources of pollution, the potential cost to the NHS and social care system in London is estimated to be £10.4 billion by 2050. Research from the Confederation of British Industry has also shown that improving air quality in London would provide an economic benefit of almost £500 million per year. The recent study by researchers from Imperial College London showing that toxic air contributed to the deaths of more than 4,000 Londoners in 2019 highlights the human cost of inaction.

PM2.5 and the Environment Bill (2) Question No: 2021/0817 Leonie Cooper How will setting targets on PM2.5 help the Government to reach the 68% reduction in annual carbon emissions by 2030 that it committed to ahead of the COP26 talks later this year?

Page 359

PM2.5 and the Environment Bill (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Improving air quality also offers an opportunity to address the climate emergency. A high proportion of existing PM2.5 emissions are from combustion sources, the majority of which are from fossil fuels, meaning more ambitious targets for PM2.5 can also help to tackle carbon emissions. This is why my Environment Strategy includes the World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines for PM2.5 and sets out a number of strategies that will help meet this target and substantially reduce the use of fossil fuels in transport, commercial and industrial settings. In its first ten months (before the pandemic), the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) helped reduce PM2.5 emissions in central London by 27 per cent and is estimated to have reduced CO2 emissions by 12,300 tonnes (6 per cent) compared to a scenario where there was no ULEZ. This highlights the co-benefits of taking action to reduce these pollutants

PM2.5 and the Environment Bill (3) Question No: 2021/0818 Leonie Cooper The last twelve months have been incredibly challenging for the wellbeing and health of Londoners. How important is it for our health that the Government put into law the WHO targets on PM2.5? PM2.5 and the Environment Bill (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Poor air quality remains the biggest environmental risk to health and PM2.5 is thought to be the pollutant with the greatest impact. There is also emerging evidence linking exposure to air pollution with an increased vulnerability to the most severe effects of Covid-19. The Government’s recent decision to delay the Environment Bill yet again shows failure to act on the climate and nature emergencies and toxic air pollution with the urgency that is needed. I have taken bold action to tackle air pollution in London, resulting in a 15% reduction in PM2.5 since 2016. However, 99% of Londoners still live in areas exceeding the World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines and a recent study by researchers from Imperial College London’s Environmental Research Group found that in 2019 toxic air contributed to the deaths of more than 4,000 Londoners. Whilst my policies have helped reduce PM2.5 from road transport, I have more limited powers to tackle non-transport sources of this pollutant, which account for around 70% of local emissions. These include construction machinery, wood-burning, river vessels and commercial cooking. Additionally, nearly half of the PM2.5 measured in London comes from sources outside the city, meaning a national approach is needed to tackle this pollutant.

Page 360

The draft Environment Bill mandates the setting of two air quality targets, including one for PM2.5. However, the Bill only requires these targets to be set by October 2022 and the targets themselves may not need to be achieved for 15 years or more. For the health of Londoners Government must use the Environment Bill to make the WHO PM2.5 guidelines legally-binding and provide the new powers over non-transport sources needed to clean up our polluted cities by 2030.

Green Homes Grants and London (1) Question No: 2021/0819 Leonie Cooper How much of the £0.5 billion GHGLAD (Green Homes Grant: Local authority delivery scheme) funding was provided to London? Green Homes Grants and London (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 London secured £11.54 million of funding through Phase 1a of the Green Homes Grant Local Authority Delivery Scheme, consisting of £2.566 million of GLA-led warmer homes bids and other London Borough bids. This is 15% of the £76m allocated so far. London’s proportion of English households is 15 per cent therefore it is my objective to secure at least that share. We have bid to other parts of the Green Homes Grant and have supported public sector bids to the Public Sector Decarbonisation Scheme and I am hopeful that more funding will be allocated to decarbonising London.

Green Homes Grants and London (2) Question No: 2021/0820 Leonie Cooper How much of the £0.5 billion GHGLAD (Green Homes Grant: Local authority delivery scheme) funding provided to London has now been allocated? Please provide a breakdown of allocation across the London boroughs. Green Homes Grants and London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 As per my response to MQ 2020/0819, London has secured £11.54 million, 15 per cent of funding allocated so far under Phase 1a of the Local Authority Delivery Scheme. The breakdown of this £11.54m by borough is below: GLA-led spend through Warmer Homes £2.566m (GLA Warmer Homes - £2.013m; Camden - £166k; Kensington & Chelsea - £103k; Sutton - £115k; Westminster - £143k; Clarion Housing - £25k)

Page 361

Ealing-led consortium £4.782m Barking & Dagenham £1.6m Richmond £0.535m Hammersmith £0.567m Islington £0.537m Waltham Forest £0.955m The successful bid to fund Warmer Homes was led by the GLA and included the following London Boroughs: Camden, Kensington & Chelsea, Sutton, Westminster (social and private sector housing), and Bromley, Croydon, Greenwich, Haringey, Lewisham, Islington, Merton (private sector housing only).

Green Homes Grants and London (4) Question No: 2021/0821 Leonie Cooper The Government’s Green Homes Grants to householders could complement the work of your Green New Deal recovery mission. To your knowledge how is the roll out of these vouchers going? Do you have any concerns? Green Homes Grants and London (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I welcomed the funding announcements in the Summer Statement which would support London’s ambitions for housing retrofit as part of a green recovery but the funding announced is far short of the £10bn that London alone needs to improve the energy efficiency of its buildings, as identified in my 1.5C Compatible Plan. I am also concerned at recent announcements that funding may be withdrawn if it is not spent quickly enough. It is important that we act quickly given the climate emergency but there is a limit to how quickly supply chains can scale up and gain the accreditations required. I have written to the Government to share my concerns and request an extension to the deadline to allow local authorities to spend the money effectively. I also call for all domestic energy efficiency funding to be devolved to London so that we can align it with my own programmes and deliver it more effectively.

Fuel Poverty Partnership (1) Question No: 2021/0822 Leonie Cooper What work has been the Fuel Poverty Partnership been undertaking to address rising incidences of fuel poverty across London?

Page 362

Fuel Poverty Partnership (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please see the answer to 2021/0624

Fuel Poverty Partnership (2) Question No: 2021/0823 Leonie Cooper What have been the key successes of your London Fuel Poverty Partnership? Fuel Poverty Partnership (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please see the answer to 2021/0624

Fuel Poverty Partnership (3) Question No: 2021/0824 Leonie Cooper How will you support families impacted by Covid-19 and forced to make difficult choices, including whether they can afford to heat their homes, during the next few months? Fuel Poverty Partnership (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The current phase of my Warmer Homes programme is set to help almost 1,200 households by the autumn by improving their heating, insulation and ventilation. The funding that I have secured from the government’s Green Homes Grant Local Authority Delivery scheme will help hundreds more. My Warmer Homes Advice Service is open to all fuel poor Londoners and by April 2021 will have helped almost 8,100 households, with people supported in every borough. Alongside assisting them with applications for energy efficiency grants they also help residents access fuel debt support and energy and water social tariffs. I recently agreed to provide an extra £100,000 to the Warmer Homes Advice Service to help them meet a 20% increase in demand year on year. In addition, London Power is helping Londoners cut household energy bills with fair and affordable green tariffs e.g. our Pre-Payment Meter tariff is currently the cheapest in the market – £107.69 below the price cap. Addressing fuel poverty is a central part of both the Green New Deal and Robust Safety Net recovery missions and as such will be tackled as part of London’s recovery.

Page 363

Fuel Poverty Partnership (4) Question No: 2021/0825 Leonie Cooper Can you provide an update on your Fuel Poverty Action Plan for London commitment to a new programme on Benefit Entitlement Check for fuel poor Londoners? Fuel Poverty Partnership (4) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Benefit Entitlement Check service went out to tender last year and no contractors came forward who were able work effectively alongside my Warmer Homes Advice Service and deliver best value. As such, the Warmer Homes Advice Service has worked alongside existing benefit check providers across London to secure benefit entitlement checks for almost 500 households. The service from existing benefit check providers remains variable across London therefore I intend to negotiate with providers to secure a service that will work within the next phase of the Warmer Homes Advice Service.

Fuel Poverty Partnership (5) Question No: 2021/0826 Leonie Cooper Who are the current members of the London Fuel Poverty Partnership? Will you be reviewing membership in the forthcoming year? Fuel Poverty Partnership (5) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The current members of the London Fuel Poverty Partnership are listed on the website: https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/environment/energy/london-fuel-poverty- partnership The Fuel Poverty Partnership has been a valuable alliance and I am currently reviewing the future scope of the Partnership and how this work can be aligned with my Green New Deal mission. This will include inviting a key member(s) of the Partnership into the governance of my Green New Deal mission so we can better integrate fuel poverty action with the green recovery effort.

Improvements to Air Pollution and Londoners’ health (1) Question No: 2021/0827 Leonie Cooper What assessment has been made of the impact of your measures to address London’s air quality on the health of Londoners?

Page 364

Improvements to Air Pollution and Londoners’ health (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I recently published a report which found my air quality policies and wider improvements in air pollution will increase the average life expectancy of a child born in London in 2013 by six months. However, despite these significant improvements, levels of air pollution in London are still too high for many Londoners and in 2019 toxic air contributed to the deaths of more than 4,000 Londoners. I also published a report last year which revealed that by 2050 the impact of my air quality policies are predicted to result in almost 300,000 Londoners saved from diseases attributable to air pollution and one million fewer new air pollution related hospital admissions in London.; a cost saving to London’s NHS and social care system of around £5 billion. In addition, I have published a series of reports which show how my air quality policies will reduce the inequality related to air pollution exposure. Health burden of air pollution in London is available here: https://www.london.gov.uk/WHAT-WE-DO/environment/environment- publications/health-burden-air-pollution-london Modelling the long-term health impacts of air pollution in London is available here: https://www.london.gov.uk/WHAT-WE-DO/environment/environment- publications/modelling-long-term-health-impacts-air-pollution-london Air Pollution Exposure in London: Impact of the London Environment Strategy is available here: https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/environment/environment- publications/air-pollution-london-impact-environment-strategy

Improvements to Air Pollution and Londoners’ health (2) Question No: 2021/0828 Leonie Cooper Has assessment been made of mortality levels in London due to air pollution? Has any decline been recorded since 2016? Improvements to Air Pollution and Londoners’ health (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I recently published a report which found my air quality policies and wider improvements in air pollution will increase the average life expectancy of a child born in London in 2013 by six months. However, despite these significant improvements, levels of air pollution in London are still too high for many Londoners and in 2019 toxic air contributed to the deaths of more than 4,000 Londoners.

Page 365

This report did not include a comparison between 2016 and 2019. However, modelling by Imperial College London shows that my bold policies to tackle air pollution have contributed to significant reductions in air pollution across London over this period. Between 2016 – 2019, before the coronavirus pandemic, there was a Londonwide reduction in annual average nitrogen dioxide of 20 per cent and reduction in annual average particulate matter of 15 per cent. This will translate into direct health benefits for Londoners, including reducing the number of premature deaths associated with air pollution. Read the Health burden of air pollution in London report here: https://www.london.gov.uk/WHAT-WE-DO/environment/environment- publications/health-burden-air-pollution-london Read the Air Quality in London 2016 - 2020 report here: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/air_quality_in_london_2016- 2020_october2020final.pdf

Fuel Poverty Partnership Minutes Question No: 2021/0829 Leonie Cooper The last available minutes of your London Fuel Poverty Partnership are dated May 2019. Have any further meetings taken place, and if so, can the papers from these meetings be posted on the LFPP webpage? Fuel Poverty Partnership Minutes The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The last meeting took place in October 2019and the minutes for this meeting have not been posted as not yet officially approved by the Partnership. All previous meeting minutes, have now been posted onto the London Fuel Poverty Partnership webpage. Whilst the Partnership has not met formally because of the constraints caused by the pandemic, officers have liaised with the members throughout the period to keep them abreast of progress, share information on policy developments and gather views to inform future work. To that end, they have contributed to my position on improving energy efficiency standards in the private rented sector and to the development and delivery of my fuel poverty programmes, notably, Warmer Homes and the Warmer Homes Advice Service. They are now feeding into the work of the London Recovery Board to ensure fuel poverty is integrated with the recovery effort. The Fuel Poverty Partnership has been a valuable alliance and I am currently reviewing the future scope of the Partnership and how this work can be aligned with my Green New Deal mission. This will include inviting a key member(s) of the Partnership into the governance of my Green New Deal mission so we can better integrate fuel poverty action with the green recovery effort.

Page 366

Fuel poor Families in London Question No: 2021/0830 Leonie Cooper National Energy Action have recently highlighted increasing numbers of families falling into fuel poverty due to the impact of lockdowns. What research are you undertaking on the rising incidence of fuel poor families in London? Fuel poor Families in London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 One in nine households in London are in fuel poverty, which is why my Energy for Londoners programme is helping to make London’s homes warm, healthy and affordable. The research carried out for my Fuel Poverty Action Plan is still relevant and I have been focussed on delivering on this plan and tackling the problem. I work with stakeholders across London, including the Fuel Poverty Partnership, to take into account new information and its implications for fuel poverty in London. My Warmer Homes Advice Service has continued to support Londoners in or at risk of fuel poverty and has seen a 20% increase in demand compared to last year. They have continued to deliver telephone advice and have substituted virtual home energy visits for physical ones during the pandemic. Given the likely impact of the pandemic and economic downturn on fuel poverty, I have recently allocated an additional £100,000 of funding for this service through MD2748. My funding has leveraged yet more additional funding by the boroughs delivering the Advice Service. My London Building Stock Model can also be used by boroughs to target action on fuel poverty where it is most needed as it identifies homes with poor energy efficiency.

Fuel Poverty Support Fund Update Question No: 2021/0831 Leonie Cooper Can you provide an update on the operation of your £500,000 Fuel Poverty Support Fund? Fuel Poverty Support Fund Update The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 My Fuel Poverty Support Fund is now known as the Warm Homes Advice Service. I have funded this since February 2018 and up until December 2020 have supported 7,541 London households in or at risk of fuel poverty, including delivering home energy advice visits to 5,939 homes and supporting over 1,800 applications for the Mayor’s Warmer Homes grant. By April 2021 it will have helped almost 8,100 households. Given the likely impact of the pandemic and economic downturn on fuel poverty, I have recently allocated an additional £100,000 of funding for this through MD2748. My funding has leveraged additional funding by the boroughs delivering the Advice Service.

Page 367

Fuel Poverty Action Plan Question No: 2021/0832 Leonie Cooper Can you provide an update on your Fuel Poverty Action Plan commitment to provide guidance and support to boroughs on how they can legally and responsibly use data to identify households in fuel poverty? What boroughs have been provided this support? How is it being implemented? Fuel Poverty Action Plan The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Navigating the data landscape in a legal manner is challenging, requiring very specific knowledge and capacity that we do not have in house. After testing the market, I was unable to secure a provider who had the required knowledge and experience to satisfactorily prepare this guidance for boroughs. Such guidance has to be robust to be of any use and I will continue to work with partners to explore how we can support a targeted approach to addressing fuel poverty. The recently-published fuel poverty strategy for England commits the government to enabling and facilitating more data sharing and to remove barriers to data sharing. I will work with the Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy to realise this commitment for local authorities.

Fuel Poverty Strategy for England Question No: 2021/0833 Leonie Cooper What were you key asks in your response to the Fuel Poverty Strategy for England consultation? Is this response available on the GLA website? Fuel Poverty Strategy for England The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Tackling Fuel Poverty is integral to my London Environment Strategy and is supported by an additional Fuel Poverty Action Plan. I can only address fuel poverty in London if the Government has an ambitious strategy and allocates the resources to match. My key asks were: for Government to increase funding; to devolve funding to London to ensure a fair share of Energy Company Obligation spending; to tighten the threshold for fuel poverty; a stronger link with health; and a better use of energy efficiency standards. The Government has not yet supported my call to have funds such as the Energy Company Obligation devolved to London and without that we will continue to lose out on tens of millions of pounds a year. They have also not supported a minimum Energy Efficiency Rating of B, retaining C. They have however made commitments to incorporate cold homes

Page 368

assessments into healthcare and to higher energy efficiency standards in the private rented sector, albeit without adequate resource for local authorities to enforce. A copy of my response is available on the GLA website at this link: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/consultation_on_fuel_poverty_strategy_m ol_response_190916.pdf

Hammersmith and Fulham Bridge Question No: 2021/0834 Leonie Cooper Could the Mayor give me an update on Hammersmith and Fulham Bridge repairs? Hammersmith and Fulham Bridge The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London’s (TfL’s) contractors are currently blast cleaning the bridge pedestals following removal of the pedestal casings. This will allow for detailed inspections in March, which will inform the next stages of works. While TfL has developed detailed plans for how these next stages could be done, Government funding must first be secured to progress the works. TfL is also currently in the process of appointing a contractor to design and operate a new temporary ferry service across the river to restore this important walking and cycling link. TfL expects to announce the winning bidder in mid-March.

A24 Question No: 2021/0835 Leonie Cooper Is the recent Judgement on Streetspace leading you to reassess the A24 scheme? A24 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I am disappointed by the judgment in the Streetspace case and Transport for London (TfL) is seeking permission to appeal it. The challenge was against the A10 Bishopsgate scheme and TfL’s interim Streetspace guidance to boroughs. No findings were made about the lawfulness of other schemes, which can remain in place as appropriate. The Cycleway 7 scheme, which runs along the A24, is a popular and busy cycle route, offers an active travel alternative to the Northern Line, and is particularly important during the ongoing pandemic. The temporary changes TfL has implemented have been put in place to improve safety and the overall experience of people cycling along this busy corridor and they will be kept under ongoing review

Page 369

Disabled Access Question No: 2021/0836 Leonie Cooper Can you update me on disabled access improvements for all London Underground stations in Merton and Wandsworth? Disabled Access The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Work continues to make step free, with completion expected later this year after installation and testing of the new lift. In addition, the new Battersea Power Station terminus will be fully accessible when the Northern Line Extension opens later this year. Investigations continue to identify potential funding sources to make other stations step-free, including seeking contributions from third party organisations when development opportunities arise.

Santander Cycle Stations Question No: 2021/0837 Leonie Cooper Are there any plans to extend the Santander cycle docking station further south or west? Answer for Santander Cycle Stations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Santander Cycle Stations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is always keen to explore opportunities to extend the Santander Cycles scheme. Since 2016, TfL has delivered 40 new locations across 10 boroughs, including expansions to new areas such as Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park, Brixton, Bermondsey and Clapham. TfL is continually reviewing opportunities to help make active travel more accessible and deliver the maximum benefit for Londoners and Santander Cycles users. Work is ongoing to assess areas of London where the Santander Cycles scheme could help towards this, but now more than ever, TfL must consider the affordability of the schemes it delivers to ensure they are sustainable. TfL is keen to work together with its borough partners to identify these areas and any funding opportunities available to help deliver them.

Page 370

Cladding Question No: 2021/0838 Leonie Cooper The Cladding scandal affects many blocks in Merton and Wandsworth. What more is the Mayor doing to help my constituents affected through no fault of their own? Answer for Cladding The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Cladding The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I remain deeply concerned about the impact unsafe cladding and wider safety defects are having on leaseholders across London and it is shameful that many leaseholders are being told to pay for building safety issues they have played no part in causing. I have and will continue to lobby government to ensure sufficient financial support is made available to remediate all unsafe buildings and protect leaseholders from these costs. This lobbying has so far resulted in over £5bn being made available by the Government and a new levy on developers to ensure those responsible contribute towards fixing this crisis. I have made clear however that this fails to do enough to support leaseholders, particularly those in blocks below 18 metres. My Deputy Mayor for Housing is committed to engaging with affected leaseholders regularly and I will continue to support campaigns focused on ensuring buildings are made safe as quickly as possible.

Covid Fines (1) Question No: 2021/0839 Leonie Cooper How many fines have issued by police in Wandsworth for breaking lockdown regulations and have any £10k fines been given out? Covid Fines (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The relevant data is recorded at a BCU level in line with the area in which the officer issuing the fine is based. Wandsworth forms part of the South West BCU along with Merton, Kingston and Richmond.

Page 371

For South West BCU as a whole, between 27 Match 2020 and 14 February 2021 a total of 541 fines have been issued by police for breaking covid regulations. To 2 February 2021, four £10k fine have been issued for “Contravene requirement not to hold, or be involved in holding, a gathering of more than thirty people - dwelling/houseboat” in South West BCU.

Covid Fines (2) Question No: 2021/0840 Leonie Cooper How many fines have issued by police in Merton for breaking lockdown regulations and have any £10k fines been given out? Covid Fines (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please refer to the response to 2021/0839

Mental Health Support Question No: 2021/0841 Leonie Cooper What is the Mayor doing to help residents in Merton and Wandsworth with their mental health during this tough time in Lockdown? Has there been any more help provided for young people and school children who are suffering the most? Answer for Mental Health Support The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mental Health Support The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There is a great deal happening across the city to support the mental health of Londoners, including for children and young people. My Healthy Early Years and Healthy Schools programmes work with both Merton and Wandsworth Local Authorities helping schools to support pupil mental health and wellbeing. 83% of Wandsworth’s and 89% of Merton’s schools are registered with Healthy Schools London. Youth Mental Health First Aid training continues to be rolled out in schools, and the Schools Mental Health Toolkit is regularly updated, linking up support from Thrive LDN, Good Thinking and others. Among their range of programmes, Thrive LDN have partnered with S.M.I.L.E-ing boys to deliver tailored workshops to schools in Wandsworth.

Page 372

Further, the Wandle Early Years Hub, which I established in 2018, has continued to support early education providers and families across Wandsworth and Merton throughout the pandemic. This has included an increased focus on social emotional mental health support for children.

Victims with insecure immigration status Question No: 2021/0842 Unmesh Desai In response to question 2020/1947 you advised that the Met Police are unable to say how many illegal immigrants they have reported to the Home Office in each of the last 4 years due to being unable to “extract this information because there is no flag on stop and search, CRIS, or custody which would show any type of referral.” The Met’s own guidance on vulnerable victims and witnesses with insecure immigration status states when “it becomes apparent that the victim/witness is also suspected of being an illegal immigrant, it is wholly appropriate that the officer in the case should contact Immigration Enforcement”. Has finding a way to record this information been explored by the Met? Would it require changes to the Police National Computer to do so? Answer for Victims with insecure immigration status The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Victims with insecure immigration status The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS does not centrally record contact made with the Immigration Enforcement Team or the National Immigration Command and Control Unit. The situations in which MPS officers/staff would contact Immigration Enforcement are diverse and methods of collating information on this have not been explored. Collation of meaningful data would require the creation of a bespoke database, which is not presently planned. Should the MPS decide to record this information in the future, no changes to the Police National Computer would be required. You may wish to enquire with the Home Office on whether they hold data on how many immigration offences have been detected as a result of information shared by the MPS.

Page 373

Violence Reduction Unit Mentoring programme Question No: 2021/0843 Unmesh Desai Please provide a breakdown of how many children at Pupil Referrals Units in each of the 30 boroughs will receive mentoring as part of the Violence Reduction Unit’s project. Violence Reduction Unit Mentoring programme The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The recently launched VRU PRU Support Programme (£2.4M) includes £840K for mentoring support for PRUs across all 32 London boroughs. Boroughs have been offered funding to provide the most appropriate type of mentoring that will best meet the needs of their pupils who are at risk of disengaging with their education or getting involved in violence; of which 29 local authorities have applied for and are running this programme on their borough. Based on the information provided by the PRU’s in the project proposals, I can confirm that 1928 young people and families will be receiving support through a variety of mentoring models. A detailed borough breakdown is provided as an appendix, with delivery dependent on Covid-19 restrictions within PRU’s. Attachments: A breakdown of the number of children at Pupil Referrals Units in London who are receiving mentoring as part of the Violence Reduction Unit’s project.

Immigration enforcement policy Question No: 2021/0844 Unmesh Desai Please provide the criteria which must be met before a victim or witness’s data is shared with the Home Office. Answer for Immigration enforcement policy The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Immigration enforcement policy The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS prioritises the investigation of crime and protecting people from harm, which is in line with the guidance issued in 2020 by the National Police Chief’s Council which makes it clear that victims of domestic abuse should be treated as victims first and foremost.

Page 374

The MPS does not routinely search police databases to establish immigration status. However, the MPS have some trained officers who under the right legal circumstances are able to take biometric fingerprints which does search both the Criminal and Immigration Status database. (see 2020/2128). Where officers are made aware of an immigration offence it may be appropriate to share this with Immigration Enforcement. For instance, where an investigation reveals an individual is sought for an immigration offence. I have been lobbying Government to ensure victims can come forward without fear of their immigration status being scrutinised. This is particularly important where a person’s immigration status is used to control persons and perpetuate abuse such as domestic abuse and modern slavery. I am seeking changes to the Domestic Abuse Bill currently going through Parliament to ensure survivors of VAWG can safely seek help irrespective of their immigration status. This position is supported by the findings from the HMICFRS report on safe reporting.

Immigration enforcement hotline Question No: 2021/0845 Unmesh Desai How many reports has the Met made to the Crimestoppers Immigration enforcement hotline in each of the last 4 years? Immigration enforcement hotline The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 CrimeStoppers is an independent charity which operates separately from the police. Crime Stoppers allows members of the public to report matters of concern to them directly and anonymously. The MPS does not make referrals to CrimeStoppers.

National Command and Control Unit immigration calls Question No: 2021/0846 Unmesh Desai How many calls to the National Command and Control Unit has the Met made in each of the last four years? If possible, please provide the reason for the call i.e. to report an immigration offender. National Command and Control Unit immigration calls The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The MPS does not collate information on calls made to the National Command and Control Unit.

Page 375

Town Centre Teams Question No: 2021/0847 Unmesh Desai Please provide full details of the newly introduced “Town Centre Teams”. Please include a breakdown of where these teams will be based, how many officers teams will consist of, and what their primary functions will be. Town Centre Teams The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The MPS are seeking to invest around 650 additional officers into Town centre teams. There have been no decisions yet about the exact size and location of any future Town centre teams. The allocation of these officers will be part of a detailed transformation project which will determine the specific distribution prior to any growth occurring. The timescales of this growth are yet to be finalised as are any decisions around consultation. The aim of this investment will be to place officers where they will have the most impact in preventing crime and violent crime and increasing community confidence. Effective community engagement, crime suppression, enforcement activity and partnership problem solving will all be key features of these officers’ role.

Police National Computer data loss Question No: 2021/0848 Unmesh Desai What impact has the Home Office’s reported loss of 400,000 records from the Police National Computer had on the work of the Met? Please provide details of how many officers have been assigned to work on dealing with this issue Answer for Police National Computer data loss The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Police National Computer data loss The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS response to the Police National Computer data loss is being led by Commander Jon Savell, who chairs a dedicated gold group to allow the extent of the impact on the MPS to be understood. The MPS is working with the National Police Chiefs’ Council and Home Office in response to this incident. I am not able at this stage to provide detail on how many officers are assigned to this work.

Page 376

Illegal gatherings Question No: 2021/0849 Unmesh Desai How many illegal gatherings in breach of coronavirus legislation have the Met broken up in each month since March 2020? Illegal gatherings The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Met recording systems do not allow the extraction of data showing all Covid related gatherings which have been broken up. The COVID-19 Dashboard published on the MPS website (https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/covid-19-dashboard/) includes information related to fixed penalty notices (FPNs) sent for approval and the reasons for these FPNs to be issued. These include those given to individuals for participating in or holding a gathering.

EU exit officers Question No: 2021/0850 Unmesh Desai How many officers have been assigned to help manage the transition of the UK leaving the EU and the loss of tools that has gone with this? If possible, please provide details of how long these officers have been working on this, and for how long the work is planned to continue for. Answer for EU exit officers The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response EU exit officers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS preparations for the impacts of Brexit have been overseen by the Brexit Steering Group which is chaired by the Deputy Commissioner. This meeting has membership drawn from across all MPS business groups and ensured that plans were in place prior to the end of the transition period. It has also monitored impacts since 1st January 2021. The MPS does not have any officers dedicated to managing the impacts of the UK leaving the EU, however a Detective Chief Inspector is acting as operational lead as head of the Met’s International Assistance Unit. This unit is responsible for liaising with external agencies, communicating changes to Frontline Policing and providing ongoing training in using new policing tools. This unit deals with extradition requests from abroad, all incoming

Page 377

requests for Mutual Legal Assistance and any request for police-to-police cooperation. In addition, each BCU has an International Single Point Of Contact who is able to give advice to their peers or signpost into the International Assistance Unit or ICCC. The MPS has been supported in its preparations for leaving the EU by the International Crime Coordination Centre (ICCC). The ICCC have provided two dedicated staff members to assist the MPS post Brexit with loss of policing tools. They have been working with the MPS for the last 18 months and will remain in post, alongside an MPS Operational Lead, until early 2022.

Cost of Policing Football Question No: 2021/0851 Unmesh Desai Please advise what the cost to the Met was for policing football matches in London for the 2018/19 football season and 2019/20 football season? Answer for Cost of Policing Football The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Cost of Policing Football The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The costs of policing football matches in London were as follows: 2018-19 £10,658,173.63 2019-20 £8,040,402.72

Officer vaccinations Question No: 2021/0852 Unmesh Desai How many Police Officers and staff have received their first dose of the vaccine? If possible, please provide this figures broken down by BCU. Answer for Officer vaccinations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 378

Officer vaccinations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Specific data on the total number of officers who have received the vaccine is not available.

Officer assaults during the pandemic Question No: 2021/0853 Unmesh Desai Pleas provide a breakdown by month and by BCU, if possible, of assaults on Police Officers since the beginning of the pandemic. Answer for Officer assaults during the pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Officer assaults during the pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The table below shows the number of assaults on police officers broken down by Basic Command Unit (BCU) between 23/03/20 and 31/01/21.

2020 2021 BCU Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Central East 9 40 48 55 67 56 63 47 51 60 80 Central North 5 37 51 69 47 56 63 55 33 24 27 Central South 17 95 82 98 103 94 92 47 83 71 56 Central West 11 64 98 209 109 78 123 80 100 61 68 East Area 7 39 55 46 55 50 40 46 48 42 29 North Area 23 37 30 44 48 39 42 21 28 35 27 North East 18 50 63 41 31 95 45 60 50 41 31 North West 18 68 68 86 66 80 42 48 67 43 59 South Area 11 70 56 55 58 72 77 68 67 55 61 South East 16 52 65 52 60 73 48 72 63 63 48 South West 7 32 42 39 60 48 41 37 40 36 35 West Area 10 75 74 63 65 82 73 45 51 51 53 Grand Total 152 659 732 857 769 823 749 626 681 582 574

Page 379

IOPC outcomes and corresponding Met disciplinary action Question No: 2021/0854 Unmesh Desai Please provide the total number of cases referred to the IOPC in each of the past 4 years. Please advise what proportion of these IOPC referrals resulted in misconduct or gross misconduct hearings for the officer(s) involved and how many officers faced disciplinary action (written warning, final written warning, reduction on rank or dismissal without notice) as a result of these. Answer for IOPC outcomes and corresponding Met disciplinary action The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response IOPC outcomes and corresponding Met disciplinary action The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Under Schedule 3 of the Police Reform Act 2002 the MPS must, as the Appropriate Authority for complaints and conduct matters against MPS police officers, refer any of the following cases to the IOPC: • Where the conduct or other matter complained of has resulted in death or serious injury. • Where allegations fall within the ‘mandatory referral criteria’; an itemised breakdown of serious offences incorporating a criminal offence or behaviour which is liable to lead to disciplinary proceedings. • Where the IOPC has notified the MPS it must refer the case. In addition, the IOPC encourages appropriate authorities to use their ability to voluntarily refer complaints or conduct matters that do not have to be referred, but where the gravity of the subject matter or exceptional circumstances justify referral. This may be because the matter could have a significant impact on public confidence or there is a particular need for independent involvement. Table 1: The table below shows the total number of cases referred to the IOPC by the MPS.

Year Referred No of Cases 2017 765 2018 534 2019 368 2020 352 Table 2: The table below shows the outcomes from these IOPC referrals, including those cases that are still ongoing. Note that most cases referred to the IOPC (77.8%) in 2020 are still under investigation.

Page 380

Year Gross No Grand Referred Misconduct Misconduct Discipline Ongoing Total 2017 9.0% 5.2% 82.6% 3.1% 100.0% 2018 8.2% 9.6% 74.0% 8.2% 100.0% 2019 9.2% 7.6% 59.5% 23.6% 100.0% 2020 0.9% 2.6% 18.8% 77.8% 100.0% Grand Total 7.4% 6.3% 65.0% 21.2% 100.0%

Table 3 shows the number of officers that faced disciplinary action as a result of the referrals in Table 1. Note that a number of cases are still ongoing.

Year Referred No of Officers who received a disciplinary sanction* 2017 79 2018 69 2019 25 2020 6 *Disciplinary sanction includes written warning, final written warning, reduction in rank or dismissal without notice

Covid-19 Fixed Penalty Notice Increase Question No: 2021/0855 Unmesh Desai The Met’s Covid-19 dashboard indicates that a far higher number of fines have been handed out during the third national lockdown than during either of the previous two. What are the reasons for this? Covid-19 Fixed Penalty Notice Increase The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 While it is clear that the overwhelming majority of Londoners have continued to do the right thing during lockdown by staying at home, wearing masks and not gathering, a small minority have continued to ignore rules put in place to protect the NHS and save lives.

Page 381

New regulations came into force for this lockdown (The Health Protection (Coronavirus, Restrictions) (No. 3) and (All Tiers) (England) (Amendment) Regulations 2021). Following the change in legislation, given the seriousness of the situation and recognising that the rules are now widely known, the MPS issued fresh instructions to officers to issue fines more quickly to anyone committing obvious, wilful and serious breaches.

In practice, this means that all those attending parties, unlicensed music events (UMEs) or large illegal gatherings, can expect to be fined – not just the organisers of such events. Similarly, those not wearing masks where they should be and without good reason can expect to be fined. Additionally, with fewer ‘reasonable excuses’ for people to be away from their home under the new regulations, Londoners can expect officers to be more inquisitive as to why they see them out and about. Where officers identify people without a lawful reason to be away from home, they can expect officers to move more quickly to enforcement.

TfL Lighting Works at A12/Wick Lane Question No: 2021/0856 Unmesh Desai The crossing of the A12 at Wick Lane has seen improvements made by the Highways Authority. Can TfL provide a date for when the TfL contractor will attend the site and reset the lighting times and update the lighting heads as required to finish the works? TfL Lighting Works at A12/Wick Lane The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The works at this junction were carried out by the London Borough of Tower Hamlets, which will be able to provide the requested information. There are no planned works by Transport for London taking place at the traffic signals at this location, which are currently working normally.

Tithe Walk NW7 Question No: 2021/0857 Andrew Dismore Residents of Tithe Walk in Mill Hill have raised concerns about the dangers of cars entering their road at speed from the A1. They are requesting the implementation of a ‘no-left turn’ from the A1 into Tithe Walk via a petition which every resident of the road has signed. Will you ask TfL to support this proposal and make representations to Barnet Council?

Page 382

Answer for Tithe Walk NW7 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Tithe Walk NW7 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has discussed your concerns with the London Borough of Barnet and as the highway authority for this road, Barnet has agreed to commission a number of traffic surveys and traffic modelling to assess the impact this proposal would have on the adjacent road network. Once TfL has been provided with this information and assessed the full impact of the ‘no-left turn’ and the financial costs associated with this alteration, I will ask them to provide you with an update on next steps

Richmond Gardens NW4 Question No: 2021/0858 Andrew Dismore Residents of Richmond Gardens have written to TfL, calling on them to install a road sign at the junction on the left approach to Richmond Gardens from Watford Way, however this has been rejected without explanation. Residents report numerous accidents in recent months as drivers do not slow down and anticipate there is a turning into Richmond Gardens. In addition, since TfL removed a fence in 2006, pedestrians cross right at the corner, meaning drivers have to slow down or even stop on the corner of a dual carriageway. This is extremely dangerous, so will you ask TfL to look into it? Answer for Richmond Gardens NW4 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Richmond Gardens NW4 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Thank you for this information. A Transport for London road safety engineer and assets operative carried a further review of this location during the week commencing 22 February and I have asked that you are kept updated.

Page 383

Richmond Gardens NW4 The Mayor Last updated: 05 May, 2021 Thank you for this information. A Transport for London road safety engineer and assets operative carried out a further review of this location during the week commencing 22 February. I have asked that you are kept updated on progress.

Tube noise near Fitzrovia Question No: 2021/0859 Andrew Dismore Residents are now reporting 50db noise here, which is untenable. What are TfL’s plans to reduce tube noise here permanently? Tube noise near Fitzrovia The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) regularly inspects the condition of the track in the Fitzrovia area. The most recent inspection, which was carried out in February 2021, found that the track remains in good condition. There has been no significant increase in rail roughness or any other issues which would be expected to cause an increase in noise in this location. Overall rail roughness in the Fitzrovia area is still relatively low, and rail grinding would likely result in only a minimal reduction in noise and vibration at this stage. TfL will continue to keep this area under review for future interventions. Once residential noise monitoring has resumed, TfL will ensure that updated readings are carried out in this area. TfL is only aware of one residential noise complaint within the past twelve months in this area. It is important that residents get in touch with the TfL Contact Centre if there are any issues, as this allows TfL to determine any noise ‘hotspots’. Key sites are reviewed on a monthly basis by senior responsible managers.

Tube noise sound testing Question No: 2021/0860 Andrew Dismore When will TfL return to taking noise measurements? For understandable reasons they have been deferred, but given the volume of noise complaints over the last few months, will you resume testing? Answer for Tube noise sound testing The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 384

Tube noise sound testing The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In mid-December 2020, as result of London being moved into tier 3 (“Very high alert”) of the government’s coronavirus restrictions system, Transport for London (TfL) temporarily suspended its residential noise monitoring programme. However, TfL’s work to address noise and vibration issues on the network, including rail grinding, is continuing during this period. Given the national lockdown announced earlier this year, TfL does not plan to resume residential noise monitoring under the current level of restrictions. TfL is now assessing the government’s recent announcement regarding a roadmap out of the current lockdown, and will continue to keep London Assembly members updated on its plans to resume monitoring.

Tube Noise engineering solutions Question No: 2021/0861 Andrew Dismore What further work has TfL been doing to look at engineering and product solutions for tube noise? Tube Noise engineering solutions The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The coronavirus pandemic has had a dramatic impact on Transport for London’s (TfL) finances as a result of the significant reduction in passenger numbers and associated revenue. TfL has therefore had to make very difficult decisions regarding the prioritisation of its investment, focusing on safety and operationally critical work. Despite this, TfL continues to investigate new technology and techniques to reduce residential Tube noise and vibration, within these financial constraints. As well as trialling on-train lubrication on the Jubilee line, TfL is also exploring an alternative rail fastening product called Delkor 167 on the Jubilee line, which it hopes will reduce in-carriage noise

US embassy Question No: 2021/0862 Andrew Dismore The US embassy has racked up a huge bill for the congestion charge, due to their refusal to pay it. Can you confirm how much is currently owed; and as there is a new President in the USA, will you ask him to pay what is owed?

Page 385

Answer for US embassy The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response US embassy The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Information about outstanding debt owed by Embassies and Diplomatic Missions for non- payment of the Congestion Charge is regularly published by Transport for London at the following link: https://content.tfl.gov.uk/cclez-online-factsheet-embassy-debt-dec20.pdf I have asked Transport for London to consider the most appropriate way to raise the issue of outstanding debt with the new administration.

President Biden Question No: 2021/0863 Andrew Dismore Will you join me in congratulating the new Biden administration? What will the new administration mean for London? Answer for President Biden The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response President Biden The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes. In November, I personally congratulated President Biden and Vice-President Harris on their historic election. After just over a month in office, the Biden administration has not only held true to their promises, but shown their commitment to the common priorities that London and the United States share: working to overcome and recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, tackling the climate emergency, and breaking down the barriers and discrimination which exist in our societies. The new Biden administration is also upholding the values we share: tolerance for one another, respect for the rule of law, and our responsibility to build a better future for the next generation. I look forward to continuing to work with partners across the Unites States on these common goals.

Page 386

Catalytic converter thefts [1] Question No: 2021/0864 Andrew Dismore Residents report that a number of Catalytic converters have been stolen from Toyota Prius and Lexus cars around Edgware and Burnt Oak in Barnet. How many have been reported to the Met Police? How many cases are open, and how many have been closed with no action taken? Answer for Catalytic converter thefts [1] The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Catalytic converter thefts [1] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) does not have the data breakdown as requested. The table below shows all outcomes for catalytic converter theft in Barnet between 1 February 2020 and 31 January 2021. To tackle the issue of catalytic converter theft, the MPS is taking part in discussions to develop a national crime profile and is liaising with the car industry to roll out a marking scheme for catalytic converters. I also highlighted the important role the industry needs to plan in addressing catalytic converter theft in my recent letter to Chief Executive of the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT). In this letter I set out my concerns about the increase in catalytic converter theft and asked the Society to work with the MPS to tackle the problem. Outcomes based on Offences of Theft from Motor Vehicle that list Catalytic Converters as property stolen recorded by the MPS in the Borough of Barnet between 01/02/2020 – 31/01/2021

Outcome Description Total Outcome Pending 5 Evidential difficulties victim based 3 Suspect identified; Victim supports; evidential difficulties 2 Suspect identified; Victim does not support; evidential difficulties. 1 Investigation complete: no suspect identified 1104 Removed Crime (No Crime) 1 Grand Total 1116

Page 387

Catalytic converter thefts [2] Question No: 2021/0865 Andrew Dismore What action is being taken to deal with catalytic converter thefts in Edgware and Burnt Oak, and what advice are you giving to residents to improve the security of their cars? Answer for Catalytic converter thefts [2] The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Catalytic converter thefts [2] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 During the pandemic we have seen a change in modus operandi in relation to catalytic converter theft and have seen higher increases in offences in locations which have better road networks including Edgware and Burnt Oak. As part of the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) response to the ongoing issue across London, the MPS is organising an enhanced week of action between 19 and 25 April, overseen by the Superintendent Lead for Vehicle Crime, to raise awareness and provide enhanced crime prevention advice to victims, including advice in marking replacement catalytic converter with a theft deterrent marking system. Edgware and Burnt Oak will be included in this week of action. I also recently wrote to the Chief Executive of the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT), to highlight my concerns about the increase in catalytic converter theft and ask the Society to work with the MPS to tackle this problem.

Catalytic converter thefts [3] Question No: 2021/0866 Andrew Dismore Do you have a ward breakdown of Catalytic converter thefts in Barnet over the last year? If so will you make it available? Answer for Catalytic converter thefts [3] The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Catalytic converter thefts [3] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The table below shows catalytic converter thefts in each ward in Barnet over the last year.

Page 388

To tackle this issue, the MPS is taking part in discussions to develop a national crime profile and is liaising with the car industry to roll out a marking scheme for catalytic converters. I also highlighted the important role the industry needs to plan in addressing catalytic converter theft in my recent letter to Chief Executive of the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT). In this letter I set out my concerns about the increase in catalytic converter theft and asked the Society to work with the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) to tackle the problem.

Catalytic converter thefts [4] Question No: 2021/0867 Andrew Dismore The MPS dataset for 2020 shows that there were 1114 catalytic converters stolen in Barnet. Why is the number in Barnet so high, what action is being taken, and what resources are being dedicated to eradicating the problem? Answer for Catalytic converter thefts [4] The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Catalytic converter thefts [4] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 During the pandemic we have seen a change in the modus operandi of catalytic converter theft. Thieves have moved from targeting carparks and other high public footfall areas to residential streets as a result, we have seen higher increases in offences in locations which have better road networks, including Barnet. The cars being targeted are generally older vehicles and thieves are targeting these residential areas where there are higher concentrations of these types of vehicles. To tackle this issue, the MPS is taking part in national discussions to develop a national crime profile and liaise with the car industry to roll out a marking scheme for catalytic converters to assist in tackling this type of crime. I have again written to the Society of Motor Manufacturers regarding my concern over this issue.

Page 389

Cottages behind West Hampstead Fire Station Question No: 2021/0868 Andrew Dismore When do you expect the refurbishment of the cottages behind West Hampstead Fire Station to be completed? Answer for Cottages behind West Hampstead Fire Station The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Cottages behind West Hampstead Fire Station The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Practical completion of the cottages to the rear of West Hampstead Fire Station was achieved on 18 December 2020 and the cottages are now ready to be occupied. The single persons quarters policy is being updated and the cottages will be offered for occupation by staff as soon as possible.

Blue light collaboration Question No: 2021/0869 Andrew Dismore The collaboration between LAS and LFB has been one of the positives of the pandemic, highlighting the ability of emergency services to work together to support the public. However this has come at a price to LFB. How are you working with the LFC to ensure these issues will not be repeated in any further collaboration between other blue-light services and the LFB? Answer for Blue light collaboration The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Blue light collaboration The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) would normally plan and structure collaboration initiatives so that financial impacts and efficiency opportunities are identified and addressed from the outset. However, the circumstances in which LFB has been providing support to the London Ambulance Service (LAS) during the pandemic have been exceptional and unprecedented. I am hugely proud of the way the Brigade went above and beyond in its contribution to the response to the pandemic. Should the Brigade find itself in similar exceptional circumstances at any point in the future, consideration of the financing

Page 390

arrangements will be made as soon as it is practical to do so and the most recent Ambulance Driver Assist work has been carried out on the basis of cost recovery. The Brigade has recently submitted a claim for the costs of the COVID response to the Home Office and I know the Assembly Member will join my calls to the Minister to ensure that the willingness of the Brigade to respond will not impact its financial position.

LFB Transformation plan and the Mayor’s Budget Question No: 2021/0870 Andrew Dismore The Transformation plan is key to the Brigade addressing the issues identified by the GTI and HMICFRS reports. Whilst progress is being made on meeting these recommendations, how does your budget protect the Transformation Plan and ensure that LFB is better placed to meet complex and tragic fire safety and emergency planning incidents like Grenfell Tower or the London Bridge attack? Answer for LFB Transformation plan and the Mayor’s Budget The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response LFB Transformation plan and the Mayor’s Budget The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My budget protects London Fire Brigade frontline services to maintain high standards of operational response and vital preventative work, while the Brigade continues to deliver its transformation programme. A transformation reserve of £7,700k has been established to ensure London Fire Brigade (LFB) has the necessary resources to deliver the Transformation Delivery Plan and address the recommendations from the Grenfell Tower Inquiry and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services. Prioritisation of the transformation reserve is managed through the Portfolio Board, chaired by the Director of Transformation, to ensure organisational oversight.

Monitoring the safety of London’s Built Environment Question No: 2021/0871 Andrew Dismore The Fire, Resilience and Emergency Planning (FREP) Committee has highlighted repeatedly the challenges of London’s built environment post-Grenfell. The truth is that we don’t know the extent of the danger, but most recent estimates from MHCLG suggest there are 62,000 buildings in London that pose a high risk of fire. How does your budget support the work by LFB which monitors fire safety issues in London’s built environment in order to protect those whose buildings have been identified as having some form of dangerous cladding?

Page 391

Answer for Monitoring the safety of London’s Built Environment The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Monitoring the safety of London’s Built Environment The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Within London, MHCLG have identified in excess of 62,000 premises that they consider may fall within ‘higher risk’ categories and fall within the scope of the new building safety regulator. That includes care homes, sheltered housing blocks, and hospitals where the vulnerability of the residents is a crucial factor. Last year, London Fire Brigade was allocated £5.5 million from the Protection Board. This supports the Building Risk Review Programme (£2.3m), whereby all high-rise residential premises are being checked and inspected, and Protection Programme (£3.2m) which is being used to bolster other protection activities. The resourcing consequence of what the Brigade now knows about the built environment remains a challenge and they would like to see the current protection grant continue and for the funding requirements to be consolidated for the longer term. I will continue to do all that I can to ensure that London Fire Brigade is properly funded to keep Londoners safe.

Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (1) Question No: 2021/0872 Andrew Dismore Has the tripartite agreement between the National Employers, Fire Brigades Union (FBU) and National Fire Chiefs Council (NFCC) been helpful for blue light collaboration during the pandemic? Answer for Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes. The tripartite agreement, whilst it was in force last year, provided the framework under which London Fire Brigade operational staff took on additional duties to support the London Ambulance Service and other partners during the pandemic. I am grateful to the Commissioner and the Regional FBU for the constructive way they have worked together during the pandemic for the benefit of London and London’s communities.

Page 392

Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (2) Question No: 2021/0873 Andrew Dismore Do you think that there is a case for renegotiating and implementing a new tripartite agreement for the second wave? Answer for Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) is working in partnership with the London region of the Fire Brigades Union (FBU) on the response to COVID-19. It is always preferable to work under a national agreement as this minimises the potential for disputes and I would welcome a new tripartite agreement covering future pandemic response. In 2020 LFB reached local agreements with the FBU under the auspices of the tripartite/NJC agreements, and under these LFB has provided extensive Ambulance Driver Assistance to the NHS. LFB staff have also worked with colleagues in the London Ambulance Service and Metropolitan Police Service in the ‘Pandemic Multi-Agency Response Team’ (PMART) and have delivered food and drink to food banks and vulnerable residents, undertaken clothing deliveries for homeless people, and assembled and distributed PPE for the NHS. LFB is committed to continuing to assist emergency service colleagues in the fight against the pandemic.

Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (3) Question No: 2021/0874 Andrew Dismore How important is it that the NFCC is included in negotiations between the National Employers and FBU? How does the involvement of NFCC in negotiations help the work of the Brigade? Answer for Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Tripartite agreement and the pandemic response (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The National Fire Chiefs Council (NFCC) has an important role to play given their expertise, resources and contacts. London Fire Brigade welcomes the involvement of the NFCC in

Page 393

negotiations which can lead to improved partnership working, greater blue light collaboration, and thereby more effective support to the NHS and other agencies during the pandemic.

Global Cities FRS comparison (1) Question No: 2021/0875 Andrew Dismore In London the average area covered by each fire station is 15km2. In New York it is 3km2 and in Toronto it is 8km2. What assessment has been made of the impact on response times as a result of the large areas LFB stations are expected to cover? Answer for Global Cities FRS comparison (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Global Cities FRS comparison (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) officers have not been able to obtain comparative data on response times in all the cities mentioned in the comparison. The data they have been able to obtain on fire outcomes, as a proxy for the impact of attendance times, shows that this relationship is not straightforward. For example, New York’s fire stations cover a much smaller area than those in London, but New York experiences a significantly higher rate of fires and deaths from fire. LFB officers are undertaking follow-up work with some of the cities that have been highlighted within a piece of internal research, that was shared with the Fire, Resilience and Emergency Planning Committee, to understand what lies behind these differences and to see if lessons can be learnt in London.

Global Cities FRS comparison (2) Question No: 2021/0876 Andrew Dismore How does the size of LFB’s budget (£43.36 per head of London’s population per year) compared to Toronto’s (£105.43 per head per year) impact on the work it is able to undertake? What limitations does it put on the work of LFB? Answer for Global Cities FRS comparison (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 394

Global Cities FRS comparison (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 While the different circumstances and arrangements of international fire and rescue services make direct comparisons difficult I am clear that the government needs to properly fund the Fire Brigade across all its work streams. I will continue to do all that I can to ensure that London Fire Brigade is properly funded to keep Londoners safe. My final Draft Budget for 2021-22 was approved without amendment by the Assembly on 25 February 2021. This included a further £15million to the London Fire Commissioner component budget, which is equivalent to the savings target set in my Budget Guidance published in 2020. £8.1 million of this funding is expected to recur in future years. This funding will be allocated to core expenditure, to reduce reliance on reserves and enable a balanced budget to be planned for both 2021-22 and 2022-23. The London Safety Plan – or Community Risk Management Plan - will determine how the Brigade can best make sure that Londoners are protected, taking into account the complex and emerging risk environment.

EWS1 changes (1) Question No: 2021/0877 Andrew Dismore Recent reports state that RICS is consulting on the use of EWS1 forms, particularly where there is no cladding visible on a high-rise building. Is this a reasonable action, given what we are learning from Grenfell Tower Inquiry phase 2 around flammable insulation and poor compartmentalisation? EWS1 changes (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The evidence being uncovered by the Grenfell Inquiry is of utmost importance and I am following the proceedings closely. It is clear that there are widespread building safety issues that go beyond cladding and external walls and these must be addressed through more Government funding and the speedy introduction of the Building Safety Bill and the Fire Safety Bill. The purpose of the EWS1 form is to facilitate lending. It is not the equivalent of a fire safety certificate and nor is it intended to be. I wrote to the Government in September 2020 to urge greater action to unlock the housing market, including more guidance to set parameters around the use of EWS1.

Page 395

EWS1 changes (2) Question No: 2021/0878 Andrew Dismore Recent reports state that RICS is consulting on the use of EWS1 forms, particularly where there is no cladding visible on a high-rise building. Given that London has a high proportion of the buildings affected have you been involved in any of these discussions? EWS1 changes (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The RICS consultation is mainly focused on property valuation and mortgages rather than fire safety. As you know, I am actively lobbying the Government for the change that is needed to resolve this situation. I wrote to the Secretary of State in September 2020 setting out five urgent steps that should be taken. I am still awaiting a response. I will continue to push for action and my team will closely monitor the RICS consultation response.

EWS1 changes (3) Question No: 2021/0879 Andrew Dismore Recent reports state that RICS is consulting on the use of EWS1 forms, particularly where there is no cladding visible on a high-rise building. How is it anticipated this will impact upon London and the work of the LFB? Answer for EWS1 changes (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response EWS1 changes (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I wrote to the Secretary of State about the EWS1 system in September 2020 and asked for clarity on where and when EWS1 forms should be required. However, until full funding is available for all remedial works and remediation can be taken forward at a faster pace, London Fire Brigade does not anticipate that there will be a significant impact on their workload.

Page 396

COVID-19 and the LFB Transformation Plan Question No: 2021/0880 Andrew Dismore How has the second wave of COVID-19 impacted on the transformation plan? Answer for COVID-19 and the LFB Transformation Plan The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response COVID-19 and the LFB Transformation Plan The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Transformation Delivery Plan (TDP) continues to be affected by the pandemic, but a year into the Plan, almost half of the 65 actions have been completed. Of the remaining 34 actions, 21 remain on track. The ‘seizing the future’ strategic pillar is the most advanced with almost 80 per cent of the actions completed, followed by the ‘outward facing’ pillar with almost 70 per cent of actions completed. ‘Delivering excellence’ is the pillar that has been most affected by the ongoing challenges presented by the pandemic, particularly around the delivery of training. The ‘best people, best place to work’ pillar has the most actions outstanding but the vast majority of these are on track to be completed on time.

COVID-19 and the GTI phase 1 LFB recommendations Question No: 2021/0881 Andrew Dismore How has the second wave of COVID-19 impacted on the implementation of the GTI phase recommendations? What adaptations have had to be made? Answer for COVID-19 and the GTI phase 1 LFB recommendations The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response COVID-19 and the GTI phase 1 LFB recommendations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The most significant impact has been on the delivery of face-to-face training related to the revised high-rise firefighting and fire survival guidance policies, and the new evacuation and rescue policy. The face-to-face training for watch and senior officers continued as planned until London was designated a Tier 4 area, when it was paused along with all other training. At this stage 1,000 delegates had received training from a max potential of 1,440 station-based officers. Following further risk assessment, the face-to-face training re- commenced on 5 January (but with reduced attendance to a maximum of 16 per day). A

Page 397

number of sessions have also been delivered virtually as a pilot. As of the 16 February, 95 per cent of watch and senior officers have undertaken the face-to-face training and 92 of 141 guided learning exercises have been completed at stations.

COVID-19 and operational cover Question No: 2021/0882 Andrew Dismore How has COVID-19 impacted upon operational cover levels for LFB? Answer for COVID-19 and operational cover The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response COVID-19 and operational cover The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, London Fire Brigade (LFB) has maintained operational cover levels pan-London, with appliance attendance times specified in the London Safety Plan being upheld

COVID-19 and other firefighter duties Question No: 2021/0883 Andrew Dismore What additional duties, that are not part of their normal duties, have firefighters being undertaking during the second wave of COVID-19 in London? Answer for COVID-19 and other firefighter duties The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response COVID-19 and other firefighter duties The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Ambulance Driver Assistance was scaled up at the end of December 2020 and over 400 firefighters volunteered to be part of the programme, with those taking part moving over to London Ambulance Service’s shift patterns. Other additional duties, which were agreed and undertaken in the first wave, remain available in the second wave based on requests from local authority partners. These include food and drink deliveries to food banks and vulnerable residents; assembly and distribution of PPE for the NHS; assistance in making masks; clothing deliveries for homeless people; and delivery of schoolwork to isolated

Page 398

pupils and those with special needs. More recently London Fire Brigade (LFB) staff have set up facilities to support mass vaccinations in Holland Park and staff are also assisting with Haringey Council’s Mobile Testing Unit set up at Tottenham Fire Station under ‘Operation Eagle’. There is also agreement with London Region FBU for LFB personnel to distribute Lateral Flow Test/home test kits to the community if required.

Resilience response to the pandemic Question No: 2021/0884 Andrew Dismore What lessons have been learnt by the Strategic Coordination Group and Recovery Board from the second wave of COVID-19 in London and how will these be applied in the future? Answer for Resilience response to the pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Resilience response to the pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Strategic Coordinating Group has regularly revised its way of work to meet the changing situation throughout 2020 and 2021. The Recovery Board was itself set up in response to the changing circumstances. The London Resilience Forum has reviewed lessons from the first wave and at its recent meetings in November 2020 and February 2021 has endorsed follow up action. The Recovery Board has built strong partnerships and collaboration with London’s leaders and has recognised that, with capacity stretched, they will need a degree of flexibility in delivering their response and recovery activities. The Mayor’s London Covid-19 Business Forum and the Recovery Board have responded to the need to reopen the economy early and safely with the establishment of a 12-month London economic recovery roadmap. The Resilience Forum of 25 February will consider a paper recommending a review of London’s approach to chronic, or long running incidents. The review will involve members of the London Recovery Board.

Page 399

HSE and LFB 1 Question No: 2021/0885 Andrew Dismore What were the findings and recommendations of the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) after their recent inspection of LFB premises? Answer for HSE and LFB 1 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response HSE and LFB 1 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Following the Health and Safety Executive’s (HSE) inspections of two fire stations and further information supplied to them, the HSE found that London Fire Brigade (LFB) has put in place several risk controls to prevent the spread of COVID-19. They did, however, identify a breach of the Health and Safety at Work Act in relation to the management of COVID-19 for a specific training course delivered at Brigade headquarters. To address this the HSE required LFB to review the specific risk assessment for this training course. In addition, the HSE recommended that LFB undertake a review of training provision, specifically with respect to reviewing what could be delivered to staff virtually, rather than face-to-face. This also included making arrangements for better monitoring of fire station COVID-19 risk assessments and arrangements for better control risks in dormitories, particularly female dormitories.

HSE and LFB 2 Question No: 2021/0886 Andrew Dismore What learning will LFB be taking from the recent HSE inspections that took place? How will this impact upon frontline staff? Answer for HSE and LFB 2 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response HSE and LFB 2 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In response to the Health and Safety Executive’s (HSE) recommendations following their recent COVID-19 inspections, London Fire Brigade (LFB) has taken several actions,

Page 400

including a review of the risk assessment for a specific training course delivered at Brigade headquarters. This review has resulted in changes to the physical layout of the training room and other improvements to the delivery of the course. LFB has reviewed COVID-19 risk assessments, including in dormitories, introduced no notice audits of COVID-19 arrangements on fire stations, and introduced a COVID-19 inspection section to regular health and safety premises inspections. LFB has now reviewed what training could be delivered via virtual platforms, which was completed in November 2020.

Firefighter safety Question No: 2021/0887 Andrew Dismore Following the recent attack on a firefighter attending a fire, is there a need for additional safety measures to protect London’s firefighters? Answer for Firefighter safety The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Firefighter safety The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 All emergency service workers should be safe at work and the attack on a firefighter was deplorable. London Fire Brigade (LFB) has in place a range of general precautions for the management of violence toward staff that include crews remaining together, keeping communication lines open, withdrawing to a place of safety - which can include the fire appliance cab as it is lockable and fitted with anti-bandit glass - and requesting police assistance. All instances of violence toward staff are required to be reported and investigated. Additionally, it is Brigade policy to report instances of violence toward staff to the police for them to investigate and take appropriate action.

Page 401

Waking Watch Relief Fund (1) Question No: 2021/0888 Andrew Dismore Are there any outstanding areas of discussion between yourself and the Government regarding the delivery of London’s portion of the Waking Watch Fund? Waking Watch Relief Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The GLA has given in principle agreement to administer the Waking Watch Relief Fund in London, subject to a forthcoming Mayoral Decision. My Building Safety team is currently working closely with the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government regarding the delivery of the programme in London.

Waking Watch Relief Fund (2) Question No: 2021/0889 Andrew Dismore When do you expect the GLA to begin delivery of London’s portion of the Waking Watch Relief Fund? Waking Watch Relief Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The GLA has given in principle agreement to administer the Waking Watch Relief Fund in London, subject to a forthcoming Mayoral Decision. My team is working closely with the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government to set the programme up and it is expected to open for applications in London in mid-March.

London’s Waking Watches (1) Question No: 2021/0890 Andrew Dismore How many residential buildings in London are currently operating waking watches? Please provide a borough by borough breakdown of the numbers. Answer for London’s Waking Watches (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 402

London’s Waking Watches (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) collects data for buildings with a temporary suspension of ‘stay put’ where an interim simultaneous evacuation strategy has been put in place. Residential buildings operating a waking watch or evacuation management system could be in the form of personnel on site or a remote monitoring system, but the arrangement is for the Responsible Person to determine guided by a competent fire safety professional. The figures can change on a daily basis when interim measures are required, or the building is remediated and no longer requires the interim measures. The number of buildings where an interim simultaneous evacuation strategy has been put in place, as at 14 February 2021, are presented by borough in the table below. Local Authority Blocks Barking and Dagenham 14 Barnet 12 Bexley 3 Brent 42 Bromley 4 Camden 17 City of London 2 Croydon 29 Ealing 14 Enfield 0 Greenwich 57 Hackney 60 Hammersmith and Fulham 10 Haringey 7 Harrow 2 Havering 8 Hillingdon 3 Hounslow 17 Islington 27 Kensington and Chelsea 14 Kingston upon Thames 4 Lambeth 22 Lewisham 32 Merton 4 Newham 26

Page 403

Redbridge 6 Richmond 0 Southwark 59 Sutton 3 Tower Hamlets 114 Waltham Forest 5 Wandsworth 31 Westminster 34 Total 682

London’s Waking Watches (2) Question No: 2021/0891 Andrew Dismore Please provide a breakdown of the residential buildings in London currently operating waking watches by height (under 11m, 11-18m and over 18m). Answer for London’s Waking Watches (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London’s Waking Watches (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) collects data for buildings with a temporary suspension of ‘stay put’ policy where an interim simultaneous evacuation strategy has been put in place. Residential buildings operating a waking watch or evacuation management system could be in the form of personnel on site or a remote monitoring system, but the arrangement is for the Responsible Person to determine guided by a competent fire safety professional. The figures can change on a daily basis when iterim measures are required or the building is remediated and no longer require the interim measures. The number of building where an interim simultaneous evacuation strategy has been put in place, as at 14 February 2021, broken down into height parameter, are set out in the table below.

Building Height Residential buildings in London Under 11m 13 11-18m 87 Over 18m 582 Total 682

Page 404

Silvertown Tunnel Question No: 2021/0892 Len Duvall OBE Can you explain why cancellation of the Silvertown Tunnel does not mean more resources for other transport projects? Answer for Silvertown Tunnel The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Silvertown Tunnel The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The public private partnership mechanism used to finance the construction of the Silvertown Tunnel means the private sector Riverlinx consortium is responsible for designing, building, financing and maintaining the Tunnel. As such, the Riverlinx consortium privately finances their construction costs so that Transport for London (TfL) only starts paying - via revenue generated from toll contributions - once it is built and available for operational use in 2025. This model of private sector investment ensures that TfL can deliver this significant new infrastructure without impacting on the wider TfL investment programme. The private finance for the capital investment is contractually tied to this scheme and so cancelling the project would not mean it could be reinvested into other schemes. Equally, cancelling the project would mean TfL having to pay significant compensation to Riverlinx -the budget for which would have to be reallocated from committed investments. Residents and businesses in east London are in desperate need of a resilient river crossing, frequent and reliable public transport and cleaner air – I will not cancel the scheme that has been proven to deliver these vital benefits.

Retraining/second career Question No: 2021/0893 Len Duvall OBE Given the current situation with the economy, can you outline what increased opportunities there are for retraining for those Londoners wishing to upgrade their skills to explore new career opportunities?

Page 405

Retraining/second career The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I have changed the funding rules of the delegated Adult Education Budget (AEB) to enable greater flexibility for job focused training and to allow all unemployed Londoners and those on low pay to access any level 3 qualification for free this academic year. My £11m AEB Response Fund has also allowed providers to expand their online provision and reach more Londoners during the pandemic. I have also invested an additional £1.9m of the £12.9m the GLA is receiving from Government to deliver high value courses and Sector Based Work Academies. The Government’s lifetime skills guarantee will also be administered by the GLA in London and I am working with other regions to ensure it meets local priorities. London’s European Social Fund (ESF) programmes also provide vital support for disadvantaged Londoners, and we are creating new opportunities through the London Recovery Programme. Information on national, local and private and third sector schemes can be found on the GLA’s Skills and Employment Hub.

Blue Badge Scheme (1) Question No: 2021/0894 Len Duvall OBE The blue badge scheme does not fully apply in four central London boroughs. Do you support this policy? Please give your reasons. Answer for Blue Badge Scheme (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Blue Badge Scheme (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The four central London boroughs referred to – Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea, City of London, City of Westminster and the London Borough of Camden – run their own schemes for residents and people who work in the borough. The purpose of these schemes is to offer additional priority access for disabled people who need to access homes, education, employment or healthcare in these boroughs, as opposed to disabled drivers who may be visiting these areas for other more discretionary purposes such as shopping or leisure.

Page 406

For example, in Camden the part of the borough that falls within central London – where pressure on kerb space is particularly high – is designated as a ‘Green Badge Zone’. Anyone who holds a Blue Badge who lives, works or studies in this zone is entitled to a Green Badge as well. The Green Badge allows additional parking opportunities in the zone, including in dedicated Green Badge bays, which are provided in addition to, not instead of, Blue Badge bays. It is worth noting that the Blue Badge scheme runs in parallel to the local schemes and still prioritises Blue Badge holders above other drivers. I agree an element of consistency to on- street disabled parking policies in London is important, although the details of these are ultimately determined by the borough, as in some cases it is important that local policies reflect differences in the pressure on local streets. Any changes to Blue Badge policies in these boroughs need to be carefully designed to ensure that disabled people who need parking to access their home or workplace are still able to do so.

Blue Badge Scheme (2) Question No: 2021/0895 Len Duvall OBE Do you agree there is a need for a “standardised and compassionate” policy across London on the use of pay-and-display parking bays by disabled people with blue badges? Answer for Blue Badge Scheme (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Blue Badge Scheme (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 An element of consistency to on-street parking policies in London is important. However, it is also important that local policies reflect differences in the pressure on local streets. Any changes to Blue Badge policies in these boroughs need to be carefully designed, for example, to ensure that disabled people who need parking to access their home or workplace are still able to do so.

Blue Badge Scheme (3) Question No: 2021/0896 Len Duvall OBE Kensington and Chelsea council agreeing to allow blue badge holders to obtain up to four hours of free parking in zones near the borough’s major hospitals if they make a small payment. Do you believe that Westminster, Camden and the City of London should do the same? Please give your reasons.

Page 407

Answer for Blue Badge Scheme (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Blue Badge Scheme (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 An element of consistency to on-street parking policies in London is important. However, it is also important that local policies reflect differences in the pressure on local streets. Any changes to Blue Badge policies in these boroughs need to be carefully designed, for example, to ensure that disabled people who need parking to access their home or workplace are still able to do so.

Green New Deal Question No: 2021/0897 Len Duvall OBE Can you outline the specific elements of your Green New Deal that you hope to achieve in your economic recovery programme? Green New Deal The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 As part of London’s Recovery programme, the Green New Deal Mission sets the goal of tackling the climate and ecological emergencies and improving air quality by doubling the size of London’s green economy by 2030. The mission’s delivery will support economic growth by sustaining and creating new jobs and skills, supporting SMEs and ensuring the City is a green finance centre post Brexit. It will also reduce inequalities and help deliver a just transition, prioritising those who need help most, including those on lower incomes, young people, older people, people with disabilities and BAME Londoners. My £10 million of Green New Deal Fund projects, announced in November, are supporting green businesses and around 1,000 jobs. The projects also focus on tackling inequalities highlighted through the pandemic and focussing activity on areas with poor air quality, limited access to green space, and areas of greatest climate vulnerability.

Page 408

London in the post-Brexit era Question No: 2021/0898 Len Duvall OBE Even though we have left the EU, what are your plans to maintain a lobby for London in a post Brexit era? Answer for London in the post-Brexit era The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response London in the post-Brexit era The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Brexit is a continuing process - there will be ongoing EU-UK consultations on many topics including the economy, trade, financial services, environment and climate change where it will be useful for London to maintain regular contact with the EU. London’s European Office is based in Brussels and whilst the function and staffing resource of the office has been reviewed, due to the UK’s third country status, our presence in Brussels will ensure we can continue to influence the EU post-Brexit, participate in European networks and maintain London’s profile and links with other major European cities.

EU Horizon funding Question No: 2021/0899 Len Duvall OBE What are your plans to support London business who choose to bid for EU Horizon programme funds? Answer for EU Horizon funding The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response EU Horizon funding The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I welcome the Government and EU’s confirmation that the UK will be able to continue to access the €95 billion EU Horizon Europe programme that supports research and innovation. Albeit as a ‘third country’ no longer in the EU, our participation seems unlikely to be on as advantageous terms as it was in the past. The European Commission is yet to confirm when the new 2021-27 programme will open for applications. But once launched I expect that London-based higher education

Page 409

institutions, businesses and research organisations will continue to participate in its transnational co-operation projects, that are of enormous financial, technological and social benefit to London. I will continue to work with London stakeholders to support applications for Horizon.

The New London Plan Question No: 2021/0900 Nicky Gavron After a year of delays, The Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government finally approved the London Plan on Friday 29th January 2021. What will be the impact of the two directions issued 10th December 2020 for London and Londoners? The New London Plan The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The direction on industrial land could result in disruption to businesses and jobs in industrial areas, as it suggests boroughs could promote the redevelopment of land in active employment use. I sought to minimise such impacts and as a result it is limited to situations where a borough would otherwise be seeking to allocate land in the Green Belt or Metropolitan Open Land and can only be done through a Local Plan. The change is to supporting text and the direction has not affected the requirements of Policies E4 – E7, which require boroughs to provide a sufficient supply of industrial land and premises within the flexible framework for intensification, co-location and substitution of industrial capacity. The direction on tall buildings means that boroughs cannot set a definition for tall buildings that is less than 6 storeys or 18 metres high. The direction also applies the tall building policy (D9) to buildings over that height, unless there is a local definition. Many adopted and emerging local plans will already have a definition of, and have identified suitable locations for, tall buildings. Through reviews of Local Plan and other statutory documents, boroughs can ensure they are in line with the approach set out in the new London Plan.

New parks in London Question No: 2021/0901 Nicky Gavron In answer to my question 2020/4490, you outlined that “there are very few opportunities to create large areas of new public open space based on traditional parks and green spaces.” CPRE London have just launched a campaign to create 10 new major parks in London, having already identified 8 sites. Are you working with others to assess the feasibility of these sites to become parks? New parks in London The Mayor

Page 410

Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I want to improve access to green space where it is most needed, as reflected in the recent Grow Back Greener Fund, which prioritised projects in areas lacking access to open space and in areas of deprivation. Future funding through my Green New Deal Fund may provide opportunities to support the projects highlighted by CPRE. Currently, the eight sites identified by CPRE London as potential new parks range from proposals to better connect existing green spaces, to opening up access to privately owned sites. Most of the sites face complex issues around access, ownership and management, which are predominantly a matter for the relevant London boroughs. My Deputy Mayor for Environment and Energy will be meeting with CPRE London to discuss their proposals and better understand what is needed to overcome the barriers to creating new parks at these sites. The ambition to create new parks where possible is also supported by my new London Plan, which states that the capital’s network of green infrastructure should be protected and enhanced.

New Proposed Permitted development right, Class E to C3 Residential (1) Question No: 2021/0902 Nicky Gavron Will you be doing an impact assessment of the proposals in this consultation? New Proposed Permitted development right, Class E to C3 Residential (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 We have seen from previous permitted development – and the Government’s own assessment - that these schemes create poor quality housing and do not provide affordable housing. These latest proposals from the Government could be significantly harmful for London, and I have serious concerns about the potential impact on the economic sustainability of the Central Activities Zone and London’s high streets and town centres. The proposals come at the worst possible time, risking the recovery of central London from the devastating impacts of Covid-19, as well as undermining the vital role played by high streets in the lives of Londoners. Furthermore, modelling has identified that, without a mechanism to secure affordable housing, £2.8 billion value could be lost as permitted development comes forward. I have produced some further assessment of the impact of the Government’s proposed permitted development rights to convert any commercial use to residential which will be published in the coming weeks.

Page 411

New Proposed Permitted development right, Class E to C3 Residential (2) Question No: 2021/0903 Nicky Gavron What do stakeholders think of the proposals in this consultation? New Proposed Permitted development right, Class E to C3 Residential (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 We have seen from previous permitted development – and the Government’s own assessment - that these schemes create poor quality housing and do not provide affordable housing. These latest proposals from the Government could be significantly harmful for London, and I have serious concerns about the potential impact on the economic sustainability of the Central Activities Zone and London’s high streets and town centres. The proposals come at the worst possible time, risking the recovery of central London from the devastating impacts of Covid-19, as well as undermining the vital role played by high streets in the lives of Londoners. Furthermore, modelling has identified that, without a mechanism to secure affordable housing, £2.8 billion value could be lost as permitted development comes forward. I have produced some further assessment of the impact of the Government’s proposed permitted development rights to convert any commercial use to residential which will be published in the coming weeks.

Good growth by Design Question No: 2021/0904 Nicky Gavron Will you be reviewing your ‘good growth by design’ programme in light of Covid-19, including your High Streets and Town Centres adaptive strategies report? Good growth by Design The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The relative quality and accessibility of the built environment, especially public space has made a big difference to Londoner’s experience of the pandemic and will play a key role in recovery. Good Growth by Design is my primary programme for promoting quality and inclusion in the built environment and is therefore an important part of recovery planning. Alongside a diverse set of stakeholders, we have assessed the Good Growth by Design guidance in the changed context. My Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills has led a series of ‘Recovery Roundtables’ with over 100 external experts including my Design Advocates, reviewing GGbD guidance on high streets, ecological urbanism, housing design, public space and children in the city.

Page 412

Findings are informing recommendations to the sector and the emerging London Recovery Programme missions, notably the High Streets for All and Green New Deal missions. A key observation was the extent to which the pandemic has accelerated structural changes impacting on our high streets and town centres, reinforcing the need for these places to adapt bold new strategies in alignment with those set out in the GGbD Adaptive Strategies report. Officers have also been reviewing the principles established through the GGbD programme alongside the tools and processes that promote quality and inclusion in recovery, including research into the capacity of the sector and refreshing our procurement framework with a focus on supporting recovery.

GLA Population Yield Calculator Question No: 2021/0905 Nicky Gavron The GLA Population Yield Calculator is used for estimating the number of children and young people to be housed in estates and is particularly important for estimating the amount of space dedicated for children and young people’s pay and informal recreation. How quickly do you expect it be updated after the 2021 Census is published? Currently the calculator makes use of figures from the 2011 Census and therefore it is crucial that it is updated as soon as possible. Schools also rely on this to forecast pupil numbers in the coming years. GLA Population Yield Calculator The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The GLA population yield calculator uses bespoke census data commissioned by the GLA for the purpose of producing the calculator. The Office for National Statistics timetable for the release of 2021 census data is not yet detailed enough to give an accurate estimate of when an update would be possible but it is likely that it will not be before 2024. We continue to work with the boroughs and stakeholders to understand their needs and to develop tools to assist them and make best use of available data.

Bullsmoor Lane LEZ Exemption Question No: 2021/0906 Joanne McCartney Bullsmoor Lane in Enfield is currently exempt from the LEZ which leads to increased congestion and pollution for local residents. With Junction 25 of the M25 improvements likely to bring more HGVs onto local streets, will you reconsider this exemption?

Page 413

Answer for Bullsmoor Lane LEZ Exemption The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Bullsmoor Lane LEZ Exemption The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Low Emission Zone (LEZ) boundary arrangements in the Bullsmoor Lane area have been in place since the scheme was introduced in 2008. It is one of a number of points around the boundary where these arrangements are necessary to allow suitable diversion routes or turnaround points so that drivers can avoid entering the zone. Transport for London is working closely with Highways England to ensure the benefits of their M25 J25 Improvements Scheme, such as reducing congestion and minimising environmental impacts, are delivered.

New Bus Route 456 Review (1) Question No: 2021/0907 Joanne McCartney TfL have agreed to review the operation of the new 456 bus after it has been operational for 12 months. Residents have asked me if you will set out what review criteria will be used; for example, will it include traffic congestion, air and noise pollution, parking limitations, number of larger vehicles using the roads? Residents in Farm Road and Firs Lane are particularly concerned. New Bus Route 456 Review (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) will work with LB Enfield, as it has been doing throughout, to review the impact of new bus route 456 on the Firs Lane and Farm Road area following 12 months of operation. The review will include levels of patronage and bus journey times, the latter of which will include the effect of traffic congestion. The buses used on route 456 will meet the ultra-clean Euro VI emission standards, which is the same standard as the Ultra Low Emission Zone. TfL has also been working with LB Enfield to help ensure that the most suitable routeing is provided through the area.

Page 414

New Bus Route 456 Review (2) Question No: 2021/0908 Joanne McCartney In respect of TfL’s 12-month review of bus route 456, will TfL make public any monitoring information it is using in a timely manner? How will residents be able to access and monitor information? New Bus Route 456 Review (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) will share the outcome of the review with local stakeholders, including residents and their representatives, within three months of the 12 month review. This is likely to be through an update on the TfL website and by email to interested parties, although other communication methods may be considered at the time.

456 Bus Stops Question No: 2021/0909 Joanne McCartney What consultation has been carried out with local residents regarding the location of new bus stops among the new route 456 bus? Will you ensure that TfL works in partnership with Enfield Council and local residents to monitor their locations and to make any adjustments as needed? 456 Bus Stops The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has worked closely with the London Borough of Enfield (LB Enfield) to identify suitable locations for fixed bus stops to enable accessibility once the route 456 bus service is introduced. As the Highway Authority, LB Enfield has carried out local engagement on plans to introduce bus stops. Following careful consideration of residents’ feedback, LB Enfield is now looking at options to revise the plans for some stops, while also retaining a high level of access to route 456 for local residents. Examples include Bincote Road, where plans have been adapted so that the location of new stops provides better coverage, and Clay Hill, where consideration is being given to installing bus infrastructure that would better complement the conservation area. TfL is committed to working closely with the Council and residents to ensure the best balance is achieved for residents and bus passengers.

Page 415

Temporary Reduction in Service Enfield Town and Bush Hill Park Question No: 2021/0910 Joanne McCartney How long do you estimate there being a reduction in the peak service on the London Overground between Enfield Town and Bush Hill Park? Temporary Reduction in Service Enfield Town and Bush Hill Park The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) expects these service levels to continue whilst coronavirus- related pressures remain on both passenger demand and staff availability. London Overground is currently running at 99 per cent of capacity, maintaining the best service possible in the current circumstances. Nationally, rail service levels are much lower at around 70 per cent of normal levels. TfL will continue to closely monitor both demand and staff availability and will look to re-introduce this peak service when the conditions are right to do so.

Cash Payments on London Underground Question No: 2021/0911 Alison Moore In May 2020, TfL stopped accepting cash payments temporarily at 200 of the 262 London Underground stations. What plans do you have to return to cash payments in these stations and will you publish the equality impact assessment that was developed alongside this decision? Cash Payments on London Underground The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 While the coronavirus transmission rate is high and passenger numbers remain low, Transport for London (TfL) continues to maintain the temporary cashless arrangements that are already in place at ticket machines on London Underground and DLR stations, and at London Overground ticket offices. This is to protect staff and customers from handling cash, while also facilitating social distancing by reducing queuing and congregating at ticket machines and ticket offices. Overall these arrangements have worked well and, where issues have arisen, TfL has taken steps to address these. TfL will continue to monitor these arrangements and respond to any concerns raised. The EqIA has been published on the TfL website here: https://tfl.gov.uk/corporate/publications-and-reports/equality-and-inclusion-publications

Page 416

Risks posed to bus drivers during COVID-19 Question No: 2021/0912 Alison Moore When will you publish phase 2 of TfL’s commissioned research on the risks posed to bus drivers during COVID-19 and will you share it with the Transport Committee? Answer for Risks posed to bus drivers during COVID-19 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Risks posed to bus drivers during COVID-19 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The report was published on 19th March and can be viewed at https://content.tfl.gov.uk/phase-2-assessment-of-london-bus-driver-mortality-from- covid-19.pdf

Pre-trial running activity on Crossrail Question No: 2021/0913 Alison Moore When is pre-trial running activity on Crossrail likely to be completed and how are you addressing signalling and train software issues that were identified before Christmas? Pre-trial running activity on Crossrail The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Delivery of the Elizabeth line is now in its complex final stages. The team continues to make good progress completing the remaining infrastructure works so that intensive operational testing, known as Trial Running, can begin at the earliest opportunity. Since January, an upgraded version of the software has been used for System Integration Dynamic Testing. This is an advanced version of the software expected to be used in Trial Running. While there have not been any significant issues identified that cannot be incorporated into future software updates, it is only in Trial Running that the system will be tested with a full-service frequency running in the central section. Crossrail Ltd will continue to work collaboratively with its supply chain partners to address the required fixes to software through mitigating measures and future software upgrades.

Page 417

CCTV in Taxis and PHVs Question No: 2021/0914 Alison Moore The consultation says that 10% of Taxis/PHVs have CCTV installed and this is based on driver surveys conducted in 2017/18 and 2019/20. Are you able to explain why TfL does not know which vehicles have CCTV given TfL approves what CCTV and Event/Incident Data Recorders can be used and all vehicle modifications, such as installing CCTV, also need TfL approval? Answer for CCTV in Taxis and PHVs The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response CCTV in Taxis and PHVs The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has an approvals process in place for the installation of CCTV equipment which stipulates the camera model and position within the vehicle where it can be safely mounted. Vehicle owners can then select whichever equipment they wish to use from the approved list and contact the supplier directly to get it installed. Vehicle owners do not need to notify TfL of the installation of a pre-approved CCTV solution. As vehicle owners are not required to inform TfL of subsequent installations, TfL does not hold data on the total number of vehicles with a CCTV system installed.

Fares Freeze Question No: 2021/0915 Alison Moore Following MQ 2018/5346 are you in a position to provide details on the actual value of the fare freeze over the four years covering 2017 to 2020? Answer for Fares Freeze The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Fares Freeze The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My decision to freeze fares has saved families in London up to £200.

Page 418

Bus Hopper (1) Question No: 2021/0916 Alison Moore Following MQ 2019/20121 can you provide final year figures for 2019/20 and figures for 2020/21 to date? Bus Hopper (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Hopper fare allows unlimited free transfers between buses and/or trams within an hour. The table below shows the total number of bus and tram journeys and the number of Hopper journeys by financial year. The data for 2020/21 covers the period between 1 April 2020 to 4 February 2021 and includes a period in summer 2020 when customers were advised to board using the middle doors without validating their cards. Bus Hopper (1) The Mayor Last updated: 13 April, 2021 Total Bus and Tram Journeys (Millions) Financial Year 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 (partial) Bus Hopper (1) The Mayor Last updated: 07 May, 2021 The Hopper fare allows unlimited free transfers between buses and/or trams within an hour. The table below shows the total number of bus and tram journeys and the number of Hopper journeys by financial year. The data for 2020/21 covers the period between 1 April 2020 to 4 February 2021 and includes a period in summer 2020 when customers were advised to board using the middle doors without validating their cards. Total Bus and Tram Journeys (Millions) Financial Year

Page 419

2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 (partial)

Bus Hopper (2) Question No: 2021/0917 Alison Moore What has been the cost of the Hopper fare for 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19, 2019/20 and the estimate for 2020/21? Bus Hopper (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 As my answer to MQ 2021/0916 shows, the Hopper fare has grown in popularity since its launch as customers have benefitted from the added flexibility it brings to pay as you go, on top of low single bus and tram fares and daily and weekly capping. However, it is not the case that every hopper journey represents a reduction in fares revenue. The majority of Hopper journeys are made on cards that go on to hit a daily or weekly cap, so pay the same over the day or week as they would in the absence of the Hopper. Furthermore, the Hopper means that customers need not wait for the specific bus that takes them all the way to their destination and can instead catch multiple buses for the same fare. This generates additional Hopper journeys and benefits users without loss of revenue. Lastly, the benefits of the Hopper fare are estimated to have generated additional paid-for bus journeys representing around 1 per cent of total bus demand. In total, the net effect of the Hopper fare is estimated to be a reduction in bus revenue of up to £30m p.a. The growth in the annual number of Hopper journeys up to 2019/20 is not thought to have resulted in a significant increase in this cost as it is likely to be driven by a greater use of multiple buses instead of one and growth in the popularity of pay as you go more generally. In 2020/21 the effect is likely to be a reduction of less than £15m due to the reduction in travel demand during the Covid-19 pandemic.

Page 420

Direct Vision Standard Question No: 2021/0918 Alison Moore Following MQ 2020/0641 can you provide monthly data for March 2020 to January 2021? Answer for Direct Vision Standard The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Direct Vision Standard The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my answer to question 2021/0473.

The Safer Junctions programme Question No: 2021/0919 Alison Moore Following MQ 2019/20939 can you update me on the delivery of the 33 safer junctions? The Safer Junctions programme The Mayor Last updated: 26 February, 2021 My Vision Zero Action Plan, published in 2018, committed to completing improvements at 20 further Safer Junctions locations by May 2020 (and 33 by 2023). Whilst the pandemic caused a short delay to construction at six sites, we have now hit the first target - bringing the total number completed to 41 (out of the original 73 on the programme). Construction is expected to start at more Safer Junctions later this year, including Battersea Bridge/Cheyne Walk, Camden Road/Camden Street and Holloway Road/Drayton Park, subject to confirmation of further Government support following the significant impact of the pandemic on TfL’s finances. Answer for The Safer Junctions programme The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 421

Rotherhithe-Canary Wharf crossing Question No: 2021/0920 Alison Moore Please provide an update on your plans for a fast ferry service between Rotherhithe and Canary Wharf? Rotherhithe-Canary Wharf crossing The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Given continued uncertainty over Transport for London’s long-term financial position, my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/2375 remains the current position.

Sustainable Travel, Active, Responsible Safe (STARS) Programme Question No: 2021/0921 Alison Moore How many schools are in London and how many are members of TfL’s STARS (Sustainable Travel, Active, Responsible Safe) travel plan accreditation scheme? Answer for Sustainable Travel, Active, Responsible Safe (STARS) Programme The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Sustainable Travel, Active, Responsible Safe (STARS) Programme The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London’s (TfL) Sustainable Travel: Active. Responsible. Safe (STARS) programme is a schools accreditation initiative which combines on-line resources with live, interactive sessions to promote sustainable and safe travel. It is delivered by the London Transport Museum on TfL’s behalf. There are 3,817 primary and secondary schools in London (including faith and independent schools). In total, 1,468 primary and secondary schools are registered in the STARS programme. STARS is predominantly focused on primary schools where switching to sustainable journeys is more engaging as a subject matter for the schools and also more impactful. There are currently 1,732 primary schools in London (including faith and independent schools) of which 71 per cent are registered in the STARS programme. The programme awards Bronze, Silver and ultimately Gold accreditation to those schools which have demonstrated the highest level of commitment to active travel and mode shift away from the car to more sustainable modes.

Page 422

There are currently 692 Gold schools with a target to reach 1,000 Gold schools by the end of 2023/24 academic year.

London Underground Performance Data Almanac Question No: 2021/0922 Alison Moore The Almanac no longer appears at: https://tfl.gov.uk/corporate/publications-and- reports/underground-services-performance. Can you ask TfL to put it back online or provide details of why that is not possible? Can you also provide me with a copy of the final version of the Almanac that has been published? London Underground Performance Data Almanac The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In order to continue to provide an accurate measure of London Underground’s performance given the impact of coronavirus, Transport for London (TfL) reviewed its performance metrics, and the revised metrics are now published on its website. This includes Percentage Service Operated, Kilometres Operated and data up to 2019/20 period 12 (the latest data available) for Excess Journey Time and Lost Customer Hours. This data is available at: https://tfl.gov.uk/corporate/publications-and-reports/underground-services-performance As part of the review of performance metrics, the Almanac was considered and the data presented did not align with London Underground’s current organisational structure and was difficult to produce and interpret, potentially creating inconsistencies with other published data sets. Therefore, the Almanac has been removed and replaced with the revised performance metrics. I have asked TfL to send you a copy of the last published Almanac.

Construction in London Question No: 2021/0923 Murad Qureshi What effect, if any, will Brexit and the end to freedom of movement have on the construction workforce in London? And what effect will that have on your affordable house building plans? Construction in London The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 I am concerned the end of freedom of movement will have a significant effect on London’s construction workforce.

Page 423

Workers born in the EEA account for around a third of jobs in London’s construction sector overall, many in lower skilled occupations. Previous GLA Economics analysis also found that a relatively large share of EEA workers are self-employed and this employment status is particularly common among those working in construction. I have a range of policies which aim to support greater use of modern methods of construction so that labour can be used more efficiently, including my Mayoral Construction Academy, which is identifying and addressing skills gaps. However, the Government needs to ensure immigration routes support the construction sector, including for self-employed and lower skilled roles, over the short to medium term. Not doing so will threaten the continued progress we’ve made to deliver the affordable homes that Londoners urgently need.

Landlord License Checker Question No: 2021/0924 Murad Qureshi How many Londoners have used the Landlord Licence Checker, six months since it was introduced? Landlord License Checker The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Property Licence Checker (PLC) was launched on 17 November 2020. As at 16 February 2021, 14,500 Londoners have used the PLC to find out whether their privately rented property is likely to require a licence, with a total of 45,500 viewing the webpage to learn more about property licensing. Where a licence is required to rent out the property, the PLC links Londoners to the relevant borough website where they can check whether their landlord has obtained this. Renters can report unlicensed properties to boroughs to investigate via my Report a Rogue Landlord or Agent tool. The great extent to which the PLC has been used in its first three months shows how valuable it is for renters. It is just one of the tools and projects I have put in place to improve life for renters, despite having no formal powers over private renting in London.

End of the Eviction Ban Question No: 2021/0925 Murad Qureshi Do you agree that there is a need for legal aid provision for London’s renters being forced out of their properties after the eviction ban ends in March?

Page 424

End of the Eviction Ban The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes. Cuts to legal aid brought about by the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012 have made it even harder for low income private renters (as well as many other vulnerable people) to access the support they need to assert their rights and protect themselves from eviction. Even before the pandemic, these cuts had resulted in increased pressure on the courts, a lack of access to early advice that can prevent housing problems escalating and many legal advice services for vulnerable people closing their doors. In the aftermath of the pandemic, these services will be needed more than ever as the courts attempt to process an unprecedented backlog of cases and a likely surge in demand connected to Covid-related arrears. I agree with housing charity Shelter that legal aid must be urgently brought back for early advice for housing issues, and benefits and debt must be brought back in scope, so that people can avoid not just rent and mortgage arrears, but also crippling financial and personal hardship.

Immigration Enforcers Question No: 2021/0926 Murad Qureshi Are you concerned about London’s landlords becoming de facto immigration enforcers with right to rent checks after Brexit? What discussions, if any, have you had with the Government on this issue? Immigration Enforcers The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Yes. Even prior to Brexit, evidence from the JCWI indicated Right to Rent would make landlords less likely to let to foreign nationals and those with unfamiliar documentation even if they are entitled to access housing. I concurred with the High Court ruling that Right to Rent results in discrimination on the basis of actual or perceived nationality and was disappointed that the Court of Appeal ruled in the Government’s favour that such discrimination is justified. Brexit will only add another layer of complexity and confusion to the system. My team have lobbied Government persistently via the Home Office’s Right to Rent consultative panel, most recently in August 2020. Efforts to persuade Government to scrap the policy have been in vain, despite criticism from landlord and tenant groups, as well as the Independent Chief Inspector of Borders and Immigration. An evaluation exercise being carried out by the Home Office has been paused during Covid-19. The final report is scheduled for spring 2021. My team will be picking this up with the Home Office, as well as lobbying for the regulations to be scrapped as part of the forthcoming Renters Reform Bill.

Page 425

Update on TfL Royal Oak proposal Question No: 2021/0927 Murad Qureshi Since TfL dropped the coach station proposal at Royal Oak, can we have an update on how and what TfL now intend to develop on the same site? Update on TfL Royal Oak proposal The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Located only a few hundred metres from Paddington Station, Transport for London’s (TfL) Royal Oak site remains a significant brownfield site (1.28 hectares) with great potential for the local community and London. Development of this site could provide new sustainable homes, employment spaces, public realm improvements as well as significant transport infrastructure enhancements such as step-free access at Royal Oak station. The publication of the Westminster City Plan Main Modifications, which may include the site within the Paddington Opportunity Area, will inform TfL’s future plans for the site.

Westminster Council Affordable Housing Fund Question No: 2021/0928 Murad Qureshi What could be done in housing with the monies not yet spent by Westminster Council in their Affordable Housing Fund for social rent, where some £300 million exists from developer contributions?

Westminster Council Affordable Housing Fund The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 GLA officers engage regularly with Westminster Council on how to support housing delivery in their borough. I set strategic policy for housing delivery through my London Plan and I am pleased to have secured over half of the new Homes for Londoners: Affordable Homes Programme 21-26 to deliver social rent homes across London, which recognises the significant need for social rent homes across the capital. However, it is not in my remit to direct individual boroughs on how to deploy their resources.

TfL & Westminster Council housing requirements Question No: 2021/0929 Murad Qureshi Is it acceptable for TfL not to meet Westminster Council Housing Requirements in their City Plan hearing over mixed-use policy in Central London?

Page 426

TfL & Westminster Council housing requirements The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) promotes its land for commercial and housing development within the planning policy framework, including the London Plan and Westminster’s adopted City Plan. TfL works closely with communities and Local Planning Authorities across London to secure permission for all its housing, commercial and mixed-use developments. TfL will always seek to comply with adopted planning policies unless there are clear site, viability or project-specific reasons that it cannot do so. TfL’s Royal Oak site is located at the fringe of the Central Activities Zone, and so experiences lower rental levels than other parts of Westminster, particularly the core West End. TfL’s Commercial Development team expressed concern that Policy 10 of the draft City Plan could have an impact on the potential to deliver commercial office floorspace as part of a mixed-use scheme at Royal Oak. The final version of the Westminster City Plan has yet to be adopted, however the Planning Inspector has recommended that Policy 10 should be deleted and the Council’s published Schedule of Main Modifications for Consultation (November 2020) confirms an intention to do so.

Diplomats & outstanding Congestion charging due. Question No: 2021/0930 Murad Qureshi How much in congestion charges is due from diplomats in London from their respective embassies and High Commissions? Can you please give me this information, in a table with the highest amount outstanding at the top? Answer for Diplomats & outstanding Congestion charging due. The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Diplomats & outstanding Congestion charging due. The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to question 2021/0862.

Page 427

Green House Programme Question No: 2021/0931 Murad Qureshi How has the Government’s Green House Programme announced last year been delivered in Greater London? Green House Programme The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Please refer to my responses to MQ’s 2021/0819, 2021/0280 and 2021/0964.

Shepherd’s Bush Police Station Question No: 2021/0932 Murad Qureshi Can you please give me an update on the sale of Shepherd’s Bush Police Station on Uxbridge Road? Shepherd’s Bush Police Station The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Following the full redevelopment of Hammersmith Police Station, marketing of Shepherd’s Bush Police Station will be launched in early March 2021 with the sale completion expected by the end of May.

TfL, Shepherd’s Bush Market & business rents Question No: 2021/0933 Murad Qureshi During the lockdowns of this pandemic, has TfL given its tenants of units under the viaducts and stall keepers in Shepherd’s Bush reduced business rents?

Answer for TfL, Shepherd’s Bush Market & business rents The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL, Shepherd’s Bush Market & business rents The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) sold a long leasehold interest in Shepherd’s Bush Market to Orion Land in 2014, which then sold the majority ownership of the Market to Yoo Capital in

Page 428

September 2020. TfL therefore does not manage the tenants or stall keepers at Shepherd’s Bush, and has not had any control over setting rent for a number of years. All enquiries should be sent directly to Yoo Capital.

TfL, shop vendors & business rents Question No: 2021/0934 Murad Qureshi During the lockdowns we have had during the pandemic, has TfL given its shop vendors in tube stations etc reduced business rents? Answer for TfL, shop vendors & business rents The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response TfL, shop vendors & business rents The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has worked closely with all its tenants to support them through the coronavirus pandemic. From 25 March TfL cancelled all rents for small to medium businesses on its estate for three months. As some vendors reopened safely and in line with Government guidelines from July 2020, TfL halved their rent for the following quarter. TfL offered continued support to those businesses forced to remain closed throughout the year due to lockdown restrictions, and this was provided on a case by case basis. As the impact of the coronavirus pandemic continues, TfL has been contacting all its tenants to discuss the best form of support. If its customers have been able to demonstrate they are making a loss, further measures specific to their needs are being reviewed on a month by month basis.

Legal Action against outstanding Congestion Charges due from London’s diplomats Question No: 2021/0935 Murad Qureshi Can you please give me an update on what legal measures TfL are taking to recoup the outstanding congestion charging due from London’s diplomats from their embassies & High Commissions? Answer for Legal Action against outstanding Congestion Charges due from London’s diplomats The Mayor

Page 429

Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Legal Action against outstanding Congestion Charges due from London’s diplomats The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Proceedings in the International Court of Justice or another international tribunal can only be brought by Her Majesty’s Government, not by Transport for London (TfL). My Deputy Mayor for Transport wrote to the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs asking him to pursue this matter but has yet to receive a reply. The Commissioner has also previously written to the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs on TfL’s behalf but has not yet received a formal response. Foreign and Commonwealth Office officials write to diplomatic missions and international organisations with large Congestion Charge debts annually, to encourage payment.

COVID-19 in the rough sleeping population Question No: 2021/0936 Murad Qureshi During the London Assembly Housing Committee’s investigation for the report Five Steps to Build on ‘Everyone In’ in London, we heard that during the first wave of the pandemic, levels of COVID-19 infection were lower in the rough sleeping population, thanks to the ‘Everyone In’ scheme. Is this still the case? COVID-19 in the rough sleeping population The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Through the early and decisive action taken by the GLA, boroughs, the NHS and voluntary sector partners, rates of COVID-19 infection among London’s rough sleepers have been far below those seen in other world cities. According to one study, the infection rate amongst rough sleepers in London was just 3-4%, compared with 66% in San Francisco. It is estimated that the first ‘Everyone In’ initiative could have avoided 7,000 infections, 90 deaths and 390 hospital and 115 ICU admissions in the capital. The action we continue to take to protect this vulnerable group remains critical to reducing infection rates. Since December 2020, we have seen a significant increase in infections across the whole population and that has also been reflected in the rough sleeping population and those housed in emergency accommodation. We have continued working to ensure people sleeping rough do not face greater risks from COVID-19, including striving to offer accommodation to all those with clinical vulnerabilities, and many others too, and providing a COVID-isolation facility for people who cannot self-isolate elsewhere.

Page 430

Communal sleeping spaces Question No: 2021/0937 Murad Qureshi To what extent have communal sleeping spaces been used to deliver the severe weather provision for rough sleepers this winter, and has this had an impact on rates of COVID-19 in the homeless population? Communal sleeping spaces The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 All current GLA accommodation for rough sleepers is en-suite and COVID safe. This has been the case since the beginning of the pandemic. In previous years, shared shelters have been used for Severe Weather Emergency Protocol (SWEP) accommodation. However, this year, due to the risks of COVID-19 transmission, the GLA has used only en-suite hotel accommodation for this purpose. GLA officers have worked closely with colleagues in London’s councils to ensure that they also only use COVID-safe options. The provision of COVID-safe accommodation rather than shared spaces has had a significant positive impact on rates of COVID-19 infection in the rough sleeping population, with the first wave of Everyone In estimated to have potentially avoided around 7,000 infections, 90 deaths and 390 hospital and 115 ICU admissions in the capital. (For further details see https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lanres/article/PIIS2213-2600(20)30396- 9/fulltext).

Oakland’s Equity Framework Question No: 2021/0938 Murad Qureshi Will the Mayor consider implementing an Equity Framework in London, as the city of Oakland, California, has done? This would track inequities in London by protected characteristics and income, ensuring that GLA and TfL investment is directed to people and neighbourhoods most in need. Oakland’s Equity Framework The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 When my Inclusive London strategy was published in May 2018, I published an equality evidence base alongside it, outlining the scale of inequality between different groups of Londoners. The evidence base contains a wide range of demographic data on London’s diverse population, as well as the inequalities experienced in a range of areas including transport, crime and housing. This informed a set of high-level indicators which are updated annually and help show how inequality issues in London are changing over time. This forms part of a wider social evidence base to understand the social state of London and also includes measures on economic fairness and social integration – both intrinsic to equality.

Page 431

As in Oakland, these measures help direct GLA and TfL resources towards areas and Londoners in most need. For example, the London Recovery Programme has made tackling structural inequalities a key principle of all its work.

Taxi and Private Hire & Covid-19 Question No: 2021/0939 Murad Qureshi How many coronavirus fatalities have we had amongst black cab drivers and drivers of Private Hire Vehicles? Answer for Taxi and Private Hire & Covid-19 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Taxi and Private Hire & Covid-19 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) in unable to report on the number of taxi or private hire drivers who have died from coronavirus. Drivers are not employed by TfL, and TfL will only learn of the death of a licensee if it is contacted by next of kin or from media reports. Every single death is a tragic loss and our thoughts are with the family and friends of those drivers. I am aware, from data produced by the Office for National Statistics and Public Health England, that, sadly, taxi and private hire drivers are more at risk of coronavirus deaths than other transport workers. Throughout the coronavirus pandemic, TfL has been working to understand the impact of the crisis on the taxi and private hire industries and has put in place measures to help them wherever possible. Since December, TfL has been distributing a supply of 1.5 million face masks and 30,000 bottles of Dettol hand sanitiser to taxi and private hire drivers, as well as stickers to licensees reassuring passengers that their driver is ‘coronavirus prepared’. TfL has also met regularly with trade representatives to understand their concerns and has published numerous regulatory notices containing advice and guidance on the safe operation of services and where to access financial support and health and wellbeing services. TfL and I will continue to do what we can to help London’s taxi and private hire trades recover during these difficult times.

Page 432

Transport Network Safety Question No: 2021/0940 Murad Qureshi What has been the extra cost of cleaning the transport network in order to keep staff and passengers safe from Covid-19? Can you also provide any estimated extra costs for 2021/22 and break down by mode? Answer for Transport Network Safety The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Transport Network Safety The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 From the outset of the coronavirus pandemic, Transport for London’s (TfL) absolute priority has been to keep staff and passengers safe. TfL has adopted a range of advanced cleaning techniques to reduce the risk posed by the coronavirus, for example using new hospital-grade cleaning substances and piloting new technology such as UV light sanitising units on handrails at London Underground stations. TfL has also commissioned Imperial College to undertake regular sampling of the transport network to identify any contamination by coronavirus. All sampling to date has returned negative results for any traces of the virus. TfL has no plans to change the enhanced cleaning regime at the current time, but will keep the situation under review, taking into account the public health situation and any guidance from the Government and Public Health England. TfL has provided the breakdown below. Please note that the figures for the 2020/21 financial year are subject to change as we have not yet reached the end of this financial year.

Additional spend Expected additional spend Transport area 2020/21 2021/22 London Underground £1.3m Additional £0.5m £1.6mAdditional £1m installation installation of UV of UV Handrail cleaner on Handrail cleaner on escalators escalators Bus Network Assets £0.5m £0.5m incl. VCS Dial a ride £0.015m £0.5m River and Woolwich Ferry £0.01m £0.01m

Page 433

Rail & Sponsored Services £1.4m To be confirmed for DLR and (London Overground, Cycle Hire London Overground DLR, Cycle Hire, Trams) £0.9mTrams £0.02m (estimate) Bus operations* £8.8m £8.7m

*Bus operations note • This is the additional cleaning to TfL bus stations and stands which is above and beyond the cleaning the bus operators already conduct, which is built into their contracts.

RPI+1% Fare Rises Question No: 2021/0941 Murad Qureshi Is it sustainable, given the effect of Covid-19 on travel patterns, for the Government to keep pressing ahead with above inflation fare rises every year? Answer for RPI+1% Fare Rises The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response RPI+1% Fare Rises The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Affordable public transport will be critical to ensuring that London’s economic recovery from the coronavirus pandemic is not car-led, so that every Londoner can enjoy the benefits of clean air and reduced congestion while continuing to reduce our carbon emissions. Very high fares’ increases would jeopardise this and risk an unsustainable car-led recovery. The coronavirus pandemic has demonstrated that Transport for London’s disproportionate reliance on fares income to fund its vital operations is unsustainable and a more diverse mix of revenue streams, as is prevalent in other cities, would allow fares to be kept affordable while also building resilience to challenges such as the coronavirus pandemic. RPI+1% Fare Rises The Mayor Last updated: 05 May, 2021 Affordable public transport will be critical to ensuring that London’s economic recovery from the coronavirus pandemic is not car-led so that every Londoner can enjoy the benefits of clean air and reduced congestion while continuing to reduce our carbon emissions.

Page 434

The coronavirus pandemic has demonstrated that Transport for London’s disproportionate reliance on fares income to fund its vital operations is unsustainable and a more diverse mix of revenue streams, as is common in other cities, would allow fares to be kept affordable while also building resilience to challenges such as the coronavirus pandemic.

De-Cluttering Red Routes Question No: 2021/0942 Murad Qureshi What is TfL doing to remove derelict telephone kiosks along its Red Routes like the Edgware Road? Answer for De-Cluttering Red Routes The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response De-Cluttering Red Routes The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL), like the London boroughs, has limited powers to remove phone kiosks. Phone kiosks can only be removed when phones no longer work, they cause an immediate health and safety risk, or are a nuisance. Court orders may be required to secure their removal. Following three years of dialogue, in summer 2020, BT worked with TfL to remove 73 kiosks on the TfL Road Network in a joint programme. This work was based upon a grading of around 550 BT telephone kiosks on TfL’s red routes. TfL still has significant concerns around the remaining phone box estate on its network and is looking into other available removal options, working with many of the London boroughs that share similar concerns.

Funeral Costs and COVID-19 Question No: 2021/0943 Murad Qureshi Funeral Expenses Payments are limited to people on certain means-tested benefits excludes some groups, most notably those with no recourse to public funds (NRPF) conditions and undocumented migrants. What discussions, if any, have you had with the Government on this issue, and do they have any plans to remove these barriers? Funeral Costs and COVID-19 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021

Page 435

It’s unacceptable that thousands of Londoners continue to be locked out of financial support during the pandemic, particularly those who have lost loved ones. I’m doing all I can help Londoners maximise their incomes by signposting them to trusted sources of information and advice about their rights and entitlements via London.gov.uk. I’m also working with partners though the London Recovery Partnership to develop a genuinely robust local safety net for those in financial hardship. But the levers to make a real difference lie in the hands of the Government. Since the start of the pandemic I have publicly and privately called on them on numerous occasions to suspend benefit limitations and NRPF conditions to ensure that everyone who needs it can access the services and financial support they desperately need, including support with funeral costs. I urge them again to do the right thing and use the upcoming budget to announce these changes.

Help to Buy Question No: 2021/0944 Murad Qureshi In MQ 2019/6234 you called for a successor scheme to be introduced to replace the current help to Buy Scheme. You said, “This successor scheme should support a new housing supply without pushing up prices. It should incentivise better practices and higher standards among housebuilders. Crucially, I am also clear that homebuilders who benefit directly from state financial support through Help to Buy must deliver far higher proportions of affordable homes. In future, if the Government is willing to spend this level of money on building new homes, it must be directed towards genuinely affordable housing. My team will make this clear in any discussions with Government officials about the future of the scheme and City Hall is happy to work with Ministers on developing a successor scheme that achieves this goal.” Considering the Scottish government are scrapping their “Help to Buy” scheme due to budget constraints, do you think now is the right time for the Government to introduce a successor scheme in London?

Help to Buy The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 If Government is currently developing a successor to the Help to Buy scheme, then my team is not aware of those plans. There may prove to be a need this year to provide some sort of stimulus package to the development sector, to ensure that the economic uncertainty brought about by the pandemic does not result in a backwards step in our efforts to boost the supply of new homes in the city. However, I have always been clear that where funding is available, it should be prioritised for social and affordable homebuilding. This was one of the key recommendations of my Housing Delivery taskforce, established in response to the pandemic, which called for a £3.5 billion recovery package to

Page 436

support the delivery of genuinely affordable homes in London. As well as responding to London’s high level of need for the lowest cost tenures, there is an economic case for investment in affordable homebuilding. It can have a stimulus effect on the construction sector, protect and create jobs, and enable the housing market to operate in a more countercyclical way.

First Dibs Question No: 2021/0945 Murad Qureshi Following MQ 2020/3532 are you in a position to confirm the date when the first dibs review will begin? First Dibs The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The review is in hand. I hope to be able to update you in due course on when it will be published.

Census 2021 Question No: 2021/0946 Murad Qureshi With the Census 2021 scheduled on the 21st of March this year when will the results be published and what effect, if any, will they have on your London Plan?

Answer for Census 2021 The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Census 2021 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Office for National Statistics (ONS) who conduct the Census have not yet published a timetable for outputs. A draft timetable is planned for June 2021, but ONS have already said they aim to release census-based local authority estimates in March 2022, and all other data by March 2023. Whilst the findings of the Census will provide a rich and detailed evidence base for the future of London, they will not have an impact on implementation of my new London Plan.

Page 437

Firstly, Census may show that London’s population growth has slowed or even reversed, but the backlog of housing need - particularly affordable housing – means the 10-year housing targets and the Plan’s ambitious strategy for building quality, affordable, energy efficient homes remain relevant. Secondly, my London Plan is forward looking and advanced in its policy approaches in areas such as falling vehicle ownership, inequalities, public health and the need for a strong economy and job creation. It is critical that the Government now supports its rhetoric around building homes that people need and commits to the necessary funding for affordable housing, transport and other infrastructure.

TfL Housing Commitment Question No: 2021/0947 Murad Qureshi When do you think TfL will start on site with the 10,000 homes to be built over 300 acres of its land? TfL Housing Commitment The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 In 2020 Transport for London (TfL) confirmed that it cannot achieve its original target of starting on 10,000 homes by March 2021 because of delays brought about by the coronavirus pandemic. TfL has continued to progress projects where it can, but its ability to commit long-term investment is constrained by lack of certainty beyond the end of the current Government Funding Agreement. Until there is long term funding certainty, TfL will not be able to confirm timescales for its housing programme.

MOPAC Housing Commitment Question No: 2021/0948 Murad Qureshi When do you think MOPAC will deliver the 2,500 promised, pre-COVID targets for homes on Met sites? Answer for MOPAC Housing Commitment The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response MOPAC Housing Commitment The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021

Page 438

In 2018 MOPAC reviewed its landholdings and anticipated bringing forward sites which had the potential to deliver up to 2,500 homes between 2018-2022. This was based on an initial high-level set of information and assumed purchasers would in most instances progress an element of residential development. In the light of the Government announcement for additional police officers an Estates Strategy for 2020 – 2025 is being drafted. Sites which were known to be surplus have been disposed of and further surplus sites will come forward for disposal. It is anticipated that the disposal programme will lead to the additional homes being delivered over that Estate Strategy period. Delivery is dependent on planning permission being granted for the homes by the relevant planning authority. Pipeline applications include approximately 730 homes at Colindale and 500 homes on the site of former Paddington Green Police Station.

Vaccines Equity Group Question No: 2021/0949 Onkar Sahota Can you update me on the work of the Vaccines Equity Group? Answer for Vaccines Equity Group The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Vaccines Equity Group The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Vaccines Equity Group was set up as a task and finish group to scope the issues in order to support equitable COVID-19 vaccine deployment and uptake in London. I now welcome the establishment of a specific hesitance and engagement group with senior leadership, which is tasked to understand and respond to vaccine hesitancy and barriers to access This governance is being kept under review as the rollout of the vaccines continues

Vaccines Equity Group (2) Question No: 2021/0950 Onkar Sahota What recommendations has the Vaccines Equity Group made to help reduce vaccine hesitancy in London? Answer for Vaccines Equity Group (2) The Mayor

Page 439

Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Vaccines Equity Group (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Vaccines Equity Group was set up as a task and finish group to scope the issues associated with vaccine take up with different groups. I now welcome the establishment of a specific hesitancy and engagement group with senior leadership which is tasked to understand and respond to vaccine hesitancy and barriers to access Partners across London, including the NHS, the GLA, London Councils, PHE and community and faith groups continue to work closely together to tackle vaccine hesitancy. Collaboration happens across a number of different pan-London groups and is informed by ongoing research and intelligence gathered from across the city Partners are sharing communication assets which include advertising, translated messaging, social media, press, and content that can be shared directly on platforms like WhatsApp. Open and honest conversations with communities are a vital tool to tackle vaccine hesitancy. Together, partners across London are coming together to host and delivery a series of “Big Conversation” events, bringing together communities and health experts. These events started in February and continue.

ThriveLDN Question No: 2021/0951 Onkar Sahota How has ThriveLDN responded to the mental health needs of London’s children and young people? And are there plans for any future ThriveLDN programmes to provide ongoing support to children and young people? Answer for ThriveLDN The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response ThriveLDN The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Thrive LDN has continued to deliver the youth Mental Health First Aid training programme online for schools, colleges, and the wider education system. This has also been extended

Page 440

to include youth workers and those who work with children and young people in voluntary and community organisations. Thrive LDN has commissioned parenting support programmes, including ‘peer parenting’ and ‘resilient parenting’ to support parents and carers to deal with the challenges they face during this time. Thrive LDN is also working with partners to develop creative workshops, gathering insights from young Londoners on their experiences during the pandemic. This programme includes a resilience building workstream, focused on supporting Londoners aged 18-24 who have been disproportionately impacted by the pandemic. Thrive LDN will continue to prioritise and support children and young people with projects and initiatives, now and beyond the pandemic. Beyond Thrive LDN, there is also a new Good Thinking website aimed at young people that offers support and advice.

Mental Health Question No: 2021/0952 Onkar Sahota Research has continued to suggest declining mental health in most groups, to varying degrees, throughout the pandemic. I am pleased that one of your recovery missions looks at this. Can you give me further details on how you plan to address the mental health of Londoners? Answer for Mental Health The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mental Health The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The mental health and wellbeing recovery mission aims to enable and empower Londoners to improve their own and their communities’ wellbeing, particularly those whose wellbeing is worse or at greater risk. Through the mission, we’ll work closely with communities and with local partners to understand what would be of most value to them, and to recognise and build on the many examples of great initiatives and collaboration already happening across the capital. The NHS, local authorities, the voluntary and community sector, faith leaders, schools and colleges, and many more have been working hard to support the mental health of Londoners. Good Thinking and Thrive LDN, who have been leading on the public mental health approach for the city, have been working with many of these groups throughout the pandemic. I have been working closely with both organisations to identify further

Page 441

opportunities to support Londoners’ mental wellbeing now, while also providing foundations for the recovery programme

Good Thinking Question No: 2021/0953 Onkar Sahota How well has the launch of Good Thinking, London’s digital mental wellbeing service, gone and how many people have accessed the resources? Answer for Good Thinking The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Good Thinking The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Good Thinking was launched in November 2017. The service has been used by 485,000 people and been accessed over 685,000 times since launch. Usage has increased significantly since the onset of COVID-19 with more than 185,000 users since the beginning of the pandemic. The service has shown a responsiveness to need, producing relevant content at speed in response to changing guidance and as the needs of different population groups affected by COVID-19 have emerged.

Vaccine rollout Question No: 2021/0954 Onkar Sahota London is still lagging behind the rest of England in the vaccine rollout. Are you confident London is receiving the right resources? Answer for Vaccine rollout The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Vaccine rollout The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021

Page 442

I have repeatedly called on the Government to scale up the vaccine supply in London, and, following positive meetings with the Minister for COVID Vaccine Deployment, I am assured that London is getting an uplift in vaccine supply. The Government’s original distribution formula meant that London missed out on its early fair share of the vaccine, but this has now been addressed. It is a huge achievement that more than 1.6m doses of the life-saving COVID-19 vaccines have now been given to the most vulnerable Londoners, their carers and NHS workers. NHS staff and volunteers have worked incredibly hard to deliver the vaccines to Londoners, and we owe them a huge debt of gratitude.

Mental Health Provisions Question No: 2021/0955 Onkar Sahota London’s mental health provisions vary greatly by borough and local area. They are unfortunately very patchy across the city with some Londoner’s not having somewhere local to address and support their needs. As Mayor, will you consider assessing where there are gaps across London and then coordinating conversations between boroughs to improve in areas that are lacking in support? Answer for Mental Health Provisions The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mental Health Provisions The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As a champion for the NHS and for Londoners’ mental health, I have worked to ensure London has the powers it needs to best address some of its unique mental health needs. In 2019, I signed along with other health and care partners up the London Health and Care Vision, which set out our shared ambitions for deeper and stronger local collaboration in neighbourhoods, boroughs and sub-regional systems so that services are genuinely integrated, on mental health along with other priority areas. Our local health systems work to assess need and allocate funding for services accordingly, based on population data and other sources of evidence to ensure we make best use of funding and target support to areas which have greatest levels of unmet need. I am pleased that the Mental Health Long Term plan has secured funding to support ongoing expansion of community and crisis mental health support for Londoners. There are of course different levels at which mental health needs can be addressed, beyond mental health services. I am supportive of Thrive LDN’s coordination of the public mental

Page 443

health response to the pandemic. This looks at services but also preventative action and effective signposting, to everything from crisis lines to digital resources like Good Thinking.

Tube Noise Communication (1) Question No: 2021/0956 Navin Shah A number of AMs have raised issues related to tube noise in their respective constituencies and have found it virtually impossible to get these resolved. A high-level TfL meeting took place with AMs some months ago to express and identify issues across London. We were given assurances of progress and a written briefing of how the casework will be managed/progressed. Since the meeting there’s been a distinct lack of follow up. I understand that the pandemic has complicated the matters. Please advise what progress has been made with casework and what plans you have to deal with the outstanding issues. Answer for Tube Noise Communication (1) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Tube Noise Communication (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Tube noise is a priority for both Transport for London (TfL) and me. At present, until a sustainable funding settlement is agreed, TfL’s ability to carry out long- term and expensive interventions to tackle issues such as Tube noise is limited. However, despite these financial challenges, TfL continues to invest significant funding in London Underground track renewal and maintenance, including a continuous programme of rail grinding and track modernisation. Since November 2020, despite the challenges posed by the coronavirus pandemic, TfL has: • Carried out rail grinding on over 7,500m of rail, specifically for the purpose of noise reduction, • Carried out ballast lifting and packing between Sloane Square and South Kensington, • Removed scrap rails between Vauxhall and Stockwell, • Installed a specially designed block joint to replace two existing joints between Manor House and Finsbury Park, • Removed two redundant rail joints between Gants Hill and Newbury Park, • Carried out a track inspection in the Farringdon area, resulting in the lifting and packing of sleepers, and • Carried out the replacement and grouting of sleepers between Oxford Circus and Green Park.

Page 444

I also understand that London Underground’s Managing Director has recently written to London Assembly to provide further information on TfL’s approach to tackling noise and vibration issues, including an update on priority sites. Specific updates have also been shared with Assembly Members in recent months regarding TfL’s planned interventions at a number of locations where residents have been impacted by Tube noise.

Ashburnham Avenue & Kilburn Curve Tube Noise (2) Question No: 2021/0957 Navin Shah I have two long standing tube noise issues in my constituency. It is becoming increasingly difficult to get a clear picture of progress on these issues from TfL. Firstly, can you provide an update on the tube noise situation at Ashburnham Avenue? The last communication I had on this issue in early November promised an update soon, but I have received none. As to the ‘Kingsbury Curve’, the campaigners have recently sent a diary of events since 2016 giving a full history of the noise issues and they note that lubrication of the track has not made any difference to the level of noise being experienced. In both areas the residents have been patient and understanding for well over five years. Where are we with these two issues please? How long will they have to wait before they have the quality of life restored? Answer for Ashburnham Avenue & Kilburn Curve Tube Noise (2) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Ashburnham Avenue & Kilburn Curve Tube Noise (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Tube noise is a priority for both Transport for London (TfL) and me. At Kingsbury, TfL is continuing to investigate new on-train lubricators, which further reduces friction between the wheels and track, particularly around curves. Static testing has now been undertaken, and TfL has now started trialling these on-train lubricators in service, on an initial train. If effective, there will be a program of works to install these on the entire fleet. TfL is also continuing to investigate fitting electrical lubricators to the track in this area, and expects that installation will start in spring 2021. I have asked that TfL provides you with an update on progress next month. At Harrow-on-the-Hill (Ashburnham Avenue), TfL commissioned an independent industry expert to conduct a report into the expected efficacy of an acoustic barrier in this location. However, given the financial impact of the coronavirus pandemic, TfL has unfortunately had to delay some non-safety critical activities. This has meant although TfL continues to invest in Tube track renewal and maintenance, its analysis of and response to this report has been delayed. Additionally, the short-term nature of TfL’s funding deals with the

Page 445

government means it has not yet been able to confirm its noise and vibration budget for the 2021/22 financial year, from which any intervention in this area would need to be funded. TfL is committed to reducing Tube noise for residents of Harrow-on-the-Hill and Kingsbury as far as is practicable within its constraints, and once the relevant budget has been confirmed, will be able to confirm its next steps

Lateral Flow Testing Question No: 2021/0958 Navin Shah As Councils roll out rapid lateral flow testing, will you help to encourage Londoners to take advantage of this and get tested regularly? Answer for Lateral Flow Testing The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Lateral Flow Testing The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have repeatedly called upon the Government to make asymptomatic testing more available and so I fully support the drive to make lateral flow testing available across the city. I welcome the government’s lateral flow testing for schools, early years providers and the offer for employers. London’s local authorities have done an amazing job making sure that all our communities can access asymptomatic testing at locations across the city. With employers’ support, lateral flow testing will become more widely available in the workplace making it more easily accessible. I will be publicising the testing offer to employers through my business networks and communications. I continue to support co-ordinated communications across London working with London Councils and the boroughs to encourage people to get tested. This includes regularly encouraging Londoners to get tested through my social media channels.

Nurses not Hearses Campaign Question No: 2021/0959 Navin Shah Harrow Mencap are running a ‘Nurses not Hearses’ campaign, calling for more Learning Disability nurses in hospitals. According to a Public Health England report, 6.3 times more

Page 446

deaths occurred among people with learning disabilities than in the rest of the population. Will you support and publicise this brilliant and important campaign? Answer for Nurses not Hearses Campaign The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response

Page 447

Nurses not Hearses Campaign The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am deeply concerned that people with learning disabilities have been so disproportionately impacted by COVID-19. I am grateful and pay tribute to Mencap for their tireless work on behalf of people with learning disabilities. The factors affecting death rates are very complex and go beyond health and care services, for example to housing, education, access to appropriate sources of health information and support. My Statutory Health Advisor, Professor Kevin Fenton is leading Public Health England’s response to the disproportionate impacts of COVID 19. The NHS has worked throughout the pandemic to provide treatment and care to everyone affected by COVID-19. They are continually learning and applying the lessons as the experience of treating and managing the illness evolves. The issue of specialist learning disability provision is the responsibility of the NHS. I meet regularly with both Professor Fenton and Sir David Sloman, NHS London Regional Director, and I will raise this very important issue with them.

Mental Health Crisis -Children and Young People Question No: 2021/0960 Navin Shah Everyone acknowledges the need to urgently address the rapid and devastating mental health crisis affecting children and young people and the support they require as a result of the pandemic crisis. As it is, even before the pandemic the support was too little. As the figures are devastating and impacting on a whole new generation, urgent action is required. What can and must the Government do? And, what you are doing within your power to help the children and young people affected by the mental health crisis? Answer for Mental Health Crisis -Children and Young People The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Mental Health Crisis -Children and Young People The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I work with London’s schools, early years settings and all boroughs to support young Londoners’ mental health through Healthy Schools London, Healthy Early Years London and by sharing the updated Schools Mental Health Toolkit. I continue to work with Thrive LDN to roll out the Youth MMFA programme, and am working with the NHS to promote awareness of CAMHS support.

Page 448

My Young Londoners Fund supports over 300 youth projects which will reach 110,000 vulnerable young Londoners by December 2022, with many projects focusing on mental health. I have provided funding to Good Thinking, London’s digital mental health and wellbeing service, to support its expansion for children and young people. I urge the government to accelerate the roll out of Mental Health Support Teams, ensuring that every young person has access to this support as soon as possible. While Healthy London Partnership are doing what they can to fill the gaps, it is the government that needs to act here – now more urgently than ever.

StreetLink Question No: 2021/0961 Navin Shah In recent years the StreetLink app has been very useful so that members of the public could identify rough sleepers and make StreetLink aware of them. Now there is much less footfall on London’s streets as people stay home, what is being done to ensure as many rough sleepers as possible are being located and helped, especially as the cold weather continues to take its toll? StreetLink The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Despite decreased footfall, the StreetLink service made over 8,300 referrals to outreach teams in London between October and December 2020. In addition to alerts from members of the public, the StreetLink service also receives self-referrals from people sleeping rough – a service which has continued to be heavily used during the pandemic. Nonetheless, whilst StreetLink referrals (both from the public and service users) are incredibly helpful in ensuring that services can reach people in need, they complement but do not replace traditional outreach work, which has continued throughout the pandemic. This involves regular (nightly) shifts of outreach workers looking both for people who are known and those who are new to the streets, led by local intelligence. During particularly cold periods, when the Severe Weather Emergency Protocol (SWEP) is activated by City Hall, outreach services further increase shifts to ensure that as many people as possible are contacted quickly and supported.

Delivery of New London Plan & Recovery Question No: 2021/0962 Navin Shah I’m pleased that after a long and unacceptable delay the London Plan can now shape and make a positive contribution to London. As London paves its way to recovery, will the

Page 449

London Plan need modifications in the light of the pandemic which has brought about radical changes in the way we live and work etc. Is the London Plan robust and flexible enough to absorb major changes required to pave a way to recovery or will it need to change? If latter is the case how do you think it can and will be done? Delivery of New London Plan & Recovery The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 While my new London Plan was first drafted before the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, the Plan is still relevant for London today and the challenges of recovery. It provides the policy framework to secure many more genuinely affordable homes; supports sustainable patterns of development and travel to ensure a green recovery; moves to zero carbon buildings to help tackle the climate emergency; provides workspaces for SMEs and creative businesses; ensures sufficient capacity for the logistics and distribution sectors that service our city; protects cultural spaces, grass roots music venues, pubs and LGBTQ+ spaces to maintain London’s vibrancy; provides more green and open spaces that we have come to value ever more through these recent times; creates healthy streets and enhances green cover, so that we can live healthier lives – and much more besides. As the shape of the recovery from Covid-19 becomes more certain, I will of course monitor the situation and keep the Plan under review.

Statutory Sick Pay Question No: 2021/0963 Leonie Cooper What discussions have you had with the Government about increasing Statutory Sick Pay for Londoners so that low paid Londoners can afford to self-isolate if required? Answer for Statutory Sick Pay The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Statutory Sick Pay The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have repeatedly called on the Government to act on Sick Pay, I think low paid Londoners should receive their full pay wherever possible if they need to self-isolate. In my recent submission to the Chancellor ahead of the March 3rd budget, I called for support for Londoners to self-isolate as part of a package of measures essential to support London through the immediate crisis.

Page 450

Green Homes Grants and London (3) Question No: 2021/0964 Leonie Cooper How many Londoners have benefitted from the Green Homes Grant Voucher scheme and how does this compare to the rest of England? Green Homes Grants and London (3) The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The Government published some reporting on the Green Homes Grant Voucher scheme on the 18th February. Of the 99,576 total voucher applications made by 31 January, 9,298 (9.3%) were from the London region. London’s share of English households is 15%. This is the lowest share of any English region apart from the North East. Of the 21,056 total vouchers issued by 31 January, 2,057 (9.8%) were from the London region.

Domestic Abuse “referred” calls Question No: 2021/0965 Unmesh Desai Why has the portion of Domestic Abuse related calls marked as ‘referred’, or dealt with by the operator, increased from 12% to 17% in the last four years? Domestic Abuse “referred” calls The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 The MPS define ‘referred’ graded calls as those where the needs of the caller are met through telephone advice or the involvement of another more appropriate agency or service. For domestic incidents these include the caller requesting an update on a crime report or updating a crime that was already recorded. In these instances, the attendance of a police officer is not required. The police will attend all calls where a crime or domestic incident needs to be recorded. It is not possible to determine the precise reason for the increase. However, with the continued increase in domestic incidents being reported, the police would expect a disproportionate increase in ‘referred’ graded calls. This includes incidents where there are multiple calls reporting an incident, which is most notable in the last year as more people, such as neighbours, were at home to report incidents.

Page 451

Vaccine Up Take Question No: 2021/0966 Onkar Sahota Through conversations with London Councils and local authorities, which boroughs are you most concerned about with regards to vaccine uptake? Answer for Vaccine Up Take The Mayor Last updated: 02 March, 2021 Officers are drafting a response Vaccine Up Take The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am pleased that over 1.7 million doses of the vaccine have now been given to Londoners. This is an incredible achievement by the NHS, but we are all aware that we cannot be complacent. There is ongoing work to do to ensure that all vulnerable people in the capital have access to the vaccine and are encouraged to take up the offer. There are groups of Londoners who will need additional support to access the vaccine, and we know from ongoing insight that there are communities who have doubts about having it. Local authorities continue to be at the forefront of our pan-London work to support the roll out. We continue to work with them closely, alongside PHE and the NHS, to develop messaging and resources that will reach our diverse communities. Many boroughs are also hosting direct conversations with their local communities, and the partnership is supporting and complimenting this work with a number of pan-London events. The NHS has just started to publish vaccine numbers at a CCG level, and this information will be useful in helping partners across London target their messaging, resources, and support.

Page 452 Appendix 5

- A23 Streatham High Road - A316 Manor Circus - A3220 Edith Road/Gunter Grove - A4 West Cromwell Road/Warwick Road - A400 Camden High Street - A12 Commercial Road by Whatney Market - Cycle Parking - A205 East Sheen Road - A5 Edgware Road - A316 London Road roundabout - A202 Peckham town centre - A3220 Latchmere Road/Lavender Hill/Elspeth Road - A10 High Road/Philip Lane - A21 Tweedy Road/Sherman Road/East Street - A3220 Cheyne Walk/Lots Road - A501 Euston Road/Duke’s Road - A1 Stirling Corner - A24 Road/Jubilee Way - A1211 Goodman’s Yard - A21 Bromley Common/Crown Lane - A205 Mortlake Road rail bridge - A23 Kennington Road/Cleaver Street - A107 Clapton Common/Portland Avenue/Wetlands - A3220 Warwick Road/Finborough Road - A5 Edgware Road/Harrow Road - A22 Godstone Road - A2 Blackheath Hill/Greenwich South Street/Lewisham Road - A205 Dulwich Common Lordship Lane - A205 Brownhill Road/Torridon Road - A3 Clapham Road / Union Road - A11East India Dock Road / Stainsby Road (ATS) - A3 Kennington Park Road / Braganza Street - A201 New Kent Road / Harper Road - A1 Holloway Road/Drayton Park - A503 Camden Road/Camden Street - A10 Kingsland Road/Balls Pond Road/Dalston Lane - A202 Camberwell town centre - A20 Amersham Road/Parkfield Road - Cycleway 4 – Creek Road - Cycleway 9 East – Kew Bridge and Kew Bridge to Wellesley Road - Cycleway 34 (Cycle Superhighway 10) - Cycleway 37 - Waterloo City Hub - Cycleway between Lea Bridge and Clapton (CFR3) - Cycleway 9 West - Lambeth Bridge North and South

Page 453 - A3 Tolworth - Vauxhall Cross - Wandsworth Gyratory - Cycleway 4 extension between Charlton and Woolwich - Cycleway between Surrey Quays and Peckham (CFR12) - Cycleway between Camden and Tottenham Hale (CFR2) - Angel Junction - A10 Stoke Newington Gyratory - A205 Tulse Hill - A2 Old Kent Road - A21/A205 Catford Town Centre - Gallows Corner - Parliament Square - Cycleway between Wembley and Scrubs Lane (CFR23) - Highbury Corner Gyratory - Archway - A3205 Nine Elms - Old Street Roundabout - Cycleway 4 – Evelyn Street - A100 Tower Bridge Road - A201 New Kent Road - A302 Grosvenor Place - A202 Harleyford Road - A5 Edgware Road, West End Gate - A202 Corridor Low Bus Emission Zone - A217/A232 St Dunstan’s Junction - A297 St Helier Avenue - A3 West Hill - A3220 Battersea Bridge Road/Westbridge Road - A4 Great West Road/Vicarage Farm Road - A312 Faggs Road - A41 Finchley Road - A11 Commercial Street to Anchor Retail Park - A11 Globe Road to Bow Roundabout - A20 Lee High Road - A107 Lower Clapton Road - A297 Rosehill roundabout - A3036 Wandsworth Road - A232 Carshalton Road/Langley Park Road - A205 Upper Richmond Road/Putney High Street

Page 454 TfL UNCLASSIFIED#

Question No: 2021/0503 - Signalling failures - Gareth Bacon MP For each year of your mayoralty, please provide details of how many tube signal failures there have been on each TfL line

From 06 Line May 2017 2018 2019 2020 2016

Bakerloo 86 86 74 50 54 Circle and Hammersmith & City 95 180 140 131 93 Central 179 245 219 191 169 District 246 456 420 317 208 Jubilee 125 202 232 176 152 Metropolitan 164 248 247 245 202 Northern 41 97 107 110 67 Piccadilly 161 293 259 212 118 Victoria 32 40 31 47 28 Waterloo & City 17 22 25 17 2 Network Total 1145 1869 1752 1496 1093

The data included in the table above shows all Signalling related failures that have caused a two minute delay or more to the service. The 'Year' is based on calendar year (January to December) and not the finanical year (April to March). The timeframe is from 06 May 2016 (the start of Sadiq Khan's tenure) up to and including 31 December 2020. Page 455 Page

#TfL UNCLASSIFIED

INTERNAL AUDIT MANUAL 2016

Date: 27 April 2016 Review Date: January 2017

Page 456 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

CONTENTS

1. OVERVIEW 2 2. INTERNAL AUDIT GOVERNANCE 4 3. ASSIGNMENT PLANNING 9 4. FIELDWORK 14 5. AUDIT REPORTS 19 6. REAL TIME AUDITS 24 7. ACTION FOLLOW UP 26 8. FRAUD 28 9. CONSULTANCY 30 10. QUALITY ASSURANCE & EFFECTIVENESS 33 APPENDIX 1 - AUDIT PROCESS FLOWCHART 37

Internal auditing is an independent, objective assurance and consulting activity designed to add value and improve an organisation's operations. It helps an organisation accomplish its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management, control and governance processes.

Public Sector Internal Audit Standards Internal Audit must comply with the Public Sector Internal Audit (PSIA) Standards which are mandatory for all government departments, agencies and executive non-departmental public bodies (PSIA website). The standards provide additional guidance for applying the internationally recognised framework for internal auditing provided by the Global Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) (IIA website) and that provided by the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) specifically for local authorities and other similar bodies (CIPFA website).

The key PSIA Standards have been included for reference purposes within this manual.

Page 1 Page 457 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

OVERVIEW

1.1 Introduction Internal Audit (IA) has a key role to play in supporting TfL as it strives to achieve its goal ‘to keep London working and growing and make life in London better’. In carrying out its work Internal Audit (IA) needs to earn the confidence and respect of TfL’s Board Members, Audit and Assurance Committee, senior management and staff by being totally professional in every respect.

IA staff come from many backgrounds and hold a variety of professional qualifications; but whilst working in an IA role staff must take account of internal auditing standards.

This manual is an internal reference document. It covers IA’s purpose, governance arrangements, how work is planned and executed, relationship with our stakeholders and how we maintain the quality of our service.

Where the title of ‘manager’ is used in the manual this refers to Audit Manager (AM) or Senior Audit Manager (SAM) depending on the management of a particular audit. If a task is role specific AM or SAM will be specified.

The manual is published on the TfL Management System – Working at TfL and is reviewed annually to ensure it is working well for IA and remains current.

1.2 IA Vision, Mission and Strategy Vision World Class assurance and advice for a World Class transport system.

Mission - To provide independent assurance and advice to the TfL Board, Audit and Assurance Committee and the Leadership Team on all aspects of corporate governance across the TfL Group - To provide advice and assistance to directors and senior managers in carrying out their internal control responsibilities, including matters of risk, fraud, business improvement, policy, procedure and compliance

Strategy Position Statements - Our Customers: In carrying out our work we seek to focus on areas of highest risk to the organisation and where we can provide maximum benefit to our customers. We work collaboratively with other assurance providers to ensure that duplication of effort is minimised - Our People: Our staff have skills and experience across a range of disciplines and a wide range of knowledge about the business and the environment in which it operates, internal audit best practice, and fraud

Page 2 Page 458 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

risk and procedures. These skills are kept up to date through targeted training and development - Our Delivery: IA is the leading provider of assurance within TfL, with a key role in promoting effective assurance delivery across the organisation. We will strive to apply the highest possible standards of professionalism and integrity at all times in the delivery of our own work. We will carry out our work in accordance with best practice standards, delivering clear, timely and independent assurance to the business - Value for Money: We will help TfL to achieve value for money by carrying out our own role as efficiently as possible with minimal duplication of effort with other assurance providers, and driving business improvement through our audit, consultancy and fraud prevention work

1.3 Audit independence IA must be independent of the activities it audits to enable auditors to perform their duties in a way that allows them to make impartial and effective professional judgements and recommendations.

IA staff should not have any operational responsibilities. They should not provide assurance services for any activity which they provided consultancy services for or had responsibility for in the previous year. IA staff may provide consultancy services relating to operations for which they had previous responsibilities.

1.4 Internal Audit Charter

PSIA 1000 Purpose, authority and responsibility The purpose, authority and responsibility of the internal audit activity must be formally defined in an internal audit charter, consistent with the Definition of Internal Auditing, the Code of Ethics, and the Standards. The chief audit executive must periodically review the internal audit charter and present it to senior management and the board for approval.

The IA Charter sets out the objectives, authority and responsibilities of the IA Department. The Audit and Assurance Committee approved it in October 2015.

1.5 Audit process A detailed IA process flowchart is attached as an Appendix to this manual.

Page 3 Page 459 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

INTERNAL AUDIT GOVERNANCE

2.1 The Audit and Assurance Committee

2060 Reporting to the board and senior management PSIA The chief audit executive must report periodically to senior management and the board on the internal audit activity’s purpose, authority, responsibility, and performance relative to its plan. Reporting must also include significant risk exposures and control issues, including fraud risks, governance issues, and other matters needed or requested by senior management and the board.

The purpose of the Audit and Assurance Committee is: • To provide independent assurance of the adequacy of the risk management framework and the associated control environment • To provide independent scrutiny of TfL’s financial and non-financial performance to the extent that it affects TfL’s exposure to risk and weakens the control environment • To oversee the financial reporting process

Each year, the Director of Internal Audit (DIA) provides an Annual Audit Report to the Audit and Assurance Committee which includes an overall opinion on the control environment, the extent to which the audit plan has been achieved, and a summary of any unresolved issues. The DIA also provides reports to the Committee during the year that describe in outline the activity of the IA department with a summary of all reports issued and any major issues identified.

An aged analysis of overdue actions is also provided to the Committee from AutoAudit. This is an essential report that enables the Committee to monitor the timely implementation of agreed actions, and other formal improvement actions across the group.

The Committee also receives a high level summary of the assurance provided to the TfL Leadership Team as part of integrated assurance delivery.

2.2 Governance responsibilities

Responsibility for the establishment and maintenance of an effective system of internal control, and for risk identification, management and monitoring, rests with management at all levels within TfL.

The DIA’s annual opinion is used by management as part of the process to review the adequacy and effectiveness of TfL’s corporate governance framework and the extent of TfL’s compliance with it. To provide assurance on the effectiveness of governance arrangements together with related evidence, specific review work is incorporated into the annual IA Integrated

Page 4 Page 460 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Assurance Plan (IAIAP) and subsequently the TfL Integrated Assurance Plan (IAP).

2.3 IA stakeholders IA has a unique role in delivering assurance on the effectiveness of TfL’s risk management, control and governance processes and therefore has a wide variety of stakeholders, both internal and external. IA works in partnership with its stakeholders and provides a service to them, requiring a significant degree of co-operation with each. The primary stakeholders for IA are the Commissioner, the Executive Committee, business area Leadership Teams, the Assurance Delivery Group (ADG) and the Audit and Assurance Committee.

2.4 TfL Integrated Assurance Framework The purpose of the Integrated Assurance Framework is to provide a regime within TfL for the efficient and effective generation and provision of assurance over all of its activities and is built around a common set of assurance principles: Proportionality: The volume of assurance work carried out should be proportionate to the risk associated with the area under review, having regard, as appropriate, to financial impact, health and safety, operational continuity, reputation, and legal and regulatory compliance Risk based planning: Assurance work should be planned so as to focus attention on areas of highest risk to the organisation Independence: All assurance engagements should include an adequate element of independence from the management responsible for the area under review Competence: Assurance engagements should be carried out by staff with appropriate qualifications, knowledge, skills and experience commensurate with the nature of the engagement Engagement planning: Assurance engagements should be properly planned, including defining the engagement’s objective, scope, timing and resource allocation Documentation of evidence: There should be sufficient documented evidence to support the findings from assurance engagements. Documentation will include notes of meetings, details of key documents reviewed, details of items tested and explanations of the rationale for all matters of judgement Reporting: The results of assurance engagements should be communicated to members of management responsible for the area under review, and to others as appropriate, and a management response obtained Action: All remedial actions arising out of assurance engagements should be defined by the accountable manager, and have a defined owner and agreed timescale for completion Follow up: There should be a process of follow up to confirm that all significant agreed actions are implemented

Page 5 Page 461 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Spreading good practice: Areas of good practice identified through assurance activity should be communicated to other areas of the business as appropriate with the aim of improving control across the organisation Quality control: All assurance providers should have in place appropriate procedures to review the quality of their work to ensure that appropriate standards are maintained. At appropriate intervals this should include a process of external or peer review

The ADG oversees and co-ordinates internal assurance activities including the development of the IAP and overseeing its delivery on behalf of the Leadership Team. IA leads the development, maintenance and progress reporting against the IAP on behalf of the ADG. The IAP also helps to minimise the risk of duplication of assurance activity across TfL.

2.5 IA Integrated Assurance Plan

2010 Planning PSIA The chief audit executive must establish a risk based plan to determine the priorities of the internal audit activity, consistent with the organisation’s goals.

The IAIAP summarises the work that will be performed by IA in any given financial year and is developed as part of the annual planning process. The overall aim of the annual planning process is to ensure that there is adequate cost-effective IA coverage of the key risks facing TfL. It enables IA’s focus to be on key risk areas and critical business processes together with a balanced coverage of TfL’s key business activities. As TfL’s business activities are constantly evolving, IA adopts a flexible approach to planning and reviews the IAIAP on an ongoing basis.

The DIA, supported by the SAMs, develops the plan. This process is assisted by workshops with senior management and other assurance providers to identify key risks in specific business areas. In developing the plan consideration is given to certain key factors, in particular: • Business risks including health, safety, environmental and performance risks • Major procurement exercises • The main business processes • Major IT processes and development projects • Areas of concern identified by management

Other factors considered include the degree of management or process change, the date of the last relevant audit and coverage by other assurance providers as part of the IAP.

The focus of IA’s efforts will be on the significant risks facing TfL as identified by output from the risk management process. The IAIAP also takes account of the expectations of key IA stakeholders including TfL management and the

Page 6 Page 462 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Audit and Assurance Committee. The development of the IAIAP feeds into the IAP.

2.6 Risk based internal audit

2100 Nature of work PSIA The internal audit activity must evaluate and contribute to the improvement governance, risk management and control processes using a systematic and disciplined approach.

IA should wherever possible adopt the technique of risk based internal auditing (RBIA).

RBIA is defined by the IIA as: ‘….a methodology that links internal auditing to an organisation’s overall risk management framework. RBIA allows internal audit to provide assurance to the board that risk management processes are managing risks effectively, in relation to the risk appetite.’

Risk management and control are the responsibilities of management and IA is there to provide objective and independent assurance that what management report is happening in an area is what is really happening in practice.

2.7 Use of resources The overriding principles for the resources that are used to undertake IA’s work are that: • They must have the necessary expertise to perform the work required • Where practicable, staff members must be given a variety of assignments on which to work to ensure that personal development needs are met • Individuals should be encouraged to discuss their findings with others to confirm that conclusions are valid and suggested actions are appropriate and cost effective • Resource requirements must be planned as far in advance as possible to help to ensure that IA’s work is undertaken effectively and efficiently. However, resourcing arrangements must also remain flexible to accommodate emerging work from ongoing planning and management requests for work

2.8 AutoAudit Integral to the TfL IA process is the use of AutoAudit. This is an audit automation tool designed to improve the productivity, efficiency and consistency of audits. AutoAudit automates key aspects of the audit process including work papers, reporting and action tracking through its web based portal ‘Issue Track’. There are two AutoAudit audit databases; AutoAudit2013hset is used to manage HSE&T audits and AutoAudidt2013ia is used to manage all other audit work delivered by the IA department.

Page 7 Page 463 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

AutoAudit is referred to throughout this manual but more detailed instructions can be found in the AutoAudit User Guide 2015 and the Thomson Reuters AutoAudit Reference Manual.

2.9 Information security The TfL Standard - Information Security Classification sets out the information security classification scheme which covers information and records, in all formats, held by TfL. It includes TfL’s ‘Requirements for the Secure Handling of Information’ which provide guidance on the appropriate handling of information based on its security classification.

IA must ensure adherence to the Standard and apply appropriate information security classification labels to all audit evidence, working papers, communication and audit reports in line with requirements. This applies equally to documents retained in AutoAudit, EDMS, Sharepoint and personal drives. The main audit report templates held in AutoAudit are marked with the ‘TfL RESTRICTED’ security classification. Final audit reports (FARs) are not marked with this classification as they are published on the TfL website.

Page 8 Page 464 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

ASSIGNMENT PLANNING

2200 Engagement planning PSIA Internal auditors must develop and document a plan for each engagement, including the engagement’s objectives, scope, timing and resource allocations.

3.1 Introduction Audit planning ensures that each audit assignment focuses on the management of risks to achieving business objectives and legislative/external standard requirements. Outputs from the planning process include the AutoAudit Planning Document, the engagement letter agreed with the principal auditee and the audit programme.

3.2 Scheduling

2230 Engagement resources allocation PSIA Internal auditors must determine appropriate and sufficient resources to achieve engagement objectives based on an evaluation of the nature and complexity of each engagement, time constraints, and available resources.

Audit scheduling is carried out by managers based on auditor availability, workload, experience and previous audit activity. To ensure individual independence and objectivity managers should consider previous consultancy, secondments or operational roles internal auditors have performed in the business area being audited.

3.3 Background research The first task is to inform the business owner that the planning stage of the audit is underway. Auditors then gather relevant information about the area to be audited which can include consultation with a range of stakeholders. The aim is to be able to: • Document the objective of the audit • Understand the purpose of the area under review • Document the scope of the audit

The scope should include the principal risks/criteria and other significant risks. Information may come from a variety of sources and should be recorded on AutoAudit for reference. Information gathered is used to prepare the draft engagement letter. All audits should consider risk management, ethical business conduct, and reputational and fraud risks (see section 8).

Page 9 Page 465 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

3.4 Internal planning meeting An internal planning meeting should take place between the manager and auditor(s) prior to the start of any audit. This meeting should include a discussion of: • The audit approach including the assessment of risk management maturity (where relevant) • Mutual expectations and milestone targets • Background information • Audit objective • Stakeholders

3.5 Planning/opening meetings with auditee Planning/opening meetings should be arranged with the prospective auditee and other stakeholders. The meetings should include a discussion of: • Appropriate questions to enable the level of risk maturity to be determined • IA’s understanding of the purpose of the area under review • Agreement of the key risks and/or criteria • The objective and scope of the audit • The audit process including the identification of good practice • Any concerns auditees may have which need to be addressed • Agreement of key contacts and dates

Planning should be documented in AutoAudit.

3.6 Engagement letter

2220 Engagement scope PSIA The established scope must be sufficient to satisfy the objectives of the engagement.

The engagement letter is issued to the principal auditee(s) before fieldwork starts. A template is available on AutoAudit. The engagement letter: • Enables the auditee and other key staff to have an input into the audit • Clarifies the work that will be done by IA • Confirms the timing of the audit • Ensures that the appropriate resource has been assigned to the audit • Establishes responsibilities of all parties

The manager will review and agree the draft engagement letter before it is distributed to the principal auditee(s) for review and comment. Engagement letters are subject to the same version control as audit reports (see section 5.9).

Once agreed, the engagement letter is issued and copied to relevant management. At this point the closing meeting should be booked with the principal auditee(s). The final version (and drafts) is retained in AutoAudit.

Page 10 Page 466 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

It is important that the engagement letter is developed with the involvement of the auditee(s) to help ensure that the necessary TfL management support is obtained for the audit. All relevant and specific key risks and/or criteria should be outlined in the engagement letter in order that there is clear alignment between risk/criteria, scope and approach. Any specific exclusion from the scope should also be clearly highlighted.

3.7 Audit Planning Document A key requirement of the planning process is that a clear timetable for the audit is established. The AutoAudit Planning Document provides a vehicle for the manager to record the ‘Original Planned Dates’ for completion of the key audit milestones.

Once the engagement letter is agreed the ‘Original Planned Dates’ must be entered into the Planning Document. The manager will then lock the dates and copy them into the Revised Dates column to ensure accurate reporting of departmental performance.

Milestones Original Planned Dates Engagement Letter Agreed Date of engagement letter issue

Fieldwork Start As recorded in engagement letter

Fieldwork End Closing meeting date If more than one closing meeting is planned this should be the date of the final closing meeting.

Draft Report Issued One week from Fieldwork End date (section 5.7)

Interim Report Issued Three weeks from Draft Report Issued This milestone is recorded as ‘Report Issued’ in the HSE&T AutoAudit database

Final Report Issued Three months from Interim Report Issued HSE&T do not issue FARs

Both auditors and managers have a collective responsibility for monitoring audit progress against the key milestones dates in the Planning Document.

The auditor is responsible for keeping the Planning Document up to date throughout the audit, including ‘Revised Dates’ and ‘Actual Dates’.

When the actual date for a milestone is not achieved or completed early, each of the subsequent revised dates may be changed, subject to management agreement, thereby setting revised target dates for completion of the remaining milestones.

Page 11 Page 467 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

The actual ‘Fieldwork End’ date may not be the date of the closing meeting dependent on further fieldwork being undertaken (section 4.7). The revised date for ‘Final Report Issued’ is the date stated in the Interim Audit Report (IAR) Executive Summary.

3.8 Audit change control process for milestones Auditors should pro-actively manage any risks to the achievement of milestones. If it becomes apparent that the key milestones dates will not be met this needs to be highlighted in a Planning Document Comment.

The auditor and manager need to discuss the reasons for delay and agree whether revised milestones dates for completing the audit will be set, and if so what these should be. In practice, this process is likely to vary slightly from audit to audit. However, the principles of discussing and agreeing changes between the auditor and manager, and recording the agreed change in a Planning Document Comment, must be adhered to.

The agreed revised milestones dates must be documented in the Comment and approved by the manager. The manager must then update any changes to the milestone dates in the Planning Document.

For joint audit assignments the lead manager must agree any revised milestone dates.

3.9 Audit programme

2240 Engagement work programme PSIA Internal auditors must develop and document work programmes that achieve the engagement objectives.

The purpose of the audit programme is to set out in more detail the work that will be carried out to address each of the scope areas. The programme is used as a basis to effectively align fieldwork with the risks/criteria to be reviewed. A template is available on AutoAudit.

The audit programme should cover: • Expected Controls and other risk/criteria mitigation • Control testing (as appropriate) • Results and supporting evidence • Evaluation and conclusion

The audit programme will focus on testing the effectiveness of controls and other risk mitigations in place to manage the most significant risks or performance against criteria.

As well as providing the means of ensuring that the audit objectives are met, the audit programme also provides:

Page 12 Page 468 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

• An overview of work done • A means for management to supervise each audit and review progress • Evaluation of the risks and controls • Details of each issue raised, cross referencing them to the issues in the audit report • Links to working papers

Audit programmes must be forwarded to managers for formal approval. The manager should confirm that the planned work is appropriate to achieve the objectives of the audit.

The audit programme must be sent to managers again at the end of the fieldwork before the internal closing meeting for the manager to confirm all parts of the programme have been completed, there is proper referencing to supporting work papers and the work performed supports the auditor’s conclusions.

HSE&T audits use the audit programme to demonstrate how each scope area will be delivered rather than a tool for recording findings and evaluations which are recorded in the HSE&T audit report.

Page 13 Page 469 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

FIELDWORK

2300 Performing the engagement PSIA Internal auditors must identify, analyse, evaluate and document sufficient information to achieve the engagement’s objectives.

4.1 Purpose The objective of fieldwork is to gather sufficient information to document the processes involved in the system under review and form an opinion on how well the key risks are being managed and/or criteria met. This is done by identifying and reviewing the controls and other mitigations in place.

Fieldwork consists of a range of activities undertaken by the auditor and may include the following: • Interviews with key staff • Observation of key processes • Carrying out tests of key controls • Reviewing relevant documentation

4.2 Evaluation Auditors should identify the controls and other risk mitigations over each of the risks under review, and evaluate whether they are likely to be sufficient and effective in managing the identified risks. HSE&T auditors will consider how the criteria have been met.

Under a risk based approach auditors need to ensure that managers are monitoring and testing the operation of controls in an appropriate and effective manner. If monitoring is not satisfactory this will need to be reported and used to determine the extent of detailed control testing required.

Conclusions should be drawn from the work performed on the effectiveness of the monitoring of each of the risks/performance against criteria. Explanation of how criteria are being met/risks are being managed and monitored to within acceptable levels should be documented.

4.3 Testing Testing is the act of securing suitable and sufficient evidence to support an audit conclusion. Usually the first stage of audit testing is a walkthrough test to confirm understanding of the process, risks/criteria and controls.

Testing can consist of: • Checking for evidence that controls/criteria have been operated in a sample of cases • Reviewing documentation • Re-performance of control procedures

Page 14 Page 470 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

• Verifying understanding with a third party • Analytical review - useful for large volumes of data

If controls are poorly designed or not in place, auditors should consider whether more substantive testing should be done to provide evidence of whether or not risks have materialised. The precise level of detail to be entered into will depend on the scope of the audit as discussed with the manager.

Where External Audit is seeking to place reliance on our work the sample size for testing needs to meet their requirements as outlined in the table below:

Frequency of control Minimum sample size to be tested

Recurring control (multiple 25 times per day)

Daily 25

Weekly 5

Monthly 2

Quarterly 2

Annual 1

4.4 Computer assisted audit techniques

1220.A2 Due professional care PSIA In exercising due professional care internal auditors must consider the use of technology-based audit and other data analysis techniques.

Computer assisted audit techniques (CAATs) can be used where an auditor wishes to test a large number of transactions or, rather than selecting a sample, wants to test the entire population. CAATs involve using specifically designed data retrieval software (also known as data interrogation software) such as programming, database, analytical and spreadsheet packages to apply audit techniques. Where CAATs are to be used, they invariably involve the use of retrieval software and it is important to plan well in advance to ensure that the data is available in a readable format.

Auditors should always consider whether CAATs can be used to improve the effectiveness of an audit.

Page 15 Page 471 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

4.5 Documenting work and findings

2330 Documenting information PSIA Internal auditors must document relevant information to support the conclusions and engagement results.

Working papers provide the evidence on which the audit conclusion is based. It is essential that they are produced professionally and in accordance with auditing standards. Audit working papers together with any supporting documents should be saved within AutoAudit.

Working papers must fulfil the following objectives to: • Provide clear evidence of the work undertaken and the conclusions drawn • Support the conclusions and suggested actions in the audit report • Facilitate the review of the audit • Create background and reference material for future audits • Facilitate discussion with auditees • Provide a basis for making continuous improvements to the work of the department by drawing on previous experience • Be clear, concise, objective, numbered, dated, cross-referenced, relevant and referenced back to source documents • Enable an experienced auditor with no previous knowledge of the audit area to reach the same conclusions as the auditor who carried out the work

Internet links should not be saved as evidence. Internet pages and documents can be subject to change and audit evidence needs to be recorded as it was at the time of fieldwork. Internet pages should be saved in an AutoAudit Workpaper as either a web archived file or a screen shot. Internet documents eg policies, guidance from the TfL Management System should be saved as documents in an AutoAudit Workpaper.

Working papers must clearly demonstrate how criteria have been met or the link between risks, responses to them, assurances given and work carried out to support those assurances. All IA files may be subject to review by External Audit or external quality assurance and improvement programme assessors.

4.6 Working papers in AutoAudit Auditors use the folder structure within AutoAudit for storing working papers. Default and user generated AutoAudit folders are used to store the following documentation: Planning Folder: Default folder containing notes from planning, opening meetings, engagement letters and background information. May also be used to store closing meeting notes Audit Programme Folder: User generated folder containing the audit programme based upon the template in AutoAudit. Also used to create Issue

Page 16 Page 472 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

and Action Plan records for uploading agreed management actions into Issue Track

Fieldwork Folders: User generated folders to can be used by auditors to document fieldwork; the key objective is to ensure that working papers are sufficiently documented in a clear, logical structure

Follow up Folder: User generated folder created during follow up to store meeting notes as required. The majority of follow up evidence will be stored in the AutoAudit Action Plan record

Reporting Folder: Default folder used to store all reports and memos. Version control is set out in more detail at section 5.9. In order to retain any suggested amendments or comments a new version of a report must be created each time a report is returned from a manager with amendments

At the audit close all paper documents used during the review should be disposed of using the confidential waste service or shredding. Any paper documents deemed important as part of the review records should be scanned in and retained in AutoAudit as evidence. Records should be retained in line with the IA Record Management Policy 2016.

4.7 Completion of fieldwork Fieldwork is defined as having been completed when the review of evidence gathered during the audit and the subsequent recording of findings has been completed, and the closing meeting held with the audit customer (section 5.7).

On occasions it may be necessary to carry out further fieldwork after a closing meeting or the initial issue of a draft report. This must be supported by working papers showing the additional work done. If subsequent fieldwork occurs it is important that the Planning Document in AutoAudit is updated.

4.8 Management review Managers must carry out sufficient review of the audit working papers to satisfy themselves that the audit has been properly conducted and appropriate conclusions drawn. It is likely, as well as desirable, that the manager will be conducting more informal reviews throughout the course of an audit as well as maintaining contact with the auditor in respect of any issues or problems arising. This should help to prevent a significant re- performance of, or addition to, the work when a formal review is conducted. Managers record the review of working papers in AutoAudit.

Managers should aim to review and process all documents forwarded to them in AutoAudit within two days of receipt.

4.9 Spreading good practice across TfL IA should add value by passing on knowledge that has been gained from audit work and would be of benefit to others in TfL. Certainty that something is ‘good practice’ in absolute terms is not required; only that there are obvious

Page 17 Page 473 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

benefits from its use elsewhere in TfL. This would also apply in the case of a poorly controlled process where others need to be made aware of the risks and mitigations available.

In the course of carrying out their fieldwork, auditors should capture any areas of good practice that they encounter in the audit programme/HSE&T report. Managers share good practice at the quarterly IA management meeting and decide on action required to spread the good practice. SAMs should also note work done to spread good practice in BMR reports for consideration by the DIA.

Page 18 Page 474 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

AUDIT REPORTS

2400 Communicating results PSIA Internal auditors must communicate the engagement results.

5.1 Purpose The primary outputs from the audit process are the IAR or the HSE&T Audit Report. The purpose of the reports is to document findings and conclusions from the audit fieldwork, to indicate the level of unmitigated risk and to help promote control and process improvements.

The reports are critical to reinforcing management’s responsibility for managing risks and contain management’s agreed actions together with action owner details and implementation dates.

Detailed guidance for drafting IARs and HSE&T reports are included on the templates in AutoAudit. The Report Writing Guidance in EDMS should also be considered when drafting audit reports.

5.2 Internal closing meeting At the conclusion of the fieldwork an internal closing meeting takes place with the auditor and appropriate manager(s) to agree the issues and report structure.

5.3 Drafting issues Issues should be drafted in the audit report during fieldwork as each part of the audit scope is completed.

Based on the audit conclusions, it will be possible to provide assurance over how effectively criteria are being met/the effectiveness of controls in reducing risks. Any incidence of residual risks remaining above acceptable levels should be reported. The findings and assurance levels given in reports may change the current assessment of risk maturity in the area under review and have a direct bearing on the audit plan for the following year.

Key issues must be raised with the auditee as soon as they arise. Understanding and agreement to these can then be confirmed before the report is drafted and issued. When assessing the significance of a particular issue, the auditor should consider, for example, the HSE impact, financial impact, the impact on the organisation’s reputation or the technological impact if the issue were not addressed. This may not always be possible or easy to assess but it will help to justify why one issue is considered more significant than another.

Page 19 Page 475 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

5.4 Assessing issues It will be necessary to consider which of the issues are significant in order to help to determine the overall conclusion in the report. Minor issues that do not result in risk to the achievement of business objectives may not need to be reported formally but can be communicated verbally to management. A record of this communication must be retained in the audit working papers.

The significance (priority levels) to be assigned to each issue are:

Priority Definition Priority 1 Significant weakness(es) in the control environment which, if not addressed, have the potential to undermine the achievement of key corporate and/or business area objectives.

Priority 2 Other control weakness(es) that are less significant but still have the potential to threaten the achievement of corporate and/or business area objectives.

Priority 3 While not necessarily a control weakness there is potential for process improvement by, for example, ensuring compliance with good practice, increasing process efficiency, identifying areas of ‘over control’, or strengthening the overall control environment by building upon the existing controls.

5.5 Audit conclusion

2410.A1 Criteria for communicating PSIA Final communication of engagement results must, where appropriate, contain internal auditor’s overall opinion and/or conclusions.

The options for the conclusion, as noted in the report template in AutoAudit, are as follows:

Conclusion Definition Well controlled Where the auditor has not found any issues to report in the area and feels it appropriate, a conclusion of ‘well controlled’ may be reached, but this would be regarded as an exceptional occurrence. The IAR stage will be omitted and a FAR will be issued without follow up. Adequately Generally where there are no Priority 1 issues, some controlled Priority 2 issues and/or any number of Priority 3 issues. Circumstances may arise where although there is a Priority 1 issue the overall conclusion is ‘adequately controlled’. Control systems are effective but some opportunities

Page 20 Page 476 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

to strengthen the control environment have been identified. Requires One or more Priority 1 issues, together with any improvement number of Priority 2 and/or Priority 3 issues. In this situation, the control environment is generally not effective, although there has not been a widespread breakdown in controls. Circumstances may arise where there are no Priority 1 issues, but the volume of Priority 2 or Priority 3 issues warrants an overall conclusion of ‘requires improvement’. Poorly controlled One or more Priority 1 issues, together with any number of Priority 2 and/or Priority 3 issues. The Priority 1 issues are of a nature that indicates a widespread weakness in control or a basic lack of control in the area under review.

The audit conclusion should normally be left blank for the closing meeting to enable discussions to focus on the key issues first. However, the proposed conclusion should be discussed at the end of the meeting.

5.6 Management review of reports Audit management should review all reports before they are issued in draft. The review process and responsibilities are set out in the table below. If the auditor is working to only an AM or SAM, then the responsibilities are merged.

HSE&T audits are not subject to SAM or DIA review.

Review Manager Responsibilities Level 1 AM  Ensure areas of scope/programme have been fully covered  All work papers have been completed on AutoAudit and provide a clear trail to the issues in the report  Report is written with appropriate content and style  Conclusion reached is based on sound evidence from the audit work performed 2 SAM  Practicality and reasonableness of issues and actions  Risk mitigation  Audit conclusion matches with tone of report 3 DIA Cold pre-issue review of ‘poorly controlled’/’requires improvement’ draft reports and confirmation of draft conclusion

Page 21 Page 477 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

5.7 Closing meeting On completion of audit fieldwork a closing meeting is held with the auditee to discuss the findings, any good practice identified, suggested actions and to notify management of the next stages in the audit process. Action follow up should also be discussed. A record of this meeting should be saved in AutoAudit.

The draft audit report should form the agenda for this meeting and should be approved and issued to management before the closing meeting. This version of the report should not include the audit conclusion; the draft report including audit conclusion is issued after the meeting.

A manager should wherever possible attend the closing meeting in addition to the auditor. (The SAM may also wish to attend where the conclusion is ’poorly controlled‘.) If changes to the report are required as a result of this meeting, a further amended draft report is issued.

Management are allowed 10 days to provide or confirm management action plans following the closing meeting and draft report issue. Once agreed, actions are incorporated into the report, and the ‘suggested actions’ removed. If management actions do not address the issue this should be challenged. Where management accept the risk of not addressing an issue this should be documented in the report.

If action plans are not returned within the prescribed time frame the matter should be raised with the principal auditee and escalated to a manager as appropriate.

5.8 Distribution IARs are addressed to the chief officer responsible for the area under review from the DIA. They are also copied to the principal auditee and External Audit. HSE&T reports are addressed to the principal auditee with chief officers copied in as appropriate. The report templates within the IA and HSE&T AutoAudit databases set out the complete distribution list to be included in each report.

’Poorly controlled‘ reports are also copied to the Commissioner and the Chair of the Audit and Assurance Committee. Other recipients are determined by the specific coverage of the audit. The report will also be reported to the Audit and Assurance Committee in summary form.

5.9 Version control Report numbers should be based upon the following format: IA YY XXX. XXX represents the sequential audit number (allocated within AutoAudit at the time the audit is set up). YY is the audit plan year. For example, audit number 01 in 20016/17 would be numbered IA 16 001. FARs are given the suffix ’F‘, giving a format of IA YY XXX/F.

Page 22 Page 478 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

It is essential that consistent version control is maintained within AutoAudit. The standard format is versions A, B, C etc for internal review stages and versions 1, 2, 3 etc for versions sent to management for comment. Thus the first draft of a report would be vA and the initial version sent for management comment would be v1. Once a report has been issued for management comment it retains the numerical version format. This version control should also be used for engagement letters. All draft reports must incorporate the ’DRAFT‘ watermark on each page as marked in the AutoAudit report templates.

5.10 Memos There may be cases where IA wishes to make management aware of a particular issue, opinion or findings. This typically arises in respect of specific management requests for audits or where IA wishes to bring a specific point to management’s attention part way through an audit.

Memos should be created using the Memo template in the AutoAudit Library and a copy of all memos issued should be saved in AutoAudit in the same way as a report.

The ‘Interim Report Issued’ milestone in the AutoAudit Planning Document should only be completed if the memo is to be the final and only output from an audit as this information is included in departmental statistics. Distribution of the memo will depend on the nature of the issue and may not have to be copied to all on the standard list.

5.11 Issue Track AutoAudit Action Plan records are created for the agreed management actions and uploaded onto Issue Track after the audit report has been issued. Issue Track is a web portal which allows action owners, Key Risk Representatives (KRRs) or Assurance Partners, dependent on the business area, to update the status of agreed actions and provide evidence to support their completion. Action Plan records should also be created and uploaded for any actions arising from an audit where a memo is the final and only output.

5.12 Audit close out process At the conclusion of each audit it is the responsibility of each auditor and manager to ensure that the audit is correctly closed down. This includes: • Auditors ensuring all paper files are disposed of appropriately and relevant documents are scanned into AutoAudit • Auditors ensuring all documents are checked in • Managers completing review and approval of all AutoAudit files ensuring any records containing personal data are reviewed in line with the IA Record Management Policy 2016 • Creating action tracking records for Issue Track • Managers inserting actual dates in the AutoAudit Planning Document • Auditors completing an Assignment Debrief Form (where appropriate).

Page 23 Page 479 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

REAL TIME AUDITS

6.1 Introduction Real time audits are used to provide assurance over the lifecycle of a particular process or activity. The audit is completed in stages following the process lifecycle. IA provides assurance that the overall risk and control environment is robust enough to deliver a successful outcome.

The advantage of real time audit work is that issues can be fed back to the auditee whilst a process is occurring, and suggested improvements can be made at the earliest opportunity. Scheduling will be carried out in the usual way using AutoAudit and may be phased according to the stages of the process.

6.2 Real time audit delivery The majority of the audit process will be the same as the standard audit process. However, there will be certain differences in delivery: • Engagement letter: The scope must clearly indicate that the review is to be delivered as a real time audit and will often reflect the stages of the process being audited. The start and completion dates must also make it clear that the fieldwork will be conducted at intervals to match those stages of the process being audited • Liaison with the auditee: The auditor will need to plan the audit with the auditee to identify at which stages of the process audit fieldwork should be conducted • Audit programme and AutoAudit Workpapers: The programme will normally be divided into sections covering each stage of the process being audited. For more complicated reviews each stage may require its own programme

6.3 Reporting The approach for reporting should be agreed with the auditee at the outset and included within the engagement letter. It is essential that findings and any suggested actions are reported to the auditee promptly so that they can take immediate corrective action either by: • Verbal/Email feedback: Inform the auditee of any issues identified and suggest actions as soon as possible. Feedback should be recorded in audit working papers • IA memo: Following each stage of the process a memo will be produced reporting the findings identified during that stage • IA report: Once all the stages are completed an audit report should be issued to report any remaining issues or to document that all the issues identified have been addressed during the lifecycle of the process. This report will be issued to the normal audit distribution list

Page 24 Page 480 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

When auditors are identifying weaknesses, suggesting actions and providing inputs into a process in real time, there is a risk that IA will become part of the management decision-making process which could impact on our independence. The auditor must avoid being drawn into making decisions on behalf of management.

Page 25 Page 481 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

ACTION FOLLOW UP

2500 Monitoring progress PSIA The chief audit executive must establish and maintain a system to monitor the disposition of results communicated to management.

7.1 Principles of action follow up All agreed management actions from both audit reports and audit memos should be followed up as they become due. One of IA’s responsibilities is to verify that appropriate action has been taken to address the issues noted.

Action follow up is undertaken using Issue Track, AutoAudit’s web portal, allowing designated business users (action owners/KRRs/Assurance Partners) to respond to actions. IA and Issue Track users receive an action due reminder email 28 days before the action due date.

A FAR should be issued one month after completion of the last action, to confirm that the agreed actions have been implemented and are operating effectively, and to inform the Audit and Assurance Committee of the extent to which actions have been implemented.

HSE&T audit actions are tracked to completion but FARs are not issued.

Overdue actions are reported to the R&U Value Programme Board and Specialist Services senior management periodically; the ST Board receives a quarterly overdue action report. Business area KRRs receive a periodic action status report for all open actions in their area.

7.2 Undertaking action follow up

2500.A1 Monitoring progress PSIA The chief audit executive must establish a follow up process to monitor and ensure that management actions have been effectively implemented or that senior management has accepted the risk of not taking action.

The action owner should provide evidence to support the closure of actions as they become due. Where action has been taken to address an issue it is necessary to verify that it has taken place as described and effectively mitigated the risk. This may require further testing of the controls.

It is possible that the action taken will not have been that originally agreed in the audit report. This may be acceptable, provided that the manager is satisfied that the result is the same ie that the risk identified is now being effectively managed and monitored.

Page 26 Page 482 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Where no action has been taken, it is necessary to understand the reason why (it might be that the risk no longer exists). However, assuming that the issue still exists, this must be communicated to the principal auditee and the action will remain open in Issue Track until it is satisfactorily addressed. The Issue Track guides contain detailed process arrangements for undertaking follow up work.

Approximately a month before the FAR is due to be issued the principal auditee should be notified that the final follow up is due to take place. A meeting should be arranged with the auditee, if required, to discuss the status of each of the issues in the audit report and to agree any further testing required. This process applies only to non-HSE&T audits.

7.3 Reporting findings The output from the follow up for non-HSE&T audits is the FAR. The main purpose of the report is to provide assurance to senior management that issues identified in the IAR have been appropriately addressed. A report template is available in AutoAudit.

Failure to take action on audit reports is an important issue and may result in the FAR being issued with an ‘Audit not closed’ conclusion. For outstanding actions an agreed date by which they will be addressed must be included in the FAR and these actions will remain open in Issue Track for further follow up. A further FAR will be produced following the due date of the final action where the follow up conclusion was ‘Audit not closed’. Partially addressed actions in ‘Audit closed’ reports will also be followed up to completion.

Issue Track reports are used to inform the Audit and Assurance Committee of un-cleared actions. IA must inform the Committee of those issues that were originally reported and which have not been satisfactorily addressed by the original agreed date. A summary update of FARs is produced for the Committee and included in the main agenda. The Commissioner and Chair of the Audit and Assurance Committee receives copies of ’Audit not closed’ reports.

Page 27 Page 483 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

FRAUD

2120.A2 Risk management PSIA The internal audit activity must evaluate the potential for the occurrence of fraud and how the organisation manages fraud risk.

8.1 Definition of fraud The Fraud Act 2006 provides a statutory definition of the criminal offence of fraud, defining it in three classes: • Fraud by false representation is defined by Section 2 of the Act as a case where a person makes ‘any representation as to fact or law ... express or implied’ which they know to be untrue or misleading • Fraud by failing to disclose information is defined by Section 3 of the Act as a case where a person fails to disclose any information to a third party when they are under a legal duty to disclose such information • Fraud by abuse of position is defined by Section 4 of the Act as a case where a person occupies a position where they are expected to safeguard the financial interests of another person, and abuses that position; this includes cases where the abuse consisted of an omission rather than an overt act In all three classes of fraud, it requires that for an offence to have occurred, the person must have acted dishonestly and with the intent of making a gain for themselves or anyone else, or inflicting a loss (or a risk of loss) on another.

8.2 Fraud awareness during audit assignments

1210.A2 Proficiency PSIA Internal auditors must have sufficient knowledge to evaluate the risk of fraud and the manner in which it is managed by the organisation, but are not expected to have the expertise of a person whose primary responsibility is detecting and investigating fraud.

Auditors are not expected to have the expertise of the TfL Fraud team whose primary responsibility is preventing, detecting and investigating fraud. It is not the auditor’s responsibility to investigate a suspected fraud, nor should they ignore it on the basis that it is only a suspicion. The focus of IA is on providing assurance over the management of the risk of fraud.

In accordance with the guidance in the IIA ‘International Professional Practices Framework (IPPF) Practice Guide: Internal Auditing and Fraud‘ when conducting audit assignments, auditors should:

Page 28 Page 484 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

• Consider fraud risks when planning each audit assignment, through discussion at the internal planning meeting and inclusion in the engagement letter scope and audit programme if required • Have sufficient knowledge of fraud to identify red flags indicating fraud may have been committed. This knowledge includes the characteristics of fraud, the techniques used to commit fraud, and the various fraud schemes and scenarios associated with the activities reviewed • Evaluate the indicators of fraud as part of the audit fieldwork and decide whether any further action is necessary or whether an investigation should be recommended • Be alert to opportunities that could allow fraud, such as control deficiencies. If significant control deficiencies are detected, additional tests conducted by internal auditors could be used to identify whether fraud has occurred If an auditor suspects that a fraud may have been committed they must notify their manager, the DIA or the Fraud team in accordance with the Anti-Fraud & Corruption Policy. The policy states that ‘every member of staff has a responsibility to report details immediately to their employing manager if they suspect that fraud or corruption has been, is being or may be committed’.

8.3 Fraud team The Fraud team is part of the IA Department and reports directly to the DIA. The Fraud team provides a fraud prevention, detection and investigation function to the whole of TFL. The team’s main responsibilities are: • Investigation of allegations of fraud against the organisation, identifying breached controls and ensuring risks are identified and effectively mitigated • Proactive reviews of risk areas identified from previous investigations, audits, security reviews and areas of concern raised by employees • Preparation and delivery of fraud awareness sessions to IA and across the TfL Group • Provision of fraud prevention work

Page 29 Page 485 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

CONSULTANCY

2010.C1 Planning PSIA The chief audit executive should consider accepting proposed consulting engagements based on the engagement's potential to improve management of risks, add value, and improve the organization's operations.

9.1 Introduction IA consultancy assignments are intended to assist management to implement business improvements rather than to express a formal audit opinion. Consultancy assignments will form part of the IAIAP and the IAP.

Consultancy activities increase IA’s knowledge and understanding of risk, control and governance across the organisation and make a contribution to the annual audit opinion that is provided to the organisation by the DIA. It is important that the relationship between the assurance and consultancy roles is made known to management when undertaking assignments.

Much of the process of carrying out a consultancy assignment is the same as for other audit work including the use of AutoAudit for documenting the assignment. This section of the manual therefore provides guidance around those areas where differences occur.

9.2 Planning Consulting services are advisory in nature, and are generally performed at the specific request of the client.

It is extremely important that there is clarity between IA and the client about what is to be achieved and the desired outputs. Initial contact will provide an opportunity for IA management to establish whether the relevant skills and experience are available within the department to undertake such an assignment.

An engagement letter will be agreed with the business owner of the area under review. This will ensure that the assignment objectives and scope reflect the client’s expectations, and are able to be delivered with the agreed and available resources.

Page 30 Page 486 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

9.3 Scheduling

1210.C1 Proficiency PSIA The chief audit executive must decline the consulting engagement or obtain competent advice and assistance if the internal auditors lack the knowledge, skills, or other competencies needed to perform all or part of the engagement.

The scope of the consultancy service that IA can offer is subject to the availability of appropriate skill sets.

It is important that auditors assigned to consultancy are able to bring some expertise to the work either via qualifications or previous experience. Management should consider assigning more than one auditor to a piece of consultancy work deemed to be substantial, in order to provide a broad level of experience and mixture of skills sets.

Auditors may provide consultancy services relating to operations for which they had previous responsibilities. However, they must not provide assurance in areas where they have previously advised management.

9.4 Work programme The production of a work programme may not be essential to a particular consultancy task. However, the agreed scope of the assignment must be documented in a structured manner to ensure objectives are captured in the work undertaken. The auditor, with agreement from the manager, should decide how best to capture the information gathered. There must be some form of documentation to record the work performed.

If a work programme is used, it may not necessarily be risk based, nor will the auditor necessarily be evaluating controls. The programme should cover all of the items in the engagement letter and ensure that all of the client’s questions are answered.

9.5 Documenting work and findings

2440.C2 Disseminating results PSIA During consulting engagements, governance, risk management, and control issues may be identified. Whenever these issues are significant to the organization, they must be communicated to senior management and the board.

It is important that work is appropriately documented, recorded and that the same standards of evidence are applied to consultancy work as are applied to assurance work. This is to ensure that if significant control issues are

Page 31 Page 487 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

identified, then the evidence collected is sufficient, relevant and robust enough to support such a conclusion.

9.6 Reporting

2410.C1 Criteria for communicating PSIA Communication of the progress and results of consulting engagements will vary in form and content depending upon the nature of the engagement and the needs of the client.

The final output will normally be in the form of a report or memo setting out the detailed findings from the assignment. The type of output will be agreed with the client, generally at the start of the consultancy. Even if there is no detailed report of findings, as a minimum a formal memo will be sent to the client summarising the work done and stating that it is concluded. There should always be a written record of the work done and outcomes stored within AutoAudit for future reference.

The report format used for consultancy will be structured differently to capture the requirements of a consultancy assignment. An important difference is that there will usually be no overall audit conclusion or opinion. Major control issues identified during the course of the assignment must be communicated to management and reported in the usual way.

9.7 Follow up Unless specifically requested by the client there will usually be no follow up of any agreed actions. Where significant control failures are found and discussed with the client, resulting actions will need to be recorded in AutoAudit and uploaded onto Issue Track for action follow up.

Page 32 Page 488 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

QUALITY ASSURANCE & EFFECTIVENESS

1200 Proficiency and due professional care PSIA Engagements must be performed with proficiency and due professional care.

10.1 Auditing standards IA will comply with the PSIA Standards which set out the framework for IA work and includes the IIA International Standards and Code of Ethics which sets out the principles and behaviours internal auditors are expected to apply to their work. The PSIA Standards describe the nature of internal auditing and provide quality criteria against which the performance of IA can be evaluated.

The IIA Core Principles further articulate audit effectiveness. For an IA function to be considered effective, all Principles must be present and operating effectively: • Demonstrates integrity • Demonstrates competence and due professional care • Is objective and free from undue influence (independent) • Aligns with the strategies, objectives, and risks of the organisation • Is appropriately positioned and adequately resourced • Demonstrates quality and continuous improvement • Communicates effectively • Provides risk-based assurance • Is insightful, proactive, and future-focused • Promotes organisational improvement

By following the PSIA Standards, Code of Ethics and the Core Principles, IA provides an effective, independent assurance service to TfL.

10.2 Ethical standards

1100 Independence and objectivity PSIA The internal audit activity must be independent and internal auditors must be objective in performing their work.

The purpose of the Code of Ethics is to promote an ethical culture in the profession of internal auditing. There are four key principles: • Integrity: The integrity of internal auditors establishes trust and provides the basis for reliance on their judgement. Internal auditors should perform their work honestly, observing the law, while contributing to the legitimate and ethical objectives of the organisation

Page 33 Page 489 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

• Objectivity: Internal auditors should exhibit the highest level of professional objectivity in gathering, evaluating and communicating information. Internal auditors make a balanced assessment of all relevant circumstances and are not unduly influenced by their own interests or by others. Internal auditors avoid activities and relationships that might be seen to undermine their objectivity • Confidentiality: Internal auditors respect the value and ownership of information they receive and do not disclose information without appropriate authority, unless there is a legal or professional obligation to do so. Internal auditors should use information prudently and not for their personal benefit • Competency: Internal auditors apply the knowledge, skills and experience needed for their role. They perform their work in accordance with the International Standards and engage in continuing professional development IA is also required to comply with all TfL policies and with any guidance of any professional bodies of which they are members.

10.3 Acceptance of gifts and hospitality Principle 2.2 of the IIA Code of Ethics states: ‘Internal Auditors shall not accept anything that may impair or be perceived to impair their professional judgement’

As a guiding principle IA staff should not accept any hospitality or gift that could create an expectation that they could be influenced by it or may reasonably be perceived by others to be influenced by it. If an inappropriate offer is made, it should be refused, and the organisation concerned contacted to make them aware of TfL’s policy.

The DIA must record all offers of gifts and hospitality in excess of £25 on the Corporate Gifts and Hospitality Register. All other IA staff must notify Business Support of any hospitality or gift they receive which may be over the value of £25 to be recorded in the local Gifts and Hospitality Register.

10.4 Quality assurance and improvement programme

1300 Quality assurance and improvement programme PSIA The chief audit executive must develop and maintain a quality assurance and improvement programme that covers all aspects of the internal audit activity.

The IIA guidance ‘Quality and Assurance and Improvement Programmes’ provides an overview of the requirements of internal auditing standards and sets them in the context of quality management. The guidance refers to the following elements:

Page 34 Page 490 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

• Ongoing reviews of quality: It is important that IA management independently reviews each audit undertaken. This includes ongoing reviews to assure that the right level of quality is achieved at all stages of the process, as well as formal reviews at the close of an audit • Periodic internal assessments: A periodic assessment carried out by internal staff looking at overall quality of audit activities • External assessments: Periodic assessment by an assessor independent of TfL

IA also performs reviews against its strategy and the achievement of its aims and objectives, the results of which will inform future strategy. Compliance with PSIA Standards’ requirements will be achieved through the following quality review procedures:

Reviewer Frequency Mechanism Output External At least every 5 Full external quality Report and action years assessment plan to implement improvements Quality Annual (except Review against the PSIA Report and action Assurance & when external Standards including: plan Improvement review)  Review of audit files Programme  Review of audit reports team  Customer satisfaction returns  Performance against targets Audit Ongoing Review of audit files and Ongoing feedback Management outputs to auditors and appraisal process

10.5 Performance management Each individual’s performance is subject to a six-monthly appraisal by their line manager as part of the TfL Performance and Development process. After each assignment is completed the responsible manager should conduct a debriefing session with each auditor (although this may be unnecessary if the assignment is very short or straightforward). The debriefing considers what went well during the audit, where improvements could have been made and what lessons can be learned for the department as a whole.

10.6 Key performance indicators IA has a number of key performance indicators to monitor and report on as part of the department’s overall performance management process. IA objectives together with related targets, measures and actions are set out in the IA Performance Dashboard.

Page 35 Page 491 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

10.7 Training and continuing professional development

1210 Proficiency PSIA Internal auditors must possess the knowledge, skills and other competencies needed to perform their individual responsibilities. The internal audit activity collectively must possess or obtain the knowledge, skills and other competencies needed to perform its responsibilities.

Training on the TfL IA methodology will be included in all joiners’ induction process. All joiners (managers and auditors) without an audit background or qualification must undertake an ‘Introduction to Internal Auditing’ course to provide a grounding and background in IA practices and procedures. During their first year they must also undertake the IIA Certificate in Internal Auditing. Support and funding will be provided for this tuition. Consideration will be given to studying for a further audit qualification, most likely with the IIA, based on the needs of the individual and the department.

IA also supports qualified auditors to continue their professional development in line with their professional body membership requirements.

10.8 Customer feedback IA seeks feedback from our customers on the work that has been undertaken to inform the continuous improvement of departmental processes and procedures, and the audit methodology. The Customer Feedback Survey (CFS) is issued to the main auditee(s) once the assignment has been completed and the audit report issued.

The AM will enter the CFS recipient’s details into AutoAudit to be sent with the report to Business Support for issue.

A Customer Feedback Summary is maintained by the DIA’s PA and used to capture CFS issue and return details, including ratings and customer comments. On return, CFSs are copied to the DIA and shared with the responsible audit team. A summary of ratings, customer comments and CFS statistics recorded in the Summary is used for reporting to the Audit and Assurance Committee in the DIA’s Quarterly Report, and represented in the IA Performance Dashboard.

10.9 Management requests The number of ad hoc requests for work is an indicator of how well an IA function is regarded by the business. The SAM will consider whether a request can be accommodated taking into account the priority of the requested work and other scheduled audit activity. Management requests are reported on the IA Performance Dashboard.

Page 36 Page 492 TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

APPENDIX 1 – AUDIT PROCESS FLOWCHART Audit Process

Audit Planning t r o p p

u Issue LoE S

s

s (HSE&T issue e

n their own LoEs) i s u B t i

f d o u

r A

o l t a c n e r r i e Page 493 Page t D n I r

e Enter Original

g Managers

a Opening Scheduling Agree Audit Planned and n Schedule Audit Planning Review and Meeting

a Review and Budget and Revised Dates Audit in Meeting Approve Audit

M Approve LOE Review and in AutoAudit Schedule and

t AutoAudit Programme i Approve LoE Planning

d allocate audits

u SAM may Document

A attend opening Discuss and meeting, AM agree will normally Update LoE indicative Background Arrange r attend

o scope, risks Research t Draft Opening i opening Reflect what Prepare Audit

d and principal Engagement Meeting and meeting. was agreed at u auditee Obtain Programme A Letter (LoE) Issue Draft the opening background LoE to Auditee meeting information on Discuss and the area to be agree LoE, audited. schedule start Review risk of field work management

e and closing

e maturity and t

i meeting, and

d decide on identify key u audit A contacts. approach.

Page 37

TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Audit Process

Audit Fieldwork t r o p p u S

s s e n i s u B t i

f d Review and Approve o u

r Draft Audit Report A

o l t a c n e (For non-HSE&T r r i e reports only) t D n I Page 494 Page r

e Manager Review and g

a Approve Audit Work n

a Papers, Findings and Review and Approve

M Draft Audit Report Suggested Actions t i d u

A Closing Meeting Update Revised Dates in AutoAudit Internal Closing Meeting Update Draft Audit

r Complete Audit Testing Report Discuss and agree

o Issue Draft Audit t as per Audit Programme Update / Complete Audit audit findings / i

d Programme with Draft Audit Report Report Without suggested actions

u Reflect discussions Conclusion A Record evidence in Findings from internal closing AutoAudit Work Papers meeting (Further fieldwork may be required following this Keep Auditee Informed of Issues as they Arise meeting.) e

e Draft Audit Report t i

d Provide auditor with requested information / documents, Ensure u staff are available for interviews, discuss issues and provide A feedback as issues are identified.

Page 38

TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Audit Process

Audit Reporting and Closure t r o p p u

S Issue Audit Report

s and Customer s

e Feedback Survey n i s u B t i Review and Final f d o u

Approve Draft r A

o Audit Report l t a c n e r r (For non-HSE&T i e t

D reports only) n I r

e Final Approve g Page 495 Page

a Request Business Work Papers and

n Review and Review and Support Issue Place Audit on a Final Approve all Approve Updated Approve Draft Audit Report and Hold in AutoAudit M

Audit Work Papers t

i Draft Audit Report Audit Report Customer

d Feedback Survey (Close ‘Well u

A Create Issue controlled’ audits) Record and Action Plans in AutoAudit

Update Draft Report Update AutoAudit r o

t Issue Revised Incorporate Agreed Planning i

d Reflect discussions Draft Audit Report Actions into Draft Document (ie insert u from Closing to Auditee Audit Report all dates and audit A Meeting rating)

e Provide Response e t

i Draft Audit Report including Agreed d Actions within 10 u

A Days of Receipt

5 Days following the receipt of Agreed 5 Days after Closing Meeting 10 Days Actions

Page 39

TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Audit Process

Follow Up Audit t r o p p u S

Issue Final Audit s

s Report e n i s u B t i

f d o u

r

A Review and Final

o l t Approve Draft Final a c n e Audit Report r r i e t D n I Page 496 Page

t i d r Final Approve ALL u e Review and Request Business g A Review and Approve Working Papers and

a r Approve Draft Final Support Issue Final Audit Closed? YES

n Change Audit Status

o Final Audit Report i

a Audit Report Audit Report

n to ‘Closed’ M e S r e

g Review Evidence of Draft Final Audit a

n Action Completion Report a Issue Draft Final Update Draft Final M

Audit Report Audit Report t

i Meet with Auditee to When last action is d test as required due to be completed u A

e Provide Evidence of Draft Final Audit

e Provide Response t i Action Completion Report to Draft Final Audit d

u in Issue Track Report A

NO

Page 40

TfL Internal Audit Manual 2016

Audit Process

Action Follow Up (HSE&T Audits)

r Final Approve ALL e

g Working Papers Review Evidence a and Change Audit n Completion for a Status to ‘Closed’ Satisfactorily M

t

i Addressed Actions

d When last action

u completed A

Review Evidence of Action r

o Completion t i d

u If action not Page 497 Page A addressed return to Issue Track

Provide Evidence e e

t of Action i

d Completion in u

A Issue Track

Page 41

A breakdown of the number of children at Pupil Referrals Units in London who are receiving mentoring as part of the Violence Reduction Unit’s project

Outputs Borough Q4 (Jan- Q1 Q2 (Jul-Sept) Q3 total Mar) (Apr- (Oct- Jun) Dec) Barking and 50 50 50 50 200 Dagenham Barnet 4 6 8 12 30 Bexley 9 9 9 9 36 Brent 6 6 6 6 24 6 6 6 6 24 Bromley 10 20 30 40 100 Camden 10 10 10 10 40 Croydon 2 4 2 0 8 2 4 2 0 8 Ealing 9 9 9 9 36 3 3 3 3 12 Enfield 5 5 5 5 20 Greenwich 15 15 15 15 60 Hackney 15 15 15 15 60 Hammersmith 8 16 20 24 68 and Fulham Haringey 10 10 10 10 40 Harrow 5 5 5 5 20 Havering 10 10 5 10 35 10 10 5 10 35 Hounslow 15 0 0 0 15 Islington 3 3 3 3 12 7 7 7 7 28 2 2 2 2 8 Kensington and 2 5 4 5 16 Chelsea 2 2 3 3 10 &Westminster 8 8 8 8 32 2 2 2 2 8

Kingston upon 12 12 12 12 24 Thames Richmond 13 12 12 12 24 Lewisham 2 2 2 2 8 Merton 32 32 32 32 128 Newham 6 6 6 6 24 4 4 4 4 16 Redbridge 0 20 30 40 90

Page 498 0 20 30 40 90 Southwark 6 6 12 15 15 30 Sutton 12 16 20 24 60 8 10 12 14 44 Tower Hamlets 0 (due to 8 2 group programmes 12 20 lockdown accessible during Jan 2021) holidays, up to 12 parents

0 (due to 8 2 group 12 20 lockdown programmes accessible Jan 2021) during holidays, up to 12 parents

Waltham Forest 12 38 12 12 74 58 63 68 46 235 Wandsworth 8 8 8 8 32 3 3 3 3 12

Page 499 Technical File Sections Date (ORR submission) Chapter No. 1 Introduction Spring 2021 2 SH1 Quality Management System Spring 2021 Track, Tunnels/Shafts 3 Late 2021 Portals/Structures GE Up Electric Overhead Line Equipment 4 Spring 2021 Traction Power

Page 500 Page 6 Bond Street TBD Tottenham Court Road Farringdon Liverpool Street Whitechapel 7 - 14 Spring 2021 – Autumn 2021 Paddington Woolwich Canary Wharf Custom House 15 Abbey Wood Already authorised 17 Global System for Mobile Communications Spring 2021 18 European Train Control System Spring 2021

It should be noted that the Technical File has evolved over time and chapters 5 & 16 have merged into other chapters.

% of

Location Portfolio

Inner East 6.5% Inner North 5.9% Inner South East 14.2% Inner South West 5.6% Inner West 5.9% North West 5.6% Page 501 Page Outer East 0.9% Outer North 19.0% Outer North East 1.5% Outer South 6.8% Outer South East 7.1% Outer South West 13.4% Outer West 7.4%

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 502

Appendix 1

London Assembly Plenary —Thursday 4 March 2021 Item 4 Question and Answer Session: COVID-19 Recovery - The Next Steps for London

Navin Shah AM (Chair): We have Jules Pipe CBE, who is the Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills and Deputy Chair of the Recovery Taskforce’s Economic Recovery Working Group. We also have with us Councillor Danny Thorpe, London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth. We have with us Matthew Jaffa, who is the Senior External Affairs Manager for the Federation of Small Businesses (FSB); and we have Justine Simons OBE, who is the Deputy Mayor for Culture and the Creative Industries. Justine will be joining us shortly in the meeting. I believe she should be with us by about 10.30am and so we will hold off any questions which are directly relevant to Justine. Can I extend on behalf of the Assembly a very warm welcome to our guests.

To start off this session, the first question from me is to Deputy Mayor Jules Pipe. What are the next steps and priorities for London’s recovery bodies and what should recover from COVID-19 look like, Deputy Mayor?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I ought to begin by saying that we should not underestimate the size of the task ahead of us. London’s recovery is going to require a massive effort from all concerned. Our [London] Recovery Programme we have developed in collaboration with London Councils and the members of the rest of the London Recovery Board. It reflects the short-term, medium-term and long-term challenges and actions that we are going to need to build back this city stronger, better, fairer and greener for everyone in London.

It is really important to always consider the context that we are in currently about timescales and how far we have already come. It is the work that has already been done collectively to date that really enables us to be ready now to aid London’s recovery as we emerge from what is now a third national lockdown. That is what I mean about context and the rolling nature of the waves we have had and the lockdowns we have had, which has challenged everyone from the national Government down to plan for the recovery, with people constantly saying, “Are you about to lock down? Are we about to reopen everything?” The cyclical nature of the pandemic has been a real problem in answering that question. That has resulted in us now planning for recovery for nearly a year now because of these consecutive waves. Let us not forget that only six weeks ago we were once again in the midst of a crisis with hospitalisations reaching their peak. Deaths - sadly - reached their peak only at the end of January [2021], just over a month ago.

The combined impact of the most recent lockdown and the current rapid rollout of the vaccination programme has thankfully brought down infections, hospitalisations and deaths. That is hugely welcome. We are now well prepared for what the Prime Minister has said is a cautious reopening of the economy, as he set out in his roadmap out of lockdown.

The first London Recovery Board was held in the middle of last year and it brought together all those public, private, voluntary sector and community sector leaders, and those from the faith sectors as well. to develop the nine recovery missions, which I am sure we will talk about further and go into detail on about London’s response to driving recovery forward. They have had an exceptional level of public engagement and consultation to develop those.

In the short term, our priority is to ensure that we continue to support the vaccination rollout in London. That is the key step that we have to make at the moment to ensure that everyone is encouraged to take the vaccine

Page 503 when offered. Vaccination hesitancy is a big issue that is being tackled at the moment and, thankfully, is declining. That is good news, but there are still too many communities that remain concerned about it. It is vital that we continue to support the efforts to persuade as many as possible to take the vaccine. That is number one.

It is also a critical priority to ensure that we support people in businesses between now and the economy fully reopening, because it is not going to be a big bang with everything open on the first day. We know that it is not before 21 June [2021] at the earliest. We are examining the Chancellor’s [of the Exchequer] Budget Statement from yesterday and, while we would welcome any increased support from the Government, the trend that can be fairly described as ‘levelling down London’ should be a real concern for everyone regarding the growth of our capital city.

We also need to ensure going forward that we see the Government’s support for the city’s long-term recovery plans. These are set out in the nine missions that I mentioned. There are really clear goals to those missions and they are stretching goals. They have cross-party backing across the political spectrum through London Councils and the backing of business, civic and faith leaders. They effectively form the Mayor’s [of London] roadmap for a safe and full reopening of London’s economy over the next 12 months. It has been produced with businesses and in close collaboration, as I said, with London’s boroughs and the London COVID Business Forum as well. The roadmap sets out the key actions for partners across London and for national Government, and it draws on engagement with businesses right throughout London.

Finally, we want the recovery from COVID to reshape our city into one that is fairer. It has to be more equal; greener; and more economically, socially and environmentally resilient than it was before. We want to see thriving town centres, high streets and neighbourhoods across London. It is not all about just the centre and getting people back into the centre. We want to improve wellbeing and access to a strengthened healthcare system. Recovery should be about the safe and full reopening of London’s economy, not just reopening at any cost. At the heart of that has to be rebuilding consumer and business confidence across all sectors, especially the ones that have been the hardest hit: retail, hospitality, culture, leisure and tourism. Of course, that is the lifeblood of London’s economy. International tourism and the cultural offer that we have is so crucial to getting London back into business. That is what I would say our recovery should be looking like to ensure a longer-term recovery, safeguarding jobs, as well as creating new ones in growth sectors as well such as the green economy.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you, Deputy Mayor, for a full and comprehensive background. We now move on to questions from Assembly Members. The first supplementary lead question is from Assembly Member Desai.

Unmesh Desai AM: Good morning, Deputy Mayor. Yes, that was a comprehensive background you gave in your answers to the question from my colleague, the Chair of the Assembly, and to some extent you have partly answered some of the questions I was going to ask you, but I will still formally put those questions to you.

What specific role did the London Recovery Board, the Strategic Co-ordination Group (SCG) and the London Transition Board have in the national roadmap out of lockdown?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Certainly, I have given you a flavour there of the interaction that has been going on between all these different groups and representative bodies that to varying degrees are involved in things like the Recovery Board, the SCG and under that the Delivery Co-ordination Group (DCG). It is quite an alphabet soup that needs an organogram to understand.

Page 504

Specifically with your question about the national roadmap and their role, as I said in my opening remarks, they have been deeply involved in the creation of the London-specific work and the London roadmap but, as far as their involvement in the national roadmap, that responsibility is really more about the reopening and lifting of restrictions.

It is the SCG’s partners that will be responsible for monitoring the four tests that the Government has outlined: the vaccine deployment programme, which is showing that the vaccine is sufficiently effective in reducing hospitalisations; the fact that there is no infection surge; and risks about new variants and concerns. Those are the four tests that the Government has laid out. It is the SCG that will be responsible for monitoring those in London and the risks to reopening. It will be responsible for co-ordinating all partner activity on the delivery of the reopening roadmap in London. Colleagues at Public Health England, who are also on the SCG, are closely tracking issues associated with the roadmap and checking for any potential vulnerabilities.

For those who do not know, the SCG is based on a system-wide pan-London approach. It involves every part of the geography in London. Every partner has a role to play. Then there are SCG subgroups as well like the Business Subgroup and the Faith and Community Sector Subgroup. That is to ensure that all these important sectors are very aware of what is going on because there is information dissemination. There is a two-way information flow, so they are inputting as well. At the top strategic level of the SCG, chaired by John Barradell from the [City of London] Corporation, the correct decisions can be made about reacting to situations.

Unmesh Desai AM: The London Transition Board last met in November [2020]. Are so many of these groups needed? Is the London Transition Board still needed? It last met, as I understand from the briefing I have had, back in November.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I would have to respond to you outside of the meeting on that because I am not involved directly with the Transition Board.

Unmesh Desai AM: Let’s leave it at that. I have a very important question. You said earlier in your answers to a question from the Chair of the Assembly about the Budget ‘levelling down London’. My question was going to be: did London receive the support it needed in yesterday’s Budget? Your answer indicated that it did not. What sort of support would you have liked from the Government, which has an anti-London agenda?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): There is a lot of detailed support that the Mayor [of London] has previously outlined that we would like to see from the Government, ranging from extending business rates support to making sure that its furlough scheme is tapered in the right way. We heard a lot of ongoing debate yesterday and today about the uplift to Universal Credit and a cliff- edge ending in the autumn. All those are issues that we have advocated for on behalf of Londoners. There is an awful lot of support as well in cultural industries that I am sure the Deputy Mayor [for Culture and Creative Industries] could talk to when she is here.

Our concern about yesterday’s announcement is that the fund that was announced, some £800 million, is going to be applied in areas that are tiered, one, two, three. There are only two boroughs in London that are in tier one and it is unlikely any [borough] in tier two or tier three will be eligible. It is only up to about £20 million. That is about two thirds of a secondary school. No one could convince us that two thirds of a secondary school is going to make a transformative change to a particular place, as welcome as a secondary school always is. Also, for London has a whole, the Greater London Authority (GLA) is limited to making only one transport bid between £20 million and £50 million. Again, this is not the transformative fillip that London would need going forward.

Page 505

As a whole, £800 million across the country is going to have to be very much targeted at the places [the Government] wants to target it to if it is going to have any impact. In the same way people measure a length by how many it is, I always do things by secondary schools. How many secondary schools could you build with that? If this is worth nationally about 25 secondary schools, as much as 25 secondary schools would be very welcome, do 25 secondary schools transform the economic outlook of the country? I do not think so. That probably puts the £800 million into perspective.

Unmesh Desai AM: Thank you, Deputy Mayor. I like what you said about London needing a “transformative fillip”. I shall remember those words.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Next, we have a lead question from Assembly Member Whittle.

Peter Whittle AM: Good morning, Chair. Good morning to the guests. For my question, could I start by asking Matthew about small businesses? It might be most pertinent. It is a question I asked of the Mayor quite recently.

What will you do to encourage people to return to their places of work as much as possible? When we are talking about the economic microsystems and ecosystems of the city, it is people not being in offices and so on that basically will cause - and indeed has caused - the system to collapse completely. The point has to be made that it is actively better to be in your place of work rather than at home because, otherwise, we are facing enormous unemployment. Already we will, but we will be facing permanent unemployment.

What can you do to ensure that people return to work, and do not just stay at home and work? Could I start by asking Matthew, please?

Matthew Jaffa (Senior External Affairs Manager, Federation of Small Businesses): We have taken a view, as an organisation, that whilst the pandemic has taken hold, businesses’ decisions have to be made based on the health and safety of their employees. A lot of them have moved to more homeworking and it has worked in a lot of industries. In terms of professional services and those financial service industries, they have been able to accommodate that.

However, for the retail, hospitality and leisure sectors, which rely on consumer spend, it is so critical that we have an ecosystem that has people in their offices. It is not for us as an organisation to say, “As a small business, you must go back to the office”, but there has to be an ecosystem where we know that we are encouraging businesses to be maintained in central London.

In the Budget yesterday, for instance, there was not a single mention of the word ‘rent’. It is the big issue for small businesses in London and large businesses as well. The cost of commercial space is a question that is faced by landlords and tenants currently, and how that is accommodated through to the end of this year and on to next year when leases come up.

For us, the discussion now needs to be had quite urgently on this particular issue because, for businesses to maintain that space, for them to take up that office space again or to think about having a presence in zone 1 or zone 2, there has to be an assurance that there is a new dialogue between landlords and tenants because the current system is broken. It is broken. and the debts are mounting up. For us, it is a critical case.

Once it is safe to do so, once businesses have the clarity that it is safe to come back and safe to open and that once we do open we are not going backwards, that this is it and we are opening and working for good, we

Page 506 think that that confidence will come back into office spaces and into commercial property, and employees will have that confidence to come into town. It is the experience, as well, of being an employee in London that gives you the added advantages of being able to participate in everything that London has to offer, particularly cultural experiences and life experiences. We think that it is there, but we just need that clarity and confidence of message that, when we do return, we are opening for good.

Peter Whittle AM: Thank you for that. I take the point about the rents. There is, though - it is an overused term, maybe - an existential problem here in the sense that you have these huge corporations and huge companies, which actually quite like this arrangement. If you look at Canary Wharf, for example, they have realised that they can probably get by with spending a lot less money on their employees and all of that. This is all very well, but it is not just that you have to think of bars and restaurants. It is virtually everybody. It is everybody who is not in one of those professional services like marketing, finance or whatever it is. That is all fine for them, but it is the people who have essentially carried on working even during this pandemic on the commercial front line. This is a great concern.

Can I just say again? Perhaps the Deputy Mayor might have something to say about this. You say you cannot legislate to force people to go back, but there has to be a strong message, does there not? There has to be a very strong message.

Also, I would suggest that once the novelty has worn off - and it is a kind of novelty still - people’s mental health will be at risk, too - they do not maybe realise this - simply by just being at home. Everything about what makes London a bustling city is about people being around. It has to be, surely, made so clear, “Please go back”. I am trying to be courteous about it, “Please go back to work. Do not just stay at home”. What would you say, Deputy Mayor?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, I would agree very much with what you said. There are good signs, though, about that already. The Chief Executive of Barclays about a year ago seemed to be suggesting, as you alluded to, “It is a new world now. We will all be working from home”. I believe that he has now very much changed his line on this and is looking for people to come back to the office. Also, recently the Chief Executive of Goldman Sachs made very similar statements, wanting to see all his staff back in the office.

There are probably going to be changes about the level of occupancy. It is not going to result in the need for less office space. It is about a different kind of office space. Instead of wanting everyone in the office all at the same time in rows of desks, there is going to be a desire for more collaboration space and meeting space in offices. There will be a mix with some working at home. The future being all working in home offices was very much overplayed during the pandemic.

As I have said to Assembly Committees before, though, my concern - and that of the Mayor and the GLA - is very much that even marginal changes could make a real difference. Even just a 5% or 10% drop in activity and people coming into London to work could be enough to undermine the viability of those areas like the creative industries. Take theatres, for example. How much does a drop in the flow of people coming into work who would have gone on to bars, restaurants and theatres have to be before it has a real impact on having sufficient people around in the evenings to keep the margins healthy in those kinds of activities secondary to the business of being in town and going to work? That is something we are going to be monitoring very closely and it is probably something more that the Deputy Mayor [for Culture and Creative Industries] will be able to talk about later.

Page 507

Peter Whittle AM: Thank you, Deputy Mayor. Could I leave you with this one thought? Quite famously back in the late 1970s when New York was bankrupt and in a very low place, they did what has still been the most successful marketing campaign ever, which was “I love New York”. It really did turn the city around. You have to think really quite big about this, not just teeter around the edges but say, “If you want this place to survive, you have to come back”.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The Mayor is investing a sum of around £5 million in a campaign to do that very thing, both internationally and for national visitors as well. Also, there will be Londoners picking up on that, encouraging everyone to remember that this is a fantastic global city with an awful lot to offer on all fronts: arts, culture, food and so on.

Peter Whittle AM: Thank you very much. Thanks.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. The next lead-off question is from Assembly Member Hall.

Susan Hall AM: Chair, I wanted to say how disappointed we all are that yet again Mayor [Sadiq] Khan has declined to attend this meeting. He should be here to answer questions, but, as always, he is the missing Mayor. I did think that he was doing something that was important and was a work commitment, but I see that he is launching his campaign instead. He should know what job he has and he should be here to answer questions. However, I will address the questions I have, if I may, to Jules Pipe.

Jules, I listened to the answers that you gave my colleague Unmesh Desai about the [London] Transition Board. My question is: how do you see the London Transition Board continuing after the completion of the Prime Minister’s roadmap journey? Do you actually know the answer to that?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): No. As I said, I am not involved on the Transition Board and so I am not quite sure of that but we can get back to you.

Susan Hall AM: Yes, OK. Do you know how long the London Recovery Board will continue its work into 2021?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): It will be as long as necessary. Again, the planning and the longevity of the Board is not something I am au fait with.

Susan Hall AM: Is anybody on the call au fait with this so that we can get some answers? No? This is disappointing, Chair, but we have to get used to this because this is what this Mayor has been like for a very long time.

Jules, when we complete the roadmap out of restrictions, it will have been nearly a year since the Recovery Board was established. How have Londoners benefited from the work of the London Recovery Board over the last year? Can you help us with that?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, certainly. London now has a Recovery Strategy both for its economy and its society as a result of the London Recovery Board’s missions. It has published the London Recovery Programme. I have mentioned the nine missions that it has established, and they have draft action plans with a lot of supporting work. Some of that supporting work, for example, is scenario planning for the Central Activities Zone (CAZ) and the possibilities. That goes back to my previous answer to the Assembly Member about how much of a drop in activity we can cope with.

Page 508

While the Mayor initiated all of that work, co-chairing it from the earliest stages alongside the Leader of London Councils, it is one of the most significant collaborations that the city has ever seen. My first answer to the Assembly today illustrated the breadth of organisations and sectors within London that have been drawn into the London Recovery Board.

The Mayor has also published the roadmap, and that outlines the safe and full reopening of London’s economy, working with London’s businesses. At the heart of that, again to speak to the previous question, it is all about rebuilding consumer confidence to enable all the sectors - retail, hospitality, culture, leisure and tourism sectors - just to get back to business. It puts all the building blocks for longer-term recovery in place and seeks to protect jobs. We want to maintain London’s competitive global position as well. The overarching thing probably has to be minimising the harm done to communities across London. That thread goes throughout the recovery plan.

The Mayor has also set the GLA - and the GLA Group including the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime (MOPAC) and the Mayoral Development Corporations (MDCs) - budget very shortly. That shows how the whole organisation is geared towards helping and delivering London’s recovery. Of course, you did have the Mayor in front of you last week to discuss the budget and that would have covered an awful lot of the recovery work that we are probably going to talk about today. He will be here with you in a week’s time for Mayor’s Question Time (MQT) as well and I am sure he will be able to answer any questions you have about recovery then.

The GLA could not have come up with a recovery structure in isolation. What we have done is set up the structures to enable that pan-London approach that I have talked about. In the short term, the Recovery Board has convened the [London COVID] Business Forum as well, which has developed its business reopening roadmap. The roadmap overall aims to secure the safe and full reopening that we want to see and rebuild the consumer confidence I have talked about.

Susan Hall AM: OK. Basically, then, you sound very happy with missions and foundations and so on?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes. There has been a lot in place. We have tried to make a virtue of the fact that the successive waves and the successive lockdowns meant that there was that time to plan, because we were not able to reopen as we wanted to when the previous lockdowns ended.

Susan Hall AM: OK. If we look at the finances, then, have any other London bodies mirrored the Mayor’s budget approach, which is allocating money around the recovery missions and foundations?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes. The four strategic partnerships of boroughs around London have sought to align their work with that of the missions. Councillor Danny Thorpe [London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth] could probably talk about how boroughs are aligning their work with the London recovery.

Susan Hall AM: I am sure, but we have only a certain amount of time so I will address some of these to you. If Sadiq [Khan, Mayor of London] is successful in May [2021], will the Budget go back to normality?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Sorry, I do not follow the question. What budgets will go back to normality? Sorry, I do not understand the question.

Page 509

Susan Hall AM: This somewhat muddled Budget, which was put through last week, is not complete on where money is going to. We all know that. It is going to be announced shortly where the finances are actually going. He is going to continue, if he is successful, around missions and foundations forever, or will he go back to a Budget that we can compare with previous Budgets? That makes it far more easy for us to scrutinise because we are comparing apples with apples.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): If I am understanding your question to be about the reshaping of the Budget along mission lines, yes, I am sure that will continue for the foreseeable future until the missions are seen as completed or as complete as necessary. As I say, it is something I believe London’s governance, in terms of the GLA and the boroughs, has aligned on and so it would make sense to continue it.

Susan Hall AM: It is very muddled --

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I was wondering whether your question was in response to the fact that actually the finances have been proved to be a little better than expected in terms of business rates and income from council tax. There have been some late additions but, whilst that is welcome, they were not to be anticipated --

Susan Hall AM: Mr Pipe, that is a whole separate issue, which I am sure we will be coming to at a different time. That is a whole different issue.

Do you think the recovery bodies have found the Mayor’s approach helpful in these respects? I have seen Danny Thorpe. Would you say that the recovery boards have found the Mayor’s approach helpful?

Councillor Danny Thorpe (London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth): Absolutely. The key point to stress is that it is not the Mayor’s approach, and the London recovery does not belong to one person or one organisation. The fact that we have representatives on that body from not just London Councils but other key partners and business organisations is a demonstration of the fact that we are collaborating across this city to shape a recovery which is for all of us and belongs to all of us.

Susan Hall AM: Yes, but it is the Mayor’s Budget. There is no getting away with that. It is the Mayor’s Budget that we are trying to scrutinise.

There is no programme money allocated within this budget. How are you finding it helpful if there is no programme money allocated?

Councillor Danny Thorpe (London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth): The key point about the missions is bringing things together. For example, if you look at the Green New Deal mission, we were already bringing forward investment in the North London Heat Network and working with GLA colleagues on the Grow Back Greener Fund, which is going to make a real difference.

I am also working to support the hospitality industry across London through a joint approach. Last week I chaired a joint panel of 75 individuals from across London so that we can build on the great work in Westminster and Camden to get street areas and hospitality all back together. Actually, the Budget is one thing, but the work to support the recovery is quite a different measure.

Susan Hall AM: No, the Budget is vital, because if you do not know how much money you have, you do not know what good you can do in the various areas that you are proposing to help. That is very credible - I give

Page 510 you that - but, at the end of the day, if you do not know what money you are getting, I do not know how you can find it extremely helpful. Intentions are one thing, but the hard cash at the end of it is what we need.

I had better go back to Jules Pipe, since he is the Deputy Mayor. Do you have any idea which programmes are going to be funded and which are not? So far, the Assembly has not been told.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): All the programmes are funded through realigning existing budget streams, really. The one that I know best is skills. The money applied in the Good Work for All mission is money freed up from the adult education budget (AEB) where there has been, say, an underperformance. I am trying to draw an example here. Normally in the AEB where there has been an underperformance in any colleges - in other words, underperformance in terms of numbers of students - one would be able to take that money back and then redistribute it to colleges that are taking in more students. That is a natural process within the AEB. If now, though, we target it at certain outcomes and the delivery of certain types of courses - such as, say, green recovery or any other areas of the economy that we think we need to be focused on as a part of the recovery - that is usefully redirecting money to address the mission.

Money is applied to the missions, but there is not a new additional pot that we can draw on. I think we would all wish there were.

Susan Hall AM: Yes, but you must accept that for us to be able to scrutinise this is extremely difficult. We have money going in completely different directions, maybe for good reason, maybe not. We do not know. We do not know what money is going into the various programmes. It is about as clear as mud, quite frankly. For those of us who have to look at this to see if Londoners are getting good value for money, it is almost impossible. At the moment, I would say we absolutely are not.

I must allow my colleagues to come in with questioning. I might come back if there is time later. Thank you, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you, Assembly Member Hall. I extend a warm welcome on behalf of the London Assembly to Deputy Mayor [for Culture and Creative Industries] Justine Simons, who has joined us now.

Can I invite Assembly Member Russell to ask her lead question, please?

Caroline Russell AM: My questions are for the Deputy Mayor for Culture Justine Simons and are specifically about issues facing Londoners in creative industries, and the part the culture sector may play in the recovery process.

At Tuesday’s Economy Committee meeting [2 March 2021], you talked about the scale of the impact the pandemic has had on London’s creative workers. You highlighted the risk that 150,000 people in the arts may lose their jobs and that £16 billion may be lost from an industry which, before COVID, was worth £58 billion a year to London’s economy.

Can you tell me how the Recovery Board and its nine missions will help to stop this from happening so the city does not lose the skills of these creative workers or its leading reputation for arts and culture?

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): What I will do is unpack the culture work for you, because the culture work we are doing spreads across all of the missions. Perhaps what I will do is try to unpack that a bit for you so it perhaps makes a bit more sense. I will be as quick as I can.

Page 511

The immediate stuff we are doing around the recovery is, as you know, all of our Culture at Risk work. That is all about supporting individuals and small businesses largely in London. We have 700 cases on the at-risk register right now. We had emergency funding of £2.3 million. That went to 300 organisations and that trickled down to support 11,000 artists. We designed it so that it would reach individuals. It helps individual artists to hold onto their studios.

Specifically, the Creative Enterprise Zones have been really important frontline services, in a way. They have really come into their own in COVID. They have created a conduit for support to flow into individuals and small businesses. Looking at what happened in the six Zones through the COVID period since March [2020], what we know is that they collectively helped to protect 1,000 jobs and supported 300 organisations and managed to leverage in an extra £1.6 million.

There is lots more but, in view of time, they are some of the highlights of how we have been designing our programmes to support the creative industries really directly.

Caroline Russell AM: It is great to hear about all of those different things that are going on, in particular that £1.6 billion being leveraged in --

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): £1.6 million.

Caroline Russell AM: Only £1.6 million? Justine, these are clearly good projects but it is a drop in the ocean compared to the scale of what the culture industry faces. You talked on Tuesday about how Brent as the Borough of Culture this year has been developing COVID-safe ways to engage people in cultural activities.

Do you think there are lessons from this work that might help reboot the CAZ, which has been harder hit than anywhere else in the United Kingdom (UK)? In October last year [2020], footfall was just 40% of pre-COVID levels.

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): Yes, there are. We are in a live learning situation around events, around culture and especially around outdoor events. The other thing I mentioned when we spoke earlier this week was about the World Cities Culture Forum. We are in a live global conversation about how to stage events and how to bring culture back into areas to enable it to play its full role in rerouting those areas and bringing people back. There is lots to be learned from Brent, for sure.

There are other festivals and cultural organisations across the capital that have been learning a lot. The Greenwich+Docklands [International] Festival did a kind of deconstructed festival. Rather than inviting everyone into one place, they unpacked it so that it happened at a very hyperlocal level. The Brent work was all about the public realm. It was an outdoor biennale. We can see lots of different examples from around the world.

You are right. There is lots to rapidly assimilate so that we can use it to design the best possible and most impactful programme to open up central London.

Caroline Russell AM: Thank you. It is really important. While arts workers clearly need our support, they also have a really important part to play with their creativity in how that recovery comes about.

Prior to the pandemic, there were already accessibility issues in London’s cultural sector, both in terms of work opportunities and chances to enjoy and participate in cultural events. Do you agree that the Recovery

Page 512

Programme is an ideal opportunity to address this longstanding issue? What ideas do you have to improve accessibility both to creative jobs and participation for audiences?

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): That is a good question. I am just noting it down. The ability of the recovery to boost jobs and participation. Is that right?

Caroline Russell AM: Yes.

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): Yes, I agree on both counts.

Caroline Russell AM: It is about addressing inequality. We have had problems of accessibility in terms of the range of people who are able to get into jobs in the arts and also for disabled people.

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): OK. Again, just to go for specifics, I agree with the premise that this has to be a moment to shift the dial on this issue.

Perhaps I will give you one example of a thing that is in the pipeline. I spoke the other day about how the creative industries are coming back at different rates. The film and screen industries are getting going much earlier than other aspects of the creative economy. Things like the performance and live industries have found it much harder because of the social distancing requirements. Film, led a lot by the Mayor’s film agency Film London, has been able to develop these protocols and so we do have the industry rebooting. About 85% is back up and running.

That is important because of the jobs pipeline. We understand that there are about 40,000 jobs in the film industry in the pipeline, which is an incredible opportunity, lots of them entry-level. That is something we want to really grab hold of and make sure that we really use this big moment to open up access to those jobs.

One of the things that we have been working collaboratively with Jules’ [Pipe] team on is this notion of a dedicated skills piece around that with the Creative Skills Academy, for example. That is one of the ideas in the pipeline. You are absolutely right. There is definitely an opportunity to shift the dial.

Caroline Russell AM: Thank you very much. I have one final question, which is about musicians and creative workers who lost their freedom of movement since the European Union (EU) exit and now have a problem where they need visas for every single country where they are working. This is something that is affecting the music industry in particular but all creative workers as they move towards the recovery.

We heard from Maddy Thimont-Jack from the Institute for Government at the Assembly’s EU Exit Working Group recently that the Government will need to renegotiate a separate deal for these workers, and that it can happen but it does need the political will to go ahead.

I understand that the Mayor wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport [the Rt Hon. Oliver Dowden CBE] echoing industry and cross-party calls for help for these musicians and creative workers. Can I ask if the Mayor has heard back from the Secretary of State, and what more you are doing to support musicians and creative workers who are campaigning for a visa scheme to sort this problem out?

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): To my knowledge, the Mayor has not had a response to that letter. We can check but, to my knowledge, he has not had a response.

Caroline Russell AM: If you could check, that would be great.

Page 513

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): Sure, we will. Honestly, it is a disaster. Brexit is part of a double whammy. We have all the challenges to the creative economy from COVID and then Brexit on top of that, which has massively disadvantaged this vital industry for us. As you say, there is no free travel for artists, so tours at the moment are collapsing. The National Theatre, it was reported the other day - I am sure you saw it - is not mounting any European tours until the situation is sorted out. Broadcast rights are not agreed. Intellectual property (IP) is unresolved. This is, in its totality for the UK, a £117 billion industry and so --

Caroline Russell AM: Justine, I am out of time, but it would be reassuring to know that you are really on the case with this because the arts sector does so much for London’s economy and is such an important part of the recovery. Thank you.

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): Yes, absolutely. I am definitely on the case.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Can I thank Caroline and Justine for the lovely plug about my Borough of Brent, the Borough of Culture?

We now move on to supplementary questions from Assembly Members. We start off with Assembly Member Pidgeon.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: My first question is for the Deputy Mayor for Culture. London has over 200 museums and 850 galleries and hosts three of the world’s top 10 galleries and museums. This rich offering is a huge draw to London for tourists from both here in the UK and abroad. I was concerned that the Government’s roadmap has museums and galleries in tier 3, meaning they will not be able to open until 17 May [2021] at the earliest. This is because they are being considered as indoor entertainment venues despite having more in common with public buildings such as libraries and community centres, which are able, hopefully, to open on 12 April [2021]. Do you share my concern over this decision and what have you done to try to lobby against this on behalf of London’s museums and galleries?

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): I agree with you wholeheartedly. It does not really make sense that Primark can open before the Tate Modern. Even within the gallery sector, there is a distinction between commercial galleries and public galleries. Also, you can have a small commercial gallery open earlier than you can, again, the Tate Modern. All of these big museums and galleries have, by and large, really big and spacious buildings where it is easy and safe to allow the public in. I am working closely with lots of the different industry bodies on this and we have backed industry and sector calls for a review of it. We are urging the Government to follow the evidence, as we always would. I absolutely agree with you and we are backing all of those calls.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Lovely. Thank you very much. Also, with restrictions on international travel likely to be in place for some time, some of these venues may continue to struggle. How are you working with the sector and the Government to understand the needs of our cultural venues moving forward and ensure they have the right support for the longer term?

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): Yes, in lots of different ways. We are very connected to all the different industry groups. I sit on the [London Area] Council for the Arts Council England and through that route I get a lot of intelligence around what the sector needs, and through the Association of Leading Visitor Attractions (ALVA), and through the Mayor’s Cultural Leadership Board.

Page 514

There are myriad routes through which the team and I are keeping our ears to the ground and understand the needs of the industry in this rapidly evolving picture we are in right now.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: For my final question, either Jules or Danny can pick this up. Recent data shows that youth unemployment in London stands at 22%, significantly higher than the national average. This has been attributed through the pandemic to things like hospitality and culture events, which have suffered massive falls in revenue. Can you update me on the work of the London Recovery Task Force in London Councils and what you are doing to ensure young people are at the heart of London’s recovery from COVID?

Councillor Danny Thorpe (London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth): I completely agree that there is a massive challenge for all of us about supporting young people, who have been more disproportionately affected. One of the tragedies about yesterday in relation to the Budget, for example, is that we know that only 8% of London’s businesses employ apprentices, and the Apprenticeship Levy itself is a huge barrier to providing opportunities for young people to engage in entry work. That is a real push on London Councils to try to do what we can to make it easier for businesses. Until we get some national reform in that area, it is going to be an ongoing challenge.

More broadly linked to employment amongst young people and their families, we are also, for example, realigning some of our skills and employment programmes at a local level. We know now that in London we have had a 157% increase in the number of Universal Credit applicants, which presents a real challenge in terms of a new generation of poverty. We are also very focused on how, when recovery begins, we do not end up with a tale of two cities in terms of recovery, particularly for young people.

It is a very live issue. There are lots of things in local areas. At a strategic level, it is also linked to the London missions, which very much has a New Deal for Young People moving forward.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Lovely. Thank you very much.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Can I have Assembly Member Dr Moore?

Dr Alison Moore AM: I would like to move on to transport in London’s recovery. My first question is for Matthew Jaffa. How will the lifting of restrictions and subsequent economy recovery impact on transport in London and vice versa?

Matthew Jaffa (Senior External Affairs Manager, Federation of Small Businesses): That is a very good question. It comes in two parts, really, because whilst we have a large demographic of professional, administrative and service-sector businesses that can rely on the public transport network, we still have a swathe of businesses that have been affected by an uplift in the Congestion Charge, and it going to Saturday and Sunday and up to 10.00pm as well; plus the low-traffic neighbourhoods (LTNs), which have been detrimental in certain parts of London and probably not brought in as they should have been, with better consultation.

It is going to need some really great thinking from the Deputy Mayor for Transport and linking with the Deputy Mayor for Business as well because we do not want to be overloading the public transport system right at the start once restrictions are lifted. It has to be a gradual coming back to London so that we can make sure we do not see cases going sky high.

It is the case that for a lot of businesses, they rely on a road network that, unfortunately, is not functioning to their needs currently. That is the area that this Mayor and also London Councils have to understand. Whilst a

Page 515 plumber or a lorry driver would love to go on public transport, they do need a better functioning road network that accommodates them as well. They have to understand the full gambit of users of all of the travel system.

Dr Alison Moore AM: That is really helpful. Thank you. That is food for thought. If I can move on to Justine Simons, with that cross-working in mind, Transport for London (TfL) is keeping the Night Tube and the Night Overground reopening dates under review, depending on the continuing impact of the pandemic on demand. The latest figures show that the Night Tube and the [Night] Overground contributed £190 million a year to London’s economy before COVID, and supported over 3,000 jobs, many of which will be in the culture and creative industries.

Should the Night Tube and [Night] Overground reopen with step three of the COVID roadmap?

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): This is not one for me. I do not have the transport brief.

Dr Alison Moore AM: No, I understand that, but it is about the interplay between transport and the creative industries and whether it would be beneficial for those industries to consider the Night Tube and the [Night] Overground reopening with step three as those areas are beginning to open up.

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): I am not across the detail of the transport overlay and the tier system. It is not my area. However, if you want me to come back to you, I can. My colleagues in transport would be very happy to answer it.

Dr Alison Moore AM: I am sure. It is just that interplay with culture that I was considering but thank you very much.

Matthew, TfL has identified a further 4% reduction in the kilometres operated on the bus network to respond to expected future travel patterns, including a passenger reduction in central London and an increase in outer London town centres. From your perspective, what effect, if any, will this movement of bus capacity from central to outer London have on the economic recovery of your members? They are spread across London.

Matthew Jaffa (Senior External Affairs Manager, Federation of Small Businesses): It is a bit of a catch-22 scenario. One of the Assembly Members mentioned earlier the need to come back into central London. We want to have enough encouragement of that, and making sure that public transport, particularly the Tube, works effectively is a critical thing for our members. Whilst a lot of outer London boroughs would have seen that high street renewal and people coming to shop locally during the pandemic, zones 3, 2 and 1 would be the areas that would have seen a dearth of people coming into central London. Making sure there is confidence and that the public transport network and the Tube in particular is safe and is clean - the Mayor has done quite a lot in this area to demonstrate that - needs to be reassurance to make sure and hammer it home to employees and employers that it is safe to come back into central London once these restrictions are lifted. That is the critical thing we need to be addressing.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Thank you very much. It is a key area but, also, we have seen some development, much needed, in our local high streets. Some of that bus density may well help that.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Whittle, your question, please?

Peter Whittle AM: Deputy Mayor, good morning. I noticed that in your reply to one of the Assembly Members you had a good old go at Brexit and the problems faced by musicians.

Page 516

Isn’t wonderful, though, that because we are no longer in the EU, we have had a fantastic rollout of vaccines, 20 million, which includes all of those creative people and includes all of those musicians? Is that not wonderful? Presumably, you are quite happy that we are not in one of those European countries where it has been so lamentable and appalling. Yes or no.

Murad Qureshi AM: Justine does not need to respond to that.

Justine Simons OBE (Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries): The vaccine programme is great, and we are all in support of it. Separate to that, Brexit is a double whammy for the creative economy. The facts speak for themselves: no free travel for artists, the collapse of EU touring, broadcast rights not agreed, IP unresolved. These things exist. They are facts. That is an issue. I cannot speak of it in any other way. They are the facts of the matter.

Peter Whittle AM: All of those people vaccinated, that is the important thing. Their lives are going to be --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thanks very much. I am afraid Assembly Member Whittle is out of time. Thank you, Deputy Mayor Simons, for attending the session today. Can I have now our next question from Assembly Member Qureshi?

Murad Qureshi AM: Thank you, Chair. Can I address my question on the future of the CAZ to Jules Pipe? Jules, what work has been carried out so far exploring the potential policy solutions to help the centre of London and businesses affected?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Thank you, Assembly Member. The CAZ obviously - everyone knows this - is facing a significant challenge as a result of the pandemic and the reduction in office workers, the absence of domestic and international tourism. Currently, people are having to change how they spend their leisure time.

The Mayor commissioned a major piece of research from Arup, Gerald Eve and the London School of Economics into the future challenges and opportunities that are facing the CAZ. That is all going to inform the understanding of the long-term impacts on the central London economy.

We had an interim report back at the beginning of February [2021], which was published. That provided evidence on office use trends in the CAZ and looked at the different functions and sectors of the CAZ economic system, all their interactions, and their interactions with the rest of London and the UK. The report showed that the CAZ’s economic downturn or collapse in this period was at huge odds with how it had previously outperformed the rest of the UK. The unique mix of activities, institutions and companies that are located in the CAZ drives London’s economy, not to mention being at the heart of the public administration of the country and having some of the top higher-education institutions in the country, all adding to the economic capacity of the country.

Clearly, COVID has had a severe and far-reaching impact on that. Arts and culture we have already touched on. More than 26,000 jobs are on the line in London as a result of the impact of COVID on the creative industries. The night-time economy is well-rehearsed and I do not need to take up your time about that.

In the long term, if the right action is taken, we should be in a place to recover strongly. The CAZ has a really diverse ecosystem with that concentration of all the different sectors I have mentioned, and all the anchor institutions of the country. It has consistently for centuries had a central and global role and I am confident that that will return.

Page 517

Office occupiers are going to be essential to that. They are going to reassess their needs, as I have previously mentioned, but they are not going to abandon the CAZ. Going back to the previous question about transport, TfL has done so much to ensure the cleanliness of the Tube and to get that confidence back. That is what we need to restore: people’s confidence to return.

Murad Qureshi AM: Thank you, Jules. You went further than I would have done but you have explained why I still live on the edge of the CAZ. It is where you have to be to know where the London pulse is.

Can I go to Danny for a second? Can you tell us of the benefits to the CAZ of the £5 million the Mayor has recently announced to support London’s reopening, and what are the key sectors that will benefit from it?

Councillor Danny Thorpe (London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth): The £5 million that has been announced also extends beyond the CAZ because it is specifically for tourism and hospitality. I have been making some representations to the Deputy Mayor for Business, for example, to ensure that places like Greenwich, which play a significant role in London’s tourist and hospitality economy with over 1 million overnight stays linked to tourism in the previous year, are all still able to benefit from that money. Whilst we have some absolutely fantastic institutions within the CAZ, which are the lifeblood of London’s cultural sector, we also have, for example, the world’s leading entertainment venue, the O2, situated outside of the CAZ. I have been assured that that money will reflect the broader position around where London’s tourism economy is.

Murad Qureshi AM: Thank you, Danny. Can I just make a plea? Do not forget the small businesses in the CAZ. They are critical as well as all the big business interests we have in the CAZ. Thank you very much.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): It is all part of the crucial ecosystem.

Murad Qureshi AM: Yes.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Assembly Member Arnold?

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: The idea of Assembly Member Qureshi being at the pulse of London is so amazing. We are so thrilled to have him among us.

My question is for Councillor Danny Thorpe. It is about the need for a robust safety net for possibly millions of Londoners who are desperate to avoid being trapped in poverty and can see little support coming their way to relieve their hardship. You spoke earlier about a new generation in poverty, and I wondered if you could give us a couple of examples of how the missions of the Recovery Board will ensure that Londoners in need will receive the support they so desperately need.

Councillor Danny Thorpe (London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth): There is a lot of work going on amongst London Councils and indeed with the Mayor [of London] to ensure that those Londoners who find themselves in poverty are going to be supported in the best way possible. None of us are really there yet in terms of understanding all of the structural inequality issues that have been highlighted in the context of this pandemic. It is absolutely vital that moving forward we continue with that work. A pandemic that has come after the impact of ten years of austerity in our city when we have seen rising inequality poses many questions for all of us, which have to be answered.

Page 518

If, for example, we look at the Good Work for All mission, we know that London employers paying the London Living Wage and having really good standards of pay is absolutely essential. Tackling those who are most likely to be exploited and exploiting is going to be absolutely vital. We know that the impact of the pandemic on low-paid workers in particular, and the continued failure to address the right amount of money for people who need to isolate in some of those professions has been a real issue in terms of containing the virus.

Also, when we look, for example, at health outcomes and the disproportionality in health outcomes, there are huge questions for us as Londoners about the issue of weight. We know that obesity has had a significant and disproportionate impact in this pandemic and, moving forward, that has to be addressed.

Making sure, for example, that we as London Councils get those business grants distributed out to businesses as quickly as possible, so that we can support small and medium-sized businesses to be able to pay those workers, has been absolutely essential moving forward. I am really pleased that we have been able to provide just under 50,000 grants now directly to individual organisations within the city so that people can be supported at this crucial time.

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Thank you for that full answer. Were you disappointed that the Budget did not offer you any real support? In fact, local councils were hardly mentioned. How are you really going to be dealing with the COVID impact, the years of austerity and the issue about young people, who are not coming into a market because no market exists?

Councillor Danny Thorpe (London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth): Public services do seem to have been missing largely from the Budget yesterday and that is a huge concern.

If I have read the Red Book right, there is also a £9 billion cut in there to National Health Service (NHS) budgets, which poses a significant challenge at a time when, clearly, the NHS has been at the forefront and central to our critical response. We have to unpick what that is all going to mean and understand it because we have seen the pressure on our own hospital system. We have been forced to open hospitals in conference centres because we had run out of beds. That is going to be a huge issue moving forward.

As you say, there was nothing really on schools or education, which have been, clearly, impacted massively by COVID and will continue to do so. We await further information around the Government’s plan to address those inequalities.

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Thank you. I wish you and your colleagues all the very best in the enormous task ahead of you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Cooper?

Léonie Cooper AM: I would like to address my questions to Jules Pipe, if I may. I wondered, Deputy Mayor, if you could update us a bit on what progress is being made by the GLA in conjunction with London Councils through the London Recovery Board on the Green New Deal recovery mission.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The Green New Deal mission is going to form an integral part of the recovery team’s work in our recovery from the pandemic. That is going to be over both the short term and the long term. As I said earlier, we want to make sure the recovery leads to a greener, fairer and more equal city.

Page 519

The GLA Environment and Energy Unit and London Councils have formed a joint working group to lead on this mission. The teams worked hand-in-hand in the development of it and in the development of the mission’s scope over the short-term, medium-term and long-term priorities.

Last November [2020], the Mayor [of London] announced the first £10 million of the Green New Deal Fund projects. They are going to be supporting green new businesses and, hopefully, creating around 1,000 jobs. Those projects also focus on tackling inequalities that have been highlighted through the pandemic. They will focus on activity in areas with poor air quality and where people have limited access to green space and, overall, will take action on areas of greatest climate vulnerability.

There is a further £12 million of funding available that will be split evenly across the next two years. There is further money of similar amounts within the GLA’s core environmental programmes as well. Altogether, there will be about £20 million a year allocated to this mission over the next two years, so £20 million plus £20 million. There is a whole programme of activities to deploy those funds to further the Green New Deal mission.

Léonie Cooper AM: I wonder if I could ask you a little bit about what we need to do - and this speaks very strongly to your particular brief as the Deputy Mayor - around the skills agenda. You talked about creating 1,000 new jobs. I know that the overall Green New Deal mission is to double the size of London’s green economy by 2030, so in nine years. We have seen work starting already on Zero Emission Zones, which you were just referring to.

Also, retrofitting London’s domestic buildings is a massive problem and it would really address the climate emergency, because a lot of emissions relate to domestic dwellings. Are we really in a position to get on with that? Do we have the skilled workforce we need to start retrofitting London’s domestic dwellings? What can we do there? What more can we do?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): There is an area in connection with COVID and the problems that people associate with COVID where, actually, those problems were already pre-existing and COVID has just highlighted them. Yet again, this is one of them, but we do not have a ready army of people to be working on green initiatives, which should have been in place and working anyway. COVID has really highlighted the urgency.

You are absolutely right that we do need to train more people up. The Green New Deal programme links very well with the Good Work for All mission to develop a Green Skills Academy. We are looking to the model we have used for the Mayor’s Construction Academy and to transfer the learnings from that over to a virtual academy for green skills. We are looking to develop a really high-quality training offer to develop the green skills base and to meet that demand. Also, the Mayor has launched the AEB last week and the Adult Education Recovery Fund to support training in the growth sectors, which includes green, low-carbon and so on.

Léonie Cooper AM: I wonder if I could bring in Matthew Jaffa here. How much will this impact in terms of those small companies across London? We are talking here about really stepping up. Is this something that is attractive and are small companies involved in this?

Matthew Jaffa (Senior External Affairs Manager, Federation of Small Businesses): Our own statistics show that around 70% of FSB members state that a green policy in their business is important. We would like to have heard more from the Chancellor [of the Exchequer], particularly around job creation in these particular areas, not just purely job retention. Whilst measures such as furlough and self-employed grants are welcome,

Page 520 for us, there was no announcement about job retention bonuses or ways to cut down on National Insurance contributions if you are taking on new jobs in green industries or other innovation sectors as well.

For us, it is filling the gap in terms of job creation that is going to be most critical. The support that the Mayor can give and local authorities can give to help bring small businesses along on this road is going to be a tough one. It is a journey they want to go on, but they do need incentives and support to take advantage of it.

Léonie Cooper AM: Yes, you are absolutely right there. It has been an issue. There were very many welcome things in the Budget, but there were some gaps that you quite rightly point out. The Green New Deal recovery mission could go a lot further, as you say, if the Government was boosting London and our recovery in that area much more. Thank you very much for your answers in those areas.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Assembly Member Gavron?

Nicky Gavron AM: I just wanted to come in with a couple of quick supplementary questions to follow what Assembly Member Cooper was saying. Can I ask you, Deputy Mayor Jules Pipe, to say a little bit more - and you have said quite a lot about skills - about the way you are going to deploy the AEB in relation to the Green New Deal and skills? It is going to be a very important tool.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, absolutely. It is very important. Just to segue from Léonie’s [Cooper AM] question to yours, I know that the boroughs have something like 400 proposals that they drew up when they were asked, “What shovel-ready projects do you have that would align with the Green New Deal?” The boroughs could come up with practically 400. About 20-odd boroughs came up with that number. It is essential that we get going on matching that level of ambition both with the funding that we will need from central Government, and also with the skills base.

With the AEB, as I said, City Hall has just launched the Good Work for All Fund. Up to about £32 million is going to be made available to support Londoners with the skills needed to access good work. It is a competitive fund and will use part of London’s AEB explicitly to support the Recovery Programme

Nicky Gavron AM: Is this for providers? Who is getting the AEB? Apologies.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The AEB will be for training providers. The £32 million is for skills and training providers.

Nicky Gavron AM: All right, for training providers. Could I ask quickly one other question, which is a finance question. The Retrofit Accelerator programme has been receiving money from the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and has just had its last tranche. It needs to go forward, of course, and I am wondering. Have there been discussions with the Government about replacing that ERDF funding?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): This unfortunately falls under the long-running discussions on the replacement for European funds and so the pressure goes on as to how that will work. I am concerned that any replacement for European funds that the Government has promised will be, similar to the announcement yesterday, directed away from London.

Nicky Gavron AM: OK. Thank you very much.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Assembly Member McCartney.

Page 521

Joanne McCartney AM: My first question is to Danny Thorpe, if I can. It is a general question. The pandemic has meant that many people have lost or are likely to lose their jobs in the forthcoming months. What retraining opportunities are you supporting for those people who are in that position?

Councillor Danny Thorpe (London Councils Executive Member for Business, Europe and Good Growth): We - and many London boroughs - have job brokerage schemes, which are in the process of welcoming people in and are not only maximising their income through the welfare benefit system at present, but also, for example, supporting people to be deployed into other areas. I have personally spoken to actors and people in hospitality who are supporting the vaccine programme at some of our testing sites whilst their industries are closed down.

We would really hope that those industries do come back. This strange campaign of the Government of, “You were a dancer. Retrain to do something else”, was very frustrating because those jobs are hugely valuable to Londoners and we hope that all of those industries will come back.

As has been alluded to, the boroughs are trying to do their best, for example, around what jobs we need to create in the future as opposed to what jobs we just need to support through those schemes right now. A number of boroughs, for example, are linked to the Green New Deal. We are involved in the Mayor’s Building Council Homes for Londoners programme. We are providing huge opportunities for people to build genuinely sustainable council housing across London. As has been alluded to, if we had more fiscal incentives from the Chancellor [of the Exchequer], we could really expand that into a wider programme for London.

Joanne McCartney AM: Thank you. My next questions are for Deputy Mayor Jules Pipe, if I can. There are particular groups of workers and particular geographical areas in our city that have been particularly affected by the pandemic. If I take into account my constituency areas such as Tottenham and Edmonton, with high black, Asian and minority ethnic populations, they have disproportionately been affected. They are more likely to have lost their jobs, to have been furloughed and to have had reduced hours.

I want to make sure that the money and the schemes that the Mayor [of London] is in charge of are particularly going to target those people who have been disproportionately affected.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, I can absolutely give you that assurance. The Recovery Programme’s Good Work for All mission sets out the ambition to support Londoners into good jobs or help them progress in the careers they are already in. The largest and most effective tool in the toolbox that we have is the AEB. It is now more than £330 million in the coming year. Absolutely, the Mayor wants to ensure that it is targeted. Age 19-plus is where that expenditure can go. We are not allowed to replicate any expenditure that is targeted at ages below that. It is for the black, Asian and minority ethnic groups, parents, carers, newly unemployed Londoners and people at risk of redundancy. As I say, it is not just about progression in jobs but actually maintaining jobs as well and learning new skills to maintain jobs.

With targeting, how it works in practice is to ensure that colleges are in a position to offer courses to people with low wages - earning less than the London Living Wage, for example - and ensuring that those are fully funded rather than expecting people with low wages to come up with part of the course costs themselves. We have taken, over recent months, any number of steps to widen provision and widen access to the very groups that you listed in your question.

Page 522

We are allowing training providers to use up to 10% of their budgets more flexibly. Rather than tightly prescribed courses, they can use 10% on innovative courses about getting people through job interviews, or about those basic skills, core maths, English for speakers of other languages (ESOL), for example.

We are also fully funding level 3 qualifications for those who are unemployed or earning below the London Living Wage, even if they have a level 3 qualification. The Government’s offer is that you have to be older than 24 and you cannot already have a level 3 qualification. No, we are saying that if you are in crisis, on a low wage or made redundant, if you need training in something at level 3, we will fund you on a short course lasting less than a year.

We will also raise the rates for core subjects like English and maths by 10% to attract better teaching and retain good teaching in the skills sector. In this coming year we are expanding that across all subjects and raising what we are paying colleges by 10%.

There is a whole range of interventions we have made to really focus on ensuring access to the very people at the heart of your question.

Joanne McCartney AM: Thank you. I am reassured by that. A lot of my concern is around young people who have just left education and are entering a job market that is extremely difficult. We know young people are often the first to be let go from their jobs. You talked a little bit about the Good Work for All Fund and how that will be targeting its support to young people and others.

The other thing I wanted to ask you about was how you are going to be encouraging anchor institutions in London - such as the NHS, local councils - to actually take on young people through the schemes, particularly around apprenticeships. I am a bit concerned about the Government’s Kickstart scheme, for example, with lots of places promised but very few young people actually placed on it as yet. What can we do about that?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Apprenticeships, we have always said, are key to future employment, particularly for young people in London, and of course apprenticeships are the very things that have been hammered by the pandemic because the very idea of an apprenticeship is having someone learning within a business or career environment and so many people are working from home. Even if you are in a trade, if you have young apprentices, you do not want to encourage additional people coming onto premises and into people’s homes at this time. It has been a real hammer blow to the provision of apprenticeships.

Before the pandemic, we had a number of apprenticeship programmes planned. A key one was the London Progression Collaboration, and that was all about increasing apprenticeships. Because of COVID, it has pivoted. It would be swimming against the tide, frankly, to radically increase apprenticeships at that time when the pandemic first started, so they pivoted into giving advice to businesses on how they could maintain apprenticeships at the moment.

However, now they have moved on to the very point you make, how we can get bodies to introduce new ones at this time, and they are tackling the issue of pooling unspent [Apprenticeship] Levy funds. Already they have been successful in getting more than £5 million of unspent Levy funds from people like the BBC, Amazon and a number of London boroughs as well. With reducing budgets it has been impossible, totally understandably, for London boroughs to take on new apprentices themselves, but if their monies are pooled with the likes of Amazon, the BBC and so on, then we can identify employers, small businesses particularly, who can deploy that money.

Page 523

£5 million is not going to change the worl,d but it is interesting that the kind of people who have done it - Amazon, the BCC, London boroughs - are a good exemplar. We need to promote that to businesses of all types. If you cannot spend your funds, and in this particular situation in time that may be understandable, we can show you the way and demonstrate how we can get those funds into small businesses, small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), to be able to use them effectively and take on young people.

Joanne McCartney AM: Thank you. Thank you, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Sahota.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: My question is for the Deputy Mayor, Jules Pipe. You talked earlier on about vaccine hesitancy and, of course, the vaccine is a way out of this pandemic, but it does depend upon many people taking it up. Unless many people take it up, unless we are all safe, none of us are safe. What work has the Recovery Board done to attack or to address vaccine hesitancy in London?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): An absolutely crucial issue, Dr Sahota. Work to address vaccine hesitancy is being led primarily by the SCG. That is part of their immediate response to the crisis. That work involves, obviously, really comprehensive engagement and a communication plan, They focus on the communities that have expressed the greatest uncertainty about the vaccine, in many cases the same communities that have experienced disproportionate infection, death and overall impact from COVID: black African communities, black Caribbean, south Asian, central European communities as well, Roma Gypsy and Travellers, and also Latin American communities.

Vaccine hesitancy was discussed at a recent meeting of the London Recovery Board. One of the Board members is the very excellent London Regional Director of Public Health [Public Health England] Kevin Fenton and he is playing a leading role in the SCG response. He shared data with the Board members that ensured partner organisations were very aware of the challenges. That is the key thing. This not just a health issue that is led by the Health Department or the health authorities; it is a health issue that should be owned by everybody. He made sure all organisations were aware of the challenges, the work being undertaken to address the hesitancy and how everyone could contribute. The Recovery Board called for all parties with links to those communities to help counter misinformation and address the concerns that people have. Overcoming the suspicion is going to be a long-term endeavour that everyone has a part to play in, from celebrities and footballers through to health professionals on the front line.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: You are right. This messaging has to be very local in communities. Are you aware of any funding that our London boroughs have got to get the message right and to take it into their own communities?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I am afraid, off the top of my head, I could not say, but I could get back to you.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: That would be helpful. The converse thing is that we have all this misinformation going out on social media, whether it be Facebook or WhatsApp. Social media companies have a responsibility to make sure that they do act responsibly. Have you had any discussions with them about how they are acting responsibly to make sure that misinformation is not propagated throughout society?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, I know that Public Health England and others are regularly pressing across the board for all those communication channels to behave responsibly.

Page 524

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Great. Thank you, Deputy Mayor.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Duvall.

Len Duvall AM: Jules, can I take you back to Joanne McCartney’s [AM] question around skills training and the ability to build capacity into various sectors? For instance, we know that one of the barriers to retraining or getting people back into the world of work is effective childcare. We also know across London there are gaps in the provision, whether it is childminding at one end, flexible care or even nursery provision. Of course, we could grow that sector if we wanted to because some of it has collapsed during the pandemic; some of those small businesses have gone and may need to be re-established.

What strategic plans are there to build capacity on the issue of childcare across London, working with the various stakeholders to do that, as a contribution to economic recovery?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I would have to get back with you with detail on it, I would have to do that, but people are very aware. It was an issue even before COVID that the economics of childcare provision were extremely fragile, with the amount available in childcare support from the Government. The Government has regularly brought forward new programmes of childcare support by making places available for certain ages, yet the levels of funding associated with it once you get below the headlines have meant that it was virtually impossible for childcare settings to actually provide at those rates. It was simply uneconomic.

The impact from COVID has been that people are not at work nor able to take their children to many childcare settings. Probably a small number of key workers may be finding childcare. There are limited childcare arrangements there. Many settings have probably closed and gone under as a result of COVID --

Len Duvall AM: I am sorry to interrupt, but does that not lead us to a conclusion then that maybe we ought to then concentrate on some flexible childminding issues? The last round of childminding training strategically done was probably a couple of administrations ago. I presume that capacity has gone in some boroughs and needs to be grown again. Surely some of our training opportunities, because we want high-care childcare, need to be done in locations where we have gaps. I am not suggesting we have gaps right across London in childminding, but there may well be some gaps that could be grown and provide a useful way back into the world for work for some, but also retraining. Like many opportunities in cultural industries, people used to go on to other things. What we found with training childminders is that their horizons have opened up to other opportunities as well as contributing to the economic recovery. Does it not point to that?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, I absolutely would agree. The elements making up the Recovery Board are very aware of the issue around the future of childcare. Within the AEB, in my sector, in skills, we are absolutely looking at what you are saying about the issue of training. That will form part of many of the sectors that we are looking at, key sectors, whether it is health and social care or indeed childcare. We will be ready with that. There is business support for the sector as well, via the London Business Hub. They have been providing advice and guidance to the childcare sector as well.

I think, though, that while we can ensure the training is in place and we can provide advice and guidance, I come back to where I started: the key thing is funding per place from central Government. We had a problem going into COVID, and we are in danger of emerging from COVID with people wanting to get back to work and the crisis being worse than ever, despite us being able to provide advice, guidance and training for would-be providers.

Page 525

Len Duvall AM: OK. Can we just turn now to the nine recovery missions? Clearly the pandemic and the third lockdown interrupted some of that work. I have been following some of the minutes of the Recovery Board. Can you provide us with a little pen picture of where the updates on the different recovery missions are? Then you might wish to follow up with something written to all Assembly Members for future scrutiny, if possible. Could you just provide us with a little pen picture of where we are?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I would need to do that in writing to do them justice, with the nine missions.

On the Green New Deal I have mentioned some of the funds that we are taking forward there, focused on, as I say, air quality and climate change, but obviously there is a big element of job creation there.

On High Streets for All, there are the enhanced public spaces. I have mentioned the shovel-ready projects and some of the sums of money that are focused on that. The medium-term project there is an exemplar of bringing underused high street buildings in communities back into use in every single borough by 2025. The progress there is that we are expecting bids back within a couple of months, around June or July, for that programme.

On the New Deal for Young People, there is the mentorship programme. Again, I would have to write to you on the progress on that, a mentor for all young Londoners and youth activities.

Helping Londoners into Good Work; we have just been exploring that. There is a lot that has been going on in the AEB. I could fill two hours, probably, on the changes we have been making on the skills front and working with providers both in the private sector and the colleges.

Mental Health and Wellbeing. Again, there are the wellbeing ambassadors. Off the top of my head, I cannot give you progress on that.

A lot of work has been going on in Digital Access for All and connectivity, both in the infrastructure work that was brought forward about six months ago with providers but also a lot of work is being done about providing devices and support for people.

There is the Robust Safety Net that we were discussing with Jennette [Arnold OBE AM] earlier to prevent financial hardship. We do not have the cash to provide, obviously, a replacement for Government welfare, but what we can do is provide advice and guidance for people and improve the advice and guidance across the piece in London. We are very active in that and I could give some examples on that.

Then there is Healthy Food, Healthy Weight. That is probably furthest from my area of knowledge. Then there is Building Strong Communities work as well, about access to community hubs and building strong community networks.

At the moment, we are in a kind of engagement phase coming out of lockdown. Unusual, probably, for government work, but we are giving ourselves deadlines in terms of, say, 2025 for their completion and there will be milestones and key performance indicators (KPIs) along the way. For a number of these missions we are working with people like Danny [Thorpe], working with his colleagues in London Councils, working across all the myriad groups - community groups, business groups - that I have mentioned throughout this session to do the planning about the delivery of these things.

As I say, in writing to you, we can outline some actual countable milestones on short-term projects.

Page 526

Len Duvall AM: Thank you for that. Of course, alluding to an earlier question, when you write to us, probably even within the next month or so we should see some fully developed programmes that we can monitor and scrutinise, probably really starting - some would have already started - from September [2021] onwards in terms of getting underway. We should see some detailed programmes around these recovery themes.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, absolutely. For example, take the High Streets for All programme. I would like to think by September I would be able to have a conversation with you all saying, “These boroughs have put forward these projects and they are aiming to deliver XYZ in these localities”. As I say, though, with those kinds of programmes, as with so much of what the GLA can do, it is about exemplars for other people to follow. We do not have the funds to enable a transformation of the whole of London. All we can often hope to do in regeneration, in terms of the budget that the GLA holds is to showcase what can be achieved and encourage people to do that. The work we are doing on high streets is a very good example of that.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): The next question is from Assembly Member Bailey.

Shaun Bailey AM: Good morning, Jules. My first question is: why was a mission-based approach selected?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): It was based on the work of [Professor] Mariana Mazzucato at University College [London], and it was really seen as an appropriate response to the pandemic and recovery in having a time-bound, clear approach that drew on that wide breadth of sectors, organisations and players, as I have outlined earlier, rather than it being simply driven by a small, central group. I think the size of the problem necessitates all players coming together around a centrally- agreed mission, and that is the key thing. It is a mission that everyone has to agree on, otherwise not everyone is going to be wholeheartedly pulling their weight.

Shaun Bailey AM: What provision was made for the fact that there is no resemblance to our budget process historically? That has made it very difficult to scrutinise it properly. Was any provision given to that?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I am afraid budgets in terms of the GLA Budget, as I think you are talking about, and its relation to the missions process is a bit above my paygrade. I would have to come back with a written answer to you on that.

Shaun Bailey AM: OK. Why were the nine missions chosen, why these particular nine?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): They were seen as the key problems that we would be facing as a result of the pandemic. Clearly there are other ongoing problems that do not go away. Housing is not one of the missions, but then again there is a specific Housing Recovery Taskforce. There isn’t one on crime, which obviously is a key priority for the Mayor [of London], but the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) is very involved in the work of the Recovery Board and issues related to crime are threaded throughout the recovery missions.

Shaun Bailey AM: OK. When you write to us, can you help us try to understand where this money is going? The big issue here is where these budgets are going. Without that, it makes it very hard to perform our task as a scrutiny board.

Page 527

Let me move to a slightly different question. Early on my colleague Peter Whittle [AM] asked about people being attracted back to the centre of London who are working here. Danny Thorpe talks about the £5 million the Mayor has pledged but that, he said, is directly for tourism. There is a twin thing here. Getting our tourists back would be great, and also getting our workers back. What specific work has been done to attract working people back into the centre of London?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I mentioned research that we have been undertaking with Arup and Gerald Eve. Their interim report has been published, as I mentioned. We are expecting the final report shortly. It is a moving issue at the moment about organisations and what they think the future is for their workforce in office-based activity. I mentioned the change in Barclays, which is a sea change in the opinion of the chief executive there, and what Goldman Sachs said only within the last week.

A key thing we have touched on already a number of times is about confidence of people to travel on public transport. I think we all know the work that has gone on there to make the Tube safe. We will be undertaking campaigns to Londoners about getting back on the Tube, and its safety, to overcome what I think is the greatest barrier. There will be a lot of work with business through the Business Boards that the Mayor has in place. The most powerful thing is actually going to come from businesses themselves.

The Mayor is going to bang the drum for London globally, nationally and within London itself to Londoners. As soon as it is safe to do so - and we have always said this - as soon as we are confident that there will not be another wave, that we have suppressed that, particularly through the vaccine programme, then all of us - and the Mayor will be leading that - will be banging the drum to get people back into the office; but, as I say, we have to keep our powder dry at the moment because we have seen too many expectations of a false dawn, shall I say.

I have been before you - it has not been at the Plenary but perhaps it was at the Economy Committee last year - when of course we discussed this very issue about getting people back into London. I said then that it was too early for us to suddenly push, I think I said that taking any action then was in danger of creating a super-spreader event, and indeed, lo and behold, we have had another wave. It would have been very reckless of us, I think, to have encouraged people prematurely back to London, back in last year.

We need to rightly follow the Government in this in saying it is a cautious approach but as soon as we have confidence in the situation and confidence in the vaccine, which seems to be growing day by day, we stand ready. We have done the background work, we have done the preliminary work on things like cleanliness on public transport, so I think we are well positioned, as soon as we know that it is safe to do so, to say to people, “There is no reason not to be back”.

Shaun Bailey AM: What are your criteria for this certainty? You talked about second waves, you used ‘prematurely’ and the work you have been doing. What are your criteria, what are the numbers, what are the things you need to see to start this process?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): That is what I was saying earlier about the SCG and how the SCG partners are responsible for monitoring the four tests that the Government has outlined. It could be about the vaccine deployment and making sure that that continues successfully, because something could happen in supply that slows down. We need to make sure the deployment programme is going and we have confidence that it continues into the future.

Page 528

Secondly, evidence that vaccines are sufficiently effective in reducing hospitalisations. Only this morning I heard on the radio about some upticks around the country and possibly in some London boroughs. Again, we need to have confidence that, however well the vaccines are being rolled out, we are actually seeing a sustained reduction in hospitalisations and deaths in those vaccinated.

The third one was about infection rates, making sure there is no surge in hospitalisations again and making sure that we are on a sustainable trajectory there. Fourthly, that there is no changing risk about new variants. If there was a sudden whatever variant, whether it is Kent, whether it is Essex, wherever it is from, whatever country it is from, we need to have confidence that our vaccine programme and the reduction in hospitalisations are not going to be thrown off course by new variants.

Those four tests are the Government’s. We have a body in place in the SCG to monitor our progress against those tests and it is those that will give confidence that the reopening roadmap is a safe one.

Shaun Bailey AM: Thank you. Matthew, if I could come to you, is there anything specific you think the office of the Mayor of London could be doing to help your members feel confident to come back to their places of business and attract their staff back as well?

Matthew Jaffa (Senior External Affairs Manager, Federation of Small Businesses): First and foremost, it is critically important that we get the message out or help small businesses who are going to struggle more than larger businesses to get these rapid tests into the business. For instance, you have catering businesses in London of 20 staff, with the ongoing worry that you might have someone self-isolate and bang, the business cannot operate straight away. Rapid tests for the smallest businesses are going to be critical over the next two/three months as we start to reopen again.

As well, the other issue regarding international tourism is going to be critical. The amount of spend compared to our international competitors in previous financial crashes has been woeful. We have to make sure that as a brand, as London, we are starting to promote what we offer and the benefits of coming back when it is safe to do, and that we are spending enough to be able to compete with Paris, Berlin, Singapore, other parts of the world. They are going to be aggressive and we have to be equally as aggressive.

Shaun Bailey AM: OK, thank you. Jules, last question. Is there anything the Mayor can do to help the speeding up of the arrival of these tests? Is there something administrative, is it just a case of continually asking for them, is there something that could be done to make sure that small businesses in particular get these tests very quickly?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Small businesses get the tests? Sorry, you have lost me on that. These tests are ones that the Government have set for the behaviour of the virus, the pandemic.

Shaun Bailey AM: Sorry, Jules, let me help you. I am talking about testing kits. Matthew made the point that small business testing kits will be key. I am wondering, is there anything the Mayor can do to make sure that they get those testing kits speedily?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I am happy to take that away and see what partners can do that are involved in the SCG. That would be the place for me to take that back to.

Shaun Bailey AM: Thank you. Back to you, Chair, thank you.

Page 529

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. I do not have any further indications from any of the Assembly colleagues so we have now reached the end of the question-and-answer session.

Can I thank our guests, Deputy Mayor Pipe, Matthew Jaffa and Councillor Thorpe, for answering our questions today? The Assembly has a few more items of business. Sorry, I have just been --

Caroline Russell AM: Chair, Andrew Boff [AM] just came in saying he had a further question.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): This is why I have just stopped, because I was shown that there is a late indication from Assembly Member Boff. I am very happy to invite him to ask his question. Thank you.

Andrew Boff AM: Thank you, Chair. Apologies for coming in late.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Not at all. Thank you.

Andrew Boff AM: This is a question to Jules Pipe. Who chairs the London Recovery Board?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): It is the Mayor [of London].

Andrew Boff AM: Where is he?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The Mayor?

Andrew Boff AM: Yes, the Chair of the London Recovery Board. Where is he?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I do not know the Mayor’s diary today.

Andrew Boff AM: Twitter tells me he is electioneering in Bounds Green with Assembly Member McCarthy [sic]. Is he with you, Assembly Member McCarthy? If you would like to put him on, we have a few questions we want to ask him.

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Chair, this is so out of order. Point of order, Chair.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): No, it is not. It is an excellent question.

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: It is not; it is a point of order.

Andrew Boff AM: He was with Assembly Member McCarthy [sic] earlier. Assembly Member McCarthy has been able to attend this meeting and yet the Mayor has decided not to.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): No --

Andrew Boff AM: I just wondered if there was a way of bringing him on because --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Boff, can --

Léonie Cooper AM: She is called ‘McCartney’.

Page 530

Joanne McCartney AM: Can I just say, Chair --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Can I stop everyone, please?

Joanne McCartney AM: -- that these were not questions to me but I would appreciate it if my fellow Assembly Member could get my name correct. It is McCartney.

Andrew Boff AM: I do apologise. Sorry.

Léonie Cooper AM: I think he is called ‘Biff’ or something, isn’t he?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Excuse me, Chair, am I still needed?

Andrew Boff AM: He is not there, fair enough. I will ask my question to you if I can, Deputy Mayor. The Bishopsgate Streetspace scheme showed that City Hall has a blind spot when it comes to engaging with disabled people. Their participation was not sought and it resulted in a scheme that made it more difficult for them to travel. How will the Recovery Board ensure that disabled Londoners will improve the procedures for making their voice heard?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): OK. I should actually correct an answer I gave earlier. It is not just the Mayor who chairs the London Recovery Board; it is of course the Mayor and Georgia Gould, who is the Chair of London Councils. It is jointly chaired and I was remiss for not giving due credit to both Chairs.

Andrew Boff AM: Neither of them are here. Neither are here.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): OK. I am sorry, I do not know who was invited. I am not involved in who the invitations go to for this body.

Andrew Boff AM: The Recovery Board is an important part of our pathway out of this crisis, is it not?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): It is. I do not sit on the Recovery Board and so I will help you as best I can.

Andrew Boff AM: Indeed. It seems a shame that if it is that important, we cannot get either Chair here to answer questions from the Assembly.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): As I said to Assembly Members earlier, there is a very complex organogram of the tiers that are involved in the recovery. Although I am in one of the very much junior tiers of that in the economic strand, I hope I have done my best to answer the questions of the Assembly today.

Andrew Boff AM: Let’s get back to the Bishopsgate Streetspace scheme. How will the Recovery Board ensure that disabled Londoners can have their voice heard better than it is being heard at the moment?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The Mayor’s Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Advisory Group does certainly include representatives from Deaf and disabled people’s organisations. That provides advice on guidance on the work of the Recovery Programme. I know that the

Page 531 representatives within that body have been appointed to lead on equalities issues and they come with decades of experience of advocating on behalf of disabled rights. There is that advice and guidance and that input. I am happy to write to you with the names of the specific people.

Andrew Boff AM: Can we ensure, for example, as was not ensured when the Bishopsgate Streetspace scheme was installed, that the Recovery Board will take into account the increased costs for any disabled Londoners as a result of their schemes? Can we have that assurance?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Sorry, that the -- could you repeat that?

Andrew Boff AM: That the Recovery Board will take into account in its schemes what increased costs there might be for disabled people in London.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes, I am happy to take that back.

Andrew Boff AM: But we can get no assurance because the Chair is not here. It would be much better if I could put this to either Chair of the Recovery Board.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Yes. It is easy just for me to say, “Yes, it would”, but I suppose it would be more useful for me to respond to you in writing or someone to respond to you in writing with the detail of how it will work in practice. The example you have mentioned, the Streetspace scheme, would inevitably come up under the High Streets for All programme and the London Recovery Board would not be considering those individual programmes project by project.

I am sure it would be in order for me to give the assurance that yes, the Recovery Board would expect those extra costs to be taken into account, but obviously it is for the boroughs putting in the proposals to also factor that in in making those proposals to the High Streets for All programme. I am absolutely confident that the expectation that all Londoners’ interests are recognised and are addressed by these projects will be at the heart of the documents describing what people are bidding for.

Andrew Boff AM: Thank you for your faith in borough government, but it is those very same boroughs who completely neglected the interests of disabled people when they introduced the many LTNs. What I am looking for --

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): Sorry, I am saying that the expectation is in the bidding document. It is in the offer that is being made by the High Streets for All programme that the expectation will reside that all programmes are addressing the needs of all Londoners. Then it will be up to bidding boroughs with their projects to meet those requirements.

Andrew Boff AM: The Recovery Board will insist of any bid that the increased costs of any scheme to disabled people will be taken into account, is that an assurance that you can give me?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): As I say, it would probably be more constructive if I wrote to you so we can disentangle the relationship between the London Recovery Board, one of the particular missions of High Streets for All, and how it is going about the disbursement of that money and the competitive process that is involved.

Page 532

Andrew Boff AM: Can I assume that any bids that are considered by the London Recovery Board will have certain criteria that they insist upon before such bids are –

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): As I was trying to explain - but it appears I did a terrible job - the London Recovery Board will not consider the bids. It will be the element of the structure that is considering the High Streets for All mission. It will be for those judging the high street bids from boroughs to make that call. As I said to you, I cannot imagine that consideration of disabled people is not within the expectation of those requirements in the bidding documents.

I would say that the criteria of the High Streets for All bidding process has not been an item of discussion at the London Recovery Board. That is my safe assumption. You are seeking assurance on an important bit of detail, but a bit of detail that resides at a tier lower than the Recovery Board itself.

Andrew Boff AM: Surely it would be up to the Recovery Board to insist that certain standards of consultation take place by its lower tiers.

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): I am sure it would if it had been asked to address that, but you have addressed it to me and I have said that I am more than happy to take it away.

Andrew Boff AM: I do understand. I have a great deal of sympathy for you, Mr Pipe, because the person we really wanted to fire our questions at is not here. The reason I am pursuing this is because if you take, for example, the Mayor’s published London Recovery Programme, there is not a single mention of disabled Londoners in that document. Do you not think that is an omission?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The words and phrasing used throughout the documents are very high-level to be all-encompassing. It has not always divided and tried to list all groups. That does not mean to say the groups are not included.

Andrew Boff AM: Thank you, Deputy Mayor.

Susan Hall AM: You have mentioned quite a few times, Deputy Mayor, about high streets. How do you think high streets, especially in outer London, are going to be affected by the outer London tax commonly known, I think, as the Boundary Charge?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The Boundary Charge? Sorry, this is for people to come into Greater London?

Susan Hall AM: Charging people to come in --

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): The Mayor has had to propose that, and obviously it is only at an idea stage. We have had to be radical in our thinking when all the Vehicle Excise Duty that is collected by central Government for all the cars within London owned by Londoners does not get spent on London’s streets. At the moment we have the perverse situation where some of people’s fare money spent on TfL fares is having to be spent on tarmacking and maintaining roads in central London. I think it is wrong that those who are using public transport subsidise the roads of private car users.

Page 533

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): If the Government made the sensible decision to use a fair proportion of Vehicle Excise Duty on central London roads, we would not have to be considering such draconian measures.

Susan Hall AM: Right. Can you now answer the question as it was put to you, please? It is not a difficult question. How do you think this outer London tax is going to affect high streets in outer London?

Jules Pipe CBE (Deputy Mayor for Planning, Regeneration and Skills): That it will not come to pass because I am hopeful that the Government will see some sense about the funding of roads in London.

Gareth Bacon AM MP: That is not the question.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): Withdraw it.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Jules, please go ahead.

Susan Hall AM: It is absolutely incredible that we are having to look at how we reinvigorate high streets, how we look at improving businesses, and suddenly businesses that are on the outskirts of London are put at this terrible threat of a tax for their customers to come into London just to use their shops or their businesses. It is clearly being used as a lever against the Government. You should not give these businesses all this worry. It is an absolute disgrace. I repeat --

Léonie Cooper AM: Perhaps if the previous Mayor had not given up the operating -- you would not be needing to consider it.

Susan Hall AM: Can you be quiet? You interrupt every time.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look --

Susan Hall AM: Madam, shut up.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): I am sorry, Assembly Member Hall. The Conservative Group is out of time and that does definitely conclude our question-and-answer session for this morning. Can I once again thank our guests for their contributions and for their time? The Assembly has a few more items of business to conduct but please feel free to go. Thank you very much once again.

Page 534 Appendix 1

Mayor’s Question Time – Thursday 18 March 2021

Transcript of Item 3 – Oral Update to the Mayor’s Report

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Good morning, Chair. Over the past week or so, we have seen an outpouring of grief and anger over Sarah Everard’s death and the daily reality of male violence against women and girls. I am committed to working with Reclaim These Streets and other organisations representing women in London to build on policies we are already implementing in City Hall to improve safety for women in our city. I am sure I speak for all Londoners when I say Sarah’s family are in our thoughts.

On Tuesday [16 March 2021], we held the first London Recovery Summit. We put boosting jobs, revitalising high streets and supporting communities at the centre of our plan to rebuild London as a fairer, cleaner and greener city after the pandemic. For the first time, we have brought together all of London’s key public sector institutions, trade unions, businesses, faith groups and communities under one umbrella with a shared vision the whole city can unite behind. At the Summit, we unveiled a bumper package of measures worth hundreds of millions of pounds to kickstart London’s recovery. This is just the start of our plan to help us put the dark days of the pandemic behind us and to build the better, brighter future we all need.

Chair, as you said, this is the final Mayor’s Question Time of this term. I associate myself completely with your comments and also take this opportunity to thank not just the staff but also those Assembly Members who will be standing down: Tony Arbour, Jennette Arnold OBE, Gareth Bacon MP, Andrew Dismore, Florence Eshalomi MP, Nicky Gavron, Dr Alison Moore, Steve O’Connell, Navin Shah and Peter Whittle. Remarkably, Jennette, Tony and Nicky have all served for 21 years. They have been ever present since the formation of the most recent incarnation of London government. Some are saying that all three of them should be listed. Maybe that will be discussed later on during the course of the day. Not only have the three of you been incredible over the past period but also all of those stepping down. With some mental maths this morning, Chair, I worked out that between all of you who are stepping down, you have served 122 years on the Assembly. On behalf of Londoners, I want to say thank you and I wish you all the best for the future.

I look forward to answering questions later on during the course of this morning. Before I do, Chair, I have been asked to give two oral updates. The first is from Assembly Member Len Duvall in relation to European Union (EU) Londoners.

It is hard to quantify just how important EU citizens are to our city. They are our friends, neighbours and colleagues. The contribution they make to London is invaluable, including supporting the most vulnerable throughout the pandemic.

I have publicly expressed my support for the legal challenge by the Joint Council for the Welfare of Immigrants (JCWI) and was very disappointed to hear the outcome of that case. The Government is failing to put in place safeguards to ensure thousands of European Londoners do not lose their legal status after 30 June [2021] because they do not know about the EU Settlement Scheme. I urge the Government to listen to reason and lift the deadline.

My EU Londoners Hub, which provides free advice and support on the rights of EU citizens and their families, has now had more than 1.4 million unique visitors to date. To ensure we reach as many EU Londoners as possible, we have translated all the key information into community languages and I am currently funding an

Page 535 additional 17 community organisations to deliver advice and support to vulnerable European communities in London. I will continue to work with JCWI and other civil society organisations to press the Government to protect the right of EU Londoners.

I have also, Chair, been asked for an oral update by Caroline Pidgeon [MBE AM] in relation to Transport for London (TfL) cash payments. TfL will monitor how people choose to pay for their travel as they return to the public transport network using operational data, customer feedback and enhanced monitoring by station staff. It will be kept under review what the appropriate payment options should be as the way people pay for their travel continues to evolve. Thank you, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Can I first invite Assembly Member Pidgeon, who wants to have a follow-up question on the oral update that you raised?

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Mr Mayor, despite Andy Byford [Commissioner of Transport for London] effectively saying cash will be back at some point on the Tube, I am aware that TfL has now commissioned research on the role of cash payments. With around 260,000 adult Londoners without a bank account and of course many young people without one, the evidence is already there.

Will you rule out the Underground going permanently cashless under your watch as Mayor?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): There are no plans for any of these moves to be permanent. If there were, there would be proper consultation.

It is right and proper for TfL to be engaging with Londoners in relation to the response to the pandemic and public transport. There are a number of things TfL is doing in relation to looking at customer feedback and that is a healthy and good thing to do.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Mr Mayor, under your watch as Mayor, will you personally rule out allowing the transport network and the Tube to go totally cashless?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It would be irresponsible after 12 months of a pandemic when the virus spreads by touching to rule out anything for the future. What I am clear about is that these things are kept under review. Because of lobbying from a number of people and groups, including you, we did the right thing in not extending cash-free stations. All of these things are constantly kept under review. I would remind you and colleagues that science is evolving and we are knowing new stuff all the time.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Thank you very much.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. I also have an indication from Assembly Member Bailey, who wants to ask a supplementary. Assembly Member Bailey?

Shaun Bailey AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. I want to ask a question about the vigil for Sarah Everard. Did your office have any communication with the police about how it would be policed?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am sure that all Members of the Assembly are aware of the law in relation to the distinction between operational matters and policy. We do not interfere with operational matters in relation to the vigil. It would be inappropriate. Anybody who suggests otherwise clearly does not understand the law. It is a very slippery slope.

Page 536 As far as my interaction with the Commissioner [of Police of the Metropolis] and the Deputy Commissioner is concerned, I spoke to both of them on Saturday [13 March 2021] evening.

Shaun Bailey AM: You have commented on protests in the past and given your support. Where was your office in giving support for this? Did you just have a conversation or were you behind the vigil going ahead? Did you want to see it go ahead?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I was quite clear on Friday publicly about my view in relation to the importance of the Government and the police providing clarity in relation to the position on the vigil and coming to an arrangement with those organising the vigil. I made that clear publicly on Friday.

On Thursday, the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) was quite clear in a call to London leaders that the policing of the vigil would be done sensitively.

Shaun Bailey AM: Are you saying that the police went back on the commitment to police sensitively? That certainly did not happen. Are you saying that you would not advocate for Londoners to have this vigil? Of course, you have done it before around other protests.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Your question demonstrates a lack of understanding about the difference between a protest and a vigil. If time allows, Chair, I am more than happy to explain to the Member the distinction.

I am quite clear that the job of the police during the pandemic is made incredibly hard because this virus spreads by people coming into contact with one another. That is why the legislation provides clarity in relation to what is a protest. The vigil, for reasons that I would hope would be clear to most sensible people, was quite clearly quite exceptional. One of the things that those organising the vigil were keen to do was to get clarity because none of them wanted to be breaking the law. That is why the organisers of the vigil were speaking at length with representatives of the local Basic Command Unit (BCU), Lambeth and Southwark, and later on, when New Scotland Yard got involved, with New Scotland Yard.

Shaun Bailey AM: You did not think there was any place for you to support the vigil and to help them find a way of doing it safely? Of course the courts had made it clear that it is was a decision for the police. You are the Police and Crime Commissioner and so you have the right and, I would argue, the duty to get involved in these conversations. You did not think it was right for you to try to find a way to help this vigil go ahead peaceably and safely?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): If the suggestion is that the Mayor of London should get operationally involved in policing, it is a really slippery slope and sets a dangerous precedent. It is really important for the police to be in charge of operational matters.

Of course, one of the joys of living in a democracy is that we are all allowed to express an opinion. One of the things that I have done as a consequence of my unhappiness with the way the vigil was policed was not simply to speak to the Commissioner and Deputy Commissioner to seek an explanation but also to ask two independent watchdogs, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS) and the Independent Office for Police Conduct (IOPC) to look into issues arising from both the days leading up to the vigil and the policing of the vigil. I am looking forward to both those independent watchdogs responding as soon as they possibly can.

Page 537 Shaun Bailey AM: The suggestion, Mr Mayor, is that you could have supported the vigil and made it run far better in the way that you have supported other protests. I am astonished that you did not feel like you could step in and represent Londoners in that way. Thank you, Chair.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am not sure if that is a question or a comment, but let me address the comment and respond to the question if it is one.

It is really important for those seeking to gain political advantage from the vigil to be extremely careful. What is important is, of course, that the police are allowed to continue the investigation relating to the horrible death of Sarah Everard and, secondly, that those who feel strongly about male violence against women and girls do what they can to address this issue. The vigil on Saturday was exceptional in many natures, firstly because it was taking place on Clapham Common at the bandstand, but also because it was an opportunity not just for women and girls but for allies to come together to remember Sarah and also focus everyone’s efforts on the issue of male violence against women and girls.

Because of the exceptional nature of the vigil, it was important for clarity to be given by the Government and the police, which is why I made that point quite publicly on Friday. If the Assembly Member did not see those comments on Friday, I am more than happy to have my office send him both the media I did on Friday and also transcripts of what I said on Friday as well, Chair.

Page 538 Appendix 2

Mayor’s Question Time – Thursday 18 March 2021

Transcript of Item 4 – Questions to the Mayor

2021/1029 - A budget for London? Léonie Cooper AM

Did the Chancellor’s budget on the 3rd March 2021 provide London with the support it needs as it exits lockdown?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, it did not. I welcome the introduction of some of the short-term measures I have long been calling for - the extension of the business rates holiday, the furlough scheme, the value-added tax (VAT) reduction and extra support for some of the self-employed - but the Budget failed to address how the United Kingdom (UK) will build back better from this national crisis, the biggest we have faced since the Second World War.

Over 300,000 Londoners have lost their jobs during the pandemic and we have more people claiming Universal Credit than anywhere else in the country. The Budget failed to address this or the underlying inequalities in our society. Along with others, I called for the £20 uplift in Universal Credit to be made permanent, for the benefit cap to be lifted and for the no-recourse-to-public-funds condition to be suspended, with an increase to statutory sick pay for those who cannot afford to self-isolate. I called for a job guarantee scheme to protect Londoners who have lost their jobs from falling into long-term unemployment. None of these changes was forthcoming. There was also nothing for our public services, which have been at the front line of the pandemic. There was a pitiful 1% pay rise for National Health Service (NHS) staff who have worked so hard to protect us.

If the country is going to recover from this crisis, we need London to do well, but there was nothing in the Budget that gave me the confidence that the Government understands that. Take the £4.8 billion Levelling Up Fund that was announced alongside the Budget. I fully support levelling-up places across the country, but that cannot mean making London poorer. That would make all of our country poorer. According to the Chancellor [The Rt Hon Rishi Sunak MP], communities in deprived London boroughs such as Tower Hamlets are less deserving of investment than those in his own leafy constituency of Richmond in North Yorkshire. Starving London of investment is self-defeating. London’s economy accounts for a quarter of the UK’s total economic output and contributes a net £38.7 billion to the Treasury.

Léonie Cooper AM: Mr Mayor, thank you very much for that comprehensive answer. There was much good in the Budget but of course, for Londoners, it really did not deliver, as you say.

I wonder if I could home in on what you were saying about the Levelling Up Fund. It is bizarre that it seems to have been applied to places including transport links as a key element.

Do you think it would be really helpful for everybody to see the full methodology published to allay concerns that very deprived parts of London and elsewhere in the country are losing out because of some political ploy?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Further scrutiny of the allocation of funds from the Chancellor has shown the criteria were partisan issues rather than issues that were objectively measured in a fair and transparent way. One of the concerns that many independent commentators have is that the money does not appear to be

Page 539 going to those areas that have been most affected by the pandemic or to those areas that are crucial to our country’s recovery. I gently say to the Government that it is in nobody’s interests to play party politics with the country’s recovery. It is in all of our interests to get our country back on its feet as soon as possible, particularly once lockdown has lifted.

Léonie Cooper AM: I completely agree with that. London is quite often described as the engine of the rest of the UK’s recovery and yet I know that one of my colleagues in this virtual Chamber says that London gets the begging bowl out and that London is getting a very good deal from the Government. He has been criticising you for continuing to ask for more.

Is there any time when you are going to stop putting your role on behalf of Londoners as central to your demands for making sure that London gets its fair share?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): One of the jobs of the Mayor of this great city is to be a champion and an advocate for this great city and even sometimes fighting for this great city. This city is not served well by somebody who is in the pocket of the Prime Minister and who is more keen to be a sycophant than to argue on London’s behalf. I will continue to work constructively with the Government when it is in our city’s interests to do so but I will not be scared to say boo to a goose.

Léonie Cooper AM: I agree, Mr Mayor. Cosying up to the Government and caving in is not what London needs. The Budget failed to deliver additional funding for the MPS and the Fire Brigade. It failed to help councils in London. There was no mention of course of social care. It failed to find the funding needed to offer our NHS heroes a proper pay rise. It is a Budget that is levelling down London rather than levelling up the country.

What plans do you have to mitigate against the new era of austerity that I am suspecting is coming towards public services in general for both councils and City Hall?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Although we have limited powers from City Hall, we are doing what we can to support our city. You will be aware that only this week we announced a bumper package of measures as part of our Recovery Summit. For the first time ever, we have managed to convene all of the leaders of our city from the business community to the faith and voluntary communities, from trade unions to all our public-sector institutions. That bumper package of measures this week is north of £500 million.

We have to do what we can to avoid our city facing a recession like we did in the 1980s and to have the vision and ambition, as our forefathers and foremothers did after the Second World War, to immediately build back better. That is why it is important that the Mayor of this city is a champion and an advocate for this city and that is what I intend to do should I have the pleasure of being re-elected on 6 May [2021].

Léonie Cooper AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. I wondered if I could go back to something you mentioned earlier, which was about unemployment. You were mentioning that you did not believe that the budget had really done anything to counter the predicted rise in London’s unemployment. What more can be done to help in this area from the Government helping you?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Over the last 12 months, the bad news is that we think more than 300,000 Londoners have lost their jobs. The concern is that as the furlough scheme ends in September [2021], more Londoners will lose their jobs. Unfortunately, the boroughs where there are the largest numbers of Londoners furloughed are not only the most deprived parts of our city but also the parts with the largest numbers of black, Asian and minority ethnic [BAME] Londoners.

Page 540

What we are doing from City Hall in the absence of support from the Government - and the key thing the Government could do is a national jobs guarantee - is we are pivoting some of the adult education funds we have to help those people stay in their jobs where they can, to retrain those Londoners to get them other jobs and also to speedily support those who have been made unemployed and get them back into work as soon as possible. In the meantime, a number of the missions we have - nine missions in total - are geared towards making sure that our economy in London is a futureproofed green one that supports jobs going forward.

Léonie Cooper AM: Additionally, I noticed that on International Women’s Day last week you committed to ensuring our city’s recovery from this pandemic works for women. Women have been hit worst economically while men have been hit worst in terms of health.

How will the London Recovery Board address the pattern of rising unemployment and economic inequality that is afflicting women through the nine missions?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): One of the things this pandemic has done is not just to expose the structural inequalities in our city but to exacerbate them. It is a startling fact that 50% more mothers have lost their jobs during the pandemic than fathers. That is a combination of childcare and home-schooling and also the types of work that women in London have traditionally been doing.

Two thirds of the adult education budget we have is supporting women. We have to do what we can to make sure that women are getting the skills they need in futureproofed well-paid jobs. Think of tech, think of green, think of creative and think also of those opportunities in health and social care as well. We will do what we can with the limited powers and funds we have to support women during this difficult period.

Léonie Cooper AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. It is great to have a feminist in City Hall. Thank you, Chair.

2021/1190 - Common Sense David Kurten AM

To what extent have your policies and statements as Mayor reflected common sense?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Everything I have done over the past five years has been done with Londoners’ best interests at heart. I have kept my promise to stand up for London and we have made some big changes that have improved our city in important ways.

It is common sense to protect London’s environment. We have reduced toxic air pollution by a third, declared a climate emergency and protected our green spaces and we are delivering a five-fold increase in cycle lanes.

It is common sense to provide the affordable homes Londoners need. We have started to build more new council homes than in any year since 1983, have stood up for leaseholders caught in the cladding scandal and are campaigning for the introduction of rent controls.

It is common sense to keep the costs of living down. We have introduced the Hopper bus fare and have frozen all TfL fares across five years, saving Londoners over £200.

Page 541 It is common sense to be tough on crime and tough on the causes of crime. We have put over 1,000 additional officers on London’s streets and have invested over £17 million in youth and sports clubs to create more opportunities for young Londoners.

It is common sense to stand up for London’s values and make this city a welcoming place for everyone and I have done just that, banging the drum for London as an outward-facing, progressive and open city in the face of Brexit, battling for a fair deal for London from this anti-London Government and standing up to bullies like Donald Trump [former President of the United States], who want to sow division where there should be none.

I am incredibly proud that Londoners have stood together through all this, showing their values of openness, tolerance and supportiveness through even the most trying of times. Some members use the words ‘common sense’ when they really just mean the personal opinion they hold.

David Kurten AM: Good morning, Mr Mayor. You put out a tweet last year in February [2020] saying this:

“Trans women are women. Trans men are men. Non-binary people are non-binary. All gender identities are valid.”

I read that and I know a lot of people read that and probably didn’t have the foggiest what you were talking about, but it seems to appear that you think that men who say they are women are actually women and women who say they are men are actually men. I want to see what you actually think about this. Do some women have male reproductive organs?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You are in danger of conflating sex and gender. In relation to gender, people should be able to define themselves. I said it knowing full well that one out of four trans teenagers try to kill themselves. This is a group of Londoners and people across our country who should be supported rather than ridiculed, as you are seeking to do.

David Kurten AM: I am not. I am simply trying to find out your opinions. You have dodged the question. You have not answered the question. Do some women, Mr Mayor, have male reproductive organs?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): As I explained, you are conflating sex and gender. One’s biology at birth often is not the gender one chooses to have. That is why it is important to provide a supportive environment to those people who either are transitioning or are trans.

David Kurten AM: What about the other way around? Can some men get pregnant and give birth?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): What you are in danger of doing is trying to incite hatred against a group of people that I care passionately about. As far as I am concerned, trans rights are human rights. I proudly stand against any abuse directed towards trans people and the wider lesbian, gay, bisexual, trans, queer, plus (LGBTQ+) community. It may seem funny to you and a good way of playing to a certain audience. I am not going to have it.

David Kurten AM: Mr Mayor, I am simply asking you the question to find out what you think and you simply have not answered my question. If I said to you, Mr Mayor, “I am a woman”, would you recognise that I am a woman?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): If you decided to call yourself a woman, David, and you wanted to transition to a woman, I would help in any way I could. The idea, though, for you to make some cheap points

Page 542 on an issue that is really important to a lot of people -- a lot of people suffer extreme anxiety and go through real turmoil when they go through a transition, only for people like you to ridicule them. It is not really on, David, to use this platform in this way. I am not going to amplify those sorts of messages.

David Kurten AM: Mr Mayor, I want to find out what you think because this is an issue that people have opinions on and I want to find out your opinions. There is also a move to change the language. For example, the NHS wants to remove words like ‘mother’ and ‘pregnant’ and, instead of calling people ‘pregnant women’, wants to call people ‘pregnant people’. Do you support moves to remove words like ‘women’ and ‘mother’ from the language?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I have not seen what you are referring to.

David Kurten AM: There have been lots of reports, for example, that certain NHS areas are trying to remove so that we do not have ‘maternity’ services anymore. They want to change things. ‘Breastfeeding’ is becoming ‘chest-feeding’, for example. Would you support changing the language so that --

Caroline Russell AM: Chair, can I raise a point of order?

David Kurten AM: Chair, I am being interrupted --

Caroline Russell AM: I believe this is improper and I believe it constitutes a breach of our Standing Orders, section 2.10(B)(2).

Navin Shah AM (Chair): The Member has a right to intervene. Please go ahead, Assembly Member.

Caroline Russell AM: We are hearing very discriminatory language here and I think the Member should not be further heard.

Léonie Cooper AM: I would second that suggestion from Assembly Member Russell. This is appalling. Also, the Mayor has no responsibility for the NHS and the reports about these matters have been proven to be incorrect in any case. This is completely inappropriate for this Assembly to be listening to.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Kurten, I do believe that actually your words are very offensive comments which are not acceptable and therefore can you please move on? If you have any other issue or any item of questioning, please ask that to the Mayor.

David Kurten AM: Chair, I am simply asking questions about things that are happening in London and things that the Mayor has tweeted about and things that he has an opinion about. Everybody should be allowed to ask questions of the Mayor and see what he thinks. He does have some responsibility for healthcare and health inequalities. I would put that question to the Mayor again. Does he support those changes in language?

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look, the Mayor has answered your question. Please move on. I have given my ruling. I do find your line of questioning and the way you are putting it offensive to many. Therefore, if you do not have any other questions, I would like us to move on.

David Kurten AM: I do not have any other questions on any other topic.

Page 543 Navin Shah AM (Chair): All right. Thank you. Assembly Member Boff, you had a supplementary on this particular question?

Andrew Boff AM: Assembly Member Kurten is following the same old strategy that we have seen in Europe for decades if not hundreds of years: blaming a minority for the problems of the majority. Of course, that also entails coming up with lies and tries to make them plausible. There is no such removal of the words ‘mother’ and ‘breast’ from the NHS. It is not happening. It does not exist. As he well knows, what the NHS is doing is trying to use inclusive language for people in particular circumstances. There is no rewriting of the language. Mothers will be mothers. Fathers will be fathers. That is it. He is basing it all on lies. What is the truth? The undeniable truth - and I hope this Assembly can speak as one, although obviously not as one because one person has gone AWOL - is that trans men are men, trans women are women and trans rights are human rights. Let us never forget that.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. It is a comment or a statement and so I am not sure if the Mayor wants to come in on that. I would like to move on.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, Assembly Member Boff was asking me a question. In response to what he said, can I say how proud I am to associate myself completely with what Andrew Boff [AM] has said, with what Caroline Russell [AM] has said and with what Léonie Cooper [AM] has said. You have heard this morning, Chair, cross-party support from the Conservatives, from Labour and from the Greens. Some will try to portray this as ‘cancel culture’. This is not cancel culture. What has happened is a combination of Conservative, Labour and Green Assembly Members have sought to educate the ignorance that is spewing from that Member’s mouth.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): All right. Thank you, Mr Mayor.

2021/1316 - London Power Tony Arbour AM

How have you encouraged Londoners to take up London Power?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you for your question, Assembly Member Arbour. At this, your last Mayor’s Question Time, I want to thank you for your 21 years of service on the Assembly, including two periods as Chairman. In this time, you have campaigned and scrutinised for Londoners on numerous issues including, recently, your support for boats on the Thames, your opposition to Heathrow [Airport] expansion and your work on listing City Hall. You have got me involved in all three of those things, I hasten to add. From planning to policing, the environment to the economy, you have sat on or chaired almost every committee in the Assembly’s history and your vast historical and local knowledge of South West London has been invaluable and we appreciated you standing up for your constituents. I add, Chair, that although I have often been at the receiving end of his wit and sarcasm, I will miss him and I wish him the best of luck in the future.

To the question, according to the Office of Gas and Electricity Markets (Ofgem), Londoners are amongst the most likely people in Britain to have prepayment meters and are amongst the least likely to switch energy suppliers, leading to higher prices and reduced access to good deals. We set up London Power to give Londoners access to energy that is always fair, always affordable and always green, with excellent customer service. There are no exit fees, 100% renewable electricity is standard and there is automatic rollover into the

Page 544 cheapest similar tariff. London Power was launched in January 2020 and, since then, over 5,000 Londoners have signed up. They are saving an average of £209 per year.

The marketing campaign for London Power began in 2020 using digital, social media, print and radio adverts, billboards and direct mail. This was paused in March 2020 due to the pandemic but, as energy bills rose across the year, it was restarted in a limited way in September 2020, focusing on digital and radio advertising. Alongside the pan-London marketing activity, local activity has included targeted postcard drops, social media and email advertising, and outreach to borough energy and money advice services on a smaller scale than was the case had the pandemic not happened.

Too many Londoners still pay too much for their energy bills and many live in fuel poverty and so we have made sure our offers work for low-income and vulnerable Londoners. The most affordable plan is linked to the cheapest 10% of tariffs in the market, with customers on this plan saving £243 on average a year. This is in fact the cheapest prepayment tariff on the market.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): Thank you, Mr Mayor. Can I particularly thank you for your comments at the beginning. Yes, we have often crossed swords. I have always enjoyed it. We should be a proper debating chamber and that is why it is unfortunate that my final year has turned out in a way to be a disappointment. Debating in this way is not the right way to exercise democracy.

However, in relation to my question, do you know how many households there are in London, Mr Mayor?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Not off the top of my head, but they go up all the time because of the separation of houses in multiple occupancy (HMOs) into flats. I am not sure.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): It is around 4 million households. Do you know how many new households - that is in the sense of new developments, each one of which could be classified as a household - were created in the last year?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I would have to hazard a guess. I could not be as precise as I would like to be.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): The figure is around 25,000. Are you a customer of London Power?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): As a customer of London Power, you will know that you are in a very tiny minority. You have told us that there are 5,000 customers of London Power. That is fewer than one tenth of 1% of Londoners. Do you know how much London Power has spent of your money and our money on recruiting those 5,000 subscribers?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I will make this point. Obviously, the marketing was suspended because of the pandemic. I appreciate the criticism. Of course I do. It is a situation where, because of the pandemic, the plans that London Power had and we had needed to be suspended for, I am sure, reasons you would agree with. Clearly, once we have come out of lockdown, marketing will escalate and we will hopefully get more customers signed up to London Power.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): You say that, Mr Mayor, but the new households that I have already referred to were new customers who were not signed up to anybody. All of them had the opportunity to sign

Page 545 up to London Power. They, unlike you, have not signed up. Does that not suggest to you that the marketing has not been very successful and that it has in fact been extremely poor value for Londoners and, on the basis that you have already described how wonderful London Power is, you have been unable to attract those people as customers?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You are in danger of confusing the lack of take-up with the service being provided. The marketing has been suspended, which is the explanation for why the numbers of customers are not as high as we would like. I will give you an example. At City Hall itself, our bandwidth over the last year has been focused on the pandemic. For example, within City Hall, the team that would ordinarily be working with London Power to maximise customer uptake has not been there.

What I am saying to you, Assembly Member Arbour, is that once lockdown is lifted, I am confident that we will restart the marketing and we will see an increase in the number of customers being London Power customers.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): Mr Mayor, the truth of the matter is that the parent company of London Power, which is Octopus, is undertaking currently - and, so far as I can tell, has throughout the year been undertaking - a marketing campaign. You as a customer will know that when you contact London Power and when you receive bills from London Power, the reference is to ‘Octopus’. We have spent, according to the last set of accounts, around £3 million on London Power. That is a subsidy that amounts, on the number of customers you say London Power has, to around £750,000. This cannot possibly be good value for money. It suggests that Octopus, in effect, has been exploiting the fact that it runs London Power as a marketing ploy for itself rather than for us. Do you have any view on that?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes. You are wrong. London Power is marketed as ‘London Power’. There are obviously references to “powered by Octopus Energy”, but London Power is not the only white-label product that Octopus Energy works with. It is a fact that there are a number of services that we provide where the number of customers has not been commensurate with the cost.

I will give you another example. We spend £600 million every four weeks providing transport for our city. The number of passengers does not equate to the money spent. There are other examples I could give.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): That is not an analogy, Mr Mayor. The power market in London is a free market. People have the option to sign up to whichever supplier they want. You have chosen to subsidise this particular supplier. If you look at the website - and indeed, you say as far as you are concerned, it is London Power that is communicating with you rather than Octopus, it is notable that Greenpeace has separated from its relationship with London Power. If you look at your own website and what it says about London Power and what London Power says about itself, it describes itself as being wonderfully green. It suggests that if it makes a profit - and on the face of it, it is never going to make a profit - the profit it is going to make is going to be distributed for clean power. Greenpeace does not think it is supplying green power.

Can I suggest to you as a parting shot that it is no business of yours and it is no business of the mayoralty to subsidise a company like Octopus with the pretence that it is somehow green and helpful to Londoners?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I disagree. One of our roles as an administration is to support not only the poorest Londoners and also those who are determined to have renewable energy rather than fossil [fuel] burning energy. The commitment we can give as London Power is that we will ensure fair pricing. This means there is a competitive tariff but also, more importantly, when the tariff comes to an end, there is a rollover onto the cheapest similar tariff. That is not something that happens with other companies. Also, we can offer

Page 546 100% renewable electricity on all plans. That is also something not offered by other companies. When there are profits - you say there will never be profits - they will be reinvested into London communities.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): There will never be a profit. I believe that this is £3 million that you have thrown away. Anyway, thank you very much, Mr Mayor. That is my valedictory. Thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I was hoping, Chair, to have the experience of the Member on some of the money spent by a previous Mayor on vanity projects like bridges or cable cars or an estuary airport --

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): No, I disapprove of this --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): -- but instead we hear criticism about a renewable energy plan and London Power. Hey-ho.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chairman): We have spoken about your debating technique, which you have sought to use there. All too often, it is denigrating your predecessor. It is not worthy of you. It is certainly not worthy of London politics.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am afraid I am disappointed that the Assembly Member in his last opportunity does not put on record the fact that it is important for us to have a future that is green, for us to have a future that thinks of our children and of our grandchildren. London Power is one way we will be supporting the environment by making sure that all of the products it provides are renewable, which is something that others cannot do. I am disappointed in his lack of support for the future. I wish him well, though, in his retirement.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you, Mr Mayor. We have an intervention and another question on this matter from Assembly Member Cooper.

Léonie Cooper AM: Mr Mayor, you touched on some of the things that I wanted to get to in this follow-up, but you decided to enter into this area of giving Londoners the opportunity for access to cheap, clean and green energy. It is not something that was done by any of your predecessors, who did indeed waste £38 million on a garden bridge that was neither a garden nor a bridge and does not exist. Money has gone into this at this very early stage. It is a new start-up. You decided to do it as a white label despite some people saying you should go into it as a fully licensed opportunity for City Hall. I have always felt that you got the balance between entering into a new area on behalf of Londoners and the necessary risks that are involved in that together with pushing ahead because of the climate emergency.

Do you feel that there is any possibility of getting somebody like departing Assembly Member Arbour to understand the need for Londoners to be part of the solution to the climate rather than part of the problem?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am disappointed by the last intervention from Assembly Member Arbour. His party-political hat came into being rather than his being classy hat. He is the guy who wants me to get involved in rowboats on the Thames even though I have no responsibility to do so, yet he criticises me for trying to address the issue of fuel poverty. He is the guy who wanted me to get involved in a court case stopping the expansion of Heathrow and does not want me to get involved in addressing the issue of fuel poverty. By the way, both issues - Heathrow expansion and investing in renewable energies - are linked because they are addressing issues that affect our environment.

Page 547 Some would call it hypocrisy. It is his last meeting and I will not call it that. What I will say instead is that we have managed, by avoiding the advice we were given by the Greens to have a fully nationalised energy provider - like Nottingham, like Bristol - and we have also avoided the advice from the likes of Tony Arbour [AM] not to be involved in this at all. We have managed to find a third way and that third way is a white-label product that is addressing the issues of both fuel poverty and also renewable energy.

The key thing is this. When somebody comes to the end of their tariff, rather than going onto an expensive variable tariff, they will go onto the cheapest tariff that we can find under the Octopus umbrella.1 Secondly, the energy they are using is 100% renewable. I would call that a win-win.

Léonie Cooper AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. So would I. Thank you for being bold and taking action on this.

2021/0967 - Total cost of Silvertown Road Tunnel to Londoners Siân Berry AM

What will the total cost to Londoners of the Silvertown Road Tunnel be?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Investment in the Silvertown Tunnel will bring widespread benefits to London, none of which will be realised if the contract is cancelled. Suggestions that the money being spent on this scheme could be invested elsewhere are misleading and inaccurate. The scheme is funded by private finance, which simply cannot be reallocated.

Finally addressing the longstanding issues at the Blackwall Tunnel will hugely reduce - if not effectively eliminate - congestion in the area, improve air quality overall and support economic growth in east London by transforming access to cross-river public transport. The health and economic costs to Londoners of congestion at the worn-out Blackwall Tunnel are huge. The Tunnel has to be closed about 700 times a year. If it closes for even six minutes, a queue quickly extends for three miles. Around 1 million hours are wasted each year as a result, costing around £10 million in lost time for people and businesses. These roads also suffer from some of the worst air quality in London and this is exacerbated by the congestion and regular queuing. Doing nothing is not an option.

TfL awarded a design/build/finance/maintain contract to the RiverLinx Consortium at the end of 2019. RiverLinx Ltd has secured £1.2 billion in finance to cover design, construction, risk and other expenditure on the project. Only once the Tunnel has been built and is open will TfL begin to make repayments to RiverLinx. This means that TfL is not liable for additional payments for delays in the same way as more traditional construction contracts. RiverLinx will be responsible for the maintenance and renewal of the systems and equipment over 25 years. TfL anticipates that revenue received from user charging at the Blackwall and Silvertown Tunnels will more than cover annual payments to RiverLinx, which are contingent on performance. Any surplus will be reinvested in the transport network.

Even as traffic has decreased dramatically on some roads in London during the COVID-19 pandemic, congestion has continued at the Blackwall Tunnel. In fact, the Tunnel has had to be closed over 420 times since the pandemic began. This demonstrates the importance of a reliable and resilient crossing in that part of London. This vital river crossing will reduce congestion and transform cross-river public transport connections and improve some of the worst air quality anywhere in London.

1 Correction received following the meeting: customers are moved to the cheapest similar tariff, without reference to “that we can find under the Octopus umbrella.”

Page 548

Siân Berry AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Before I start, I wanted to say from the Green Group thank you for answering - for the most part - our questions really constructively this term. We have had some good discussions and influence. When I think about the previous Mayor’s attitude to scrutiny, including and especially from some of the women Members, I wanted to highlight that I appreciate the difference.

Today might not be our most agreeable session, however, because of the topic. I really wanted to focus on costs here. I have been looking over the audit report from Ernst & Young and there are three things that I want to put to you that do still worry me about the costs that Londoners might pay out for Silvertown in the end.

Firstly, on tolls, the report says there is a deficit in the toll income right up until 2040. That is around £1 million of deficit to cover until then.

Secondly, on changes to the contract, TfL has already listed two contract variations in its transparency data, both paid to RiverLinx, totalling around £10 million. These seem to be in addition to the main contract.

Thirdly, on construction risk, I am not convinced this is covered. Are Londoners liable if this tunnelling goes wrong? It is a very high-risk project, as far as I can tell. It is wide tunnel to take heavy goods vehicles (HGVs) two abreast. It is much more serious than a Tube tunnel. It could easily hit problems.

If we are liable for construction risk, variations to the contract and this tolling deficit that is in the report, what are you telling future Mayors the total bill for Silvertown is going to be?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You raise a number of points, as even you would concede, in your question and so give me a chance to respond to them.

First, we are quite clear that the benefits of using this model of design/build/finance/maintain are far better than any alternatives. You will appreciate that the normal way construction is done in transport is often by TfL having to borrow and then build. Normally --

Siân Berry AM: Yes, but I am aware that the Department for Transport (DfT) stopped using private finance initiatives (PFI) a while ago.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am still trying to answer the first of your questions. The advantage of this type of contract is that there is an incentive by the company constructing it in the issue of maintenance because it will be in charge of maintenance for the next 25 years. Normally, in a build/construct contract, there is only the contractual incentive to make sure it is a good product. Because it is in charge of the maintenance for 25 years, there is an incentive to make sure that construction is done well. Also, you will appreciate that the contract involves design, build, finance and maintenance. The consortium is responsible for those things. Clearly, if there is a difference of opinion, it will be resolved either amicably or, if need be, through any contractual issues through the courts. I am quite clear that by the consortium being liable for the build and construction, it takes the pressure off TfL. Clearly, we will be keen to make sure the construction is done well, but there is a self-interest in the consortium doing it well because it will be maintaining it for the next 25 years.

Siân Berry AM: You have not, I am afraid, answered any of those three points about the tolling deficit and the potential construction risks. I notice that TfL already has capital costs of about £200 million in there. We do not know. You will not release the cancellation costs. Looking at what I have said there, if, for example, it

Page 549 was to run a third overbudget like Crossrail, we would be looking at £700 million in extra costs there. There is £100 million in tolling deficit. It seems to me that even now it might be cheaper for you and for future Mayors if you were to cancel it now. I have run out of time there but I --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You have asserted things that are untrue. You cannot assert things that are untrue to get a clip for social media and not give a chance to respond. A number of your assertions are simply not true.

Siân Berry AM: There is not £200 million --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am in your hands. If Members want to use their time in asserting things that are untrue until they run out of time, I am not sure how it makes a meaningful Mayor’s Question Time, but hey-ho.

Siân Berry AM: OK. I will send you the three pieces of information that I have that so you can answer then.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am sure you are going to press-release me, yes.

Siân Berry AM: I am out of time, though. Thank you very much.

Len Duvall AM: Sorry, point of order, Chair. The Green Group is not out of time, according to my timer, so the Mayor can answer the question. The Member has put legitimate questions of concern and the Mayor should be able to respond. The Green Group is not out of time.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): That is true.

Siân Berry AM: Can the Mayor answer in one word whether or not there is a tolling deficit?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, the idea that I will be dictated to about how many words I can use to answer a question is ridiculous. The point is the Member has had a long opportunity to make assertions that are simply untrue. The best word that I can say is ‘untrue’.

Siân Berry AM: OK. If you cannot answer me succinctly in more detail than that, you have signed this contract and I do not know what --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Your question was longer than the time you gave me to answer.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Look, certainly the Mayor is prepared to give details but, as you are saying, because of the time taken for all of that, we will move on now to the next question.

2021/1154 - TfL Funding Dr Alison Moore AM

Why is a sustainable funding arrangement so crucial to TfL?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Before I respond, I want to thank Assembly Member Dr Moore for her service. She has been a great representative for Londoners and an excellent Chair of the Transport Committee.

Page 550 I know she will continue her work on housing, regeneration and economic development in her role as a Councillor in Barnet, as well as her campaigning on road safety and air quality.

In January [2021], TfL published its plan setting out how it could become financially sustainable by 2023/24. That plan demonstrates the critical role of TfL to the city’s economic, social and environmental health and forms the basis of discussions with the Government ahead of the current funding agreement expiry, which happens in two weeks. Put simply, there will be no recovery for London without a properly funded TfL. As London’s economy represents 23% of the country’s gross national product (GDP) and investment in transport here supports job and growth across the UK, including 43,000 jobs nationwide through the Tube investment programme alone, it is in the national interest that TfL is properly funded.

With the support of the Assembly, I have asked that the Government lets us retain the Vehicle Excise Duty (VED) paid by Londoners. It is a reasonable request that all parties here in London support, but so far it has been dismissed.

The pandemic has decimated TfL’s finances and has shown it can no longer be forced to rely so heavily on fares revenue. Sustainable funding is needed. Any talk of reducing services to save money is completely counterproductive. We need to run as full a service as possible to support social distancing and protect health. We also need to ensure that public transport remains a convenient and attractive option to avoid a car-led recovery that would replace one health crisis with another. I am grateful to the Confederation of British Industry (CBI), London First, the London Chamber of Commerce, the Federation of Small Businesses (FSB), the Trades Union Congress (TUC), the Transport Salaried Staffs’ Association (TSSA) and others adding their voices to the calls on the Government to provide the funding TfL needs.

The transport network is our city’s beating heart and the envy of the world. Starving the capital of investment will do nothing but jeopardise the whole country’s recovery from the pandemic. We must not let that happen.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor, and thank you for those kind comments you made.

I want to pick up a number of those areas. Mr Mayor, the Government still refuses to publish the taxpayer-funded KPMG report and you referred to your Financial Sustainability Plan but, as we heard at the TfL Board this week, the Government has not given any substantive or real feedback on that report.

How do you respond - or can you respond - to the Government’s demands when you do not know the basis for them?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is very difficult. You have met our Commissioner [for Transport for London]. He is an incredibly passionate and reasonable Commissioner and his team are pulling their hair out because the financial year ends literally in two weeks and we have nothing from the Government. What we have is numerous questions that have not been responded to.

What I would say to the Government is that it is in nobody’s interests for us to go to the wire. It is in nobody’s interests for London’s businesses to be starved of the work of TfL. It is in everyone’s interests to sort this out. The sooner we start negotiating meaningfully, the sooner we can get a deal over the line and the sooner we can work towards a rapid recovery. We want to be part of the solution, not the problem.

Dr Alison Moore AM: I understand that you are trying to be constructive, but one view of this failure to publish or respond is that it allows the Conservatives to play fast and loose with the facts. I wanted to address

Page 551 some suggestions made by the Conservative Group budget amendment. You will agree that sustainable funding relies on accurate data.

In its budget amendment, the Conservative Group suggested nominee passes cost £46 million, temporarily reduced to £28 million to take account of the effect of the pandemic, but in previous years it has claimed the cost was £44 million, £33 million, £32 million and £24 million. Do these estimates sound accurate or are they just making things up as they go along?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): They are fantasy figures. Each day, I see new figures from the Conservative candidate running to be the Mayor and from the Conservative Group. If that is how they are going to have their figures, in a fantasy way, can you imagine if they are in charge of TfL? No wonder the previous Mayor - I know Assembly Member Tony Arbour does not like me denigrating his friend - borrowed more than £7 billion. He does not like me mentioning the cost of the garden bridge, which was neither a garden nor a bridge, as Léonie Cooper [AM] said. That is why it is really important to have proper figures.

We really are keen to work with the DfT, which is trying its best to challenge the Treasury, but it is in everyone’s interests for TfL, the DfT and Treasury to reach a deal so that London’s businesses have confidence going forward. The fantasy figures are not taken seriously by businesses or by sensible people in the Government.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. I am running out of time and so I will leave the questions there. Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. The next question, Mr Mayor, which was on decision-making, 2021/1227, has been withdrawn.

2021/1173 - Scale of Covid-19 impact Dr Onkar Sahota AM

Mr Mayor, over 120,000 people have died in this country from COVID-19, of which over 16,000 were Londoners. Why do you think this country paid such a heavy price?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is heart-breaking that more than 18,000 Londoners and more than 140,000 people across the UK have now died with coronavirus. Every one of these lives lost is a tragedy and my thoughts and prayers are with their families and friends.

It pains me that the coronavirus crisis has not only exposed but increased inequality in our city and across the country. I was concerned that London was not included in the Government’s coronavirus planning until the late stage, despite London’s status as a dense, international city and therefore particularly vulnerable to the spread of the virus.

I was first invited to a COVID meeting on 16 March last year [2020] after which the Prime Minister announced that London was - and I quote - “a few weeks ahead” of the rest of the country. I immediately urged all Londoners to stop non-essential social contact and stop all visits to social venues.

The Government was slow to act on advice from the Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies (SAGE) to close schools and social venues such as bars and restaurants and was slow to introduce lockdown. It was slow to protect our borders and to adopt compulsory face-coverings on public transport, which I called for in early

Page 552 April. The Test and Trace system was inadequate and Government plans to support self-isolation remain insufficient. The Government has lurched from one bad decision to another, repeatedly making slow and poor decisions and making so many U-turns that I have lost count.

I have already said that there must be a full public inquiry when the pandemic is over. Unfortunately, it will show that the Government’s approach has cost many lives. Despite this, we should take heart from the inspiring way Londoners responded at a time of great crisis.

The lifesaving COVID-19 vaccine has now given us light at the end of the tunnel. It is a huge achievement that over 2.7 million doses have now been given to the most vulnerable Londoners and health and care workers. I urge all Londoners to have the vaccine as soon as they are offered it.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor, for that answer. The impact of COVID-19 has been referred to as a ‘syndemic’, a synthesis of epidemics coming together. Ten years of a Government policy of austerity, regressive cuts to spending on social care, historical patterns of cuts to public health, cuts to welfare of families and children, cuts in education spending and the closure of children’s centres has left our public services, including the NHS, in a depleted state and a welfare system that disadvantages the lower income groups. Then came the COVID-19 virus, a biological agent that magnified the fault-lines of inequality that exist in society and took advantage of increasing rates of non-communicable disease in our country, leading to the worst death toll in England.

Mr Mayor, do you think the Government has learned from the COVID-19 pandemic about the relationship between the social determinants of health and outcomes?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No. I spent some time reading the report from Sir Michael Marmot and the review he did 10 years on from his last report [The Marmot Review 10 Years On, 2020]. That reinforces the points and sentiments raised in your question. It was not just hollowing out Public Health England, it was not just the NHS being starved of resources and having reorganisations that were unhelpful, but also inequalities in our society have been made worse over the last 10 years. All this pandemic has not simply exposed them but has exacerbated them. It is really important that the recovery missions we have, Onkar, address some of these structural inequalities in our society. We cannot allow those to fester or get worse.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Of course, the other thing you will agree with is that the NHS was under stress even before the pandemic due to the Government policies that I mentioned previously. NHS staff have been at the forefront of the national response to the pandemic. NHS staff have been the heroes that we all clapped on our doorsteps. Even the Prime Minister and the Chancellor of the Exchequer clapped for the NHS from Downing Street. In fact, the Prime Minister owes his life to the excellent work of NHS staff.

However, now the Prime Minister, [The Rt Hon] Boris Johnson [MP], has slapped the nurses in the face with his humiliating salary increase of 1%, which in real terms is a pay cut. What do you think will be the impact of this on the morale of the nurses and the impact on your efforts to reduce London’s 11,000 vacant nursing posts? What do you think the impact of all this will be on them?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I know the impact. I spent some time this week and some time last week speaking to and listening to NHS staff including nurses. They are heartbroken. They are angry. Also, they are unclear how they are going to make ends meet because for a variety of reasons, not least inflation and other issues like the cost of living, a 1% pay increase ends up being a pay cut. The short point is that the claps we gave them do not pay the rent. They do not pay the utility bills. It is no comfort if you are the family of

Page 553 somebody who works on the NHS staff to have this from the Chancellor and the Prime Minister. I would ask them even now to reconsider and give our nurses and NHS staff the pay deal and the pay rise they deserve.

Dr Onkar Sahota AM: I know, Mr Mayor, that you recognise the high cost of living in London and I want to thank you for prioritising the nursing profession on the front line for keyworker housing in London. Hopefully, that will materialise and we can give some reassurance to our frontline staff that London will look after them. Thank you, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you.

2021/1345 - Covid Death Rate of London Bus Drivers Keith Prince AM

Based on TfL and ONS data, why do London bus drivers have twice the Covid death rate per 100,000 of the most dangerous occupations nationally and twice the rate of bus drivers nationally?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Let me start by saying that all the deaths of transport workers in London and across the country are tragic and my thoughts remain with their families, friends and colleagues. It saddens me deeply to say that 88 transport workers have died in the pandemic in London, including 51 bus drivers employed by bus operators.

On the specific figures mentioned by Assembly Member Prince, I am not clear what datasets he is comparing, but a sophisticated piece of statistical analysis would need to be carried out to make the assertion he has made.

The Office for National Statistics (ONS) data for COVID deaths by occupation was not broken down by region and the ONS website makes it clear that comparisons should not be made using that data and data published elsewhere.

Nevertheless, we know from the research TfL commissioned from University College London’s (UCL) Institute of Health Equity that certainly in the first phase of the pandemic, London bus drivers were worse affected than bus drivers in other parts of the country. There are a number of reasons for this, including the fact that the first wave of COVID hit London very hard, particularly as it was before the national lockdown, the high number of bus drivers in London who are older, issues around comorbidity and the high proportion of drivers in London who are BAME.

We have made huge efforts over the last year to protect staff and customers on TfL’s services. In fact, many bus operators around the country have emulated the work done in London. Stringent safety measures have been introduced, including cleaning with long-lasting antiviral cleaning fluid and limits on passenger numbers to allow for social distancing. Staff facilities have been reconfigured to enable better social distancing and temporary portacabin facilities have been constructed to enable staff to spread out. Bus ventilation systems have been improved and drivers’ cabs have been fully sealed up to reduce the risk of transmission following UCL’s work on cab design and air flow. For a period last year, passengers were able to embark and disembark only from the rear doors to keep commuters away from drivers.

Since August 2020 Imperial College London has been testing for COVID on the TfL network, taking samples from the air and frequently touched services in stations, trains and buses. All results to date have been negative. No trace of COVID-19 has been found.

Page 554

I would be more than happy to ask for TfL to sit down with Assembly Member Prince to go through the data we have available and to discuss with him the actions taken and continuing to be taken to protect staff and customers.

Keith Prince AM: I am very grateful for that offer, Mr Mayor, and I will happily take you up on that. I would also like to bring some experts with me as well, if that is at all possible. That is very generous of you, I must say.

Do you feel, though, in retrospect that there may have been done decisions that you could or should have taken and maybe there should have been some questions that you asked?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I reflect on that regularly, Keith, as you will appreciate, because we are talking about people here. That is one of the reasons why we got world experts with UCL’s Institute of Health Equity to look into that. I was not happy with just TfL marking our own homework. We got UCL in with very wide terms of reference. The part 2 report is going to come out soon and maybe that will tell us things that we should have done at the time that we did not do.

One thing that gives me comfort is that nobody else among the bus operators was doing more than us at the time and in fact others have copied what we have done. We continue to evolve but, if there are things we could have done differently, we have to learn. So far, nothing has been brought to light, but we have to be open-minded about it and not closed-minded.

Keith Prince AM: Mr Mayor, perhaps I could bring some things to light, maybe around the mess offices or the canteens where the drivers were meeting and also ferry cars. It is interesting. Why was UCL not asked to look at the COVID risks in relation to clusters such as canteens and also conditions for ferry drivers? Why was that not included in the UCL research, Mr Mayor?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You will find that the main concern that UCL looked into was the issue of bus drivers because of the number of bus workers who lost their lives. They are not employed by TfL - you know this - but are employed by bus operators. We were still concerned by the large numbers and that was the focus.

Again, there is nothing stopping TfL and we are doing further work in relation to other transport workers, not just buses, not just ferries, but trams, the Overground and the Tube as well --

Keith Prince AM: Sorry, Mr Mayor. Sorry to interrupt you. When I talk about ferry drivers, I do not mean the people who are catching ferries. I mean the people who drive cars full of bus drivers to and from where they are meeting for the change of driver. I do apologise for not making that clear.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I beg your pardon.

Keith Prince AM: When I am talking about ferry drivers, I am talking about drivers who are tasked to take bus drivers to where they meet for their bus changeovers. Apologies for not making that clear.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, it is my fault. Government guidance, as you will appreciate, Assembly Member Prince, was changing along the way, not just from the Government but from Public Health England. At all times, TfL was slightly ahead of Government guidance when we were able to be so, but we had to follow Government guidance. As soon as Government guidance changed in relation to, for example, as you

Page 555 will be aware, the use of face masks and face coverings in vehicles, it was a change made in relation to bus operators as well.

Keith Prince AM: Mr Mayor, UCL did not look at that aspect. That is a bit of a failing, to be blunt.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am not sure that is right, though, because --

Keith Prince AM: Perhaps we could talk about this in our meeting --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Phase 2 of the UCL report is going to look at other things. They include things outside of the bus service. If there is an issue in relation to the ferrying of bus workers, it will be covered by phase 2 from UCL because it is looking at other issues.

Keith Prince AM: OK. If I can be really cheeky, as you are in the mind to have a meeting, the Association of Relocation Professionals estimates that over 20,000 high-value employees of professionals move into the London economy every year. Will you agree to a short meeting with the relocation industry representatives to discuss ways in which we can make London a go-to destination, bearing in mind what you were saying earlier, Mr Mayor?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Should I be re-elected, I would be more than happy to, personally. If it is the case you want a meeting sooner rather than later, I am happy for TfL to meet with them. Keith, purdah starts from Monday [22 March 2021] and so it is difficult. If it is possible and if you want me, I can do it after 6 May [2021] should I be re-elected. If you want it sooner, it will be with officials rather than me, if that is OK.

Keith Prince AM: OK. Thank you, Mr Mayor. Thank you.

2021/1004 - Crossrail Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM

Which predictions about the expected opening date of Crossrail should Londoners trust?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): A huge amount of work is ongoing across the Crossrail project and it is anticipated that the central section between Paddington and Abbey Wood will open for passenger services in the first half of 2022. Full through services from Reading and Heathrow in the west and between Abbey Wood and Shenfield in the east are due to be in operation six to 12 months after the opening of the central section.

Of course, Elizabeth line trains are already running as stand-alone services out of both Paddington and Liverpool Street, providing a high-quality service for Londoners who have been needing to travel.

Crossrail remains on track to commence trial running this spring [2021]. This will mark a pivotal milestone for the programme when it shifts from a construction project to an operational railway. The focus will be on building reliability in the systems, signalling and trains. Crossrail is committed to safely entering this phase at the earliest opportunity.

The past month has also seen significant progress in Crossrail’s efforts to complete and handover the newly built central section stations with Farringdon becoming the first to be handed over to TfL on 5 March [2020]. Both Tottenham Court Road and Paddington Stations have also started the countdown process to handover.

Page 556 As the Assembly’s Transport Committee noted in its recent report, this project will deliver huge benefits to London and the rest of the UK and will play a key part in the capital’s economic recovery from the pandemic.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Can you explain why at today’s Elizabeth Line Committee the papers state that a review of the delivery timetable will take place this spring [2021]? Will that review of the timetable be immediately published? Does this suggest that further delays are likely to the opening of Crossrail?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Firstly, you will forgive me. I have not seen the Committee papers but I am more than happy to look at them later on today.

In relation to trial running, I mentioned in my opening, Caroline, that it is going to be this spring. I suspect it may be to do with how long trial running is going to run for. With your permission, can I come back to you later on today or this week about what that meant?

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Absolutely. Can you give an assurance that throughout this year all the decisions by the Office of Rail and Road (ORR) relating to the required authorisation of Crossrail infrastructure and rolling stock will be immediately published?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): One of the big changes - and thanks for your support on this - in it being completely TfL in charge of the project, only very recently, is that we have far more ownership over a number of decisions and also transparency. Where it is our stuff, we will make it transparent urgently. Your question illustrates the change in us taking this over and the fact you are able to have that information.

In relation to the ORR stuff, again, with your permission, can I check that and get back to you today to let you know what the view is? I am very keen for there to be maximum transparency. Now there is no reason not to because we are in charge of this now for the first time.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Yes, it is really important for us to have confidence in the next steps so that we can see. If there are challenges, Londoners need to see that.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Absolutely. Do not forget that it is not just residents who are affected. They have bought a home and moved into a home because a station is arriving. Many businesses have as well. Transparency is not a bad thing. The sooner we let people know good news or bad news, the better. I do not have the detail but let me go away and get back to you about what is possible. There should be transparency, as much as possible.

Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Thank you. Finally, given comments reported yesterday by TfL’s Chief Finance Officer that Crossrail is running out of cash once again, can you guarantee that Londoners are not going to wake up to hear more bad news about the progress in completing Crossrail in the coming months?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The issue with bad news is that often it is last-minute and they are decisions that as a normal person you would think, “Why did you not know this X months ago?” What I can promise you is that there will be no surprises at the last minute. We will give you advance notice. You will know in recent times, Caroline, we have given people significant months of notice about challenges rather than what we had a couple of years ago when in August we were told that the line would be opening in December. That cannot be right. What I can promise is that as soon as we know stuff, we will share it. What I cannot promise for obvious reasons is that there will not be further issues that will lead to your displeasure and mine.

Page 557 Caroline Pidgeon MBE AM: Thank you very much indeed.

2021/1310 - Transparency Susan Hall AM

Do you think you’ve overseen a transparent administration as Mayor?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, I am confident that I have overseen the most transparent administration City Hall has ever had. Since becoming Mayor, I have attended 50 Mayor’s Question Time meetings and 23 Plenary meetings. I have been asked over 22,500 Mayor’s questions and I have made over 300 commitments following exchanges with Assembly Members. I have published around 1,600 [Mayoral] Decisions. In the first four years of my administration, I responded to almost 4,500 freedom of information requests, more than the previous Mayor responded to in eight years.

We put transparency at the heart of everything we do and our commitment goes well beyond the mandatory Local Government Transparency Code. We publish interests, gifts, hospitality and expenses for me, the mayoral advisors and the senior Greater London Authority officers. We publish details of senior officer responsibilities, salary data and a GLA organigram. Many things at City Hall have been done since 2016 and have never happened before. We have published over 950 datasets on the London Datastore, which averages over 125,000 users per month, helping Londoners understand their city and develop solutions to London’s challenges. We have published the results of our monthly poll of 1,000 Londoners, which we use to shape our decision-making. We publish gender and ethnicity pay audit data and action plans. We have signed up to the Code of Practice for Statistics, becoming the first organisation to do this voluntarily. We have preannounced publication dates for our statistics for enhanced transparency.

All my statutory strategies were consulted on widely for between 12 and 14 weeks, including public engagement through Talk London, representative polls, surveys of Londoners, focus groups, interviews and stakeholder and community engagement meetings. We approach London’s recovery from the pandemic with the same commitment to transparency. We publish regular data on the impact the pandemic is having on the city, along with agendas and minutes from the London Recovery Board and the Recovery Taskforce meetings. The London Recovery Board meetings are recorded and webcast live. I publish my diary and I publish my personal tax returns.

Not only am I committed to transparency but I am dedicated to engaging with Londoners directly so that I can understand their views.

Susan Hall AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Can you tell me why your draft budget published on 19 January [2021] did not reflect December’s local government settlement with regard to the retained business rates safety net for the GLA?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): David Gallie [Executive Director of Resources, GLA] has already explained the reasons why he was not earlier on confident about the business rates safety net of 97%. In any event, because the Government had changed its pooling arrangements for London’s business rates, his concern was that we would not have the same safety net. In any event, had there been that safety net advised to me earlier on, any additional monies from the safety net I would have invested in TfL - 85% of business rates goes to TfL - with the remainder, as I committed, to frontline services like fire and police. Those two are really important.

Page 558 Susan Hall AM: For anybody watching this, we are talking about a discrepancy here of over £100 million. It is no small amount. Why was it not published with caveats around the figure if you were still concerned?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The Executive Director [of Resources, GLA] will be answering that when he comes before the Budget and Performance Committee, but he was quite clear. His advice was that there was a significant risk of a change in the GLA’s safety net. It was not published last year, either. It would not be prudent in the first draft budget to assume a higher level of safety net. You could imagine that if it had been published and we had decided to spend that money and then the safety net from the Government was changed and was not as high, we would have had to make further cuts to some of those services. His advice was prudent advice, which we followed.

Susan Hall AM: He will face questions on that tomorrow. It is a shame that yet again we have a meeting that we have invited you to and yet you have declined to come, which of course underlines your reputation as a missing Mayor. It will be interesting to see what emerges.

Can you tell me when you knew about this £100 million?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I am not sure about that figure. The first time the issue of a business rates safety net was discussed with me was -- I was before you on 5 January [2021] and 19 January was the day you referred to. It was between those dates that the issue of a business rates safety net first came to my attention. We did not have any certainty about that until far later. One of the things I am sure our Executive Director would have been waiting for is the local government settlement, which did not happen until much later.

Susan Hall AM: When you came to the Budget and Performance Committee meeting on 5 January, did you know about this figure?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, I do not think I did.

Susan Hall AM: You did not know about it? That is strange because it is so much money. The difference between the actual safety net and the prediction still used in the January budget, as I have mentioned, was over £100 million of business rates income. Do you think that is an acceptable sum to keep away or hidden, in fact, from Londoners.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Again, the assertion is unfounded. The Executive Director of Resources advised there was a significant risk that a lower safety net threshold might be set and that was particularly in the context of the Government deciding to abandon the London-wide pooling arrangement. It was not inconsistent with the Government changing its mind on London pooling to also assume the Government would change its mind on the safety net. There was no advantage to anybody in, in your words, of hiding the figure because we were keen to make sure that the Assembly was presented with all the information. That is one of the reasons why we presented three scenarios for full transparency.

Susan Hall AM: There is not transparency here. This was known about. This figure was known about. The draft local government settlement was published on 17 December [2020] with a proposal that the GLA safety net be set at 97%. Yet neither was December’s consultation budget updated nor did the January [2021] draft budget include this information. I do not call that transparent.

There were plenty of other things with caveats around them in the settlement. This was £106 million. Do you not feel that that should have been in the draft budget so that we could have looked at it?

Page 559 Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No. David Gallie has been involved in draft budgets for previous Mayors as well and they are very serious aspersions you are casting against him. He was quite clear and he is quite clear that the certainty from the Government did not come until much later. I am not sure what conspiracy theory you are putting forward. I am quite clear that his advice was prudent, good, solid advice and that has led to us being able to have a good budget.

By the way, the budget we have published is 92 pages with a huge amount of detail. That is the same number of pages as the Government’s Budget with a far bigger amount being spent by the Government. That shows the level of transparency that we have under good advice from David Gallie.

Susan Hall AM: Please stop trying to deflect. We are not talking about the Government. I am not talking about your Executive Director of Resources. I am talking to you. You are the one who says you are completely transparent. I am trying to find out when you knew about this and why this was not put into the draft January figures, which, given the amount of money it was, I feel it should have been and I am sure other people feel it should have been. Did you not query this? Did you not suggest that it should be as it is such a large figure?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You misunderstand. The certainty did not come until later on. My first draft budget in January did not change the assumption made previously on the level of business rates assumed in 2021/22. There were a number of drafts. As soon as there was certainty, it was presented to me and in due course to the Assembly.

Susan Hall AM: Was the information kept out of the January budget because admitting you were going to receive over £100 million more than you thought you would rather undermined your plan to increase council tax?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No. Again, that is a misunderstanding on your part. Some 85% of business rates goes to TfL. I have made clear that what I thought was unfair was for the DfT to subsidise services in London other than TfL. The same proportion of business rates that I had previously committed to TfL was going to go to TfL. If you are suggesting that there is an advantage to somehow keeping this quiet from the Assembly, there was no motive to do so because what would have happened had we had certainty sooner is I would have simply announced sooner a greater share going to TfL and the amount of savings required from the police and the fire service to be even less. I have been quite clear from the first time the draft budget was published that my priority was going to be the fire service and the police. Subsequently, the Home Secretary made clear her expectation that council tax for the police precept must go up by £15. Subsequently --

Susan Hall AM: Mr Mayor, you know I am under time pressure. You are not answering the question. The whole question revolves around why that £100 million did not go into the draft budget. You say you are transparent. I do not think that is very transparent. I am sure anybody transparent would not think that is transparent. It has had a knock-on effect because the delayed knowledge of this also had a key impact on the Assembly. At least 30 members of staff were put at risk because we started a consultation --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Again, this is a misunderstanding --

Susan Hall AM: No, I am talking at the moment. This had a delayed --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I thought it was Mayor’s Question Time, Chair.

Page 560 Susan Hall AM: It should have gone into the draft budget and it did not. Therefore, this is not very transparent. We can look at it tomorrow and I am very sorry that yet again you will not be at a meeting. You are the missing Mayor. You have been a disgrace this year, quite frankly. We will talk in your absence tomorrow to see what happened to that money. Thank you, Chair.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, we have had a two-minute poor soundbite and not a question. Let me address the poor soundbite.

The only reason the Assembly has that additional money is not because of the business rates safety net. It is because of the additional monies raised through council tax because of the difference between the estimates given by council treasurers and the monies raised from council tax.

Again, it is a misunderstanding from the Member in relation to how the budgets work. Again, Chair, I am more than happy to take the Assembly Member through this --

Susan Hall AM: No, I would like to stop now because, as you well know, we are out of time. I do not need to be taken through this, quite frankly. Somebody should take you through it and you should be more transparent. I am handing back to the Chair now. Thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I have been --

Susan Hall AM: No, enough.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): -- before the Assembly 17 times since last May [2020] in the middle of a pandemic. It is because she does not like the answer I give --

Susan Hall AM: Chair, enough, please. That is enough from our time. Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): OK. Thank you, Mr Mayor.

2021/1084 - New Metropolitan Police Officers Unmesh Desai AM

Why is it important that the Government provides you with the 6,000 additional officers yourself and the Commissioner have called for, and where are these new officers intended to be placed within the Met?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Keeping Londoners safe is my top priority and I have invested a record amount in the MPS, putting an extra 1,300 police officers on London’s streets. I welcomed the national uplift of 20,000 officers that was announced in 2019, which should help fill the big gap left by the 21,000 officers that were cut nationally between 2010 and 2019.

I have supported the Commissioner in saying that London needs 6,000 of the new officers. So far, the Home Office has allocated just over 2,700 officers to the MPS, only 45% of the officers we need, and we have no clarity on how many will be allocated in the third year of the programme, which is affecting our ability to plan properly. We need all 6,000 officers because of the complexities and challenges that London faces as a global city. It is a fast-paced, dynamic and vibrant city. It is a focus for protests, visits by heads of state and large-scale gatherings. Sadly, it is also a city at risk of terrorism and organised crime. The MPS must continue its progress in driving down the blight of violent crime.

Page 561

The MPS intends to use the officers to strengthen investigation, specialist crime and neighbourhood policing, creating town centre teams and additional dedicated ward officers in high-harm wards. Ultimately, the deployment of these new officers is the operational responsibility of the Commissioner [of Police of the Metropolis] and I support her having the flexibility to move them where they are needed most.

Not only must the MPS have sufficient officers but it must have the equipment, training and staff support they need to do their job. The Government has made huge and sustained cuts to policing since 2010 and I have always made it clear that these cuts have consequences. For my part, I have done all that I can to support the MPS. Since becoming Mayor, I have invested over £1 billion in the MPS, more than any other Mayor of London, including diverting both council tax and business rates receipts to policing for the first time from City Hall.

Unmesh Desai AM: Thank you for that answer, Mr Mayor, and, yes, I do agree with you. Cuts have consequences. On the question of police numbers, we know that having the right number of officers is important for helping victims of rape and sexual offences as well as for a number of other reasons. There are now appallingly low rates of convictions when it comes to rape, around 3% only.

Are you therefore then disappointed that at a recent London Assembly meeting - and I am very upset about this; we like to keep party politics out of things when it comes to completion of the police numbers - where I prefer unanimity, members of the GLA Conservative Group failed to show support for your and the Commissioner’s call for 6,000 officers to be drawn into the MPS as part of the Government’s police officer uplift programme? They actually abstained. I come from the political background where I think you should have the courage of your convictions, either vote for something or vote against, but just abstaining and sitting on the fence?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I was not aware of that. I thought there was cross-party support for 6,000 officers out of the 20,000. I am really pleased you told me that because that will help me over the next 40 days standing against a Tory candidate who sits on the fence and is not in favour of more police for our city. Thanks for that bit of intel.

Unmesh Desai AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. My other question, the [London Assembly] Police and Crime Committee heard from both the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) and from the MPS that the lack of results has a detrimental impact for the number of rape and sexual assault cases that lead to conviction. We also know that victims of these crimes are facing an extra barrier at the moment with the huge court delays. Can you confirm that there has been any progress in establishing the new secure court facility in London that you called for to help resolve this issue?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, the bad news is that we do not have the large secure facility in London that we need to address the more difficult cases where you need those sorts of courts with the security and so forth. The Nightingale style courts that the Government is talking about for London do not address the issue that you and I are both concerned about, which is at the serious end of the spectrum. The problem is that will mean these trials will not happen until maybe one or two years after the incident. Therefore you can understand why the attrition rates are so high and why victims do not want to carry on with all the stressful criminal justice process if there is going to be such delay.

Unmesh Desai AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Can I just finish on this note? I welcome your announcement yesterday of £3 million in new services to provide targeted support for victims of violence against women and girls. Also, your call for the Government to update the Domestic Abuse Bill so that migrant victims are not

Page 562 afraid to report abuse for fear of immigration enforcement. I published a pamphlet on this issue last year. It is on my website. When it comes to domestic abuse in particular, or any serious crime, we cannot have a two-tier level of policing in London. All Londoners should expect support from the police when they report a crime. Thank you, Mr Mayor, for all the work you have done for the last five years to keep London and Londoners safe, despite the Government not giving the results that you quite rightly expect.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you.

2021/1026 - Learning losses in schools Jennette Arnold OBE AM

A new report from the Department for Education shows that learning losses in schools that have many pupils from disadvantaged backgrounds were around 50% higher than those schools with very few pupils from disadvantaged backgrounds. How worried are you about this generation of disadvantaged Londoners being left behind?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you for your question, Jennette, and for your service to London over the past 21 years as an Assembly Member. Your campaigning on transport, on crime, on affordable housing, has been a real benefit, not just to northeast Londoners but to all Londoners. You have driven forward campaigns to end female genital mutilation in London, to address sexual harassment on public transport, to achieve justice for victims of knife crime. Your work for young people during the pandemic has been unrivalled. You have been Chair of the Assembly on five separate periods, using that role to engage Londoners, including through some excellent events or occasions including International Women’s Day. Some research Siân Berry [AM] did alerted me to the fact that no woman in our city’s history has received more votes than you. Quite remarkable. You have been a big sister to me, Jennette. The Chamber will not be the same without you, Tony [Arbour AM] and Nicky [Gavron AM], I can tell you that. I wish you the best for the future.

The anticipated widening of the attainment gap is deeply concerning for all of us who are determined to tackle inequalities and build a city where everyone can fulfil their potential. Education is of course the responsibility of central Government and they need to do much more. But I am also doing what I can to support our children right now. We know the pandemic has revealed and exacerbated the inequalities. I am particularly concerned by those children who are already struggling. My Violence Reduction Unit’s (VRU) inclusive schools and Pupil Referral Unit (PRU) mentoring programmes are helping some of the most disadvantaged children.

I have commissioned the Royal Society of Arts (RSA) to research and share practice that supports schools to reduce the number of children excluded or going missing from class. This work includes a focus on how lockdown has impacted students most at risk. Work will be done in councils. We have made helping young people to flourish with access to support and opportunities a key outcome of the London Recovery Programme. We are aiming that all young people in need have access to a personal mentor and all young Londoners have access to quality local youth activities. To support this, I am now investing £1 million more on mentoring and support for children and young people. I am expanding my Stepping Stones programme to help vulnerable children transition from primary to secondary school.

We also need to help young people with the next steps and our £32 million Good Work for All Fund will prioritise training, education and employability support to help Londoners gain skills and move into work in sectors key to London’s recovery. Jennette, you will know, we need to ensure that every young Londoner, regardless of their background, has a fair shot at fulfilling their potential.

Page 563 Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Thank you so much, Mr Mayor. We are the beneficiaries of the education system of this city. We are the legacy of the hard work that our parents and grandparents have put into this city. It has been a pleasure seeing you sitting in that chair as an inspiration for future Londoners. Can I just follow that to say Tony [Arbour AM], Nicky [Gavron AM] and I will accept the statue now? If you can get on with commissioning that, or I expect to see that as a recommendation.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Jennette, whether it is naming a building, whether it is a mural, whether it is a street name, whether it is a statue, you, Nicky and Tony deserve that and then some.

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Absolutely. We are looking to see us mentioned in the recommendations of your commission. But, seriously, thank you and if I can just, Mr Mayor, also thank the Deputy Mayor [for Education and Childcare], my good friend Joanne McCartney [AM], for all you have done in terms of placing children and young people at the centre of your agenda. If the polls are correct, Mr Mayor, you will be returning to City Hall after 6 May 2021. I just need you to say, I know it is in your heart, but will you assure me that on your report you will make the issue of the catching up for young people really a central theme of any initiatives or work that you do? It is so important because we must prevent a lost COVID generation. We must prevent that at all cost.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, Jennette Arnold was part of the team in the noughties, in the 2000s, that really addressed the issue of London being behind the rest of the country in relation to education. The divide between London children and the rest of the country was humungous. In the noughties, in the 2000s, huge progress was made and London schools did far better for our children. The thing that Jennette has articulated is all that progress being undone because of this pandemic. Many of our children have lost more than 100 days of schooling. These are children who often do not have access to the tablets and the laptops they need. You are spot on about the need, not just to catch up, but to avoid the inequality being exacerbated. The commitment I give to you, Assembly Member Arnold, is that, as long as I am the Mayor, our children will continue to be a focus of City Hall’s work, even though we have very little statutory power. I would like to thank you for recognising the huge work Joanne [McCartney AM] has put in, in this really important area, often not recognised, often behind the scenes, but really pushing this important agenda up the work of City Hall.

Jennette Arnold OBE AM: Thank you.

2021/1338 - Future of our Police Stations and front counters Tony Devenish AM

After 5 years, communities across Kensington and Westminster tell me they still have no certainty on the long term future of our Police Stations and front counters. This drives a very real fear of crime across all three of my Boroughs. Why have these basic property decisions not been made long ago?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The Commissioner and I have been clear since the publication of the Public Access Strategy that each borough will be served by a 24/7 front counter while the number of buildings across London are rationalised. When the Public Access Strategy was under consideration in 2016 and 2017, we were doing everything we could to mitigate the impact of the £850 million cuts the MPS had to find because of the Government’s austerity measures. The impact of these cuts was compounded by my predecessor’s failure to make the full use of his powers as Mayor to direct more funding from City Hall to the MPS, meaning the baseline funding for policing in London was much lower than it would have been if he had taken responsibility and increased the share of Council Tax raised for policing. In that context, tough decisions had to be made,

Page 564 prioritising money away from buildings and towards officer numbers and investing in the ways that Londoners want to be able to contact their police service in the digital age.

I welcome the Government’s belated decision to fund the recruitment of more police officers across England and Wales. The Commissioner and I believe that 6,000 should be allocated to London. So far we have been allocated just over 2,700 officers. The MPS’s new estate strategy is being formulated at present and will come forward for ratification later this year, but I must add the difficulties inherent in making long-term decisions on police buildings when future funding remains uncertain. The safety of Londoners is a top priority for me. While my latest budget gives the MPS some certainty on funding for the next four years, there has been no such assurance from the Government. I urge Assembly Members to support our efforts in lobbying the Government on this point.

Tony Devenish AM: Mr Mayor, good morning. My colleague, Felicity Buchan MP, wrote to your Deputy Mayor [for Policing and Crime] on 24 February [2021] about our two police stations in North Kensington, Notting Hill and Royalty Studios. Although she has chased a response, no response whatsoever about North Kensington police stations. Can you confirm to me that you will chase that response before purdah, please?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Happy to give that assurance, Chair. Thanks for raising that, Tony, I will chase that up.

Tony Devenish AM: Thank you. In terms of your earlier comments, Mr Mayor, you are the Police and Crime Commissioner for London. I just wanted to read you one of my local Member of Parliament’s (MP) tweets about a typical Friday night in London to you:

“At 6.56, police were called to a report of a man suffering a stab injury at a residential address in Croydon. At 7.15, four men, all in their 20s, received stab injuries in SW16. At 8.10, officers attended a residential address in SE25 where unfortunately a man had been stabbed to death. At 8.51, police heard about two men in their 30s attending a London hospital with stab injuries. At 9.12, police were called to an address in Croydon where a man was found in his 40s with a stab wound.”

Mr Mayor, this is not about politics. This is about people’s safety in London. Will you reconsider, particularly for places like North Kensington, where you are taking out the police station, as the fear of crime in our communities. It is three years this autumn since you announced police station closures. Nothing has really happened. It has gone at glacial pace. Residents are really concerned about this. Do you accept that?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, we have had some remarkable questions today. Tony Devenish wins the prize for the most remarkable question. No mention of how the victims are doing and their families. I am hoping everybody is recovering. He is asking a question where he used examples of awful injuries sustained by Londoners in parts of London far away from the police stations he is referring to, which demonstrates the fact that it is a party political point rather than questioning the issue of policing our great city. What is really important is to recognise that:

“Londoners have reportedly told us that putting more officers on the street is their top priority, not keeping them hidden behind desks in offices which the public rarely set foot in.”

Those are not my words. They are the words of one [The Rt Hon] Boris Johnson [MP, former Mayor of London]. Boris Johnson closed down 76 front counters during his --

Page 565 Tony Devenish AM: Mr Mayor, you have been Mayor for five years now. If you continue going on about the history, if you were Prime Minister would you talk about [William] Gladstone [former Prime Minister] still? The reality is, you are the Mayor, you have had five years of failure on every subject. But, as we saw the terrible events last week of Sarah Everard, you have been a complete failure on law and order in this city. A complete failure. In 49 days’ time Londoners have the chance for a fresh start. I will leave it there, Chair, thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair --

Tony Devenish AM: No, do not take the time up from Steve O’Connell [AM], he is the next Assembly Member on.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Devenish. Mr Mayor, go on.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is question time. What you have heard in the last two minutes is a disgrace, connecting Sarah Everard with my record on policing, and I hope the Member would reflect on that, apologise and --

Tony Devenish AM: Londoners will reflect, Mr Mayor, on your record.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Can you allow Mr Mayor to answer?

Tony Devenish AM: Thank you, Chairman.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Mr Mayor, do you want to complete what you were saying?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am absolutely speechless. Really, honestly, speechless.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): All right. Thank you, Mr Mayor. We have a supplementary question on this from Assembly Member Desai.

Unmesh Desai AM: Mr Mayor, I really have to ask you this in light of what Assembly Member Devenish has just said. I make no apologies for asking this supplementary question, even though you have already answered it to a large extent.

Can you just remind my colleagues across the Chamber of the cuts to the police service that you inherited from your predecessor, including how many police stations he closed? I know you have already done that, but now that he is Prime Minister, we have seen the cuts to police funding from Government continue. The MPS has faced over £850 million in the past decade in the Coalition Government and then later the Conservative Government. What could my colleagues across the Chamber do to support you and Londoners in saving the fair share of police funding from the Government? It is not just the £850 million cut, it is the underfunding of the National and International Capital City grant to the tune of around £100 million that the Home Office’s own independent expert says that you should be getting. All this puts additional pressure on the MPS. So what more could colleagues across the Chamber be doing to support you rather than just criticising you? As I said earlier, when I put a motion in February [2021] to the Assembly asking for Londoners to get the 6,000 officers that you asked for, they abstained.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): At the beginning of this Mayor’s Question Time (MQT), the Chair asked us to observe a moment’s silence to remember Sarah Everard and the horrible circumstances in which she was abducted and killed. Literally an hour and a half later, you have another Member of the Assembly,

Page 566 Tony Devenish, building on Shaun Bailey [AM], in seeking to make party political points out of the awful abduction and death of Sarah Everard. I say respectfully to both Shaun Bailey and Tony Devenish to reflect on what they have said, either on Twitter or during these MQTs, and to apologise for that. That is the first point.

The second point is I am criticised by the Conservatives for making the point that, since 2010, the MPS has been required to make £1 billion worth of savings. Even the previous Mayor, the current Prime Minister when he was Mayor, made choices such as closing down 76 police stations and front counters to try to divert as much of the money away to police officers rather than buildings. At the same time, rather than increasing resources for the police by raising Council Tax, he chose not to do so. Again, the Tory Members in the Assembly cannot have it both ways. You either believe in investing in police or you do not. They have chosen not to invest, but during my five years as Mayor we have invested record sums in the police of more than £1 billion.

Unmesh Desai AM: Thank you for that answer, Mr Mayor. On 6 May [2021], Londoners will make up their mind who has failed, and I know what the answer will be.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member O’Connell, you have a supplementary?

Steve O'Connell AM: Yes, I have, Chair. I am happy to eat modestly into my remaining time. Very much we should remember Sarah [Everard] and make the streets safer for women in London. Also, I very much comment on the loss of young men in Croydon, as was referred to by Tony Devenish [AM], an awful weekend, Mr Mayor, for Croydon and young people. I have joined in with Unmesh [Desai AM] and others in seeking increased funding for London police.

But I would stress, having said all that, that political leadership is about responsibility. You go to Londoners to seek to lead this town, you must be judged by performance, albeit performance figures that are tragic figures in and of themselves. That is the point that previous Assembly Members have made, Mr Mayor. I will just leave it at that if I may.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, let me address the issue of figures. We are talking about people here, but the Member has referred to figures. Since I have been Mayor, May 2016, knife crime with injury, according to official figures, is down 25%. Knife crime with injury under 25 down by 30%. Youth violence down by 11%. Gun crime down by 14%. Burglary down by 19%. Moped-enabled crime down by 25%. Those are the figures that he wants to talk about, but these are people.

Steve O'Connell AM: I know that as much as anyone, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No, but if you want to throw figures around, I will give you figures. These are people we are talking about and victims of crime. The idea that, on the evening we discover what happens to Sarah Everard, a serious politician would try to take political advantage by tweeting that, I find despicable. Do you?

Steve O'Connell AM: Thank you. That has eaten up the rest of time. I would like to leave that at that, if I may, Mr Mayor, but thank you for your response.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, could I just beg your indulgence? It is really important I thank Steve O’Connell for his service to the Assembly. With the indulgence of the Assembly Labour Group, I would like to use their time, if that is OK, because, Chair, Steve O’Connell has been a really good Member of this Assembly. He provided me with wise counsel, advice and support after the Sandilands [tram] crash, for which I

Page 567 will forever be grateful. He has always been courteous and polite during these interactions, even when he disagrees with me, and I want to thank him for the way he has conducted himself. Also, in relation to policing, he has persuaded me to make sure I do not forget the contribution made by Londoners when it comes to helping the police. I want to just have the chance to say that, Chair, because I will miss Steve as well on the Assembly. Even though he is clearly a political opponent, he is not an enemy.

Unmesh Desai AM: Chair, I endorse everything that the Mayor has said about Assembly Member Steve O’Connell.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you. Assembly Member Bailey has been named, so, Assembly Member Bailey, very, very briefly, your right of reply.

Shaun Bailey AM: Thank you very much, Chair. Mr Mayor, I would just like to say to you, my good friend’s son was murdered less than a month ago in London. You have said the streets are unsafe for women and girls in London. That is why I continue to speak about crime, because you have been absent when people’s lives have been taken on the streets of London. For you to suggest it is just about politics, for me it is about people’s lives, of the life of a friend, a close friend of mine whose son was murdered on the streets of London. Remember, it was you who said that women and girls are not safe in London. That is a failure on your part because the first part of your job is to keep us all safe.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): OK, thank you.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am really disappointed that Shaun Bailey pulled out of the ITV debate today because of a diary engagement. He is the one that is afraid, not me. Otherwise come to the ITV debate tonight and rearrange your diary. Shaun, why did you pull out?

Shaun Bailey AM: Chair, I have been named. Again, Mr Mayor, I do not know why you have to be so unpleasant. Do you know what a prior commitment means? Do you know what it means?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, if we are going to use this opportunity for a hustings, I am willing to do so, but either we abide by the --

Shaun Bailey AM: Do you know what it means? Do you know --

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Bailey --

Shaun Bailey AM: Chair, he named me, he named me, I have the right to reply.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Bailey, you have had your right of reply. This is now going into --

Shaun Bailey AM: No, he named me again. He named me again, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): This is now going into --

Shaun Bailey AM: If he is going to continue to name me, then I am going to continue to reply. I am more than happy, Chair, to take the rules as they are. The rules suggest, if I am named, I can reply.

Page 568

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, it is like being back at school. All I am waiting for now is for him to say, “Let us meet outside in the playground.”

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Let us move on.

Shaun Bailey AM: No, Chair, let us not move on. I have been named. I should have the right to reply.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): I have given you, Assembly Member Bailey, and Mr Mayor, enough to go through your own explanations. You have both replied to each other. I do not think we can carry on forever with this. Let us move on. That is my ruling. Therefore I ask Mr Mayor to reply to Assembly Member McCartney’s question on London’s Recovery. Thank you.

2021/1146 - London’s Recovery Joanne McCartney AM

How will you bring Londoners together to support each other as part of your recovery work?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The pandemic has shown us how willing Londoners are to step up, come together, and support each other. The building strong communities mission of the London Recovery Programme is looking to build on that incredible community spirit by ensuring all Londoners have access to a community hub. The London Recovery Board has made a clear commitment that London, its communities and civil society groups, should influence, shape and participate fully in London’s recovery. I am incredibly proud of the extensive public and community consultation we did on recovery before the London Recovery Board even met. The nine recovery missions were informed by that work.

We are clear that the recovery programme is not just about what the GLA and London Councils can do, but it is about bringing together a range of partners to contribute to a shared set of goals. It is no exaggeration to say it is a citizen-powered recovery effort. Throughout the pandemic, Talk London, the London Community Response Survey, and roundtable discussions with community groups, have continued to provide a live picture of London disparities that has constantly informed our work. Just this week we launched a new Talk London site. We now have 60,000 members, 9,000 of whom joined the site after March 2020 to take part in recovery conversations. All those ensure that there are multiple approaches and opportunities for Londoners of all backgrounds to engage with the recovery programme.

Joanne McCartney AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Thank you for your leadership on this issue. One of the things that the last year has shown us is that Londoners are willing and want to support each other, particularly those that are less well off than they are. Londoners have really stepped up over the last year, including many organisations.

Can I ask, though, do you have a strategic plan or plans, along with London Councils, to provide longer-term funding to support these local networks and organisations? It would be such a shame to lose them.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes. One of the challenges councils face is obviously massive cuts from central Government and also not being reimbursed money from the pandemic, so we are doing what we can to support councils in this really important area. A few things we are doing to address this issue. The London Community Response Fund. We are working with groups across London and I want to thank all of them for the

Page 569 remarkable work they are doing to pool our resources, to make sure we have groups across London. Some of the civil society groups funding and civic futures funding is also helping this really important work.

We know the pandemic has not just exposed but exacerbated inequalities. That is why we do what we can from City Hall to leverage in more support for these communities across our city. I am hoping that the Government’s Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR) later on this year will give us the long-term funding we need through councils and others to support our citizens.

Joanne McCartney AM: Thank you. I know that London’s contribution to the Community Response Fund has meant that many projects in my constituency of Enfield and Haringey have been funded, including, for example, the 422 Foundation, helping young people with mentoring, but also academic support. Churches and faith groups throughout my constituency are providing support to the Mayor’s deliverables, so that was really welcome. I just want to check, if I can with you, how are you going to ensure that funding is targeted to the most vulnerable Londoners but also the most affected areas of communities? If I think of my constituency, areas such as Edmonton and Tottenham have been particularly hit.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You made a really important point. This is a really good example where process matters to good decisions being made. What the London Recovery Board is doing is trying to involve as many communities as possible, who are not usually part of the conversations, to be involved in the conversation and to advise the decision-making. That includes disabled groups, minority groups, faith groups, community groups, and others. It is really important that I reassure you, it is not me deciding by myself in relation to my recovery mission. It is being part of the really good work across London. That will carry on should I have the honour of being re-elected on 6 May.

Joanne McCartney AM: Thank you. Thank you, Chair.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you.

Page 570 2021/0968 - Cutting waste creation with your Green New Deal Caroline Russell AM

Will your Green New Deal invest in new projects that can cut waste creation in London?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, Assembly Member Russell has been consistent on this, really chasing me on this area for the last five years, and I am grateful for that. I have been clear that our recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic must be green and inclusive. As part of that recovery there is a Green New Deal mission that aims to tackle the climate and ecological emergencies and improve air quality, doubling the size of London’s green economy by 2030. To accelerate job creation for all, the Green New Deal will invest in a wide range of projects to help reduce carbon emissions and create green jobs. This will include new projects that cut waste creation in London, complementing my existing work on waste reduction focused on single-use plastic and recycling.

Through their borough reduction and recycling plans, councils are already required to set out how they would deliver improved recycling and food waste services. If implemented in full, these could increase London’s household recycling rate from 33% when I became Mayor to 40% by 2022. My Green New Deal is also providing an additional £1.8 million of funding to the Better Futures and We London Business Transformation Programmes to support the growth of circular and sustainable small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). Areas of focus cover key sectors, including food, the built environment, fashion and electronics, as well as disposable items prevalent in London, such as coffee cups, nappies and wipes.

Another part of my Green New Deal Fund is the Future Neighbourhoods 2030 Programme. Our Green New Deal mission will build on the foundation of the London Environment Strategy. I could say more, but I want Caroline to have a chance to ask me questions.

Caroline Russell AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. Good to hear you talk about single-use plastic items like wipes and nappies. The point is, this is not about increasing recycling, it is about reducing waste that is produced in the first place. Your Green New Deal could focus on managing some of these common single-use plastic waste streams like nappies, wet wipes, period and incontinence products. Our Assembly work and the Nappy Alliance has found that waste authorities collect more than 100,000 tonne of nappy waste, while single- use disposable nappies create over 46,000 tonne of carbon emissions every year across London. My question: will you work with local councils, waste authorities, retailers, reusable nappy companies and maternity services to develop a London-wide nappy scheme that is fully integrated, reduces waste, and saves families and councils money, as a part of your Green New Deal?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I would like to thank the Member for raising this issue. I received a tutorial on this from Shirley Rodrigues [Deputy Mayor for Environment and Energy] because it is a big issue of concern, as you know. I am more than happy for Shirley and the team to meet with the Member to discuss how they can make progress on this. I would just add that nappies make up a small proportion of household waste, I think it is 2%, and so dry recyclables and food are a key focus, for the reasons that you are well aware of and you have been lobbying on. That is our focus in relation to increasing the issue of recycling and reducing waste reduction. I am more than happy for the Deputy Mayor and the team to work with the Member, and others, to address the issue of nappies, which clearly is a big issue going forward.

Caroline Russell AM: Thank you. I will definitely take you up on that. The point is that this is about overall waste, it is not just about recycling. 2.3 million tonnes of London’s waste was burned in 2019/2020. That is a lot of carbon dioxide and it could be reduced with more people using reusable products, which is why I asked about the reusable nappy scheme.

Page 571

We do have to be very serious about reducing waste. Friends of the Earth are calling for London to be a zero waste city by 2030. Will you commit to making London a zero waste city by 2030?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I do not have the powers to make more progress on this. You will be aware the power lies with the boroughs. That is why we made good progress in the Reduction and Recycling Plans. As a consequence of those Plans - and you will be aware that each borough has an individual contract, often with a company - we hope to see recycling rates improve to 40% by next year. I do not want to make a promise that I do not have the powers to deliver, particularly in the election season. All sorts of promises are being made where there is no real power to deliver. I have no problem making ambitious promises, but it will be realistic; those that I have the power to deliver on.

Caroline Russell AM: Mr Mayor, this is about you setting an agenda for waste reduction. That has nothing to do with the recycling targets for the boroughs.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Sorry, that is wrong again, it is wrong. The boroughs have a Reduction and Recycling Plan. The first part is reduction, which is what you are talking about.

Caroline Russell AM: OK, but the point stands that London needs you to set an agenda of waste reduction. Thank you very much.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Assembly Member Russell, you are out of time, thank you.

2021/1191 - A Mayor for all Londoners Peter Whittle AM

In February 2016, before you became Mayor of London, you stated: “I will be a Mayor for all Londoners.” Do you think your aspiration has been borne out by events?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you for your question, Assembly Member Whittle, and thank you for your work over the past five years. You have been a passionate advocate for the issues you feel strongly about. Although we do not see eye to eye on matters of policy, I appreciate the manner in which you have approached your work. I was elected to be Mayor for all Londoners and I have kept this promise in my mind every day of the last five years I have had the privilege of being Mayor. This means working for people in inner London and outer London, women and men, the young and the old, people from all backgrounds and with different beliefs, Londoners who voted for me and those that did not.

During the pandemic, we have seen the very best of our communities. But it has also revealed some stark health inequalities and structural prejudices that run hundreds of years deep and are still causing harm today. The people affected by them also need representing. These inequalities have been made worse by the decade of Government austerity, which has torn at the social fabric of our city. Crucial public services like schools, hospitals, and health services, youth services and housing, have all had their budgets slashed. That is why I have stood up for Londoners with, for example, insecure status, including the Windrush generation. I have been a strong ally of the LGBTQ+ community and taken action to close City Hall’s gender and ethnicity pay gaps. I have launched the Londoners Hub and the London is Open campaign. I have also worked with businesses, the public sector and trade unions to support the Good Work Standard. I have also appointed the city’s first Deputy Mayor for Social Integration, Social Mobility and Community Engagement, to lead on the important issues that I know both you and I care about passionately.

Page 572

Peter Whittle AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. Thank you for those gracious words at the beginning. I have very much enjoyed my time. I would ask you, you say very clearly, it was your running slogan, you were going to be a Mayor for all Londoners. Just after you were elected, we had the referendum. One of the biggest minorities in this capital were people who voted to leave, over 40% of people voted in London to leave. Do you think that you have been a Mayor for them in all of your actions in the years since in essentially trying to get the referendum negated?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I do not know if that is quite fair, Peter, because initially I accepted the result of the referendum and I said we have to make it work. What happened was, when [The Rt Hon] Theresa May [MP, former Prime Minister] came back with the shoddy deal she did, what I said was this still is a million miles away from what the Brexiteers promised. In those circumstances we should put it back to the public in relation to: is this what they were voting for? But we have left the European Union (EU) now, the period has ended, and I accept the vote of the British public and I want to make it work. I am not keen to look backwards. I want to make Brexit a success for our country because that is where we are.

Peter Whittle AM: We have to look backwards, Mr Mayor, because you were very clear at the beginning, and here we are at the end of a term, you were very clear at the end you are going to be Mayor for all Londoners. If you were thinking of that 40% of people who voted to leave, you had a very funny way of showing it I would say.

Could you take this opportunity, maybe, particularly with the situation in London with the vaccine, etc -- you once called the EU to me, when I asked you a question, your “beloved EU”. Do you still think it is your beloved EU when you look at the way they have been behaving over the vaccine, the diabolical politics that they have been playing? Do you condemn that?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I think it is possible to be a proud European, to be disappointed --

Peter Whittle AM: You are not a proud European, Mr Mayor, it is not a question of that.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Can you allow Mr Mayor to answer the question, please?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is my fault, sorry, I did not give Peter a chance. I think it is possible to be a proud European, to be disappointed with the EU, and to think the EU have got it completely wrong in their behaviour in relation to the vaccines, not least yesterday. The threats being made by the EU president I think are wrong. What is important is that we put out our thanks to those in our country who have made the vaccine rollout so successful, not least the Government Minister [for COVID-19 Vaccine Deployment], Nadhim Zahawi [MP], who I spoke to this week.

Peter Whittle AM: Mr Mayor, coming just right up to date, if you do not want to look backwards, we are coming right up to date to your Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm. The latest poll on that shows that 42% of Londoners do not back it. They think it is a bad idea. If you want to be Mayor for all Londoners, you should scrap this. It is a terrible idea.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The most important poll that I am focused on is the one on 6 May [2021], once the campaign begins. I am quite clear that when I look at the public realm in our city it does not properly reflect the contribution made by diverse Londoners, women, people who are disabled, black Londoners, Asian, minority ethnic Londoners, those from the LGBTQ+ community. I am unclear why you are so frightened of proper diversity. What are you scared of, Peter?

Page 573

Peter Whittle AM: I knew you would say “frightened”. It is not a question of that. You are spinning it in a very, very positive way about representation, the implicit thing being that it is in the future. This was born at a time when you were very clear about it at the time, and it is about the removal of statues.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): No.

Peter Whittle AM: You said it in your press release when you said that London was born of a bygone era, which would indeed be history, Mr Mayor. The fact is that I have never known people be so demoralised and dismayed by this attack on, not just London’s heritage but on Britain’s heritage. This is Britain’s capital, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The --

Peter Whittle AM: I mean it is not --

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Let Mr Mayor answer.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): There were people like you, including you probably, who were unhappy when we put up a statue of a woman in Parliament Square. Parliament did not come falling down. Parliament is still there. It did not mean that somehow [Sir] Winston Churchill [former Prime Minister] or others were in some way belittled by having a statue of a woman there. Similarly, Peter, I do not think anybody else will feel frightened by street names, by murals, by buildings, even dare I say statues, to diversity.

Peter Whittle AM: You talked about removing them and when you originally announced this it was the height of all of those demonstrations. You are wheeling back a little bit on this now. But the fact is that London is Britain’s capital, so what happens here and what you have power over to do has resonance and means an awful lot to people around the country. You are talking about this country’s history and heritage. You did say about removal of statues, Mr Mayor, because I remember the press release, I went over it with a fine-tooth comb, 42% of Londoners do not want this, Mr Mayor. If you want to be a Mayor for all Londoners, please scrap it. It is a terrible idea. Thank you.

2021/1240 - Outer London Transport Steve O’Connell AM

Have you done enough for Outer London transport over the last five years?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you for your question, Assembly Member O’Connell. Again can I thank you for your hard work on behalf of Londoners over the past 13 years.

To answer your question, yes, I have committed to improving transport for all Londoners, including residents of the outer boroughs. Many areas of outer London are dependent on national rail and bus services. Since I became Mayor, my fares freeze has saved the average London household over £200 while fares on national rail services have seen inflation-busting rises. Had the Government not U-turned on allowing TfL to run more commuter services, this could have been avoided and the quality of service improved. My Hopper fare has benefited those riders on bus and tram services in outer London and I have ensured that TfL regularly reviews its bus services to better balance public transport provision in outer London. Since 2016, TfL has introduced

Page 574 ten new services in outer London and extended six routes, as well as increasing frequency in many outer London routes.

TfL has also significantly improved its tram service. The timetable was overhauled in February 2018, making trams 15% less crowded in 2019 than in 2017 and meaning customers waited less time for a tram on average. We have increased capacity on the London Overground including an increase in frequencies on the Watford to Euston line and the North London line. As well as the ongoing rollout of electric class 710 trains on the network.

To improve access for everyone, nine outer London stations have been made step-free since 2016 and funding is protected to deliver six more.

Steve O’Connell AM: Thank you for your reply, Mr Mayor. I make no apologies for appearing somewhat of a broken record in supporting Sutton and Croydon in this subject. I probably started my term doing so and I am ending it in the same manner. As you have pointed out, outer London areas are more reliant than anywhere else on public transport and you indeed, Mr Mayor, want to get people out of cars. Sutton itself has the worst public transport facilities in London. I am reflecting upon your comments. First of all you talked about buses. Again, many people rely on buses and we had rather hoped that there will be a rebalancing of bus services from inner to outer London. We have not seen that, Mr Mayor.

The Overground, you have been lobbying for some considerable time, as was the previous Mayor, to extend the Overground from West Croydon to Sutton. That indeed has not happened and I will make no apologies again for bring a kind of voice crying in the wilderness for tram extensions. Money was taken out of the budget by yourself, Mr Mayor, to look at a tram extension into Sutton. I have not taken the accounts from Sutton from any blame here, because they must make a contribution.

My point here, Mr Mayor, is that Sutton and Croydon, over five years, we have not seen significant transport improvements and that is to be regretted.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Let me deal with each of those three points. In relation to Overground, there was an agreement for those services to be transferred over to TfL. That agreement was broken by [The Rt Hon] Chris Grayling [MP] when he was the Secretary of State for Transport. It was revealed why. It was because of his unhappiness that the Mayor was now Labour rather than Tory, playing party politics with the transfer of commuter trains to TfL.

In relation to buses, I have a list of the improvements in outer London bus routes, including Malden Manor, which I can send you, because it is two pages long, if you want me to do so.

In relation to trams, it is a simple fact that £115 million is the amount of money that is currently available. We at TfL are contributing £79 million, but the two boroughs only £26 million and £10 million, respectively. We need £516 million to get a tram extension off the ground. If you can find ways to find the difference in funds, I am more than happy to do so. Our commitment is the same as the previous Mayor. The difference is who is going to make up the difference between our contribution and the total cost.

Steve O’Connell AM: OK, Mr Mayor, thank you for that. All I would urge is that you, if elected, continue to try to support Sutton and Croydon. I know my successor hopefully will be also a champion. It has been a long haul and the previous Mayor assisted to a degree, but not to the extent I wanted. You have not done so, with regret. I want to see more buses, I want to see more trams, and I would like to see Overground in the next five or six years. I will leave it at that.

Page 575

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, can I just say, another example of good manners and courtesy even though he disagrees with me hugely. I want to thank Steve and wish him all the best. He will be missed genuinely.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. Before we move on to the next question, we are approaching guillotine time, so will the Assembly agree to suspend Standing Order 2.9B in accordance with the provisions of Standing Order 1.1H in order to allow the remaining of the business on the agenda to be completed?

All: Agreed.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you very much. Before we move on to the next question, I do have an intervention requested by Assembly Member Dr Moore.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Thank you, Chair. Mr Mayor, I just wanted to pick up the issue as an outer London person, picking up from Assembly Member O’Connell. What has been the impact of COVID-19 on your plans to support transport in outer London and does this highlight the need for a sustainable long-term TfL funding deal from the Government, perhaps returning the £700 million annual operating grant that [The Rt Hon] Boris Johnson [MP, Prime Minister, former Mayor of London] took away?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is a good example of the difference I have made compared to the previous Mayor. Outer Londoners had seen their fares increase in the previous eight years by more than 42%. We have frozen them in the last five years, which has been a big difference to those who rely upon buses, who have also the benefit of the Hopper bus fare. Because of the Government’s conditions, we have had to increase those fares by, as you know, retail price index (RPI) plus one. The other big problem is we cannot invest in the projects outer Londoners need, for example Crossrail 2, the Bakerloo line extension and the tram that Steve O’Connell [AM] has been a passionate advocate for, for a number of years.

The sooner we get a financial sustainability plan, the sooner we can invest in long-term capital projects but also commit to buses, particularly in outer London as well. That is why, again, it is in everyone’s interests for us to reach a deal. Nobody wins by the delay over doing that.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Thank you. Just one final one. Would outer London benefit from you being able to keep the VED, as we have all lobbied to be allowed to do?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is £500 million that we put in that we do not get out. If the Government is really serious about a proper financial sustainability plan, they have to give us control over this money. We are having to cross-transfer fares people use in public transport to help councils and ourselves maintain the roads. That simply cannot be right.

Dr Alison Moore AM: The lion’s share of London’s roads are in outer London.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Absolutely. That is a really important point. To those that complain about potholes and poor road conditions, 95% of the roads are controlled by the boroughs and many of them clearly are in outer London.

Dr Alison Moore AM: Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. I will leave it there. Thank you.

Page 576

2021/1165 - Social Housing Murad Qureshi AM

Why is building social housing so important in London?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I would like to thank the Member for continuing to raise these important issues since his return to the Assembly last year. Building more social housing is my top housing priority because the need for more local rented housing is overwhelming. Of the total 65,878 new homes that the London Plan’s Strategic Housing Market Assessment shows are needed each year, two-thirds should be social or genuinely affordable. This need has been reinforced by the impact of COVID-19. Polling also suggests a quarter of private renters have fallen behind with their market value rent during the pandemic.

That is why I am proud that over half of the homes delivered under my new Affordable Homes Programme will be for social rent, and of the building progress made over the last four years, hitting every single delivery target in the Affordable Homes Programme for 2016 to 2023. To the end of December 2020, our delivery partners started 62,428 homes for the programme, 4,290 new council homes were started in London last year, the highest number since 1983, and 3,300 of these were supported by City Hall.

Murad Qureshi AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor, for that response. As you know, I concur with you on that front. What I want to bring up though is the scale of complaints in social housing. It is pertinent to come to you about this. You have mentioned your Affordable Housing Programme. You have environmental standards and design and safety standards. What thought have you given to customer service standards and the funding to ensure people living in homes receive the best possible customer services from the providers as well?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): You raise a really important point and it is a point raised regularly by the Deputy Mayor for Housing and Residential Development with colleagues at G15 and elsewhere, the housing associations. The GLA is not a regulator of social housing. I want to be quite conscious not to be ultra vires in relation to what we do. I am concerned about the number of cases around the poor service standards from some of our social landlords. We are looking at what we can do, in a collegiate way, to improve the quality of service many received. One of the reasons I have been lobbying for a Commissioner for Social Housing Residents is to push this very issue, because you are spot on in relation to the experience many of our residents have.

Murad Qureshi AM: Thank you for that. My observation is that it is from Barking Riverside all the way to Orpington in the west, it is not just people in social housing and shared ownership, and it goes beyond cladding issues. It is important we get the G15 housing association group on side, on their service levels. What can you do to improve them immediately?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): In relation to levers, we have very few. It is about conversations. One of the things that Tom [Copley, Deputy Mayor for Housing and Residential Development] has been doing is engaging with them to address this issue. They recognise it, by the way. I do not want to give you the impression they are mala fides. They do get it and they do want to address this really important issue. That is why I think having a regulator would help them raise their game or provide the pressure that is needed to have service level agreements and quality of service commensurate with the challenges and the concerns raised to you and to me and others as well.

Page 577 Murad Qureshi AM: I have referred some of these complaints to the Regulator of Social Housing and I have not got very far at all, unfortunately. I personally would like to see the Mayor of London have some regulatory powers, but that obviously needs primary legislation for that to occur.

What I do want to see, hopefully, Mr Mayor, that in a second term you would take on board these concerns when you are making allocations. There is a clear-cut pattern emerging. It is particularly with the big housing associations. They have properties all over the place and I am not sure their management systems are fit for purpose for covering all that ground. A local authority at least has it concentrated in a particular area. That is what I think is not happening with the G15. I think you are in a position in a second term to ask for that when you are making allocations for the future programme; that you have certain service levels that their residents and tenants can expect and that they will be maintained in future.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): The challenge is enforceability. We have built in, in the allocation of funds, standards around design, sustainability, safety and equalities. That is one of the reasons why I am lobbying for a Commissioner for Social Housing Residents, who would be that powerful voice to make sure, once a home is built and somebody has moved in, there is proper consistency and good quality of standards.

Unfortunately, on the point about the Regulator of Social Housing, their remit is more around economic and governance standards rather than consumer standards. The Greater London Authority Act limits my powers, but I would be more than happy to look into this with a Government willing to give us the powers. The Commissioner for Social Housing Residents, would it not be great if the Commissioner was a social housing resident him or herself? That would be really powerful.

Murad Qureshi AM: I look forward to that appointment in a second term.

Page 578 2021/1030 - Next Steps for Air Quality Improvements in London Léonie Cooper AM

Areas of deprivation in London are often those disproportionately affected by poor air quality. You’ve done considerable work to address this public health crisis and clean up London’s dirty air, but you recognise that more work needs to be done. What are the next steps in improving London’s air quality - and through this, addressing some of our city’s inequalities?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Air quality is indeed an equalities issue as much as a health issue. If you are less well off or from a BAME background, you are more likely to live in areas with the worst air pollution. It is an issue of social justice as far as I am concerned.

Thanks to the policies we put in place to tackle this since 2016, the number of Londoners living in areas exceeding the legal limit for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) has fallen by a massive 94% and the number of schools in areas exceeding the legal limit by 97%. Expanding the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) in October [2021] is the next crucial step in tackling air pollution in London. Together with the tougher Low Emission Zone standards we recently introduced for heavy vehicles, this will contribute to all roads in London meeting legal limits by 2025. This is a milestone that would have taken 193 years to reach had we not accelerated action to improve air quality. I know many Members on the Assembly have consistently opposed my plans and some want to scrap them if somebody else wins the election on 6 May, but we had better not name anybody, otherwise they may complain to the Chair that they are not allowed to make a three-minute speech explaining their position.

Léonie Cooper AM: Mr Mayor, it is unbelievable, is it not, that there are people who have supported only the central ULEZ but have rejected the expansion. They would like the expanded ULEZ proposed for October 2021 scrapped. Is there a shred of data that supports the idea that London’s air will be sufficiently cleaned up by implementing just the central zone? If not, how damaging to children’s lungs and older people who suffer from chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, asthma and so on, would scrapping the ULEZ expansion be?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): It is worth reminding people that there were no plans to have a ULEZ in London. Although there was sort of an idea that at some stage in 2021 there may be a ULEZ, I inherited no plans. We had nothing. We have the world’s first T-Charge in 2017, opposed by many in the Assembly. We then had the world’s first ULEZ for the central London area in 2019, which has seen the progress we have made.

The short point I make is twofold. First, according to independent experts, without our plans, it would have taken 193 years for our air to be lawful. With our plans we do it in six years. Secondly, why should outer London residents not see the benefits that central London residents see? Why have a two-tier air quality in our city? I am impatient for more improvements, rather than wishing to row back the progress made.

That is why it is really important to remind people that these were political choices we made, supported by many in the Assembly. I want to thank the Green Group and the Liberal Democrats for supporting us, and also the Labour Group on the Assembly as well. Over the next 40-odd days we are reminding Londoners who opposed us and who wants to scrap these plans.

Léonie Cooper AM: Absolutely, Mr Mayor. I certainly know that when we launched London’s first Low Emission Bus Zone in Putney High Street, it has done an awful lot to clean up Putney air, but it has not gone far enough. People in Putney and across outer London are crying out for the expansion to see further improvements.

Page 579

I just wondered if there is one point that you could answer for me on the scrappage schemes which you introduced. Of course we have seen no action from the Government on a new Clean Air Act or indeed introducing a national scrappage scheme. How many low income Londoners, as well as small businesses, have you enabled to switch from older, more polluting vehicles, so that they can have ULEZ-compliant vehicles? It is not about punishing Londoners. It is about helping Londoners move on, is it not?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Firstly, it is disappointing the Government still has not come up with a national diesel scrappage scheme. Secondly, my previous London scrappage scheme funds were opposed by some Members of the Assembly and this year I asked for additional funds, also voted against by some Members of the Assembly. So far, 4,000 people have been helped to take their dirty vehicles off the road and 4,800 businesses and charities have been helped taking their polluting vehicles off the road as well. It would not have happened but for those Members of the Assembly who voted for my budget, putting them through.

Léonie Cooper AM: It is fantastic to hear that there has been already that difference. Just one final point. We need the Government to allocate the VED to London, do we not? You will be calling on the Government to do that. But, if you were to introduce a boundary charge for those living outside London at the cost of a cup of coffee, I believe is the figure, £3.50 a day, do you think it would have any impact on air quality in terms of persuading people not to use cars to come in but to use other forms of transport?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Firstly, I do not want to do this. I have no plans to do this. One of the things we have to look into is the feasibility of other plans to make sure we can pay for services in TfL. If the Government was to devolve to us the monies we raise through VED that would fill the hole we have because of the fares revenue collapsing because of the pandemic.

If there was to be a boundary charge, one of the things that TfL would look into is using the ‘polluter pays’ principle to incentivise people who do drive in to use cleaner vehicles rather than using polluting vehicles. That could be another way to improve air quality, but I am hoping we do not just go down that route because the Government supports us with a sustainability plan for our finances.

Léonie Cooper AM: A tiny silver lining in something that you clearly do not want to do. Thank you very much, Mr Mayor. Thank you, Chair.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you.

2021/1101 - Grenfell Tower Inquiry Phase 2 and Public Safety Andrew Dismore AM

Do you agree that evidence at the Grenfell Tower Inquiry Phase 2 is a damning indictment of privatisation, de-regulation and the pursuit of profit over public safety?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Andrew, in your last MQTs, I would like to thank you for nine years of service as a Member of the Assembly, for assiduously raising issues that concern your residents and often giving me a hard time in the process, rightly so. I also thank you for your longstanding commitment to improving our fire service and building safety, particularly in the wake of Grenfell.

The Grenfell Tower fire was a national tragedy and we owe it to the 72 men, women and children who died to ensure nothing like this ever happens again. While evidence is ongoing, it is clear that Phase 2 of the Inquiry is continuing to shine a light on the truth. The Inquiry has had evidence suggesting that profits were prioritised

Page 580 over the safety of people. This tallies with the [Independent Review of Building Regulations and Fire Safety] Hackitt Review findings of a sector willing to cut corners in a “race to the bottom”. The vast scale of the building safety crisis that has emerged since Grenfell proves these problems are systemic. It is sadly clear that somewhere along the line public safety became an afterthought when it should have been of paramount importance. The Minister has described cutting “the red tape” by introducing the new planning reform White Paper. This raised alarm bells with me and then in the Grenfell community and I have sent my response to the proposals. When it comes to fire safety, so-called red tape saves lives.

My new London Plan does introduce fire safety considerations into the planning stage, ensuring that safety is considered from the very beginning of a building’s life cycle. New homes on GLA-commissioned land via my Development Panel are now required to meet higher standards than building regulations. Finally, I call for the Grenfell Tower Inquiry to make interim recommendations on the grounds of public safety.

Andrew Dismore AM: Thank you for your kind comments at the beginning and for your very full answer. It is a case, is it not, that the Grenfell Tower Inquiry Phase 2 has put into sharp focus ineffective regulation of the building control that allowed - can even be said encouraged - profiteering at the expense of safety by installing flammable cladding on Grenfell and, as we now know, on hundreds of other buildings, jeopardising the safety, financial security and, indeed, mental health of many thousands of residents?

Kensington and Chelsea Tenant Management Organisation (TMO) told Rydon, the main contractor, not to add further fire protection but participated in deciding on cladding panels which reduced fire performance. Rydon, the contractor, in turn promised five times to appoint fire safety advisors but failed to do so. Arconic, the cladding manufacturer, knew that the panels were not suitable for building facades in Europe and had failed in-house tests. Celotex, who sold the flammable insulation used on Grenfell, marketed a product that it, too, knew had failed in-house fire tests. It is the case, is it not, that the Conservative Government’s response has been ineffective, bearing in mind all those facts?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Your question lists a litany of failure, a direct consequence of deregulation, ‘cutting red tape’. You forget that this fire occurred in the summer of 2017, almost four years ago. I am afraid the response from the Government has been piecemeal and not addressing what is at the core of this. My worry is this; that there are many, many buildings across London, indeed across the country, where people are still having anxious, sleepless nights because they know they are living in a building which, for similar reasons, is also unsafe.

Andrew Dismore AM: I am pleased to see that you do agree the Government’s response has been piecemeal because that is what I was going to put to you. Years on, it still has not bottomed out the consequences of these scandalous failures. It started with a woefully inadequate fund for aluminium composite material (ACM) cladding, then a second fund for other dangerous cladding, then an extension of that fund, then a pledge to protect leaseholders in buildings over 18 metres. Then there were external wall survey (EWS) reforms that trapped leaseholders in dangerous homes, then it changed the EWS1 form rules, then there was a Waking Watch Relief Fund that does not do anything of the sort, and so it goes on. London’s leaseholders are trapped in homes they cannot sell, cannot re-mortgage, struggle to insure and with waking watches they cannot afford.

Just how important is it that there is at long last a comprehensive, fully funded strategy to resolve the many risks in our built environment, both for London leaseholders and also for the London Fire Brigade (LFB) in its need to be able to respond to such incidents?

Page 581 Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I know, Chair, that Assembly Member Dismore, like me, keeps an eye on what is happening in Parliament. He will be as pleased as I am with the vote in the House of Lords which took away the onus on leaseholders having to pay the cost of remediation. I am hoping that the Government accepts this amendment when it comes back to the House of Commons.

What the Government should be doing is stepping in, doing the remediation work and then later on having the argument or discussion with the landowner or the manager in relation to recuperating costs. It cannot be right. We do not have a two-tier system; we have a postcode lottery in relation to whose home is remediated. It is a mess. It is three and a half years on and we have made no real progress. I am hoping that progress is made urgently because in the meantime these homes are now albatrosses around the necks of the residents, who cannot sell them and are really, really stressed, not unreasonably, by not just the financial burden but the fact that they are living potentially in dangerous homes.

Andrew Dismore AM: That is right and it is right, is it not, that it is very difficult to have confidence in the Government, the Conservative Government, that voted down Labour’s proposals to put into law the Grenfell Inquiry recommendations?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): I would encourage members of the Government who voted that way to go to the Grenfell community and look into the eyes of those affected and explain why they chose to do so.

Andrew Dismore AM: Thank you. Thank you, Chair.

2021/1138 – Children and Young People’s Play and Recreation Space Nicky Gavron AM

You are the first London Mayor to include in your London Plan strong policies on play and informal recreation with space standards of 10 square meters per child and young person. However, given that the new census is happening this weekend, will you be updating the calculator used to assess the number of under 18s in a development to ensure your policies and standards are met and accurately implemented.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, if you will indulge me, before I answer the question, can I just thank Nicky for the many thoughtful and insightful contributions she has made to planning and the built environment over a career working on behalf of Londoners? Both my new London Plan and its predecessors have all been strongly influenced by Nicky’s passionate campaigning. It is also fair to say that without, Nicky, your active campaigning during the 1990s, there might not even be a Mayor of London and London Assembly today. For those Conservatives on this Assembly who dislike me, Nicky is to blame. Nicky, your vision and determination helped create the pressure for a citywide strategic authority to fill the chasm left by the abolition of the Greater London Council (GLC) and Londoners thank you for that. I also want to say that on behalf of Londoners, I am sorry to see you go after 21 years, like Tony [Arbour AM] and Jennette [Arnold OBE AM]. City Hall is going to be a very different place, as will MQTs. Good luck in what you do next.

Play space is crucial for the wellbeing of children and young people and this has become clearer than ever during the pandemic. The GLA Population Yield Calculator gives an indication of the possible number and age of children that could be expected to live in a new housing development of a given bedroom or tenure mix. We will be updating this calculator once we have the data from the latest census. The calculation uses bespoke census data, commissioned by the GLA for this specific purpose. The ONS timetable for the release of 2021 census data is not yet detailed enough to give an accurate estimate of when an update will be possible, but it

Page 582 is likely it would not be before 2024. In the interim, we will continue talking to boroughs and developers to understand their needs and to develop tools so the system can make use of available data.

My London Plan, as you will be pleased to know, sets a hard bar for play space. All development likely to be used by children and young people is required to increase opportunities to play and be independently mobile. That includes the requirement you note for residential schemes to provide at least 10 square metres of good quality, accessible play provision per child, a first in a London Plan. The Plan also explicitly requires play space not to be segregated by tenure, a really important requirement we developed following your own helpful advice and input.

Nicky Gavron AM: Mayor, thank you so much for that. Before I begin, I would just like to put on record my thanks. Of all the Mayors, you have been dealt the most difficult of hands and I just want to pay tribute to the way you have handled challenge after challenge with exceptional leadership. Thank you.

This question goes right back to 35 years ago when my first role as a local politician was as a chair of a housing subcommittee. Ever since then I have been trying to make sure that we get want we want, and we are nearly there. First of all, it is absolutely great that we now have a minimum of 10 square metres per child or young person under 18 [years] on every single estate. There is still a little way to go because the calculator, as you said, is based on an outdated snapshot, a very outdated snapshot, of patterns of occupation and tenure from 12/13 years ago. Because it is outdated, developers are still not able, often, to provide enough space.

I have two asks. One - and you hinted at it really, which is great - is that when the new census comes out, information should be supplemented with some work done on tenure - look at how many build-to-rents there are and look at how much overcrowding there is now in private rented accommodation - and with patterns of occupation. Some post-occupation surveys, some supplementing. That is number one.

Meanwhile, because it is going to be another two or three years before we have this updated information, could we please look at some kind of weighting? I am very happy to work on the other side of this - I have already done some work on it - with Joanne [McCartney AM] and with the officers, if that is OK.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, firstly, I am looking forward to - I hope they do do this - the [Nicky] Gavron [AM], [Jennette] Arnold [OBE AM] and [Tony] Arbour [AM] memoirs. I hope they are thinking about those because Nicky has touched upon some things I could learn from the work done 35 years ago as well.

To answer your question, yes. In addition to incorporating the 2021 census data, our update on the calculator will include a review of available evidence and data on the occupancy of new build homes. I would be more than happy for my team to pick your brains about what more we can do in this really important area. The last year, Nicky, has made everyone realise - even those without children - the importance of play space, not simply personal experience that parents and carers have but all of us. Our own personal experiences of the need for amenity have reminded us why this is important. Any advice and assistance you can give, I am more than grateful to receive that.

Nicky Gavron AM: Thank you. This is my final ask. You were very enthusiastic about this a couple of years ago when I asked this question and that was before the 10 square metres were actually in the Plan. I said what an opportunity it was, given all the cuts in youth service and so on, to aggregate the 10 square metres for teenagers, who are prohibited in all estates at the moment - no ball games - from playing any sort of sport activity. Those aggregated spaces should be put together to form some ball games areas in estates and that is something that you could put in your Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG). My ask is: can we put it in the

Page 583 SPG and when schemes are referred to you, could you make sure that you reinforce that when the schemes come up before you, “Have you got the ball games area?”

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes. No, we have not yet and so you have raised a really interesting point, Nicky. Now that the London Plan has been published, I will ask my team to use the research recommendations to update the London Plan Guidance on how more guidance can be given in those areas of play and informal recreation. I am like you. When I visit estates - and I do all the time - I see those signs, saying “No ball games” and it begs the question, “What is it you want young people to do?” Rather than demonising them, we should be providing safe places.

You will be aware of our record sums of investment, led by Joanne [McCartney AM, Deputy Mayor for Education and Childcare], Lib Peck [Director, Violence Reduction Unit] and Sophie [Linden, Deputy Mayor for Policing and Crime] around the Young Londoners Fund, has led to additional sports, education and cultural facilities. Let me look into whether an SPG is needed and, again, any thoughts you have are more than gratefully received.

Nicky Gavron AM: Thank you.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): May I request the Deputy Chair take over for my question?

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chair): Do go ahead, Mr Chairman.

2021/1179 – Sprinklers as the next step to fire safety Navin Shah AM

I acknowledge the new London Plan and the Fire Commissioner/Fire Brigade’s measures to enhance fire safety through the requirement of sprinklers for residential buildings. However, the scope for this is very limited and nowhere near adequate. The evidence-based research shows sprinklers save lives. What is the strategy for promoting sprinklers in new residential buildings and retrofitting tall buildings to safeguard residential and ‘other’ buildings such as care homes and schools etc.?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, in your last MQTs, I would first like to thank you. Thank you, Navin, for all you have done for Londoners over the 13 years, including recently as Chair. Your campaigning for step- free access on the TfL network has helped us to make changes that will benefit all Londoners and your work on sprinklers has pushed this agenda forward. You were, Navin, the first Londoner of Indian origin elected to the London Assembly and, like Nicky [Gavron AM], Tony [Arbour AM] and Jennette [Arnold OBE AM], you have been a trailblazer. The work you have done for equality and justice for all, working with the local community to make real change over many years is much appreciated, not just by your constituents but by all of us in London.

My new London Plan takes ground-breaking steps to introduce fire safety into the planning system, ensuring it is addressed from the very beginning of a building development. All new homes on GLA land commissioned via my London Development Panel are now required to use higher standards of fire safety than building regulations, with sprinklers being mandatory. I have also banned flammable cladding, regardless of a building’s height. I have introduced the same requirements for housing providers wishing to bid for funding from my new Affordable Homes Programme.

Page 584 Whilst I have taken important steps to increase the use of sprinklers where my powers allow, the real change has to come from Government, and that is why I have long backed the LFB’s campaign to vastly increase the use of sprinklers. The recent move by the Government to lower the threshold at which sprinklers are required for new buildings from 18 metres to 11 metres is welcome. By lowering the height threshold rather than removing it altogether, this still leaves a two-tier system of safety. It fails to take wider risk factors such as vulnerability of occupants into consideration and is typical, in my view, of the Government’s piecemeal approach towards building safety.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Mr Mayor, thank you very much for your very kind words about me.

On the subject matter, I met the [Mayoral] Director of Policy and the Deputy Mayor for Fire and Resilience in late 2018. Acknowledging funding constraints, instead of setting up a £25 million fund as the recommendation was in my report, I urged them to look at a minimal £1 million towards a London sprinkler retrofitting fund in the budget to kick-start retrofitting of sprinklers, which would have delivered additional fire safety of £1,000 to 571 units. Regrettably, this did not happen.

Can I ask you why you have not established the retrofitting fund, as recommended in that London Assembly report? Will you commit to doing this if re-elected to enhance fire safety and save lives and costs?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, firstly, the simple reason why we cannot is because the money we get from the Government is ringfenced and there are very specific things we are required to spend the money on. Even if I am re-elected, unless the Government removes the ringfencing, we simply will not be able to do so. As it is - put aside buildings - the London fire service receives £20 million more from City Hall than the Government recommends they should receive and they will be getting additional burdens on them. With any monies we have, the focus has been on supporting the LFB. There simply are not the funds available to address the really important issues that your report talked about and so I will carry on lobbying the Government for the additional funds to address the really important points made in your report.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Would you put in a clear and effective strategy to lobby the Government to make sprinklers compulsory in every residential and other similar building in England, as is the case in Wales and Scotland?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Yes, you are spot on. England lags behind Scotland and Wales. I will certainly continue to work with the LFB to champion the use of sprinklers and to urge the Government to take more action and to catch up with Scotland and Wales. Even when you are not on the Assembly, I am sure you will be continuing to put pressure on me to continue to pressure the Government to do right by the residents of England as well.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you very much, Mr Mayor.

Tony Arbour AM (Deputy Chair): Thank you, Mr Chairman. Thank you, Mr Mayor.

2021/1326 – Wormwood Scrubs Green Tony Devenish AM

What have you done to stop Wormwood Scrubs Green being decimated?

Page 585 Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Wormwood Scrubs is a precious public open space, a wildlife habitat and a crucial amenity for Londoners. My London Plan, signed off last month by the Government, affords the Scrubs the status of protected bush, forest and open land. Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation (OPDC) as the local planning authority reinforces protection in its newly submitted Local Plan, which includes a dedicated policy to protect the Scrubs as a cherished open space.

Tony Devenish AM: Mr Mayor, we can agree, for once, but could you please look into this as a matter of urgency? This is a very, very special part of Metropolitan Open Land (MOL). It does seem that between the London Borough of Hammersmith and Fulham and High Speed 2, they are not adhering to what was agreed in the planning. If the GLA could step in and look at this as a matter of urgency, I would be grateful. This is an amazing natural reserve for west London and it is being vandalised at the moment.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, I am more than happy to ask my officers to look into the concerns of the local Member. I am sure there is cross-party agreement that we all want to make sure there is no blight on this MOL. Can I take that away, Chair?

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you.

Tony Devenish AM: Thank you very much, Mr Khan.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you very much. The next question on the Heathrow expansion cannot be taken as the Green Group is out of time.

We now come to the last question, which is from Assembly Member Duvall on challenges faced in London. Mr Mayor?

2021/1137 – Challenges faced in London Len Duvall AM

What have been your biggest challenges as Mayor since 2016?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you, Chair. When I was first elected Mayor in 2016, no one could have predicted the challenges we would be confronted with over the following five years. We have had the horrific fire at Grenfell Tower, a tragedy we are still contending with as we continue to fight for justice. We have had a series of cowardly terrorist attacks that shook our city, and Brexit, a bad deal that has left our financial services and many other industries in disarray. We have constant Government austerity, which has left our police force, our affordable housing programme, our transport system and our community groups severely underfunded. Now we have this awful pandemic, which has cost so many lives and livelihoods.

I have always tried to support our communities through dark times, working with them, listening to them, giving them a voice and, above all, standing up for them and their values. What has constantly given me hope during these difficult times is the extraordinary way Londoners have fought together. There were the brave emergency service workers who ran to confront danger during terrorist attacks while guiding others to safety, and the Londoners who opened their hearts and their homes to residents of Grenfell. There are the small acts of kindness that millions of Londoners have shown to neighbours, friends and strangers during the pandemic, and the heroic NHS staff and key workers, who have saved countless lives and kept the city going in our hour of greatest need.

Page 586 After the darkness of 2020, let us find some light at the end of the tunnel and the incredible London spirit we have seen this past year fuels my optimism about the future we can build together. With the right choices, we can ensure London is an even better city after the pandemic than it was before, a city that is fairer, greener and safer and that works for all Londoners.

Len Duvall AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor. Let us think further forward then. If you are re-elected, what is the key priority? You have outlined the general direction of travel, but are you saying your economic recovery strategy is the number one item because it encompasses all those issues that you have said?

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Chair, without any of us counting chicks, the role of the next Assembly and the Mayor is going to be making sure we make a rapid recovery from this awful pandemic. My mantra is going to be “Jobs, jobs, jobs”, trying to keep those people in work, who are currently working, trying to make sure we help them retrain and others retrain and also helping those who, having been made unemployed, get back into work. I am hoping the Government by September [2021] when the furlough scheme ends produces a national jobs guarantee. What we cannot afford to have in London in the 2020s is what we saw in the 1980s, which is millions of Londoners being unemployed and potentially a generation being lost. City Hall is going to be using its convening power to make sure we do what we can to focus and rebuild in our city and have the confidence and vision that our forefathers and foremothers had post-1945.

Len Duvall AM: Thank you, Mr Mayor.

Navin Shah AM (Chair): Thank you, Mr Mayor. That brings us to a close of the Q&A that we had this morning. Thank you, Mr Mayor, for answering the questions, and I wish you and all other candidates the very best for the forthcoming [mayoral and London Assembly] elections. Thank you, Mr Mayor.

Sadiq Khan (Mayor of London): Thank you.

Page 587 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 588 Appendix 3

Questions to the Mayor

18 March, 2021

WRITTEN ANSWER REPORT

Subject: MQT on 18 March, 2021 Report of: Executive Director of Secretariat

Decision-making Question No: 2021/1227 Shaun Bailey What have you done to ensure that decision-making in City Hall is as effective as possible? Decision-making The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 It’s important that we continue to improve our governance processes whenever we can. We’ve begun publishing Chief Officer forms for the first time, and we’ve asked all decision authors to consider conflicts of interest more formally. We’ve overhauled the approach to budget setting and now publish a significantly more comprehensive and transparent GLA: Mayor budget document. We’ve continually been looking for ways to improve our engagement with Londoners, so we can make better decisions. Talk London now has a membership of nearly 60,000 Londoners from all walks of life, and we’ve used this amazing resource to help shape the work of the London Recovery Board. This approach – listening to and working with Londoners – has shaped my decisions as Mayor.

Page 589

Post-Covid London Question No: 2021/1312 Susan Hall What aspects of London life would you like to see get back to normal first? Post-Covid London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I welcome the publication of the Government’s roadmap – it’s good to see ministers finally learning from past mistakes and taking a cautious approach. Working with businesses and London Councils, I’ve published a London-specific roadmap for the safe and full reopening of London’s economy. In the short term we must support people and businesses before the economy fully reopens, which we know will not be before 21 June. I have pledged £5 million to support the safe reopening of central London and am leading a campaign to attract visitors back to our retail, hospitality and cultural venues – as soon as it’s safe to do so. In the medium to long term, the London Recovery Board is bringing together all of London’s major leaders to build a fairer, greener and more prosperous city. I hope the Government will come forward with a recovery plan to match the scale of the challenge.

Heathrow expansion and the London Plan Question No: 2021/0969 Siân Berry Will the policies in your London Plan be able to stop expansion at Heathrow? Heathrow expansion and the London Plan The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Expansion at Heathrow would be bad for London and I remain resolutely opposed to it. I have fought the Government’s Airports National Policy Statement (ANPS) in the courts and I am deeply frustrated that the Supreme Court decided to reinstate the ANPS after it had been suspended. The London Environment Strategy, my Transport Strategy and the London Plan rightly set a very high bar for any proposals for a third runway at Heathrow, which the plans do not reach. However, as long as the Government’s ANPS remains in place in its current form, it will have weight in decision making.

Page 590

I wrote to the Secretary of State for Transport on 6 January to reiterate my request that he review the ANPS in light of the latest climate change targets. I will also respond to the Government’s long-delayed consultation on aviation and net zero carbon when it is finally published.

Hit and run prosecutions 2020 Question No: 2021/0970 Siân Berry Could you report the most recent figures for numbers of casualties relating to hit and runs in London in 2020, with a breakdown by: a) road user mode, b) severity type, c) borough, and d) whether there was a prosecution? Hit and run prosecutions 2020 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please find the requested information attached. A notes page is provided to aid in interpretation. Please note to due to issues with the way fail to stop collisions are recorded it is not possible to provide accurate statistics about the true number of failed to stop collisions and the resulting outcomes. The reason for this is that the data includes records where, despite the initial determination being that the driver failed to stop, subsequent checks have established that the driver did then go on to report either on-line or at a police station. This satisfies the requirements under Section 170 of the Road Traffic Act and no further enforcement action would be taken unless a driving offence was identified. Unfortunately, it is not possible to report how many of these records would fall into this criterion.

Page 591

Youth workers trained by the Violence Reduction Unit Question No: 2021/0971 Siân Berry In a meeting of the Police and Crime Committee on 24 February 2021, the Assembly heard from Lib Peck, the director of the Violence Reduction Unit (VRU), that the VRU was involved in training youth workers. Could you tell me: a) the number of training programmes, b) the number of youth workers trained, c) where VRU youth workers have been deployed, and d) how they offer continuity of service and contact to the young people they engage with?

Youth workers trained by the Violence Reduction Unit The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Violence Reduction Unit is prioritising investment to those who hold key trusted relationships with young people most at risk of exploitation and violence. Frontline youth workers have the relationships with young people to deliver early interventions that can make all the difference to a young person’s future. ‘Rise Up’ launched on 30th September 2020 and is led by London Youth in partnership with Leap Confronting Conflict and Clore Social Leadership. Youth leaders receive training and development – including modules on safeguarding, mental health and employment opportunities – to act as a community-led first line of defence for young people most at risk. Full details of the leadership programme can be found online at: Rise Up: Youth Practitioners Leadership Programme. The programme currently has 94 practitioners representing organisations across 27 boroughs and who are directly supporting young people within their communities.

Trainee officers in the Violence Suppression Units Question No: 2021/0972 Siân Berry Could you tell me how many Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) officers currently working in the Violence Suppression Units (VSUs) are trainees completing a four-week programme? Trainee officers in the Violence Suppression Units The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 On completion of their ‘street duties’ training, probationer constables undertake several operational rotations on their Basic Command Unit (BCU) as part of their learning journey. The first rotation is a 4 week attachment to a Violence Suppression Unit (VSU). The exact number of probationer constables within the VSUs varies from month to month. In March 2021, there were around 170 probationer constables on operational attachment to VSUs across the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS).

Page 592

These probationer constables are in addition to over 600 officers in permanent VSU posts across the MPS.

Green New Deal expert advisory panel Question No: 2021/0973 Caroline Russell Who are the members of your Green New Deal expert advisory panel? Green New Deal expert advisory panel The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As part of my efforts to drive forward London’s green recovery, I have established a “Green New Deal Expert Advisory Group” to provide strategic advice on the implementation of the Green New Deal mission and support work to embed sustainability in London’s recovery. The group, co-chaired by my Deputy Mayor for Environment and Energy, Shirley Rodrigues, and Mayor of Hackney Philip Glanville, brings together a diverse group of experts from community, business and NGOs who are able to bring different perspectives, experience and insights from their sectors. The current membership, which has been agreed in discussions with London Councils and GLA is set out below. We expect to add to membership as the Group evolves. Invitees to March’s expert advisory group are:

Name Organisation (area of expertise) Shirley Rodrigues Deputy Mayor for Environment and Energy (Co-chair) Philip Glanville (Co- Mayor of Hackney – Chair London Councils Transport and chair) Environment Committee Ashok Sinha London Sustainable Development Commission – Sustainable Development Chaitanya Kumar New Economics Foundation – Green New Deal Jazmin Burgess C40 - Cities Climate Leadership Group - International Jeanne Capey Environment Agency - Environment Joss Garman European Climate Foundation - Climate Katarzyna Szwarc Grantham Institute, London School of Economics – Sustainable Finance and Just Transition Beccy Speight Royal Society for the Protection of Birds and London Recovery Board member – Environment Niall Bolger London Chief Executive Committee - Lead advisor on environment for London Councils

Page 593

Polly Billington UK100 Cities Network – UK local governments (climate and clean energy) Rishi Madlani LB – Camden - Sustainable Finance Sam Gurney Trades Union Congress – Just Transition Syed Ahmed Energy for London – Renewable Energy Wayne Hubbard ReLondon – Circular Economy

Transport for London policy on biodiversity (1) Question No: 2021/0974 Caroline Russell Transport for London (TfL) issued a Biodiversity Action Plan for London Underground in 2010, have there been any updates or further progress on biodiversity policies since then? Transport for London policy on biodiversity (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Although a decade has passed since the publication of the London Underground Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP), the principles behind it (Lawton review “Making Space for Nature”) remain not only sound but of even greater significance today (as detailed in the recent Dasgupta review “The Economics of Biodiversity”). Since its publication, Transport for London (TfL) has evolved as an organisation and so have the polices that TfL adheres to. Both my Transport and Environment Strategies contain policies to deliver a net gain in biodiversity. TfL has developed an innovative biodiversity baseline map of its entire estate, as well as new processes and procedures, such as a biodiversity toolkit and new biosecurity policy within its management system. It is also working to develop a natural capital account. Together, these will help TfL to implement and track progress against Mayoral goals and help meet future Environment Act requirements.

Transport for London policy on biodiversity (2) Question No: 2021/0975 Caroline Russell London Underground alone has 10 per cent of the wildlife habitat in London on their land, and Transport for London (TfL) has a huge impact on the environment across the City. What steps is TfL taking to avoid tree loss, particularly mature trees? Transport for London policy on biodiversity (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021

Page 594

Transport for London (TfL) recognises the positive roles trees, especially mature trees, play within London and for the transport system, including providing homes to wildlife, and providing shade, shelter and a wellbeing boost to Londoners. There are instances when vegetation removal is required in relation to TfL’s legal obligations, such as invasive species management or the safe and efficient running of the transport system. For example, trees might need to be removed where they have been assessed as being at risk of falling on to roads or tracks. However, through its management system processes TfL seeks to protect, connect and enhance wildlife habitats, including mature trees, where practicable to do so. Prior to the pandemic, TfL was on track to meet my Transport Strategy target of a 1 per cent annual increase in street tree numbers between 2016 and 2025. The pandemic has impacted TfL’s ability to plant new trees, but it is aiming to get back on track in this regard as we seek a green recovery from the pandemic. In addition, TfL continues to explore opportunities to create new green infrastructure more generally as part of its projects and maintenance operations to contribute towards the green infrastructure goals detailed within my Transport and Environment Strategies.

Transport for London policy on biodiversity (3) Question No: 2021/0976 Caroline Russell Constituents have raised concerns with me over the lack of information available to them before trees and vegetation are removed by contractors working for Transport for London (TfL). What steps will you take to improve communication with local residents, businesses and other stakeholders when trees and vegetation are at risk of removal? Transport for London policy on biodiversity (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 TfL only removes street trees without notice when immediate safety concerns are highlighted. This is usually because of disease, decay or death. 7-day notices are applied when trees need to be removed following insurance advice, highway safety issues, or because they are damaging other people’s property. In the event of a removal due to road space change, the schemes are normally consulted on within the local community. There are no plans to alter the notification or consultation timelines as they are consistent with national guidance. With regards to trackside trees and vegetation on the London Underground network, TfL is currently carrying out essential vegetation management works across the Tube network to address safety concerns and maintain a safe railway for the travelling public, staff and residents. TfL prioritises notifying local residents in cases where significant levels (for instance more than three consecutive shifts) of targeted vegetation/tree clearance are due to be carried out in a particular area. No such targeted works are planned over the coming year.

Page 595

Transport for London policy on biodiversity (4) Question No: 2021/0977 Caroline Russell Contractors working to build the Silvertown Road Tunnel propose to remove several trees. How does this removal fit with your environmental policies and your declaration of London as a National Park City? Transport for London policy on biodiversity (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London’s (TfL’s) contractor for the Silvertown Tunnel project, Riverlinx, recently applied to discharge a landscaping requirement under the Development Consent Order for the scheme to the Royal Borough of Greenwich. Its application was not asking for permission to remove trees, but to identify the trees to be retained, alongside measures to protect those trees during construction. Some trees will need to be removed to construct the Silvertown Tunnel. The Development Consent Order – granted by the Secretary of State in 2018 – confers powers to remove trees where necessary for construction. TfL, Riverlinx and I are committed to ensuring that trees are only removed when absolutely necessary. Replanting will be carried out as close to the original location as possible at the earliest opportunity. Despite the need to remove some trees, the Silvertown Tunnel project will lead to a net biodiversity gain in the area once complete. Plans to ensure TfL achieves this aim will be detailed within the permanent landscaping proposals, currently being developed. These will be consulted upon with the local authority and other stakeholders, in line with TfL’s Biodiversity Action Plan and Mitigation Strategy for the scheme. This biodiversity gain from a major investment in the road network comes alongside TfL’s continued efforts to increase its street trees, with circa 1,400 trees planted across the road network and nearby land in 2019-20. While the pandemic has impacted TfL’s ability to plant new trees, it is aiming to get back on track to support a green recovery from the pandemic. Overall, I am confident that TfL’s plans align with my environmental policies and my declaration of London as a National Park City. Transport for London policy on biodiversity (4) The Mayor Last updated: 19 March, 2021 Transport for London’s (TfL’s) contractor for the Silvertown Tunnel project, Riverlinx, recently applied to discharge a landscaping requirement under the Development Consent Order for the scheme to the Royal Borough of Greenwich. Its application was not asking for permission to remove trees, but to identify the trees to be retained, alongside measures to protect those trees during construction. Some trees will need to be removed to construct the Silvertown Tunnel. The Development Consent Order – granted by the Secretary of State in 2018 – confers powers to remove

Page 596

trees where necessary for construction. TfL, Riverlinx and I are committed to ensuring that trees are only removed when absolutely necessary. Replanting will be carried out as close to the original location as possible at the earliest opportunity. Despite the need to remove some trees, the Silvertown Tunnel project will lead to a net biodiversity gain in the area once complete. Plans to ensure TfL achieves this aim will be detailed within the permanent landscaping proposals, currently being developed. These will be consulted upon with the local authority and other stakeholders, in line with TfL’s Biodiversity Action Plan and Mitigation Strategy for the scheme. This biodiversity gain from a major investment in the road network comes alongside TfL’s continued efforts to increase its street trees, with circa 1,400 trees planted across the road network and nearby land in 2019-20. While the pandemic has impacted TfL’s ability to plant new trees, it is aiming to get back on track to support a green recovery from the pandemic. Overall, I am confident that TfL’s plans align with my environmental policies and my declaration of London as a National Park City.

Potential increases in air pollution after lockdown eases Question No: 2021/0978 Caroline Russell Concerns have been raised that air pollution is returning to pre-pandemic levels. What proportion of pre-pandemic motor traffic has now returned to London streets? Potential increases in air pollution after lockdown eases The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Reductions in traffic volumes during the pandemic contributed to reductions in the concentrations of air pollutants. This effect is described in Travel in London report 13, between pages 189 and 194 (see: http://content.tfl.gov.uk/travel-in-london-report- 13.pdf) alongside traffic trends up to that point (pages 172 to 177). Traffic levels since that analysis have fluctuated considerably over the winter lockdown period and have not yet reached a position of any stability. Traffic volumes on the TLRN still remain below their pre- pandemic levels in outer and inner London, and well below in central London. Transport for London (TfL) will continue to keep these trends under close review over the coming months.

Analysis of noise pollution after lockdown eases Question No: 2021/0979 Caroline Russell During the past year there have been reports on the change in air pollution due to reduced motor traffic. Are you producing any similar studies to analyse the impact on noise pollution from changes to motor traffic and flights over communities in London?

Page 597

Analysis of noise pollution after lockdown eases The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London is not conducting any specific studies to analyse the impact that the pandemic has had on noise pollution resulting from changes in motor traffic or flights in and around London. Analysis of noise pollution after lockdown eases The Mayor Last updated: 19 March, 2021 Transport for London is not conducting any specific studies to analyse the impact that the pandemic has had on noise pollution resulting from changes in motor traffic or flights in and around London.

Supporting London’s musicians through recovery and post-Brexit (1) Question No: 2021/0980 Caroline Russell At the London Assembly Plenary on Thursday 4 March 2021, we heard from Deputy Mayor for Culture and the Creative Industries, Justine Simons OBE, that so far, you have provided £3.9 million to support the creative sector which has helped 13,000 individuals, artists and businesses. This sector was worth £58 billion to London’s economy prior to the pandemic and provides more than 600,000 jobs, which is 11.9 per cent of all jobs in the capital, compared to 4.9 per cent in the rest of the UK. What further support are you providing to retain skilled creative workers in the city and protect London’s leading reputation for arts and culture? Supporting London’s musicians through recovery and post-Brexit (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London is known around the globe for its world class culture and creativity. Retaining and supporting creative workers in the capital will be essential to London’s recovery, economically and socially. I am supporting the creative industries by investing in a Creative Economy Growth Programme that is delivering hundreds of millions in inward investment, sales and exports each year, and creating hundreds of jobs whilst increasing workforce diversity. Creative freelancers, making up half of the workforce, have lost a huge amount of work since March 2020. This is why I launched a £250,000 programme, putting creative freelancers front and centre of shaping new proposals to improve working conditions and skills development – including the development of a new Freelancers Charter for employers.

Page 598

My £32m Adult Education: Good Work for All Fund also invites partnership bids to deliver high quality training and support, particularly to Londoners hardest hit by the pandemic and includes a call for the creative sector.

Londoners in debt Question No: 2021/0981 Caroline Russell In your answer to my questions 2021/0023 and 2021/0484 you stated that the London Recovery board is working to support Londoners in debt and that you were funding the Debt Free London Partnership’s free debt advice helpline to be delivered 24 hours a day, seven days a week throughout January, February and March. Could you tell me if you plan to fund the free debt advice helpline beyond March? Londoners in debt The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I’m committed to working with partners across the capital to do all I can to support Londoners experiencing financial hardship and struggling with the burden of debt. The support for Debt Free London to allow them to operate their helpline 24/7 is intended to be short-term in nature, reflecting the increased pressures brought about by the winter lockdown. With the roadmap out of lockdown now published, it is not anticipated that there will be a need for ongoing funding for this extended service after March. However, should the situation change, and it becomes clear that further support is required, any funding proposal will be subject to a new decision drawing on the 2021-22 budget.

Support for London’s freelancers Question No: 2021/0982 Caroline Russell When will you publish the research commissioned from Centre for London into support for freelancers during the crisis? Support for London’s freelancers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I co-commissioned Centre for London’s research to understand in more depth the experience of self-employed workers in London and measures that could support such workers.

Page 599

The report has now been published and can be found on the Centre for London website: https://www.centreforlondon.org/publication/self-employed-londoners It covered all sectors but with a particular focus on culture and the creative industries, which have a high prevalence of self-employed workers who have been especially affected by lockdown measures and restrictions on the creative sector – with up to 60 per cent of creative freelancers losing all of their work since the first lockdown Since then, I have launched a £250,000 programme which puts creative freelancers front and centre of shaping new proposals to improve working conditions and skills development – including the development of a new freelancers charter for employers.

Support for London’s disabled entrepreneurs (2) Question No: 2021/0983 Caroline Russell In your answer to my question 2021/0024 you told me that the Greater London Investment Fund (GLIF) hosted a roundtable discussion on 28 January 2021 which was to look at the needs of disabled entrepreneurs, as well as women and BAME entrepreneurs. Could you tell me the recommendations that came out of this roundtable, and also specifically how the roundtable identified ways for the fund to better benefit disabled SME founders? Support for London’s disabled entrepreneurs (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 At the roundtable participants suggested a number of actions to help address the barriers faced by underrepresented entrepreneurs in accessing business finance. The three broad themes which emerged are: • Support underrepresented fund managers and investors through actions such as an emerging manger programme and commit capital to VCs with diverse investment teams. • Diversify existing fund management and investment ecosystem with programmes of work to improve representation at senior levels in the sector. • Support and identify existing funding pipelines by encouraging the provision of funding to existing accelerators that support underrepresented founders to amplify the work they are already doing. Officers will work up proposals on taking suggested activity forward, interacting with underrepresented groups, and exploring if desired outcomes can be achieved through new policies, advocacy or lobbying for funding. Following the roundtable discussion, Funding London’s and GLIF’s Boards agreed to work with the funds’ managers to commit at least 15 - 20% of GLIF’s £100m to underrepresented entrepreneurs by 31 December 2023. To help facilitate this, GLA and

Page 600

Funding London will work with partnerships to identify organisations that can provide good quality deal flow of businesses led by underrepresented entrepreneurs, including those that are disabled.

Number of apprenticeship opportunities in London Question No: 2021/0984 Caroline Russell The Centre for London reports that there are half as many apprenticeship starts in London per 1,000 jobs, compared with the rest of the UK. What plans do you have to improve this situation? Number of apprenticeship opportunities in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London has historically had fewer apprenticeships starts than other English regions after population size is taken into account. This is partly due to the industries that make up a significant part of London’s economy being slower to adopt and grow apprenticeships programmes. I established the London Progression Collaboration to address this. The joint pilot with IPPR, supported by the JP Morgan Foundation, has created hundreds of apprenticeships and facilitated the redistribution of over £4 million of unspent levy funding to the capital’s small businesses. The GLA group also continues to offer apprenticeships paid at the London Living Wage and through my recovery missions, I plan to use initiatives such as my planned academies model to support those most affected by the pandemic into quality apprenticeships in priority sectors. I continue to call for the devolution of powers and funding to establish a London Apprenticeship Service to support the capital’s businesses to create more apprenticeships and close the gap with other regions.

Page 601

Skills providers online offer Question No: 2021/0985 Caroline Russell With regard to the £9 million fund you launched in May 2020 to help skills providers switch to remote training, could you tell me: a) how many people have accessed these courses, and b) how many have found new employment since then or set up their own business? Skills providers online offer The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Under the £9 million Skills for Londoners COVID-19 Response Fund, some 6,400 additional Londoners accessed training to support their immediate skills needs during the pandemic. In addition, the Fund supported 58 capacity building projects across London’s FE sector to enable providers to adapt their delivery of education and training to respond to the impact of COVID-19. Employment and business set-up data are not available in respect of this Fund.

Changing Places Toilets (1) Question No: 2021/0986 Caroline Russell The Government has announced a £30 million investment in new Changing Places toilets for England. What are your current plans for investment in new Changing Places toilets? Changing Places Toilets (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I welcome the Government’s investment in new Changing Places toilets. This is a positive step in improving access for disabled people who require assisted-use facilities. I encourage London’s local authorities to ‘opt in’ to this scheme to bid for a proportion of the new investment and boost the number of Changing Places facilities in their communities. My London Plan Policy S6 highlights the importance of Changing Places toilets, noting provision can open up new areas for people with profound and multiple impairments, removing a barrier that lack of provision can create. The policy requires new large-scale developments that are open to the public, and large areas of public realm, should provide free ‘Changing Places’ toilets. We will continue to promote investment in Changing Places provision through the London Plan policies and our Good Growth funded projects.

Page 602

Changing Places toilets (2) Question No: 2021/0987 Caroline Russell The Government has announced a £30 million investment in new Changing Places toilets for England. Could you provide a list of Changing Places toilets the GLA currently provides, including the borough in which they are located? Changing Places toilets (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Government’s new £30million fund for new Changing Places toilets is a welcome investment to support inclusion and greater accessibility for disabled Londoners and visitors to our city. Without a Changing Places facility, staff and visitors to City Hall may be limited in accessing this important public building. Hence why there is currently one Changing Places toilet at City Hall, located in the London Borough of Southwark. We are also installing one at The Crystal, in the London Borough of Newham, ready for its occupation as the new home for the Mayor and London Assembly.

Tube noise in Islington Question No: 2021/0988 Caroline Russell Constituents tell me that tube noise in their properties in Barnsbury, Islington has a serious impact on their mental health and daily lives. What is preventing Transport for London (TfL) from investing in the necessary changes to tracks that could reduce tube noise? Tube noise in Islington The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Highbury & Islington area remains a key focus for Transport for London (TfL), and my Deputy Mayor for Transport and TfL officers met with local residents and stakeholders a number of times last year. TfL twice carried out extensive rail grinding in the area last year. This covered approximately 3,500 metres of track between Highbury & Islington and King’s Cross St. Pancras, including both the north and southbound Victoria line tracks. Further extensive grinding will take place again over the next month, and TfL has updated stakeholders and local residents to make them aware of this work. TfL explored the option of carrying out Deep Tube Reconditioning (DTR) in this area, a highly expensive intervention which would include the installation of a noise-dampening rail fastening. Unfortunately, the coronavirus pandemic has had a significant impact on

Page 603

TfL’s finances, and there is currently no funding available for DTR work in this area. This will of course remain under review. TfL will continue to engage closely with local residents in this area to understand and address any issues within its operational and financial constraints, and is due to meet with local residents and stakeholders again in May 2021.

Idling by buses Question No: 2021/0989 Caroline Russell Constituents have raised concerns with me that bus drivers may be leaving engines idling for long periods when at the end of shifts, during lengthy waits at stops or when changing drivers. Could you briefly outline what guidance Transport for London (TfL) provides to bus operators for drivers on when to turn off their engines, and how this is monitored? Idling by buses The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Drivers are directed to switch off the engine when they come onto a stand and as soon as they can in a bus station if they are not continuing in service. Bus operators encourage this with training and depot posters and understand this is important both to minimise the impact of their vehicles on the community and avoid wasting fuel. This advice is reinforced in the ‘Big Red Book’ manual that Transport for London (TfL) issues to all its bus drivers. London is using the latest technologies to eliminate idling as much as possible. Some bus makes and models switch off automatically if the accelerator is not being pressed, and our current fleet of 445 zero-emission buses, which will grow to 700 by the end of this year, produce no tailpipe emissions at all. All diesel buses in the core fleet have now been lifted to the ultra-clean Euro VI engine standard, which cuts the most harmful pollutants like particulate matter and oxides of nitrogen by up to 80 and 95 per cent respectively. TfL staff monitor bus stations and main changeover points and will intervene if they see non-compliance. If complaints are received for locations without consistent monitoring, operational staff will visit them and tackle the issue. If you or your constituents have specific examples of locations and times where idling is an issue, TfL would be grateful to receive details.

Page 604

ULEZ expansion traffic data (2) Question No: 2021/0990 Caroline Russell Thank you for your answer to my question 2020/1014. Is Transport for London (TfL) now monitoring traffic in the forthcoming expanded Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) area, and could you provide a baseline figure for traffic, or comment on recent trends ahead of the expanded ULEZ introduction? ULEZ expansion traffic data (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) monitors traffic volumes in central London, inner London and outer London, and this will continue through the introduction of the expanded ULEZ zone. The Travel in London Report 13 gives a summary of trends in these areas (http://content.tfl.gov.uk/travel-in-london-report-13.pdf). Historic data leading up to the start of 2020 can be found between pages 92 and 97. Data during the pandemic of 2020 can be found between page 172 and 177. The data behind this commentary allows for detailed monitoring of trends. Trends during 2020 have of course been affected by the pandemic, and it is too early to comment on traffic levels over the remainder of the year further than what is within Travel in London Report 13.

ULEZ expansion traffic data (3) Question No: 2021/0991 Caroline Russell Thank you for your answer to my question 2020/1014. Do Transport for London (TfL) have an expectation for the future changes in traffic volumes within the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) for both the central and expanded zones? ULEZ expansion traffic data (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The introduction of the central London Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) contributed to a reduction in traffic flows in central London from May 2019 to January 2020 (before the pandemic) of between three and nine per cent when compared with 2018. It should be noted that this scheme was introduced on the same day that the exemption to the Congestion Charge for private hire vehicles was removed, which will also have affected traffic levels. The biggest change in traffic volumes from the expansion of the ULEZ scheme will come immediately following the introduction of the scheme as some people choose not to drive non-compliant vehicles in the zone. Transport for London (TfL) estimates that the expansion of the ULEZ would result in a one per cent reduction in vehicle kilometres in inner London.

Page 605

Exempt vehicles in the Ultra Low Emission Zone (2) Question No: 2021/0992 Caroline Russell What is the current proportion of exempt vehicles in the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ), and what proportion are you expecting there to be in the expanded ULEZ? Exempt vehicles in the Ultra Low Emission Zone (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Only vehicles that do not meet the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) emissions standards are required to pay the daily ULEZ charge. Transport for London (TfL) monitors rates of compliance within the ULEZ and publishes this in its quarterly online fact sheets at: tfl.gov.uk/corporate/publications-and-reports/ultra-low-emission-zone. In December 2020, 85 per cent of vehicles in the central zone complied with the standards and did not have to pay the daily charge. Current monitoring also indicates that four out of five cars currently operating the expanded zone are compliant. In order to maximise the air quality benefits of the scheme there are very limited discounts and exemptions available. Around nine per cent of vehicles operating in the central ULEZ on an average day in February 2020 (prior to the pandemic) were subject to a discount or exemption and therefore the driver did not need to pay the ULEZ charge. These vehicles are either automatically exempt or can be registered with TfL for a 100 per cent discount, such as residents, taxis (which make up the majority), historic vehicles and vehicles with a ‘disabled’ or ‘disabled passenger vehicles’ tax class. TfL does not have an estimate for the proportion of vehicles expected to operate within the expanded zone which will be eligible for an exemption or discount. While there may be an increase in the number of exempted vehicles using the zone when the ULEZ expands on 25 October 2021 due to the additional area it covers, residents’ vehicles will no longer be discounted. Given the need to take action to reduce air pollution as soon as possible, there is no exemption for residents when the ULEZ expands to inner London.

Local consolidation centres Question No: 2021/0993 Caroline Russell The German government is offering support for the establishment of micro delivery depots. How are you providing support for new local consolidation centres to enable cargo bike and small electric vehicle ‘last mile’ deliveries across London as part of the recovery? Local consolidation centres The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since 2018, Transport for London (TfL) has been supporting London’s Business Groups to set up local consolidation hubs and cargo bike schemes through the Healthy Streets Fund

Page 606

for Business (HSFB). HSFB match funds start-up costs and provides guidance and project management advice, ensuring initiatives are commercially sustainable. Toolkits are developed using best practice and lessons learned during implementation to enable initiatives to be replicated by others across London. As part of the Mayor’s Civic Innovation Fund and partnering with retailers, parcel carriers, and global innovators, TfL is running “FreightLab” innovation trials, some of which explore the conditions for success for sustainable last mile delivery, including trialling e-cargo bike delivery models. TfL are also engaged in talks with multiple last mile delivery operators across the commercial property estate to identify suitable properties that can support businesses. A garage at Caxton Street, formerly occupied by the British Transport Police became available and allowed the unique garage premises to be openly marketed; this resulted in the commercial letting to DPD, part of La Poste Group, for use as a last mile electrified delivery depot in the heart of Westminster. TfL is looking at repurposing its own land for freight management opportunities as part of the green recovery, some of which may include micro-consolidation centres serviced by cargo bike. We also encourage new developments to provide micro-consolidation facilities wherever possible, as part of the Delivery and Servicing Plans that are required through the planning application process. The benefits of micro-consolidation are set out in TfL’s Delivery and Servicing Plan Guidance which can be found here https://content.tfl.gov.uk/delivery-and-servicing-plan-guidance.pdf.

Silvertown Road Tunnel in Transport for London (TfL) budgets Question No: 2021/0994 Caroline Russell Could you confirm the current Expected Final Cost (EFC) allocated in Transport for London (TfL) budgets to the Silvertown Road Tunnel and what it is covering? Silvertown Road Tunnel in Transport for London (TfL) budgets The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The current Expected Final Cost for the Silvertown Tunnel Project is outlined in Transport for London’s (TfL) Investment Programme Report which was recently published as part of the TfL Programmes & Investment Committee papers: https://content.tfl.gov.uk/pic-20210303-agenda-and-documents-public-updated.pdf This figure generally covers items which are not within the main scope of the project being delivered by Riverlinx under a design, build, finance and maintain agreement. It covers costs associated with land acquisition; TfL’s wider monitoring of traffic and air quality; and the installation of a noise barrier on the southern approach to the Blackwall Tunnel, for example. It also covers the procurement of the road user charging infrastructure required

Page 607

for TfL to introduce charging to the Blackwall and Silvertown tunnels, and the TfL staff costs for managing the contract with Riverlinx, and the project more generally.

Transport modal share in London after coronavirus (2) Question No: 2021/0995 Caroline Russell Thank you for your answer to my question 2020/3302. Could you supply updated indicative estimates from Transport for London (TfL) for the split of journeys by mode of transport in London? Transport modal share in London after coronavirus (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Provisional data for Q4 2020 (October to December) suggests a similar mode share to the previous quarter. Public transport mode share remained at 18 per cent, around half the pre- pandemic level of 36 per cent. Despite the lockdown that occurred during November, public transport usage was at its highest level since March during October and the first half of December. Private transport mode share remained higher than before the pandemic at 44 per cent. Walk and cycle mode shares remained high as Londoners undertook more local, short trips.

Timetable updates due to coronavirus Question No: 2021/0996 Siân Berry A constituent has noted that train times obtained from the Transport for London (TfL) journey planner were incorrect and encouraged them to take trains that were not on the timetable at the station they used. I understand that there have been many short notice changes to train timetables in the past year. What steps is TfL taking to keep the journey planner up to date, and have you noted any particular issues? Timetable updates due to coronavirus The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Before the pandemic, Transport for London (TfL) increased the frequency of Network Rail timetable imports from once a week to five days a week. This led to an improvement in the accuracy of rail information in Journey Planner. However, TfL is aware that in some cases very short notice changes (e.g. for engineering works) are not updated in time by train operating companies. It is not possible to make manual adjustments to timetables in response to these last-minute operational changes (although TfL do so for London Overground and TfL Rail services when critical). Further upgrades will go live shortly that will improve the live information on cancelled trains and delays as supplied by the train operating companies. As part of this work, TfL will

Page 608

be engaging with London-area train operating companies should they uncover any data discrepancies.

Heathrow Free Travel Zone (1) Question No: 2021/0997 Caroline Russell The operator of Heathrow Airport has suspended the Heathrow Free Travel Zone and is withdrawing support for local public transport. This cut in funding from Heathrow to Transport for London (TfL) is effectively being absorbed in the Government support deal for TfL. Have you made representations to Heathrow Airport Limited or the Government about this issue, which risks a rise in local motor traffic? Heathrow Free Travel Zone (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I was disappointed by the decision by Heathrow Airport Limited (HAL) to suspend the bulk of its support for public transport services, including the Heathrow Bus Free Travel Zone. As soon as Transport for London (TfL) and I became aware of HAL’s plan, our concerns were relayed, both verbally and in writing. On 3 December 2020, TfL’s Director of City Planning wrote to the HAL Surface Access Director citing concerns that these changes may encourage more staff to switch to making journeys to and from work by car.

Heathrow Free Travel Zone (2) Question No: 2021/0998 Caroline Russell The operator of Heathrow Airport has suspended the Heathrow Free Travel Zone and is withdrawing support for local public transport. This cut in funding from Heathrow to Transport for London (TfL) is effectively being absorbed in the government support deal for TfL. What level of funding was Heathrow providing to Transport for London (TfL) in return for free travel for each mode of transport concerned – bus, tube and train? Heathrow Free Travel Zone (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Despite our representations, Heathrow Airport Limited (HAL) decided to proceed with its plan to withdraw the bulk of its support for local public transport, including the Heathrow Bus Free Travel Zone. On 16 December 2020, Transport for London (TfL) received formal notification that HAL would be terminating its agreement with TfL for free bus travel. As it was entirely funded by HAL, with no contribution from TfL or the Government, free bus travel will cease in June 2021, in line with the contract notice period. Free Tube and train travel are covered by separate arrangements and are not affected.

Page 609

The contract for free bus travel between HAL and TfL stipulates that the funding is calculated annually, using a formula which takes into account ridership so as to enable TfL to recoup lost revenue resulting from the arrangement. Based on pre-pandemic demand, this resulted in a payment of around £1.2m per annum.

Reviewing Uber license now that drivers are workers Question No: 2021/0999 Caroline Russell Will you review Uber’s Operator license now that their drivers have finally, after six years of hard work by former Uber drivers James Farrar and Yaseen Aslam, won their right to be recognised as workers? Reviewing Uber license now that drivers are workers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I welcome the Supreme Court ruling, which is a landmark decision for people who suffer from low pay and a lack of security at work. I want London to be the best place to do business and to work. Gig economy workers, including private hire drivers, deserve the same rights as other workers and I urge all private hire operators in London to pay their workers the London Living Wage and to give them the security they deserve. Treating workers well leads to increased productivity. London is a tech powerhouse for the world – but employers, including private hire operators, must play by the rules. As the licensing authority and regulator of taxi and private hire services, Transport for London does not have the ability to stipulate the employment terms and conditions used by private hire operators. However, as has been demonstrated by the Supreme Court decision, drivers have a clear legal recourse through the employment tribunals system if they consider an employer is not playing by the rules.

Requiring worker rights for companies licensed or contracted by GLA bodies Question No: 2021/1000 Caroline Russell Now that Uber drivers have had their rights as workers affirmed by the Supreme Court, will you take action to require all companies licensed or contracted with by Greater London Authority bodies to recognise the rights of their workers in line with this ruling?

Page 610

Requiring worker rights for companies licensed or contracted by GLA bodies The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As I make clear in MQ2021/0999, I welcome the Supreme Court’s ruling on this matter. I am committed to embed fair and inclusive employment practices throughout our supply chains through the application of the GLA Group Responsible Procurement Policy. I encourage all our contracted suppliers and, indeed, any employer in London to sign up to my Good Work Standard.

Ineffectual shared ownership Question No: 2021/1001 Siân Berry In the findings of your research into intermediate housing, respondents said that they: “felt that shared ownership (SO) is not an effective way to tackle the issue of housing within London. […] it doesn’t get to the root of the problem – a lack of supply of housing which forces up prices and creates a situation in which many people cannot afford to rent, let alone buy.” How will your housing and planning policies change in response to these findings? Ineffectual shared ownership The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The quote referenced in the question is an example of one theme of Londoners’ perceptions of London’s housing challenge and does not reflect the views of all respondents The Mayor’s Consultation on Intermediate Housing demonstrates that intermediate housing, in particular shared ownership, provides an important role in enabling housing providers to deliver homes that meet the housing need of a diverse range of Londoners and also provide cross-subsidy for Social Rent homes. The Mayor’s priority is to build more homes overall in London, but focusing on homes at Social Rent levels, for which there is the most acute housing need. Over half of the homes delivered under the Affordable Homes Programme 2021-2026 will be Social Rent homes. The Mayor’s funding for shared ownership supports the delivery of affordable housing in London. The 2017 Strategic Housing Market Assessment identifies a need for 11,869 intermediate homes each year between 2016 to 2041. Since 2016, the number of GLA- funded shared ownership homes started has increased from 3,394 in 2016/17 to 8,120 in 2019/20, and the number of GLA-funded Social Rent homes started has increased from 3 in 2016/17 to 7,156 in 2019/20. The Mayor is also using his funding levers to improve the experience of shared owners. For example, there is a new expectation that shared ownership homes funded through the Affordable Homes Programme 2021-26 will offer 999-year leases, or the longest lease allowed by the headlease.

Page 611

London housing data survey and analysis (2) Question No: 2021/1002 Siân Berry In your answer to my question 2020/4314 you told me that your officers have not produced an equivalent analysis on the accessibility of existing homes to that done through the English Housing Survey (EHS) and the detailed data required to do so is not yet available. Is that data now available, and if so, will your team be carrying out a similar analysis at the London level? London housing data survey and analysis (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 This data is not yet available. GLA officers have contacted the English Housing Survey team at the Ministry for Housing, Communities and Local Government to ask when it can be expected.

Supporting London’s musicians through recovery and post-Brexit (2) Question No: 2021/1003 Caroline Russell In your answer to my question 2021/0483 you stated that on 3 February 2021 you wrote to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, about the UK Government’s failure to come to a deal with the EU and the impact on the creative and cultural sectors. Could you publish this letter and share any response you receive from the Secretary of State with me? Supporting London’s musicians through recovery and post-Brexit (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My letter to the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, Oliver Dowden MP, is attached below. I continue to support industry and cross-party calls for the UK and the EU to come back to the negotiating table with immediate effect to ensure a deal is done on touring. Without an agreement on smooth travel, international touring will be prohibitive, expensive and will result in fewer cultural exchanges and tours between the UK and EU. This will be devastating for the UK’s music industry and for talent development. I am yet to receive a response from the Secretary of State.

Page 612

Silvertown Tunnel Question No: 2021/1005 Caroline Pidgeon Have the full costs of the Silvertown Tunnel been made public? Silvertown Tunnel The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The costs of the scheme have regularly been published in line with Transport for London’s standard reporting on its investment programme. Please also see my response to MQ 2021/0994.

Actions following the death of Lucia Ciccioli (1) Question No: 2021/1006 Caroline Pidgeon In answer to question 2020/4248 you stated that TfL has mapped the Casualty Harm Rate and Excess Harm data to highlight the most harmful roads and this information is available to the boroughs. Please state: 1) When was this data first available to the boroughs? 2) Which boroughs have requested the data? 3) What if any measures are in place to hold boroughs to account that fail to reduce road danger using this data? Actions following the death of Lucia Ciccioli (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We were all saddened by the tragic death of Lucia Ciccioli, and our thoughts remain with her family and friends. My previous response to question 2020/4248 stated that the analysis has been shared with boroughs. Whilst data on collisions and road risk is shared regularly with all boroughs, this specific analysis on Excess Harm data has not yet been promoted. Transport for London (TfL) will be providing this in the near future in a way that is most helpful for the boroughs to use. I am committed to continuing to work with all boroughs to actively pursue ambitious proposals to move London closer to my Vision Zero goal for all deaths and serious injuries to be eliminated from London’s transport network by 2041. Having a clear long-term funding plan for TfL will be critical to this by ensuring we can continue to invest in safety improvements on the TfL road network and on local roads.

Page 613

Actions following the death of Lucia Ciccioli (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We were all saddened by the tragic death of Lucia Ciccioli, and our thoughts remain with her family and friends. My previous response to question 2020/4248 stated that the analysis has been shared with boroughs. Whilst data on collisions and road risk is shared regularly with all boroughs, this specific analysis on Excess Harm data has not yet been promoted. Transport for London (TfL) will be providing this in the near future in a way that is most helpful for the boroughs to use. I am committed to continuing to work with all boroughs to actively pursue ambitious proposals to move London closer to my Vision Zero goal for all deaths and serious injuries to be eliminated from London’s transport network by 2041. Having a clear long-term funding plan for TfL will be critical to this by ensuring we can continue to invest in safety improvements on the TfL road network and on local roads.

Actions following the death of Lucia Ciccioli (2) Question No: 2021/1007 Caroline Pidgeon In answer to question 2020/4248 you stated that TfL has mapped the Casualty Harm Rate and Excess Harm data to highlight the most harmful roads and this information is available to the boroughs. Please state: When will this data be publicly available? Actions following the death of Lucia Ciccioli (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I understand that this is an experimental methodology and was used in conjunction with an existing framework to prioritise funding for existing schemes. The spatial elements contained within this analysis are derived from Ordnance Survey road link data which Transport for London (TfL) licences but does not own and is therefore unable to release publicly. However, TfL will be releasing the methodology for transparency and to allow other road safety professionals to recreate the research regardless of road geometry. TfL is committed to improving the understanding of risk (and not just casualty rates) in its publicly available tools and reporting. This is demonstrated by its recently launched Road Danger Reduction Dashboard. TfL engages with the boroughs at all levels to ensure that funding continues to be spent in areas that will deliver the greatest reductions in road risk.

Page 614

Actions following the death of Lucia Ciccioli (3) Question No: 2021/1008 Caroline Pidgeon In answer to question 2020/4248 you stated that TfL has mapped the Casualty Harm Rate and Excess Harm data to highlight the most harmful roads and this information is available to the boroughs. Please state: 1) What were the harm scores for Lavender Hill / Elspeth Road when Ms Ciccioli was killed? 2) How many other junctions on the TfL network have a similar or higher score in terms of risk? 3) When does TfL plan across its network or roads to have risk levels at a lower level than the score for Lavender Hill/Elspeth Road? Actions following the death of Lucia Ciccioli (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Firstly, I offer my condolences to Lucia Ciccioli’s loved ones following her tragic death on our streets. It is a truly awful outcome for her family and friends, who remain in our thoughts. The analysis of data to provide these scores was not conducted until April 2020 and therefore not available at the time of Ms Ciccioli’s death. My understanding is that in April 2020, harm scores were applied to road segments and not junctions. The segments that contained the junctions of Lavender Hill and Elspeth Road have Casualty Harm Rates of 3.2 and 2.9 harm per million km travelled, and Excess Harm of 32 and 53 harm per km for Latchmere Road and Lavender Hill respectively. There are over 200 segments with the same or higher risk scores. This is out of 1,721 total segments analysed. Every death or serious injury on our roads is completely unacceptable. That is why I have committed to a Vision Zero goal of eliminating all deaths and serious injuries on London’s transport network by 2041. Transport for London (TfL) has published a Vision Zero action plan that sets out a range of measures to reduce road risk in London, and includes detail of specific interventions, projects and programmes to help make London’s streets safer. In March 2020 I delivered on my commitment to introduce a 20mph limit on all TfL roads in central London, and TfL has now completed safety improvements for vulnerable road users at 41 high risk junctions across its road network. In the last year alone, TfL delivered a further 20km of lower speed roads, and 90km of protected cycle lanes in partnership with the London boroughs.

Page 615

The London Plan and electric charging points Question No: 2021/1009 Caroline Pidgeon Further to your answers to questions 2019/19622 and 2020/2117 please provide an update to your past replies as to when the public will be able to access information to provide assurances that the London Plan is being fully implemented in relation to the policies relating to the provision of electric charging points. The London Plan and electric charging points The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Further to the previous responses, I can confirm that the Planning London Datahub is due to go live in the week commencing 15th March 2021. This includes planning application data which has been collected since November 2020 for all new planning applications. The majority of the data will be available from the 16th March 2021, with the remainder becoming available over following weeks. GLA officers are currently working on pulling together historic data sets which will enable further analysis of the effectiveness of the implementation of the Plan.

Night Time Flights Question No: 2021/1010 Caroline Pidgeon Did you respond to the recent Department for Transport consultation to maintain the existing night flight restrictions for the designated airports (Heathrow, Gatwick and Stansted) from 2022 to 2024 and if so, please publish your submission? Night Time Flights The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I can confirm that a formal submission was made on my behalf to the Government’s consultation on night flight restrictions at Heathrow, Gatwick and Stansted by Transport for London (TfL). The response was submitted by the consultation deadline of 3 March and has since been published on the TfL website (https://content.tfl.gov.uk/mayoral-response-to-night- flights-consultation-210302.pdf).

Page 616

Anti-virus air filters Question No: 2021/1011 Caroline Pidgeon I understand that anti-virus air filters are being fitted to every bus on the Brighton and Hove Metrobus fleet. What assessment has TfL undertaken of the use of anti-virus air filters on buses, Trams, the DLR, London Overground and the London Underground? Anti-virus air filters The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The use of filters to mitigate against the spread of Covid has been previously considered for both building and vehicle ventilation systems across Transport for London (TfL). Depending on the type of ventilation system, TfL uses bags or panel type filters of various filtration grades, suitable for the environment. High Efficiency Particulate (HEPA) filters, which have the potential to filter viruses like COVID-19, are typically only used in environments like laboratories, hospital operating theatres, that need to be sterile. In other settings, ventilation systems are typically not capable of being upgraded with HEPA filters without compromising other aspects of performance; for example, the increased resistance that air faces to get through the HEPA filter creates a greater risk of air leaking around the unit. Air leaks would undo the benefits of installing a HEPA filter. TfL is aware of the potential benefits of Pathogen Eliminating Particulate air (PEPA) filters and is investigating this for use within its building and rail vehicle ventilation systems. For its bus fleet, TfL is working in conjunction with the bus operators to test and evaluate the technology after seeing the positive results of recent research and testing. TfL is also further improving air flow onboard buses by fitting a new part to windows to keep them permanently open. In the interim, TfL continues to inspect and maintain its existing filters in line with industry best practice guidance (taking all appropriate safety precautions while doing so). In identified building locations, TfL has an increased maintenance frequency to decrease the risk of filter blockages.

Removal of cash payments at London Underground stations (1) Question No: 2021/1012 Caroline Pidgeon In a letter to the London Assembly Transport Committee, dated the 24 February 2021, on the subject of the removal of cash payments at London Underground stations it was stated by the Managing Director of London Underground that: “While the coronavirus transmission rate is high and passenger numbers remain low, we will continue to maintain the temporary cashless arrangements already in place at ticket machines on London Underground and DLR stations, and at London Overground, TfL Rail and Emirates Airline ticket offices. This is to protect staff and customers from handling cash.”

Page 617

Has TfL undertaken any research or received any scientific evidence which differs in anyway from the research of the Bank of England, which in its bulletin titled Cash in the time of Covid, published on the 24 November 2020 stated: “In summary, any risk from handling cash should be low.”? Removal of cash payments at London Underground stations (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Throughout the pandemic, Transport for London’s (TfL’s) priority has been the safety of its staff and customers. TfL has implemented a range of measures to reduce the risk of transmission on public transport, including temporarily stopping cash acceptance at ticket offices and ticket machines across large parts of the transport network. The Government’s safer travel guidance for passengers and its guidance for retailers both encourage the use of contactless payments where possible. This has also facilitated social distancing by reducing queuing and congregating at ticket machines and ticket offices, further reducing the risk of transmission. Overall, these arrangements have worked well and, where issues have arisen, TfL has taken steps to address these. TfL will continue to monitor these arrangements and respond to any concerns raised. TfL has also commissioned independent research into the issues surrounding the use of cash on the transport network. As people gradually return to the transport network and restrictions ease, TfL will use the opportunity to monitor how people are choosing to pay for their travel, incorporating analysis of customer feedback and enhanced monitoring by station staff.

Removal of cash payments at London Underground stations (2) Question No: 2021/1013 Caroline Pidgeon Bank of England research, titled Cash in the time of Covid, published on the 24 November 2020 stated: “A few hours after infection, even at high doses, the levels and therefore associated risk of infection appear low. We also conclude that there is no material difference in the viability of the virus on polymer and paper banknotes.” Does the time lag between cash being placed in ticket machines and then being handled by selective TfL staff mitigate the risks of Covid from cash payments, especially when coupled with the use of Personal Protective Equipment? Removal of cash payments at London Underground stations (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Throughout the pandemic, Transport for London’s (TfL’s) priority has been the safety of its staff and customers. TfL is not aware of any definitive evidence on the issue of how long the virus can persist on surfaces. The cashless arrangements have also helped facilitate

Page 618

social distancing by reducing queuing and congregating at ticket machines and ticket offices. Overall, these arrangements have worked well and, where issues have arisen, TfL has taken steps to address these. TfL will continue to monitor these arrangements and respond to any concerns raised.

London’s poor position of pedestrian deaths from buses on international benchmark Question No: 2021/1014 Caroline Pidgeon The data provided in your response to Question 2020/3828 shows TfL in the bottom half of its World City benchmark for pedestrian deaths from bus collisions and with a higher deaths per km than about 60% of its World City Peers. Does this result further confirm that the World Leading Bus Safety Programme announced on 1 February 2016 has not been given the full priority it deserves? What assurances can you give that London’s international position will improve? London’s poor position of pedestrian deaths from buses on international benchmark The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London’s (TfL’s) Bus Safety Programme contains very significant measures to reduce casualties across London and is keeping London on course to meet my target of reducing the number of people killed or seriously injured by a bus by 70 per cent by 2022, compared to a 2005-09 baseline. TfL developed a Bus Safety Road Map to ensure that London benefits from new safety technology when it becomes available and that the programme makes increasingly significant inroads into cutting deaths and reducing the severity of injuries. TfL’s Bus Safety Standard is now a part of bus operator route contracts and a number of innovative measures have already been introduced. For example, Intelligent Speed Assistance is now a standard requirement on all new buses coming into service, while all new quiet-running electric and hybrid electric buses now benefit from an Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System, which emits a sound to alert vulnerable road users to the presence of the bus. All London’s 25,000 bus drivers are also going through new safety training, focused on vulnerable road users. We are making sustained progress towards our Vision Zero targets of eliminating deaths on or by a bus by 2030 and eradicating serious injuries on London’s roads by 2041. These are ambitious targets that will help improve our position compared to other international cities with similar bus networks to ours.

Page 619

Idling of buses Question No: 2021/1015 Caroline Pidgeon I have received reports that buses are left idling at Camberwell bus garage, with engines often kept running when bus drivers are switching over between shifts. What steps are being taken to ensure that the idling of buses is stopped at this garage and throughout all bus garages in London? Idling of buses The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 All staff at the garage have been reminded though local communication channels to switch off engines during changeovers in Camberwell. They have also been referred to the Engine Off Every Stop campaign, and reminded of the importance of minimising tailpipe emissions. Idling is being tackled more generally with driver training, supervision of vehicle movement in and out of some garages at the busiest times, and operator notices about switching off. Some makes and models of bus incorporate technology which automatically stops the engine if the accelerator is not being pressed, while Transport for London’s (TfL’s) current fleet of zero-emission buses has no tailpipe emissions and will grow from 445 to 700 by the end of this year. All diesel buses in the core fleet have also been lifted to the ultra-clean Euro VI engine standard, which cuts the most harmful pollutants like particulate matter and oxides of nitrogen by up to 80 and 95 per cent respectively. Transport for London and I are aiming for the entire London bus fleet to be zero emission by 2037 or earlier if possible as part of a sustainable funding deal TfL.

Fire on DLR train at Poplar station Question No: 2021/1016 Caroline Pidgeon Has the investigation into the fire that occurred on a DLR train at Poplar station on the 16 January 2021 been completed? As the initial cause of the fire has been identified as a fault on the shoe that picks up the power, has any assessment been undertaken on this part of other trains throughout the DLR? Fire on DLR train at Poplar station The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The 16 January 2021 incident occurred at East India station. The electrical contact points, or ‘shoes’, that pick up the power on DLR vehicles are susceptible to gathering small debris particles as a result of mechanical wear. This can occasionally build up and cause short circuits, which leads to protective circuit breakers tripping. There is also a risk of visible arcing or, very rarely (as with the incident on 16/01/2021) a small fire, where the accumulated detritus catches fire.

Page 620

Working with its contractors, TfL put in place a series of measures throughout 2020 to reduce the risk of shoe gear problems occurring. This resulted in a 91 per cent reduction in incidents during 2020. TfL continues to monitor shoe gear performance and to work on further mitigations and counter-measures.

The iREPORTit App for Reporting Terrorist Content Online (1) Question No: 2021/1017 Caroline Pidgeon I very much welcome the launch of the iREPORTit app to support Londoners in reporting terrorist content online. Please provide more information on how you will be working with the Met and others to promote the app so that Londoners are aware of it and how to use it, which will be essential to its success. The iREPORTit App for Reporting Terrorist Content Online (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am delighted that my administration has launched a pilot of an app which allows the public to refer online terrorist content. The app, iREPORTit is easy, quick, and entirely anonymous. My Countering Violent Extremism (CVE) programme team have led the iREPORTit project which has been funded through my Civic Innovation Challenge. They have been working closely with the Counter Terrorist Internet Referral Unit and National Counter Terrorism Policing to proactively promote the app through practitioners, stakeholders, civil society groups, community organisations and education institutes. In addition, a general awareness campaign for the app is running on social media and has resulted in impressions across millions of accounts. However, I would of course welcome any further support you and London Assembly could provide in championing and promoting the app. The app is available and free to download for both Apple iOS and Android devices. Community strength and cohesion, both in physical and digital spaces, is vital to a strong and powerful society. Empowering the public with the tools to help stop terrorism is a crucial part of this.

The iREPORTit App for Reporting Terrorist Content Online (2) Question No: 2021/1018 Caroline Pidgeon We have seen a considerable increase in many online crimes during the COVID-19 lockdown including hate speech and child sexual exploitation. Will you consider expanding the iREPORTit app or using the investment to date to develop a similar app for reporting a wider range of serious online criminal activity?

Page 621

The iREPORTit App for Reporting Terrorist Content Online (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 After the initial 3-month pilot period (sponsored through my Civic Innovation Challenge), consideration for continued use of the iREPORTit app and responsibility for the ownership of any future contract will revert to the MPS’ Counter Terrorism Internet Referral Unit (CTIRU). I recognize that the app’s technical innovation could have uses beyond its current purpose, such as for the reporting of multiple harms and crimes such as hate crime and child sexual exploitation. My CVE Programme team will work to ensure that the potential future use of the technology to report other harms and crimes is raised with the police and other appropriate stakeholders. The app is available and free to download for both Apple iOS and Android devices.

Borough Point of Contact for Women Leaving Prison Question No: 2021/1019 Caroline Pidgeon It is essential that women leaving prison have access to housing, support and advice to keep them safe and reduce the risk of re-offending, as outlined in the recent report by the Safe Homes for Women Leaving Prison. What work is MOPAC doing with London Boroughs and others to ensure there is a single point of contact for (re)housing women released from prison? Borough Point of Contact for Women Leaving Prison The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have convened a multi-agency Accommodation & Housing Task Group, of which Safe Homes for Women Leaving Prison are members. This group has drafted an Action Plan, containing a specific commitment to identify in-prison custody Single Points of Contact (SPOCs). These SPOCS will link with housing services and establish a multi-agency referral pathway for London women in custody both pre- and post-prison release. Procedures are being developed to deliver this.

Supporting Disabled People Impacted by Covid-19 into Work Question No: 2021/1020 Caroline Pidgeon A recent report by Inclusion London on disabled people’s experiences of the COVID-19 pandemic in London highlighted the importance of supporting disabled Londoners in getting and keeping good jobs, with good pay and working conditions. What work are you

Page 622

doing to ensure disabled individuals are given more opportunities for high quality employment and how are you working to strengthen protections for disabled workers against discrimination and equipping employers with the knowledge that allows them to support and develop disabled workers in an inclusive work environment as we recover from the pandemic? Supporting Disabled People Impacted by Covid-19 into Work The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Deaf and disabled Londoners faced barriers to employment before the pandemic. A lack of flexible work opportunities, inaccessible recruitment, and not enough information for employers all contributed to disabled people not participating or progressing in the workplace. While the growth in remote working has helped some, overwhelmingly the economic crisis and lockdown restrictions have worsened disabled Londoners’ experiences of work. My Good Work Standard encourages employers to support their disabled staff through inclusive recruitment, flexible working and disability leave policies, as well as gathering data and acting on disability pay gaps. My Employment Rights Hub features information about rights for disabled workers at work. To build on this, I am working with Deaf and disabled Londoners to co-design the solutions that will be at the heart of London’s recovery and our work to create Good Work for Londoners. This month, Deputy Mayor Dr Debbie Weekes-Bernard co-hosted a meeting with Inclusion London and Deaf and Disabled People’s Organisations (DDPOs) to discuss how we can work together on the London Recovery Programme. The Programme’s ‘Good Work’ mission will improve the coordination of employment support and training to ensure better access for groups, such as disabled Londoners, who sometimes fall between the cracks. It will build on the Good Work Standard to mobilise employers to adopt good employment practices and increase workforce diversity.

Progress Turning Beddington Farmlands into a Nature Reserve Question No: 2021/1021 Caroline Pidgeon As part of the planning conditions for the Energy Recovery Facility in Sutton, Viridor is required to restore the adjacent landfill site on Beddington Farmlands to a nature reserve by 31 December 2023. There are serious concerns about progress on this commitment. Given the area forms part of the All London Green Grid and is recognised as a significant regional asset in the London Plan, and the planning permission required GLA sign off, will you join Sutton Council in putting pressure on Viridor to ensure they deliver the restoration on time and as promised?

Page 623

Progress Turning Beddington Farmlands into a Nature Reserve The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The previous Mayor considered the planning application in August 2013 and planning permission for the facility was given by Sutton Council in 2013 conditional on the management plan for the restoration of Beddington Farmlands into a nature reserve being delivered. The enforcement of planning conditions is the responsibility of the local planning authority and as Mayor of London I have no remit to enforce planning conditions. However, I strongly encourage Sutton to take the necessary and appropriate action to ensure Viridor restore the site and deliver the nature reserve it promised.

Developments with ‘Affordable’ Housing Question No: 2021/1022 Caroline Pidgeon If a development’s affordable housing provision consists of only ‘intermediate’ forms of affordable housing and no social rented homes, does this affect the amount of funding the development receives from the GLA? Developments with ‘Affordable’ Housing The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Mayor is administering two Affordable Homes Programmes concurrently. The Mayor’s London Plan 2021 stipulates that the affordable housing contribution on mixed-tenure residential developments should comprise at least 30 per cent low-cost rented homes, as either London Affordable Rent or Social Rent. Except in exceptional circumstances, where evidence demonstrates the threshold level of 35 per cent affordable housing cannot be met, the London Plan does not support developments where the affordable housing provision consists of only intermediate housing. Partners will receive less funding for intermediate homes than if they are building homes for social rent. Within the Affordable Homes Programme 2016-2023, there are differential grant rates available depending on the tenure of affordable housing delivered, with higher grant rates available for low cost rent homes than for intermediate tenure homes. Within the Affordable Homes Programme 2021-2026, the Mayor agreed with Government that over half of the homes delivered will be Social Rent homes. London Living Rent and shared ownership are the two intermediate tenures that will be funded under the AHP 21- 26. The GLA is introducing negotiated grant rates for all projects under the new programme. As a result of this we would expect to pay lower grant rates for intermediate homes.

Page 624

Developments with 36% or More Affordable Housing Question No: 2021/1023 Caroline Pidgeon At present if a developer puts forward proposals with at least 36% affordable housing they do not have to provide a financial viability assessment. Can you clarify whether within this 36%+ of affordable housing developers are required to offer a mix of affordable housing and cannot simply put forward only so-called ‘intermediate’ forms of affordable housing. Do you insist that they must include at least some social rented homes, and if this is not the case, will you consider introducing this as part of the upcoming Affordable Housing Programme? Developments with 36% or More Affordable Housing The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 To follow the Fast Track Route and avoid submitting a financial viability assessment, applicants need to provide at least 35% affordable housing, as well as delivering the affordable homes tenure split required by my London Plan. This means providing a minimum of 30% low cost rent homes (social rent or London Affordable Rent), 30% intermediate homes, with the remaining 40% to be determined by the borough. The 40% should normally be low cost rent, however for some boroughs a broader mix of tenures may be appropriate. The Fast Track Route is also available where low cost rent homes are provided in place of intermediate housing. Decisions regarding grant allocations through my Affordable Homes Programme 2021-26 are entirely separate to planning matters. However, I am pleased that through negotiations with the Government I’ve secured terms which mean that it will deliver a majority of homes as social rent, for which the evidence shows there is overwhelmingly the greatest level of need in London.

Housing Associations Buying Back Shared Ownership Shares to Help Those Unable to Sell or Move Because of the Cladding and Fire Safety Scandal Question No: 2021/1024 Caroline Pidgeon Several well-respected individuals within the housing sector have suggested the benefits of a ‘Buy Back’ scheme for shared owners impacted by the cladding and fire safety scandal. Such a scheme would mean the housing associations that sold these properties on a shared ownership basis could buy the shares back from anyone who is struggling and unable to move due to the crisis. Given the number of shared owners impacted by the scandal in London is this something you will work with housing associations to explore?

Page 625

Housing Associations Buying Back Shared Ownership Shares to Help Those Unable to Sell or Move Because of the Cladding and Fire Safety Scandal The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The building safety crisis is underpinned by various systemic problems, ranging from the volume of buildings unsafely clad, to the sector’s capacity to conduct the work, and most importantly the Government’s failure to make sufficient funding available for remediation. The building safety crisis requires a multi-faceted approach, a key element of which must involve the Government ensuring that a funding solution is found which ensure that leaseholders – including shared ownership leaseholders – are not forced to bear the costs for a crisis they played no role in causing. The funding I receive from central Government is to support the supply of new homes, through the Affordable Homes Programme. There is some provision to spend this funding on acquisitions, which could include buying market sale homes to convert to affordable. However, buying back existing affordable units would diminish my ability to meet our supply targets for the safe and affordable homes Londoners desperately need.

Step free access Question No: 2021/1025 Caroline Pidgeon Further to the letter, dated the 4 March 2021, sent to the Transport Committee by the Deputy Mayor for Transport, on the subject of the delivery of capital projects and programmes listed in the 2016 Transport for London (TfL) Business Plan, please list by name the 11 London Underground stations that are expected to become step free by the end of 2022. Please also provide the estimated completion dates between now and the end of 2022. Step free access The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Further to the letter, dated the 4 March 2021, sent to the Transport Committee by the Deputy Mayor for Transport, on the subject of the delivery of capital projects and programmes listed in the 2016 Transport for London (TfL) Business Plan, please list by name the 11 London Underground stations that are expected to become step free by the end of 2022. Please also provide the estimated completion dates between now and the end of 2022. Written response from the Mayor Work at the following stations is expected to be completed by the end of 2021: • Sudbury Hill • Debden • Ickenham

Page 626

• Wimbledon Park • Harrow-on-the-Hill • Osterley • Battersea Power Station (Northern line extension) • Nine Elms (Northern line extension) Work at the following stations is expected to be completed by the end of 2022: • Knightsbridge • Whitechapel (Elizabeth line) • Ealing Broadway (Elizabeth line)

Youth unemployment [1] Question No: 2021/1027 Jennette Arnold OBE London’s youth unemployment has reached 22%. This is incredibly worrying. What are you doing to reduce this? Youth unemployment [1] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Supporting Londoners’ disproportionately impacted by the pandemic – including young people – is a key priority of my Budget for 2021-22. £516m revenue has been allocated to support recovery work, including the Missions agreed by the Recovery Board. This includes a range of projects that will help unemployed young Londoners, from personalised mentoring and workforce integration schemes through to careers support, sector-based training programmes and promotion of Good Work. I have added new flexibilities to my Adult Education Budget (AEB) so that all Londoners that are unemployed or on low incomes can access fully funded Level 3 courses to help them upskill or retrain. Mayoral European Social Fund (ESF) programmes also include vital careers and jobs support for young people. In addition, I continue to promote Good Work and jobs through the GLA’s networks with key partners, including business, local authorities and job centres.

Youth Unemployment [2] Question No: 2021/1028 Jennette Arnold OBE London’s youth unemployment has reached 22%. This is incredibly worrying. What does London need from government to reduce this urgently?

Page 627

Youth Unemployment [2] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We need the Government to take urgent action to deliver for young people. As stated in Mayor’s Question 2020/4496, my submission to the Comprehensive Spending Review outlined what I am seeking from the Government to support Londoners, including young people. My core ask – alongside the M9 group of Mayors – is a devolved, multi-year, single funding settlement to support integrated skills, work and education systems. In the absence of a devolved package, I have urged the Government to double the Adult Education Budget (19+) to £640m in London, commit to continued devolved skills capital funding, and provide a guarantee to young people of high-quality training, apprenticeship, job opportunities, including setting the Kickstart wage subsidy at the real living wage. I have also stressed that under the UK Shared Prosperity Fund all areas should receive at least as much funding as currently via EU and local programmes, and any further allocation should be based on a fair measure of need.

Future Green Homes Programmes (1) Question No: 2021/1031 Leonie Cooper Following the significant failure of the Government to support improving residential energy efficiency through the £1.5bn Green Homes Grant, where it is likely only 20 percent of this budget will be spent, what communication have you had with the Department for Business, Energy and Industry Strategy (BEIS) about how they plan to deal with 80 percent underspend? Future Green Homes Programmes (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am delighted to have helped secure more than £160million for retrofit for London from Government schemes. I too am concerned that Government plans to withdraw Green Homes Grant funding if it is not spent quickly enough. With only 20,000 vouchers of the 600,000 target issued four months in, it would take over 10 years to spend the budget at the current rate. As noted in MQ1032, I wrote to the Government last month, before the Budget, to express my concerns over the failure of the voucher scheme and to ask the Government to devolve Green Homes Grant funding to me and other city leaders. I appreciate that the funds should be spent quickly to help ensure a green recovery but the Government must recognise that there are limits on how quickly supply chains can scale up and learn the lesson that sustained funding and policy certainty is necessary to meet net-zero and create sustainable green jobs.

Page 628

Future Green Homes Programmes (2) Question No: 2021/1032 Leonie Cooper Given the significant failure of the Green Homes Grant, have you asked the Government to devolve a London element of any future Green Homes Grant budget to the GLA? Future Green Homes Programmes (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In February, I wrote to Energy Minister Anne-Marie Trevelyan o convey my concerns over the failure of the Green Homes Grant voucher scheme and to ask the Government to devolve Green Homes Grant funding to me in London. This would speed up delivery, given our extensive and successful experience of running our own retrofit schemes and in building the supply chain. This is in line with my position that all domestic energy efficiency funding be devolved to London.

Responding to the Fuel Poverty Strategy Question No: 2021/1033 Leonie Cooper How will your London Fuel Poverty Partnership be responding to the proposals set out in the Government’s recently published Fuel Poverty Strategy for England, “Sustainable Warmth; Protecting Vulnerable Households in England”? Responding to the Fuel Poverty Strategy The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Fuel Poverty Strategy for England aims to improve the energy efficiency of homes across England but has been undermined by the Government’s recent withdrawal of the Greener Homes Grant. I will be working with stakeholders such as Fuel Poverty Partnership members to address the proposals made in the strategy. This will include using the change in the definition of fuel poverty in England to review eligibility for my Warmer Homes scheme and other fuel poverty programmes. This is in order to have the biggest impact on fuel poverty whilst delivering a net zero London. The new measure places London as the third-worst region in England for fuel poverty and makes it clear that fuel poverty is now principally an urban problem so I will continue to work with partners to address it. To this end, I will also work with partners to ensure that London secures at least its fair share of the increased Energy Company Obligation (at least £130m out of £1bn annually) and to ensure that London does not miss out on the Home Upgrade Grant funding announced for homes not connected to the gas mains. I will continue to work with health and social care partners to deliver on the Strategy’s Vulnerability principle in order that

Page 629

those at greatest health risk are reached and supported. My London Building Stock Model will also be useful in targeting fuel poverty interventions better.

Green Finance Institute Update Question No: 2021/1034 Leonie Cooper What proposals have come out of the work you have commissioned the Green Finance Institute to undertake, to explore opportunities to maximise the flow of private capital into London’s environmental priorities? Green Finance Institute Update The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 To support London’s ability to get to net-zero by 2030 and support the London Recovery Board’s ambitions, London will need billions of pounds of private sector investment over the next decade. I am working with the Green Finance Institute (GFI) to explore how we can help do that. The GFI initially reviewed initiatives and approaches from the UK and internationally and then consulted with a wide range of stakeholders to understand what the barriers are to financing climate related projects and what type of financing structures the private sector thought would increase the level of its investment. The GFI are now producing an interim report with recommendations for the Mayor to consider. This will look at the structure that any financing facility should take, how it could be capitalised to maximise the use of public sector funding and, importantly, how it could support a rapid increase in the scale of the pipeline of bankable projects that are seeking finance. The government’s announcement around the UK Investment Bank was an encouraging development nationally. It will be important to ensure that it aligns with any structure that is being proposed here in London to accelerate the flow of private sector finance and support the transition to a low carbon circular economy.

TfL’s Zero Carbon Power Purchase Agreement Question No: 2021/1035 Leonie Cooper What progress is being made by Transport for London and their Zero Carbon Power Purchase Agreement? TfL’s Zero Carbon Power Purchase Agreement The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I’m pleased to say that Transport for London (TfL) has made good progress in devising and agreeing its strategy to transition to renewable energy via Power Purchase Agreements

Page 630

(PPAs) to enable the goal of running a zero carbon railway by 2030. The strategy was agreed at TfL’s Finance Committee in September 2020. A further paper to the Committee on 25 November set out the procurement process and timeframe for the first two PPAs, which will see 20 per cent of TfL’s electricity supply being sourced directly from renewable energy. Procurement for the first PPA will commence in April 2021 and has a target supply date of March 2022. The second will be issued to market during the summer for supply during the financial year 2023/24. Together, these contracts will represent a major step towards meeting my ambition for TfL-controlled rail services to be zero carbon by 2030. In parallel, the GLA Group is actively developing plans for a wider switch to renewables including an innovative financing solution to fund the building of new renewable assets, underwritten by GLA Group power demand. This will be launched in conjunction with TfL’s second PPA procurement in the summer. If successful, this financing solution would be used to support the GLA Group-wide transition to renewable power.

TfL Properties and Energy Efficiency (1) Question No: 2021/1036 Leonie Cooper How are Transport for London encouraging energy efficiency improvements in the 2,700 commercial (non-TfL-occupied) properties on their estate? TfL Properties and Energy Efficiency (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has committed to becoming net zero on its commercial estate by 2030. Critical to that success will be the partnership TfL has with its tenants, the vast majority of whom are Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises. TfL has developed a programme of work related to tenant education and sustainability, which includes: 1. Creation of a tenant-specific strategy on Environment Social & Governance (ESG). 2. Creation of campaign on ESG, working in partnership with tenant support groups, including the Guardians of the Arches and the Federation of Small Business, to educate tenants on energy efficiency and sustainability. 3. Creation of groups to drive knowledge on energy efficiency, including highlighting schemes available to tenants to improve energy efficiency. 4. Trialling approaches for formally recognising the social value TfL’s tenants contribute through energy-efficiency and wider environmental and social schemes. 5. Dedicated resources to visit tenants and advise on how to improve energy efficiency at no cost to their businesses. 6. Focusing on property fit-out standards, so that TfL brings properties to market in a way that enshrines energy efficiency.

Page 631

TfL Properties and Energy Efficiency (2) Question No: 2021/1037 Leonie Cooper What is the average Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) rating for buildings that Transport for London current rents out? Do these buildings comply with national regulations? TfL Properties and Energy Efficiency (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) ratings are assessed at specific stages in the property lifecycle with many being assessed only when a property becomes vacant. Transport for London (TfL) has so far been able to measure EPC ratings on 718 commercial properties across its estate and a small number of residential properties. TfL has an average score of 92.65 on the properties it has assessed, equating to a ‘D’ rating. A programme is currently being developed to review what investment is required to improve this rating in line with Minimum Energy Efficiency Standards (MEES) regulations. All properties are managed in line with national regulations. TfL has improvement works planned for the handful of residential properties that have a rating of E or lower. This work was delayed by the coronavirus pandemic but is now scheduled to take place in the next few months.

TfL net zero carbon pathway Question No: 2021/1038 Leonie Cooper Has Transport for London published its net zero carbon pathway study? Is this publicly available? TfL net zero carbon pathway The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes, Transport for London (TfL) has published its initial net zero carbon pathway on the Better Buildings Partnership’s climate change commitment website. This is publicly available here: https://www.betterbuildingspartnership.co.uk/sites/default/files/TfL_CD_NetZeroPathwa y.pdf TfL is now working on the various strategies outlined in this pathway study and will report on its progress through annual updates to the document.

Page 632

Projects supported by TfL’s Strategic Energy Advisor Question No: 2021/1039 Leonie Cooper Please list all projects where Baringa Partners are supporting Transport for London as part of their role as Strategic Energy Advisor to TfL. Projects supported by TfL’s Strategic Energy Advisor The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am aware that following a competitive recruitment process Baringa Partners were engaged by Transport for London (TfL) in 2020 to advise on the development of a strategy to procure 100 per cent renewable energy by 2030. This work was completed in September 2020. For more information on TfL’s progress on renewable energy purchasing please refer to 2021/1035.

LFPA and fossil fuels Question No: 2021/1040 Leonie Cooper Please provide an update on your commitment to divest the London Pension Fund Authority from fossil fuels – is divestment now complete? LFPA and fossil fuels The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have committed to take all possible steps to divest the London Pension Fund Authority (LPFA) of its investments in fossil fuel industries. Whilst the LPFA is independent from the GLA, I have worked with the Fund to divest GLA cash assets from fossil fuels and develop a climate change policy for the fund that includes divestment., Over this administration term the Fund has reduced their listed equity investments in direct extractive fossil fuel by over 90% from £43.6 million to £2.9 million. Examples of companies it has divested from include ExxonMobil, Coal India, BP and Shell. As at 31 December 2020, the LPFA’s listed equity investments in direct extractive fossil fuel companies was £3.8 million, equivalent to 0.06% of the Fund. This represents a reduction of over 80% since 31 December 2017, when the LPFA’s listed equity investments in direct extractive fossil fuel companies was £20.4 million, equivalent to 0.36% of the Fund On top of this, I have been leading the way in encouraging systemic changes to investment policy from London’s institutional investors by championing divestment of funds from fossil fuels and into climate and green investments. In London I have led the call for boroughs to progress their divestment plans and thirteen London boroughs are now taking action to divest their pension funds. Internationally I have been using my role in C40 Cities to support other world cities navigate a path to divestment. Together with New York City I have called on fellow mayors of the world’s leading cities to join us in divesting city pension

Page 633

funds from fossil fuel assets, and we published a divestment tool kit for cities in 2020 to support this.

Energy for Londoners (1) Question No: 2021/1041 Leonie Cooper How much in total have you invested in the Energy for Londoners Programme? Please provide a project by project breakdown. Energy for Londoners (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since 2017/18, I have invested the following in my Energy for Londoners programme: Home energy (£11.2m): Warmer Homes £8.4m Retrofit Accelerator – Homes £1.9m Solar Together £0.7m Energy Leap £0.2m Non-domestic energy (£3.5m): Retrofit Accelerator – Workplaces £2.2m Cleaner Heat Cashback £1.1m Business Climate Challenge £0.1m Solar Industrial Estates £0.1m Community and decentralised energy (£4.3m): London Community Energy Fund £1.0m Decentralised Energy Enabling Project £1.8m North London District Energy Network expansion £1.2m Licence Lite pilot £0.3m

In addition, in 2018 I invested £43m from the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) in the Mayor of London’s Energy Efficiency Fund. Funds were then secured from private investors to make MEEF a £500m fund. To date MEEF has leveraged over £250m

Page 634

across eight investments and has a strong pipeline of projects. And, last October, I awarded a further £8.2m to the fund. In 2020/21 my Energy for Londoners programmes have helped leverage over £160m for London from Government, including £9.45m for my Warmer Homes Programme to support the most vulnerable. All programmes have been impacted by the pandemic throughout this financial year, therefore some budgets may not have been fully spent. This will result in some budget being carried forward in to 2021/22.

Energy for Londoners (2) Question No: 2021/1042 Leonie Cooper How much in total have you invested in the Energy for Londoners programme since 2016? Please provide a year-by-year breakdown. Energy for Londoners (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please also refer to the response to MQ 2020/1041. Energy for Londoners was established in 2017/18. The breakdown per year is: 2017/18: £2.6m 2018/19: £6.4m 2019/20: £4m 2020/21: £6m

Warmer Homes Fund Question No: 2021/1043 Leonie Cooper How many owner/occupiers have been supported through the Warmer Homes Fund? Please provide a year-by-year breakdown. Warmer Homes Fund The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In the first phase of Warmer Homes (2018-2019), 1,105 owner-occupiers received Warmer Homes funding. Delivery of the second phase (2020 to present) has been heavily affected by the pandemic but so far 248 owner-occupiers have received Warmer Homes funding and

Page 635

this number is expected to rise to over 1,000 by the end of this year if lockdown restrictions ease as indicated.

Licence Lite Question No: 2021/1044 Leonie Cooper Can you please confirm why Licence Lite has ended? Licence Lite The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Licence Lite was a twelve-month pilot project. The project became operational on 1 January 2018 and finished on 31 December 2018. The project did not continue after the pilot period because Npower terminated the five-year contract early. Having undertaken a high-level assessment of the market, it was uncertain if the GLA would be able to procure another Third Party Licenced Supply (TPLS) service provider. To do so would have required spending more public money in market testing and tendering for another TPLS, with no guarantee that one could be found, or that they would be able to commit to a five-year contract term. Considering this, I had little choice but to end the Licence Lite project. Please see Mayor’s Question 2019/9154: https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2019/9154

Biodiversity in London (1) Question No: 2021/1045 Leonie Cooper How many new parks funded by TfL have been introduced or are planned for introduction? Biodiversity in London (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As set out in my London Environment Strategy, I am committed to greening London and making it a world leading National Park City. Transport for London (TfL) is key to helping achieve this and greening is central to the Healthy Streets theme of my Transport Strategy. Fourteen parklets have been delivered through my air quality fund so far, all in 2019: one as part of the City of London Low Emission Neighbourhood (LEN), four as part of the Greenwich LEN; five as part of the CityFringe LEN; and four as part of the Hammersmith Grove Zero Emission Zone. TfL Commercial Development’s (CD) programme for the development of 58 sites across London is currently planned to deliver at least 18 parks of various sizes totalling around 5.7ha. Achieving this is subject to securing implementable planning permissions. In

Page 636

addition, most of TfL CD’s residential schemes also make significant financial contributions toward the improvement of parks and playspaces within the vicinity of the development.

Biodiversity in London (2) Question No: 2021/1046 Leonie Cooper How many trees have you funded to be planted in London? Please provide a year-by-year breakdown. Biodiversity in London (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 From May 2016 to date, I have directly funded the planting of 331,109 trees in London, with trees planted in every borough. This is more than the previous Mayor planted over the course of his two terms. This includes trees planted through my Greener City Fund community tree planting and woodland creation grants, the Urban Tree Challenge Fund street tree programme, tree giveaways and other directly funded programmes, as well as trees planted by Transport for London on the TLRN. An annual breakdown is provided in the attached table. In addition to the 331,109 trees already planted, I have committed funds to plant a further 90,000 trees by 2022, including to complete the creation of two new woodlands in our Green Belt, covering 84 hectares. This total does not include the thousands of trees planted each year in London funded by boroughs, environmental organisations, community groups, developers, businesses and Londoners.

Biodiversity in London (3) Question No: 2021/1047 Leonie Cooper Please provide an update on the work being undertaken to support London’s status as a National Parks City? Biodiversity in London (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London was confirmed as the world’s first National Park City in 2019. Its aims are embedded in the London Recovery Board’s Green New Deal mission, which prioritises tackling the ecological emergency and enhancing Londoners’ access to green space. Since 2016 I have invested over £13m in greening London: planting 330,000 trees, improving over 400 hectares of green space, and funding over 300 community projects,

Page 637

including 54 in schools. My Grow Back Greener Fund recently supported 34 community projects. Over 90% are in areas of deprivation, and over 80% in areas with poor access to open space. I have funded six green capital projects including a new linear park creating safe routes to school for children at the Ripple Greenway in Barking, and habitat creation to enhance biodiversity at Brent River Park in Ealing. My funding is also supporting the creation of 85 hectares of newly accessible woodland in the Green Belt. My new London Plan has strong protections for trees and woodlands, the Green Belt and other open spaces, and my Urban Greening Factor policy will accelerate greening in new developments including trees, green roofs and sustainable drainage.

Improvements in Air Quality around schools Question No: 2021/1048 Leonie Cooper In 2016 there were 455 schools located in areas with illegal air quality, by 2019 this had dropped to 14. What are your plans to clean up the air at the remaining 14 schools? Improvements in Air Quality around schools The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The air quality audit process has identified ways in which we can help these remaining schools and the London Schools Pollution Helpdesk is a resource to help them implement measures that will improve the air for both staff and pupils. I recently published a report, for example, which showed that School Streets can reduce NO2 levels by up to 23 per cent during morning drop-offs. I will be writing to the 14 schools encouraging them to use the helpdesk. In addition, the ULEZ expansion will help deliver a 30 per cent reduction in NOx road transport emissions and TfL’s ongoing efforts to clean the bus fleet will contribute to further improvements to air quality across London. I will also continue to work with local authorities to tackle pollution hotspots. The newly published London Plan, for example, will require developers to meet stricter air quality benchmarks and ensure that they think about air pollution across design, transport and industrial policies. This will be especially important if developments are being planned to include new schools or are being designed around existing ones.

Page 638

Improvements in Air Quality Putney High St (1) Question No: 2021/1049 Leonie Cooper Prior to and following the introduction of the Low Emission Bus Zones could you give the date on which Putney High Street broke legal limits on air quality in 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020? Improvements in Air Quality Putney High St (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Between 2016 and 2019, with the introduction of the Low Emission Bus Zone at Putney High Street in March 2017 the annual mean NO2 concentrations reduced by 45 per cent and exceedances of the hourly mean limit reduced by 99 per cent. There are two air pollution monitoring stations along Putney High Street. The hourly average NO2 limit value was breached in 2017 and 2018 (for site WA7) and 2019 (for site WA8), with the following number of hourly means recorded above 200µg/m3: • Site WA7: 76 (2017 – threshold of 18 exceedances allowed reached on 5 January), 26 (2018 – threshold of 18 exceedances allowed reached on 16 February), 11(2019 – threshold not exceeded), 3 (2020 – threshold not exceeded) • Site WA8: 9 (2017 – threshold not exceeded), 5 (2018 – threshold not exceeded), 20 (2019 – threshold of 18 exceedances allowed reached on 27 March), 1 (2020 – threshold not exceeded) The annual average NO2 limit value (40 µg/m3) was breached every year between 2017 and 2020 at both sites, with the following averages recorded: • Site WA7: 76µg/m3 (2017), 67µg/m3 (2018), 69µg/m3 (2019), and 55µg/m3 (2020) • Site WA8: 59µg/m3 (2017), 62µg/m3 (2018), 66µg/m3 (2019), 51µg/m3 (2020) The annual and daily average PM10 limit values were not breached between 2017 and 2020.

Improvements in Air Quality Putney High St (2) Question No: 2021/1050 Leonie Cooper What is the situation in 2021? Has Putney High St exceeded legal limits yet? Improvements in Air Quality Putney High St (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2021 so far (up to 18 March), neither of the monitoring sites on Putney High Street have recorded an hour over the hourly limit for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) of 200ugm-3.

Page 639

Full details of monitoring data between 2017 and 2020, and applicable limit values for NO2 and PM10 are included in response to Question No: 2020/1049.

Improvements in Air Quality Tooting Broadway (1) Question No: 2021/1051 Leonie Cooper Could you give the date on which Tooting Broadway broke legal limits on air quality in 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020? Improvements in Air Quality Tooting Broadway (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There is one air pollution monitoring station near Tooting Broadway, (Wandsworth – Tooting High Street). It is a roadside site measuring NO2 and PM10. As outlined below, it has been in compliance with all legal limits since 2019. The NO2 hourly average limit value was not breached between 2017 and 2019, with the following number of hourly means recorded above 200µg/m3: 0 (2017), 2 (2018 – threshold not exceeded), 3 (2019 – threshold not exceeded), and (2020 – data not available). The NO2 annual average limit (40 µg/m3) was breached in 2017, 2018 and 2019. The annual averages recorded each year were: 55 µg/m3 (2017), 53 µg/m3 (2018), 50 µg/m3 (2019), (2020 – data not available). The annual and daily average PM10 limit values were not breached between 2017 and 2020.

Improvements in Air Quality Tooting Broadway (2) Question No: 2021/1052 Leonie Cooper What is the situation in 2021? Has Tooting Broadway exceeded legal limits yet? Improvements in Air Quality Tooting Broadway (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2021 so far (up to 18 March), the monitoring station near Tooting Broadway has not recorded an hour over the hourly limit for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) of 200ugm-3. Full details of monitoring data between 2017 and 2020, and applicable limit values for NO2 and PM10 are included in response to Question No: 2020/1051.

Page 640

Improvements in Air Quality Clapham Junction (1) Question No: 2021/1053 Leonie Cooper Could you give the date on which Clapham Junction broke legal limits on air quality in 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020? Improvements in Air Quality Clapham Junction (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There is one air pollution monitoring station near Clapham Junction, Lavender Hill (Clapham Jct). It is a roadside site measuring NOx, NO2 and PM10. As outlined below, it has been in compliance with all legal limits since 2019. • The NO2 annual average limit (40 µg/m3) was breached in 2017 and 2018. Since 2019 Lavender Hill has been within legal limits. The annual averages recorded each year were: 43µg/m3 (2017), 41µg/m3 (2018), 38µg/m3 (2019), and 30µg/m3 (2020). • The NO2 hourly average limit value was not breached between 2017 and 2020, with the following number of hourly means recorded above 200µg/m3: 0 (2017), 0 (2018), 0 (2019), and 0 (2020). • The PM10 annual average limit value (40 µg/m3) was not breached between 2017 and 2020, with the following averages recorded: 20µg/m3 (2017), 21µg/m3 (2018), 19µg/m3 (2019), and 19µg/m3 (2020). • The PM10 daily average limit value was not breached between 2017 and 2020, with the following number of daily means recorded above 50µg/m3: 4 (2017), 3 (2018), 4 (2019), and 5 (2020).

Improvements in Air Quality Clapham Junction (2) Question No: 2021/1054 Leonie Cooper What is the situation in 2021? Has Clapham Junction exceeded legal limits yet? Improvements in Air Quality Clapham Junction (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2021so far (up to 18 March), the monitoring station near Clapham Junction has not recorded an hour over the hourly limit for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) of 200ugm-3. Full details of monitoring data between 2017 and 2020, and applicable limit values for NO2 and PM10 are included in response to Question No: 2020/1053.

Page 641

Central ULEZ and Air Quality Question No: 2021/1055 Leonie Cooper Please provide an update on the impact of the Central ULEZ on air quality across London. Central ULEZ and Air Quality The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) has successfully helped to improve air quality across London and substantially reduce the number of Londoners living in areas exceeding legal limits for harmful NO2. In the first 10 months of the central London scheme (before the pandemic), the ULEZ had already delivered significant air quality benefits including contributing to a 44 per cent reduction in harmful roadside NO2 concentrations, a 27 per cent reduction in PM2.5 and is helping to fight the climate emergency through an estimated reduction in CO2 emissions of 6 per cent in the central zone. These improvements in air quality were maintained even when lockdown restrictions were eased over the summer of 2020 and traffic levels increased to near pre-pandemic levels. Further detail can be found in the ULEZ Ten Month Report (April 2020), the Air Quality in London 2016-2020 report (October 2020) and the ULEZ 2020 Report (March 2021) published on the Greater London Authority website.

Business Improvement Districts Question No: 2021/1056 Leonie Cooper How many Business Improvement Districts does the Mayor currently work directly with? Business Improvement Districts The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I work with all of London Business Improvement Districts to support businesses and growth across London. On 11 February the GLA hosted the 2021 annual BIDs summit. Over 90 people attended the summit, including representatives from 62 inner, outer and industrial BIDs. Over the course of the last year we have worked hard to ensure that the views of BIDs, and the businesses they represent, have been sought and reflected in developing London’s response to the pandemic. In April 2020 my team surveyed all 64 London Business Improvement Districts to better understand how COVID-19 had impacted on the day to day running of their organisations and on the services they deliver. The results of the survey highlighted how important it was that additional funding was made available to help these essential bodies survive. I

Page 642

successfully lobbied the Chancellor for additional funding for BIDS and all London BIDs were received extra resources via their Local Authorities.

London Transition Board (1) Question No: 2021/1057 Leonie Cooper Can you provide an update on the work of the London Transition Board since the second lockdown in December 2020? London Transition Board (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The London Transition Board was paused in December 2020 as London’s governance dealt with the 2nd wave of Covid-19. Since the pause, some of the Transition Board Strategy Groups have continued to meet and some were repurposed to deal with the immediate response to the pandemic. The Board will now reconvene on 18th March, with Strategy Groups continuing to support its work in parallel.

London Transition Board (2) Question No: 2021/1058 Leonie Cooper The last minutes available are from the 25th November, can you confirm whether the transition board is still meeting every 6 weeks? London Transition Board (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The next Board meeting is on the 18th of March – there was a pause in December 2020 as immediate work was needed on the 2nd wave of the pandemic. Subsequent Board meetings are intended to take place after the pre-election period, and the specific date for this will be set in due course.

London Transition Board (3) Question No: 2021/1059 Leonie Cooper We now know that the new variants of COVID-19 were known about in September 2020. Did the Government Ministers inform the London Transition Board of the new variants when they said infection rates were plummeting in November 2020?

Page 643

London Transition Board (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 New variants were not discussed at the London Transition Board in September or November. By November the Strategic Coordination Group had been stood-up again to deal with the second wave.

London Transition Board (4) Question No: 2021/1060 Leonie Cooper What actions have the London Transition Board taken since it was established? London Transition Board (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The London Transition Board was set up last year to oversee the transition out of the first lockdown. Actions of the Board are summarised in minutes of the meetings that can be found at https://www.gov.uk/government/groups/london-transition-board. .Actions include; • Ministerial deep dive into reopening the West End held • School transport arrangements secured for a safe return to schools in September 2020, underpinned by a safety communications plan for pupils, parents and teachers • Recommended a focus on strong and well-coordinated communications across London throughout the pandemic, taken forward through the appointment of a Communications Director for the Strategic Coordinating Group. • Work done on the reopening of cultural venues in a Covid secure way.

EU Londoners Question No: 2021/1061 Leonie Cooper Many EU Londoners are still feeling uncertain about their future. What are you doing to urge EU Londoners to remain in London, to inform them of their rights and to advise them on securing settled status? EU Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 With less than four months left to apply to the government’s EU Settlement Scheme, European Londoners are feeling increasingly anxious and unsettled, with many facing barriers to accessing the support they need to secure their status in time.

Page 644

My team continues to update the European Londoners Hub, which to date has been accessed by over 1.4m people, to help EU citizens and their families navigate their rights post-Brexit. To ensure no-one is left behind, our communications are being translated and targeted at those with low English literacy. I currently fund 17 community organisations to deliver advice and support to vulnerable European communities in London. I will continue to lead by example and do everything in my power to support European Londoners to secure their status in the UK but given the fast-approaching deadline and the ongoing restrictions due to Covid-19 I urge the government to lift the 30 June 2021 deadline.

Dog theft Question No: 2021/1062 Leonie Cooper With prices for dogs rising considerably during the Covid crisis, dog theft has also risen. Can the Mayor tell me how many dogs have been reported stolen in Merton and Wandsworth over the last 2 years? Dog theft The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The requested data can be found within the MPS published dashboard below: https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/stolen-animals-dashboard/

Hammersmith Bridge (1) Question No: 2021/1063 Leonie Cooper Can the Mayor update me on the current situation – is a ferry going to start running soon? Hammersmith Bridge (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The procurement of a contractor to deliver and operate the temporary ferry is well advanced and Transport for London (TfL) expects to confirm the winning bidder shortly. After an operator has been chosen, TfL will be in a position to set out a timescale for the start of services. On the bridge, TfL has completed the removal of the pedestal casings and blast cleaning, and Hammersmith & Fulham Council is now undertaking detailed inspections of the structure to confirm the next steps in the initial planned repairs.

Page 645

Hammersmith Bridge (2) Question No: 2021/1064 Leonie Cooper Can the Mayor update me on the medium-term situation – is a temporary bridge going to be installed soon? Hammersmith Bridge (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Hammersmith & Fulham Council has commissioned Foster / COWI to assess the option of a temporary ‘bridge within a bridge’. I understand their feasibility report will be finalised within the next fortnight. As noted in my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/1063, TfL is focused on getting the temporary ferry service up and running as soon as possible

Hammersmith Bridge (3) Question No: 2021/1065 Leonie Cooper Can the Mayor update me on the long-term situation – given the cost now appears to be £141m for full reinstatement for vehicle use, including buses, has the Government now indicated that they are willing to support this key part of SW and W London infrastructure? Hammersmith Bridge (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Discussions between the bridge owner, Hammersmith & Fulham Council, and the Department for Transport regarding how the repairs will be funded are ongoing. As you know, the pandemic devastated Transport for London’s finances. While it remains willing and able to offer technical support to progress the bridge works, it is not in a position to contribute to the costs of the repairs.

Tube noise Question No: 2021/1066 Leonie Cooper Many residents continue to have issues with tube noise near station. Can the Mayor update me on works to improve the situation permanently?

Page 646

Tube noise The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) plans to carry out rail grinding in this area later this month, on both the northbound and southbound tracks. Rail grinding reduces rail roughness, and TfL hopes this will reduce disturbance residents have experienced. TfL is also considering whether any changes to the track-form could be made in this area, and I have asked that you are kept updated. While TfL is not currently carrying out residential noise monitoring due to current coronavirus restrictions, TfL will carry out further measurements in this area once this programme has restarted.

Violent Crime (1) Question No: 2021/1067 Leonie Cooper What are the latest statistics on violent crime in Wandsworth? Violent Crime (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The latest recorded violent crime offences by London borough can be found within the below published MPS dashboards: https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/crime-data-dashboard/ https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/hate-crime-dashboard/

Violent Crime (2) Question No: 2021/1068 Leonie Cooper What are the latest statistics on violent crime in Merton? Violent Crime (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The latest recorded violent crime offences by London borough can be found within the below published MPS dashboards: https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/crime-data-dashboard/ https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/hate-crime-dashboard/

Page 647

Catalytic converters (1) Question No: 2021/1069 Leonie Cooper How many catalytic converter thefts have been reported in Wandsworth during 2020? Catalytic converters (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2020 there were 462 catalytic converter thefts recorded in Wandsworth.

Catalytic converters (2) Question No: 2021/1070 Leonie Cooper How many catalytic converter thefts have been reported in Merton during 2020? Catalytic converters (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2020 there were 451 catalytic converter thefts recorded in Merton.

Tree Planting (1) Question No: 2021/1071 Leonie Cooper How many trees has the Mayor funded to be planted in Wandsworth since May 2016? Tree Planting (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 From May 2016 to date, I have directly funded the planting of 3,712 trees in Wandsworth. This includes trees planted through my Greener City Fund community tree planting grants, the Urban Tree Challenge Fund street tree programme, tree giveaways and other directly funded programmes, as well as trees planted by Transport for London on the TLRN. This total does not include any other trees planted in Wandsworth by the borough, environmental organisations, community groups, developers, businesses and Londoners.

Across London as a whole, over 330,000 trees have been planted as a result of my funding since 2016, with funding committed to plant a further 90,000 by March 2022.

Page 648

Tree Planting (2) Question No: 2021/1072 Leonie Cooper How many trees has the Mayor funded to be planted in Merton since May 2016? Tree Planting (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 From May 2016 to date, I have directly funded the planting of 5,812 trees in Merton. This includes trees planted through my Greener City Fund community tree planting grants, tree giveaways and other directly funded programmes. Funding has also been allocated for 8 additional trees to be planted this year through my Grow Back Greener Fund. This total does not include any other trees planted in Merton by the borough, environmental organisations, community groups, developers, businesses and Londoners. Across London as a whole, over 330,000 trees have been planted as a result of my funding since 2016, with funding committed to plant a further 90,000 by March 2022.

Affordable Housing (1) Question No: 2021/1073 Leonie Cooper How many affordable homes in Wandsworth has the Mayor funded or supported via planning, since May 2016? Affordable Housing (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 A report of funding granted for affordable housing is published on London.gov.uk and a list of affordable housing schemes that receive funding, together with the amounts awarded, are also published and available to view https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we- do/housing-and-land/increasing-housing-supply/affordable-housing-statistics. The latest London Plan Annual Monitoring report shows that a net total of 886 affordable homes were completed in Wandsworth between 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2019. To help improve information about the supply of affordable housing in London through the planning system I have launched the Planning Datahub and included a dashboard that will enable you to interrogate the data based on borough. In addition to this I have published a full report of all interventions I have made in the planning process https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/planning/implementing-london- plan/monitoring-london-plan with a review of applications referred to the Mayor at the bottom of the page. There is also further supporting data which enables a review of all

Page 649

applications that have been referred to me, and the changes achieved from first submission through to the decision on the application. A demonstration of the DataHub can be organised by contacting Peter Kemp in the Planning Unit.

Affordable Housing (2) Question No: 2021/1074 Leonie Cooper How many affordable homes in Merton has the Mayor funded or supported via planning, since May 2016? Affordable Housing (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 A report of funding granted for affordable housing is published on London.gov.uk and a list of affordable housing schemes that receive funding, together with the amounts awarded, are also published and available to view https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we- do/housing-and-land/increasing-housing-supply/affordable-housing-statistics. The latest London Plan Annual Monitoring report shows that a net total of 173 affordable homes were completed in Merton between 1 April 2016 and 31 March 2019. To help improve information about the supply of affordable housing in London through the planning system I have launched the Planning DataHub and included a dashboard that will enable you to interrogate the data based on borough. In addition to this I have published a full report of all interventions I have made in the planning process https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/planning/implementing-london- plan/monitoring-london-plan with a review of applications referred to the Mayor at the bottom of the page. There is also further supporting data which enables a review of all applications that have been referred to me, and the changes achieved from first submission through to the decision on the application. A demonstration of the DataHub can be organised by contacting Peter Kemp in the Planning Unit.

Affordable Housing (3) Question No: 2021/1075 Leonie Cooper How many affordable homes are planned over the next 5 years for Wandsworth?

Page 650

Affordable Housing (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Planning Datahub holds data on all determined schemes for Wandsworth and therefore what is currently in the ‘planning pipeline’. A more detailed analysis is also published in the annual monitoring reports which are available at www.london.gov.uk/what-we- do/planning/implementing-london-plan/monitoring-london-plan The latest London Plan Annual Monitoring Report shows that there was a net total of 3,472 affordable units in the pipeline as at 31 March 2019 in Wandsworth.

Affordable Housing (4) Question No: 2021/1076 Leonie Cooper How many affordable homes are planned over the next 5 years for Merton? Affordable Housing (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Planning Datahub holds data on all determined schemes for Merton and therefore what is currently in the ‘planning pipeline’. A more detailed analysis is also published in the annual monitoring reports which are available at www.london.gov.uk/what-we- do/planning/implementing-london-plan/monitoring-london-plan The latest London Plan Annual Monitoring Report shows that there was net a total of 402 affordable units in the pipeline as at 31 March 2019 in Merton.

Affordable Housing (5) Question No: 2021/1077 Leonie Cooper How many affordable homes were under construction, in May 2016, in: 1. Wandsworth? 2. Merton? Affordable Housing (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Planning Datahub holds data on all determined schemes and includes information on when they commenced on site. Some more detailed analysis is also published in the annual monitoring reports which are available www.london.gov.uk/what-we- do/planning/implementing-london-plan/monitoring-london-plan.

Page 651

Police officers (1) Question No: 2021/1078 Leonie Cooper How many more frontline police officers are now in Wandsworth compared to May 2016? Police officers (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2016, the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) began merging boroughs together to create 12 Basic Command Units (BCUs). Officer resource is allocated at a BCU level and flexed between the merged boroughs as required to maximise operational effectiveness and efficiency. It is therefore not possible to directly compare the number of officers on individual boroughs. Wandsworth is part of the South West BCU, along with Richmond, Merton and Kingston. The number of officers on the South West BCU over time can be viewed on the workforce dashboard: www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/mayors-office-policing-and-crime-mopac/data-and- statistics/policing/workforce-dashboard

Police officers (2) Question No: 2021/1079 Leonie Cooper How many more frontline police officers are now in Merton compared to May 2016? Police officers (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2016, the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) began merging boroughs together to create 12 Basic Command Units (BCUs). Officer resource is allocated at a BCU level and flexed between the merged boroughs as required to maximise operational effectiveness and efficiency. It is therefore not possible to directly compare the number of officers on individual boroughs. Merton is part of the South West BCU, along with Richmond, Wandsworth and Kingston. The number of officers on the South West BCU over time can be viewed on the workforce dashboard: www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/mayors-office-policing-and-crime-mopac/data-and- statistics/policing/workforce-dashboard Note there will be officers and staff that deliver services locally on a BCU but are counted in the MPS data centrally. For example, Met Operations.

Page 652

Cleaner Buses (1) Question No: 2021/1080 Leonie Cooper Can the Mayor update on how many electric and hybrid buses he has put into service, since May 2016, in: 1. Merton? 2. Wandsworth? Cleaner Buses (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Over the last five years, significant improvements have been made to the entire bus fleet across London. Following an upgrade and vehicle replacement programme, 100 per cent of the core bus fleet across all boroughs, including Merton and Wandsworth, meets the ultra-clean Euro VI engine emission standard or better,. Since May 2016, around 50 hybrid buses have entered service in Merton, and around 29 new electric buses will join the fleet later this year. Over the same period in Wandsworth, around 180 hybrid buses and 20 electric buses entered service. This will be followed by 38 new electric buses joining the fleet later this year.

Cleaner Buses (2) Question No: 2021/1081 Leonie Cooper How many of the buses that run through: 1. Merton 2. Wandsworth That are not fully electric or hybrid, have been retrofitted since May 2016 to meet the diesel Euro VI compliance? Cleaner Buses (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Over the last five years, significant improvements have been made to the entire bus fleet across London. Following an upgrade and vehicle replacement programme, 100 per cent of the core bus fleet across all boroughs, including Merton and Wandsworth, meets the ultra- clean Euro VI engine emission standard or better,. Since May 2016, around 310 buses in Merton have been retrofitted to meet Euro VI compliance. Over the same period in Wandsworth, around 340 buses have been retrofitted to meet the latest emission standard.

Page 653

The emissions profile of the fleet will get increasingly cleaner as zero-emission numbers grow from the current 455 to around 700 by the end of 2021. Subject to a sustainable funding deal from the Department for Transport, TfL hopes to make the fleet entirely zero- emission by no later than 2037, with an ambition to bring this deadline forward with external support.

Northern line extension Question No: 2021/1082 Leonie Cooper Can the Mayor update me on the Northern line extension and when it will be complete? Northern line extension The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is continuing to make good progress on the Northern Line Extension. TfL is now focused on ensuring the signalling software and systems are ready, along with completing the final stages of fit-out of the two new stations, Nine Elms and Battersea Power Station, and landscaping at the Kennington sites. Trial operations are on track to start in the summer of this year, ahead of the planned opening of the extension in the autumn

Crossrail 2 Question No: 2021/1083 Leonie Cooper Can the Mayor update me on the current situation with regard to Crossrail 2? Crossrail 2 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The coronavirus pandemic has had a huge impact on Transport for London’s (TfL) network and finances. TfL is working with the Government on a longer-term sustainable funding model and as part of that work has been reviewing the investment programme that is crucial for London’s recovery. In the funding agreement that was secured with Government in October 2020, a commitment was made in relation to Crossrail 2 that TfL “prioritises safeguarding activity and brings an orderly end to consultancy work as soon as possible. The Department for Transport (DfT) will support such safeguarding activity for this project as required.” As such, work to seek consent for Crossrail 2 has been paused. The Crossrail 2 team is working closely with the DfT on a timetable for a refresh of the Crossrail 2 safeguarding directions to protect the scheme’s latest proposed design from future conflicting development.

Page 654

It is highly likely that Crossrail 2 will still be needed in future to support London’s growth and TfL has previously demonstrated the case for the scheme.

Coronavirus hate crimes Question No: 2021/1085 Unmesh Desai If possible, please provide a breakdown, by month, of how many hate crimes have been related to Covid-19 breaches since March 2020. Coronavirus hate crimes The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see attached the requested information.

Police corruption offences Question No: 2021/1086 Unmesh Desai How many Met Police officers have been a) charged and b) convicted under Section 26 (corrupt or improper exercise of police powers) of the Criminal Justice and Courts Act 2015? Please provide a breakdown by year since the act came into effect. Please also provide details of which borough or BCU the officers charged or convicted were based within. Police corruption offences The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since the Criminal Justice and Courts Act 2015 came into force, two officers have been charged with an offence under Section 26. The details are as follows: 2016 – one officer from North East BCU 2018 – one officer from North West BCU Neither charge resulted in a conviction for the offence.

County lines awareness raising Question No: 2021/1087 Unmesh Desai Please provide details of any awareness raising programmes the MOPAC or the Met have funded relating to county lines.

Page 655

County lines awareness raising The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Rescue and Response is a City Hall funded pan-London service which has been running since 2018 to support children and young people exploited through county lines activity. Awareness raising is a key element of the programme, upskilling front line professionals across London, through comprehensive training, to better identify and divert young people away from this kind of exploitation. Through Abianda, one of the Rescue and Response delivery partners, the programme is currently working with a range of statutory agencies and voluntary sector partners to enable them to better identify girls and young women at risk of exploitation through county lines activity. Rescue and Response also works closely with the National County Lines Co-ordination Centre to analyse trends and themes around county lines, raising awareness of London specific activity.

Cuckooing Question No: 2021/1088 Unmesh Desai How many reports of cuckooing have there been since the cuckooing flag was added to the crime reporting system? Please provide this information by month if possible. Cuckooing The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see attached document containing table below for the number of cuckooing offences recorded by the Met between April 2019 and March 2021.

Cuckooing National Referral Mechanism Question No: 2021/1089 Unmesh Desai How many incidents flagged for cuckooing resulted in a referral to the National Referral Mechanism? Cuckooing National Referral Mechanism The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS do not have information on this and are therefore unable to answer this question.

Page 656

Closure orders Question No: 2021/1090 Unmesh Desai How many closure orders have the Met enforced, relating to premises being used for a) drug dealing and b) Anti-social behaviour, in each of the last 4 years? Closure orders The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see attached the requested data.

Force Management statement 2020 Question No: 2021/1091 Unmesh Desai Please provide a copy of the 2020 Met Force Management Statement. Force Management statement 2020 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Due to Covid-19, HMICFRS suspended the requirement for Force Management Statements (FMS) in 2020. The MPS is however, currently working on its Force Management Statement for 2021, which is expected to be published in the Autumn.

Violence Reduction Unit Parenting networks Question No: 2021/1092 Unmesh Desai Please provide details of the parenting networks set up by the violence reduction unit including the boroughs these are based in, the number of participating parents and the nature of their work. Violence Reduction Unit Parenting networks The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The VRU allocated funding equally across London’s boroughs to develop parent/carer champion networks delivered by VCS organisations. The focus are parents/carers of adolescent children who may be at risk of/have experienced serious violence, exploitation and/or grooming; or parents who need support navigating the education, criminal justice or social care system(s). The networks are targeted to meet an identified support need, such as of a community demographic or ward area. Parent/Carer Champions have local knowledge of the agencies, organisations and general barriers to accessing support. The VCS organisation train and provide ongoing support to

Page 657

the champions. Per borough, there are up to 15 trained parent champions, aiming to reach 50 parents/carers. Networks are based in Barking and Dagenham, Barnet, Bexley, Brent, Bromley, Camden, Ealing, Hackney, Hammersmith & Fulham, Haringey, Harrow, Havering, Hillingdon, Islington, Royal borough of Kensington & Chelsea, Lambeth, Lewisham, Newham, Redbridge, Richmond, Kingston, Southwark, Sutton, Waltham Forest and Westminster.

Violence Reduction Unit Youth Workers Question No: 2021/1093 Unmesh Desai Please provide details of the total number of Youth Workers trained by the Violence Reduction Unit since its creation, and where these workers are based. Violence Reduction Unit Youth Workers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Violence Reduction Unit is prioritising investment to those who hold key trusted relationships with young people most at risk of exploitation and violence. Frontline youth workers have the relationships with young people to deliver early interventions that can make all the difference to a young person’s future. ‘Rise Up’ launched in September 2020 and is led by London Youth in partnership with Leap Confronting Conflict and Clore Social Leadership. 94 practitioners representing organisations across 27 boroughs are currently receiving training including on safeguarding, mental health and employment opportunities - to act as a community-led first line of defence for young people most at risk. The VRU also funded the Social Switch Project which is co-delivered by Catch22 and Redthread and has trained 193 practitioners over the last year. Social Switch was set up to address the increasing violence young people were encountering online, which often leads to violence offline.

Support for High-rise Leaseholders Question No: 2021/1094 Unmesh Desai There are 495 high-rise buildings in my constituency that have applied to the Building Safety Fund for the remediation of dangerous cladding. Please explain what your office is doing to support leaseholders like my constituents in these buildings who are living with the distress and anxiety of the cladding scandal as well as COVID-19?

Page 658

Support for High-rise Leaseholders The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I remain deeply concerned about the impact unsafe cladding and wider safety defects are having on leaseholders across London and appreciate the additional effect that COVID-19 may be having on them. My Building Safety team is focused on working intensively with applicants to the cladding remediation funds to finalise applications and secure funding as quickly as possible – this will ensure leaseholders and residents of these buildings are made safe urgently. I have and will continue to lobby the Government to take all action to make homes safe and to protect affected leaseholders. In December I called for a windfall tax on developer profits which would raise at least £3 billion for cladding remediation and other building safety work. While I am pleased that ministers have since announced their intention to bring in a developer levy, their proposals would not go as far as my own, and I was disappointed that there was no mention of the levy in the Budget. My Deputy Mayor for Housing is committed to engaging with affected leaseholders regularly and I will continue to support campaigns focused on ensuring building safety.

Hearing the concerns of leaseholders Question No: 2021/1095 Unmesh Desai Through what forum are you listening to the voices of London’s leaseholders who are caught up in the cladding scandal affecting thousands of people across London? Hearing the concerns of leaseholders The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am deeply saddened by the distressing accounts of Londoners whose lives have been put on hold, or finances and mental health damaged, because of this building safety crisis. Every month, my team at the GLA receive correspondence from affected residents and I regularly see the experiences shared by leaseholders on social media. In addition, my Deputy Mayor and the Building Safety team at City Hall frequently update me on the meetings they have with the brilliant groups campaigning on this issue. We are approaching four years since the Grenfell Tower fire and yet there continues to be serious gaps in the Government’s response. All leaseholders caught up in this scandal deserve to live in safe homes and be protected from the costs of fixing the problem: I will keep fighting to represent the voice of every Londoner impacted.

Page 659

Covid-19 Fixed Penalty Notice breakdown by borough Question No: 2021/1096 Unmesh Desai Please provide the number of fixed penalty notices sent to ACRO for approval by the MPS and arrests where offences related to Health Protection Regulations (2020), and/or was a feature of another offence, by borough. Borough data for these offences is not available on the Met Covid-19 dashboard. Please also provide a demographic breakdown of the Fixed Penalty Notices and Arrests if possible. Covid-19 Fixed Penalty Notice breakdown by borough The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The only data currently available in relation to FPNs and arrests is as published via the MPS COVID-19 dashboard: https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/covid-19- dashboard/

Hate Crimes against East and South East Asians Question No: 2021/1097 Unmesh Desai Please provide the number of hate crimes recorded where the victim’s ethnic appearance is recorded as East or South East Asian, in each month between October and December, for each of the last 3 years. Hate Crimes against East and South East Asians The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see the attached spreadsheet containing the requested information.

Hate crime surge Question No: 2021/1098 Unmesh Desai Please outline what steps are being taken by MOPAC with partners to prevent another surge in racist hate crimes, as was seen last summer, as we now begin to exit current lockdown arrangements. Hate crime surge The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We know that hate crime spikes can be driven by national or international events and increases in hate crime, especially racism, were seen following the pandemic and lockdown. Much of this has taken place at a neighbourhood level, where neighbourhood disputes spill

Page 660

over into racial abuse. To provide reassurance to those targeted by hate crime and monitor broader community tensions, the MPS has developed reassurance and preventative policing plans in all BCUs. These plans support Neighbourhood Policing Teams to respond to any increase in hate incidents. We have also seen an increase in online racist hate driven by the pandemic and as a response to coverage of the Black Lives Matter movement. Our online hate crime hub initiative launched in 2017 has ensured the police now have the skills to respond to hate crime wherever it occurs. I have uplifted and extended the funding for specialist services for hate crime victims for when hate crime does occur and, through my Shared Endeavour Fund, I have invested £400,00 to support civil society groups in delivering over 30 projects across London tackling racism, hate, intolerance and extremism.

Hate crime surge demographics Question No: 2021/1099 Unmesh Desai Please provide a demographic breakdown of the victims of racist and religious hate crimes committed between May and September 2020. Hate crime surge demographics The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS have provided the information as requested which can be found on the attached spreadsheet.

Immigration enforcement hotline Question No: 2021/1100 Unmesh Desai In response to question 2021/0845 you advised “The MPS does not make referrals to CrimeStoppers”. Within the report Safe to Share?, conducted by HMICFRS, the IOPC and the College of Policing into Southall Black Sisters and Liberty’s super complaint on policing and immigration status, it is noted that “The police may also pass information to the Home Office through the Immigration Enforcement Hotline, a service managed by the independent UK charity Crimestoppers. In 2018, the police made 2,853 reports through this service, accounting for just over 4 percent of the total reports that the hotline received”. If possible, I would like to be provided with details of how many reports the Metropolitan Police made through this service in each of the last 4 calendar years. If the Met do not currently record this information, please can you begin to do so?

Page 661

Immigration enforcement hotline The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As reflected in the response to question 2021/0845, the MPS do not routinely make referrals to the Immigration Enforcement Hotline. The MPS share information by contacting the Home Office National Immigration Command and Control Unit (NCCU) via a 24/7 telephone number. Should officers decide to use the Immigration Enforcement Hotline / CrimeStoppers, this is advertised by Gov.UK as an anonymous service. The MPS would have no knowledge of and therefore no process by which to record these referrals.

Tube Noise [1] Question No: 2021/1102 Andrew Dismore What are the latest findings of the Delkor track fastening trials? When will a decision be made on the roll out of this track fastening? Tube Noise [1] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is continuing to trial an alternative rail fastening product called Delkor 167 on the Jubilee line, which it hopes will reduce in-carriage noise. As a result of the coronavirus outbreak and the required focus on safety critical works, this work has unfortunately been delayed. Although its noise monitoring programme is currently suspended as a result of current coronavirus restrictions, TfL expects to have further information on the impact of this product on residential and in-carriage noise levels by summer 2021, and if successful will review plans to introduce it at other locations.

Tube Noise [2] Question No: 2021/1103 Andrew Dismore What is the cause of the recent increase in tube noise in Golders Green? Have TfL officers assessed this?

Page 662

Tube Noise [2] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is aware of recent complaints in this area, and is currently carrying out work to improve the condition of the track by removing ballast from underneath it. This work is expected to be complete later this month, and TfL hopes it will help reduce disturbance experienced by residents. While residential noise monitoring is currently suspended as a result of the Government’s coronavirus restrictions, TfL will carry out further measurements in this area upon the resumption of its residential noise monitoring programme

Tube Noise [3] Question No: 2021/1104 Andrew Dismore What is the latest update regarding Finchley Central and the friction modifier to reduce tube noise? Tube Noise [3] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 TfL is continuing to progress plans to fit electrical lubricators in this area and believes this could help mitigate noise by more reliably applying lubrication to the track. TfL expects installation will start in this area in spring 2021. While residential noise monitoring is currently suspended as a result of the Government’s coronavirus restrictions, TfL will carry out further measurements in this area upon the resumption of its residential noise monitoring programme.

Tube Noise [4] Question No: 2021/1105 Andrew Dismore TfL have told residents at Fitzroy Square that grinding is unnecessary, as noise is not caused by the condition of the rail. Is this accurate? If so, what is the cause of the noise in excess of 50Db in homes there? Tube Noise [4] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Rail grinding is now planned for this area, and is due to take place on the northbound track early next month.

Page 663

TfL’s most recent measurements in this area, carried out last year, showed average noise levels of up to 43dB. Once residential noise monitoring has resumed, which is expected in early April, TfL will ensure that updated readings are carried out in this area.

Tube Noise [5] Question No: 2021/1106 Andrew Dismore What is your next plan for tackling tube noise if the Delkor trials are unsuccessful? Tube Noise [5] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Tackling Tube noise continues to be a priority for me and for Transport for London (TfL). TfL expects to have further information on the impact of the Delkor 167 trial by summer 2021 and, if successful, will review plans to introduce this alternative rail fastening at other locations. In addition, TfL is continuing to tackle Tube noise through a number of different methods. This includes rail grinding, which works by smoothing rails and removing corrugation, which is often the root cause of residential noise. TfL has carried out over 10,000 metres of noise and vibration-related rail grinding in the last six months. TfL will continue to carry out rail grinding, as well as other targeted interventions to reduce noise, including the removal of redundant rail joints, the maintenance of points and crossings, and re-ballasting track where required. While TfL continues to do all it can to address Tube noise, its ability to carry out long-term and expensive interventions is limited without a sustainable long-term funding agreement.

Tube Noise [7] Question No: 2021/1107 Andrew Dismore What discussions are TfL having with universities and the private sector researchers and engineers to look at other solutions to reduce tube noise? Tube Noise [7] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Tube noise is a priority both for me and Transport for London (TfL). TfL continues to have an open dialogue with manufacturers about what noise and vibration solutions are available on the market. Although TfL is not currently aware of other products which would be suitable for London Underground’s unique infrastructure – with the

Page 664

exception of the ongoing trial of Delkor 167 on the Jubilee line – this is kept under continuous review.

West Hampstead Overground Station Question No: 2021/1108 Andrew Dismore When planning permission was granted for the improvement of West Hampstead Overground station, the community in NW6 was looking forward to the greater space this would afford pedestrians on the extremely busy and constrained West End Lane bridge. TfL have since said that demolition of the former ticket office would be too costly, but the benefit for this busy interchange and important neighbourhood would be immense. West Hampstead residents regularly report having to step into the congested road, putting all road users at risk including pedestrians themselves and people cycling. Please can TfL agree to a meeting with TfL senior officers, Camden councillors and officers to discuss this further and to fully factor in the great benefit for pedestrians’ and road users’ safety the extra space would confer? West Hampstead Overground Station The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2017, after planning permission had been granted, Transport for London (TfL) carried out further survey work that identified significant safety and technical challenges associated with the demolition of the old station building. Demolishing the building would have a considerable impact on both the road and rail networks and would require the relocation of major utilities in the area, causing further disruption. Other options have also been considered, including converting the building into a ‘colonnade’ to provide additional space for pedestrians. However, engagement showed there was no clear local support for a colonnade walk and so this has not been taken forward. The building remains open to the public, in addition to the facilities provided in the new station building. TfL is considering commercial options for the use of the building and is also looking into several bus improvements in the area to help the safety of road users, including people walking and cycling. I understand that TfL is in the process of setting up a meeting with officers from the London Borough of Camden to discuss these various options and to agree on what feasible options could be taken forward. TfL will also ensure that local councillors are kept informed of these discussions.

Page 665

Government cuts to London Question No: 2021/1109 Andrew Dismore Costs are higher in London and this is a challenge that Government itself faces in directly funding the capital. Be it capital city function funding for the police, the, in my view, vindictive cuts to TfL funding or the recent cuts to university funding, do you believe London is being targeted by the Government for cuts? Is this levelling down London, instead of levelling up the rest of the country, as they promised? Government cuts to London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Starving London of investment is self-defeating – London’s economy accounts for a quarter of the UK’s total economic output and contributes a net £38.7 billion to the Treasury. But in the TfL funding negotiations, in policing, in affordable housing and in university funding, time and time again we’ve seen the Government leaving London underfunded. Most recently we saw this in the Chancellor’s Budget, which had nothing for London. And according to the prospectus for the Government’s new £4.8 billion Levelling Up fund, communities in deprived London boroughs like Tower Hamlets are less deserving of investment than those in the Chancellor’s own leafy constituency of Richmond, North Yorkshire. This simply cannot be right. I fully support levelling-up places across the country, but that can’t mean making London poorer – that would make our whole country poorer.

Government cuts to London Universities [2] Question No: 2021/1110 Andrew Dismore Do you agree with Middlesex University, who are calling for a package of measures to support the university sector in London, and if so will you make representations to the Government from measures including: -additional hardship funding and student premium funding, as recommended by the All Party Parliamentary Group for Students report on Tuition and Accommodation Costs during Covid19; -support extended beyond this financial year as accommodation contracts typically run to 31 July, or 31 August for private accommodation, and students also face a long summer of limited opportunities for work to supplement their income due to the ongoing pandemic and economic situation; -schemes for universities to work with suppliers to support ‘educational prices’ for laptops for students;

Page 666

-progress with the Government’s planned sharia-compliant loan scheme for Muslim students as quickly as possible. Many such students and potential students have been unable to earn income to support tuition fees and other costs and risk not being able to continue / access higher education. Government cuts to London Universities [2] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) should be put in the strongest possible position and be given the resources they need to support their students and London’s recovery once we emerge from this pandemic. The Government’s recent additional £50 million investment in student hardship funding is a welcome start, but the scale of the challenge is much greater than this, including the long-term consequences on student wellbeing. This is also why I am calling on the Secretary of State to reverse his recent decision to cut funding to London’s HEIs through the London Weighting. I will continue to engage closely with London’s HE sector through my recovery board to shape our recovery missions, where the sector is represented by Julia Buckingham, Vice- Chancellor, Brunel University and President, Universities UK.

Government cuts to London Universities [3] Question No: 2021/1111 Andrew Dismore Did the Government inform or consult you on their decision to cut funding for London universities? Government cuts to London Universities [3] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I was not consulted on the Government’s proposed funding cuts to London universities prior to the Secretary of State’s announcement, nor, as I understand, were individual higher education institutions or representative bodies such as London Higher. I have written to the Secretary of State for Education calling on him to reverse these cuts and expressing my disappointment at the lack of notice or engagement with the sector on this decision.

Government cuts to London Universities [4] Question No: 2021/1112 Andrew Dismore What do you estimate the impact of cutting London Weighting will be for universities? Have you had discussions with the sector?

Page 667

Government cuts to London Universities [4] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The removal of the London weighting represents at least a £64m reduction in funding for London’s higher education institutions, which is used to help bridge the shortfall of funds needed to meet the increased costs of delivering education in the capital. I am concerned that all institutions, from research-intensive institutions to small, specialist arts and music colleges will be affected by the removal of this funding. I have been in close contact with the sector on this issue, including London Higher, and have written to the Secretary of State for Education, calling on him to urgently reconsider this decision. In my letter, I made clear that levelling up is a critical challenge within London as well as across England and removal of this funding represents levelling down for London’s HE providers and learners.

London Fire Brigade operational staff Question No: 2021/1113 Andrew Dismore How many London Fire Brigade operational staff live in London and how many live outside London? Please break down by rank. London Fire Brigade operational staff The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade Uniformed Operational Staff by home address location as of 9 March 2021.

Inside Greater Outside Greater Total Rank London London Staff Deputy Assistant Commissioner 11 12 23 and above* Group Commander 29 40 69 Station Commander 57 91 148 Station Officer 66 201 267 Sub Officer 143 317 460 Leading Firefighter 183 263 446 Firefighter 1516 1808 3324 Trainee Firefighter 47 16 63 Total Operational Staff 2052 2748 4800

Page 668

* The ranks of Commissioner, Deputy Commissioner, Assistant Commissioner and Deputy Assistant Commissioner are grouped due to the smaller numbers of personnel at this level.

London Fire Brigade control staff Question No: 2021/1114 Andrew Dismore How many London Fire Brigade control staff live in London and how many live outside London? London Fire Brigade control staff The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade Control Staff by home address location as of 9 March 2021.

Staff group Inside Greater London Outside Greater London Total Staff Control Staff 63 41 104

Auditing London’s High-Rise Buildings Question No: 2021/1115 Andrew Dismore How many high-rise audits has London Fire Brigade undertaken since 2016? Please provide a year-by-year breakdown. Auditing London’s High-Rise Buildings The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The number of fire safety audits in high-rise buildings of 18 metres and above that London Fire Brigade has undertaken in each calendar year since 2016 is set out in the table below:

Calendar year Fire safety audit 2016 941 2017 1418 2018 1258 2019 988 2020 1964 2021 (current year in progress) 348 Total 6917

Page 669

HMICFRS and LFB’s Incident command training Question No: 2021/1116 Andrew Dismore In its recent report ‘Inspection of the LFB’s progress to implement the recommendations from the GTI’s phase 1 report’ HMICFRS highlighted the improvements made in LFB’s control, but stated that “incident command training and assessing competence remain a risk for the brigade” Is this a risk that you recognise and if so are you content that training and assessment in place is rigorous enough to be fit for purpose if another major incident were to occur? HMICFRS and LFB’s Incident command training The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The inspection undertaken by Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS) identified a risk in relation to a number of London Fire Brigade (LFB) staff who require further training or an assessment of incident command competence relevant to their role. A plan has been put into place to prioritise and address those who require further training and those who require an assessment of competence. All Incident Commanders are now subject to the maintenance of competence cycle which focuses on the acquisition of skills, the maintenance of skills and revalidation of skills over a two-year cycle. Operational learning, including National Operational learning, highlighted through LFB’s operational improvement processes are factored into the maintenance of competence cycle to ensure Incident Commanders and processes are kept up to date and fit for purpose.

London Fire Brigade Home safety visits (1) Question No: 2021/1117 Andrew Dismore How has the COVID-19 pandemic affected the way in which London Fire Brigade undertook home safety visits during 2020? London Fire Brigade Home safety visits (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade introduced a tiered approach to conducting Home Fire Safety Visits (HFSV), in line with COVID-19 regulations, ensuring the most vulnerable residents still received a physical HFSV to their property. Area Teams provided additional advice over the phone to HFSV requests and produced updated safety advice for residents. The Brigade also made 1,200 calls to residents who had received a Fire Safe and Well visit in 2018/19 in five London boroughs - Islington, Waltham Forest, Ealing, Greenwich and Merton - with 14 per cent of these resulting in onward referrals for HFSVs, to address safeguarding concerns or to partner organisations for further support. The Brigade has also produced a Home Fire Safety Checker which is a simple-to-use online tool that brings the life-saving advice

Page 670

offered in an in-person HFSV to an even wider audience. The Checker is being finalised and will be publicly available soon.

London Fire Brigade Home safety visits (2) Question No: 2021/1118 Andrew Dismore Which, if any, of the changes made to London Fire Brigade home visits as a result of the pandemic will be continued when London moves into the post-pandemic period? London Fire Brigade Home safety visits (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) will evaluate their approach to Home Fire Safety Visits (HFSVs) during the pandemic so that lessons are learnt for future delivery. This evaluation will include physical visits to the most vulnerable people, telephone calls and advice, and information on the LFB website around fire safety in the home. A new online Home Fire Safety Checker will be launched soon, which will allow residents to answer specific questions about fire risks in their property and determine if a physical visit is still required. The pandemic has showed that in addition to a physical visit, there are additional ways for people to receive personalised fire safety advice.

London Fire Brigade Home safety visits (3) Question No: 2021/1119 Andrew Dismore How many home safety visits did London Fire Brigade make during 2020? London Fire Brigade Home safety visits (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The number of Home Fire Safety Visits (HFSVs) carried out by all London Fire Brigade (LFB) staff in 2020 was 31,433, of which 16,607 were carried out in the pre-COVID period from January to March 2020. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, HFSVs were partly suspended, with a focus on carrying out visits to the most vulnerable people. LFB changed its approach in response to government announcements about new tiers/alert levels. In Tier 4 and during national lockdown, LFB suspended all HFSVs except for those with exceptional risk, such as threats of arson or suspected safeguarding issues. LFB did not stop taking bookings for HFSVs but put those with a lower risk on a waiting list. LFB prioritised risk over the phone using a series of pre-determined questions and then determined whether an urgent HFSV was required or could be conducted when restrictions

Page 671

are eased. For urgent visits, fire safety officers were given guidance around PPE and how to conduct the visit safely.

Incident Command Training Question No: 2021/1120 Andrew Dismore How many London Fire Brigade staff have undertaken the Incident Command Training at each level? How many remain to be validated at each level? Incident Command Training The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As of 10 March 2021, there are 1483 Level 1 Incident Commanders. Of these, 982 have completed an accredited initial course or have had previous training revalidated. There are 205 Level 2 Incident Commanders. Of these, 137 have completed an accredited initial course or have had previous training revalidated. There are 16 Level 3 Incident Commanders. All 16 have attended either an accredited initial course or have completed an assessed course. There are nine Level 4 Incident Commanders. All nine have attended either an accredited initial course or have completed an assessed course.

London Fire Brigade Appliance Driving Training (1) Question No: 2021/1121 Andrew Dismore How many firefighters are trained to drive appliances? London Fire Brigade Appliance Driving Training (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As of 10 March 2021, there are 1,628 operational staff who hold the ‘Motor Driver’ skill allowing them to drive London Fire Brigade appliances under blue light conditions.

Page 672

London Fire Brigade Appliance Driving Training (2) Question No: 2021/1122 Andrew Dismore How many firefighters are expected to be trained in appliance driving during 2021/22? London Fire Brigade Appliance Driving Training (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 A total of 200 Emergency Fire Appliance Driver delegate spaces are available in the 2021/22 Training Plan which is expected to be delivered in full.

High-rise training (1) Question No: 2021/1123 Andrew Dismore What work has been undertaken to identify venues for high rise training exercises? High-rise training (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) has partnered with the London Borough of Havering to secure empty buildings awaiting redevelopment to use for training. For example, LB Havering provided an empty 12 storey residential block to use free of charge for four months for training purposes, prior to the site being demolished as part of a Council-led regeneration scheme. The borough is also working with LFB to identify landlords within the borough that might have empty buildings that would be similarly appropriate for Brigade use. LFB is also in conversation with three further boroughs about entering a similar partnership. LFB needs the support of local authorities across London to deliver training which will help to keep London’s communities safe and is seeking to get an agreement in place with all boroughs to identify suitable sites. The Brigade recently met with London Councils to discuss how this could be taken forward.

Page 673

High-rise training (2) Question No: 2021/1124 Andrew Dismore When do you expect high rise training exercises, including simultaneous evacuation, to recommence? High-rise training (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Good progress is being maintained on delivery of station-based lectures which will conclude on 31 March 2021 and complete Phase 1 of the rollout. Phase 2 will commence from April 2021, with eight pumping appliances allocated every weekday for station-based staff to participate in practical Fire Survival Guidance and High Rise sessions at local stations and venues. These have been designed and developed flexibly for delivery in a Covid-secure environment. Larger scale exercises are currently scheduled for delivery in June and July for organisational assurance. Further large-scale exercises will be scheduled throughout the 18- month Phase 2 delivery period, as additional venues are secured.

London Fire Brigade Control and Incident Command (1) Question No: 2021/1125 Andrew Dismore How important is it that there is joined up working between control and incident command? London Fire Brigade Control and Incident Command (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The relationship between control and incident command is critical to the safe and effective resolution of incidents. The exchange of information between the control room and the incident ground - and just as crucially back into control - is fundamental to the provision of shared situation awareness and effective multi-agency working. This is why London Fire Brigade (LFB) has taken steps through the Control Improvement Plan and Incident Command Strategy to join up these crucial elements of operational response. Plans are now well developed to bring both a Command Unit and an ‘in house’ incident command team to the London Operations Centre (LOC) to facilitate joint training and foster more integrated working relationships. Joined up working between all the functions of the Operational Delivery Directorate is a priority and LFB expects to see improvements as that work embeds within the organisation.

Page 674

London Fire Brigade Control and Incident Command (2) Question No: 2021/1126 Andrew Dismore How is London Fire Brigade promoting and championing joined up working between control and incident command? London Fire Brigade Control and Incident Command (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The new Fire Survival Guidance (FSG), High Rise and Evacuation and Rescue policies demonstrate London Fire Brigade’s commitment to promoting and joining up all the elements of operational response. The FSG policy in particular has been a joint endeavour between the Control and Mobilising, and Operational Policy and Assurance teams to ensure it delivers the integrated approach required to bring incidents to a safe resolution. Joint training, exercising and facilities will foster more integrated working relationships and deliver an even better service to London.

Assurance processes Question No: 2021/1127 Andrew Dismore The recent HMICFRS report recommended that the brigade should establish effective assurance processes in order to evidence improvement in operational practice. How are assurance processes being developed in order to meet this recommendation? Assurance processes The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) is in the process of developing and implementing a Business Assurance Framework (BAF), aligned to the three lines of defence model advocated by HM Treasury. A new approach to risk management provides the foundation for the BAF, which focusses on providing assurance that risks to LFB’s priorities and objectives are being managed effectively. The BAF will enable risks to the Transformation Delivery Plan, Grenfell Tower Inquiry Phase 1 recommendations and Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS) actions to be more effectively recorded in departmental risk registers and escalated to Directorate level or Corporate level risk registers, if necessary. MOPAC and the Audit Committee established by the Commissioner in 2020 to provide further oversight of LFB’s work’. are providing support to develop and implement the BAF model. The new risk management framework will be in place for the start of Q1, 2021/22 with the BAF model going live from Q2, 2021/22.

Page 675

Response to Recent HMICFRS report Question No: 2021/1128 Andrew Dismore What is your response to the recent HMICFRS inspection of the London Fire Brigade’s progress to implement the recommendations from the Grenfell Tower Inquiry’s Phase 1 report? Response to Recent HMICFRS report The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Phase 1 report highlighted some serious issues for London Fire Brigade, for fire and rescue services more generally, and the failings in the building itself. The findings from the report published by Her Majesty’s Inspectorate for Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services (HMICFRS) in February reflected the good progress made by London Brigade, noting that there has been “a sustained focus and effort on understanding the lessons from the fire and acting where the inquiry recommended it should.” The Inspectorate was also clear that there is still work for the Brigade to do. Since the HMICFRS inspection on progress was carried out last year, the Brigade has completed two more of the recommendations and the majority of those due for completion by the end of March 2021 remain on track. I remain committed to working with the London Fire Commissioner to ensure the recommendations are implemented as soon as possible.

GTI phase 1 recommendations Question No: 2021/1129 Andrew Dismore Is the London Fire Brigade on track to complete all of the 17 recommendations from the Grenfell Tower Inquiry’s Phase 1 report it has promised by March 2021? GTI phase 1 recommendations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade expects that 17 of the 29 recommendations (59 per cent) will be completed by the end of March 2021, and 19 by the end of June 2021 (66 per cent). My monthly report detailing progress against the recommendations can be found here: https://www.london.gov.uk/about-us/mayor-london/grenfell-tower-inquiry-mayoral- updates

Page 676

London Fire Brigade ‘camp out’ bases Question No: 2021/1130 Andrew Dismore What is the present policy about and availability of ‘camp out’ bases for London Fire Brigade officers who live outside London, when on call or on duty? London Fire Brigade ‘camp out’ bases The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade’s (LFB) central rota group is responsible for the overarching view of the six campout bases within the LFB estate. This is managed by a rota manager who allocates campout rooms according to an officer’s working location, room availability and the Brigade cover map to ensure that staff are within attendance times. At the present time, LFB has availability to provide campout bases to officers that live outside of the London response area when on call in order to provide operational cover.

Hub for London’s Leaseholders Question No: 2021/1131 Andrew Dismore The Fire, Resilience and Emergency Planning Committee’s report ‘Cladding crisis and its impact on Londoners’ recommended you provide a hub for London leaseholders and residents affected by cladding and fire safety issues to access legal advice and mental health support. In your response you said that the Homes for Londoners Board has called on the Government to review the role and remit of LEASE, that exists to support leaseholders with fire safety issues, and that you will continue to support leaseholders and residents impacted by the building safety crisis and lobby Government for essential change. Does this include the provision of a hub for London leaseholders and residents as recommended in the report? Hub for London’s Leaseholders The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have called for the Government to review the role and remit of LEASE for leaseholders in unsafe buildings. Leaseholders must have access to the necessary support and legal advice they need at this distressing time. I would expect the review to draw out the exact form that LEASE should take in order to deliver this.

Page 677

Waking Watches in London’s Boroughs Question No: 2021/1132 Andrew Dismore Please provide a borough-by-borough breakdown of the number of buildings operating waking watches in London. Please also breakdown the numbers for buildings over 18m and under 18m in each borough. Waking Watches in London’s Boroughs The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade (LFB) collects data for buildings with a temporary suspension of ‘stay put’ where an interim simultaneous evacuation strategy has been put in place. Residential buildings operating a waking watch or evacuation management system could be in the form of personnel on site or a remote monitoring system, to be determined by the Responsible Person with guidance from a competent fire safety professional. The figures can change on a daily basis when interim measures are required, or the building is remediated and no longer requires the interim measures. The number of buildings where an interim simultaneous evacuation strategy has been put in place, as at 14 March 2021, are presented by borough and by height in the table below.

Local Authority Total blocks Over 18 metres Under 18 metres Barking and Dagenham 17 14 3 Barnet 12 9 3 Bexley 3 3 0 Brent 41 29 12 Bromley 4 2 2 Camden 23 20 3 City of London 1 1 0 Croydon 30 19 11 Ealing 15 11 4 Enfield 0 0 0 Greenwich 61 55 6 Hackney 60 50 10 Hammersmith and Fulham 10 8 2 Haringey 13 7 6 Harrow 2 2 0 Havering 8 8 0 Hillingdon 8 7 1 Hounslow 17 14 3

Page 678

Islington 46 38 8 Kensington and Chelsea 14 9 5 Kingston upon Thames 4 4 0 Lambeth 26 18 8 Lewisham 32 28 4 Merton 4 3 1 Newham 33 30 3 Redbridge 6 4 2 Richmond 0 0 0 Southwark 60 49 11 Sutton 3 3 0 Tower Hamlets 126 122 4 Waltham Forest 9 9 0 Wandsworth 30 29 1 Westminster 32 30 2 Total 750 635 115

Cladding Question Time for London Question No: 2021/1133 Andrew Dismore Manchester Cladiators held a ‘Cladding Question Time’ for leaseholders with invited panellists including the Minister for Building Safety. Will you commit to organising a similar cladding question time for the thousands of London leaseholders caught up in the cladding scandal in order to bring their concerns directly to Government? Cladding Question Time for London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am very grateful for the campaigning that leaseholders across the country have been doing since the tragedy at Grenfell. For the last three and half years, I have been supporting them by lobbying the Government for leaseholders to be protected from the costs of making their buildings safe. I would be very supportive of campaigners in London holding a similar event. As you know, prior to the pandemic I was providing London leaseholders with a City Hall meeting room quarterly to allow them to organise. The Government must listen to the concerns of leaseholders and take decisive steps to ensure this crisis is resolved once and for all.

Page 679

Grenfell Tower Inquiry [1] Question No: 2021/1134 Andrew Dismore As the FBU reports on twitter: “At the Grenfell Tower Inquiry, The manufacturers of Grenfell’s flammable insulation, Kingspan, admitted to wrongly using a failed fire test to claim their products were safe. In 2013, ‘desktop assessments’ were introduced to prove products were safe to be installed on high-rise properties. But these ‘desktop assessments’ aren’t proper tests. They are only assessments that determine how safe a cladding system is *if* tested. Kingspan went onto use an insulation system that had **FAILED** a fire test to produce **29** of these ‘desktop assessments’. The failed fire test was carried out by the once public Building Research Establishment (BRE), the industry regulator that became a profit-seeking private entity in 1997. Video evidence showed flames spread over the 8-metre rig in 43 minutes, a failed result. But, after receiving a complaint from Kingspan, the BRE issued a report which did not make clear the test had failed. This report was used by Kingspan as the basis for 29 ‘desktop assessments’ instead, allowing the company to mislead clients on the safety of its product.” If the inquiry finds that this is an accurate interpretation of what Kingspan did, and how the BRE operates, does this not indicate that the industry regulator is not fit for purpose and should be replaced? Does it also show the folly of privatising regulators? Grenfell Tower Inquiry [1] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Evidence heard at the Grenfell Tower Inquiry so far has indeed brought into question the robustness of testing and governance measures in place at BRE. It is clear that wholesale change is needed. Ahead of the Inquiry findings and recommendations on this point, I believe all options should remain on the table, including steps by Government to ensure BRE has a clearer public interest role in enhancing building safety. I have long called for the need for a more effective specification and testing regime for construction products with complete transparency allowing test results to be readily accessible by the public.

Grenfell Tower Inquiry [2] Question No: 2021/1135 Andrew Dismore Does there need to be a review into all decisions made by the Building Research Establishment (BRE) into which materials are safe or not given the scandal over approval of flammable insulation? Do you have faith in the approvals granted by the BRE, and if not do you believe it is time to re-establish a public regulator?

Page 680

Grenfell Tower Inquiry [2] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Question 2020/1134.

Vaccine passports Question No: 2021/1136 Andrew Dismore What are your views about the utility of and introduction of ‘vaccine passports’? Vaccine passports The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The government is currently reviewing whether COVID-status certification could play a role in reopening the economy, reducing restrictions on social contact and improving safety. They are considering the role of both testing and vaccination in any certification process. They have now launched a consultation to hear views on any potential scheme. We still don’t have comprehensive peer-reviewed data to say how much the vaccine reduces transmission, and therefore it is hard to fully understand the utility of a vaccine passport. There are also outstanding issues around verifying whether a person has had a vaccine, and the risk of potential discrimination that will need to be addressed. I now await the outcome of the government review of the use of these COVID-status certificates. In the meantime we continue to put all our efforts into ensuring the vaccine roll out is as effective as possible and encouraging all Londoners to take up the offer when it is their turn.

Housing Floorspace in the Private Rented Sector Question No: 2021/1139 Nicky Gavron A recent study from GLA Housing & Land called ‘An analysis of housing floorspace per person’ (Feb 2021) showed that housing floorspace in the private rented sector in London fell since the 1990s. Given the importance of health and wellbeing as well as the trends of home working, what scope have you got to mitigate this? Housing Floorspace in the Private Rented Sector The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The housing quality and space standards set out in my London Plan require more space in new homes than the average private renter has, which only strengthens the case for

Page 681

increasing the number of new homes we build across London. We need more larger homes for overcrowded families to move into, and more one- and two-bedroom homes so that people currently living in house-shares or with their parents can move into a place of their own. In particular, we must build more social housing to accommodate private renters in housing need who would otherwise be unable to afford a suitably sized home.

Outer London Question No: 2021/1140 Nicky Gavron How have your planning policies supported inclusive growth in Outer London? Outer London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The development of my London Plan was informed by the work of the Outer London Commission and puts into practice many of its recommendations. The London Plan identifies new Opportunity Areas in outer London, with substantial capacity for new jobs and homes, alongside forthcoming and potential transport improvements. It also supports outer London high streets, town centres and Strategic Outer London Development Centres - places where commercial activity should be focused, building on local economic strengths. All of this is underpinned by the Good Growth principles in the Plan, which ensure that as development comes forward it provides social infrastructure, good environments, healthy streets and open spaces that will ensure outer London continues to be an attractive place to live. Promoting development in well-connected areas, and improved connections by public transport, cycling and walking will also help ensure that all Londoners can access opportunities across the capital. Inclusive growth also means new development bringing genuinely affordable housing, and I have made it clear that GLA funding will only be available for estate regeneration projects if residents have had a clear say in the plans and support them going ahead.

Public Toilets Question No: 2021/1141 Nicky Gavron How many public toilets have been lost in London in the last 10 and 20 years? Public Toilets The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Specific data on the loss or gain of public toilets is not monitored in planning applications. Removal of a toilet does not require planning permission unless the toilets have been secured through a planning permission or involves the demolition of a building or structure.

Page 682

Publicly accessible toilets are integral to making town centres accessible, inclusive and viable hubs for a diverse range of uses. That is why my London Plan 2021 Policy ‘S6 Public Toilets’ requires that proposals for large-scale developments open to the public - such as shopping centres, leisure facilities and large areas of public realm - provide and secure the future management of free publicly-accessible toilets suitable for a range of users, and that free ‘Changing Places’ toilets are provided to ensure that the needs of specialist groups are met. In addition, my Good Growth investment is creating or refurbishing more than 250 toilet units, including more than 180 which are fully accessible in key locations across London.

Outdoor dining in the West End Question No: 2021/1142 Nicky Gavron Al fresco dining is returning to the West End this year, where 60 roads were either closed, or pavements widened to support the economy and hospitality sector in a safe way. Will you consider introducing a seasonal policy on this in the future to enhance footfall and restaurant use? Outdoor dining in the West End The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I welcome Westminster’s commitment to bringing back its al fresco dining scheme, which was a lifeline for so many businesses in the West End last summer. My High Street Reopening Group, chaired by the Night Czar, has published guidance on outdoor eating and drinking on the London Business Hub. I encourage businesses and local authorities to maximise opportunities for outdoor operation and for them to work collaboratively on creating ‘streateries’ across London. I’m investing £5m to support the reopening of central London, including a campaign to drive Londoners and visitors back to our hard-hit retail, hospitality and cultural venues as soon as it is safe to do so. My Deputy Mayor for Culture and Creative Industries, Justine Simons OBE, is actively working with key stakeholders including the Association of Leading Visitor Attractions (ALVA) and the London Tourism Recovery Board. She has also joined Westminster’s West End Futures Board to help develop plans for getting the West End back on its feet.

Census Question No: 2021/1143 Nicky Gavron How will you ensure that short-term population shifts as a result of the pandemic don’t influence London’s funding for the next 10 years as a result of the census?

Page 683

Census The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Current data on short-term fluctuations in London’s population are unreliable, but we consider a fall in London’s population is likely to have occurred over the year to March 2021. Fewer people migrated into London while outflows remained steady or may even have increased. The decennial census count on 21 March will reflect this lower population. Post-Covid-19 recovery will encourage migration to London once again and reduce the impact. However, the timing and strength of London’s economic recovery may be key to the rate of short-term population growth. It has not yet been decided how MHCLG will take account of the evidence on population in setting formula-based funding for local authorities. Given the timing of the Census, we will be monitoring demographic evidence from a wide range of sources and use this to lobby MHCLG to ensure a fair settlement for London.

Litter in London Question No: 2021/1144 Nicky Gavron As the pandemic starts to ease and people are spending more time outdoors in public places, litter has already started to increase. Will you be launching a litter campaign as well as urging local authorities and other stakeholders to increase bin capacity in public places? Litter in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s boroughs are responsible for the management of litter across the capital. However, recognising the problems arising from the littering of disposable PPE, and masks in particular, I convened a roundtable, attended by boroughs, TfL and other London stakeholders, to prioritise action. I have made communications resources freely available to all boroughs and London’s universities and I have written to all major supermarkets calling on them to stock reusable masks. I have also installed drinking fountains and supported the Refill London campaign to discourage single use plastic bottles, which are a frequently littered item. Although the installed drinking fountains are currently closed, and further installations have been put on hold, due to the pandemic I plan to reopen these and recommence installations as soon as is feasible. All boroughs have now produced Reduction and Recycling Plans (RRPs), as required by my London Environment Strategy, many of which include actions on littering and public bins. Through these plans I am urging boroughs to reduce waste, including litter, and find opportunities to recycle as much waste as possible including on the go recycling on streets

Page 684

and in parks. I am providing RRP support directly and through ReLondon (formerly the London Waste and Recycling Board). I am aware that in order to reduce litter and flytipping London Councils have carried out some research and pilots in conjunction with Keep Britain Tidy. As I do not have powers for litter and waste collection, I will continue to support boroughs to discourage people from littering and I would encourage takeaway providers and retailers to do more to reduce and encourage the responsible disposal of food packaging and other waste associated with littering.

Privately owned public green space Question No: 2021/1145 Nicky Gavron There is a vast amount of privately owned green space in London, much of which is there for public amenity, for example, sports fields. However, CPRE London reports that many fields are being deliberately fenced off, stopping pitches from being booked, removing public access and allowing the land to become derelict, with a view to applying for planning permission once five years has passed and Sport England can no longer challenge them. What policy and legal levers are there to challenge private landowners to keep the fields in use for sports, where relevant, and open for public amenity more generally? Privately owned public green space The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My London Plan provides the strongest possible protection for London’s valued open spaces. This can include both publicly accessible and private open spaces. The Plan also provides clear protections for sports and recreation land, including playing pitches, much of which will also be part of other open space designations. Any applications for proposals which involve a loss of protected open space and/or playing pitches would need to be assessed against the criteria in these policies. It is not possible to control the access to, and the maintenance of existing private sports facilities or other private open spaces through the planning system. However, the relevant local authority can be contacted in cases where unauthorised works have been undertaken to restrict access to land where there are public rights of way. Where new public open spaces are created, the Plan states that these should remain publicly accessible. I am currently developing a Public London Charter which aims to ensure that London’s public spaces are safe, accessible, inclusive, attractive, well-connected and easy to understand, well maintained and serviced.

Page 685

Hopper Fare Question No: 2021/1147 Joanne McCartney How many of my constituents in Enfield & Haringey have benefited from the Hopper Fare? How much have they saved as a result of this policy? Hopper Fare The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) does not hold data that allows analysis of journeys by borough of residence. Instead it has analysed Hopper journeys by borough of boarding and found that, before Covid, on a typical day around 20,000 Hopper journeys were made starting in either Enfield or Haringey. This represents 7 per cent of all Hopper journeys in London. TfL estimates that the people of Enfield and Haringey saved around £3m per annum pre- Covid due to previously paid-for bus interchanges becoming free.

U18s Free Travel Question No: 2021/1148 Joanne McCartney How many under-18s in my Enfield & Haringey are eligible for free travel? U18s Free Travel The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The compulsory school leaving age was raised to 18 in 2015. This means that all Enfield and Haringey school-age residents are eligible for free travel. GLA Mid-2019 based housing-led population projections show there are 84,309 under-18s in Enfield and 59,847 under-18s in Haringey.

Air Pollution in Enfield & Haringey (1) Question No: 2021/1149 Joanne McCartney How much has air pollution reduced across Enfield & Haringey since 2016? Air Pollution in Enfield & Haringey (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My bold policies to tackle air pollution have contributed to significant reductions in air pollution across London, including in Enfield and Haringey. In Enfield and Haringey the number of schools located in areas exceeding the legal limit for nitrogen dioxide went from 26 in 2016 to zero in 2019 so no schools in Enfield and Haringey are in areas with illegal

Page 686

levels of nitrogen dioxide. The “Air pollution monitoring data in London: 2016 – 2020” report includes data from six sites in Enfield and Haringey. In 2016 three sites exceeded the legal limits for NO2, in 2019 all sites were within the legal limit. These sites recorded reductions in annual average NO2 pollution of 10 – 27 per cent, with an average reduction of 17 per cent. However, there is more work still to do to clean up London’s air. All schools in Enfield and Haringey still exceed the World Health Organization guideline limits for particulate matter (PM2.5). This is why I am committed to expanding the ULEZ later this year. I have also consistently demanded that the Government match my ambitions and improve the new Environment Bill to include legally binding WHO recommended limits to be achieved by 2030, and to give cities the powers and funding we need to eradicate air pollution. The full records of all monitoring sites across London can be found in the “Air pollution monitoring data in London: 2016 – 2020” report here: https://www.london.gov.uk/WHAT-WE-DO/environment/environment-publications/air- pollution-monitoring-data-london-2016-2020

Air Pollution in Enfield & Haringey (2) Question No: 2021/1150 Joanne McCartney How much has air pollution reduced at schools across Enfield & Haringey since 2016? Air Pollution in Enfield & Haringey (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My bold air pollution policies, introduced prior to the Covid-19 pandemic, have already helped to cut the number of state schools with illegal levels of pollution by 97 per cent – from 455 schools in 2016 to just 14 in 2019. In Enfield and Haringey the number of schools located in areas exceeding the legal limit for nitrogen dioxide went from 26 to zero so no schools in Enfield and Haringey are in areas with illegal levels of nitrogen dioxide. However, there is more work still to do to clean up London’s air. All schools in Enfield and Haringey still exceed the World Health Organization guideline limits for particulate matter (PM2.5). This is why I am committed to expanding the ULEZ later this year. I have also consistently demanded that the Government match my ambitions and improve the new Environment Bill to include legally binding WHO recommended limits to be achieved by 2030, and to give cities the powers and funding we need to eradicate air pollution.

Page 687

Air Pollution in Enfield & Haringey (3) Question No: 2021/1151 Joanne McCartney How much has air pollution reduced in residential areas in Enfield & Haringey since 2016? Air Pollution in Enfield & Haringey (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My bold policies to tackle air pollution have contributed to significant reductions in air pollution across London, including in Enfield and Haringey. In Enfield and Haringey the number of schools located in areas exceeding the legal limit for nitrogen dioxide went from 26 in 2016 to zero in 2019 so no schools in Enfield and Haringey are in areas with illegal levels of nitrogen dioxide. Modelling included in the “Air Quality in London 2016 – 2020” report shows that between 2016 – 2019, before the coronavirus pandemic, there was a Londonwide reduction in annual average nitrogen dioxide (NO2) of 20 per cent and reduction in annual average particulate matter (PM2.5) of 15 per cent. The “Air pollution monitoring data in London: 2016 – 2020” includes data for three “urban background” monitoring sites in Enfield and Haringey, which are representative of residential areas. These sites recorded reductions in annual average NO2 pollution of 10 to 16 per cent between 2016 and 2019. However, there is more work still to do to clean up London’s air. All schools in Enfield and Haringey still exceed the World Health Organization guideline limits for particulate matter (PM2.5). This is why I am committed to expanding the ULEZ later this year. I have also consistently demanded that the Government match my ambitions and improve the new Environment Bill to include legally binding WHO recommended limits to be achieved by 2030, and to give cities the powers and funding we need to eradicate air pollution. The full record of monitoring sites across London can be found in the “Air pollution monitoring data in London: 2016 – 2020” report here: https://www.london.gov.uk/WHAT-WE-DO/environment/environment-publications/air- pollution-monitoring-data-london-2016-2020 Read the “Air Quality in London 2016 – 2020” report here: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/air_quality_in_london_2016- 2020_october2020final.pdf

Knife Crime in Enfield & Haringey Question No: 2021/1152 Joanne McCartney What steps have you been taking to reduce knife crime in Enfield & Haringey?

Page 688

Knife Crime in Enfield & Haringey The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The VRU works with London’s 32 Community Safety Partnerships, including those for Enfield and Haringey. The VRU assists the CSP with its local violence reduction action plan by reviewing and providing support through visits and assessment of local work. The plans include actions focussed on safeguarding, education, working with communities, diversion support for victims and reducing access to weapons. City Hall provides each borough with funding through the London Crime Prevention fund. The VRU provides £200,000 each year to both boroughs, to support local violence reduction. The VRU also provides each borough funding for education projects including afterschool support, pupil referral unit mentoring and transition from primary to secondary schools. The VRU supports Haringey with a parent’s champion network and a grassroots project for Somali young people at risk of violence. The Tottenham Hale ward consortium in Haringey was recently successful in securing funding through the VRU’s MyEnds programme.

Creative Industries in Enfield & Haringey Question No: 2021/1153 Joanne McCartney How have your actions promoted and protected the creative industries across Enfield & Haringey? Creative Industries in Enfield & Haringey The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Culture and Creative Industries Unit work closely with London boroughs to promote and protect local creative business through a number of programmes and also through the Culture at Risk Office. For example, Haringey was the pathfinder for my Creative Enterprise Zones programme, and became one of the first ever six Zones, receiving a £240,000 grant to deliver their Zone Action Plan which focusses on supporting the area’s clusters of fashion and creative manufacturing businesses. I also awarded £500,000 of skills funding to Haringey’s Zone in dedicated sector skills funding to deliver their ‘N17: Creative Callings’ project which is delivering specialist skills training, career development and business support to local residents in the Zone, 50 per cent of whom are from Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic backgrounds. My Culture at Risk office has supported 5 cases in Enfield and 48 in Haringey since March 2020. In Enfield, my Culture at Risk Business Support Fund awarded £160,000 in grants to businesses that were at immediate risk of closure. This included Building Bloqs artist’s

Page 689

workspace in Enfield and 10 organisations in Haringey including The Post Bar grassroots music venue and Arthouse Crouch End cinema. My London Borough of Culture programme has also awarded a £200,000 Cultural Impact Award to deliver activities for communities in Haringey. My Make London fund is supporting 2 projects in Haringey including Alexandra Palace Art Trail 2021 (£5,000) and Art for Haringey (£12,000), and three projects in Enfield; Bourne Under Cover (£5,000), Bring trees to Palmers Green High Street (£4,065) and Community Mural for Pymmes Park (£4,915). My Culture Seeds grants also supported cultural activities for local people in both boroughs, with four grants totalling £18,314 in Enfield and 18 totalling £65,590 in Haringey.

Fares Trials Fund Question No: 2021/1155 Alison Moore What discussions, if any, have you had with the Government and/or the London based Train Operating Companies regarding routes in London being part of the trial? Fares Trials Fund The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I believe this question is related to the work to deliver flexible season tickets. Transport for London (TfL) has had discussions with both the Department for Transport and Rail Delivery Group on this matter. However, flexible season tickets are of little relevance in London, where TfL’s Pay as You Go scheme provides better flexibility and value than traditional season tickets and customers pay only for the journeys they make, whether on TfL or National Rail services. This offer, coupled with daily and weekly capping, has seen sales of season tickets fall sharply. A daily cap is one-fifth of the cost of weekly travel, ensuring that customers with less regular travel patterns already get the same value as customers who travel five days a week.

Page 690

Crossrail 2 Question No: 2021/1156 Alison Moore At what point would the Transport & Works Act from Crossrail 2 need to be agreed for it to open at the same time as Phase 2a of High Speed 2 in 2035-2040? Crossrail 2 The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The planning work for Crossrail 2 to date had assumed a Hybrid Bill as the preferred consent route, however this was not confirmed with Government. Our planning assumed a period of 2.5 years between Bill submission and Royal Assent. Timelines for the construction and the opening of the railway would depend on the final scope of the scheme and the agreed delivery strategy. The opening of HS2 Phase 2b (rather than 2a) is the point at which we anticipate demand at Euston will increase significantly. However, the level of demand could be further impacted by potential future changes to travel patterns as a long-term effect of the pandemic. Due to the knock-on financial impacts of the coronavirus pandemic and as agreed with Government in the October 2020 funding agreement, a commitment was made to refresh the Crossrail 2 Safeguarding Directions but to pause work on development of the scheme. It is highly likely that Crossrail 2 will still be needed in future to support London’s growth and Transport for London (TfL) has previously demonstrated the case for the scheme.

TfL Ridership Question No: 2021/1157 Alison Moore What assessment have you and TfL made of the impact of the Prime Minister’s roadmap to ease COVID-19 restrictions on TfL ridership forecasts? TfL Ridership The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In a comprehensive paper presented to the Transport for London (TfL) Board on Tuesday 13 March 2021, TfL included details on its modelling analysis on the pandemic recovery. This is aligned to the recent Government Roadmap (published on 22 Feb) and suggests a range of scenarios. The central scenario currently being used by TfL suggests 2021/22 ridership averaging around two thirds of 2018/19 demand and takes into account a gradual return of demand related to office work and leisure following step four of the roadmap, with a period of reduced demand during cold and flu season next winter.

Page 691

Further details are here: https://content.tfl.gov.uk/board-20210316-agenda- supplementary-papers.pdf

Future TfL Funding Question No: 2021/1158 Alison Moore What steps are you taking to secure TfL funding beyond March 2021 and when will the new funding package be announced? Future TfL Funding The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has laid out its plan to become financially sustainable by 2023/24 in its Financial Sustainability Plan (FSP). The FSP sets a plan to enable TfL to breakeven on operating, financing and maintenance costs by 2023/24, with funding of £1.6bn per annum (at 2025 constant prices) required for major capital investments from 2023-2030. 2021/22 is the first year of that plan. This is the only option which ensures TfL will have sustainable and adequate funding in the long-term to maintain London’s transport infrastructure and achieve the levels of investment in the transport network that the capital needs to fulfil its crucial role as the engine of the UK’s economy. London contributes nearly £40bn of tax revenue to the Exchequer, enabling crucial spending across the country. The FSP has laid the groundwork for discussions between TfL and Government officials that are underway ahead of the current funding agreement expiring on 31 March 2021. Since its submission in January, TfL and Government are in daily discussions on the funding, and TfL has responded to hundreds of questions from Government appointed advisor, KPMG as part of this. On 18 March, a draft letter offering a two-month extension to the current funding agreement to 18 May 2021 had been received. As at the time of responding to this MQ, we were working to determine whether this is in Londoners’ best interests ahead of any final offer being received from the Government. Ministers will ultimately need to provide TfL with long-term financial sustainability to ensure London makes a rapid recovery to support the country’s recovery.

Page 692

Crossrail Trial Running Question No: 2021/1159 Alison Moore When will you enter the Trial Running phase of the Crossrail project? Crossrail Trial Running The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Trial Running is vital to enabling the railway to transition to passenger service, and Crossrail is focused on doing everything it can to reach this critical milestone safely and as quickly as possible. Trial Running involves multiple trains operating in the central operating section to demonstrate the railway is capable of reliably meeting capacity and other requirements, whilst final works to the stations are completed. The project has entered the final countdown for entry into Trial Running, with progress being made in completing the outstanding works. It is currently anticipated that the project will enter Trial Running in the next couple of months.

Accessible Bus Stops Question No: 2021/1160 Alison Moore How many bus stops are there in London and how many of them are accessible? Furthermore, what plans, if any, do you have to ensure all bus stops are accessible? Accessible Bus Stops The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Making London a more accessible place is a priority for me and for Transport for London (TfL). TfL has worked closely with the London boroughs to increase the number of bus stops that are fully accessible and will continue to do so. Currently there are 19,275 bus stops owned by Transport for London. The latest data shows that 94.1 per cent of fixed bus stops within the London boundary (where responsibility lies with TfL) are fully accessible. However, given the constant changes to the highways and bus services, TfL believes that this figure has since risen to over 95 per cent and that the next full audit of bus stops will confirm this.

Step Free London Underground Stations (1) Question No: 2021/1161 Alison Moore Following MQ 2020/0649 are you able to provide an update on the 30 London Underground Stations due to be made step free by Spring 2024?

Page 693

Step Free London Underground Stations (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Step-free access is vital in supporting our customers with mobility needs, and Transport for London (TfL) and I want to ensure funding for such schemes is prioritised wherever possible. My response to MQ 2020/0649 outlined that 23 stations, not 30, were in scope to be completed by 2024. I can confirm the installation of step free access is now complete at six stations in the Accessibility Programme. These are Buckhurst Hill, Newbury Park, South Woodford, Mill Hill East, Cockfosters and Amersham. Work continues at a further six stations; Debden, Harrow-on-the-Hill, Ickenham, Osterley, Sudbury Hill and Wimbledon Park, and these will be complete by the end of the year. Step- free access will be delivered at Knightsbridge and Colindale as part of wider development schemes. The remaining stations, Burnt Oak, Northolt and Hanger Lane, which were scheduled to be delivered this year, along with Boston Manor, North Ealing, Park Royal, Rickmansworth, Ruislip and Snaresbrook, scheduled to be made step-free in 2024, have all been paused pending further discussions with the Government on the funding support that TfL needs following the devastating impact of coronavirus on its finances.

Step Free London Underground Stations (2) Question No: 2021/1162 Alison Moore Following MQ 2020/0650 can you provide an update on what London Underground Stations a) have been made step free or; b) are planned to become step free? Step Free London Underground Stations (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There are now 81 step-free Tube stations on the network. Since my last update in my response to MQ 2020/0650, two more stations - Cockfosters and Amersham - have become step free. These were completed as part of my Accessibility Programme. Please see my response to MQ 2021/1161 which details the other stations in scope for that programme. There are also other stations where full step free access will be delivered as part of wider development schemes; Knightsbridge and Colindale, Battersea Power Station and Nine Elms as part of the Northern line extension and Whitechapel and Ealing Broadway as part of the Elizabeth line.

Page 694

Transport for London (TfL) is also progressing step-free access work that will make busy zone 1 stations partially step-free. These are at Moorgate (Metropolitan line), Bank (Northern line) and Paddington (Bakerloo line).

Step Free National Rail Stations Question No: 2021/1163 Alison Moore Following MQ 2020/0651 can you provide an update on which National Rail Stations in London have become Step Free since May 2016? And which stations are due to become step free in the future? Step Free National Rail Stations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The following National Rail stations in London have become step free since May 2016: • Abbey Wood • Blackhorse Road (London Overground platforms only) • Carshalton • Chessington South • Coulsdon South • Forest Gate • Gidea Park • Goodmayes • Hanwell • Harold Wood • Lea Bridge (new station) • Manor Park • Maryland • Meridian Water (new station) • Selhurst • Seven Kings • Syon Lane • Tottenham Hale • Twickenham • West Hampstead (London Overground station) • White Hart Lane Step free access schemes are currently underway at the following National Rail stations. These have been grouped by funder and the status of the works. Stations funded by the Crossrail project

Page 695

The delivery of step free access at these stations is fully funded as part of the Crossrail project: • Acton Main Line • Bond Street (new station on National Rail network) • Canary Wharf (new station on National Rail network) • Custom House (new station on National Rail network) • Ealing Broadway • Hayes & Harlington • Ilford • Southall • Tottenham Court Road (new station on National Rail network) • West Drayton • West Ealing • Whitechapel London Overground platforms • Woolwich (new station on the National Rail network) Step free access will be provided to all platforms served by the Elizabeth line. Stations funded for delivery by the Department for Transport’s Access for All programme The delivery of step free access at these stations is fully funded as part of the Department for Transport’s Access for All programme: • Alexandra Palace • Bexley • Finsbury Park • Palmers Green • Plumstead • Shortlands • St Margarets (funding has already been provided to make platform three accessible by the London Borough of Richmond-upon-Thames and South Western Railways) Stations funded for design development by the Department for Transport’s Access for All programme: The design for step-free access schemes at the following stations is currently funded by the Department for Transport’s Access for All programme. These schemes will only be progressed to delivery if they prove to be feasible, affordable and value for money as the design process progresses: • Barnes • Battersea Park • Brondesbury • Catford • Cricklewood

Page 696

• Hackney Downs • Hither Green • Isleworth • Mill Hill Broadway • • Peckham Rye • Petts Wood • Queens Park • Seven Sisters (National Rail platforms only) • South Croydon • St Mary Cray • Streatham • Tooting • Wandsworth Town Other step free schemes • Barking Riverside (new station) • Brent Cross West (new station) • Kew Bridge. Step free access to be provided to platform one, funded by developer contributions. Step free access to platform two is being progressed and an update on progress towards a buildable option will be available later in the year. The activity relating to platform 2 is funded by the Department for Transport’s Mid-Tier Programme and South Western Railway • Surrey Canal (new station) • Surrey Quays. Step free access to be provided using funding from the Housing Infrastructure Fund and developer contributions

Step-Free Consultation Question No: 2021/1164 Alison Moore TfL’s 23 October 2019 Programmes and Investment Committee said, “TfL has started to engage with stakeholders on priorities for a future step free access investment on the LU network. We are planning to use this engagement to inform planned consultation on future step-free priorities.” Can you update me on the status of this project and when you expect to launch a consultation? Step-Free Consultation The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has recently started working on the detailed methodology for how stations should be prioritised for step free access in any future programmes. Comprehensive engagement with disabled stakeholders and their representative

Page 697

organisations will form a vital piece of this workstream. I have asked TfL officers to inform you once a time frame has been set for this engagement.

Outstanding Congestion Charge Question No: 2021/1166 Murad Qureshi With the outstanding congestion charge due from diplomats based in London at their various Embassies & High Commissions can you give an update on the legal action you are taking to recoup this debt? Outstanding Congestion Charge The Mayor Last updated: 07 May, 2021 Please see Mayor’s Question 2021/ 0935.

Homelessness and Women Leaving Prison (1) Question No: 2021/1167 Murad Qureshi A recent report by the Safe Homes for Women Leaving Prison initiative found that up to 6 in 10 women leaving prison are condemned to homelessness and that this problem is particularly acute in London. The ‘duty to refer’ anyone at risk of homelessness on release to their local authority is failing. Will you undertake an assessment of the effectiveness of the duty to refer in the Homelessness Reduction Act for vulnerable women leaving prison across London boroughs given the specific needs and circumstances of this group? Homelessness and Women Leaving Prison (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Close cooperation between public bodies and local authority homelessness services is vital to ensuring that vulnerable people such as women leaving prison get the support they need and do not fall into homelessness. I do not have any power to shape or enforce the statutory duty to refer but I strongly support local authorities working together with prisons and probation services (as well as other public bodies) to get help to those facing homelessness, including ensuring there are clear referral processes. A recent MHCLG evaluation of the implementation of the Homelessness Reduction Act identified some of the challenges to successfully implementing the duty to refer, which included inadequate resources. The government must address the shortcomings found and, as I have repeatedly highlighted, adequately resource local authority homelessness services to be able to effectively meet the duties that this legislation places on them, including assisting those referred to them under the duty to refer.

Page 698

Homelessness and Women Leaving Prison (2) Question No: 2021/1168 Murad Qureshi The London Blueprint says signatories, including MOPAC, will work towards establishing a shared approach across London to address the housing needs of women in contact with the criminal justice system, including preventing homelessness and resettlement on release. What progress has been made on this aim so far and what metrics are being used to measure the effectiveness of this commitment? Homelessness and Women Leaving Prison (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As part of the London Blueprint led by MOPAC a multi-agency Accommodation & Housing Task Group has been established prioritising the housing needs of women with dependent children and those with multiple and complex needs and those with no recourse to public funds. Actions include the development of a London Prison Release Protocol to improve the referral pathways and co-ordination between prisons, probation, London Borough Housing and Social Services Departments and voluntary sector service providers. Data analysis is also being undertaken to inform future practice to support women’s housing needs. A draft performance monitoring framework is being finalised, to support the effective implementation of the Blueprint.

Homelessness and Women Leaving Prison (3) Question No: 2021/1169 Murad Qureshi At least 50 vulnerable women are estimated to be leaving prison to homelessness in London each month. These women often have complex needs. For example, many are primary carers of children; have experienced domestic abuse and violence; or suffer with drug dependency or addition. Will the Mayor take action to ensure these women are resettled in safe and secure accommodation? Homelessness and Women Leaving Prison (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I invested £4.6m over 3 years from 2018 to 2021, for the provision of wrap around resettlement services, which include safe and secure accommodation. This funding will be extended from April 2021 to June 2022. I have also convened a multi-agency Accommodation & Housing Task Group on women in contact with the CJS, to enable greater collaboration on this issue. The situation is complex and challenging. The backdrop of increasing austerity and housing shortages is undermining the availability of safe and secure accommodation, which will leave women vulnerable.

Page 699

It is essential that Government provide greater investment to supporting the rehabilitation of women including provision of specialist trauma-informed services, to deal with problems that lead to crime, and residential accommodation for women ex-offenders, which repeated studies have shown reduces reoffending.

Government’s Rough Sleeping Advisory Panel Question No: 2021/1170 Murad Qureshi When was the most recent time the GLA participated in a meeting of the Government’s Rough Sleeping Advisory Panel? Can you update us on what was discussed? Government’s Rough Sleeping Advisory Panel The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The last meeting took place on 3 November 2020, which Tom Copley attended. It was chaired by Kelly Tolhurst MP (then Minister for Rough Sleeping and Housing). The main item that the group discussed was the impact of the COVID-19 response and the next steps for this approach, particularly in relation to the winter period.

Sinophobia attacks during coronavirus Pandemic Question No: 2021/1171 Murad Qureshi Could the Met report the numbers of sinophobia (anti-Chinese) attacks we have had in London during the past two quarters compared to earlier on in the pandemic last year. Also can we have the figures for attacks in previous years? What work is being done with the East Asian & South-East Asian communities in London to make them feel safe and secure in their homes and businesses? Sinophobia attacks during coronavirus Pandemic The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The numbers requested are contained in the attached spreadsheet. We have closely monitored reports of sinophobic attacks since the increase was first reported last year, with my Deputy Mayor for Policing and Crime receiving weekly updates. To provide reassurance to those targeted by hate crime in their communities, the MPS has developed reassurance and preventative policing plans in all BCUs to support Neighbourhood Policing Teams to respond to any increase in hate incidents. Alongside this, MOPAC has increased its engagement with East Asian and South-East Asian communities in London. The Chinese Information and Advice Centre was involved in MOPAC’s recently concluded ‘Together Against Hate’ programme which trained

Page 700

organisations in raising awareness of hate crime and supporting victims. The Deputy Mayor for Policing and Crime attended an East Asian and South-East Asian communities roundtable in January to listen to their concerns and talk about what further actions they would like to see. The GLA is also undertaking similar engagement with the End the Virus of Racism campaign.

Unspent government monies for Rough Sleepers in London Question No: 2021/1172 Murad Qureshi Millions in cash intended to help rough sleepers through the winter has gone unspent according to remarks from the Housing Minister. Can you please tell us how much was unspent from the Cold Weather and Project Programme in London by the Government? Unspent government monies for Rough Sleepers in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 This is not information that I have access to. The Cold Weather Fund and Protect Programme allocated to the GLA has been and will continue to be spent on the rough sleeping COVID-19 response.

Healthy Start Scheme access Question No: 2021/1174 Onkar Sahota Changes to the immigration rules and to the eligibility criteria for welfare in 2012 means many Londoners who are lawfully in the UK cannot access the Healthy Start Scheme which provides poorer families with fresh fruit, vegetables, formula and vitamins for babies and young children. Will you add your voice to call on the Government to review this? Healthy Start Scheme access The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 It is not right that thousands of Londoners and their children are missing out on mainstream welfare benefits including Healthy Start vouchers simply because of their immigration status. Throughout the pandemic, I have repeatedly called on national government to suspend the No Recourse to Public Funds condition to enable people to get the support they need. I have also strongly advocated for the National Food Strategy and Marcus Rashford’s End Child Food Poverty campaign’s recommendations to extend the Healthy Start Scheme to all young mothers and families with children under the age of 4 in receipt of Universal Credit. My London Food Strategy outlined my commitment to work with partners to support an increase in the uptake of Healthy Start Vouchers and as part of this, I have supported ten

Page 701

local authorities to develop Good Food Retail Plans and Projects, many of which have incorporated actions to improve Healthy Start uptake.

Early Years Mental Health Question No: 2021/1175 Onkar Sahota I welcome the news that you have recently commissioned the Mayor’s Early Years Hubs to roll-out early years well-being pedagogy and develop online support for parents to enhance well-being and mental health for families. Can you tell me more about the support that will be offered to families? Early Years Mental Health The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We know that the impact of COVID–19 on the mental wellbeing of children and adults has been significant. I am therefore pleased to provide this extra support that builds on existing work developed on well-being pedagogy by Wandle Early Years Hub, one of my three Early Years Hubs. By developing new resources for parents and curating existing materials, this project will support parental mental health and develop confidence to support their children in developing strong emotional resilience and mental health. Parents across Wandsworth, Merton, Barnet and Newham will have access to online support workshops and an online library of resources. Further dissemination of the online resources will take place through the Healthy Early Years London network and website. It will promote and build on specialist content for parents and carers such as the resources provided through the Good Thinking online wellbeing service. By increasing knowledge of the importance of mental health and wellbeing amongst the early years workforce and parents the work will contribute to the Health and Wellbeing Recovery Mission.

London Vision Question No: 2021/1176 Onkar Sahota How has COVID-19 impacted your collaborative work on the ‘London Vision’? London Vision The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 COVID-19 has been the biggest challenge our city has faced in peace time, impacting on every area of health and care and having a profound effect on every Londoner. In order to respond, partners have accelerated and further strengthened health and care collaboration,

Page 702

building on the London Vision for new ways of place-based partnership working. For example, I am hugely proud of work by the London boroughs, NHS and GLA as well as the voluntary and community sector to respond to the needs of homeless Londoners. The impacts of COVID-19 have not been felt equally and the pandemic has exposed and widened already entrenched inequalities. Health equity is a golden thread running through London’s response to COVID-19, our recovery and the London Vision. The London Health Board has established a Health Equity Group to ensure that lessons are learned and applied across our future work. The London Health Board considered an update on the Vision at our meeting in October 2020, which noted a range of action on air pollution, homeless health, tobacco control, violence reduction, suicide and end-of-life care.

Loneliness and Isolation Question No: 2021/1177 Onkar Sahota How are you supporting Londoners affected by loneliness and isolation, which has been heightened as a result of the pandemic? Loneliness and Isolation The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In partnership with Thrive LDN my team developed wellbeing resources, including guidance on how to stay connected, which were distributed to stakeholders and digitally isolated Londoners. My support for public initiatives (e.g. the Great Winter Get Together) and talking about my own struggles, have been part of a drive to raise awareness and reduce stigma associated with loneliness. My team has also commissioned research, due out this Summer, on hidden loneliness in London and among those disproportionally impacted by COVID-19. Importantly, I want to support the efforts of those who stepped up to help London’s communities. Through my Stronger Communities Fund 45 grants were awarded and out of the £10m I contributed to London Community Response, £1.4m went to organisations working to reduce isolation and promote good mental health and wellbeing. My team has also commissioned a toolkit to help local groups deliver responses that build relationships within London’s communities.

Vaccine hesitancy Question No: 2021/1178 Onkar Sahota Can you update me on the work of the London Strategic Coordination Group on vaccine hesitancy?

Page 703

Vaccine hesitancy The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Strategic Coordination Group coordinates the vaccine hesitancy response across London. This includes proactive communication and engagement, promoting events, gap analysis, and evaluation of effectiveness to ensure communications are reaching those most disproportionately affected in the most effective way. An online repository is maintained for partners to share with their communities, containing content to address vaccine hesitancy for different groups. The Keep London Safe communications toolkit includes core messaging, posters, social and digital communications assets and translations, specifically focused on the most vaccine hesitant communities. A vaccination education toolkit has been produced and shared with schools across London, which includes materials to explain what a vaccine is, encourage discussion in the classroom and give young people information to reassure parents/older relatives about the safety of the vaccine. An events toolkit and tracker has been launched and shared with London boroughs who are holding vaccination community engagement events, to capture feedback and insight and to ensure events are promoted locally and to London-wide communities.

Violence Reduction Unit Funding Question No: 2021/1180 Navin Shah Can you provide further details on how the VRUs “MyEnds” funding will help individual consortiums? Violence Reduction Unit Funding The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 MyEnds is £6 million in new funding from London’s Violence Reduction Unit providing local communities with direct funding and support to deliver targeted interventions to tackle violence in their neighbourhoods. The VRU’s MyEnds programme has been developed to put communities at the forefront of tackling violence by giving them the support they need to deliver locally designed interventions in areas of the capital that are affected by high and sustained levels of violence. The programmes bring together local groups and individuals as part of a local community network that involves residents, community groups, young people, youth outreach workers, local authority wardens and the police, to deliver meaningful change where they live and work.

Page 704

Each community network will receive up to £750,000 funding to April 2023.

Waking Watches in London Question No: 2021/1181 Navin Shah The Assembly found that waking watches are costing Londoners £16,000 an hour. Can explain why is it so expensive to run these ‘watches’ in London? What actions are you taking to ensure that these watches continue and what else are you doing to support Londoners living in unsafe environments due to dangerous cladding? Waking Watches in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade collects data for buildings with a temporary suspension of ‘stay put’ where an interim simultaneous evacuation strategy has been put in place. It is for the building owner to determine what measures are needed to support this, guided by a competent fire safety professional, but this often includes a waking watch. I have always been clear that the costs of making a building – any building - safe should not fall on individual leaseholders, and repeatedly called on the Government to protect them from this burden. I have repeatedly highlighted that the cost of waking watch in London is far higher than outside of London. I have campaigned for Government funding to cover all interim fire safety measures, including waking watch. This should apply to all unsafe buildings regardless of height or type of safety defect. The Waking Watch Relief Fund announced by ministers in December is too little too late, which has sadly been characteristic of the Government’s entire response to the building safety crisis.

Vegetation Removal in Pinner Question No: 2021/1182 Navin Shah I have been contacted by constituents regarding removal of vegetation trackside in Pinner. According to residents, they received no advance warning of this work, which has had an impact on animal habitats. Can you provide full details as to why this work, in this specific area was carried out and whether residents were given notice of this work. Are there plans to mitigate the damage that this work has caused to the environment, but also the potential for greater noise disturbance from Met Line trains?

Page 705

Vegetation Removal in Pinner The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is currently carrying out works to remove vegetation across the network to maintain a safe railway for customers, staff, and local residents. TfL has set up a new team to manage these works and is proactively managing fast- growing trees such as Ash and Sycamore that have overrun the embankments to the detriment of slower growing species such as Oak and Larch. Ash trees in particular grow very tall very quickly, which makes them unstable and at risk of falling onto the track. TfL needed to address this alongside other safety issues such as maintaining train operators’ line of sight and ensuring the safety of lineside equipment. These works are done by experienced contractors, and the areas are fully assessed to minimise any ecological damage and impact on wildlife. TfL carries out extensive vegetation management across its network throughout the year, and prioritises notifying local residents in cases where significant levels (for instance more than three consecutive shifts) of targeted vegetation/tree clearance are due to be carried out in a particular area. No such targeted works are planned over the coming year. TfL advises that vegetation is not an effective mitigation against railway noise and its removal will not increase noise levels.

Tube Noise Question No: 2021/1183 Navin Shah A response I received from TfL in regards to tube noise issues states that due to the financial impact of the pandemic “some non-safety-critical activities” have been delayed and that they could not confirm next steps when it comes to tube noise issues until the 2021/2022 budget has been confirmed. Will you commit to making tackling tube noise, that has a serious impact on the quality of life of many residents, a priority for the future? Tube Noise The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes, Tube noise will continue to be a priority both for me and Transport for London (TfL). TfL is continuing to tackle Tube noise through a number of different methods. This includes rail grinding, which works by smoothing rails and removing corrugation, which is often the root cause of residential noise. TfL has carried out over 10,000 metres of noise and vibration-related rail grinding in the last six months. TfL will continue to carry out rail grinding, as well as other targeted interventions to reduce noise, including the removal of redundant rail joints, the maintenance of points and crossings, and re-ballasting track where required.

Page 706

I understand that London Underground’s Managing Director has written to Assembly Members to provide a comprehensive update on TfL’s efforts to tackle Tube noise, including an update on planned works at a number of priority locations.

Thrive LDN (1) Question No: 2021/1184 Navin Shah What are Thrive LDNs biggest successes? Thrive LDN (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Thrive LDN’s biggest success is its participation-driven approach. When I launched Thrive LDN, alongside health and care partners, we began an open dialogue with Londoners – to encourage everyone to think, talk and act more when it comes to mental wellbeing. Through Thrive LDN, we are seeing sustained outreach, engagement and direct involvement with Londoners, as well as a growing awareness of mental health and how social inequalities can impact on it. The programme provides the foundations for us to make even bigger strides in tackling the most complex health issues affecting Londoners. The range of community-led activities, partnerships and campaigns which Thrive LDN has delivered has provided the collective action needed to support local neighbourhoods, groups and individuals to develop strength and resilience. Partnership working has never been more important, particularly at a time when resources are more stretched than ever, and I’m incredibly grateful to everyone prepared to support the challenge.

Thrive LDN (2) Question No: 2021/1185 Navin Shah What actions do Thrive LDN take to actively support Londoners with severe and complex mental illnesses specifically? Thrive LDN (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Thrive LDN is a citywide movement to ensure all Londoners have an equal opportunity to good mental health and wellbeing. Those with severe and complex mental health needs have been identified as a group disproportionately affected by the pandemic. The Mental Health Foundation’s Mental Health in the Pandemic study found that people who entered

Page 707

the pandemic with a prior experience of mental health problems have been far more likely to experience feelings of anxiety, panic, and hopelessness. As a participation-driven partnership, Thrive LDN works with Londoners with lived experience of poor mental health and organisations such as Mental Health Foundation and local MIND services in London to drive outcomes for and support those with severe and complex mental needs. Further to this, we are working with South East London CCG to develop initial forecasting for demand in mental health services and better understand the needs of Londoners requiring support for their mental health.

COVID Restrictions Relaxation Question No: 2021/1186 Navin Shah How can small pubs and restaurants, who do not have outside spaces and are unable to open on 12th April, be supported? COVID Restrictions Relaxation The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am pleased that as some restrictions are lifted on 12th April, we will see part of London’s hospitality businesses reopen by serving customers outside. Unfortunately, many businesses will not be able to open as they do not have a viable outdoor space in which to operate. I support the government’s extension of the pavement licence provisions of the Business and Planning Act for another 12 months. In addition, takeaway alcohol will be allowed until September. I continue to encourage boroughs to take a pragmatic approach to supporting local hospitality businesses by enabling them to maximise the opportunities for outdoor operation, and by making space available where it is safe and viable to do so. It is imperative that London’s hospitality sector continues to receive the financial support from Government it needs, particularly if the re-opening roadmap slips in any way.

Borough of Culture Question No: 2021/1187 Navin Shah What are your plans to get the Borough of Culture Scheme back on track after it was postponed last year?

Page 708

Borough of Culture The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 After Waltham Forest and Brent’s successful London Borough of Culture programmes in 2019 and 2020 respectively, Lewisham and Croydon are on track to deliver their ambitious London Borough of Culture programmes in 2022 and 2023. Brent 2020 was adapted during COVID-19 to unite communities online and through a critically acclaimed public art programme in the libraries, streets and public spaces of the borough. It was successfully delivered in collaboration with over 1000 artists and creative organisations, along with hundreds of volunteers, young leaders, schools and community organisations. My Culture and Creative Industries Unit is helping Lewisham and Croydon to prepare with comprehensive support including community engagement workshops, funders roundtables and developing partnership opportunities for young people, health and wellbeing and the environment. Lewisham has now appointed The Albany arts centre as the key delivery partner for London Borough of Culture. I am embedding Liberty, my flagship festival for D/deaf, disabled and neurodivergent artists, into both borough programmes. An evaluation framework has been commissioned in the context of London’s recovery, with a focus on social outcomes.

Culture & Creative Industry Question No: 2021/1188 Navin Shah This sector has taken a major blow during the pandemic crisis. For some it is fatal. However, what steps are you taking to revive and support this sector which makes a major contribution to London’s economy and is a flagship of our diversity and heritage? Culture & Creative Industry The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 During the COVID-19 crisis, my £2.3m Culture at Risk Business Support Fund has supported over 301 businesses and 11,500 artists. My expanded Culture at Risk Office has supported over 700 businesses since March 2020 compared to 350 in the previous 4 years. I have announced a £5m fund to help central London’s culture, heritage organisations and night time economy reopen safely and I have called on Government to match this. I continue to fund my Creative Economy Growth Programme delivering inward investment, sales and exports, creating thousands of jobs and increasing workforce diversity. I have launched a £250,000 programme to support improved working conditions for creative freelancers. I am funding ambitious new culture infrastructure including East Bank, which will create 2,500 jobs, and the new Museum of London. I have also unlocked £8m Government funding for two London film studios, 3 Mills in Newham and Eastbrook Studios in Dagenham, as part of the Thames Estuary Production Corridor.

Page 709

Tube Noise [6] Question No: 2021/1189 Andrew Dismore From which locations are you removing Pandrol Vanguard pads? Will you be replacing them with Delkor at all locations? What is the timescale for this work? Tube Noise [6] The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is currently assessing certain locations where it may be beneficial to remove Pandrol Vanguard, and will share further details later this year.

Police Recruitment Question No: 2021/1192 Peter Whittle What is the current Metropolitan Police non-white recruitment target? Police Recruitment The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) has the ambitious aim of 30% of recruits to be from a Black Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) background from April 2021. The aim is to increase this to 40% of recruits from April 2022.

Missing Drugs From Policy Custody Question No: 2021/1193 Peter Whittle How many instances of drugs going missing from the custody of the Metropolitan Police were there in the period 2016-2020? Could you please tabulate your response by year, drug, quantity and borough (or Borough Command Unit)? Missing Drugs From Policy Custody The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS seizes and secures approximately 600,000 pieces of evidence per year and take great pride and care in the management of all types of evidence. From 2016 to 2020 approximately 2.4m seizures of evidence have been recorded. It is not possible to report on the quantity or accurately on type of drug, therefore the largest volume drug type has been used - ‘Missing Drugs-Herbal Substance’. The definition of “missing” items is as follows:

Page 710

• Booked out to police officer, court proceedings or for further investigation / evidence gathering. • Correctly destroyed but database not updated • Actual lost or mishandled items South Central Specialist Grand (B)OCU/BCU Central East West North Crime Total Store Name Stoke Bethnal Twickenham Islington Newington Green Drugs-Herbal GN HT TW NI SCD75NE Substance Booked in by Year 2016 12 14 1 1 2017 9 1 1 20 2018 2 11 27 2019 14 2020 Grand Total 23 26 15 48 1

Crossrail Question No: 2021/1194 David Kurten What is the current anticipated opening date for Crossrail? Crossrail The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Crossrail Ltd is in the complex final stages of the delivery of the Elizabeth line. Work continues across the project at pace and it is still anticipated that the central section will open for passenger service in the first half of 2022

Diversity and Inclusion (1) Question No: 2021/1195 Peter Whittle How many Diversity and Inclusion advisers does the Metropolitan Police currently employ?

Page 711

Diversity and Inclusion (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The table below shows the number of Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) employees who have the words ‘equality, diversity or inclusion’ in their job title broken down by pay grade:

Rank/Band Number Broadband 3 1 Band A 1 Band B 4 Band C 13 Band D 2 Band E 3 Band S 1 Chief Superintendent 2 Chief Inspector 1 Inspector 5 Sergeant 5 Constable 4 Grand Total 42

Diversity and Inclusion (2) Question No: 2021/1196 Peter Whittle How much money did the Metropolitan Police spend on Diversity and Inclusion over the last five calendar years? Diversity and Inclusion (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Inclusion, diversity and engagement is a fundamental part of all MPS activity. Therefore, it is not possible to quantify specific expenditure by the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS).

Page 712

Operation Midland Question No: 2021/1197 Peter Whittle Is there anything about Operation Midland (the Metropolitan Police investigation into Carl Beech’s bogus claims about a VIP paedophile ring) that you think could have been handled differently? Operation Midland The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) has stated on a number of occasions it is truly sorry for the harm caused by the mistakes made in Operation Midland. The Henriques Review, the Independent Office for Police Conduct (IOPC) investigation and the follow up review by Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary, Fire and Rescue Services (HMICFRS) led to a number of recommendations for the MPS. This work led to significant changes to policy and practice to ensure that similar mistakes can never be made again. The MPS have improved the way they approach vulnerable victims and complainants and radically improved how officers apply for search warrants in terms of training, supervision, practice and audit.

Metropolitan Police Clear Up Rates Question No: 2021/1198 Peter Whittle What have been the Metropolitan Police’s clear up rates for murder, burglary, rape and Grievous Bodily Harm over the last five years? Metropolitan Police Clear Up Rates The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS publishes information related to sanction detections by crime type via the crime dashboards: https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/crime-data-dashboard-previous/ https://www.met.police.uk/sd/stats-and-data/met/crime-data-dashboard/

Page 713

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (1) Question No: 2021/1199 Peter Whittle I note that on 24 February 2021 Mr Toyin Agbetu - one of your Commissioners for Diversity in the Public Realm resigned, after his blog posts commenting on Jewish people were brought to City Hall’s attention by Jewish News. One of his posts claimed there was an ‘immoral hierarchy of suffering’ which had seen victims of the Holocaust ‘served well by Nazi hunters’ compared to African victims of the slave trade. Agbetu has also claimed that Jews played a leading role in the Atlantic slave trade. In 2007, he also heckled the Queen, during a service at Westminster Abbey to commemorate the 200th anniversary of the abolition of the slave trade, shouting ‘the British are the Nazis.’ All of which, rather begs the question, why did you appoint him in the first place? Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I set up the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm to celebrate the rich diversity of London. It is vital that all panel members uphold the values of inclusion and tolerance that define our city. All members of the Commission were recruited following best practice as set out in the Greater London Authority Protocol on Mayoral Appointments. An Independent Panel Member was present at all interviews and all appointees require a minimum of two references. I have a zero-tolerance policy towards racism and prejudice in any form, and all allegations of this nature are taken extremely seriously. Toyin Agbetu has resigned from the Commission. I am proud that the Commission brings together people with proven leadership ability and influence across a range of fields including the arts, public art, broadcast, built environment, architecture, community engagement and business.

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (2) Question No: 2021/1200 Peter Whittle Given that your recruitment due diligence failed to uncover the alleged anti-Semitism of one Commission appointee, what else might it have failed to pick up? How can Londoners have confidence in the people you have selected?

Page 714

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As with all Mayoral appointments, the recruitment and appointment for the Commission followed best practice as set out in the GLA’s Protocol on Mayoral Appointments. The recruitment was open and transparent process with clear criteria, and nearly 300 applications were received. An Independent Panel Member was present at all interviews. At interview, candidates were given the opportunity to discuss or provide feedback on any potential conflicts of interest. In line with the Protocol, all new board appointees require a minimum of two references. The GLA’s HR and Organisational Development are responsible for ensuring references are valid, cover a minimum of three years and are completed by appropriate referees. I am proud that the Commission brings together a range of diverse range of people with proven leadership ability, expertise and influence across a range of fields including the arts, public art, broadcast, built environment, architecture, community engagement and business.

Stop and Search Question No: 2021/1201 Peter Whittle On 26 February 2021, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary and Fire & Rescue Services published its report into the police use of stop and search powers. It raised the prospect of abandoning stop and search for drugs altogether, stating that damage may outweigh the benefits. ‘While suspicions about drugs are stated as the reason in the majority of the half a million stop and searches in England and Wales annually, illicit substances were found on only one in four occasions.’ Does the Metropolitan Police regard one in four as an effective detection rate? Stop and Search The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I welcome the HMICFRS report, which supports the actions I have put forward in my Plan for Transparency, Accountability and Trust in Policing. It is vital that our police service retains the trust and confidence of the communities it serves. The College of Policing has been very clear that it is not good practice for an officer to stop people based on the smell of cannabis alone. In addition, the Independent Office for Police Conduct’s (IOPC) review of a sample of Met Police stop and search complaints made multiple learning recommendations, which the Commissioner has accepted in full. The data referred to in the report is the positive outcome rate, which indicates what action has been taken against an individual, for example arrest, rather than a detection rate, which would relate to the solving of a specific crime. It is too simplistic to consider the positive

Page 715

outcome rate in isolation. HMICFRS have stated that the failure to uncover any wrongdoing during a stop and search isn’t necessarily a failure. I support the use of intelligence-led Stop and search, which has an important part to play in keeping our streets safe, but the important consideration is that it must be lawful and proportionate.

Taxis in London Question No: 2021/1202 David Kurten Given that the black cab taxi fleet has now shrunk to less than 14,000 vehicles and many drivers are struggling to earn a living, let alone buy a new electric wheelchair accessible taxi for more than £60,000, do you think the black cab has a future in London? Taxis in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes. I am confident that taxis will continue to play a role in London’s future transport offer and will contribute to the recovery from the pandemic. As I have stated in my Transport Strategy, taxis are an important mode of transport that provide an accessible, door-to-door service for Londoners and visitors. Policy 20 of my strategy seeks to ensure London has a safe, secure and accessible world-class taxi service. Transport for London (TfL) already provides financial support for those taxi drivers who want to invest in a Zero Emissions Capable (ZEC) taxi, including the partial funding of a government-led plug-in vehicle grant, which gives £7,500 off the price of a new ZEC taxi, alongside the Taxi Delicensing Scheme and the provision of a network of more than 300 Rapid Charge Points (84 of which are taxi-dedicated). I absolutely recognise the devastating effect the coronavirus pandemic has had on taxi and private hire drivers, both in terms of their personal health and the financial difficulties they face. This is why TfL and I have taken a range of measures to help support taxi and private hire licensees in London throughout the pandemic as detailed in my response to MQ 2020/4262. These measures supplement the financial support available from the Government. Further to MQ 2020/4262, I have again written to Rishi Sunak, the Chancellor of the Exchequer, to highlight the plight of taxi and private hire drivers and to lobby for specific financial support for them.

Taxis and wheelchair accessibility Question No: 2021/1203 David Kurten Are you aware that less than 0.5% (half a percent) of all private hire vehicles are wheelchair accessible (and most of those are school run mini buses)? What will you do to see that

Page 716

London’s ageing and disabled population can get around if there are no purpose built wheelchair accessible taxis in the future, because they’ve been priced out of the market? Taxis and wheelchair accessibility The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London publishes, and regularly updates, a list of licensed private hire vehicles (PHVs) that are wheelchair accessible here: www.tfl.gov.uk/info-for/taxis-and- private-hire/passengers-and-accessibility. The latest list contains details of 522 wheelchair accessible PHVs out of an overall fleet of 77,783 (equating to around 0.7 per cent of the fleet). These vehicles are supplemented by the current fleet of more than 13,600 taxis – all of which are wheelchair accessible and have a number of additional features, including a large interior passenger compartment, a doorway not less than 1.2m high, visible grab handles, intermediate steps and induction loops. Taxis and wheelchair accessible PHVs are not required to pay the Congestion Charge. As I make clear in MQ 2021/1202, I am confident that taxis will continue to play a role in London’s future transport offering.

Future of the Taxi Trade Question No: 2021/1204 David Kurten What is your future plan for Taxis and Private Hire Vehicles, given, in my view, the poor outcomes from your policies over the last five years? Future of the Taxi Trade The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As I make clear in MQ 2021/1202, taxis and private hire vehicles continue to have an important role to play in London, including as the city recovers from the COVID-19 pandemic. The majority of the points in my Taxi and Private Hire Action Plan have been delivered and a significant number of improvements have been made as a result to both taxi and private hire services and to the benefit of licensees. Air quality remains a priority for London and there remains a need to reduce emissions from both taxis and private hire vehicles. Zero Emission Capable (ZEC) licensing requirements have been introduced for any new vehicle entering either fleet: • www.tfl.gov.uk/info-for/taxis-and-private-hire/emissions-standards-for-taxis • www.tfl.gov.uk/info-for/taxis-and-private-hire/emissions-standards-for-phvs

Page 717

Support has been provided to encourage the uptake of ZEC vehicles, including Transport for London contributing to the £7,500 Plug-In Grant that reduces the purchase price of a ZEC taxi, the £42m delicensing scheme (see MQ2021/1278) and a network of Rapid Charge Points. I appreciate and applaud the strides both industries have made to this end, in particular the taxi trade as early adopters of bespoke ZEC vehicles. These changes are helping to ensure that London’s taxi trade remains an icon, and that both taxi and private hire vehicles are playing a leading role in improving London’s air quality.

Taxi and Private Hire Trade Question No: 2021/1205 David Kurten What will you do to rebuild the taxi trade and reverse the declining numbers of black cabs in London seen over the last five years? Taxi and Private Hire Trade The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to MQ 2021/1202.

Uber Question No: 2021/1206 David Kurten Uber maintained for a long period of time that the acceptance of private hire bookings by a licensed London PHV Operator acting as agent for drivers would comply with the regulatory regime. Given the recent Appeal Court ruling that Uber drivers are employees, does the mayor believe that Uber have been operating in London outside of the PHV regulatory regime since TfL granted them an Operator Licence in 2012? Uber The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Private hire bookings must be accepted by a licensed private hire operator. Transport for London (TfL) monitors compliance with this requirement by all London licensed private hire operators and it will continue to monitor compliance following the Supreme Court ruling. TfL’s regulatory oversight of Uber, including its booking acceptance process, is well documented here: https://tfl.gov.uk/info-for/taxis-and-private-hire/press-releases-and- news.

Page 718

Protecting Londoners From ‘Thought Crime’ Policing (1) Question No: 2021/1207 David Kurten With reference to your answer to my question MQ2020/1050, it concerns me that non- crime hate incidents are criminalising people for expressing their opinions within the law and this was not recognised in your answer. For instance, Harry Miller, that Mr Justice Julian Knowles concluded his tweets were: “lawful and that there was not the slightest risk that he would commit a criminal offence by continuing to tweet”. Does the Metropolitan Police Service recognise the fundamental right that people who have expressed opinions within the law should not be criminalised in this way and have non-crime hate incident allegations recorded against them? Ref: https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2020/1050 Protecting Londoners From ‘Thought Crime’ Policing (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 People are not criminalised over a non-crime incident and therefore the premise of the question is wrong. As I stated in MQ 2020/1052, recording hate crime incidents helps the police to build an intelligence picture with regard to community tensions and the risks of incidents escalating into hate crimes and is supported by College of Policing guidance.

Protecting Londoners From ‘Thought Crime’ Policing (2) Question No: 2021/1208 David Kurten In your answer to my question MQ2020/1052, you stated that during the period 2014 to 2019, 9,473 people had non-crime hate incidents recorded against them by the Metropolitan Police Service. How do you expect Londoners to trust or have any credibility in these figures, when the case of Harry Miller revealed that people expressing opinions within the law are been criminalised by having non-crime hate incidents recorded against them? Ref: https://www.london.gov.uk/questions/2020/1052 Protecting Londoners From ‘Thought Crime’ Policing (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 People are not criminalised over a non-crime incident and therefore the premise of the question is wrong. The Police are required to record such incidents as their prevalence can be used as an indicator of tensions in the community. If police investigation demonstrates that such incidents do not reach the threshold of criminal behaviour then no criminal proceeding will ensue.

Page 719

Protecting Londoners From ‘Thought Crime’ Policing (3) Question No: 2021/1209 David Kurten In the MailOnline article ‘Police log 120,000 ‘hate reports’ – but not ONE is a crime’, 13 February 2021, Harry Miller a former police officer and co-founder of the Fair Cop campaign group said: “Non-crime hate incident reports do not appear to have any usefulness as a crime prevention tool, but what they do have is a chilling effect on free speech because they make people think twice before saying or posting something on social media in the fear that it could land them with a criminal record. “These reports have allowed the police to become weaponised by woke activists who seek to attack and shut people up if they dare to express any views that they do not agree with.” Do you acknowledge these comments that non-crime hate incidents are being used by activists to silence people they do not agree with? Ref: Police log 120,000 ‘hate reports’ - but not ONE is a crime Protecting Londoners From ‘Thought Crime’ Policing (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 No. I do not draw the same conclusion from the comments that you quote. As I stated in MQ 2020/1052, recording hate crime incidents helps the police to build an intelligence picture with regard to community tensions and the risks of incidents escalating into hate crimes and is supported by College of Policing guidance. People are not criminalised over a non-crime incident. Indeed, as I quoted in MQ2020/1050, the Honourable Mr Justice Knowles stated that “the recording of non-crime hate incidents barely encroaches on freedom of expression, if it does so at all.”

Everyone In Question No: 2021/1210 Andrew Boff What is the total government funding received by the GLA for this scheme, how has this funding been spent, and how many rough sleepers have benefited? Everyone In The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The GLA has secured over £41m from Government since the start of the pandemic for its COVID-19 rough sleeping response. In addition, over £2m of GLA funding has been diverted from other services for this purpose. To 31 March 2021, the GLA has spent or has committed to spend around £41.1m on the COVID-19 rough sleeping response:

Page 720

Accommodation and related services (eg hotels, food, security, cleaning, transport) £26.53m Support to rough sleepers in hotels and other emergency £12.29m accommodation Support for In For Good (including move-on and resettlement work in £2.28m hotels, private rented sector, employment support, drug, alcohol and mental health support, immigration advice) Total £41.1m

At the peak of the first wave, there were 14 GLA-procured hotels with capacity for around 1,400 people. As at 8 March 2021, almost 2,300 rough sleepers have been provided with emergency accommodation in GLA-procured hotels, of whom over 900 have positively moved on and over 1,000 are currently accommodated (in nine hotels).

Affordable housing (1) Question No: 2021/1211 Andrew Boff Can you please confirm whether £535m remains unallocated from the £4.82bn affordable housing funds that the GLA has received from the Government? If not, how much of this funding has now been spent and on which projects? Affordable housing (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The overall £4.82bn settlement includes £0.05bn for the Move-On programme to develop homes for people moving on from hostels and refuges. This contributes directly towards meeting the Mayor’s aims for a permanent route off the street for rough sleepers in the capital and support for survivors of domestic abuse. This funding is ring-fenced for move on accommodation and leaves £4.77bn of the AHP 2016-23 settlement for the general affordable housing programmes. As reported to the Budget and Performance Committee in September, the general AH settlement is £4.77bn with headroom of £535m available to allocate to new projects. The headroom position remains in line with the levels reported previously for the AHP 2016-23 programme as partners review pipeline development plans in preparation for bid submissions for the new AHP 2021-26 programme. At that stage we expect to make programme allocations to partners to take up additional headroom to maximise delivery in the AHP 2016-23 programme alongside longer term proposals for the new funding settlement to 2026. Alongside discussions for proposals in the current AHP 16-23 and new AHP 21-26 programmes, my team continues to work with partners to maintain delivery across c1,700 live projects, each affected by issues arising from Covid 19 restrictions, wider economic uncertainty and housing organisations reassessing development programmes. Adjustments

Page 721

arising from these are reflected in day to day programme management and through this intensive work, my team has been able to maintain a steady level of allocations ensuring that we continue to remain on track to achieve my housing targets.

Affordable housing (2) Question No: 2021/1212 Andrew Boff When do you intend to allocate all remaining funds from the £4.82bn affordable housing programme, and on which projects will they be allocated? Affordable housing (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The £4.82bn Affordable Housing Programme settlement covers schemes due to start on site to March 2023 and my team will continue to allocate funds to new, deliverable schemes that are proposed by housing providers, where they meet the requirements for the programme. We expect to allocate the funding throughout the course of the programme in line with partner development plans and where proposals deliver to the timeframes for the programme and will review proposals in light of bids submitted for the new AHP 2021-26 programmes.

Childhood Obesity Levels in London Question No: 2021/1213 Andrew Boff How have childhood obesity levels in London changed each year since May 2016? Childhood Obesity Levels in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Children’s height and weight is measured in Reception (aged 4-5 years) and Year 6 (aged 10-11 years) as part of the National Child Measurement Programme. Prevalence of children with a Body Mass Index classified as obese (including severely obese) is given as a proportion of all children measured. Reception: Prevalence of obesity (including severe obesity) London Region

Period Value 2015/16 10.3% 2016/17 10.3% 2017/18 10.1% 2018/19 10.2%

Page 722

2019/20 10.0% In Reception prevalence of obesity (including severe obesity) has decreased slightly. Year 6: Prevalence of obesity (including severe obesity) London Region

Period Value 2015/16 23.2% 2016/17 23.6% 2017/18 23.1% 2018/19 23.2% 2019/20 23.7% In Year 6, prevalence of obesity (including severe obesity) has increased slightly. Children are classified as overweight (including obese) if their BMI is on or above the 85th centile of the British 1990 growth reference (UK90) according to age and sex. Reception: Prevalence of overweight (including obesity) London Region

Period Value 2015/16 22.0% 2016/17 22.3% 2017/18 21.8% 2018/19 21.8% 2019/20 21.6%

In Reception prevalence of overweight (including obesity) London) has decreased slightly Year 6: Prevalence of overweight (including obesity) London Region

Period Value 2015/16 38.1% 2016/17 38.5% 2017/18 37.7% 2018/19 37.9% 2019/20 38.2% In year 6, prevalence of overweight (including obesity) London) has increased slightly This is not a significant change but a positive change in the right direction for London, when in fact it has increased in England. *The 2019/20 NCMP data collection stopped in March 2020 when schools were closed due to the Covid-19 pandemic. The number of children measured was around 75% of previous

Page 723

years however analysis by NHS Digital indicates that figures are directly comparable to previous years.

Nurses in custody suites Question No: 2021/1214 Andrew Boff At a recent PCC, it was mentioned that medical records can now be accessed by nurses in Met custody suites, what precautions are being taken to protect patient privacy? Nurses in custody suites The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Custody Nurse Practitioners (CNPs) are registered Health Care Professionals (HCPs) who work within an Information Governance Framework that has been jointly signed by the National Health Service Digital and the Metropolitan Police Service. A Data Protection Impact Assessment and Data Protection Agreement have also been signed. Medical records are accessed through SystmOne, an Electronic Medical Records System in Police Custody, which is in the process of being rolled out across the MPS Custody Estate, or through SCR (GP – Summary Care Records) records. CNPs are sponsored by the MPS on a clinical need-to-access-only basis and have individual secure smart cards with designated PIN numbers for added security. Most access requests to medical records are conducted with detainee consent whether via Electronic Medical Records or SCR records. In addition, access to SCR (GP) records can only be carried out without consent in an emergency for the sole purpose of ensuring detainees’ personal safety during that emergency.

Naloxone Question No: 2021/1215 Andrew Boff The National Police Chiefs Council’s drugs lead, Jason Harwin has backed police officers carrying overdose antidote naloxone, stating “one of the core responsibilities of the police service is to save life”. Are there any plans for the Met to roll this out to their officers? Naloxone The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) Central Drugs Team have been engaging with partners to identify any potential benefits that the carriage of Naloxone by operational MPS officers could bring for public safety. There are currently no plans to roll this out but the MPS are monitoring the West Midlands trial which is currently taking place.

Page 724

The Full Spectrum Report Recommendations Question No: 2021/1216 Andrew Boff What progress have you made with implementing the recommendations of my August 2019 policy report “The Full Spectrum: Making London Autism Friendly”? The Full Spectrum Report Recommendations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 At the time of the report, I acknowledged my commitment to reducing inequalities for neuro-diverse and autistic people in London. Our work to make London more Autism- Friendly link to the report’s five themes as follows: • Improving accessibility – inclusive design principles integrated into planning policies in my newly published London Plan will ensure the built environment is safe and accessible for those with autism. • Community awareness and understanding - the Young Londoners fund, Team London grants and Culture Seeds grants have supported organisations to run projects for those with autism. • Support – Frontline organisations supporting people with autism have received grants through the London Community Response Fund which I contributed over £11m to provide direct support Londoners most in need. • Employment Support – Skills for Londoners Innovation Fund widening participation to education and skills for groups including people on the autistic spectrum. • Working together – we engage with charities including the National Autistic Society, MENCAP and Leonard Cheshire Disability to inform our policies and programmes.

Bridging the Gap Report Recommendations Question No: 2021/1217 Andrew Boff What progress have you made with implementing the recommendations of my March 2020 policy report “Bridging the Gap: Tackling Transport Inequality South of the River”? Bridging the Gap Report Recommendations The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I recognise that parts of south London are more dependent on National Rail Services than other parts of London, which means that the networks are not always well integrated with Transport for London (TfL) services. As a result, I have been calling for devolution of the contracting authority of local stopping services to TfL in and around London, and for services in south and south east London to operate in a more metro-like style with higher frequencies. This would improve customer experience and enable better integration with London’s wider transport system. TfL has also set out a compelling strategic case for this

Page 725

“metroisation” of suburban rail services in south and south east London in the “Strategic Case for Metroisation in south and south east London” report. In December 2020, TfL temporarily added Thameslink services to the Tube map to help customers move around the city during the continuing coronavirus pandemic. As it operates a through-London service, this provides Londoners more options during the pandemic. On the bus network, I have brought in the Hopper fare that provides for everyone across London, particularly for those who are reliant on the bus and/or tram in south London. In 2019, TfL also introduced two new bus routes, 301 and 335, in the south of London. TfL has also laid out its plan to become financially sustainable by 2023/24 in its Financial Sustainability Plan. This has laid the groundwork for discussions between TfL and Government officials that are underway ahead of the current funding agreement expiring on 31 March 2021. Once a long-term agreement is in place, TfL will be able to commit to capital programmes that benefit all Londoners. I am committed to working with TfL, the DfT, Network Rail, train operating companies, the police and all our stakeholders and partners to improve the safety and whole journey experience for all Londoners.

Tube signal failures Question No: 2021/1218 Gareth Bacon MP Further to question 2021/0503, please provide details of how many tube signal failures there have been on each TfL line for the five years prior to the start of your mayoralty. Tube signal failures The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see the attachment for details. Most signal failures were for short durations, and Transport for London (TfL) worked to resolve the issues as quickly as possible to ensure that Londoners could get to their destinations. Since May 2011, there has been a steady reduction in signal failures on the Tube, and TfL continues to work towards further reductions. The following table shows the amount of signal failures by line: Line 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Up to 5 May 2016 Bakerloo 72 78 91 89 50 32 C&H 159 161 175 210 165 60 Central 324 291 329 253 292 81 District 405 467 464 586 388 151 Jubilee 1312 744 355 314 220 71

Page 726

Metropolitan 408 349 274 335 258 86 Northern 243 208 322 264 220 76 Piccadilly 258 265 253 287 194 95 Victoria 297 153 133 77 37 19 Waterloo & City 16 22 24 32 29 21 Network Total 3493 2737 2419 2446 1852 692

TfL is modernising the network with unprecedented levels of investment in the Tube to drive further reliability improvements. The Four Lines Modernisation Programme is one of the most important upgrades in the history of the Tube. It is transforming the Circle, District, Hammersmith & City and Metropolitan lines, enabling up to 32 trains per hour in the peak by 2023. Since May 2016, TfL has increased service frequencies on the Jubilee, Northern and Victoria lines following significant investment, including the signalling systems. In May 2017, the Victoria line started operating a world-class service of 36 trains per hour during peak times. More robust parts are being introduced at points and crossings, as part of a wider track improvement programme across the Northern, Jubilee and Piccadilly lines. TfL has also introduced monitoring equipment that detects deterioration of track, so that mitigation work can be carried out early before signal failures take place. TfL is also committed to upgrading the whole Deep Tube network, starting with trains on the Piccadilly line, to deliver increased service frequencies and capacity with new trains and signalling to support London’s recovery. TfL will continue to make the case to government for the long term investment that London and its transport network requires.

Train problem delays Question No: 2021/1219 Gareth Bacon MP Please provide details of how many delays caused by train problems there have been on each TfL line for each year from 2012 until the end of your current mayoralty. Train problem delays The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please find attached tabulated details of all rolling stock incidents that have caused a delay of two minutes or more to Tube services. The data is broken down by year and line. Below is a summary of the fleet improvement activities since 2012 and commentary on significant trends in the requested data set:

Page 727

Bakerloo • Life Extension works (Program completed 2018) Central • Heavy Overhaul and Program Lift (2015 - 2017) • Central Line sustainability team formed 2017 to improve reliability prior to the commencement in 2021 of the Central Line Improvement Programme (CLIP), which includes AC traction fitment and DTS (Data Transmission System) upgrade. • Note that the Waterloo & City lines have not operated since the start of the first UK lockdown and continue to be out of service. Victoria • Heavy Overhaul (2020 – 2021) Jubilee • Mid-life refurbishment (2017 – 2020) • The identification of Underframe cracking on the Jubilee Fleet was the most significant contributor to the rise in incidents, through the non-availability of trains, commencing October 2019 and through to 2020; this has been managed with additional inspections and repairs to return fleet availability and to continue to control the problem until a long term fix is approved and implemented. Northern • Heavy overhaul (2019 to Sept 2021, Door overhaul will commence from Oct 2021) • The recent increase in failures is accounted for mainly through a legacy system failure, which has since been removed through modification and age-related water ingress issues causing an increase in electrical failures; the line is currently working with the maintainer on a plan to re-glaze the trains. Other Train Management System (TMS) and traction system failures are also being managed through ongoing reliability performance management and improvement processes. Piccadilly • Life Extension and major overhaul works to operate the fleet until the introduction of the New Fleet (Deep Tube Upgrade Programme). From 2012 to present, with many elements starting 2018, this work includes activities on Floors, doors, seating, traction cases, Program Lift and Heavy Overhaul. S Stock • Fleet introduction and Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) reliability growth phase (steadily declining incident numbers since 2012 on Metropolitan and Hammersmith & City lines) • Failures of cab handsets particularly on the District line have been the significant contributor to the recent increase in incidents. Increased supply chain management to

Page 728

account for this increased demand and the development of a new handset are now well progressed. Please note, ‘Year’ is based on calendar year (January to December) and not the financial year (April to March). The timeframe is from 01 January 2012 up to and including 31 December 2020.

Staff-related problem delays Question No: 2021/1220 Gareth Bacon MP Please provide details of how many delays caused by staff-related problems there have been on each TfL line for each year from 2012 until the end of your current mayoralty. Staff-related problem delays The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see the first two tables on the attached document for the requested data. The main factor underlying fluctuations to incidents relating to train staff (Line Operations) is train operator availability, most notably train cancellations as a result of absence. Resourcing has fluctuated during this period, for reasons including the Olympics/Paralympics, line upgrade works creating additional training requirements, and the launch of Night Tube in 2016. London Underground train operators cannot work overtime to cover shortfalls. The number of incidents does not necessarily reflect the impact on customers, with many train cancellations very short in duration.

TfL delay refunds Question No: 2021/1221 Gareth Bacon MP How many refunds have been issued as a result of TfL delays to passengers in each year of your mayoralty, including the total cost of those refunds? TfL delay refunds The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The table below shows the number of refunds given and the value for delays to passengers. Calendar year Refunds issued Refund value £ 2016 312,328 £1,203,286.80 20171 1,320,516 £5,236,160.47

Page 729

2018 489,807 £1,789,826.15 2019 653,822 £2,430,332.42 2020 95,405 £410,756.90 2021* 1,682 £5,558.50 *year to date

1In 2017, over £3.6m was refunded for delays due to problems with train wheels on the Piccadilly line. Customers can apply for a refund if their journey is delayed for between 15 or 30 minutes or more (dependent on their mode of public transport travel). Details are outlined on TfL’s website: https://tfl.gov.uk/fares/refunds-and-replacements

Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm Question No: 2021/1222 Gareth Bacon MP Further to question 2021/0510, who will sit on the Partners Board and Boroughs Working Group supporting the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm? Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Current Partners Board members on the Commission for Diversity in the Public Realm are listed below and membership will continue to evolve as the work of the Commission develops.

ActionSpace Art Fund Arts Council England Black Cultural Archives English Heritage Historic England Museum of London National Heritage Lottery Fund Proud Places Paradigm Network

Page 730

Queer Britain Iniva (Institute of International Visual Arts) Shape Arts Further information on these partner organisations can be found on the London.gov.uk website:https://www.london.gov.uk/what-we-do/arts-and-culture/commission-diversity- public-realm#acc-i-62620 The Borough Working Group is open to representatives of all London boroughs and includes a range of cross-party officers and elected Councillors.

Job Creation Question No: 2021/1223 Shaun Bailey How many jobs have you created each year through mayoral schemes and initiatives since May 2016? Please give a breakdown of the number of jobs created each year and the amount of annual mayoral funding per scheme. Job Creation The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The figures below are estimates of jobs that can be directly attributed to listed Mayoral schemes and initiatives by scheme and year. You have asked for the funding committed to each job creation scheme. In these schemes job creation is only one outcome of programme funding and therefore it is not possible to disaggregate the costs of the job creation schemes. The programmes are likely to have a wider impact on job creation, such as through putting in place infrastructure and other foundational arrangements that encourage new businesses to be established and enable existing business to grow. There are also programmes that support the Mayor’s strategic objectives to promote the right conditions for good growth across the capital and the creation of jobs, not described here. Job Creation Data Table

Programme 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 TOTAL London and Partners 10,112 11,868 4,455 3,549 2,796 32,780 (1) Film London 4185 5709 6527 12118 2016 30555 LEAP (2) 177 (3) 84 3720 2705 3622 10,308 ESF (4) 8877

Page 731

ERDF (5) - - - - 3802 TfL Supplier Skills 875 911 1027 426 3239 Programme Job Starts Growing Places Fund 9 382 2003 324 2718 (6) TfL Supplier Skills 366 416 521 619 206 2128 Programme Apprenticeships Mayor’s Regeneration 126 125 409 660 Fund (7) TfL Construction Skills 258 280 538 Programme High Streets Fund (8) 22 84 65 1 172 MedCity (9) 39 10 14 25 13 (6) 101 Royal Docks (10) 15 (7)

Notes (1) In 2012/19 London and Partners stopped recording jobs created in the leisure/ tourism industry, which accounted for 2000-3000 jobs in previous years’ figures. The strategic focus also shifted to high-value jobs, creating fewer but more valuable jobs. (2) LEAP projects will continue to deliver over the coming years, so we also anticipate that further job creation will be reported for LEAP investments as these projects progress and complete. These figures include all LEAP funded programmes- Good Growth Fun, Skills for London Fund and others. This data runs to the end of February 2021. (3) The jobs figure includes data from the 2015/16 financial year, which it is not possible to exclude due to the way it was reported historically (4) The ESF figures run up to June 2020. It is not possible to provide an annual breakdown due to the way that data is reported (5) It is not possible to provide an annual breakdown due to the way that data is reported (6) This data runs to the end of March 2020 (7) This data run to the end of February 2021 (8) This programme ran from 2012 to 2014 (9) The figures for 2020/21 are provisional (10) This figure replaces forecasted data submitted as part of MQ 2020/2468, which stated that 24 jobs were created.

Gender Pay Gap in London Question No: 2021/1224 Shaun Bailey How has the gender pay gap in London changed each year since May 2016? Gender Pay Gap in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021

Page 732

Figures for the gender pay gap for employees working in London up to 2020 are given below. The data are collected from employers for a single week in April, and the most recent are provisional. It is important to note that 2020 data relates to the first lockdown and may have been affected by the responses available (limited or delayed responses from businesses that were closed) and by the impact of many employees being on furlough. These figures are available on the London Datastore as part of my Economic Fairness indicators.

April 2016 16.2% April 2017 16.7% April 2018 16.7% April 2019 17.6% April 2020 (provisional) 18.2%[1] In London, as well as nationally, unpaid care is still carried out disproportionately by women. This is a significant driver of the gender pay gap. Some professions wrongly reward longer hours and unbroken work patterns, which are more suitable to people without caring responsibilities. My Good Work Standard urges employers to publish action plans alongside gender and ethnicity pay gap reporting, and I lead by example by publishing action plans to reduce pay gaps for the GLA Group. [1] https://data.london.gov.uk/economic-fairness/labour-market/gender-pay-gap/

Ethnicity Pay Gap in London Question No: 2021/1225 Shaun Bailey How has the ethnicity pay gap in London changed each year since May 2016? Ethnicity Pay Gap in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Figures for the ethnicity pay gap between White and BAME employees working in London up to 2019 are given below. These figures are calculated by the GLA from the Annual Population Survey. The latest available data are for 2019, and 2020 data are expected in May 2021. These figures are available on the London Datastore as part of my Economic Fairness indicators.

2016 27% 2017 28.3% 2018 26.6% 2019 28.2%[1]

Page 733

The drivers of the ethnicity pay gap are structural and complex. Ethnicity pay gap reporting should be taken as seriously and carried out as robustly as reporting on gender pay gaps. Last year, I called on the Government to enforce mandatory reporting and the GLA Group has reported the ethnicity pay gap since 2017. I also encouraged employers to not just report but take action on the ethnicity pay gap, I have recently published an employer toolkit which sets out how businesses can recruit, retain and progress Black staff, who are disproportionately affected by low pay. My Good Work Standard encourages businesses to publish their ethnicity pay gap and demonstrate their commitment to preventing discrimination. [DW1] I will continue to work with employers across London - to look at their policies and practices to ensure we continue to progress towards a city where all Londoners can thrive. [1] https://data.london.gov.uk/economic-fairness/labour-market/gender-pay-gap/ Should also add that the Mayor has reported the GLA ethnicity pay gap now since 2017 (I think?) and should include a line that notes the importance of employers not only reporting the pay gap but also developing action plans (again as the Mayor has done) to show how they will reduce them [DW1] [DW1]

Disability Pay Gap in London Question No: 2021/1226 Shaun Bailey How has the disability pay gap in London changed each year since May 2016? Disability Pay Gap in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Figures for the pay gap between disabled and non-disabled employees working in London up to 2019 are given below. These figures are calculated by the GLA from the Annual Population Survey. The latest available data are for 2019, and 2020 data are expected in May 2021. These figures are available on the London Datastore as part of my Economic Fairness indicators.

2016 17% 2017 12.3% 2018 17% 2019 16.6%[1] A lack of flexible working opportunities, inaccessible recruitment and discriminatory practices all contribute to disabled people not participating or progressing in the workplace. These barriers are structural and endemic. While rates of disability self-declaration in organisations can be low, which makes pay gap data difficult to produce accurately, my Good Work Standard encourages employers to monitor disability pay gaps, adopt best

Page 734

practice and achieve high standards in working conditions, diversity and inclusion and flexible working. [1] https://data.london.gov.uk/economic-fairness/labour-market/disability-pay-gap/

GLA Emissions Question No: 2021/1228 Shaun Bailey How much has the GLA emitted in emissions for each year since 2016? GLA Emissions The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I assume that the question refers to greenhouse gas emissions. The CO2e emissions for the City Hall and Trafalgar Square operations for every year since 2016 are presented in the table below. Under this administration, between 2016 and 2020, emissions have reduced by 53%.

Year City Hall Trafalgar Square Total CO2e emissions CO2e emissions Reduction since (tonnes/annum) (tonnes/annum) 2016/2017 (%) 2015/16 1,563 120 - 2016/17 1,506 119 -4% 2017/18 1,314 100 -19% 2018/19 1,067 89 -46% 2019/20 1,003 96 -53%

GLA Group Emissions Question No: 2021/1229 Shaun Bailey How much has the GLA Group emitted in emissions for each year since 2016? GLA Group Emissions The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 How much has the GLA Group emitted in emissions for each year since 2016? I assume that the question refers to greenhouse gas emissions. The CO2e emissions for the GLA and the GLA group for every year since 2016 are set out below. Under this administration emissions have reduced by 48%, from 1,672,778 in 2015/16 to 1,130,522 tonnes since 2019/20.

Page 735

Lond % Lond on reducti Trafal on Lega on gar Fire M’poli cy GLA from Squar Briga tan Dev’t group 2015/ City Hall e TfL de Police Corp. Total 16 Year CO2 emissions (tonnes/an num) 2015/ 1,563 120 1,541, 13,05 115,62 1,411 1,672, - 16 000 7 7 778 2016/ 1,506 119 1,427, 13,43 109,03 1,057 1,552, -8% 17 000 5 9 156 2017/ 1,314 100 1,306, 13,35 91,064 991 1,412, -18% 18 000 9 828 2018/ 1,067 89 1,146, 12,17 78,446 4,987 1,242, -35% 19 000 5 764 2019/ 1,003 96 1,040, 11,41 74,195 3,815 1,130, -48% 20 000 3 522

Firefighter location Question No: 2021/1230 Shaun Bailey How many LFB firefighters live within the Greater London area, and how many live outside of London? Firefighter location The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade Operational Staff by home address location as of 9 March 2021.

Inside Greater London Outside Greater London Total Staff Total Operational Staff 2052 2748 4800

Page 736

Police location Question No: 2021/1231 Shaun Bailey How many Met police officers live within the Greater London area, and how many live outside of London?

Page 737

Police location The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 At the start of March 2021 approximately half of police constables lived within the London area.At the start of March 2021 approximately half of police constables lived within the London area.

Precepts (1) Question No: 2021/1232 Shaun Bailey How does the GLA precept increase of 9.5% compare with the increase by councils and Mayors across the country? Precepts (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Exceptionally, the Government set a higher referendum threshold for the GLA for 2021-22, permitting an overall increase of 9.5%, specifically to include support towards the costs of travel concessions in London. The GLA is unique in that it is the only council tax precept that provides funding for police, fire and rescue, transport and other Mayoral services; this range of services makes it difficult to compare with other types of authority in England. For 2021-22, the referendum threshold for authorities with social care responsibilities is 5%, for Police and Crime Commissioners the maximum increase permitted is a £15 Band D increase and the referendum threshold for other types of local authorities (including fire authorities) is 2% The Government did not limit council tax increases for Combined Authority Mayors, however, none increased their share of council tax by more than the GLA’s increase. Please also see response to MQ 2021/1233.

Precepts (2) Question No: 2021/1233 Shaun Bailey Is the GLA precept increase of 9.5% the highest in England? Precepts (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Government has not yet published statistics on council tax levels set by authorities in England for 2021-2022; these are expected to be published on 25 March 2021. Initial research by officers suggests the GLA’s increase appears to be the highest in percentage terms increase of any major local authority, but this cannot be confirmed until the data is published.

Page 738

It is important to note that authorities with social care responsibilities were able to increase council tax by up to 4.99% in 2021-22 without triggering a referendum. In general, if these authorities exercised this flexibility it would lead to a higher increase in cash terms than that generated by the GLA’s 9.5% increase. For example, if this flexibility were used by councils in London, 31 out of the 33 billing authorities would be able to increase their council tax charge by more in cash terms than the £31.59 Band D increase for the GLA precept.

Carbon neutrality Question No: 2021/1234 Shaun Bailey How much will it cost to make London Carbon Neutral by 2030? Carbon neutrality The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Zero Carbon London 1.5 Compatible Plan estimates the infrastructure costs are £61bn to deliver net zero by 2050. Mayoral Strategies already include a number of policies and programmes working to achieve faster action by 2030 including lobbying asks of government. The Committee on Climate Change estimates the annualised resource cost of net zero is now less than 1% of GDP a year to 2050. Investing now will unlock substantial savings in carbon and operating costs much earlier, as cleaner, more-efficient technologies replace their fossil fuelled predecessors. With the powers at my disposal I have made it clear that I can deliver around half the actions needed to meet a net zero target. However, the Government is responsible for the other 50%. A green recovery is the perfect opportunity for the government to accelerate its own efforts while creating economic growth and job opportunities. However, sadly the UK’s green stimulus package falls well short of other leading nations such as Germany and France.

Collapsed Behind Locked Doors Question No: 2021/1235 Steve O’Connell In May 2020, a new pilot scheme was launched across four Met BCUs, enabling colleagues from London’s Fire Brigade (LFB) to assist the London Ambulance Service (LAS) for ‘collapsed behind locked doors’. For each of the BCUs involved, how many times has this been done?

Page 739

Collapsed Behind Locked Doors The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In May 2020 the MPS in partnership with LFB and LAS commenced a trial in relation to calls to “Collapsed Behind Locked Doors”. The initial trial involved the North East BCU and was evaluated in September 2020. The trial moved to a London wide footing on the 1st Feb 2021 and will be subject to further benefits analysis in the near future. During the trial period the LAS contacted the LFB 202 times to seek support in these incidents. Previously these incidents would have been routed through MetCC and may have resulted in Police Officer deployments. But with the LAS contacting the LFB directly this has ensured a quick response and positive outcomes for patient care.

PSO Counter Terrorism Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Team Question No: 2021/1236 Steve O’Connell Since its creation, how many times has the PSO Counter Terrorism Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (CTUAV) team responded to: -Deploy drones -Mitigate a third party drone (Please provide the data monthly if possible) PSO Counter Terrorism Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Team The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have been informed that the Counter Terrorism team have been deployed 11 times to mitigate against a 3rd party drone in the last twelve months. Unfortunately, due to the sensitive nature of these operations I am unable to provide any more detail.

Page 740

Child Sexual Exploitation Question No: 2021/1237 Steve O’Connell For each year 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many incidents of child sexual exploitation were recorded by the Met? If the number has increased, what are the reasons behind this? Child Sexual Exploitation The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Child Sexual Exploitation information is published in the MOPAC quarterly reports – which are available here: https://www.london.gov.uk/mopac-publications?order=DESC. The number of recorded CSE incidents between 2018 and 2020 were: 2018 – 867; 2019 – 620; and 2020 – 1,000. There will be multiple factors for the increased recording of incidents. Further analysis will be undertaken to better understand the reasons for the recent increase.

Police Overtime Question No: 2021/1238 Steve O’Connell For each year, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how much has been spent on police overtime? Police Overtime The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 MPS 17/18 18/19 19/20 Police Officer - Overtime 107,722,985 114,543,410 141,467,061

National File Quality Standards Question No: 2021/1239 Steve O’Connell What is the Met’s National File Quality Standards file failure rate for 2020? National File Quality Standards The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The MPS File Quality Standard average for 2020 was 48.4%, however National File Quality Assessment performance is subject to significant volatility. A number of police forces, including the MPS, have provided feedback to CPS outlining concerns over the volatility and consistent application of the assessment process. It was recently announced that the production of National File Quality data is being suspended whilst a review is undertaken.

Page 741

Purchase of Empress State Building Question No: 2021/1241 Susan Hall Since your £250m purchase of the Empress State Building in Hammersmith & Fulham and the disposal of other buildings, how much money has been freed up to support front-line policing? Purchase of Empress State Building The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Empress State Building was purchased in March 2018. Capital receipts from the disposal of sites used to re-invest in front line policing since then are 2018/19 £4,678,000 2019/20 £12,025,000 2020/21 year to Jan 2021 £35,906,000

Counter-Terror Hub (1) Question No: 2021/1242 Susan Hall Further to your £412m investment in a new counter-terror hub, as referenced in your press release in 2018, could you please advise if all of the money has been spent. If so, please provide headline figures showing where and when it was spent. Counter-Terror Hub (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Further to the press release made in March 2018 announcing a £412m investment to create a new counter-terrorism and organised crime hub in the capital, MOPAC have to date invested £315m* in purchasing a suitable building and undertaking works to upgrade this and associated sites to make them fully secure and fit for purpose. A further £112m will be further spent over the next four years to complete the project. *The acquisition cost was £250m incurred in March 2018 with the remaining £65m being spent across the three financial years 2018/19-2020/21.

Counter-Terror Hub (2) Question No: 2021/1243 Susan Hall How has your Counter-terror hub streamlined operations & the capabilities of the Met’s counter-terrorism unit?

Page 742

Counter-Terror Hub (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Counter Terrorism Operations Centre (CTOC) will enable co-location of the London- based elements of Counter Terrorism (CT) Policing, the intelligence agencies, and the criminal justice system, as well as other Government agencies focused on tackling the threat from terrorism. This new, fully integrated approach will keep the public safer from terrorism by enhancing the Metropolitan Police Service’s (MPS) ability to discover and prevent attacks, improve response speed, and work more efficiently.

Counter-Terror Hub (3) Question No: 2021/1244 Susan Hall How has your counter-terror hub ensured more effective and efficient working in the Met Police, to keep London as safe as possible from the on-going threat of terrorism? Counter-Terror Hub (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Counter Terrorism Operations Centre (CTOC) enables an integrated, partnership-driven approach within a purpose-built working environment – the CTOC will bring the right people, skills and technology together to help strengthen the MPS’ ability to protect the UK. It will also encourage smarter working practices, cultures, rationalising processes and structures, and boost innovation with new forms of collaboration.

Counter-Terror Hub (4) Question No: 2021/1245 Susan Hall How has the creation of your counter-terror hub and organised crime hub in the capital enabled the Met Police to deal more effectively with organised crime, cyber-crime & other serious crimes? Counter-Terror Hub (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Counter Terrorism Operations Centre (CTOC) will enable the police to deal more effectively with terrorism by enhancing the Met’s ability to discover and prevent attacks, improve response speed and work more efficiently.

Page 743

An integrated partnership approach will bring expertise and capabilities together in one place and streamline operations to ensure more efficient working to keep the capital safe as possible from the constant and evolving threat of terrorism.

23m van scrappage fund (1) Question No: 2021/1246 Susan Hall Has all of your £23m van scrappage funding been allocated? Please provide headline figures detailing when and where it was spent. 23m van scrappage fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have allocated £48m for scrappage schemes which support low income and disabled Londoners, small businesses and charities to switch to cleaner vehicles and greener forms of transport. To date, the Scrappage Scheme for vans and minibuses has supported the scrapping of over 4,700 vehicles, helping small businesses and charities prepare for the Ultra Low Emission Zone. To date, £31.5m has been paid out in van scrappage payments with another £0.5m currently committed in accepted applications. The scheme was suspended to van owners on 28 August 2020 due to unprecedented demand and limited funding. Eligible charities may still apply for the grant, given their vital role in our communities, especially during the current pandemic. For information about the additional funding provided for the scrappage schemes see response to 2021/1343.

23m van scrappage scheme (2) Question No: 2021/1247 Susan Hall How many London microbusinesses & charities have applied for the “scrap for cash scheme”, since the launch of your £23m van scrappage fund? 23m van scrappage scheme (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London has received a total of 18,094 van scrappage applications. Of these, 4,845 have been accepted and 4,168 of have completed their application and progressed to payment. It is not possible to provide a breakdown of applications by business type.

Page 744

Toxic Air Pollution (1) Question No: 2021/1248 Susan Hall By how much do you expect your £23m van scrappage scheme to reduce toxic air pollution in London by the end of 2021, in comparison to when it was launched? Toxic Air Pollution (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have allocated £48m for scrappage schemes which support low income and disabled Londoners, small businesses and charities to switch to cleaner vehicles and greener forms of transport. The objective of the scheme is to mitigate the financial impact of the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ). To date my scrappage scheme for vans and minibuses has supported the scrapping of over 4,700 vehicles, helping small businesses and charities prepare for the ULEZ. We are in the process of analysing the anticipated air quality impacts of our scrappage schemes and will share that data as soon as it is available. The scheme was suspended to van owners on 28 August 2020 due to unprecedented demand and limited funding. Eligible charities may still apply for the grant, given their vital role in our communities, especially in the current pandemic. However, in addition to the £48 million, I recently provided an additional £4.2m to enable the extremely popular scrappage schemes to support more small businesses, low income and disabled Londoners and deliver further air quality benefits in London.

Toxic Air Pollution (2) Question No: 2021/1249 Susan Hall By how much do you expect premature deaths to have been reduced in London by the end of 2021, since the introduction of your £23m van scrappage fund? Toxic Air Pollution (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have allocated £48m for scrappage schemes which support low income and disabled Londoners, small businesses and charities to switch to cleaner vehicles and greener forms of transport. The objective of the scheme is to mitigate the financial impact of the Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ). To date my scrappage scheme for vans and minibuses has supported the scrapping of over 4,700 vehicles, helping small businesses and charities prepare for the ULEZ. We are in the process of analysing the anticipated air quality impacts of our scrappage schemes and will share that data as soon as it is available.

Page 745

The scheme was suspended to van owners on 28 August 2020 due to unprecedented demand and limited funding. Eligible charities may still apply for the grant, given their vital role in our communities, especially in the current pandemic. However, in addition to the £48 million, I recently provided an additional £4.2m to enable the extremely popular scrappage schemes to support more small businesses, low income and disabled Londoners and deliver further air quality benefits in London.

Toxic Air Pollution (3) Question No: 2021/1250 Susan Hall By how much do you expect the risk of Londoners developing asthma, cancer or dementia to have been reduced by the end of 2021, since your injection of £23m into the van scrappage fund? Toxic Air Pollution (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to 2021/1249.

Toxic Air Pollution (4) Question No: 2021/1251 Susan Hall Are you on track to ensure that, as you have pledged, by 2025 there will be no London primary or secondary schools in areas of toxic pollution? Toxic Air Pollution (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The bold measures I have introduced have already reduced the number of state primary and secondary schools in areas exceeding the legal limit for NO2 from 455 in 2016 to 14 in 2019, a reduction of 97 per cent. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, it was anticipated that five primary and secondary schools would be located in areas exceeding the legal NO2 limit in 2020, with none by 2025. My audit programmes identified ways in which we could help these remaining schools and through the London Schools Pollution Helpdesk I hope to support these and other schools across the city to carry out audits and implement measures to improve air quality for London’s children. However, there is more work still to do to clean up London’s air. All schools in Enfield and Haringey still exceed the World Health Organization guideline limits for particulate matter. This is why I am committed to expanding the ULEZ later this year. This will help deliver a 30

Page 746

per cent reduction in NOx road transport emissions. Ongoing work by TfL to clean the bus fleet will result in further air quality improvements and we will also continue our work with local authorities to tackle pollution hotspots.

25m low-income Londoners scrappage fund Question No: 2021/1252 Susan Hall How many low-income Londoners have taken advantage of your £25m scrappage fund, launched in 2019 and how many polluting cars have subsequently been taken off London roads? 25m low-income Londoners scrappage fund The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 A total of 10,900 applications have been received for the Car and Motorcycle Scrappage Scheme. 4,424 applications have been accepted and 3,962 of these have completed their application by scrapping their vehicle and progressed to payment.

15m investment for victims & witnesses (1) Question No: 2021/1253 Susan Hall Further to your press release in 2019 announcing your £15m investment in improved services for victims & witnesses, has all of the money been allocated? Please provide headline figures detailing where and when it was spent. 15m investment for victims & witnesses (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes, the entirety of this investment has been allocated to the London Victim and Witness Service at a cost of £7,676,800 a year for 2019/20 and 2020/21.

15m investment for victims & witnesses (2) Question No: 2021/1254 Susan Hall Has your £15m investment since created the UK’s largest dedicated service centred on the needs of victims & witnesses of crime?

Page 747

15m investment for victims & witnesses (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes.

15m investment for victims & witnesses (3) Question No: 2021/1255 Susan Hall Has your £15m investment in improved services for victims & services met one of the key priorities in your Police & Crime Plan i.e. to provide joined up support available to witnesses & victims of crime in the criminal justice system? 15m investment for victims & witnesses (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes. In 2018 I secured the devolution of pre-trial support for victims and witnesses of crime in London which has enabled the London Victim and Witness Service to provide effective joined up support to victims and witnesses going through the criminal justice system.

15m investment for victims & witnesses (4) Question No: 2021/1256 Susan Hall Has your £15m investment in improved services for victims & services met the other key priority in your Police & Crime Plan i.e. continuing to invest in Independent Domestic Violence Advocates? 15m investment for victims & witnesses (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes. I have provided funding for 45 Independent Domestic Violence Advocates within the London Victim and Witness Service as part of my investment in improved services for victims and witnesses.

Victim Support (1) Question No: 2021/1257 Susan Hall How successful has Victim Support been, since your £15m investment for improved services for victims & services, in bringing specialist support services together to provide one contact point for victims?

Page 748

Victim Support (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The London Victim and Witness (LVWS) has successfully brought a range of specialist services together in order to provide a simpler single referral pathway and point of contact for adult victims and witnesses of crime in London. The LVWS subsumed the functions of a range of distinct victim services including the previous generalist adult victim service, Restore:London’s restorative justice service, and the Pan-London Domestic Abuse Service. The LVWS is a partnership led by Victim Support and includes the following specialist organisations: Calm Mediation, Galop, Shelter, Sistah Space, and Stay Safe East.

Victim Support (2) Question No: 2021/1258 Susan Hall Please provide evidence that the specialist support services provided by Victim Support, via your £15m injection of funding for victims & witnesses, have won the confidence of victims and witnesses, thereby enabling them to recover and to not undergo further trauma. Victim Support (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 For calendar year 2020, on average 97% of respondents to the London Victim and Witness Service’s (LVWS) User Survey agreed that the services provided by LVWS improved their health and wellbeing and made them better informed about how to cope with the impact of crime.

2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (1) Question No: 2021/1259 Susan Hall Are you able to demonstrate that 20,000 new learners have benefited from the £57.6m of improvements to training facilities & equipment, as part of the second round of your Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund, launched in 2019? 2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My £57.6m Skills for Londoners Capital Fund Round 2 is made up of 17 projects, of which 5 have completed the physical build or equipment purchase. Colleges in London have been deeply impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic and many have lost significant time in their programmes. But all funded projects are now progressing well with many on site.

Page 749

Two projects completed a year ago and 3 completed recently therefore outputs for these 5 projects continue to be realised. Projects are contractually required to report on outputs 6 months after completion and then 3 and 5 years after completion. By the end of January 2021, 3,215 additional new learners from 3 projects have benefited from this funding so far.

2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (2) Question No: 2021/1260 Susan Hall Please provide evidence that Londoners with special educational needs & disabilities have since benefited from your £57.6m of funding announced in 2019. 2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My £57.6m Skills for Londoners Capital Fund Round 2 is made up of 17 projects, of which only 5 have completed the physical build or equipment purchase. T Two projects completed a year ago and 3 completed recently therefore outputs for these 5 projects continue to be realised. Projects are contractually required to report on outputs 6 months after completion and then 3 and 5 years after completion. By the end of January 2021, 39 learner opportunities for those with special educational needs and disabilities have been created by this funding so far. All remaining projects are now in delivery and the programme target is to support 2,359 Londoners with special education needs and disabilities.

2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (3) Question No: 2021/1261 Susan Hall Please confirm that digital skills & construction training have been delivered for Londoners since your injection of £57.6m of funding in 2019. 2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My £57.6m Skills for Londoners Capital Fund Round 2 is made up of 17 projects of which only 5 have completed the physical build or equipment purchase. Two projects completed a year ago and 3 completed recently therefore outputs for these 5 projects continue to be realised. Projects are contractually required to report on outputs 6 months after completion and then 3 and 5 years after completion. In the past year, additional and improved construction training has been delivered by two projects - Simian Risk and Harrow and Uxbridge College (HCUC) as a result of my Mayor’s

Page 750

Construction Academy capital funding. There are 4 other project that will deliver Construction training, but they are still in delivery. Digital skills are being delivered by Barking and Dagenham college, who received funding for equipment purchases to support the college as an Institute of Technology (IoT). There are 5 other projects that will deliver Digital skills, which are still in delivery.

2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (4) Question No: 2021/1262 Susan Hall In which London boroughs have further education projects focusing on construction & digital skills been delivered, subsequent to your £57.6m of funding investment in 2019? 2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My £57.6m Skills for Londoners Capital Fund Round 2 is made up of 17 projects of which only 5 have completed the physical build or equipment purchase. T Two projects completed a year ago and 3 completed recently therefore outputs for these 5 projects continue to be realised. Projects are contractually required to report on outputs 6 months after completion and then 3 and 5 years after completion. By the end of January 2021, construction training provision has been delivered in Harrow and Waltham Forest. Other Skills for Londoners Capital Fund projects are underway in the London Boroughs of Bexley, Bromley, Greenwich, Havering, Brent and Camden. Digital skills are being delivered in Barking and Dagenham with support of my programme.

2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (5) Question No: 2021/1263 Susan Hall In which London boroughs has training been delivered for those with special educational needs & disabilities, as a result of your £57.6m of funding? Has the training been delivered fairly across all London boroughs? 2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My £57.6m Skills for Londoners Capital Fund Round 2 is made up of 17 projects, of which only 5 have completed the physical build or equipment purchase. Two projects completed a year ago and 3 completed recently therefore outputs for these 5 projects continue to be realised. Projects are contractually required to report on outputs 6 months after completion and then 3 and 5 years after completion. To date one project has completed and reported outputs for learners with special educational needs and disabilities through construction training in Harrow as a result my Mayor’s Construction Academy capital funding.

Page 751

The opportunity for investment through the £57.6m capital programmes were disseminated widely and fairly across our entire provider base, we originally received applications across 15 boroughs and investments have been approved across 11 boroughs.

2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (6) Question No: 2021/1264 Susan Hall Can you confirm that 5,000 new apprenticeships & 5,000 new work placements have been delivered in London boroughs subsequent to your injection of £57.6m of funds. Have these been fairly distributed across all London boroughs? 2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (6) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My £57.6m Skills for Londoners Capital Fund Round 2 is made up of 17 projects, of which only 5 have completed the physical build or equipment purchase. Two projects completed a year ago and 3 completed recently therefore outputs for these 5 projects continue to be realised. Projects are contractually required to report on outputs 6 months after completion and then 3 and 5 years after completion. By January 2021, 183 new apprenticeships starts and three work placements from three projects have been delivered in three boroughs so far, supported by this funding. The opportunity for investment through the £57.6m capital programmes were disseminated widely and fairly across our entire provider base, we originally received applications across 15 boroughs and investments were approved across 11 boroughs.

2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (7) Question No: 2021/1265 Susan Hall Can you advise how many Londoners have found work in the construction sector, as a consequence of your £7.2m investment in the Mayor’s Construction Academy? 2nd round of Mayor’s Skills for Londoners’ Capital Fund (7) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Mayor’s Construction Academy capital funding was awarded in 2019 and two of the six successful projects were able to deliver planned capital works ahead of COVID-19 lockdown in March 2020 whilst the remaining projects have been more significantly impacted in their delivery. To the end of 20/21 these two projects have combined targets of 4,259 additional learners supported (including those already in employment), 294 apprenticeship starts and 328 learners progressing into employment. Progress to the end of Q3 2020/21 shows these

Page 752

projects had achieved 2,775 additional learners supported, 82 apprenticeship starts and 41 learners progressing. into employment The nature of capital works means that the physical outputs are delivered first, enabling the learning outputs followed by employment outcomes to be delivered over the longer term. Outcomes arising from the £7.2m investment will be reported from 2019/20 to 2025/26 so any underachievement arising from lockdown can be addressed in future years.

Skills for Londoners Question No: 2021/1266 Susan Hall Is there evidence that your Skills for Londoners initiative is helping Londoners from all backgrounds and ages develop skills they need for employment? Is this representative of all London boroughs? Skills for Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 2019 my Skills for Londoners Strategy said I would empower all Londoners to access the education and skills that they need to participate in society and progress in education and work. Since then, our monitoring of the Adult Education Budget funded provision shows that 70% of all learners are women, more than half are from a minority ethnic background and around one in seven learners have a self-declared learning disability/difficulty and/or health problem. There is a relatively even geographical spread of learners by home postcode across London. My Construction Academy, Digital Talent and European Social Fund programmes have supported over 14,000 underrepresented Londoners to access skills to help them progress in their learning or work. For younger Londoners, my expansion of the London Enterprise Advisor Network saw the programme broaden its reach to over 540 schools and colleges, increasing the opportunities for businesses to engage directly with learners as they make choices about their future careers.

119m support for police officers (1) Question No: 2021/1267 Susan Hall Has all of the £119m you pledged in 2019 to support Met Police officer numbers in future years been allocated? Please provide headline figures detailing where & when it was spent.

Page 753

119m support for police officers (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The draft MOPAC budget included the use of the £118.6m Business Rates reserve across 2021/22 and 2022/23 (£59.3m per year). This money has funded approximately 1,000 officers who would otherwise have been unaffordable in each of these years. With the Council Tax base being better than anticipated by the GLA an additional £30m a year is available to the MPS, which secures the funding of these officers up to 2024/25.

119m support for police officers (2) Question No: 2021/1268 Susan Hall Is the £119m of funding you announced in 2019 to protect Met Police officer numbers on track to do so? 119m support for police officers (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I provided the funding for an additional 1,300 police officers on London’s streets at a time when the Government’s cuts had led to the Met dropping to below 30,000 officers for the first time in 15 years. The decisions I have made will ensure that those 1,300 officers will continue to be funded for the next four years – giving the Met the certainty on its future funding from City Hall that sadly the Government has not provided for national funding allocations.

20.4m violence reduction fund (1) Question No: 2021/1269 Susan Hall Please outline how the £20.4m of funding you pledged in 2019 has since facilitated measures to tackle violence in the capital. 20.4m violence reduction fund (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 19/20 the VRU invested £14.8m in projects and programmes designed to stop the spread of violence which included putting youth workers in hospitals across London, tackling school exclusions across 16 boroughs, training doctors to better identify and support victims of domestic violence, supporting grassroots organisations across London and funding to help all 32 boroughs reduce violence.

Page 754

In 20/21 the VRU developed their work and commissioned 126 programmes which have reached over 80,000 people and invested £19.7m into interventions, expanding its programme of work with parents and families, in schools and PRUs, afterschool activities, with hospitals and the police, with local authorities through localised violence reduction plans, grassroots local activities, with young people themselves, and with the youth practitioners that support them. The VRU will be publishing its first Annual Report in late spring 2021 which will provide a comprehensive update on the work of the Unit since its inception.

20.4m violence reduction fund (2) Question No: 2021/1270 Susan Hall What effect has your £20.4m violence reduction fund since had on London gangs? 20.4m violence reduction fund (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Violence Reduction Unit had a budget of £14.8m for 2019/20 and £19.7m for 2020/21. From this, the VRU has provided £8.8m to local authorities to support violence reduction, including that which is gang related. There has also been £2m to support work within Major Trauma Centres at a key teachable moment, as well as the VRU Education Programme, which has invested £7m in more than 250 schools and PRUs across all London boroughs to deliver more inclusive education for all school children and reduce the risk of exploitation by gangs. Comparing 2020 to 2019, there were 127 homicides against 150 the previous year. Knife crime was reduced by 25.0%, knife crime with injury (victim under 25) was down 28.0%, gun crime was down 24.0% and robbery down 31%.

20.4m violence reduction fund (3) Question No: 2021/1271 Susan Hall How many youth workers have been introduced at London hospital A&E Units? What evidence is there that they are helping young people to turn away from violence & gangs? 20.4m violence reduction fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Violence Reduction Unit is prioritising investment to those who hold key trusted relationships with young people. Frontline youth workers have the lived experience and relationships to deliver early interventions that can make all the difference to a young person’s future. In 2019, I invested £4 million to fund additional teams of youth workers in

Page 755

five additional Accident & Emergency hospitals in areas with high levels of young victims of violent crime. City Hall funding now supports 28 youth work posts supporting young victims of violence and domestic abuse. In the Major Trauma Centre services 58% of young people accessing the service reported a reduction in risk six months after receiving an intervention.

84.8m police funding (1) Question No: 2021/1272 Susan Hall Further to the £95m police funding you announced in December 2018, has all of the £84.8m intended for the Met Police since been spent on crime fighting measures in the capital i.e. new police officers, specialist investigators to disrupt gang violence & state-of- the-art equipment? 84.8m police funding (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 This funding was allocated to budgets to be spent on those areas. It has now been spent in full.

84.8m police funding (2) Question No: 2021/1273 Susan Hall How many new police officers have been recruited in the Met Police since your injection of £84.8m police funding in 2019? 84.8m police funding (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The funding of £84.8m in 2019-20 was allocated across a broad range of areas that included officers, staff and vital equipment. The investment allowed for an additional 300 police officers than would otherwise have been affordable. The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) has recruited over 4,500 new recruits since September 2019.

Page 756

84.8m police funding (3) Question No: 2021/1274 Susan Hall Is the £84.8m funding you pledged in 2019 for specialist investigators to disrupt gang violence in London achieving its aim? Please provide data evidencing a reduction in gang violence since that time. 84.8m police funding (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The additional £84.8m funding in 2019/20 was provided to invest in additional officers, staff and crime fighting tools. As part of this, the funding helped to support investment in specific tools and techniques available to frontline officers to investigate crime, including fingerprinting, rapid drug testing, cutting edge capabilities to deal with digital investigations, and advanced techniques to combat child sexual exploitation online. The recruitment of additional officers to tackle violence has allowed even more focus on the drugs market which fuels gang violence. Since November 2019, more than 500 county line holders and associates have been arrested, and over 280 county lines have been closed. In addition, recent Met activities, which involved Gangs officers, led to more than 3,800 arrests of suspected violent criminals and over 900 weapons being seized. Alongside enforcement, I have invested in intervention programmes such as LGE (previously known as London Gang Exit) and the hospital-based youth work programme to keep young people safe from violence. In line with these positive outputs there has been a downward trend in violent crime data in the twelve months to February 2020 (pre-pandemic). Knife crime with injury – victims under 25 (non DA) was 11% lower compared to the twelve months to February 2019. In the same period lethal barreled gun discharges were 36% lower than the peak recorded in the twelve months to December 2018.

84.8m police funding (4) Question No: 2021/1275 Susan Hall What state-of-the-art equipment has been purchased from your £84.8m police funding in 2019? What was its purpose & how has it since been providing value for money? 84.8m police funding (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The additional £84.8m funding in 2019/20 was provided to invest in additional officers and staff and the crime fighting tools they need. As part of this, the funding helped to support investment in the tools and techniques available to frontline officers to investigate crime,

Page 757

including fingerprinting, rapid drug testing, cutting edge capabilities to deal with digital investigations, and advanced techniques to combat child sexual exploitation online.

6.8m Violence Reduction Funding Question No: 2021/1276 Susan Hall How has your £6.8m Violence Reduction Funding been tackling all forms of violence in the capital since 2019? 6.8m Violence Reduction Funding The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In 19/20, the VRU had a budget of £14.8m of which the Mayor contributed £7.8m, and in 20/21, the VRU had a budget of £19.7m of which the Mayor contributed £12.1m. The VRU has invested in a wide range of programmes designed to stop the spread of violence. This includes putting youth workers in London hospitals, tackling school exclusions across 16 boroughs, training doctors to better identify and support victims of domestic violence, supporting grassroots organisations across London, expanding our work with parents and families, and funding to help all 32 boroughs reduce violence. Key to all this activity is the engagement and insight of young people and I am very proud of the work of the VRU’s Young People’s Action Group.

3.5m Anti-violence initiatives fund Question No: 2021/1277 Susan Hall Since your injection of £3.5m funding for anti-violence initiatives in the capital in 2019, when did the “Information Sharing to Tackle Violence” initiative go live? How has this resulted in more effective data sharing between Community Safety Partnerships, health services & other violence reduction partners? 3.5m Anti-violence initiatives fund The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Information Sharing to Tackle Violence programme started in 2015/16 with funding from the Home Office to encourage London’s 29 Type 1 Emergency Departments to share anonymous data on assaults, many of which are not reported to the police. MOPAC have funded the programme since 2017/18. As a result of this work, all London’s Emergency Departments have shared data, and despite the pressures of the pandemic on Emergency Departments, 28 of these shared data over the past year. These data have been combined into a pan-London dataset with over 135,000 anonymised records of assaults. The data are made available via the GLA’s ‘Safestats’ data sharing platform – a secure, multi-agency data

Page 758

platform for authorised crime and community safety analysts. Case studies outlining how the data have been used to reduce violence can be found below: https://data.london.gov.uk/information-sharing-to-tackle-violence/

24m cleaner vehicles funding (1) Question No: 2021/1278 Susan Hall Since your announcement in 2019 heralding £24m of funding to enable more black cab drivers to switch to electric vehicles, have 1,000 drivers benefitted from the maximum £10,000 payment for trading in their more polluting vehicles? 24m cleaner vehicles funding (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes. In fact, we exceeded this with 1,250 delicensing payments of £10,000 paid to vehicle owners of older, more polluting taxis. In total, more than 4,000 delicensing payments have been made, equating to more than £34m support for the taxi trade. I applaud the efforts made by the taxi trade to clean up the taxi fleet with almost 4,000 zero emission capable (ZEC) taxis joining the London fleet.

24m cleaner vehicles funding (2) Question No: 2021/1279 Susan Hall What is the evidence that your £24m cleaner vehicles funding is on track to enable 2,000 additional drivers to go green & for more than 5,000 drivers to benefit from the funding overall? 24m cleaner vehicles funding (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to MQ 2021/1278.

Reduction of NOx taxi emissions Question No: 2021/1280 Susan Hall Is there evidence to date, demonstrating that your £24m cleaner vehicles funding will reduce NOx taxi emissions by as much as 20% in the capital?

Page 759

Reduction of NOx taxi emissions The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In February 2019, I announced an additional £24 million of Greater London Authority (GLA) funding to help more taxi drivers switch to cleaner, greener vehicles as part of the enhanced delicensing scheme, totalling £42m.

Analysis undertaken prior to the pandemic estimated that the phased approach to reducing taxi age limits alongside the delicensing fund had reduced taxi emissions by 41 per cent compared to 2018. This demonstrates that these initiatives have rapidly escalated improvements in taxi emissions and alongside increased ZEC uptake will mean we are back on track to meet the 2025 legal requirement.

To achieve legal compliance, we need to reduce NOx emissions from London taxis by 65 per cent by 2025 compared to 2013 levels.

Harmful emissions public consultation (1) Question No: 2021/1281 Susan Hall What was the outcome of your 10-week public consultation in 2019, asking Londoners for their views on changing the age limits of black cabs? Harmful emissions public consultation (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The outcome of the consultation carried out in 2019 regarding taxi age limits can be found at: https://consultations.tfl.gov.uk/tph/taxi-age-limits/user_uploads/taxi-age-limit-decision- paper.pdf

Harmful emissions public consultation (2) Question No: 2021/1282 Susan Hall In the wake of your harmful emissions public consultation, is there evidence that it has contributed to speeding up the process of the dirtiest vehicles being replaced with zero- emission capable cabs?

Page 760

Harmful emissions public consultation (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s taxi trade has led the way in the early adoption of Zero Emission Capable (ZEC) technology. Transport for London (TfL) has now licensed 3,968 ZEC taxis, which has meant there are more cleaner, greener taxis on London’s streets. The delicensing scheme continues to help remove the dirtiest taxis from the fleet. It has proven very popular with over 4,100 vehicles taken off the roads to date. There are also grants of £7,500 to help those who wish to purchase a ZEC taxi. As of 1 November 2020, vehicles over 14 years old are no longer operating in London. On 1 November this year, the age limit will tighten to ensure that no vehicles over 13 years old will be operating in London. This reduction in taxi age limits ensures that we are on track to meet the required reduction in emissions by 2025.

Zero emission black taxi fleet Question No: 2021/1283 Susan Hall How far off is London from having a 100% zero emission black taxi fleet? Zero emission black taxi fleet The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As of 9 March 2021, 3,968 Zero Emission Capable (ZEC) Motorised Hackney Carriages have been licenced in London, including 76 Dynamo Electric Taxis. As of 7 March 2021, the total number of taxi vehicles licenced is 13,577. The taxi fleet is therefore currently 29 per cent zero emission capable. It is important to remember that taxi licence numbers fluctuate weekly and will have been affected by the pandemic and reduced activity caused by the temporary Covid-related reductions in travel demand. London’s taxi trade has led the way in the early adoption of ZEC technology, encouraged by an enhanced delicensing scheme, a £7,500 grant for the purchase of a ZEC taxi as well as an attractive delicencing grant, and the phased taxi age limit reduction which is removing the oldest and most polluting taxis from London’s streets.

Page 761

Rapid charging points Question No: 2021/1284 Susan Hall Does London currently have sufficient charging points to meet the needs of cabbies & other drivers driving electric vehicles in the capital? Rapid charging points The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Data indicates London’s current provision does meet the needs of taxi drivers and other drivers driving electric vehicles in the capital. In the latest report Transport for London (TfL) received from Zap-Map, as of 4 January 2021, London has a total of 6,161 charge point devices (4,437 slow, 2,663 fast and 522 rapid) representing 26 per cent of the UK’s total number of charge points. Of the 311 rapid chargers in London delivered by TfL, 84 of these are dedicated to taxi drivers. In 2018, I launched an Electric Vehicle (EV) Infrastructure Taskforce which helped bring forward a Delivery Plan for London’s EV infrastructure, published in 2019. In this, TfL analysed rapid charge point usage and found that, from data taken in March 2019, 27 per cent of chargers currently average less than one charge per day. There are also a significant number of chargers that are used very frequently, with 33 per cent averaging five or more charges per day and the most popular chargers being used for up to an average of 17 charges per day (or 10.5 hours of plug-in time). Overall, the network was not saturated at the time of analysis, when TfL had delivered only 178 out of 300 rapid charge points. Since then much more charge point delivery has taken place and my officers have produced a dashboard of EV charging points and utilisation across London, accessible to all London Boroughs via the London Data Store. Utilisation is lower than before, which is partly due to lower taxi demand as a result of Covid-related impacts, especially during lockdowns. However, TfL is now doing new work to investigate London’s overall charge point need, given recent changes such as the planned phase out of Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) vehicles sold in the UK by 2030.

Legal limits for clean air Question No: 2021/1285 Susan Hall Is London currently meeting the legal limits for clean air? Legal limits for clean air The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 An independent study from leading experts at Kings College London in 2019 estimated that without additional action it would have taken 193 years for London to meet legal limits.

Page 762

With the ULEZ expansion, and the other measures I have put in place since 2016, I expect to be meeting legal limits by 2025, 184 years earlier. Thanks to the action I have taken, between 2016 and 2019 the reduction in annual average nitrogen dioxide (NO2) at roadside sites in central London was five times the national average reduction; there has been a 97 per cent reduction in the number of schools where pupils are exposed to pollution above legal limits, and a 94 per cent reduction in the number of people exposed to illegal levels of pollution at home.

However, while London met legal limits for most pollutants in 2019 it did not meet limits for annual mean NO2concentrations or limits for the number of allowable exceedances of the 1-hour limit for NO2. This is why schemes like the expansion of the ULEZ in October, and the recent strengthening of the Low Emission Zone standards for large vehicles remain vital to create sustained, and sustainable, improvements in air quality across all of London.

Clean bus fleet Question No: 2021/1286 Susan Hall Are you on track to deliver a 100% zero-emission bus fleet in London by 2037? Clean bus fleet The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) is currently on track to deliver my Transport Strategy commitment that London’s bus fleet will be entirely zero emission by no later than 2037. London already has the biggest zero-emission bus fleet in the UK and one of the largest in Europe, with over 450 such vehicles already on the road. The number of zero emission vehicles in the fleet is expected to increase to 700 by the end of 2021. While the current target is for all buses to be zero-emission by 2037, TfL has outlined to Government that, with the required financial support, it can accelerate this programme to make all buses in London zero-emission by 2030. TfL has also made great strides in cleaning up the existing bus fleet, helping to reduce emissions. All buses in TfL’s 9,000-strong core fleet now meet or exceed stringent Euro VI emissions standards, a key milestone on the way to enhancing our air quality in London.

Page 763

A green capital Question No: 2021/1287 Susan Hall How far away are you from achieving your aim to make half of the capital green? By what date are you aiming to achieve this? A green capital The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I remain committed to making London even greener than it is today, building on London’s confirmation as a National Park City in 2019. The London Environment Strategy set a target to make more than 50% of London green by 2050. The 2019 assessment shows that between 48%-51% of London is green. Another assessment of green cover will be published in 2024 as this time gap is required to monitor real change from aerial imagery. Through the green recovery, my Green New Deal Fund will address a range of environmental priorities, including improving access to green space and greening the public realm. Since 2016, I have invested over £13 million in over 300 projects across all 33 local authorities, improving, creating and increasing access to more than 400 hectares of green space. I have planted over 330,000 trees and a further 90,000 trees will be in the ground by March 2022. The new London Plan provides strong protection for the Green Belt, and MOL, and the Urban Greening Factor policy will accelerate greening in new developments, including green roofs, walls and trees.

New funding for London Fire Cadets programme (1) Question No: 2021/1288 Susan Hall Since your £1.1m of funding in 2019 to boost the number of fire cadets in London, are there now more than 500 in the capital? New funding for London Fire Cadets programme (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Due to pandemic restrictions, London Fire Brigade’s Fire Cadets units are only just re- opening units to young people and, therefore, recruitment continues across all 33 London boroughs. There are currently 328 young people engaged and, despite the challenges that Covid-19 has presented, over 100 brand new Fire Cadets have joined since January and this number is growing weekly. Current pandemic restrictions mean that each unit is only allowed to accommodate 15 young people at a time. Consequently, when face-to-face

Page 764

delivery returns in April, the numbers will have to remain reduced until restrictions are relaxed. At full capacity, each Fire Cadet Unit can take 16 first year Cadets and up to seven Officer Cadets. In addition, there are 13 Ambassador Cadets who are appointed annually and attend units across London. This equates to a potential 772 young people engaging with Fire Cadets across the 33 units during each academic year. There are also approximately 350 adult volunteers supporting the delivery of Fire Cadets.

New funding for London Fire Cadets programme (2) Question No: 2021/1289 Susan Hall Subsequent to your injection of £1.1m of fire cadets funding in 2019, have 15 new Fire Cadets Units been created in London, meaning that every London borough now has at least 1 unit? New funding for London Fire Cadets programme (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 All London Boroughs now have a Fire Cadets Unit. The remaining 15 Units launched in January 2021 and are currently meeting online every week, with the aim of returning to a safe level of face-to-face delivery through a hub-based approach around mid-April, in line with National Youth Agency (NYA) guidelines. The opening of a Fire Cadets Unit in every London borough is a fantastic achievement, particularly considering the challenges the pandemic has presented. The support I have given through the Young Londoners Fund means that hundreds more young people are now able to develop their personal and professional skills in a positive environment where they can gain qualifications, improve their career prospects and help the community. I would encourage people who know a young person aged 14-17 who may be interested in joining the Fire Cadets , to visit the London Fire Brigade website for more information: https://www.london- fire.gov.uk/community/young-people/fire-cadets/joining-fire-cadets/

Page 765

New funding for London Fire Cadets programme (3) Question No: 2021/1290 Susan Hall Has the London Fire Brigade been using the diversity of the cadet force since 2019 for future recruitment, when it was reported that 55% of cadets were girls & 49% BAME? What is the percentage of female and BAME recruits admitted to the London Fire Brigade since 2019? New funding for London Fire Cadets programme (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Although the main aim of Fire Cadets isn’t a recruitment mechanism to increase diversity in London Fire Brigade (LFB), a career pathway has been developed to advise and support those young people and adult volunteers interested in both operational and non- operational careers within the Brigade. Since the beginning of the Fire Cadets, 65 Cadet or Cadet Volunteers have joined LFB in either a FRS, Control or firefighter role. Of these, 20 were female and 23 were from a BAME background.

Allocation of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (1) Question No: 2021/1291 Susan Hall Further to your press release on 26/09/18 relating to your £112m Strategic Investment Fund (SIF), has all of the money been allocated? Please provide headline figures detailing where & when it was spent. Allocation of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The allocations of both the 2018/19 and 2019/20 allocations are detailed below.

(£107m 2018/19 + £5m top-up; £73m 2019-20; total £185m) Allocation £ million Commercial Development in London’s Opportunity Areas Elephant and Castle Northern Line Ticket Hall 25.00 Canada Water 17.50 Royal Docks Enterprise Zone 13.70 Stratford Station 4.00 Delivery of London Plan Objectives for Affordable Housing Development Build for London 10.00

Page 766

Mayor’s Construction Academy and Construction Careers Campaign 3.20 Industrial Intensification Delivery Strategies 1.00 Support Local Economies and Small Businesses Good Growth Fund – Intensifying London’s local economies 5.00 Micro and SME Business Support Programme 1.43 West End Good Growth Study 0.05 Broadband Connectivity – public sector buildings and other assets 11.00 Culture at risk fund 2.33 Support London’s Industrial Strategy Centre for Cleantech Innovation 8.70 Workspace Investment: Second Floor Studios, Deptford and Studio Voltaire, 1.16 Clapham Creative Land Trust 0.15 East Bank project – placed in reserves in case needed by LLDC 80.9 The profile for SIF spend is forecast to see £56m spent by the end of 2020/21, plus a further £81m allocated to LLDC’s capital reserve for East bank (£137m in total). The remaining £33.8m of SIF is forecast to spend in 2021-22.

Benefits of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (2) Question No: 2021/1292 Susan Hall Has your £112m Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) contributed to the sustainable growth of London’s economy, thereby increasing London’s business rate income? Please demonstrate how. Benefits of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The funding allocations from my Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) have supported a range of priorities for sustainable growth in London, including investment in opportunity areas, affordable housing, support for London’s small businesses and some key emerging growth sectors, such as green technology and culture and creative. Key objectives of the fund have been to invest in the increase of sustainable and successful commercial floorspace and to address the key risks facing businesses in London, including the affordability of housing. The various SIF projects such as those for the new Northern Line ticket hall at Elephant & Castle, the Royal Docks enterprise zone, the upgrade of the southwestern exit to Stratford station which will improve links to the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park including East Bank and the Canada Water project are helping to support wider regeneration programmes which

Page 767

will secure these sustainable growth objectives and facilitate an increase in business rates income over time.

Benefits of Strategic Investment Fund (3) Question No: 2021/1293 Susan Hall How has the Covid-19 pandemic impacted the sustainable growth of London’s economy, promoted by your £112m Strategic Investment Fund (SIF)? Benefits of Strategic Investment Fund (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As the most densely populated region of the UK, London has suffered major public health and economic impacts from the current pandemic. Like the rest of the UK economy, London has also witnessed a major recession in the course of 2020. The loss of GVA over the year is expected to exceed the 9.5% mark that was estimated as recently as December, as a result of further restrictions in November and December. It cannot be taken for granted that just because London’s economy has bounced back quickly from previous recessions it will necessarily do so this time around in the absence of well targeted recovery policies and support. London’s recovery will take time but the continuing impact of the SIF investments that I’ve made will support London’s return to sustainable and equitable growth.

Allocation of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (4) Question No: 2021/1294 Susan Hall How much of your Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) was allocated to your Good Growth Fund? Allocation of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As set out in my response to Gareth Bacon AM on 22 November 2018, I allocated £5m of the Strategic Investment Fund to projects via the Good Growth Fund. MQ 2018/3400

Page 768

Allocation of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (5) Question No: 2021/1295 Susan Hall Which community projects across London have been supported by a share of your £112m Strategic Investment Fund (SIF), allocated to your Good Growth Fund? Allocation of Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) (5) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The following five projects received Strategic Investment Fund (SIF) via the Good Growth Fund: • Erith Regeneration Programme Phase ll: to provide a range of improvements, from business support to public realm interventions. • Improving Public Assets in Islington: A range of investments across Caledonian Road to better align community priorities, service delivery, and the local economy. • Boston Manor, Community and Creative Catalyst: to deliver affordable creative makerspaces and a marketplace as part of an ambitious restoration of Boston Manor House and Park. • Expanding Kensal’s Creative Economy: to support policy development and pilot projects to support and intensify the local economy. • Intensifying Barking’s Industry: to deliver a showcase intensification project in a Strategic Industrial Location.

Affordable artists’ workspaces Question No: 2021/1296 Susan Hall How many affordable artists’ workspaces have been created in London as a result of a share of your £112m Strategic Investment Fund (SIF), injected in your Good Growth Fund? Affordable artists’ workspaces The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Investing and stemming the loss of affordable workspace is key to retaining the creative workforce in the capital. Prior to COVID-19, 24 per cent of sites providing artists’ workspace were at risk of closure within 5 years. This position has likely worsened due to COVID-19, devastating small creative businesses and impacting on self-employed artists. The Strategic Investment Fund has provided £1.16m investment in affordable creative workspaces. This includes support for Second Floor Studios & Arts bringing 85 new affordable artists’ studios to Deptford. These studios are within the Mayor’s Creative Enterprise Zone in Deptford and New Cross which will support and grow the creative sector in Lewisham.

Page 769

The fund also supported Studio Voltaire in Clapham with a £500,000 grant which provides 7,900 sq. ft. of new affordable workspaces for over 75 artists.

Economic Opportunities Study Question No: 2021/1297 Susan Hall Which economic opportunities in London’s West End came to light, as a result of the economic opportunities study carried out - due to part of your £112m Strategic Investment Fund (SIF)? Please detail how the findings have been acted upon. Economic Opportunities Study The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The West End Good Growth Study focussed on generating an evidence-based approach to optimising good growth in the West End. Built on partnership working and extensive stakeholder engagement, the report identified the four conditions for ongoing success; proactive strategy and stakeholder engagement, mix of uses, range of offer, and variety of high quality public spaces. A broad range of economic opportunities were identified under these headings, including the changing profile of businesses in the West End, growing employment density in prime office locations, the experiential dimension of retail and overseas visitors as a key segment of the retail market. The report influenced the development of the Westminster City Plan (2019) and provided an evidence base for key policies. It helped inform wider partnership work, including the Oxford Street District plan. More recently the analysis has been used to inform my CAZ recovery study.

Mayor’s Office Advertising Spending Question No: 2021/1298 Susan Hall How much money has the Mayor’s office spent on advertising each year since May 2016? Mayor’s Office Advertising Spending The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Mayor’s Office does not have a budget for advertising.

Mayor’s Office Press Officers Question No: 2021/1299 Susan Hall How much money has the Mayor’s office spent on press officers each year since May 2016?

Page 770

Mayor’s Office Press Officers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Under Section 67 (2) of the GLA Act 1999, the Mayor may appoint 13 staff. All other staff at the GLA are appointed by the Head of Paid Service, under the HoPS protocol. The Mayor’s Office does not employ any Press Officers. All the current Press Officers at the GLA are HoPS appointees. Please see figures provided for GLA Group Press Officer Numbers - Question No: 2021/0135. The GLA figures include staff working in both the Mayor’s Press Office and in the Assembly Secretariat.

Good Work Standard Employers by Sector Question No: 2021/1300 Susan Hall How many Good Work Standard accredited employers are private, public and third sector employers and how many employees does this equate to? Good Work Standard Employers by Sector The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 How many Good Work Standard accredited employers are private, public and third sector employers and how many employees does this equate to? The numbers of employers and employees by sector as of March 2021 is as follows:

Number of employers accredited to the Good Number of Sector Work Standard Employees Public 20 124,965 Private 55 91,716 Third 20 2,988

Page 771

Good Work Standard within the GLA Group Question No: 2021/1301 Susan Hall How many Good Work Standard accredited employers are part of the GLA Group? Please give a breakdown by organisation and number of employees. Good Work Standard within the GLA Group The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Seven of the 95 accredited Good Work Standard employers are part of the GLA Group. The table below lists the organisation and the number of employees based on their most recent Workforce Reporting.

Organisation Number of Employees Transport for London 27,603 Metropolitan Police 45,404 London Fire Commission 5,822 Greater London Authority 1,172 London Legacy Development Corporation 152 The Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime 143 Old Oak and Park Royal Development Corporation 48

Investigation lengths Question No: 2021/1302 Susan Hall What is the current average length of an investigation for the following crime types: . Homicide . Rape . Other Sexual Offences . Robbery . Hate Crime Investigation lengths The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021

Page 772

The table below shows the average investigation length for Homicide, Rape, Other Sexual Offences, Robbery, Hate Crime defined as the difference between the date the crime was recorded and the closing date of the investigation.

Number of crimes reported Average time of investigation Homicide 190 1028 Rape 9548 341 Other Sexual Offences 15017 189 Robbery 38325 117 Hate Crime 30114 104

Police video learning Question No: 2021/1303 Susan Hall To date, how many videos have appeared on the Met’s peer-to-peer video learning system (known as Metflix)? Police video learning The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 As of March 2021, 757 videos have appeared on the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) Peer-to-Peer Video Learning system, Metflix.

Bus driver assaults Question No: 2021/1304 Susan Hall For each year, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many assaults against bus drivers have been recorded? Bus driver assaults The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL), with the support of its policing partners, is working to eradicate work-related violence and aggression towards its staff and those working for its operators and contractors. Staff should not be subjected to abuse, threats or physical assaults or any form of hate crime for simply doing their job, and TfL and the police are pushing for the strongest penalties against offenders. The data provided below is taken from Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) and British Transport Police (BTP) data for bus drivers and for London Underground Staff respectively. It is drawn from the ‘Violence against the Person’ crime category, which includes public

Page 773

order offences (such as threats of violence, obscenities and abuse remarks) against staff. These figures include incidents of verbal abuse, threatening behaviour and physical assault.

2018 2019 2020 Bus Driver Assaults 761 821 895 Bus Driver Assaults involving racism 137 178 235 London Underground Staff 1,338 1,277 778 London Underground Staff involving racism 256 226 144

Last year, TfL published its first pan-TfL Work-related Violence and Aggression strategy. Despite the pandemic, excellent progress has been made on the implementation of this strategy. This includes the rollout of body worn video to TfL’s directly employed staff (in line with operational requirements), and the recruitment and training of Transport Support and Enforcement Officers to support frontline colleagues and address the triggers of work- related violence and aggression. The joint TfL/MPS-funded Roads and Transport Policing Command in the MPS and officers in the BTP prioritise the investigation of offences against transport workers, and with TfL colleagues, provide support to victims of work-related violence and aggression through the criminal justice process. We strive to secure decisions at court against offenders that properly recognise the impact on work-related violence both on the individual and our organisation. As mentioned in my response to Mayor’s Question 2020/4612, bus drivers, as well as London Underground staff, are able to report incidents of work-related violence and aggression in a number of ways, and TfL is working to integrate this data.

Bus driver abuse Question No: 2021/1305 Susan Hall For each year, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many incidents of abusive and threatening behaviour against bus drivers have been recorded? How many of these involved racism? Bus driver abuse The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/1304

Page 774

Tube staff assaults Question No: 2021/1306 Susan Hall For each year, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many assaults against tube staff have been recorded? Tube staff assaults The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/1304.

Tube staff abuse Question No: 2021/1307 Susan Hall For each year, 2018, 2019 and 2020, how many incidents of abusive and threatening behaviour against tube staff have been recorded? How many of these involved racism? Tube staff abuse The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/1304.

Stop and search arrests Question No: 2021/1308 Susan Hall For each year, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, what percentage of all arrests in London were the result of stop and search? Stop and search arrests The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see the below table which shows the proportion of all arrests that were the result of stop and search between 2014 and 2020 inclusive.

Year % of all arrests resulting stop & search 2014 16% 2015 14% 2016 15% 2017 15% 2018 17%

Page 775

2019 23% 2020 24%

Met Taser Training Question No: 2021/1309 Susan Hall In the July 2020 Met Management Board meeting, it states that they are undertaking work to explore if new police officers can be offered taser training after 84 weeks. What was the outcome and the reasoning behind the decision? Met Taser Training The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I understand from the Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) that the Met Management Board agreed that further work would be required before a decision could be made. The MPS have advised that, at this time, there is no operational requirement to offer taser training to officers at 84 weeks, but the position will remain under review.

London Fire Brigade Question No: 2021/1311 Susan Hall Could you confirm that at the end of the month LFB will have definitely completed the Grenfell Inquiry Phase1 recommendations? London Fire Brigade The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London Fire Brigade expects that 17 of the 29 recommendations (59 per cent) will be completed by the end of March 2021, and 19 by the end of June 2021 (66 per cent). My monthly report detailing progress against the recommendations can be found here: https://www.london.gov.uk/about-us/mayor-london/grenfell-tower-inquiry-mayoral- updates

Kew Road (1) Question No: 2021/1313 Tony Arbour Does TfL hold figures on how long it takes for people to board and alight from buses at each bus stop on the Kew Road and, if so, will you publish those figures?

Page 776

Kew Road (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The table in the attachment shows the average bus dwell times (in seconds) for each stop on Kew Road. The dwell times are shown as an average for the four-week period from 15 November to 12 December 2020, split out by working day (07:00-19:00) and weekend day (07:00-19:00). While passengers boarding and alighting buses is relatively uniform because of the short hops made between stops, and the relatively small number of people getting on and off at each stop, this is less so for coaches. This is because passenger numbers and miles travelled vary enormously, along with the time taken to stow or pick up large items of luggage. When coaches stop, unlike local buses, all passengers will often be getting off at the same time. TfL does not hold this kind of data though, but coaches will pick up and set down passengers as efficiently as they can in line with restrictions applying at those locations.

Kew Road (2) Question No: 2021/1314 Tony Arbour Does TfL hold figures on how long it takes for people to alight from coaches at each stop on the Kew Road and, if so, will you publish those figures? Kew Road (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/1313.

Kew Road (3) Question No: 2021/1315 Tony Arbour Does TfL hold figures on how long it takes for people to board coaches at each stop on the Kew Road and, if so, will you publish those figures? Kew Road (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to Mayor’s Question 2021/1313.

Page 777

Planning interference in Kensington and Chelsea Question No: 2021/1317 Tony Devenish Do you regret, what amounts to, in my view, your repeated, excessive, politicised and injudicious use of your planning call-in powers in the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea in your current Mayoral term, and do you have any intention of modifying this behaviour in future? Planning interference in Kensington and Chelsea The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I strongly refute that my use of planning call in powers has been excessive, politicised or injudicious. During my Mayoral term, there have been 21 call in hearings, 3 of which have been for schemes in the Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea. There have also been 3 hearings for schemes in the Royal Borough of Greenwich and 2 in the boroughs of Barnet and Wandsworth. London is facing a housing crisis and we urgently need more housing, particularly genuinely affordable homes. Our analysis shows that London needs at least 66,000 new homes a year until 2030, 43,000 of which must be affordable. Fixing the housing crisis is one of my top priorities, and doing this is dependent on all London boroughs playing their part by approving well-designed schemes with good levels of low-cost rented and other genuinely affordable housing. The Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea has consistently failed to meet the targets for overall additional homes and affordable units over the period 2015-2019. In the year 2018-19 only 115 homes were delivered against a target of 733 of which just 1 was affordable. Across the 21 cases that have been called-in and approved at a Representation Hearing, 6,760 affordable homes have been secured, and approximately 15,000 new homes in total.

Community engagement in planning Question No: 2021/1318 Tony Devenish Do you agree with the suggestion by Centre for London, in its “Public Planning” manifesto, that you should publish a Mayoral Statement of Community Involvement and establish a Mayoral Community Advocates scheme to help improve public engagement in the planning system?

Page 778

Community engagement in planning The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My London Plan sets the standard for effective community involvement as the very first principle of Good Growth. Over 4,000 consultation responses were received to the London Plan which is founded on shared ideas and open discussion. Talk London, the online community set up so City Hall can hear from Londoners about key issues, is recognised in the Centre for London report. The report also recognises the success of our area-based engagement, exemplified in recent work on the Royal Docks and Beckton Opportunity Area Planning Framework. I also introduced transparency in the planning application process by requiring open-book viability assessments. But we want to go further. I recognise that there are still barriers to participation and we will do more to ensure that London is shaped by a more representative range of voices. Increasingly we’re looking to the opportunities of digital, for people to have their say and be able to access data and information as never before. For example, we’ve launched the Planning London Datahub which provides free access to planning data across the capital. Now my Plan is published, I’ll be looking at how to secure inclusive growth and further improve engagement, and this will include consideration of the recommendations from Centre for London.

Affordable homes (1) Question No: 2021/1319 Tony Devenish Could you please provide a breakdown of the expected cost per housing unit in your second government-funded affordable housing programme 2021-26? Affordable homes (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The £4bn AHP 2021-26 programme will be used to support 35,000 affordable homes. Negotiated grant rates will operate for all projects under this programme, and therefore grant levels will vary. Further information is set out in the Homes for Londoners: Affordable Homes Programme 2021-2026 Funding Guidance, published in November 2020.

Page 779

Affordable homes (2) Question No: 2021/1320 Tony Devenish Could you please explain the reason for the huge drop in affordable homes to be provided in your second government-funded affordable housing programme 2021-26, with just 35,000 homes provided with £4bn of funding? Can you explain your recent comments that this is due to Brexit and cladding issues? Affordable homes (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s housing targets and funding are agreed with Ministers at the start of every programme. The 35,000 target was accepted by Government as realistic and deliverable with the available funding. Grant levels in the previous Affordable Homes Programme were historically low, covering just 10-er15 per cent of the cost of a new affordable home compared to around 40 per cent % in 2010 and around 75 per cent in the early 1990s. I believe it is right for City Hall to offer higher grant rates in the new programme. A majority of homes built will be social rented homes, which require more grant to be viable, and deliver the lowest possible cost to the tenant. Since 2016 there has also been significant build cost inflation as a result of currency devaluation, availability of materials, Brexit, and shortages of skilled construction labour. These have increased faster than rental revenues, leaving a larger gap between costs and income which needs to be filled by additional grant funding. Our partners are also having to divert their own funding away from new development and into cladding remediation, as social tenants’ homes are excluded from the Building Safety Fund. I continue to call on Government to increase the grant London receives to build affordable housing.

Page 780

Affordable homes (3) Question No: 2021/1321 Tony Devenish Do you think Londoners will believe that you are making sufficient use of the £4bn government funding in your affordable housing programme 2021-26, in planning to build just 35,000 affordable homes? Affordable homes (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Yes. My written answer to MQ 2021/1320 sets out for Londoners the rationale for why we have agreed a 35,000 home target under the new Affordable Homes Programme 2021- 2026.

Vacant public land in Marylebone Question No: 2021/1322 Tony Devenish We are hugely grateful for the way NHS London has led the fight against Covid. However, can you please revisit MQT response 2018/2420 of 18th September 2018? Land banking of a semi derelict hospital site, the former Samaritan Hospital on prime land on the Marylebone Road, illustrates NHS inertia at its worst. This site could be back in use by now. Do you have plans to help the NHS unlock this asset with timescales? Vacant public land in Marylebone The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The former Samaritans Hospital building supports the adjacent Western Eye Hospital which remains a fully operational 24/7 eye hospital. The future of the site is related to the Imperial College Healthcare NHS Trust redevelopment programme which is included within the national NHS 40 New Hospitals Programme. Discussions are on-going between the Trust and the New Hospital Programme Team regarding the timing of the programme. The Senior Responsible Officer for the New Hospital Programme Team has been invited to present to the London Estates Board on the 18th March 2021 where clarity will be sought about the timing and phasing of the programme. Through the London Estates Delivery Unit (LEDU) I have been working with the NHS to deliver much needed affordable homes on NHS land that is surplus to requirements. The St Ann’s Hospital and North Middlesex University Hospital sites will together deliver more than 1,000 new homes with 60% and 50% affordable homes respectively, including homes designated for NHS key workers.

Page 781

Missing Plenary Meetings Question No: 2021/1323 Tony Devenish You have now failed to attend all five of the London Assembly Plenary meetings on the economy and covid recovery in a row. Why are you undermining both the office of Mayor of London and the body which holds the Mayor to account? Missing Plenary Meetings The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since becoming Mayor, I’ve attended 50 Mayor’s Question Time meetings and 23 plenary meetings. I’ve responded to over 22,500 Mayor’s Questions, and made over 300 commitments following exchanges with Assembly Members. I am unfortunately not able to attend every meeting of the London Assembly – when I am unable to attend I always do my best to ensure that I am represented by one of my Deputy Mayors or another member of my senior team.

COVID-19 Vaccinations in London Question No: 2021/1324 Tony Devenish What actions have you personally taken to boost the COVID-19 vaccination rollout and take-up rate in London? COVID-19 Vaccinations in London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Government’s original distribution formula meant that London missed out on its early fair share of the vaccine. I repeatedly called on the Government to scale up the vaccine supply in London, and following positive meetings with the Minister for COVID Vaccine Deployment, was assured that London would get an uplift in vaccine supply. We continue to work with partners across London to deliver high-profile campaigns to encourage Londoners to get the vaccine when they are eligible. Sharing information about the safety and effectiveness of the COVID-19 vaccine, particularly among communities expressing higher amounts of hesitancy will be vital in ensuring everyone gets the vaccine who needs it. I am using a range of communications channels to share this life saving information. This has included a joint op-ed in the Observer with the Vaccines Minister, a number of media rounds with community media, and an interview on GMB on vaccine hesitancy. I am are also using social media to shared targeted messages, advertising across the TfL network (DLR, tube posters), and radio advertising across stations that reach the most hesitant communities. We continue to work in partnership with NHS, PHE, and civil society

Page 782

organisations to run “Big Conversation” townhall events which bring together ethnic minority and faith communities and communities of shared interests together with health experts to have an open discussion about the vaccine and to answer any questions. I have had the vaccine myself and used the opportunity to reassure Londoners about its safety. I have also visited a number of vaccination sites, to speak with NHS staff and volunteers who have worked incredibly hard and to encourage Londoners to get their vaccination when they are offered it.

Meetings with NHS London Question No: 2021/1325 Tony Devenish How many times have you met with the NHS England Regional Director for London Sir David Sloman since the start of the pandemic? Meetings with NHS London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I meet with Sir David Sloman regularly to discuss the impact of the pandemic on the NHS and subsequent recovery. Since April 2020 I have spoken with senior NHS representatives either weekly or fortnightly, depending on the severity of the situation in London. Sir David Sloman and I are also standing members of the London Health Board and London Transition Board where issues relating to the pandemic are discussed.

Low Emission Zone PCNs Question No: 2021/1327 Tony Devenish 55% of LEZ PCNs are issued to foreign registered vehicles. Do you recognise that this is an unacceptably high figure and will you introduce a target of reducing this figure to less than 10% within 12 months? Low Emission Zone PCNs The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The London-wide Low Emission Zone (LEZ) standards for heavy vehicles were tightened on the 1 March 2021. Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGVs), buses and coaches must now meet Euro VI (NOx and PM) emissions standards or pay a daily charge of up to £300. These new standards apply to heavy vehicles across most of Greater London and match the emission standards of the central London Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ). The tougher LEZ is already having an impact, with new data showing compliance with the new standards is in excess of 90 per cent, compared to around 70 per cent in May 2019.

Page 783

The tough rules apply equally to non-UK vehicles and any foreign-registered vehicles which meet the LEZ emissions standards must register with TfL before driving within the zone to avoid incurring any penalty charge. If a compliant vehicle isn’t registered and incurs a penalty it will be cancelled. There are some 157,000 vehicles registered with Transport for London (TfL) and TfL continues to receive registrations from non-UK operators. TfL does not set targets for the number of penalties issued to foreign vehicles but takes a fair and consistent approach to enforcing its schemes. Enforcement of PCNs against foreign registered vehicles is an issue for all highway authorities as there is no legislation which enables effective data sharing between European vehicle licensing agencies. TfL has contractors that seek to recover money from fines issued to non-UK vehicles. These contractors continue to work to increase access to European vehicle registration databases and the provision of accurate vehicle information to aid this recovery.

Temporary Road Bridge (1) Question No: 2021/1328 Tony Devenish Has the Ritblat/Foster/COWI proposed Temporary Road Bridge (TRB) received TfL’s approval? Temporary Road Bridge (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Hammersmith & Fulham Council has commissioned Foster / COWI to assess the option of a temporary ‘bridge within a bridge’. I understand their feasibility report will be finalised shortly. While Transport for London’s (TfL’s) officers have met with Foster / COWI during the production of their feasibility work, any approvals would need to be provided by the local authorities and not TfL.

Temporary Road Bridge (2) Question No: 2021/1329 Tony Devenish If the Ritblat/Foster/COWI proposed Temporary Road Bridge has not been approved, when is a decision expected? Temporary Road Bridge (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my answer to Mayor’s Question 2021/1328.

Page 784

Park Lane Pollution Question No: 2021/1330 Tony Devenish I am receiving increasing numbers of complaints about pollution levels on Park Lane. What have been the average pollution levels for every month for the last year? Park Lane Pollution The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Local Air quality monitoring is the responsibility of the boroughs, in this case Westminster. Westminster do not currently have a monitor installed on Park Lane. However, as part of the pilot phase of my Breathe London project I installed sensors on a side road adjoining Park Lane. The latest available annualised data from these sensors shows that for 2019 there were pollution levels of 43 ug/m3 along the corridor, and in 2020 these had reduced to 32 ug/m3. The full data sets from the pilot phase can be found online here: https://www.globalcleanair.org/data-to-action/london-uk/ Park Lane is also one of the central London Ultra Low Emission Zone (ULEZ) boundary roads. There are four established air quality monitoring stations on the central London ULEZ boundary roads, and all of these have measured a continued downward trend in concentrations since 2017. No sites on the boundary roads have experienced an increase in the trend of monthly average NO2 since the scheme was introduced in April 2019. From October 2021 Park Lane will be within the extended ULEZ zone and will benefit further from higher emission standards.

Protected Cycle Lanes (1) Question No: 2021/1331 Tony Devenish How many kilometres of protected cycle lane were in place in London on 1st May 2016? Protected Cycle Lanes (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In February 2020, I announced that I had met my election pledge to triple the amount of protected cycling space in London from 50 kilometres in 2016. Further details are provided here: https://www.london.gov.uk/press- releases/mayoral/mayor-triples-protected-cycle-space-in-london.

Page 785

Protected Cycle Lanes (2) Question No: 2021/1332 Tony Devenish How many kilometres of protected cycle lane were completed in London after 1st May 2016 that had been initiated before that date? Protected Cycle Lanes (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my answer to Mayor’s Question 2021/1334, which includes a breakdown of kilometres of protected cycle lane delivered scheme by scheme up to February 2020, including date opened where available. It is not possible to pinpoint the exact start date of all of these schemes because the process by which cycling schemes have been initiated and developed has changed significantly over time. Through the development of any scheme, the scope can change, shaped by new policies and current operational conditions, to result in a final scheme that is different to the one imagined at inception.

Protected Cycle Lanes (3) Question No: 2021/1333 Tony Devenish How many kilometres of protected cycle lane were in place in London by 1st March 2021? Protected Cycle Lanes (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In February 2020, I announced that I had met my election pledge to triple the amount of protected cycling space in London - from 50 kilometres in 2016 to 162 kilometres in 2020. Further details are provided here: https://www.london.gov.uk/press- releases/mayoral/mayor-triples-protected-cycle-space-in-london. More than 100km of new or upgraded cycle routes have been delivered or are under construction since the start of the pandemic, a mixture of fully protected routes, semi- segregation and routes on quiet back streets. That means during my first term, I have delivered 260km of high-quality safe cycle routes. Because of changes to delivery mechanisms during the pandemic, and because these are temporary schemes, Transport for London has not tracked the exact lengths of protected space in the same way.

Page 786

Protected Cycle Lanes (4) Question No: 2021/1334 Tony Devenish Including the date of completion, the names of the roads covered and the total distance of each cycle lane, please provide a table showing all the protected cycle lanes in London on 1st March 2021. Protected Cycle Lanes (4) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 In February 2020, I announced that I had met my election pledge to triple the amount of protected cycling space in London - from 50 kilometres in 2016 to 162 kilometres in 2020. Further details are provided here: https://www.london.gov.uk/press- releases/mayoral/mayor-triples-protected-cycle-space-in-london. A breakdown by scheme and the date opened (where available) is included in Table 1 below. And TfL’s online cycle map will enable you to see the roads covered by these cycle facilities. More than 100km of new or upgraded cycle routes have been delivered or are under construction since the start of the pandemic, a mixture of fully protected routes, semi- segregation and routes on quiet back streets. That means during my first term, I have delivered 260km of high-quality safe cycle routes. Because of changes to delivery mechanisms during the pandemic, and because these are temporary schemes, Transport for London has not tracked the exact lengths of protected space in the same way. Table 1: Breakdown of protected cycle lane kilometres by scheme in London (up to 2020):

Date Kilometres of Name of scheme opened* protected cycle lane CS1 Apr-16 1.6 CS2 (inc upgrade) May-16 6.5 CS2X Nov-13 3.0 CS3 Jul-11 20.0 CSEW (Tower Hill to Parliament Sq) May-16 9.6 CS5 Nov-15 2.8 CS6 Phase 1 May-16 4.8 CS7 Jul-10 1.5 CS8 Jul-11 1.3 Q1 Edward Street Jun-16 0.8 Q1 Tabbard Street Jun-16 0.1 Feb-15 0.1 Elephant & Castle 2015/16 0.7

Page 787

CSEW (Parliament Sq to Lancaster Gate) Dec-17 10.0 CS6 Phase 2 Sep-18 1.5 CSEW (North Carriage Drive) Jun-19 1.5 CS10 Section 1 (Acton to Wood Lane) Mar-20 3.4 CS4 Tower Bridge to Greenwich (excluding - 9.6 Lower Road) CS9 East Between Olympia to Brentford - 11.0 A105 Green Lanes, Enfield Mar-18 10.0 NW.6a St Marks Hill Connectivity, Kingston Oct-17 1.0 NW.3a Connectivity to Portsmouth Road, Aug-18 0.6 Kingston Forest Road Cycle Route - A, Waltham Forest May-18 1.4 Lea Bridge Road: Section B, Waltham Forest Feb-18 2.2 Lea Bridge Road: Section C, Waltham Forest Nov-18 1.6 Lea Bridge Road: Section F, Waltham Forest Nov-18 0.6 Lea Bridge Road: Junction 1, Waltham Forest Apr-19 0.4 Lea Bridge Road: Junction 2, Waltham Forest Jul-18 0.4 Leyton - Blackhorse Cycle Route: Section A, Apr-18 0.5 Waltham Forest - Forest Road LM.1 Kingston Station Plaza, Kingston Mar-18 0.2 Lea bridge Road Section D - 0.6 Lea bridge Road Section E - 0.4 Lea bridge Road Section G - 1.4 Lea bridge Road Section H - 0.0 Lea bridge Road Junction 3 - 0.5 Lea bridge Road Junction 4 - 0.8 Whipps Cross roundabout - 0.2 Walthamstow Gryatory - 1.2 Kingston Hill / Kingston Vale - 2.6 Wheatfield Way - 1.5 A1010A1010 North Hertford Road: Freezy - 7.4 Water to Ponders End Temple Mills - 1.0 A1010 South - 3.6 Royal College Street - northern extension, Oct-16 1.3 Camden A41/Boundary Road, Westminster - 0.1

Page 788

West Smithfield and Barbican, City of London Jul-05 0.8 Wood Street Jul-05 0.8 Nicholson street / Chancel street / Dolben Jul-05 0.0 street, Southwark Honour Lea Avenue / Temple Mills Lane, - 0.1 Newham Capel Rd / Forest Drive, Newham - 0.7 Woodford Rd / Capel Rd, Newham - 0.0 Dulwich Village junction, Southwark - 0.0 Union St east, Southwark Apr-18 0.4 Albany Road / Portland Street junction, - 0.1 Southwark Bath Street to Finsbury Square, Islington Oct-18 0.5 Midland Road May-19 1.5 Nuttal Street May-19 0.1 Rodney Place / Road, Southwark - 0.6 Southwark to Canada Water - 0.2 Whipps Cross to Waterworks - 2.8 Markhouse South Grove Church to LBR - 2.2 Hoe St - 0.6 Brunswick Square - 0.1 Baylis Road - 0.7 Queensbridge Road - 0.8 Westminster Bridge South Nov-17 1.2 Highbury Corner Jan-20 1.2 Gower Street (WEP) May-20 2.2 Old Street May-20 1.0 Stratford Gyratory Feb-19 2.4 Hounslow Boston Manor Road - 2.4 Hayes Town Centre (Phase 1) Early 2018 1.4 Bexleyheath Town Centre Phase 2 May-17 1.5 Beddington Gateways - 4.0 *Date opened is not available for all schemes Total 162

Page 789

The Jack Petchey Foundation’s School Catch-Up Report Question No: 2021/1335 Tony Devenish Have you read the Jack Petchey Foundation’s School Catch-Up Report and, if so, what measures are you taking to help support young people returning to school based on its findings? The Jack Petchey Foundation’s School Catch-Up Report The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 That over 5,000 young people responded to the Jack Petchey survey in ten days shows how concerned they are about the impact of COVID-19. It is vital that this generation gets the help it needs for them to fulfil their potential. At Mayor’s Question Time I called on the Government to commit to long-term support for our most disadvantaged students. Our schools and colleges need more resources to provide lasting catch-up support. Please see Mayor’s Question 2021/1026 The survey respondents said how important one-to-one and small group support is, and highlighted the need for mental health support. The New Deal for Young People mission aims that every young person in need will be entitled to a personal mentor. Many of my Young Londoners Fund projects already provide one-to-one and small group support, and I am pleased to invest £1m more towards mentoring through the latest wave of the London Community Response. I have written to London’s headteachers about the expansion of the Good Thinking online wellbeing service to 13 to 18 year-olds, and to share some of the latest mental health support and resources. The Mental Health and Wellbeing Mission will be working closely with Good Thinking and Thrive LDN to help ensure young Londoners have what they need to stay mentally well. This month, Lib Peck, Director of London’s Violence Reduction Unit, is meeting with the CEO of the Jack Petchey Foundation, their Youth Trustee and eight young people. They will share the results of their ‘Shaping Our Future survey which asked over 6,000 young people from London and Essex about their experience of the lockdown and what opportunities they want to see for young people in the future.

Page 790

CW9 (1) Question No: 2021/1336 Tony Devenish What work has TfL done and is doing to thoroughly evaluate demand for CS9/CW9 and the implications of implementing it, with the benefit of data from temporary pandemic traffic measures and what has now been built on Chiswick High Road? CW9 (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since the completion of the temporary Cycleway 9 along Chiswick High Road, Transport for London (TfL) has been undertaking a monitoring exercise to understand the effects of the changes. TfL is capturing data to understand cycle flows, traffic flows and journey times, bus journey times and casualties. Alongside the transport data, TfL is collecting a range of customer and stakeholder feedback.

CW9 (2) Question No: 2021/1337 Tony Devenish In the light of the delays on Chiswick High Road, what impact assessment has been done or is being done on the delay to emergency vehicles? Please identify the impact and provide data on each type of emergency service. CW9 (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has engaged extensively with the emergency services on the introduction of temporary protected cycle tracks along Chiswick High Road. TfL has carefully designed the cycle tracks so that they are wide enough to accommodate emergency vehicles, including ambulances and fire appliances. Similar cycle tracks in Westminster, Vauxhall and Southwark are used effectively by emergency services during an emergency to bypass any queuing traffic. TfL is continuing to monitor the impacts of the cycle tracks on all road users. The data cannot specifically identify emergency vehicles, so TfL is actively seeking direct feedback from each of the emergency services about any operational impacts resulting from changes to the road network. No concerns have been raised about this location.

Page 791

Ransomware Question No: 2021/1339 Tony Devenish What practical steps have you taken over the last 5 years to combat a particular job destroying form of cybercrime, ransomware? Ransomware The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The London Digital Security Centre (LDSC) currently provides wide ranging advice to SME’s across London on a wide range of cyber threats including ransomware. The LDSC is part of Police Crime Prevention Initiatives Ltd which is wholly owned by the Mayoralty. In addition, the GLA works closely with the National Cyber Security Centre (NCSC), which is the national agency responsible for guidance, mitigation and support against ransomware attacks. The GLA works with NCSC to ensure public services and businesses are aware of this support; in particular, the confidential forum for sharing intelligence about cyber threats and vulnerabilities in real time - the Cyber Security Information Sharing Partnership (CiSP). Action Fraud, a service run by the City of London Police, is the UK’s national reporting centre for fraud and cyber crime.

Energy for Londoners Question No: 2021/1340 Tony Devenish Do you think it was right to send Solar Together literature through the doors of Londoners’ homes this close to an election? Energy for Londoners The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 My Solar Together London programme is now heading in to the fourth phase and has so far seen almost one thousand homes receive solar installations through the innovative scheme. My ambition is for London to generate one gigawatt of solar energy by 2030 and installing solar on London homes is a key part of this. . The awareness raising and engagement activities under this programme have been reviewed and agreed by the GLA’s Monitoring Officer and will all cease ahead of the pre- election period starting on 22 March.

Page 792

Business support advertising (1) Question No: 2021/1341 Tony Devenish What is the total cost to date of placing sponsored posts and messages on LinkedIn and any social media platforms relating to the Mayor’s business support schemes – such as the Back to Business Fund and Pay it Forward London? Business support advertising (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s businesses have been severely impacted in the past year both by the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. In order to support our capital’s businesses to stay afloat at this difficult time, the GLA has been running several support schemes. These include the crowdfunding platform Pay It Forward London, and the online portal London Business Hub. Pay It Forward London is a fundraising platform that allows London’s local businesses to crowdfund and gather support from Londoners, and the London Business Hub is an online portal which provides businesses with free advice and access to business support programmes, webinars and events. It also offers SMEs one-to-one support on a range of Brexit-related issues. To support businesses further, the GLA also launched the Back to Business Fund in July 2020, a funding scheme that matches funds raised by Londoners on Pay it Forward for up to £5,000 – providing additional financial support to businesses to help them expand their operations online and adapt to socially-distant trading. To ensure businesses and Londoners could access these support schemes, the GLA ran advertising on social media targeted to business audiences, as well as individuals wanting to help small businesses. The cost of advertising in FY 2020/21 on all social platforms in relation to these schemes was £70,494.44. This activity has contributed to: • Over 27,900 Londoners donating over £2.2 million on Pay it Forward London alone to help support London’s businesses through lockdown. • Over 3730 businesses signing up to Pay It Forward London, and over £700,000 allocated to 183 businesses through the Back to Business fund. • 8,448 unique page views of the Brexit resources hub page which helps businesses adapt to Brexit changes, with an above average dwell time on the page. Total impressions and contacts were requested for this activity. The advertising has resulted in 13,657,153 impressions, however this is not a useful metric for the success of advertising, as it doesn’t measure actual engagement.

Page 793

Business support advertising (2) Question No: 2021/1342 Tony Devenish How many impressions, contacts and scheme sign-ups have resulted from the sponsored posts and messages on LinkedIn and any social media platforms relating to the Mayor’s business support schemes – such as the Back to Business Fund and Pay it Forward London? Business support advertising (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 London’s businesses have been severely impacted in the past year both by the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. In order to support our capital’s businesses to stay afloat at this difficult time, the GLA has been running several support schemes. These include the crowdfunding platform Pay It Forward London, and the online portal London Business Hub. Pay It Forward London is a fundraising platform that allows London’s local businesses to crowdfund and gather support from Londoners, and the London Business Hub is an online portal which provides businesses with free advice and access to business support programmes, webinars and events. It also offers SMEs one-to-one support on a range of Brexit-related issues. To support businesses further, the GLA also launched the Back to Business Fund in July 2020, a funding scheme that matches funds raised by Londoners on Pay it Forward for up to £5,000 – providing additional financial support to businesses to help them expand their operations online and adapt to socially-distant trading. To ensure businesses and Londoners could access these support schemes, the GLA ran advertising on social media targeted to business audiences, as well as individuals wanting to help small businesses. The cost of advertising in FY 2020/21 on all social platforms in relation to these schemes was £70,494.44. This activity has contributed to: • Over 27,900 Londoners donating over £2.2 million on Pay it Forward London alone to help support London’s businesses through lockdown. • Over 3730 businesses signing up to Pay It Forward London, and over £700,000 allocated to 183 businesses through the Back to Business fund. • 8,448 unique page views of the Brexit resources hub page which helps businesses adapt to Brexit changes, with an above average dwell time on the page. Total impressions and contacts were requested for this activity. The advertising has resulted in 13,657,153 impressions, however this is not a useful metric for the success of advertising, as it doesn’t measure actual engagement.

Page 794

Scrappage Schemes Question No: 2021/1343 Keith Prince Is it acceptable that TfL’s HGV Scrappage Scheme and its Minibuses and Vans Scrappage Scheme have had to be suspended due to lack of funds? Scrappage Schemes The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I have allocated £48m for scrappage schemes which support low income and disabled Londoners, small businesses and charities to switch to cleaner vehicles and greener forms of transport. The Scrappage Scheme for vans and minibuses has supported the scrapping of over 4,700 vehicles whilst the heavy vehicle scheme has supported the scrapping of 64 vehicles and the retrofitting of 4 vehicles to date. The schemes have been hugely popular. Due to unprecedented demand and limited funds we suspended the Scrappage Scheme to vans on the 28 August 2020. The heavy vehicle scheme was also suspended a few weeks after it launched at the end of September 2020. I continue to seek further funding from government to support this popular scheme and to lobby government to fund a national scrappage scheme. In addition to the £48 million, I recently provided an additional £4.2m of funding for the extremely popular scrappage schemes to support more small businesses, low income and disabled Londoners and to deliver further air quality benefits in London. The additional funding will be allocated to previous applicants of the van scheme whose applications TfL was unable to process due to limited funds. It will also support more low income and disabled Londoners to scrap non-compliant cars and motorcycles. An additional £344,000 of London Economic Action Partnership funding will support the scrapping and retrofitting of an additional 23 heavy vehicles.

Benefits of Motorcycles to London Question No: 2021/1344 Keith Prince Are you aware that research shows that motorcycles reduce congestion and emissions? Benefits of Motorcycles to London The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 It is difficult to respond to this specifically without further detail of the research findings you mention. Can you supply this to the City Planning team at Transport for London and they will review this? The congestion benefits of motorcycles are limited by the fact that such vehicles fully ‘occupy the lane’ and, when moving require similar braking distance space around them to

Page 795

a car. In addition, it is clear that motorbikes produce greater emissions per person / km travelled than walking, cycling or using rail, Tube or Euro 6 bus services.

Crossrail Delays Question No: 2021/1346 Keith Prince How confident are you that there will be no further delays to Crossrail? Crossrail Delays The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Delivery of the Elizabeth line is now in its complex final stages with work focussed on the remaining construction, systems integration and operational testing of the railway. Good progress is being made across the project and it is still anticipated that the central section will open for passenger service in the first half of 2022.

Orbital Buses Question No: 2021/1347 Keith Prince Do you accept there would be considerable demand for expanding the number of orbital bus routes in London? Orbital Buses The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 There are many bus routes in outer London that could be described as orbital, including parts of radial services to outer London town centres. There is considerable demand for these services and most of the new bus routes and extensions I have introduced in this Mayoral term have been to improve these links. Eight of these new services introduced can be described as orbital (routes 218, 278, 301, 306, 335, 483, 497 and X140). Also, five extensions (on bus routes 112, 125, 440, 384 and 483) have boosted orbital connections in outer London over the past five years. Routes 112, 154, 174, 175, 232, 249, 314, EL1, H12, H13 and W19 have also had frequency increases. I expect demand in outer London to continue to grow relative to that in inner London. Transport for London will continue to monitor demand as part of its regular review of the bus network, and will consider opportunities for enhancing services on orbital routes.

Page 796

Gallows Corner Question No: 2021/1348 Keith Prince When should my constituents expect progress on Gallows Corner? Gallows Corner The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) has been investigating the best options for Gallows Corner, recognising the need to deliver a scheme at the interchange that represents value for money and is suitable for the location, within the existing constraints. TfL is finalising the business case submission to the Department for Transport (DfT), which it is hoped will secure the necessary funding to progress the scheme. The discussions with the DfT are ongoing, and TfL hopes to establish the next steps and a delivery programme over the coming months.

Motorcycles (1) Question No: 2021/1349 Keith Prince I’m very grateful to the Mayor for facilitating regular meetings with his team for an on- going dialogue about motorcycle safety. Will he accept the thanks of the Motorcycle Action Group and myself for these regular, bi-monthly meetings, which save lives and will he explore modal shift to motorcycles to reduce pollution and congestion? Motorcycles (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 I am grateful for your and the Motorcycle Action Group’s collaboration in promoting motorcycle safety. It is deeply concerning that the rate of KSIs for people riding motorcycles is the highest of any group of road users, and that the risk of a motorcycle being involved in a collision resulting in a fatal or serious injury to another road user, is higher than any other vehicle. The recently launched Direct Vision Standard and the restart of free face-to-face motorcycle training on 29 March are two of the ways in which I am reducing road danger for motorcyclists. However, I will not actively promote mode shift to motorcycles. At the heart of my transport strategy is an aim for 80 per cent of trips in London to be made by walking, cycling or public transport. A mode shift from car to motorcycle would produce very limited, if any, benefits for congestion and emissions for the reasons stated in my response to MQ 2021/1344.

Page 797

Motorcycles (2) Question No: 2021/1350 Keith Prince Does the Mayor agree that, for those who can use them, motorcycles are a good alternative to public transport for longer trips during the pandemic and would he encourage their use as the ultimate social distancing mode of transport for journeys that can’t be walked or cycled? Motorcycles (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 The Government has announced a series of steps to ease the lockdown and I am doing everything I can to ensure London achieves a green recovery from the pandemic. The public transport system is cleaner than ever before and is ready and waiting for Londoners when they need to use it. For this reason and those given in my responses to MQs 2021/1344 and 2021/1349 I will not be encouraging people to make such trips by motorcycle instead of public transport.

Ramifications of the Streetspace Court Case Judgement Question No: 2021/1351 Keith Prince What assessment have you made of the implications of the ruling by Justice Lang that alterations to taxi access to road space in the city are not lawful, and how will you honour the spirit and letter of the ruling? Ramifications of the Streetspace Court Case Judgement The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 We were disappointed by the court’s ruling and are seeking to appeal this judgment. Our temporary emergency Streetspace measures are vital to help support both walking and the increase in cycling we’ve seen since the pandemic began, reduce the risk of a damaging car-based recovery and enable social distancing and faster journeys on public transport, reducing the risk of infection. We mustn’t get through one public health crisis only to face another caused by congestion and toxic air pollution. Transport for London (TfL) has carefully considered the implications of the judgment and, subject to the outcome of its appeal, will apply the findings as appropriate going forward, including continuing to take into account the impact on taxis and their passengers. The judgment considered the lawfulness of a specific temporary scheme at Bishopsgate (A10) and TfL’s interim guidance issued to boroughs.

Page 798

It is worth noting that no other TfL or borough scheme were challenged in the judgment and therefore these remain lawful. Decisions on new schemes can also continue taking into account the judgment.

Cycleways Question No: 2021/1352 Keith Prince Since 2016, how much have you spent on cycling highways and other facilities in the Capital? Cycleways The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Since 2016 Transport for London (TfL) has invested £577m on cycling highways and cycling facilities in London. This year, TfL’s record level of revenue in the Cycle Hire scheme has contributed to a reduction in net costs. Moreover, innovative delivery methods in cycling programmes have delivered a large number of cycling kilometres efficiently.

Cyclist Numbers Question No: 2021/1353 Keith Prince How many cyclists were recorded in London in each month from May 2016 to February 2021 in the categories of leisure, commuting and commercial cycling? Cyclist Numbers The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) collects cycling volume data for central London (Congestion Charge zone) quarterly, and for inner/outer London annually. TfL does not hold monthly, London-wide records of number of cyclists, nor any cycling volume data split by the proposed categories. The latest comparable set of London-wide cycling volume estimates were published on Travel in London Report 13 (p.74): http://content.tfl.gov.uk/travel-in-london-report- 13.pdf. Following that, the latest inner and outer London figures were published on this press release: https://tfl.gov.uk/info-for/media/press-releases/2021/january/outer- london-sees-22-per-cent-rise-in-cycling-as-new-data-further-highlights-vital-role-of- active-travel The most up to date series of central London quarterly cycling figures is provided in the appended table.

Page 799

Airborne Particulates Question No: 2021/1354 Keith Prince What effect do you believe airborne particulate matter has on human health? Airborne Particulates The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Poor air quality remains the biggest environmental risk to the health of Londoners and my London Environment Strategy identifies particulate matter as one of two air pollutants of concern. The World Health Organization (WHO) acknowledges that current evidence suggests no safe level for fine particulate matter (PM2.5). However, the WHO has set a guideline limit which reflects the level at which increased mortality from exposure to PM2.5 is likely. The current legal limit for PM2.5 is more than twice the WHO guideline limit. Based on current evidence, PM2.5 is considered by the scientific and health communities. including the WHO and the UK Government’s Committee on the Medical Effects of Air Pollution (COMEAP), to be the air pollutant which has the greatest impact on human health. Both short and long-term exposure to PM2.5 increase the risk of mortality from lung and heart diseases as well as increased hospital admissions. COMEAP estimates exposure to PM2.5 attributes to 29,000 premature deaths in the UK every year. The draft Environment Bill mandates the setting of two air quality targets, including one for PM2.5. However, the Bill only requires these targets to be set by October 2022 and the targets themselves may not need to be achieved for 15 years or more. For the health of Londoners I am advocating Government to bring back the Environment Bill urgently and make the WHO PM2.5 guidelines legally-binding.

Emissions-Reducing Fuel Additive Question No: 2021/1355 Keith Prince Will you meet with me to consider trials of a fuel additive that has the potential to significantly reduce emissions from road vehicles in London, and which could also have applications on river traffic, helping you achieve your emissions reduction goals? Emissions-Reducing Fuel Additive The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Transport for London (TfL) does monitor new technologies such as fuel additives from time to time as they appear. Results for fuel additives vary and are sometimes inconclusive. It would be helpful if details of this particular additive product could be provided to so that

Page 800

the technical specialists at TfL can appraise the merits of it and consider how a trial might be beneficial. In particular, it would be helpful to understand which engine emissions are affected and levels of reductions that have been shown in testing. Other considerations are compatibility with exhaust catalysts and consequential emissions. TfL can consider a meeting once this background information is to hand.

Electric push bikes (1) Question No: 2021/1356 Keith Prince For the years 2018, 2019 and 2020, please provide the KSI rate per journeys made for electric push bikes, with comparisons to the other vehicle types? Electric push bikes (1) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 It is not possible to provide KSI rate per journeys made for electric push bikes at this time as this data is not currently recorded. Personal injury collision information is recorded by all police forces in accordance with the Department for Transport (DfT) STATS20 guidance. Currently, electrically assisted pedal cycles, as defined in the ‘Electrically Assisted Pedal Cycles Regulations 1983’, are not regarded by the DfT as a separate vehicle type and are therefore recorded as pedal cycles only by the police. Therefore, it is currently not possible to accurately provide this information. Transport for London is working with DfT and the police to improve the reporting of electric vehicles as part of the DfT STATS19 review. This includes a commitment by the DfT to future-proof the collection of collision data for new and emerging technology, including electric bicycles. See https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachmen t_data/file/962579/stats19-review.pdf The number of journeys travelled by all bicycles, including electric bicycles, is reported in the Travel in London report at https://tfl.gov.uk/corporate/publications-and- reports/travel-in-london-reports. It is currently not possible to disaggregate this data.

Electric push bikes (2) Question No: 2021/1357 Keith Prince For the years 2018, 2019 and 2020, please provide the number of collisions per journeys made for electric push bikes, with comparisons to the other vehicle types?

Page 801

Electric push bikes (2) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to question 2021/1356.

Electric push bikes (3) Question No: 2021/1358 Keith Prince Have electric push bikes seen changes to type of injuries occurring compared to cycling? Electric push bikes (3) The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Please see my response to question 2021/1356.

Crystal Motorcycle Provision Question No: 2021/1359 Keith Prince Are you aware that at least half a dozen members of City Hall staff use a powered two wheeler to get to work, and do you know why the GLA’s Chief Officer told me when I visited the Crystal that there would be motorcycle provision when there will be none? Crystal Motorcycle Provision The Mayor Last updated: 21 March, 2021 Following your discussion with the GLA’s Chief Officer back in the summer, changes were made to the proposals to reflect London Plan policy requirements on motorcycle parking. We are aware that a number of staff use powered two wheeler vehicles to travel to work. The GLA is preparing a Travel Plan that will include measures to encourage walking, cycling and public transport use by staff and visitors to City Hall. However, should staff or visitors wish to travel to work by powered two wheelers, a number of free of charge dedicated motorcycle parking bays are listed on the London Borough of Newham’s website. This includes bays at Silvertown Way near Canning Town Station, from where staff would be able to walk to The Crystal or take the DLR to Royal Victoria DLR Station.

Page 802 2021-0970 Notes The information provided is a count of fail to stop (i.e. ‘hit and run’) collisions, not casualties. The seriousness of each is based on the most serious level of reported injury for each collision. The prosecution information is based on a prosecution for that incident. It doesn’t necessarily denote a prosecution for failing to stop.

Vehicles have been grouped into the following categories: Type of vehicle Entry Bicycle cycle hireCycle Bike - Unknown bikeUnknown Bus or Coach bus coach Car Car minicab taxi Goods Vehicle goods goodsUnknown Large Goods Vehicle goodsLarge Mini-bus minibus Other Vehicle agricultural mobility other Powered two wheeler eBike moped motorbike scooter superbike Small Goods Vehicle goodsSmall Unknown Unknown

Page 803 Bicycle Bike - Unknown

Borough Fatal Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Sum Aviation Policing Barking and Dagenham 1 1 Barnet 4 4 7 7 Brent 1 1 2 2 Bromley 1 2 3 4 4 Camden 1 11 12 2 2 Croydon 1 8 9 3 3 Ealing 2 2 1 3 4 Enfield 2 2 1 1 Greenwich 7 7 1 1 Hackney 3 5 8 1 3 4 Hammersmith and Fulham 2 2 4 1 1 Haringey 2 7 9 3 3

Page 804 Page Harrow 1 1 Havering 2 2 Hillingdon 1 3 4 1 1 2 Hounslow 1 3 4 3 3 Islington 2 3 5 2 2 Kensington and Chelsea 1 7 8 2 2 4 Kingston upon Thames 2 3 5 Lambeth 2 7 9 4 4 8 Lewisham 1 3 4 3 3 Merton 1 4 5 1 1 Newham 1 4 5 4 4 Redbridge 1 2 3 Richmond upon Thames 1 4 5 1 1 Southwark 4 15 19 4 4 Sutton 1 1 1 1 Tower Hamlets 1 3 9 13 1 4 5 Unkown Waltham Forest 3 8 11 2 2 Wandsworth 1 11 12 1 1 2 Westminster 4 11 15 1 2 3 Grand Total 1 43 148 192 14 64 78 Bus or Coach Car

Serious Slight Sum Fatal Serious Slight Unknown Sum 3 3 2 2 1 10 119 130 4 4 15 292 307 1 1 9 204 1 214 10 94 104 3 3 13 124 137 1 1 1 26 175 1 203 4 4 1 5 204 210 2 2 19 249 268 3 3 9 122 131 1 5 6 22 223 245 1 2 3 15 117 132 3 3 12 207 219

Page 805 Page 2 2 8 76 84 2 2 1 10 111 122 2 2 7 116 123 1 1 13 145 158 1 4 5 11 131 142 1 3 4 8 101 109 1 1 2 54 56 6 8 14 1 31 262 1 295 1 2 3 20 183 203 1 2 3 10 91 101 1 2 3 1 21 211 233 3 3 27 210 237 2 2 12 64 76 2 9 11 26 171 197 1 1 1 4 48 53 9 9 27 285 312 1 1 2 3 5 20 150 170 5 5 1 24 202 1 228 5 5 1 26 207 1 235 20 93 113 9 473 4951 5 5438 Goods Vehicle Large Goods Vehicle Mini-bus

Serious Slight Sum Fatal Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Sum

1 1 1 1 8 8 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 7 7 1 1 1 5 6 2 2 7 7 9 9 1 4 5 1 1 7 7 1 1 6 6 2 3 5

Page 806 Page 2 2 1 1 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 4 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 5 6 4 4 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 2 2 1 1 6 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 7

2 2 1 1 3 3 5 5 1 1 1 1 2 8 123 131 1 1 9 11 1 14 15 Other Vehicle Powered two wheeler Small Goods Vehicle Unknown Grand Serious Slight Unknown Sum Serious Slight Sum Fatal Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Sum Total 3 1 12 13 3 3 1 8 9 160 1 17 18 6 8 14 4 26 30 396 11 11 4 9 13 1 1 19 21 264 1 2 3 3 4 7 1 12 13 137 21 21 1 6 7 2 18 20 210 2 12 14 2 7 9 3 17 20 267 2 9 11 2 10 12 2 13 15 265 2 11 13 3 5 8 1 14 15 318 6 6 2 4 6 3 15 18 178 11 11 3 12 15 2 13 15 312 10 10 1 15 16 3 8 11 183 12 12 3 9 12 1 18 19 282

Page 807 Page 5 5 4 4 2 2 101 7 7 1 1 9 9 147 9 9 2 2 3 11 14 1 1 159 1 7 8 5 5 1 24 25 209 2 4 6 9 9 3 14 17 192 5 5 1 12 13 20 20 166 5 5 5 5 6 6 80 3 14 17 3 18 21 1 23 24 394 10 10 1 12 13 6 6 247 2 5 7 1 3 4 2 8 10 136 3 8 11 2 4 6 9 9 275 10 10 1 1 2 2 10 12 271 2 2 4 4 12 12 105 3 18 21 1 16 17 2 20 22 299 6 6 4 4 1 2 5 8 75 7 7 1 14 15 2 16 18 386 1 11 11 3 10 13 1 13 14 229 2 15 1 18 3 23 26 1 20 21 1 1 316 2 5 7 3 13 16 27 27 316 27 287 1 315 51 251 302 3 43 436 482 1 1 2 7079 Bicycle Bike - Unknown Bus or Coach Borough Fatal Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Sum Aviation Policing Barking and Dagenham Barnet Brent Bromley Camden Croydon Ealing Enfield Greenwich Hackney 1 1 Hammersmith and Fulham Haringey 1 1 Harrow Page 808 Page Havering Hillingdon Hounslow Islington Kensington and Chelsea Kingston upon Thames 1 1 Lambeth Lewisham 111 1 Merton Newham 1 1 Redbridge Richmond upon Thames 1 1 Southwark 1 1 1 1 Sutton Tower Hamlets 1 1 1 1 Unkown Waltham Forest Wandsworth Westminster 1 1 Grand Total 1 2 1 4 2 2 2 4 6 Car Goods Vehicle Fatal Serious Slight Unknown Sum Serious Slight Sum

1 1 25 27 345 48 33 1 26 27 8 8 1 24 25 1616 23 11 1 2 32 35 333 36 11 113 14 11 539 44 11 19 10 11 341 44 11 14 14

Page 809 Page 1219 22 11 1 24 25 24 24 11 2 20 22 2 13 15 4 4 1 8 46 55 220 22 11 2 16 18 1443 48 11 3 36 39 35 8 418 22 11 114 6 648 54 22

5 34 39 1 1 27 29 1733 41 11 9 80 759 848 17 17 Large Goods VehicleMini-bus Other Vehicle Fatal Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Unknown Sum

2 2 3 3

4 4 1 1 1 1 13 4

2 2 2 2 1 1 Page 810 Page

2 2

1 1 2 2 1 1

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

3 3 3 3

1 1 333 36 Powered two wheeler Small Goods Vehicle Unknown Grand Total Serious Slight Sum Fatal Serious Slight Sum Serious Slight Sum

11 30 22 189 65 33 22 32 1 1 11 10 22 22 33 11 22 28 112 33 41 11 42 112 33 20 145 44 57 11 14 112 22 51 11 15

Page 811 Page 22 25 44 31 11 156 32 11 134 27 123 22 21 11 11 9 123 66 65 22 11 28 22 11 22 22 53 1 1 22 42 22 33 15 44 145 35 7 134 134 66

22 11 45 167 11 40 123 46 11 47 58 5 70 75 1047

Rt Hon Oliver Dowden MP Secretary of State Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Date: 3 February 2021 100 Parliament Street London SW1A 2BQ

Dear Oliver,

Barriers to international touring for UK and EU artists and cultural professionals

I am writing to you to express my concern about the UK Government’s failure to reach agreement with the EU on allowing artists to work and travel easily within the UK and the EU. This will have a significant impact on London and the UK’s creative economy.

London’s creative economy accounts for one in six jobs in the capital and delivered over £58 billion to the UK economy in 2019. The EU is the creative economy’s biggest market - around 40 per cent of the UK’s creative services and goods are exported to the EU. A third of the creative workforce is international, with many areas of the creative economy reliant on European talent.

I support calls from across the industry and from politicians in all parties (including the Chair of the Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Committee) for the UK and the EU to come back to the negotiating table with immediate effect and ensure a deal is done. It is within the interests of both the UK and all EU member states to enable this.

Impact on touring

The inability of the UK Government to reach an agreement with the EU on visa-free work for artists, performers, and staff ‘behind the scenes’ puts touring at severe risk. Up to 80 per cent of UK musicians tour to the EU, and half of the revenue of UK orchestras’ international touring comes from EU tours. In addition, our opera houses call upon EU-based performers at short notice to cover illnesses. Without agreement on smooth travel, there will undoubtedly be an impact on the ability of UK performers to tour across the European Union, and for EU artists to come to the UK.

The UK Government must work with the EU to create a simple system free of unnecessary bureaucracy. For example, at present, UK based musicians will have to apply for permits to work in each different EU country they plan to visit, each having different rules and eligibility criteria, introducing prohibitive costs to touring. Actors based in the EU will only be able to stay and work in the UK for 30 days, not long enough for rehearsals and productions. They will have to prove that they have international recognition and savings – criteria that it will be difficult for young performers, impacting the diversity and equality of access. Orchestras will have to seek permits for

City Hall, The Queen’s Walk, London, SE1 2AAPage ♦ [email protected] 812 ♦ london.gov.uk ♦ 020 7983 4000

every single performer (often in the hundreds) in every country they visit, with additional permits for equipment.

This red tape will make international touring prohibitive, expensive and will result in fewer cultural exchanges and tours between the UK and EU.

Britain’s world-leading cultural institutions are key to our economy as well as to our reputation and soft power across the world. The capital’s world-class culture is the reason four out of five visitors come here. Equally, the ability of UK audiences to see internationally acclaimed artists on stage helps keep us central to the global music, theatre and arts scenes.

This issue is critical for the recovery of our cultural institutions and freelance workforce when the arts reopen after the pandemic. I urge the UK Government to work with the EU to deliver a workable solution now, and I look forward to your response to the issues raised above.

Yours sincerely,

Sadiq Khan Mayor of London

Cc Paul Scully MP, Minister for London Sir Edward Lister, 10 Downing Street

City Hall, The Queen’s Walk, London, SE1 2AA Page♦ mayor@london 813 .gov.uk ♦ london.gov.uk ♦ 020 7983 4000

Biodiversity in London (2) Question No: 2020/1046 Appendix 1: Trees planted since May 2016 by year

Year Number of trees planted 2016-17 43,421 2017-18 25,939 2018-19 106,697 2019-20 108,058 2020-21 (planted to date) 43,994 Total planted to date 331,109

Funding allocated for planting by March 2022 90,539 Total funded 421,648

Page 814 COVID-19 Related Hate Crime recorded by the MPS

between 01/03/2020 to 28/02/2021

Protective Marking OFFICIAL Suitable for Publication Scheme Yes Ad-Hoc Reference Number 21255 MQ Ref Number 2021_1085

COVID-19 Related Hate Crime recorded by the MPS for the period between Summary 01/03/2020 to 28/02/2021 Page 815 Page Creating Branch / Directorate MetHQ - Information and Insight Date Created 09/03/21 Review Date 09/03/22

This report uses LIVE DATA extracted from: SAP BI Date Live data was extracted: 09/03/2021

The data in this report reflects live data which may be subject to small changes over time

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21255 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Notes

Source System: The live data for this report was extracted from SAP BI on 09/03/2021.

Date Range: The date range for this report was set between 01/03/2020 and 28/02/2021.

Definition: This report presents the number of COVID-19 related Hate Crime Offences.

Caveats

The SAP BI run was filtered to include the Service Flag CZ for 'Corona Virus Related' Offences only.

The SAP BI run was filtered to include the following flags for Hate Crime; RI - Racial Incident Page 816 Page RS - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident IS - Islamaphobic Hate Crime FH - Faith Hate HO - Homophobic Incidents HT - Transgender Hate Crime VH - Disability Hate Crime RR - Racial Incident - Resolved RT - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident - Resolved RW - Racial Incident - Withdrawn RX - Racial Incident - Declassified HR - Homophobic Incidents - Resolved

The data in this report is broken down by recorded year and month as requested.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21255 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 IMPORTANT: Please ensure that the Notes Page is read in conjunction with the data in this report to ensure that it is interpreted correctly.

COVID-19 Related Hate Crime Offences recorded by the MPS between 01/03/2020 and 28/02/2021.

Number of COVID-19 Recorded Year and Related Hate Crime Month Offences 2020 Mar 207 Apr 285 May 183 Jun 122 Page 817 Page Jul 98 Aug 45 Sep 41 Oct 60 Nov 43 Dec 15 2021 Jan 27 Feb 8 Grand Total 1134

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21255 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Number Of Cuckooing Flagged Offences recorded by the MPS

Between 05/04/2019 and 08/03/2021

Protective Marking OFFICIAL Suitable for Publication Scheme Yes Ad-Hoc Reference Number 21256 MQ Ref Number 2021_1088/1089 Number Of Cuckooing Flagged Offences recorded by the MPS for the period Summary Between 05/04/2019 and 08/03/2021 Page 818 Page Creating Branch / Directorate MetHQ - Information and Insight Date Created 09/03/21 Review Date 09/03/22

This report uses LIVE DATA extracted from: SAP BI/CRIS Date Live data was extracted: 09/03/2021

The data in this report reflects live data which may be subject to small changes over time

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 2021_1088 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Notes

Source System: Live data extracted from SAP BI/CRIS on 09/03/2021.

Date Range: Recorded Between 05/04/2019 and 08/03/2021

Definition: Number Of Cuckooing Flagged Offences.

Caveats: Based on Standard offence CRIS query limited to service flag,

AC - Address Cuckooed / Cuckooing

Please note that this flag was available for use on 05/04/2019

Page 819 Page and may be added to crime reports recorded before this date.

Question 1: How many reports of cuckooing have there been since the cuckooing flag was added to the crime reporting system? Please provide this information by month if possible. Please see data on the table tab.

Question 2: How many incidents flagged for cuckooing resulted in a referral to the National Referral Mechanism? We do not have information on this, therefore we are not able to answer it.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 2021_1088 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 IMPORTANT: Please ensure that the Notes Page is read in conjunction with the data in this report to ensure that it is interpreted correctly.

Number Of Cuckooing Flagged Offences recorded by the MPS Between 05/04/2019 and 08/03/2021

Years Months Total 2019 Apr * 3 May 11 Jun 7 Jul 9 Aug 7 Sep 11 Oct 4 Nov 20 Page 820 Page Dec 13 2020 Jan 7 Feb 8 Mar 5 Apr 11 May 10 Jun 11 Jul 9 Aug 4 Sep 4 Oct 2 Nov 5 Dec 10 2021 Jan 8 Feb 10 Mar * 1 Grand Total 190

* Beware when comparing these months are not complete calendar months.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 2021_1088 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Closure Powers Orders Issued

01/01/2017 to 31/12/2020

Protective Marking OFFICIAL/OFFICIAL SENSITIVE (delete as appropriate) Ad-Hoc Reference Number LJ 21258 MQ Ref Number 2021_1090

Summary Closure Powers Orders Issued for the period 01/01/2017 to 31/12/2020

Creating Branch / Directorate MetHQ - Information and Insight Page 821 Page Date Created 09/02/21 Review Date FALSE

This report uses LIVE DATA extracted from: CRIMINT Date Live data was extracted: 09/02/2021

The data in this report reflects live data which may be subject to small changes over time

Last Refresh Date: MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2020 Notes

Source System: The live data for this report was extracted from CRIMINT on 09/02/2021.

Date Range: The date range for this report was set between 01/01/2017 and 31/12/2020.

Definition: Data extracted from CRIMINT, this is a count of information reports where Sub type equals Closure Power - Order Issued from the drop down options.

Caveats

The definition above is the agreed method for recording information about Closure Orders, however, information types and

Page 822 Page sub types are not mandatory fields when completing an information report, it is possible that the officer who created the information report may have put this information in the free text Subject field but this is not searchable. Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive.

Last Refresh Date: MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2020 IMPORTANT: Please ensure that the Notes Page is read in conjunction with the data in this report to ensure that it is interpreted correctly.

Year Count of Closure Power Orders Issued 2017 26 2018 98 2019 84 2020 130 Grand Total 338

Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive. Page 823 Page

Last Refresh Date: MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2020 Hate Crimes against East and South East Asians

01/10 and 31/12 for 2018, 2019 and 2020

Protective Marking OFFICIAL Ad-Hoc Reference Number 21259 MQ Ref Number 2021/1097 Hate Crimes against East and South East Asians for the period 01/10 and 31/12 Summary for 2018, 2019 and 2020

Page 824 Page Creating Branch / Directorate MetHQ - Information and Insight Date Created 09/03/21 Review Date 09/03/22

This report uses LIVE DATA extracted from: CRIS SAP BI Date Live data was extracted: 09/03/2021

The data in this report reflects live data which may be subject to small changes over time

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21259 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Notes

Source System: The live data for this report was extracted from SAP BI on 09/03/2021.

Date Range: The date range for this report was set between 01/10 and 31/12 for 2018, 2019 and 2020.

Definition: This report presents the number of Hate Crime Offence against East and South East Asians.

Caveats:

The SAP BI run was filtered to include the following flags for Hate Crime; RI - Racial Incident RS - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident IS - Islamaphobic Hate Crime Page 825 Page FH - Faith Hate HO - Homophobic Incidents HT - Transgender Hate Crime VH - Disability Hate Crime RR - Racial Incident - Resolved RT - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident - Resolved RW - Racial Incident - Withdrawn RX - Racial Incident - Declassified HR - Homophobic Incidents - Resolved

The data in this report is broken down by the recorded years and months as requested.

Ethnic Appearance codes 4 and 5 were used in this run to identify South Asian and East Asian.

Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21259 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 IMPORTANT: Please ensure that the Notes Page is read in conjunction with the data in this report to ensure that it is interpreted correctly.

A Count of Hate Crimes against East and South East Asians Recorded between 01/10 and 31/12 for 2018, 2019 and 2020

Years Ethnicity and Month Grand Total 2018 2019 2020 South Asian 949 899 813 2661 Oct 308 312 312 932 Nov 331 326 259 916 Dec 310 261 242 813 East Asian 98 78 96 272 Oct 26 24 34 84 Page 826 Page Nov 32 24 30 86 Dec 40 30 32 102 Grand Total 1047 977 909 2933

Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21259 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Hate Crime Surge Demographics

01/05/2020 to 30/09/2020

Protective Marking OFFICIAL Ad-Hoc Reference Number 21260 MQ Ref Number 2021/1099

Summary Hate Crime Surge Demographics for the period 01/05/2020 to 30/09/2020

Creating Branch / Directorate MetHQ - Information and Insight Page 827 Page Date Created 09/03/21 Review Date 09/03/22

This report uses LIVE DATA extracted from: CRIS SAP BI Date Live data was extracted: 09/03/2021

The data in this report reflects live data which may be subject to small changes over time

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21260 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Notes

Source System: The live data for this report was extracted from SAP BI on 09/03/2021.

Date Range: The date range for this report was set between 01/05/2020 and 30/09/2020.

Definition: This report demonstrates hate crime surge demographics for racist and religious.

Caveats

The SAP BI run was filtered to include the following flags for Racist and Religious Hate Crime; RI - Racial Incident RS - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident IS - Islamaphobic Hate Crime Page 828 Page FH - Faith Hate RR - Racial Incident - Resolved RT - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident - Resolved RW - Racial Incident - Withdrawn RX - Racial Incident - Declassified

The data in this report is broken down by recorded year and months as requested.

Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive.

Last Refresh Date: MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2020 IMPORTANT: Please ensure that the Notes Page is read in conjunction with the data in this report to ensure that it is interpreted correctly.

A Count of Hate Crime Surge Demographics - Age Recorded between 01/05/2020 and 30/09/2020

2020 Age of Victim Grand Total May Jun Jul Aug Sep 0 53 130 95 89 85 452 1 - 10 18 19 14 15 21 87 11 - 20 104 170 153 154 162 743 21 - 30 426 609 623 628 503 2789 31 - 40 437 639 596 579 530 2781 41 - 50 302 404 406 410 307 1829 51 - 60 182 285 249 214 210 1140 61 - 70 55 74 89 69 76 363 71 - 80 16 24 20 18 22 100 81 - 90 6 2 2 4 0 14 91+ 01121 5 Grand Total 1599 2357 2248 2182 1917 10303

A Count of Hate Crime Surge Demographics - Sex

Page 829 Page Recorded between 01/05/2020 and 30/09/2020

2020 Sex of Victim Grand Total May Jun Jul Aug Sep Female 700 1018 953 914 807 4392 Male 820 1194 1180 1162 1004 5360 Unknown/Unrecorded 79 145 115 106 106 551 Grand Total 1599 2357 2248 2182 1917 10303

A Count of Hate Crime Surge Demographics - Ethnicity Recorded between 01/05/2020 and 30/09/2020

2020 Ethnicity of Victim Grand Total May Jun Jul Aug Sep White 353 487 484 421 354 2099 Black 471 736 715 721 564 3207 Middle Eastern 39 53 55 40 73 260 South Asian 319 392 378 414 351 1854 East Asian 41 49 64 71 38 263 Unknown/Unrecorded 376 640 552 515 537 2620 Grand Total 1599 2357 2248 2182 1917 10303

Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21260 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Sinophobia Attacks During Coronavirus Pandemic

01/01/2018 to 31/12/2020

Protective Marking OFFICIAL Ad-Hoc Reference Number 21261 MQ Ref Number 2021/1171 Sinophobia Attacks During Coronavirus Pandemic for the period 01/01/2018 to Summary 31/12/2020

Page 830 Page Creating Branch / Directorate MetHQ - Information and Insight Date Created 09/03/21 Review Date 09/03/22

This report uses LIVE DATA extracted from: CRIS SAP BI Date Live data was extracted: 09/03/2021

The data in this report reflects live data which may be subject to small changes over time

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21261 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Notes

Source System: The live data for this report was extracted from SAP BI on 09/03/2021.

Date Range: The date range for this report was set between 01/03/2020 and 28/02/2021.

Definition: This report presents the number of Sinophobia attacks during the Coronavirus pandemic.

Caveats

The SAP BI run was filtered to include the following flags for Hate Crime; RI - Racial Incident RS - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident IS - Islamaphobic Hate Crime

Page 831 Page FH - Faith Hate HO - Homophobic Incidents HT - Transgender Hate Crime VH - Disability Hate Crime RR - Racial Incident - Resolved RT - Anti-Semitic Racial Incident - Resolved RW - Racial Incident - Withdrawn RX - Racial Incident - Declassified HR - Homophobic Incidents - Resolved

Please note that all hate crime flags were used as 'Sinophobia' is defined as all types of discrimination.

The data in this report is broken down by quarters and years as requested. The last two quarters are Q3 and Q4 of 2020 as the first quarter of 2021 has not yet been completed.

Additionally, this data is presenting the count of victims for the offence above. Victim ethnicity was filtered to Chinese/Oriental. Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21261 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 IMPORTANT: Please ensure that the Notes Page is read in conjunction with the data in this report to ensure that it is interpreted correctly.

A Count of Sinophobia Attacks During Coronavirus Pandemic Recorded between 01/01/2018 and 31/12/2020

Sum of Hit Count Years Grand Total 2018 2019 2020 Qtr1 85 98 192 375 Qtr2 77 79 132 288 Qtr3 84 88 176 348 Qtr4 98 78 96 272 Grand Total 344 343 596 1283 Page 832 Page Please Note: The two figures that are in bold in the 2020 column are those for the last two quarters.

Police forces in the United Kingdom are routinely required to provide crime statistics to government bodies and the recording criteria is set nationally. However, the systems used for recording these figures are not generic, nor are the procedures used locally in capturing the crime data. It should be noted that for these reasons this force's response to your questions should not be used for comparison purposes with any other response you may receive.

Last Refresh Date: 09/03/2021 MetHQ Information and Insight- 783131 Data is subject to daily change Ad-Hoc Req: 21261 If you have any queries with this report, please contact the Helpdesk © MOPAC 2021 Train problem delays - Question No: 2021/1219 Please provide details of how many delays caused by train problems there have been on each TfL line for each year from 2012

Line 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Bakerloo 410 429 481 542 512 701 809 615 333 C&H 714 848 669 398 267 229 243 430 308 Central 1508 1782 2183 2821 2836 3300 2548 2132 1629 District 524 599 614 745 545 439 578 534 1090 Jubilee 1240 1056 831 714 580 630 1022 1859 962 Metropolitan 983 595 620 448 376 404 543 503 464 Northern 541 972 674 636 699 683 833 1152 1110 Piccadilly 357 367 370 489 709 607 913 772 507 Victoria 357 314 386 407 342 372 372 333 328 Waterloo & City 74 129 76 119 100 116 134 96 19 Network Total 6707 7089 6902 7318 6964 7480 7995 8426 6750 Page 833 Page The data included in the table above shows all Fleet incidents that have caused a two minute delay or more to the service. The 'Year' is based on calendar year (January to December) and not the finanical year (April to March). The timeframe is from 01 January 2012 up to and including 31 December 2020 TfL UNCLASSIFIED

Staff-related problem delays Question No: 2021/ 1220 – APPENDIX

• The first table shows delay incidents attributed to train staff-related problems (Line Operations), and the second shows delay incidents attributed to station staff- related problems (Customer Service). This is for London Underground lines only. • The data included shows all staff-related problems that have caused a two-minute delay or more to the service, and includes incidents of absence, staff errors and other unavailability, among other, more specific causes. This is a simple count of incidents and does not capture the duration or impact. • The 'Year' is based on calendar year (January to December). • The timeframe is from 01 January 2012 up to and including 31 December 2020. • Train staff availability issues during 2020 as a direct result of the pandemic have not been included in this data as they have been placed in a separate ‘COVID-19-Line Operations’ category. Data cannot be readily compared as full timetabled services operated pre-pandemic have not been run for the majority of 2020 due to the temporary suspension of Night Tube and the Waterloo & City line, as well as spells of significantly reduced service due to COVID-19.

Train staff related delays, incident count by line by year:

Line Operations

Line 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Bakerloo 279 286 313 318 443 976 487 1202 602 C&H 1331 1568 1538 1863 2468 1442 1029 1597 717 Central 1174 858 1620 573 678 1308 1743 3460 1513 District 1319 831 693 760 1033 1170 625 636 347 Jubilee 1033 878 915 809 679 1023 1181 1097 305 Metropolitan 1117 623 627 873 832 896 629 1327 513 Northern 1496 864 448 316 303 1636 892 1267 1029 Piccadilly 678 752 794 856 1121 3634 2984 3906 1590 Victoria 332 956 670 300 716 851 987 1657 609 Waterloo & City 27 42 124 78 87 155 216 224 62 Network Total 8785 7656 7740 6744 8359 13091 10770 16372 7285

Station staff related delays, incident count by line by year:

Customer Service

Line 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Bakerloo 27 30 45 42 47 27 31 39 18 C&H 29 20 22 33 41 29 17 12 9 Central 48 52 45 30 103 83 55 74 36 District 43 39 40 27 94 90 29 21 14 Jubilee 50 42 47 42 90 42 31 42 23 Metropolitan 13 3 11 14 16 18 16 13 9 Northern 33 33 36 27 61 60 34 47 28 Piccadilly 40 35 43 27 77 47 27 27 20 Victoria 16 24 30 23 68 44 32 8 8 Waterloo & City 9 6 2 3 3 0 2 6 1 Network Total 308 284 321 268 600 439 273 289 164

Page 834 TfL UNCLASSIFIED TfL UNCLASSIFIED

Drafted by: Joe Brown, Executive Officer Line Operations Contact number: 07813 685106 Agreed by: Emma Osborne, Richard Burling (PA&I) Date: 9 March 2021 Agreed by: Nick Dent, Director of Line Operations Date: 10 March 2021 Agreed by: Oliver Birtill, Delivery Comms Lead Date: 15 March 2021 Agreed by: Andy Lord, LU MD Date: 18 March 2021

Page 835 TfL UNCLASSIFIED TfL RESTRICTED

2021/1313 Kew Road (1) dwell time

Average dwell time per bus stop (seconds) 15 Nov – 12 Dec 20 15 Nov – 12 Dec 20 Stop code Stop name weekday weekend day 07:00-19:00h 07:00-19:00h 2194 Kew Bridge 19 18 9351 Evelyn Road 33 35 9352 Evelyn Road 21 21 15040 Kew Bridge 25 21 15041 Kew Green 26 19 15042 Mortlake Road 18 16 15044 Kew Gardens Road 16 16 15045 Kew Gardens Road 41 32 15046 Kew Road / Victoria Gate 19 22 15047 Kew Road / Victoria Gate 21 23 15048 The Avenue 19 28 15049 The Avenue 18 20 15050 Kew Gardens / Lion Gate 16 17 15051 Kew Gardens / Lion Gate 17 18 15233 Pagoda Avenue 31 30 15584 Pagoda Avenue 42 45 R0276 Mortlake Road 22 18 Average across Kew Road stops 24 23

Page 836 TfL RESTRICTED Cyclist numbers 2021/1353 Keith Prince How many cyclists were recorded in London in each month from May 2016 to February 2021 in the categories of leisure, commuting and commercial cycling?

Written response from the Mayor

Appendix:

Financial Average daily (6am-10pm) Average daily (6am- Months Year quarter cycle-km per km (cycles) 10pm) cycle-km Q4 2013/14 Jan-Mar 986 402,199 Q1 2014/15 Apr-Jun 1,255 512,315 2014 Q2 2014/15 Jul-Sep 1,291 526,839 Q3 2014/15 Oct-Dec 1,042 425,287 Q4 2014/15 Jan-Mar 1,011 412,757 Q1 2015/16 Apr-Jun 1,291 527,005 2015 Q2 2015/16 Jul-Sep 1,294 527,931 Q3 2015/16 Oct-Dec 1,110 453,065 Q4 2015/16 Jan-Mar 1,065 434,433 Q1 2016/17 Apr-Jun 1,287 525,208 2016 Q2 2016/17 Jul-Sep 1,364 556,551 Q3 2016/17 Oct-Dec 1,172 478,376 Q4 2016/17 Jan-Mar 1,132 461,751 Q1 2017/18 Apr-Jun 1,298 529,519 2017 Q2 2017/18 Jul-Sep 1,308 533,730 Q3 2017/18 Oct-Dec 1,143 466,467 Q4 2017/18 Jan-Mar 1,127 459,756 Q1 2018/19 Apr-Jun 1,405 573,277 2018 Q2 2018/19 Jul-Sep 1,406 573,646 Q3 2018/19 Oct-Dec 1,253 511,219

Page 837

Q4 2018/19 Jan-Mar 1,171 477,994 Q1 2019/20 Apr-Jun 1,382 563,922 2019 Q2 2019/20 Jul-Sep 1,461 596,276 Q3 2019/20 Oct-Dec 1,234 503,522 Q4 2019/20 Jan-Mar 1,251 510,666 Q1 2020/21 Apr-Jun n/a* n/a 2020 Q2 2020/21 Jul-Sep 1,110 453,019 Q3 2020/21 Oct-Dec n/a n/a Q4 2020/21 Jan-Mar 2021 n/a n/a * n/a stands for not available due to cancellation of counts during lockdown

Sign off details

Drafted by: Gonzalo de Ana Rodríguez Contact [email protected] number: Agreed by: Simon Nielsen, Head of Strategic Analysis Date: 11 March 2021 Agreed by: Alex Williams, Director, City Planning Date: 12 March 2021 Agreed by: Date:

Page 838